'•i,

'4f

$

Committee on Publication

Barton W. Evermann

Chairman and Editor

C. Hart Merriam David White

A. D. Hopkins Lyman J. Briggs

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Washington Academy of Sciences

Vol. IX

1907

WASHINGTON

JUIvY, I907-FEBRUARY, 1908

AFFILIATED SOCIETIES.

Anthropological Society of Washington.

Biological Society of Washington.

Botanical Society of Washington.

Chemical Society of Washington.

Columbia Historical Society.

Entomological Society of Washington.

Geological Society of Washington.

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.

National Geographic Society.

plhlosophical society of washington.

Society of American Foresters.

Washington Society of the Arch^ological Institute

OF America.
Washington Society of Engineers.

?^77

Pbess of

The New era printing company

Lancaster. Pa.

CONTENTS.

The Experimental Data of the Qiiantitative Measurements of

Electrolytic Migration ; by James W. McBain
Distribution of the Subcutaneous Vessels in the Head Region of

the Ganoids, Polyodon and Lepisosteus ; by Wm. F. Allen
Origin and Evolution of Angiosperms through Apospory ; by 0

F. Cook

Heredity and Mendel's Law ; by Charles B. Davenport
Mendelism and other Methods of Descent ; by 0. F. Cook
Linnaean Memorial Address ; by Edward L. Greene .
Linnaeus as a Zoologist ; by Dr. William H. Dall
A Review of the American Components of the Tenebrionid Sub

family Tentyriinae; by Thomas L. Casey
Contents, Organization, Membership and Index

79

179
189
241

272

275
523

ILLUSTRATIONS

PLATES

FACING PAGE

I. Dissection of Yiesid oi Polyodon spat/mla 126

II. Principal Trunks of Polyodo7i spathula 12S

III. Portions of Lymphatic Trunks of Polyodon 130

IV. Deeper Dissection of Portions of Lymphatic Trunks of

Polyodon 132

V. Dissections of Portions of Lepisosteus tristoechus and

Lepisosteus osseus 1 34

VI. The same continued 136

VII. Dissection of Portion of Lepisosteus tristoechus 138

VIII. Dissection of Portion of Lepisosteus osseus 140

IX. Transverse Sections of Portions of Lepisostejis osseus and

Branchial Arch of 7^(c/yc>(/c« 142

X. Dissections of Portions of /'io/yi?fl?o?z 144

XI. The same continued 146

XII. The same continued 148

XIII. Transverse Sections of Portions of Polyodon 150

XIV. The same continued , 152

XV. The same continued 1 54

PROCEEDINQS

OF THK

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vol. IX, pp. 1-78. July 31, 1907.

THE EXPERIMENTAL DATA OF THE QUANTITA-
TIVE MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTROLYTIC
MIGRATION.

to the end of the year i9o5.
Collected and Arranged by James W. McBain.

CONTENTS.

Introduction

Plan of the bibliography 2

Experimental methods 3

Accuracy of the determinations 3

Errors introduced by the use of diaphragms 4

Errors introduced by the method of calculation 5

Interpretation of the results 7

Hydrated ions 7

Movement of undissociated electrolyte 8

Complex ions, hydrolysis S

Anomalous results ii

Qualitative experiments 12

Arrangement of the abstracts, abbreviations, etc 12

Chronological abstract of the literature 14

Index of chemicals 7°

Index of authors' names ^ 76

Index to experiments with solvents other than water 78

INTRODUCTION.

The following compilation is a result of a search through the
literature of the subject in connection with my experimental
work in 1904 at the University of Toronto on the transference
numbers of the weak acids. So much time was required to find
and collect the scattered papers in this field, that at the sugges-

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907. I

2 McBAIN

tion of Professor W. Lash Miller I decided to compile a syste-
matic summary of the existing data. I take this occasion of
expressing to him my sincerest thanks for this suggestion, and
for his valuable advice as to the arrangement of the results ; and
I desire also to acknowledge my indebtedness to the Carnegie
Institution of Washington for the grant under which I was
working.

The compilation was far advanced before I left Toronto, and
the whole has been revised and brought up to date in Leipsic
and Heidelberg. My thanks are due to Professor Luther for
the interest he has displayed in the work, and to Professor Jahn
for his kindness in furnishing me with out-of-print dissertations
from his laboratory.

To make this collection has cost me many months of labor
extended over the past three years ; but any doubt of its useful-
ness is removed by the frequency with which I still chance on
memoirs whose titles give no indication that they contain experi-
ments on electrolytic migration.

PLAN OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY.

My object is to present the results in tabular form, with
enough of the experimental details to enable the reader to esti-
mate the intrinsic value of the measurements. Hence in addi-
tion to the author, title, year, volume and page of the periodical
in which the papers appeared, I have given in each case a full
list of the chemicals experimented with, the concentrations of
the solutions, the composition of the solvent, the nature of the
electrodes, the amount of electrolysis (voltameter readings), the
temperature, the change in the middle (supposedly unaltered)
portions, the diaphragms employed if any, the number of experi-
ments, and the final results ; also some information as to the
form and size of the apparatus, and occasional critical remarks.

The material is arranged chronologically'; an alphabetical
index of authors, an index of chemicals, and an index to ex-
periments made in solvents other than water, are provided. In
the majority of cases, however, I have not stated the method of
analysis employed, nor given the duration of the experiments
(chance for diffusion).

'Alphabetically within the year.

MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTROLYTIC MIGRATION 3

EXPERIMENTAL METHODS.

The experimental methods of determining migration values
are five in number : the analytical or Ilittorf method (pre-
viously used by Faraday and by Daniell and Miller), the direct
or meniscus-velocity method, the method based on measurement
of concentration cells with and without diffusion, the method
based on measurements of the limiting current density at which
normal products occur at the electrodes, and the method of
Nernst and Riesenfeld for two immiscible solvents with a linear
distribution ratio (Verteilungscoetlicient).

Of these only the first two as yet yield accurate and reliable
results. The results of all five methods have been abstracted
in the present bibliography.

The literature for the fourth method, mainly theoretical, is :

H. W. Weber, Wied. Ann., 7, 469 and 536 (1879).

A. Witkowsky, ibid., //, 759 (1880).

C. L. Weber, Zeit. phys. Chem., ^, 182 (1889).
Sheldon and Downing, Phys. Rev., /, 51 (1893).

B. Klossing, Beibl., 18^ 220 (1894).

Th. des Coudres, Wied. Ann., 57, 232 (1896).

E. Salomon, Zeit. phys. Chem., 2^, 55 (1897) ; ^j, 336 (1898).

C. Ullmann, Zeit. f. Elektrochem., j, 516 (1897).

H. J. Sand, Phil. Mag. (6), /, 45 (1901) ; Zeit. phys. Chem.,
?5, 641 (1901).

C. Christiansen, Drudes Ann., ^, 787 (1902).

P. Straneo, Ace. dei Lincei (5), // (I), 58, 171 (1902).

F. G. Cottrell, Zeit. phys. Chem., ^^, 385 (1903).
U. Grassi, ibid., ^^, 360 (1903).

E. Brunner, ibid., ^7, 56 (1904).

ACCURACY OF THE DETERMINATIONS.

The accuracy of transport determinations is usually much
overrated. For the better experiments of such workers as Bein,
Kiimmell, Loeb, and Nernst, and the best experiments of Hit-
torf, the results seem to be reliable to one or two units in the
second decimal place ; the work of Steele and Denison is more
accurate. Very accurate measurements ^ have been made with

^Probably Tower's measurements of sulphuric acid fall in this class ; the ex-
perimental details are inaccessible in Heidelberg.

4 Mc BAIN

four substances by Noyes and by Noyes and Sammet, and a long
series has appeared from Jahn's laboratory, which are espe-
cially interesting as they are all made according to the same
method ; the analytical work is wonderful. Noyes has more
confidence in the absolute value of his results than Jahn has in
his, although the experiments of Noyes and Sammet hardly
surpass the best work of Jahn's pupils. However I have
copied the results of Noyes to four decimal places, while Jahn
calculates his to three.

Luther ^ estimates the reliability of the best measurements as
amounting to one or two units in the third decimal place; and
E. Wolff, ^ one of Jahn's pupils, speaks of the " hitherto accepted
limit of accuracy of one per cent." It seems much easier to
obtain constant results than absolutely reliable values ; the dif-
ference between the final values of two investigators is often
several times as great as the maximum difference between the
individual results of either.

ERRORS INTRODUCED BY THE USE OF DIAPHRAGMS.

Even in the earliest experiments the difficulty of preventing
the mixing of the solutions through convection currents was met
by the use of diaphragms. Faraday used a porous asbestos
wick, Daniell and Miller porous earthenware, while Hittorf
employed intestinal membrane in most of his measurements.

Recently Bein^ and then Hittorf * investigated the influence
of various membranes upon the migration values, and found
that while some of them, such as earthenware, had no influence
apart from cataphoresis, others changed the migration values of
many substances very greatly. Nernst attempted ° to deal with
these cases by his theory of the phenomenon at the meniscus
between two immiscible solvents during electrolysis, and Hit-
torf' replied; it seems to me that the objections raised by the

^ Winkelmann's Ilandbuch der Phjsik, 2 Aufl., 1905, Bd. IV, S68. This ex-
cellent review of the subject contains also a selection of the most accurate work
up to 1903, including experimental details.

* Dissertation, Berlin, 1903.

'Zeit. phjs. Chcm., 2S, 439 (1S99).

*Arch. neer. (3), 6, 671 (1901); Zeit. phjs. Chem.,j9. 613 (1902); 4J, 239
(1903) ; Zeit. f. Elcktrochcm., S, 4S1 (1902).

*Drude's Ann., S, 600, 609 (1902) ; Zeit. f. Elektrochem., 7, 644 (1902).

^Drude's Ann., 9, 243 (1902).

MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTROLYTIC MIGRATION 5

latter might be removed b}' assuming tlie existence of hydrated
ions.

In general it is possible to obtain good results without casting
suspicion upon them by the use of membranes, as is shown by
the accurate measurements of Noyes and Sammet, Jahn's pupils
and others. For measuring very weak electrolytes such as
acetic acid, the use of some sort of diaphragm is almost indis-
pensable ; I used bundles of glass tubes of small bore, which
is cumbersome, but is otherwise free from criticism. The dia-
phragms which are least open to objection are cloth, cotton
batting, earthenware, and agar-agar. It is unfortunate that
it is just in the case of weak electrolytes where diaphragms
would be most useful that cataphoresis (electric endosmosis) is
most prominent. Solidified gelatine, intestinal membrane, fish-
bladder, gold-beaters' skin, membrane of an egg, and parch-
ment, are the diaphragms which exert the greatest influence
upon the migration ; the influence varies with the nature of the
electrolyte and its concentration.

ERRORS INTRODUCED BY THE METHOD OF CALCULATION.

There are several methods of calculation in use, although
only one of them is correct. Hittorf described this with the
greatest clearness in his classical researches ; yet of only six-
teen authors besides Jahn's pupils can I say with certainty that
their results were correctly calculated. In many cases the data
given in the papers are not sufficient to warrant a definite ex-
pression of opinion ; but it is safe to assert that of the authors
who used the analytical method, not more than half calculated
their results correctly.

In measuring migration we are measuring the movement of
the electrolyte through the solv^ent ; hence the calculation must
be based upon a constant amount of solvent. If for example we
find that before electrolysis the vt grams of water in an electrode
compartment contains a certain amount of electrolyte, we must
determine the amount of electrolyte contained in w grams of
water after electrolysis. The favorite among the other methods
is to determine the amount of electrolyte in a constant volume
of solution before and after electrolysis ; it is evident that only

6 McBAIN

in special cases will equal volumes of solutions of different con-
centrations contain the same amount of solvent. Hittorf^
picked out particular cases measured by Wiedemann and
showed that the error thus introduced amounted to as much as
20 percent of the migration value ; in other cases it was neg-
ligible. In very dilute solutions this error vanishes. Another
method bases the calculation upon constant weight of solution ;
as is evident, this is always wrong. Here, again, the error is
worst in concentrated solutions, and becomes negligible when
the solutions are very dilute. In general, I have had to leave
it to the reader to calculate whether the error introduced by
wrong methods of calculation is large or not ; in a few cases,
however, I have made the calculation myself, and when the
error was vanishingly small, I have stated that the results were
correctly calculated.

Possibly the following consideration of the effect on the trans-
port number caused by neglecting the loss of gases at the elec-
trodes may be of use. During the passage of 96,540 coulombs
8 grams of oxygen escape, hence the amount of the constituents
of the solvent at the anode appears to be 8 grams less than
really was, and so the apparent migration value of the anion is
increased by the number of g-mols of electrolyte contained in
8 grams of water. This holds for all electrolytes where oxygen
is evolved at the anode. Similarly, the migration value of the
cation obtained at the cathode where hydrogen is escaping is
increased by the number of g-mols of electrolyte in one gram of
water; this is generally negligible. The correction to be sub-
tracted from the migration value of the anion found b}- analysis
at the anode is therefore 0.008 for normal solutions and 0.0008
for decinormal solutions ; similarly for the cathode analysis, one
eighth as much has to be added to the migration number of the
anion. These corrections are mostly negligible, but the calcu-
lation is useful as showing the absolute value of the errors intro-
duced by the chemical processes at the electrodes. It is easy to
extend it to other cases ; for instance, the correction at the
cathode where a metal is precipitated and not weighed, is equal
to its gram-equivalent weight multiplied by the correction de-

iPog. Ann., 103, 8 (185S).

MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTROLYTIC MIGRATION 7

duced above for hj'drogen. For a metal dissolving at the anode,
where the electrode is not weighed, the correction is equal to
the correction for oxygen (but taken with opposite sign) multi-
plied by one-eighth the gram-equivalent weight. ^

INTERPRETATION OF THE RESULTS.

The transport number of any component of a solution is the
number of gram-equivalents of that component which enters or
leaves one of the electrode compartments during the passage of
96,540 coulombs of electricity.

Hittorf has shown how in certain cases (double cyanides,
stannic chloride, cadmium iodide, for instance) these transport
numbers may suggest definite views as to the constitution of the
electrolyte. In the following paragraphs I shall briefly discuss
the bearing of transport measurements on the hypothesis of
hydrated ions, and on that of the possible movement of undis-
sociated molecules of the electrolyte ; and I shall explain the
methods of calculating the concentrations and mobilities of the
complex ions or products of hydrolysis that may be assumed to
exist in the solutions of certain salts. A few measurements
which are not easily reconcilable with the prevalent theory of
solutions are collected under the heading " anomalous results."

Hydrated Ions.

In a solution of sodium chloride (to take a concrete example)
it is customary to assume the ions Na' and CF together with
water and undissociated molecules of NaCl. It is, however,
possible to assume the existence of hydrated ions : (Na-fxHgO)' ,
and (CI -f yH20)', or of complex ions, or even that the undis-
sociated NaCl moves towards one of the electrodes, under the
influence of a fall of potential, as colloids do.

If hydrated ions be assumed, it is evident that in calculating
the transport numbers from the experimental data, allowance
must be made for the water carried by them into the electrode
compartments and set free at the electrodes. I have shown
elsewhere ^ that this correction may be expressed by the formula

(-^y ^xjC, in which 1^ and 1^ represent the mobilities of

^Zeit. f. Elektrochemie, //, 216 (1905).

8 McBAIN

the cation and anion respectively, x and y the number of g-mols
of water combined with one equivalent of each ion, A the
equivalent conductivity, and C the total concentration of the
electrolyte expressed as the number of g-equivs solute in one
g-mol water. Thus it is evident that if the transport num-
bers of the hydrated ions are to be very different from those of
Na" and CI', either the ions must differ widely in mobility and
have a large amount of combined water, or the difference in
hydration of the ions must be great. The numerical example
given in the paper quoted shows that in general the change in
the transport number caused by assuming that the ions are hy-
drated, is small. In very concentrated solutions, however, the
difference would be greater : and the h3^pothesis might be
checked by measuring the transport of some non-electrolyte
added to the solution, choosing one which will not react with
the electrolyte in question.^

Movement of Undissociaied Electrolyte.
The fact that transport numbers for simple electrolytes are
independent of the concentration discredits the hypothesis. The
movement of non-electrolytes measured by Nernst, Garrard and
Opperman^ and by Morgan and Kanolt '' corresponds to a
transport number of the order of magnitude of o.oi. This is
however a negligible quantity, being within the experimental
error of most measurements ; and the alternative assumption of
hydrated ions is from other considerations very plausible.*

Complex Ions, Hydrolysis.

Three methods have been worked out for dealing with elec-
trolytic solutions which are assumed to contain complex ions in
equilibrium with simpler ions and undissociated molecules ; the
first was developed and applied by Burgess and Chapman, the
other two by myself. The first and second methods are appli-
cable to special cases only ; the third is general, and may also
be employed in dealing with hydrolysis.

(i) The method of Burgess and Chapman^ is based on the

' Ibid., II, 961 (1905).
^Nachr. Gott. Akad., 1900, 68.
*Zeit. phjs. Chem., 4S, 365 (1904).
*See Baur, Ahren's Saminhing, S (1903).
*Joiir. Clicm. Soc, 8^, 1305 (1904).

MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTROLYTIC MIGRATION 9

results of the careful study that has been devoted to solutions of
iodine in potassium iodide solutions. Jakowkin and others have
shown by means of several physico-chemical methods that KI3
and KI are electrolytes of equal degree of dissociation ; the
dissociation constant for the reaction F^ ;=i I^ -(- 1 is also known,
from these data and a transport determination in solutions con-
taining iodine and potassium iodide the mobility of the tri-iodion
was calculated, and found to agree with that calculated from
conductivity measurements assuming that the dissociation of
potassium tri-iodide is the same as that of potassium iodide.

(ii) In solutions of the haloid salts of cadmium and zinc the
transport of the halogen increases rapidly with the concentra-
tion, and finally approaches a maximum. This may be in-
terpreted by assuming that, when the maximum is reached, the
concentration of the simple ions is negligibly small ; by making
suitable assumptions as to the formula of the complex its trans-
port number may be calculated, and from the experimental
numbers for intermediate concentrations the relative amounts of
simple and complex ion may be obtained.

In the case of cadmium iodide ^ the numbers so arrived at are
in accord with freezing point, and conductivity, and with the
requirements of the mass law. The applicability of the method
is restricted by the condition that, if the results are to be reliable,
the maximum must be reached before the solution becomes too
concentrated.

(iii) The third method is based on the assumption that in
solutions containing a number of ions the migration of each is
given by the product of its concentration into its migration
velocity. This view was advanced by Hittorf in 1857 ; it has
been tested and confirmed by numerous experimenters with
known mixtures of two simple salts having a common ion ; and
it has been used in the mathematical developments of
Kohlrausch."

Let ?/, V, 2Vy ►v, represent the mobilities of the ions K*, Cd",

'R. Schrader, Zeit. f. Elektrochem., 3, 498 (1897). E. v. Stackelberg, Zeit.
phys. Chem., 23, 493 (1897). K. Hopfgartner., Zeit. phjs. Chem., 2j, 115
(1898). H. Jahn, Zeit. phys. Chem., 27, 354 (1898). H. Hotfmeister, Zeit.
phys. Chem., 27, 345 (1898). E. Berliner, Dissertation, Berlin, 1902 — to appear
this Winter with other work from Jahn's laboratory in the Zeit. phys. Chem.

*Wied. Ann., 6^, 209 (1897).

10 McBAIN

I', and Cdig' respectively, in a solution of potassium cadmium
iodide ; and «, b, c, d, their concentrations expressed as gram-
equivalents per cubic centimeter. Three of the mobilities, viz. :
M, V, zif, may be taken as known ; and among the four concen-
trations there must exist the relation

a + d = c -\- d

so that four of the eight symbols, u, Vy w, x, a, d, c, d, repre-
sent unknowns. Four experiments giving four independent
relations involving these four are therefore necessary in order
to determine the concentration of each of the ions, and the
mobility of Cdl/. Such, for example, are the following :

1. The specific conductivity x may be determined ; by Kohl-
rausch's law

au -}- dv -}- cw -\- dx =^ X.

2. The quantity of potassium which enters the cathode com-
partment during the passage of one faraday through the solu-
tion may be determined ; it is aujx equivalents.

3. Similarly, the net gain of cadmium in the anode compart-
ment per faraday, is {idx — bv)lx equivalents.

4. And the gain of iodine at the anode per faraday r
[c2v -\- 2^x)/x equivalents.

These are not the only experiments, however, that might be
employed. By means of E.M.F. measurements, for instance,
the concentrations b or c might be determined ; t-he freezing
point gives a -\- }^b -i- c -{- d, etc. The experiments thus furnish
more equations than unknowns, and the surplus may be used to
check the theory. This has been done in my paper ' in which
the concentrations were calculated from transport measurements
and one E.M.F. determination; the results so obtained are in
accordance with the conductivity and freezing points.

It may be remarked that when the number of analytical com-
ponents among the ions of a solution is represented by «, the
migration of the ii-ih may be calculated from those of the
remaining « — i by means of the stoechiometrical relations.
Hence agreement between the directly measured migration of
the «-th component and the calculated value is the best proof
that unsuspected ions (due to hydrolysis, for example) have not
been overlooked.

' Zeit. f. Elektrochem., //, 961 (1905).

MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTROLYTIC MIGRATION II

Anovialous Results.

Of remarkable results there are many. Highly interesting
are the researches of Daniell and Miller in 1844. These well
known and capable experimenters, fully alive to the significance
of the results they were obtaining, found that in many cases
components now recognized as cations did not move at all.
Later measurements agree in showing that in these very solutions
the cation moves about as fast as the anion. Hittorf and others
have suggested explanations for Daniell and Miller's results,
but unfortunately the explanations suggested only make things
worse.

Chassy, in 1890, made a number of measurements with
mixtures of two and more electrolytes. His results are sum-
marized by Ponsot ' and are quite at variance with the pre-
dictions of the present theory ; his is the only experimental
work in this field.

Bein, in 1898, found for ammonium hydroxide a transport
number widely different from that predicted by Kohlrausch's
law of the independent migration of the ions. In 1904 I obtained
a similar result for acetic and propionic acids. These are the
only measurements that have been made with very weak electro-
lytes, and all three obey Ostwald's law ; these results should
not be so difBcult to believe when Jahn and Nernst hold that the
mobility of an ion varies greatly with the concentration, without
any more evidence than that the conductivity and freezing
points which agree so well with one another both refuse to obey
Ostwald's law, although the latter does not take into account
the possible displacement of the equilibrium by the electrical
forces.

The accurate measurements of Noyes and Sammet in 1902
gave a result for hydrochloric acid differing by four percent
from that calculated from the careful conductivity measurements
of Goodwin and Haskell ;^ the transference measurements have
been confirmed in Jahn's laboratory by Joachim, and the diver-
gence has to be regarded as real. Divergences equally great
even amongst the most carefully measured electrolytes are so

' Comptes rendus, 13S, 192.
^Phjs. Review, ig, 369 (1904).

12 McBAIN

common, that Luther has come to the conclusion that it is not
worth while discussing whether Kohlrausch's Law is strictly
quantitative or not until the experimental data are more reliable.

QUALITATIVE EXPERIMENTS.

Qualitative or semi-quantitative experiments are sufficient to
show whether a given component of a solution moves toward
the anode or toward the cathode during electrolysis. In order
that the results may be decisive as to the constitution of the
solution, however, further experiments must be made to find
whether or no the component in question is present in colloidal
form ; this has been done in recent papers from the Leipsic
laboratory.

If the experiment is carried out by electrolysing the solution
between two other " electrode solutions," the presence of one
of the components of the intermediate solution in the cathode
compartment may justly be regarded as evidence that the com-
ponent in question formed a constituent of some cation ; the
converse, however, is not necessarily true. It is possible that
the component which in the intermediate solution formed part
of a cation might have acted as anion in the cathode solution,
and that it was consequently, in large part at least, driven out
as soon as it entered. The experiments of Richards and Bonnet
in 1904, and of Lind in 1903, offer a case in point; the authors
are however doubtless justified in the conclusions which they
draw, for the rate of transformation of the various modifications
of chromic sulphate into each other is notoriously slow.

ARRANGEMENT OF THE ABSTRACTS, ABBREVIATIONS USED.

In the following abstracts general information is given in a
paragraph which does not require further explanation. In the
tables, the first column gives the chemical measured ; the sec-
ond the concentration (m denotes mols, that is gram-formula-
weights) ; the third the temperature ; the fourth the number of
grams of silver or copper deposited in the voltameter, indicated
by the abbreviation " g Ag," *' g Cu," etc. ; the fifth the per-
cent change in the composition of the middle (supposedly unal-
tered) portions, calculated by myself; the sixth, the number of
experiments (" ex ") ; the next indicates which electrode solution

MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTROLYTIC MIGRATION 13

was analyzed, " a" denoting the anode compartment, " c" the
cathode compartment, and " ac" meaning that both were analyzed
and used in computing the transport number; next comes the
transport number of the anion, here the cipher before the decimal
point is always omitted, and the number is filled out to three
decimal places by dashes when the experiments were less ac-
curate ; attached to the transport number is given half the
maximum divergence (multiplied by i,ooo) between the indi-
vidual results, preceded by the sign ±.

Thus " 23 ex a .170 ±4" means that 23 experiments were
performed, the analyses at the anode compartment were used
to compute the transport, the transport number found for the
anion was 0.170, the maximum divergence between the indi-
vidual results was 0.008. Very inaccurate experiments would
be given as follows : " 5 ex ac .51 — ± 67 " meaning that the
transport number found is 0.51, and the difference between the
two extreme results was 0.134. Noyes' results are given thus :
** ac .1657 d= 2.3 " meaning 0.1657 with a maximum difference
between the results of 0.0046. I am convinced that this maxi-
mum divergence does not in most cases give an exaggerated
impression of the inaccuracy of the experiments.

The arrangement just described is followed as far as possi-
ble ; often, however, a column is left out when the data are
lacking, or when they have been given in the paragraph at the
top. Extra columns, special arrangements of the data, etc.,
are explained in each special case.

In deciding what experiments it was fair to average together,
in almosf all cases I have been much more tender with the
results than the authors themselves ; many authors show what
they think of their own results by averaging together all their
values, even when obtained under different conditions of tem-
perature and concentration. When only one experiment was
performed under each set of experimental conditions, I did not
feel justified in averaging the results even where their accuracy
seemed questionable. Thus I have tried to give the experi-
ments the benefit of the doubt ; the reader should take this into
account when trying to decide in any particular case whether
the transport numbers really vary with the temperature, etc.,
or not.

14 McBAIN [iSi4Porrett

ABSTRACT OF THE LITERATURE OF ELECTROLYTIC

MIGRATION.
1 814. R. Porrett.

Abstracts Phil. Trans., /, 510, from Phil. Trans., p. 519. On the Nature of
the Salts termed Triple Prussiates, and on Acids formed by the Union of certain
Bodies with the Elements of Prussic Acid.

The author observed the movement of Fe and of K in the
electrolysis of ferrocyanic acid solution.

1833. M. Faraday.

Experimental Researches in Electricity, fifth series, III, Theory of Electro-
chemical Decomposition. Phil. Trans., 123, 6S2, 525-530. Ostwald's Klas-
siker, 86, 85. Pogg. Ann., 32, 436.

Two pieces of apparatus, each consisting of two electrode
cups connected by a strip of asbestos, were set up in series.
One was filled with sulphuric acid of specific gravity 1.02 12,
the other with a chemically equivalent solution of sodium sul-
phate. Pt electrodes were used and the contents of the four
cups were weighed and titrated before and after the electrolysis.
The change in acidity in each cup of the sodium sulphate ap-
paratus was 24^-3 times as great as in the sulphuric acid appa-
ratus. The sulphuric acid contained a small percentage of
inorganic sulphates. (From these experiments it would follow
that in sulphuric acid w for SO^ lies between .4 and .33.)

1839. J. F. Daniell.

On the Electrolysis of Secondary Compounds. In a letter addressed to M.
Faraday. Phil. Trans., i2g, 97.

Apparatus : A vertical U-tube with two diaphragms of bladder
in the bend ; tubes were attached to collect the gases from each
of the electrodes separately. The current was measured by a
water voltameter. In seven electrolyses with i-io percent
solutions of sulphuric acid the migration value of the SO^ was
found to be n = |. In one of these experiments a Zn anode
was employed, in the others Pt electrodes were used. As a
result of futher electrolyses, the author concluded that the cur-
rent was carried solely by the electrolyte, and adopted Davy's
formulas for the oxy-acids and their salts, and those of Berzelius
for the ammonium salts.

1844 Daniell] ABSTRACT 1 5

X840. J. F. Daniell.

Second letter on the Electrolysis of Secondary Compounds. Addressed to
M. Faraday. Phil. Trans., ijo, 209.

The author electrolyzed various solutions in an apparatus
consisting of two electrode compartments connected to a third
cell by a siphon with partitions of membrane. The total elec-
trolysis was determined by measuring the gases evolved. The
solutions in each of the three cells were analyzed. In the ex-
periments with caustic alkalis the membranes were replaced by
porous earthenware.

HjSO,

specific gravity 1.076

n = \

H,PO,

6-1 1 percent

« = i

KOH

» = i

Ba(OH),

specific gravity 1.0085

« = l

Sr(OH),

specific gravity 1.007

« = !

KjSO,

n = \

1844. J. F. Daniell and W. A. Miller.

Additional Researches on the Electrolysis of Secondary Compounds. Phil.
Trans., 134, i ; Pogg. Ann., 64, 18.

Apparatus : a horizontal cylinder divided into three compart-
ments by vertical partitions of bladder. The Pt electrodes were
placed in the end compartments which were provided with tubes
for collecting the gases evolved. A water voltameter was placed
in the circuit.

Experiments with copper sulphate, zinc sulphate, and ammo-
nium chloride showed that the cation was not moved by the
current. For potassium sulphate, barium nitrate, and calcium
sulphate, the migration values were respectively w = |, « = |,
n = \\. Semi-quantitative experiments showed that both ions
were moved in the cases of sodium tungstate, potassium chro-
mate, potassium arsenite, and sodium carbonate ; in the case of
sodium chloride the chlorine was moved in greater amount than
the sodium.

Further experiments were carried out with copper sulphate,
aluminium sulphate, ferric sulphate, magnesium potassium sul-
phate, potassium aluminium alum, potassium copper sulphate,
potassium sulphocyanide, potassium cyanide, potassium ferro-
cyanide, potassium ferricyanide, potassium sulphate, ammonium
oxalate, potassium arsenite, potassium arseniate, sodium sul-
phite, sodium hyposulphite, and the phosphates of sodium.

i6

McBAIN

[1845 Pouillet

1845. M. Pouillet.

Note 6ur I'electrochimie. Comptes rendus, 2o, i sem., 1544.

Apparatus : a U-tube ; capacity lO c.c. ; Pt electrodes ; no
diaphragms ; no middle portion ; a water voltameter.

The author found no transport of gold in solutions of gold
chloride; for the chlorides of iron, manganese, and cobalt
n = .66 — ; for other chlorides 11 lay between .7 — and .8 — .
The author deduced that the action of the electrodes is unequal
owing to the positive and negative constituents of an electrolyte
having electric charges opposite in sign but unequal in amount.

1853. w. Hittorf.

Ueber die Wanderungen der Jonen wahrend der Elektroljse. Fogg. Ann., 8g,
177, Ostwald's Klassiker, 21.

Apparatus : (i) a short wide glass cylinder of which the two
parts could be isolated by sliding the upper half sideways ;
capacity 44 c.c. ; the anode consisted of the metal corresponding
to the electrolyte ; the cathode was of Ag. No middle portion ;
no diaphragms. In the second column are given the number
of grams of water in which one gram of salt was dissolved.

CuSO«

6.35

5°

igAg

lex

C.724

9-56

5°

1 1

3

C.712

18.1

4°

0.9

I

C.675

40-148

4°

0-5

3

C.644

9-56

20°

1.4

I

C.7I3

AgNOa

2.48

11°

1.2gAg

lex

C.468

2-73

19°

1.9

t I

C.478

5.18

1 8°

I.l

1

c-495

10.4

19°

05

I

C.51 —

14-247

19°

0.2

5

C.526

AgjSO,

123

17°

o.igAg 1

3ex

c-554

AgC,Il30,

127

15°

o.2g Ag

3ex

c-373

AgNOj

309

4°

o.2gAg 1

2ex

C.573 in ethyl alcohol

1856. W. Hittorf.

Ueber die Wanderungen der Jonen wahrend der Elektroljse. Pogg. Ann.,
g8, 1, Ostwald's Klassiker, 2/.

Apparatus : (ii) Cathode cylinder fitted into neck of anode
cylinder; capacity about 80 c.c. ; Ag cathode ; no middle por-
tion ; no diaphragms, (iii) Horizontal cylinder divided by two
partitions of porous earthenware into three compartments, (iv)
Four superposed glasses, with diaphragm of intestinal mem-
brane (Darmhaut) ; the upper (cathode) vessel contained free

1856 Wiedemann] ABSTRACT I7

acid; the middle portion was tested for acid and cadmium.
This apparatus (iv) was made in four sizes for solutions of dif-
ferent concentrations; the smallest anode vessel contained 12
C.C., the largest 238 c.c. ; Pt cathode, Cd anode.

In the second column are given the number of g water in
which one g of salt are dissolved.

CuSO,

9-56

o.8g Ag

11.6

2.0

KCl

4-85

12°

i-ig Ag

6.61

4°

0.7

18.4

7°

0.8

39-4

9°

0.7

254

50°

0.6

449

90°

0.4

KBr

2.36

!2°

o.7g Ag

117

7°

0.7

Kl

2.7-8.5

1-12°

o.Sg Ag

170.3

3°

0.4

KjSO,

12

4-12°

o.9g Ag

413

7°

0.3

KNO3

5-8

9°

o.4g Ag

KCjHsO,

1.4-48

H°

o.7g Ag

NH.Cl

5.28

12°

i-ig Ag

12.2

10°

1-5

28.0

10°

0.9

175

7°

0.7

lex

a. 716 Cu anode.

2

a.704 " "

lex

a. 516

2

a.516

I

a.514

2

a-5iS

2

a-.Si5

I

a. 503

2ex

a.528

2

a-5i3

3ex

a.511

I

a. 492

2ex

2

a.500
a. 498

2CX

a.450

2ex

a.33S

lex

a-5i7

I

a.514

I
I

a.514
a.508

1856. G. Wiedemann.

Ueber die Bevvegung der Flussigkeiten im Kreise der geschlossenen galvan-
ischen Saule und ihre Beziehungen zur Elektroljse. Pogg. Ann., 99, 177.

Apparatus: two glass jars connected by a wavy siphon,
capacity 200 c.c. ; Pt electrodes; no diaphragms ; no middle
portion. Blank experiments showed the existence of an un-
changed middle portion in the cases of sodium sulphate and
potassium iodide.

Hittorf, Pogg. Ann., 103^ 8, shows that the results are incor-
rectly calculated. In the electrolyses of the copper salts between
Pt electrodes, the acid formed at the anode reached the cathode
portion, and Wiedemann points out that the current was partly
carried by free acid.

A further series of determinations were made using porous
earthenware diaphragms, repeating the experiments with sul-

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., June, 1907.

i8

McBAIN

[1856 Wiedemann

phuric acid, nitric acid, copper sulphate, copper nitrate and
silver nitrate. The results when corrected for cataphoresis
corresponded with the numbers obtained with the apparatus
described above in which diaphragms were avoided.

The concentrations are indicated in the second column in
grams of SO^, NO,, etc., per 100 c.c.

HjSO^

2-14 SO4

i.3-2.4gCu

3ex

ac.i8o±:6

1

HNO3

7.7 NO3
4.2 NO,

2.0g Cu

2.0

lex

I

a.148
a. 142

KOH

2.23 K

o.6g Cu

lex

ac.245

2.09 K

0.6

I

ac.215

NaOH

3.13 Na

i.igCu

lex

ac.i6i

2.63 Na

I.I

I

ac.r53

CuSO^

3.67 Cu
1.52 Cu

i.4gCu
0.7

lex
I

ac.i8i
ac.iS6

3.17 Cu

0.5

I

ac.360

Copper anode.

2.54 Cu
1.78 Cu

0-5
0.3

I
I

ac.355
ac.321

11 (1
t( it

1.52 Cu

0-3

I

ac.339

" "

Cu(NO,),

1.66 Cu
2.72 Cu

o.gg Cu
0.9

lex

I

ac.241
ac.368

Copper anode.

AgNO,

1.92 Ag
2.96 Ag
2.66 Ag

i-3g Ag
1.6

I.O

lex
I

I

ac.236

ac.535
ac.521

Silver anode.

NaCl

1.94 Na

o.6g Cu

lex

ac.378

1857. A. Weiske.

Die Ueberfuhrung des Chlors bei der Elektrolyse seiner Verbindungen mit den
Metallen der Alkalien und alkalischen Erden. Pogg. Ann., loj, 466, Habili-
tations Dissert.

Apparatus : two flasks connected by a straight tube with a
glass cap ; capacity 100 c.c. ; no diaphragms ; no middle portion.

The calculation is based (incorrectly) upon constant volume
of solution.

The author discusses the prevalent theories of electrolysis.

KCl

I-IO

percent

o-4g Ag

loex

C.516 i: 9

NaCl

9.21

percent

0-4g Ag

4ex

C.686 ±: 8

2.86

"

0.4

4

c.685 ±g

0.844

"

0.2

I

C.680

CaClj

1-9

percent

0-3g Ag

9ex

C.690 zb8

BaCl,

0.5-8

percent

o-3g Ag

Sex

C-53I ± 9

SrCl,

1.07

percent

o-3g Ag

4ex

C.648 ± 8

0.757

"

0-3

3

C.650 ± 9

0.146

'«

0.2

I

c-655

5-2-5-6

i.og Ag

iv

6ex

a-Si3

98

I.Og

iv

8

a. 509

3-8-S-5

0-5

V

2

C.501

4.62

12°

o.6g Ag

V

lex

C.479

9-63

11°

0.8

V

I

C.487

31-5

7°

0.4

V

I

C.494

94.1

8°

0.7

V

I

C.497

1859 Ilittorf] ABSTRACT I9

1858. W. Hittorf.

Pogg. Ann., loj, i ; Ostwald's Klassiker, 21.

Apparatus : (iv) see Hittorf, 1856. In these experiments
a Zn anode was used and the cathode was surrounded by a
solution of potassium chloride ; (v) four superposed glasses of
which the uppermost contained the anode and the lowest the
cathode. The cathode was bent into the form of a U-tube to
permit the escape of hydrogen. Earthenware and bladder
diaphragms.

In the second column are given the number of grams of
water in which one gram of salt was dissolved.

KCi

KNO,

KC2H3O, 1.3-94 14° o.8gAg V 3ex c.331

In addition experiments are detailed showing that in solutions
containing potassium iodide and potassium chloride both I and
CI are transported by the current.

1859. W. Hittorf.

Pogg. Ann., 106, 337, 513. Ostwald's Klassiker, 2j.

Apparatus : (ii) See Hittorf, 1856. (iv) See Hittorf, 1856,
for the experiments with potassium cyanide the membranes
were replaced by porous earthenware ; in the experiments with
the alkaloid hydrochlorides the cathode was surrounded by hy-
drochloric acid, (v) See Hittorf, 1858. (vi) Five superposed
glasses with membranes. Anode of Cd in the lowest vessel, Pt
cathode in the uppermost. The anode was surrounded with a
protecting solution : potassium acetate in the experiments with
potassium oxalate, potassium chloride in those with potassium
chromate, sodium chloride in those with sodium mono- and di-
sodium phosphates, sodium nitrate in those with sodium phos-
phate and pyrophosphate and also with iodic acid ; (vii) an
anode vessel closed at the bottom with membranes was fitted to
the top of the cathode U-tube ; Pt electrodes. In the experi-

20 McBAlN [iS59Hittorf

ments with potassium cyanide, sodium platinichloride, and potas-
sium gold chloride, the silver anode was placed at the top and
surrounded with the solution of potassium cyanide.

In the second column are given the number of grams of
water in which one gram of salt was dissolved. In the sixth
column are recorded the weights of the anode portions (includ-
ing protecting solutions if any).

KjC^O^

4.18

i-ig Ag

vi

26g

I ex

a'

.441

KCrO,

9-54

i-4g Ag

vi

23g

I ex

a

.512

KjCrjO,

14.6

0-4g Ag

iv

8g

lex

a

.502

KCIO^

119

o-3g Ag

iv

220g

I ex

a

•463

KCIO3

26.6

o-4g Ag

IV

6og

lex

a

•445

115

0.4

iv

220g

I

a

.462

KCN

7.66

o.4g Ag

iv

I2g

lex

a

•457

105

0.15

iv

5ig

I

a

•47-

NaCl

3-47

13°

I .og Ag

iv

"g

lex

a

.64S

5-54

9°

0.9

iv

"g

2

a

.647

20.7

16°

I.I

iv

33g

I

a

•634

105

17°

0.4

iv

33g

I

a

.628

315

6°

0-5

iv

2IOg

4

a

.620

Nal

22.1

o.4g Ag

iv

3ig

lex

a

.626

NjLjSO^

11.8

9°

o.9g Ag

iv

34g

lex

a

.641

50-7

9°

0.6

iv

32g

I

a

•634

NaNOj

2.07

I.2g Ag

iv

i5g

lex

a

.588

2.99

9°

0.8

iv

iig

1

a

.600

34-128

12°

0.4

iv

55-2 I og 4

a

.614

NaCjIl302

2.81

8°

i.og Ag

iv

log

lex

a

•415

7.18

13°

0.5

iv

log

a

.421

41-3

6°

1.2

iv

2IOg

a

.424

84.6

11°

0.6

iv

2 log

a

•443

BaClj

3.2-3.8 6-14^

ig Ag

iv

12g

4ex

a

.662

8.39

19°

1-7

iv

35g

a

.642

79.6

20°

0.4

iv

6og

a

.616

126

10°

0.4

iv

2IIg

a

.614

Ba(N03),

16.2

8°

o.2g Ag

iv

.'i9g

lex

a

.641

56.5

H°

0.14

iv

59g

a

.620

134

11°

0.6

iv

2IIg

a

.602

CaClj

1.70

20°

o.7g Ag

iv

I2g

lex

a

.780

2.07

12°

o.S

iv

I2g

a

.771

2.36

3°

0.7

iv

12g

a

•765

2.74

10°

1.4

iv

12g

a

•749.

3-95

21°

I.O

iv

12g

a

.727

21-229

20°

03

iv

32-58

2

a

•683

138

9°

1.2

iv

2I5g

I

a

•673

1859 Ilittorf]

ABSTRACT

Cal,

1-3^

o.Sg Ag

iv

i6g lex

a .732

Ca(NO,),

1.^2

7°

o.7g Ag

iv

I2g lex

a .718

3-96

1

1-7

iv

12g I

a .652

112

/

0.9

iv

2I5g I

a .613

MgCl,

2.48

6°

o.4g Ag

iv

iig lex

a .806

3-7

15°

1.2

iv

11-37 2

a .778

22.2

14°

0.8

iv

32g I

a .706

128-241 6-

15°

0.4

iv

58-213 2

a .677

Mg I,

0.796

i-ig Ag

iv

i6g lex

a .777

MgSO,

5.28

4°

i-4g Ag

iv

log lex

a .762

209

5°

0-5

iv

2I2g 1

a .656

MnClj

331

7°

i-4g Ag

iv

iig lex

a .758

190

9°

05

iv

2I3g I

a .682

ZnSO^

2.52

o.7g Ag

iv

i6g I ex

a .778

4-05

I.O

iv

I4g I

a .760

267

0-3

iv

220g I

a .636

Feci,

2.07

i-3g Ag

vii

i4g lex

"c .746

25.2

0.2

vii

20g 1

c .600

AICI3

22.7

o.4g Ag

iv

i2g lex

a .714

UO2CI2

10.4

o.4g Ag

iv

26g lex

a .868

Morphine

H.Cl

54-9

o-3g Ag

iv

92g lex

a .815

Strychnine H.Cl 55.7

o-5g Ag

iv

93g lex

a .861

HCl

2.91

i-3gAg

iv

i3g lex

a .319

9.86

7°

1-3

iv

9g I

a 193

36.2

8°

0.4

iv

9g I

a .168

82.3

8°

0-5

iv

56g I

a .161

141

1.4

iv

220g I

a .171

321

8°

0-3

iv

2I2g I

a .216

2126

6°

03

iv

2I4g I

a .210

SnCV

13-5

o.4g Ag

vii

i2g lex

c .180

HBr

8.65

o.7g Ag

iv

log lex

a .178

HI

4.82

o-7g Ag

iv

i3g lex

a .201

117

0.4

iv

88g I

a .258

HjSO^

0.557

i-7g Ag

y

i9g lex

a .40c Ft anode

1.438

2.6

v

I5g I

a .2S8 " "

5-42

1-3

iv

log. I

a .174 Cd "

233

0.9

iv

58g I

a .177 " "

98

0.6

iv

I72g 1

a .212 " "

161

0.4

iv

i74g I

a .206 " "

HIO»

13-3

0.2g Ag

vi

25g lex

a .102 Ag "

Na.PjO,

35-6

o-4g Ag

vi

22g lex

a .645 " "

NaaPO,

26-19

0.4-0.6

vi

23g 2ex

a 2 " "

Na.PO.,

10.6

o-5g Ag

iv

I3g lex

a -573

' Regarded b}

Hittorf as

I part HCl in

24.3 parts water.

* Current carried mostly by .

ilkali resulting

from hjdrolysis.

21

22

McBAIN

[1859 Hittorf

K,.Fe(CN)e

5-30

o.6g Ag

vii

23g

lex

a .482

K.Ag(CN),

7.71

o.5g Ag

vii

2Ig

lex

c .406

Naj.PtCls

1.87

o.6g Ag

vii

Hg

lex

c .562

I3-I

0.4

vii

22g

I

c .519

KCI.AUCI3

6.08

o-3g Ag

vii

I2g

lex

c

35-9

0.2

vii

2Ig

1

c

KCl.HgClj

7-37

o-5g Ag

vii

24g

lex

c

KC1.2HgClj

8.19

o-3g Ag

vii

23g

lex

c

KC1.4HgCl3

9-59

o.2g Ag

vii

23g

lex

c

K.Cdlj

0.327

i.og Ag

vii

2.?g

lex

c -43-

KCd.I,

2.30

0.6

ii

I2g

lex

a .79-1

58.7

0.3

ii

87g

1

a .560

K.(C,H5)SO,

6.55

o.3g Ag

iv

9g

lex

a .302

Naj.HPO^

20-31

o.6g Ag

vi

22g

lex

a .516

K.H2PO,

7-59

i.og Ag

vi

25g

lex

a .377

10.3

0.7

vi

25g

I

a .266

Na.HjPO,

5-71

o-9g Ag

vi

26g

lex

a .383

Cdlj

1.83

o-3g Ag

ii

i8g

lex

ai.25S

3-04

11"

0.7

ii

i6g

I

ai.192

4. 28

12°

0.7

ii

i6g

I

ai.14-

18.1

11°

0.4

ii

Hg

I

a .931

69.6

0.2

ii

222g

I

a .642

167

10°

0-3

ii

220g

1

a .613

Znlj

0.664

2.og Ag

ii

23g

lex

ai.157 Zn anode

2.457

2.1

ii

i6g

I

a .727 "

112. 9

0.4

ii

220g

1

a .675 "

ZnCl,

2.77

i.8g Ag

ii

I6g

lex

ai.o8— " "

333

0.4

ii

21 9g

I

a .700 " "

CdCl,

1.27

7-11° o.8gAg

ii

i7g

3ex

ax. 015

1.98

7°

1-7

ii

HS

I

a .873

2.76

10°

I.I

ii

i7g

I

a .779

3-36

10°

0-5

ii

i3g

I

a .772

5-76

I.O

ii

I2g

1

a .744

98.7

8°

0.6

ii

220g

I

a .725

192

11°

0.5

ii

222g

I

a .70S

Cdl,

1.107

o.2g Ag

ii

l6g

lex

a2.i02 Ethvl alcohol

1-394

0-3

ii

l.^g

I

a2.ooi " '•

1.695

0.4

ii

I4g

I

ai.909 " "

2.190

0.4

ii

25g

I

ai.848

2.466

03

ii

32g

I

ai.S27

2.466

03

ii

33g

I

ai.819 " "

S-375

0-3

ii

iig

I

ai.552 " "

37-23

0.1

ii

29g

I

ai.3iS

' For interpretation and recalculation of these results see J. W. McBain — Zeit-
f. Elektrochem., //, 215. 1905.

1870 Bourgoin]

ABSTRACT

23

Znl,

0.520

o-7g Ag

U?

2Ig

lex

a2.i6iZn an.Ethjl ale

0.707

0.9

ii.?

i9g

ai.ooS " "

'•533

0.8

u?

i5g

ai.711 " "

1-534

0.6

ii.?

i5g

ai.705 "

4-933

0.2

ii.'

•ig

ai.254 "

16.14

0.2

ii.'

30g

a .747 "

ZnCl,

1-74

o-9g

Ag

u?

i3g

lex ai.998 " "

6.79

0.5

u?

log

ai.538 "

Cdl,

3-179

O.Ig

Ag

u?

"g

lex

a2.3 — Aiuyl alcohol

1868. E. Bourgoin.

Du role de I'eau dans I'electroljse. Ann. Chim. Phjs. (4), ij, 47.

Apparatus : capacity 40 c.c.

I have deduced the following migration values from the ex-
perimental data afforded by the work of the author ; the calcu-
lation is based (incorrectly) upon the change in constant volume
of solution, not upon a constant weight of solvent.

KOH

1. 68m

lex

ac.746

1. 14

lex

ac.749

HjSO^

o.2-o.5m

3ex

ac.i68

HNOj

1. 66m

lex

a .126

1868. E. Bourgoin,

De I'electroljse des acides organiques et de leurs sels. Ann. Chim. Phjs-
(4). ^^' 157-

In this extended investigation carried out from another stand-
point, in no case are sufficient data afforded to permit of the
deduction of migration values, unless possibly in the case of
succinic acid (n .6 — or .3 — ?).

1870. E. Bourgoin.

Memoire sur I'inegalite des pertes d'acide et de sel dans le voisinage des p61es>
Ann. phys. Chim. (4), 2/, 264.

The author rejects Hittorf's explanation of the changes of
concentration during electrolysis in favor of "^that of d'Almeida ;
and classifies the acids according as the acidity at the anode
increases or decreases by electrolj'sis.

The details of two experiments with oxalic acid are given.
In the first, the loss of acid at the cathode was one third of that
corresponding to the hydrogen collected from that electrode.
In the second, the loss of acid was three times as great at the
cathode as at the anode.

24

McBAIN

[ 1878 Kirmis

1878. M. Kirmis.

Zur Wanderung der lonen. Wied. Ann., 4, 503.

For apparatus see Wiedemann, 1856; capacity no c.c. ; no
diaphragms. The siphon became considerably heated. No
middle portion ; anode Cu, and cathode Pt.

The calculation is incorrect (based on constant volume of so-
lution, not constant amount of water).

CUSO4

5.06

percent 1^°

4-5g

Ag

3ex

C.723

4-S3

40

2.7

3ex

C.713

3-52

22°

5-9

3ex

C.702

3-17

13°

4.8

3ex

C.690

2.20

24°

2.0

3ex

C.686

1-75

23°

2.1

3ex

C.685

1.04

(1 ^-,0

3-5

3ex

c-655

0.497

90

1-5

3ex

C.641

1-5

0-8°

4ex

C.7S0

Pt anode

1 881. J. Kuschel.

Die Bestimmung der Ueberf uhrungszahlen der lonen f iir Lithium- und Kohlen-
saureverbindungen. Wied. Ann., /j, 289; Dissert. Breslau.

Apparatus : (i) superposed glasses ; diaphragms of gold-
beaters' skin. The Pt cathode was surrounded by free acid,
the anode was of Cd ; the middle portion was tested for free
acid and for Cd. (ii) a U-shaped cathode tube with three
superposed glasses ; capacity 25-60 c.c. ; Pt electrodes. In the
experiments with the carbonates the middle portion was tested
for neutrality by litmus after precipitation by barium chloride.
For the experiments with the caustic alkalis, porous earthen-
ware was substituted for the diaphragms of gold-beaters' skin.

The method of calculation is correct.

KCl

13-0.23%

— g

Ag

1 4ex

.518

LiCl

6.89 m

18°

o-4g

Ag

lex

a. 773

3.21

21°

0-5

i 2

a.753 ± 2

1.78

19°

0.4

2

a. 738 zb 9

0.809

17°

0.4

4

a. 739 ± 7

0-235

iq°

0.2

2

a.7i8±8

0.118

14°

0-5

a. 694

0.103

13°

0.4

a.705

0.046

i6°

0.4

a. 670

0.039

17°

0.3

a.679

Lil

3.12m

17°

0.2

lex

a.719

1.41

20°

0.2

2

3.712 ±4

i882 Lenz]

ABSTRACT

0.67

17°

0.2

i 2

a.727± 17

0.66

i9»

02

i I

a. 700

0.33

19°

0.2

i 2

a. 706 ± 1

0.074

16°

0.2

' 3

a.692 lb 9

0.037

H°

0.14

• 3

a.702 ± 9

0.014

'4°

O.I

i 2

a. 682 ifc 2

K,CO,

8.112m

26°

o-5g Ag i

i 2ex

C.341 ±0

3-15

23°

0.8 i

i 2

C.404 db I

1.61

22°

0.5 i

i 2

C.416 dr 0

0.764

22°

0.3 i

i 2

c-437 ± 7

0.441

24°

0.2 i

i I

c-434

0.151

21°

0.2 i

i 2

c-377 ± 3

0.074

24°

0.14 1

i 2

C.372 ± 4

0.029

24°

0.07 i

i 2

C.302 ± 7

Na,CO,

2.84m

23°

o.4g Ag i

i 2ex

C.530 zb I

0.985

23°

0.4 i

i 2

C.548 ±: 0

0.189

24°

0.2 i

i 2

c.5i9±o

0.093

24°

O.I ' i

i 2

C.474 zb 7

LijCOj

0.232m

25°

o.2g Ag i

i 2ex

C.582 dz 5

0.136

21°

0.2 i

i 2

c-593 ± 9

LijSOi

0.159m

23°

o.2gAg i

i 2ex

C.649 rb 4

0.090

22°

O.I i

i 2

c-595 ± 3

KOH

0.804m

23°

o.6g Ag i

i 2ex

c.739zb8

0.190

27°

0.3 i

i 2

C.730 db 0

0.103

22°

0.2 1

i 2

C.742 d= 10

NaOH

1 .084m

25°

o.6g Ag 1

i 2ex

C.827 zb 4

0.285

230

0.3 1

i 2

C.800 zb 5

0.108

21°

0.1 1

i 2

C.843 ± 4

LiOH

1.495m

25°

o.4g Ag i

i lex

C.890

0.402

21°

0.4

i 2

C.863 ± 3

0.201

21°

0.4 i

i 2

C.848 ± 9

25

1882. R. Lenz.

Ueber das galvanische Leitungsvermogen alkoholischer Losungen. Bei-
blatter, 7, 399, from M^m. de St. Pdtersb. (7), Jo, 64.

The transference of the iodine in aqueous and alcoholic solu-
tions of Cdlj and of KI was determined in an apparatus con-
sisting of an H-tube fitting on top of an anode vessel. The
contents of the latter were analyzed, The following table con-
tains the values of n for iodine obtained by the author by inter-
polation from his experiments. The percent of alcohol in the
solutions is given at the head of the column, the concentration
of the Cdl2 in the first column.

The method of calculation is based (wrongly) on constant
volume of solution.

26

McBAIN

[1882 Lenz

o

5

10

^5

20

25

30

{m

I-I35

l.IIO

1.089

1-073

1.072

1.077

1.088

^m

1.044

1.021

1.017

1.022

1.032

1.044

1-057

im

0.929

0.914

0.915

0.922

0-934

0.952

0.974

Jm

0.808

0.818

0.831

0.851

0.876

0.899

0.928

3S

40

45

50

55

60

(>5

im

1.108

1. 130

1.160

1-193

1.226

1.262

1.300

^m

1.070

1.088

1.120

1-159

1.192

1.229

1.265

im

1.000

1.028

1.058

1.089

1.121

1.160

1.19S

im

0-959

0.989

1.019

1.052

1.088

1.127

1.170

70

75

80

85

90

95

Im

1-338

1-378

1.417

1.460

1-502

1-549

2"!

1-305

1-3^4

1.384

1.427

1-471

1-515

im

1.239

1.282

1.329

1-375

1.421

1.470

im

1.212

1.262

1.306

1-357

1.404

1.45S

With solutions of potassium iodide the values « = .5ii to
n = .520 were found independent of the concentration and of
the amount of alcohol present.

The experiments with potassium chromate were carried out
in a slightly modified apparatus, in which a Pt cathode sur-
rounded by potassium carbonate solution, and a Mg anode were
employed ; n = .46 — to w = .51 — independent of the concen-
tration and of the percent of alcohol.

The paper further contains a number of measurements of
conductivity and diffusion.

1885. J. Moser.

Elektrische und thermische Eigenschaften von Salzlosungcn. Wien. Sit-
zungsber., g2, Abth. II, 652.

The author calculated the migration values by means of the
formulae of Helmholtz from the E.M.F. of concentration cells
with and without diffusion.

ZnClj + 100 H2O and ZnCl^ + 750 HjO lex .71—

ZnSO^ + 100 HjO and ZnSO^ -f 800 H^O lex .64—

1886. 0. Lodge.

On the Migration of Ions and an Experimental Determination of Absolute
Ionic Velocity. Brit. Assoc. Rep., 1886, 389.

In the following series of experiments, two cups were con-
nected by a horizontal siphon. When the current was passed
through, the ions from the cups moved through the siphon, their
progress being followed by a color change or by the formation
of a precipitate.

l88S Loeb]

Cups.

BaClj. NajSO^

10%

BaCl.,, Na^SO,

5%

BaCl^, Na^SO^

5 7o

BaClj, NaCl

BaClj, KI

BaClj, KBr

10%

SrCl,, NaCl

10%

SrClj, KBr

10%

SrCI,, KI

10%

CuSO,, H.SO^

CUSO4, CuSO^

CuSO,, NaOH

(NHJ,SO„-

ABSTRACT

S if /ton.

6% IICI, litmus 23ex

6% HCl, litmus i4ex

CjH^Oj, agar agar gex

C,n^Oa, IL^SO^, AgNOj, agar agar 4ex

CjH^Oj, I IjSO^, AgNOj, agar agar sex

CjlliOj, HjSO^.AgNO;,, agar agar 3ex

CjH^Oj, H2SO4, AgNOj, agar agar 2ex

C^H.Oj, lI,SO^,AgNO„ agar agar 2ex

C3II4O2, HjSOijAgNOj, agar agar 2ex
NaCl, BaCl^, NaOH,

phenol phthalein 3ex

NaCl, K.FeCje lex

NaCl, phenol phthalein lex

NaCl, Nessler solution lex

27

= i

Ba/SO,
Ba/SO«
Ba/SO^

Ba/Cl

Ba/I

Ba/Br

Sr/Cl
Sr/Br

Sr/I

HVSO,=

1888. M. Loeb and W. Nemst.

Zur Kinetik der in Losung befindlichen Kdrper. Zeit. phys. Chem.,^, 948.

Apparatus similar to Gay-Lussac's burette, with side tube at
top for cathode ; anode at bottom ; capacity 60 c.c. ; Ag elec-
trodes. In preliminary experiments with silver nitrate the loss
in the whole apparatus was 0.06 percent, the loss in the middle
portions was 0.5-0.7 percent; no diaphragms ; method of cal-
culation correct.

The paper further contains a number of conductivity meas-
urements in confirmation of Kohlrausch's law.

AgNOs

AgClOa
AgClO,

0.1043 m
0.0521
0.025
0.025

0.0105
o 0245 m
0.0247m

Ag(C2H5)S04 0.0243m
0.0061

CioH,.S03.Ag

CeH,.S03.Ag
CjHjOjAg
Ag^SiFle
AgjSjOj

0.0129m
0.0250

0.0250m
0.0097m
0.0282m
0.0246m
0.0246

' Absolute velocity of H ion =
2" OH nearly as quick as H."

20°
26°
26°
0°
26°

25°
25°
25°
25°
29°
25°
25°
25°
22°

25°
o«

0.0027.

o.o8g Ag

0.08

0.05

0.05

0.03

0-05g Ag
o.o4g Ag

o-05g Ag
0.02

oo3g Ag
0.04

o.04g Ag

0.02g Ag

o.05g Ag
o.04g Ag
0.05

lex

I

I

I

2

2ex

2ex

2ex

I

lex

I

2ex

2ex

2ex

3ex

2

ac.528
ac.524
ac.522
ac.538
ac.522 ± 2
ac.501 ± 2
ac.513 ±2

ac.387 zb 2
ac.384
ac.390
ac.386
ac.347 ± 4
ac.376 ± I
ac.465 ± 2
ac.605 dz I
ac.604 d: I

28

McBAIN

[188S Loeb

CgH.i.SOj.Ag

0.0238m

0.0222

0.0222

24° o.o6g Ag
29° 0 04
0° 0.04

lex

I

2

ac.293
ac.295
ac.273 zh 0

1889. C. L. Weber.

Ueber absolute Geschwindigkeit der lonen. Zeit. phys. Chem., 4, 182.

The author deduced the following migration values from
measurements of the limiting current density at which normal
products appear at the electrodes and above which secondary
reactions occur. The third column below gives the velocities
in mm. per second.

CuSO^ I of So.i6g Cu per litre 0.017

\ of 8o.i6g Cu per litre 0.023

\ of 8o.i6g Cu per litre 0.024

y'j of 8o.i6g Cu per litre 0.028

jJtj of 8o.i6g Cu per litre 0.021

,j\ of 8o.i6g Cu per litre 0.022

jI^^ of 8o.i6g Cu per litre 0.033

^^^ of 8o.i6g Cu per litre 0.042

CdSO^ 0.1 m 0.023

0.04 0.029

0.02 0.026

o.oi 01036

0.005 0.045

0.0025 0-051

Zn(N03)2 0.2 m 0.091

0.1 0.1 1 1

0.04 0.095

0.02 0.077

0.01 0.084

0.005 0.051

0.0025 0.052

0.0012 0.051

i8go. A. Chassy.

Nouveau Transport Electrique. Ann. chim. phys. (6), 21, 241.

The author determined the movement of one component of
mixtures of salts in aqueous solution. Misled by assuming
that the decomposition products at the electrodes indicated the
salt that had carried the current, he had to explain the observed
movement of the other salts present by the assumption of the
movement of non-dissociated molecules. In the following list
the first salt was in each case the only one measured. Many
cases are omitted in which only one component of the mixture
was indicated. For summary see Ponsot — Comptes rendus,
138, 192.

1892 Bein] ABSTRACT 29

Sulphates of Zn, Cu.

" Zn, Cd.
" " Zn, Ag.

" Zn, Na, Mg, Cu.

" Zn, Cu, Ni, K.
Nitrates " Ba, Ag.

" Ba, Cu.

" Ba, Ni.

" Ba, Zn.

" Ba, K, Cu.
" " Ba, K, Cu, Na, Zn, Mg, Co, Ag.

" Pb, Ba, Zn, K.

" Cu, Ba, Ag, K.
Chlorides " K, Zn.

" " Ca, Na, Zn, Cu.

" Zn, Ba, Mg, K.
Sulphates " K, Cd, Cu, with acetate of Zn.
K.^SO„Zn(C2Hj02)j.
Zn(C2H30.Jj, K^SO,, Na^SO,, NaCjHjOj.

1890. W. Kistiakowsky.

Die wasserigen Losungen von Doppelsalzen. Zeit. phys. Chem., 6, 97.

Apparatus a knee-shaped burette; capacity lOO c.c. ; Ag
electrodes; no diaphragms ; middle portion unchanged. The
concentrations are expressed in mols per looog solution.

AgNOj 0.0189 15' o-04g Ag lex ac.531

AgsCr(CjOJ3 0.022 14° o.osgAg 3ex ac.57- ± 18

1892. W. Bein.

Beitriige zur experimentellen Bestimmung von Ueberfiihrungszahlen in Salz-
losungen. Wied. Ann., 4b, 29.

Apparatus of three types, capacity 55-90g, viz. ; (i) super-
posed glasses with diaphragms of fish bladder (B), or usually
of porous earthenware (E) ; (ii) a winding spiral and U-tube, no
diaphragms ; (iii) a knee-shaped burette.

In experiments with CuSO^, CdClg, CaCU, and CdL the volt-
age was varied from 20-100 volts without affecting the results »
In the fifth column below are given the concentration changes
in the middle portions; the values in the last column given in
( ) are those obtained by Bein in 1899 by a recalculation.

The method of calculation is correct ; the accuracy of the
better experiments is estimated to be one or two units in the
second decimal place.

30

McBAIN

[1892 Bei

CuSO,

o.73%Cu

20-30°

o.o6g Cu

0.6-0.06%

E

6ex

a.647 zb 24

0.73

16-19°

0.05

0.5-0.1

ii

2

ac.638 zh 2

0.76

16-24°

0.06

0.4-0.03

B

8

a.79-±i7

0.76

74°

0.05

1-5

ii

I

ac.622

KCl

o.4i%Cl

18-19°

o.o6g CI

0.1%

B

2ex

a.496 zfc 3
(.530)

0.6

74-75°

0.03

0.3

ii

2

ac.509 zh 9

AgNOj

i-85%Ag

13-15°

o.o6g Ag

0.5-0.05%

iii

3ex

ac.525 ± 3

0.6

75-96°

0.06

2-0.4

iii

6

ac.512 =h6

NaCl

o.92%Cl

7-8°

o.o6g CI

o-3%

ii

2ex

ac.6o8 zh 3

0.92

95°

0.05

0.8-0.1

ii

3

ac.551 =h2

BaClj,

0.84% CI

12°

o.o7g CI

1-0.3%

ii

2ex

ac.580 zb 2

0.84

89°

0.07

0.5

ii

I

ac.565

0.58

74°

0.05

0.6

ii

I

ac.580

Cdlj

0.68% I

20°

O.Igl

1-0.4%

i, ii

E

3ex

ac.65- zb 25

(•652)

0.68

76°

0.06

1-5

ii

2ex

ac.6oozb 13

CdClj

0.9% CI

8°

o.o5g CI

0.7%

ii

2ex

ac.567zb 2

0.6

21°

0.6

0.6-0.01

i

E

4

a. 546 ^z 20
(•557)

0.87

96-97°

0.07

0.8-0.5

ii

2

ac.570zb5

CaCl,

o.8%Cl

9°

o.o5g CI

1-0.1%

ii

2ex

ac.6o2 zb 2

0.45

i6°

0.08

0.3-0.04

i

B

6

a. 610 zfc 16
(•638)

0.85

94°

0.04

0.2

ii

I

ac.549

1892. W. C. D. Whetham.

Ionic Velocities. Proc. Roy. Soc, ji", 284. Zeit. phys. Cliem., //, 220.
Phil. Trans., 184, A, 337.

The author measured the velocity of the meniscus between
pairs of solutions of electrolytes, first with direct, and then with
reversed current. The apparatus consisted of two vertical tubes
joined by a third much narrower tube bent parallel to the others
for the greater part of its length. Two solutions of equal spe-
cific resistance were placed in the apparatus, the specifically
heavier below the other. The surface of contact lay in the
narrow vertical tube, where the fall of potential per cm. could
be determined.

In the following table, the salts experimented with are named
in the first column, and in the succeeding columns in order are
given the concentrations, the solvent (W = water, Am = aqueous
ammonia, Al = '* alcohol of 0.05 strength "), the ion to which
the rate of the meniscus movement was ascribed, the number of
experiments, the observed velocity in cm. per second per unit

1S93 Sheldon]

ABSTRACT

31

potential fall, and the velocity calculated from Kohlrausch's
conductivity measurements and Hittorf's migration determina-
tions. In the case of the alcoholic solutions, for lack of migra-
tion determinations, the sum of the observed ionic velocities is
compared with that calculated from the conductivity.

CuClj and NH^Cl
CuCIj and NH^Cl

KCl and KMnO^
KCl and KMnO^

KjCrjO, and K.,CO;,

KjCr^O, and KCl

CoCNOs), and CoClj
CoClj and CaCl^

Co(N03)j and CaCNOj),

1893. S. Lussana.

Einfluss der Temperatur auf die elektromotorische Kraft der Concentrations-
elemente und die Wanderung der lonen. Beibliitter, //, 218, from Atti del R.
1st. Venet., Ser. VII, j, iiii (1892).

Apparatus : Horizontal tube bent into five parallel portions,
with vertical tubes sealed on at the ends and at the middle ; 3 (?)
middle portions.

The author found the migration of the cation (i-«) propor-
tional to the absolute temperature {T). In the second column
below is given the weight of salt in lOOg water ; in the third
the value found for io''{i-n)/T; and in the last the transport of
the anion at o° C.

o.iSm

Am

Cu

lex

0.00026

0.00031

o.i

Am

CI

lex

0.000309

0.00031

0.0046m

W

CI

lex

0.00057

0.00053

0.046

W

CI

lex

0.00059

0.00053

o.im

w

Cr,0,

3ex

0.00047

0.00047

0.1

w

CrjO;

lex

0.00044

0.00047

0.05m
0.05m

Al
Al

CI
f Co

2ex

2ex

0.000026
0.000022

•

0.000060

Al

Co

lex

0.000035
0.000044

}

0.000079

ZnS047H20

57.694-2.319

26632-25244

.27-.31

CuSO,5H50

5.008-0.712

24627-22076

•33--40

Pb(N03),

26.512-4. 618

I 8955- I 5982

.48-53

1893. S. Sheldon and G. M. Downing.

Die kritische Stromdichtigkeit fiir Kupferniederschlage und die absolute
Geschwindigkeit der Wanderung der lonen. Beibliitter, /^, 1090, from Phjs.
Rev., /, 51.

The author deduced the migration values from measurements

of the limiting current density at which normal products appear

at the electrodes, and above which secondary reactions occur.

The velocity is presumably in cm. per second for unit potential

fall.

CUSO4 0.1- 1. 89m 0.00020-0.000445

32 McBAIN [1894 Campetti

1894. A. Campetti.

Ueber den Einfluss des Losungsmittels auf die Geschwindigkeit der lonen.
Beiblatter, j8, 942 (from Nuov. Cim. (3), JJ, 225).

LiCl water ac.705

ethjl alcohol ac.71-

methyl alcohol ac.64-

AgNOj water ac.518

ethjl alcohol ac.51-

methyl alcohol ac.47-

1894. S. Lussana.

Einfluss von Magnetismus und Warme auf die Wanderung der lonen.
Beiblatter, 18, 364; (from Atti R. 1st. Veneto (7), 4, 13 pp., 1893, Sepab.).

An extension of the author's work of the year before, with
the same apparatus. In solutions of NiSO^, NaCl, KCl, and
CuCl, the relative velocity of the cation (i-«) is proportional to
the absolute temperature.

In order to ascertain whether magnetism exerts any notice-
able influence on the transport, measurements were made of the
rate of motion of the meniscus between acidified solutions of
ferrous and cupric sulphates in and out of the magnetic field.
The author finds that magnetism probably slightly reduces the
rate of the ferrous ion ; the resistance of ferrous sulphate solu-
tion is not noticeably affected by a magnetic field whose lines
of force are perpendicular to the direction of the current.

1894. W. C. D. Whetham.

On the Velocities of the Ions and the Relative lonization-power of Solvents.
Phil. Mag., j5, 392.

For apparatus, method and explanation of the following table,
see Whetham, 1892. In these experiments the solutions were
solidified with agar agar jelly. In the experiment with sodium
acetate one half of the solution was colored red by caustic soda,
the other half "decolorized by means of a few drops of dilute
acetic acid." A measurement was made of the rate of motion
of the red color at the boundary between solutions of ferric
chloride and ferric acetate (containing ferric chloride) ; in order
to explain his results the author ascribed the color to colloidal
ferric hydrate, and adduced a number of conductivity measure-
ments and experiments with dialyzed iron, in support of this
view.

1896 DesCoudres] _ ABSTRACT 33

KjCrjO, and K.^COj o.i in W Cr,0, lex 0.00044 0.00047
NaCjHjO, 0.07m W II lex 0.000065 0.00030

1895. W. C. D. Whetham.

On the Velocities of the Ions. Phil. Trans., 1S6, A, 507.

An extension of the author's work in 1892 and 1894. The
same apparatus was employed. The solutions were solidified
by the use of agar agar. The rate of extension of the precipi-
tate formed at the surface of contact was measured ; the cur-
rent being passed in one direction only. The experiments were
carried out at from 8-17° and corrected for 18°. The solutions
were o.i m.

BaCl^ ; and NaCl + " a little " NajSO^
CaClj ; and NaCl + " considerable " Na^COj
AgNOj-, and NaNOj + " a little " NaCl
Na.,SOi; and NaCl + BaClj

1896. C. Cattaneo.

Ueber den Einfluss des Ldsungsmittels auf die Geschwindigkeit der lonen.
Beibliitter, ^/, 749 (from Rendic. R. Ace. del Lincei (5), J, 2 Sem. 207; 6,
I Sem. 279. Nuovo Cim. (4), 6, 140.)

With sodium chloride and ammonium chloride a Pt cathode
and a Zn or Cd anode was used ; with hydrochloric acid the
anode was of Au or Cu.

NaCl

NH.Cl

HCl

Ba

2ex

0.000389

0.000366

Ca

lex

0.000349

0.000290

Ag

lex

0.0004S8

0.000462

SO4

2ex

0.000447

0.000492

water

.66-

glycerine

.64-

■water

•51-

glycerine

•57-

water

.224

ethyl alcohol

.205

methyl alcohol

.236

amyl alcohol

.240

glycerine •

•237

ethyl alcohol with chloroform *

.209

ethyl alcohol with chloroform and ethyl

ether

.218

1896. Th. DesCoudres.

Messungen der elektromotorischen Kraft Colley' schen Gravitationselemente.
Wied. Ann., j7, 232.

From measurements of the E.M.F. of gravitation cells with
electrodes of Hg/HgjClg the author deduced the following values
for n.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., June, 1907.

34 McBAIN [i896DesCoudres

McBAIN

NaCl

19.9 percent

.66-

BaCl^

17.0 "

.64-

LiCl

17-3 "

•77-

KCl

16.8 "

.50-

HCl

3-56 "

.150

CdClj

30.1 "

I.02-I.I0

i8g6. A. Rosenheim.

(Experiments by W. Bein.) Ueber die Einwirkung anorganischer Metall-
sauren auf organische Sauren. Zeit. anorg. Chem., //, 175, 225.

Apparatus : two U-tubes connected by a siphon ; capacity
io8g ; Pt electrodes ; no diaphragms ; no middle portion. The
object of the investigation was to determine the constitution of
these complex compounds. Concentration 1-2 percent ; one
experiment each ; 18° C. In the last column is given the com-
ponent analyzed. CjO^, Mo, W, and V moved in all cases toward
the anode.

(NHJ,0.2M0,

o.3g Ag

f .530 MO3
1 -539 NH,

M03.C203.3H,0

o.o8g Ag

f -47- C,0,

'^'^ 1 .48- MO3

r .306 C,0,

K2O.WO3.C2O3.HjO

o.2g Ag

ac j .327 WO3
( .540 K

(NH,)20.2Cj03.2M03.3H,0

o.3g Ag

f .40- C,03
' 1 .40- MO,

(NH,),0.2M0,.C.A

0.2g Ag

ac .33- C.,0,

3(NHJ20.V,05.4C,03.4H.,0

0.02g Ag

( .36- c,o,
1 .36- Vfi,

"

o.ig Ag

ac .39- CjO,

3KjO.Al203.6C203.5H,0

o.4g Ag

ac .50- CjO,

3K,O.Cr,03.6C,03.6HjO

o.6g Ag

ac .33- CjO,

K,O.Alj03.4C203.7JH20

o.3g Ag

ac .39- C,0,

1897. V. Gordon.

Ueber die Abhiingigkeit der Ueberfiihrungszahlen des Kadmium in wasserigen
Losungen von der Temperatur. .Zeit phvs. Chem., 2j, 469.

Apparatus : N-tube fitting into the top of an Erlenmeyer flask ;
capacity 100 c.c. ; anode Cd, cathode Hg ; no diaphragms ;
method of calculation correct.

CuSO^
CdSO,

9-10 percent

o.6g Ag

0.07 percent

2ex

a

.720 ±6

I1.4

9^ I-2g Ag

0.1 "

3ex

a

.672 ± 10

II.4

40° 1-2

0.1-0.2 "

2

a

.717^5

12 "

81° 1.9

0.5

2

a

.719^4

34-5

9" 1-9

0.2-0.5

2

a

.8o3±o

1897 Nernst]

CdBr,

CdL

34
34

29-5
29.4
29.4

35
35-5

percent

ABSTRACT

40'

3

0.1

69^

3

0.2-0.6

f

I gAg

0.2-0.01

39^

1-5

0.5-0.00

75°

2-3

1-0.4

40°

i-7g Ag

0.1-0.2

74°

2.0

0.17

35

percent.

2

a .8iOrfc6

2

a .797 ±15

3ex

a .894 ±5

3

al.040rb34

3

a .970^25

2ex

ai.232 ±8

2

ar.23iii 17

1 897. F. W. Kiister.

Ueber lonenreaktionen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Elektrochemie. Zeit. f.
Elektrochem., 4, 10$.

When a current is passed through a U-tube whose lower half
is filled with cupric sulphate solution, while both arms are filled
with sodium sulphate solution into which the electrodes are
dipped, then the blue layer moves toward the cathode ; when the
lower solution is Fehling's solution, and the upper Seignette
salt, the blue color moves toward the anode, as the copper is
contained for the most part in complex anions.

1897. W. J. Mather.

A New Apparatus for Determining the Relative Velocities of Ions ; with
some Results for Silver Ions. Johns Hopkins Univ. Cir., /6, No. 130, 45 (1897),
Am. Chem. Jour., 26 (1901), 473.

Apparatus : an M-shaped tube provided in the middle with a
glass tap of large bore ; capacity 90 c.c ; Ag electrodes ; no
diaphragms ; no middle portion ; calculation based (incorrectly)
on constant volume of solution.

AgNOj

0.1 m

0°

0.1 g

Ag

3ex

ac.541 dr 0

0.1

29"

0.05

I

ac.532

0.1

48°

0.15

3

ac.528± I

0.025

0°

0.07

I

ac.538

0.025

45°

0.08

I

ac.525

0.1

24°

0.15

2

ac.532 zb I

49 percent alcohol

0.108

20°

0.05

3

ac.594 ±1 2

absolute alcohol .

AgC.HsO

2 0.025m

0°

o.o5g

Ag

2ex

ac.373 ± I

0.025

28°

0.03

I

ac.382

0.025

46°

0.08

3

ac.389 ± I

1897. w.

Nernst.

Zwei einfache elektrochemische Vorlesungsversuche. Zeit. f. Elektrochem.

J, 308.

A 0.003m solution of potassium nitrate is placed in the arms
of a U-tube over a solution of potassium permanganate of the

36 McBAIN [iS97Nernst

same specific conductivity, weighted with urea. During the
passage of the current the red layer moves toward the anode
with a velocity within a few percent of that calculated from the
conductivity of potassium permanganate.

1897. A. Schrader.

Zur Elektrolyse von Gemischen. Zeit. f. Elektrochem., j", 498. Auszug aus
Berliner Inaug. Dissert.

Apparatus: an c/3-tube ; capacity 150 c.c ; no diaphragms.

The paper is mainly devoted to the determination of the
transport in aqueous solutions containing a pair of electrolytes,
viz. : KCl and KI ; HjSO^ andCuSO^. In addition the follow-
in(j results of measurements with acetic acid between Ag elec-
trodes are given without experimental details. "The rate of
transport of acetic acid seems to become constant only at dilu-
tions where the error of analysis is nearly as great as the quantity
measured."

0.79m .362; 0.74m .307; 0.59m .241 ;

0.48m .212; 0.36m .182: 0.25m .169.

1898. W. Bein.

Zur Bestimmung der Ueberf iilirung bei der Elektrolyse verdiinnter wasseriger
Salzlosungen. Zeit. phjs. Chem., 27, i.

Apparatus of various forms, complete, and somewhat compli-
cated ; no diaphragms ; Pt cathode, Cd anode ; method of calcu-
lation correct.

The capacities of the apparatus are given in hektograms in
the sixth column below, the percent changes in the middle por-
tion in the fifth column.

HCl

NaCl

Percent

Percent.

0.02-0.05

CI

9°

0.02g

CI

O.I

1-5

2ex

aC.167 ±L I

0-035

50°

0.03

5

2

aC.199 ± 0

0.035

96°

0.03

5

3

ac.252 rfc 10

0.2-0.5

i6»

0.03

0.2-2

I

8

ac.i7o±3

0.2-0.5

77°

0.04

0

1

3

ac.219 ± 12

'3-9

97°

O.I

1

.-1

I

a^-393

0.02-0.05

CI

10°

0.02g

CI

0.0-0.3

7

sex

ac.615 ± 12

0.040

51°

0.03

5

2

ac.583 ± 5

0.040

97°

0.03

1-5

2

ac.547 ±: 4

0.25

76°

0.03

I

I

ac.586

0.2-0.9

12°

0.03

0.3-5

I

II

ac.613 ± 20

0.50

76°

0.03

0

1

2

ac.570 ±1 5

1S98 Bein]

ABSTRACT

37

0.2-0.9

95°

0.05

I

4 ac.557±4

12. 1

21°

0-3

1

■2

I ac.677

14.2

970

0.14

I
2

I ac.567

KCl

0.04-0.5 CI

11°

0.02g CI

0.04-4 1-7

5ex ac.503 ± 20

0.30

76°

0.6 I

3 ac.5iorb2

NII.Cl

0.2 CI

20°

0.02g CI

0.6 I

2ex ac.507 db 6

RbCI

0.19 CI

22°

0.02g CI

I

icx ac.515

CsCl

o.iS CI

20°

0.02g CI

I

lex ac.508

TlCl

0.04 CI

21°

0.02g CI

5

lex ac.516

LiCl

0.036 CI

20°

o.o3g CI

5

2ex ac.624 zfc 4

0.035

970

0.02

5

2 ac.6i7zfc6

0.2-0.5

20°

0.03

I

6 ac.672 ± 9

0.20

96°

0.03

I

2 ac.6io db 9

CaCl,

0.039 CI

22°

o.o3g CI

I

lex ac.553

0.039

49°

0.03

5

I ac.555

0.0391

97°

0.03

5

I ac.530

0.204

97°

0.03

I

I ac.554

0.425

97°

0.04

I

I ac.574

0.20

25°

0.03

I

3 ac.567 ±40

0.42

24°

0.04

I

I ac.595

0.99

21°

0.05

I

I ac.6io

14. 1

25°

0.26

h

I ac.718

14. 1

97°

0.13

h

I ac.79-

BaClj

0.040 CI

10°

o.o3g CI

7

2ex ac.559± i

0.041

50°

0.03

5

I ac.525

0.041

97°

0.03

5

I ac.515

0.30

10°

0.04

I

2 ac.570 dr 2

0.6-1.0

12°

0.06

I

3 ac.585zbii

0.77

96°

0.03

I

I ac.543

0.301

76°

0.03

I

2 ac.553 ±3

0.202

78°

0.02

I

I ac.518

CdCl,

0.036 CI

20°

0.02

5

lex ac.557

0.20

24°

0.02

I

2 ac.568 ± 3

0.20

96°

0.03

I

2 ac.475 d= 2

0.50

17°

0.03

I

2 ac.567 ± II

13.8

97°

0.12

h

2 ac.963 ± 3

13-8

24°

0.19

> h

I ac.657

AgCjHgO,

0-43 Ag

24°

o.oSg Ag

lex ac.4i3Pt elec.

0-43

24°

0.07

I a.385' c.4i4Ag/Pt

0.43

49°

0.07

I c.4i2Ag/Pt

043

96°

2 C.438 ± 4

AgNO,

0-54 Ag

76°

o.o4g Ag

0.2 I

lex ac.517

0.40

96°

0.07

I ac.482

H,SO,

0.24 112804

11°

o.o5g SO4

3ex ac.i75d=3

0.24

23°

0.05

I C.200

0.24

96°

0.05

2 ac.304 dz I

'Sui

jeroxide formed at an

ode-

3»

McBAIN

[iSgSBt

CuSO^

0.032CU

1°

o-03g Cu 6 lex

ac.615

0.032

15°

0.02 (

5 I

ac.633

0.30

0°

0.03

r I

ac.6ii

0.30

50°

0.04

[ I

ac.607

0.73

15°

0.05

I I

ac.632

0.76

74°

0.05

[ I

ac.622

0.30

97°

t 5

ac.2i- to .47

SrClj

0.04 CI

21°

o.03g CI

5 lex

ac.560

0.20

20°

o-o3g

[ I

ac.575

MgCl,

0.17 CI

21°

0.02g CI

[ lex

ac.615

MnCl,

0.20 CI

18°

o.o3g CI 1.5

I lex

ac.613

CuCl^

0.18 CI

23°

o.o3g CI

[ lex

ac.595

CoCl,

0.20 CI

18°

o.o3g CI I ]

[ lex

C.596

9.8

26°

0.16 ,

k 2

ac.736 it 0

9.8

97°

0.13

h 2

ac.77- rh 2-

NaBr

0.39 Br

22°

o.osg Br ]

[ lex

ac.625

KI

0.63 I

25°

0.1 g I ]

[ lex

ac.505

HNO3

0.32 HNO3

25°

o.o6g NO3 ]

[ lex

ac.172

NaNOs

0.33 NO3

19°

0.02g NO3

[ lex

ac.629

TljSO^

0.25 SO,

23°

o.o3g SO, ]

[ lex

ac.528

MgSO,

0.24 SO«

24°

o.o5g SO, J

I ex

ac.541

Na^COa

0.16 CO3

22°

o.oi4g COj ]

2ex

ac.590 ± 10

K,C03

0.13 COs

23°

o.oi4g CO3 ]

lex

ac.435 Pt/Pt.

NaOH

0.16 NaOH

25°

o.o3g NaOH 1

lex

ac.799 "

NH^OH

o.i8NH,OH

21°

o.oi4g NH,OH 1

lex

ac.562 "

Ca(OH)2

o.ii Ca(OH),

24°

o.o3gCa(OH), ]

lex

ac.786 "

KMnO,

0.85 KMnO,

23°

o.igKMnO, 1

lex

ac.559 "

HjCjO,

0.25 H,C,0,

26°

o.o4g HjCjO, I

lex

C.214 "

Succinic

Acid

0.59 S.Ac.

23°

o.o4g S.Ac. ]

lex

C.239 "

i8g8. H. Hoffmeister.

Ueber Stromleilung in gemischten Losungen. Zeit. phys. Chetn., 2y, 345.

Mixtures of from 1-9 parts of a solution of silver nitrate with
1-9 parts of a solution of nitric acid, and of 1-9 parts of sodium
acetate with 1-9 parts of acetic acid, all four stock solutions
being normal, were electrolyzed. The concentration changes
for the cations of the nitrates were in accordance with that de-
duced by means of Rudolphi's dilution formula ; for the sodium
in the acetate mixture in accordance with Ostwald's dilution
formula, while the acetic acid moved if at all toward the
anode.

1898 Kiimmell]

ABSTRACT

39

i8g8. K. Hopfgartner.

Ueber Stromleitung in gemischten Ldsungen von Elektrolyten. Zeit. phjs.
Chem., 2j, 115.

For apparatus see Gordon, 1897 ; capacity 250 c.c. The Hg
cathode was surrounded by a concentrated solution of ZnClj ;
for the electrolyses of sodium, hydrogen, and barium chlorides
the anode was of Cd, for those with magnesium and cupric sul-
phates Cu was used. No diaphragms. The changes in the
middle portions are listed in the fourth column below; ig Ag
in voltameter ; method of calculation correct.

The paper also contains determinations of the transference
in solutions of NaCl and HCl, BaCl^ and HCl, MgSO, and
CuSO^, in widely different proportions, the concentrations vary-
ing from o.i-i.om per liter. The results are in accordance
with those calculated from the conductivities of the salts taken
separately, using Rudolphi's dilution formula.

NaCl

o.im

16-17°

0.2-0.5 percent

3ex

a.617 zb 14

0.2

13-19°

0.2-0.5

2

a.622 zfc I

0.5

9-23°

0.2-0.5

3

a.623 zb 3

0.8

13-19°

0.2-0.5

3

a.635 ± 2

0.9

13-20°

0.2-0.5

3

a.635 ± 4

HCl

o.im

15-18°

0.1-0.7 "

sex

a. 167 zfc 20

0.2

17-19°

0.0-0.5

4

a.i64zfc3

05

13-26°

0.1-0.4 "

9

a.167 ± 18

0.8

14-20°

0.1-0.3

6

a.i57zh 10

0.9

13-20°

0.1 "

3

a. 159 rb 10

BaClj

o.im

14-18°

0.4-0.2 "

4ex

a.580 d= 13

0.2

15°

0.4-0.2 "

2

a. 592 ± I

0.5

11-15°

0.4-0.2 "

5

a.6ii zb 16

0.8

12-20°

0.4-0.2 "

5

a.617 ±: 21

MgSO,

l.om

10-15°

0.4-0.2 "

3ex

a. 749 ± 5

1-3

10-13°

0.4-0.2 "

I

a. 747

CuSOi

i.om

6-11°

0.1 "

3ex

a.696zb6

0.7

8-15°

0.1 "

2

a.684 zb 7

i8g8. G. Kiimmell.

Die Ueberfiihrungszahlen von Zn- und Cd-Salzen in sehr verdiinnten
Losungen. Wied. Ann., 64, 655.

(i) The cathode vessel is attached to the top of the anode
vessel by means of a side tube packed with cotton wool ; capacity
175 c.c; no change could be detected in the middle portion;
Pt cathode ; for Zn salts Zn anode, for Cd salts Cd anode ; ap-

4© McBAIN [1898 Kummell

parently the incorrect method of calculation based on constant
volume of solution was used.

ZnCI,

o.oi-o.oo3m

0.030 Zn

4ex

ac.603 dt 19

ZnBr,

0.01-0.003111

o.o2g Zn

3ex

ac.6oo zh 12

Znl,

0.01-0.0031x1

o.02g Zn

3ex

ac.589 =b 12

CdClj

0.01-0.00301

o.05g Cd

3ex

ac.576 ± 8

CdBr,

0.01-0.003111

o.o5g Cd

3ex

ac.584 =b 9

Cdlj

0.01-0.003111

o.o4g Cd

4ex

ac.552 ± 9

ZnSO^

o.oi-o.oo3m

o.03g Zn

4ex

ac.664 d= 7

CdSO,

0.01-0.00301

o.o4g Cd

4ex

ac.619 ±: 15

(ii) By means of Helmholtz's formulae, from the E.M.F. of
concentration cells.

ZnCl.,

o.i-o.ooim

4ex

.585 i 3

CdCl,

o.i-o.ooim

4ex

•574 ± 10

ZnSO^

0.025-0.001 m

2ex

.587 ± 2

CdSO,

0.025-0. ooim

2ex

.627 ±: 2

i8g8. D. Mcintosh.

The Transference Number of Hydrogen. Jour. Phys. Chem., 2, 273.

The transference number was obtained from the ratio of the
E.M.F.'s of concentration cells with and without diffusion,
making use of the formulae of Helmholtz.

(i) Electrodes of hydrogen (platinised platinum), and mercury
plus mercurous salt.

HCl

i.o-o.ooim

6ex

•159 ±3

HBr

"

6ex

.158 ±6

HI

"

6ex

.161 ±1 18

H,SO,

"

6ex

.174 ±18

H,C,0,

"

6ex

.163 ±: 16

(ii) Electrodes of hydrogen and chlorine (platinised platinum).

HCl i.o-o.i m lex .126

i.o-o.oi lex .297

o.i-o.oi lex .404

i8g8. 0. Masaon.

Ueber lonengeschwindigkeiten. Zeit. phys. Chem., 2g, 501. Phil. Trans.,
1899, /g2, 331.

Apparatus : two electrode chambers (flasks) connected by a
narrow tube containing the gelatinized solution to be measured.
*' Indicators " were placed in the flasks (cupric sulphate or chlor-
ide at the anode, and potassium chromate at the cathode), and

1899 Bein] ABSTRACT 41

the current passed until blue met yellow. Electrodes : Cu anode,
Pt cathode; i8° C.

18°

NH.CI

I .oin

KCl

0.5m

,.io

3

NaCl

0.5111

I

2

LiCl

0.5111

I

K,SO,

0.5-im

NajSO^

i-o.5m

LijSO,

2-o.5m

MgSO,

2-0. 5m

898. R. Peters.

lex

ac.490

lex

ac.495

lex

ac.490

lex

ac.483

lex

ac.598

lex

ac.595

lex

ac.587

lex

ac.687

I ex

ac.68o

2ex

ac.467 ± 0

2ex

ac.567 ±z 0

3ex

ac.658 ±6

3ex

ac.693 ± 9

Ueber Oxydations unci Reduktionsketten und den Einfluss komplexer Jonen
auf ihre elektromotorische Kraft. Zeit. phjs. Chem., 26, 229.

Apparatus — a U-tube into both arms of which were dipped
tubes closed at the lower end with parchment forming the anode
and cathode compartments respectively, in the U-tube were
plugs of cotton batting; Pt. electrodes; no middle portion.

The results are only qualitative, and show that in a solution
of FeFl3.3NaFl + iHjO containing 0.8 mg iron in i c.c. the
iron moves toward the anode, presumably in the form of FeFlg"'.
In the case of an equivalent solution of Fe2(SOj3 under the same
conditions the difference in titration value of a constant weight
of solution before and after electrolysis was three times as great ;
here the iron moved towards the cathode.

i8gg. W. Bein.

Einige Versuche iiber die Abhangigkeit der Ueberfiifirungen von Salzen von
der Beschaftenheit dei- Membranen, vvelche die Elektroden-Losungen voneinander
trennen. Ein Beitrag zu dem Verhalten von Membranen gegen Salzlosungen.
Ze'*^. phjs. Chem., 28, 439.

Apparatus : superposed glasses with diaphragms, viz. ; earth-
enware (earth), fish bladder (fish b), parchment (parch), gold-
beater's skin (gold). Capacity 200g ; Pt electrodes in the ex-
periments with CdCl. 20-22° C.

On page 447 of the paper is given a comparative table of

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., June, 1907.

42

McBAIN

[1899 Bein

the results of Hittorf, Kuschel, Kirmis, and of the author, for
the experiments in which diaphragms were used.

HCl 0.207 percent CI 0.4 g CI

earth lex

a. 167

0.207 "

" 0.4

parch

I

a. 1 76

0.297 "

" 0.4

fish b

I

a.29-

0.208 "

" 0.4

gold

I

c.29-

NaCl

0.20 "

" 0.2 g CI

0.05 percent

earth

2ex

ac.6oi zb I

0.2-0.3 "

" 0.3

2-3

fish

6

ac.7i8zb27

LiCl

0.27 "

o.05g CI

2-6 percent

gold

3ex

c.739±i7

CaCl^

0.22 "

" o.o3g CI

earth

lex

a.582

0.22 "

" 0.03

fish

4

a-733±i9

0.22 "

" 0.03

gold

2

a. 805 ±: 0

CdClj

0.20 "

" o.o4g CI

4 percent

fish

lex

ac.763

0.68

" 0.06

earth

I

C.53S

i8gg. W. Dittenberger und R. Dietz.

Ueber das elektrolytische Verhalten des Platin- und Zinnchlorids.
Ann., 68, 853.

Wied.

Apparatus : (i) anode and cathode cylinders connected at the
bottom by a tube of 0.5 mm. diameter bent seven times ; (ii) and
(iii) a similar tube bent three times (W-shaped). Capacity of
(i) and (ii) 25-30g, of (iii) 300g ; Pt electrodes ; no diaphragms ;
no middle portion. The weight of Ag given below is calculated
from the ampere-minutes. The solutions were analyzed only
for Pt and Sn. The method of calculation is incorrect (con-
stant volume of solution instead of constant amount of water).
Although the conductivity greatly increases, the migration num-
ber is unaffected by setting the solution of H2.PtC1^0 in sunlight
for 14 da3^s.

Hj.PtCl.O

0.50 m

0.002 g Ag

0.44

0.002

0.41

0.003

0.36

0.003

O.IO

0.0006

O.OI

0.0006

0.005

0.0003

llj.PtCle

0.22 m

0.002 g Ag

0.007

0.0008

SnCI^

6.6in

0.005 g Ag

1.2

0.002

lex <ic.i37

lex
I

It'X

2

ac.132
ac.125 ± 2
ac.i25±3
aciii zb 2
ac.077
ac.075

ac.io8
ac.075

ac.996
ac.914

13

1899 Hittorf] ABSTRACT 43

i8gg. C. Dittrich.

Die Uranjlsalze vom phvisikalisch-cheinischen Staiulpunkt aus betrachtet.
Zeit. phjs. Chem., 2g, 481.

The solution to be investigated was placed in the bottom of a
U-tube ; above it in both branches was placed a solution of the
pure acid, in some cases in tubes closed at the bottom with
parchment, and containing Pt electrodes. When necessary the
uranyl solution was made specifically heavier by the addition of
urea. After the passage of the current the electrode solutions
were examined for uranium. In the following table are given
the components of the mixed solutions investigated, and the
compartment into which the uranium migrated. All experi-
ments were performed at least twice. In the cases of the pure
uranyl salt solutions, the uranium was moved in all cases to-
wards the cathode.

Va and UO

2 nitrates
chlorides
sulphates

cathode

acetates (both

concentrated)

anode

" ( "

dilute)

cathode

propionates

anode

glycolates

cathode

lactates

"

oxalates

anode

tartrates

"

citrates

"

salicylates

mostly

:athode, pt

1899. W. Hittorf und H. Salkowski.

Ueber eine merkwurdige Klasse unorganischer Sauren und ihr elektroljtisches-
Verhalten. Zeit. phys. Chem., 28, 546.

Apparatus : two glass trays connected by a siphon, the
cathode in a glass bell suspended above ; capacity 25 c.c ; Pt
electrodes ; no diaphragms ; no middle portion ; calculation
correct.

PtCl.O.H,

7 percent

o.4g Ag

I ex

C.146

2 "

0.1

I

C.126

AUCI3O.H2

24 percent

o.8g Ag

lex

c.232

12 "

0.5

I

C.233

2 "

0.14

I

C.227

44

McBAIN

[1899 Masson

1899. 0. Masson and B. D. Steele.

The Blue Salt of Fehling's Solution and other Cuprotartrates. Jour. Chem.
Soc, 73, 725.

Two flasks containing Pt electrodes surrounded by a neutral
Fehling's solution, prepared by saturating a potassium hydroxide
solution with cupric tartrate, were connected by a horizontal
tube filled with a normal solution of sodium chloride solidified
by gelatine. A blue color (complex anion) moved into the
tube from the cathode but not from the anode side. In a
second experiment where the anode vessel was filled with
cupric sulphate solution, a dark blue color moved as before up
the tube from the cathode flask, and a light blue (cupric
chloride) from the anode end ; before the latter met the dark
blue its boundary was precipitated, showing that it had met a
colorless anion (probably tartrate) which traveled faster than
the complex copper-containing anion.

1899. M. Mugdan.

Zeit. f. Elektrochemie, 6, 309 (see A. Kendrick, 1900).
1899. W. Starck.

Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der lonen verdiinnter Schwefelsaure. Zeit. phys.
Chem., 2g, 385. Auszug aus einer Greifswalder Dissert.

Apparatus : (i) superposed glasses with parchment or earth-
enware diaphragms, (ii) three U-tubes connected by two si-
phons ; no diaphragms ; capacity 30-40 c.c. Middle portions
unchanged ; Pt electrodes ; method of calculation correct.
*' Diaphragms hold the cation"; Cf. Bein, **hold anions."

HjSO^

0.30 percent

17-

-20^

o.2gAg

0.5-0.6

17-

-20°

0.3

2.6

17

-20'

0.9

5.2

17

-20'-^

I.I

10-18

17-

-20'^

I.I

30.4

27

-20<^

I.I

0.59 "

31"

0.4

5-5

16°

0.6

5-5

r

0.6

39.6

5"

I.I

42.0 "

35

-37"

0.9

50.5

36^^

0.9

62.0 "

15"

0.7

70.2 "

290

0.9

70.1

47"

0.8

81.0

16"

0.8

i I ex

a. 135

i 5

a.i45± 7

i I

a. 163

i I

a-i75

i 7

a.i95± 13

i 4

a. 215 ± 8

ii I

ac.204

ii I

ac.198

ii I

ac. 191

ii 2

ac.2i8 tb 3

ii 4

ac.277 .ir 10

ii I

ac.450

ii I

ac.497

ii I

ac.569

ii I

ac.709

ii 2

aC.644 ±L 4

lyoo Kciulrick] ABSTRACT 45

igoo. K. Hellwig.

Ueber einige komplexe Silbersalze. Zeit. anorg. Chem., 2j, 157.

Apparatus U-shaped, consisting of two vertical tubes con-
nected underneath by a narrow tube with a glass tap in the
middle ; Ag electrodes surrounded with cotton. The author
showed by qualitative experiments that Agl moves toward the
cathode, probably as component of a complex cation, in solu-
tions of Ag3l(N03)2 containing from o.2g Agl in lo c.c. up to
saturation (the latter at 70° C).

igoo. A. Kendrick.

Ueberfuhrungszahl von Schwefelsauregemischen aus Messungen am Blei-
akkumulator. Zeit. f. Elektrochemie, 7, 52.

The author measured the E.M.F.'s of three types of concen-
tration cell ; in each, electrodes of the same material were im-
mersed in two solutions of sulphuric acid, which were connected
by a siphon ; the three kinds of electrodes used were Pb, Hj and
PbOj. The migration value was calculated from the formulae
for the E.M.F.'s of each two sorts ; the headings of the columns
below indicate which two were used as the basis of calculation.

H,SO,

Hj, and PbO

HjP.ndPb.

1.8 percent

.147

.189

2.5 "

.213

.218

4.0 "

.188

.228

5.0 "

.178

.207

7-5 "

.164

.188

10.0 "

.156

.181

12.5 "

•131

.158

15.0 "

.140

.162

17-5 "

•131

.168

20.0 "

.132

.177

22.5 "

•133

.177

25.0 "

.144

.197

27.5 "

.187 .

30.0

.217

32-5 "

.263

35-0 "

.284

37-5 "

.296

40.0 "

•327

42.5 "

•349

45.0 "

•351

47-5 "

.359

50.0

•396

52.5 "

.420

55-0 "

•456

46 McBAIN [1900 Kendrick

The values calculated from Pb and PbOj electrode cells are
supplemented by corresponding values calculated from the
measurements of Mugdan (1899, Zeit. f. Electrochemie, (5, 316)
which are given in the third column below.

Pb and PbQ^-

Mugdan

1.4 percent

.180

.300

2.7 "

.200

.290

5-3 ,"

.100

•258

10.2 "

.144

•245

19.4 "

.216

.282

1901. H. T. Calvert.

Ueber die Alkalisalze des Hydroperoxyds in wiissriger Losung. Zeit. phys.
Chem., j<?, 535. Zeit. f. Elektrochem., 7, 624.

In the bottom of a U-tube was placed the solidified solution
obtained by diluting a saturated potassium nitrate solution seven-
fold with 2 percent agar agar solution and adding 8 percent
(volume) of a normal sodium hydroxide solution which had been
saturated with lead oxide. Above this on both sides of the
U-tube was placed a layer i cm. deep of the same solution with-
out the addition of plumbite. The rest of the tube was filled
with a solution ^ m. in respect to NaOH, i.o m. in respect to
HjOg. The specific conductivity was the same throughout the
tube, the temperature was 0° C. On passing a current through,
a brown ring of lead superoxide was formed in the lozvcr agar
agar solution at the boundary on the cathode side, and another
in the aqueous solution at the boundary on the anode side.
Reversing the current reversed the phenomena. Although the
author does not discuss the possibility of cataphoresis the resul-
tant difference of 2 cm. in hydrostatic level on the two sides
(which would be necessary to explain the results on this suppo-
sition) could not escape observation, and thus the experiment
demonstrates the migration of a peroxide ion.

igoi. R. Gans.

Ueber die Abhangigkeit der elektrolytischen Ueberfuhrung und der elektro-
motorischen Kraft reversibler Elemente von physikalischen Einfliissen. Drude's
Ann., 6, 315.

From his measurements of the E.M.F. of the concentration
cell Zn/0.4 m. ZnSO^/0.04 m. ZnSO^/Zn the author deduces
the formula n = 0.699 (^ + 0.00012 ^) to represent the effect of

I90I Jahn] ABSTRACT 47

pressure upon the migration value, which he assumes as 0.699 >
■p is the pressure in atmospheres.

xgoi. H. Jahn's Schiller.

Ueber die Wanderungsgeschwindigkeit der lonen in verdiinnten Ldsungen.
Zeit. phys. Chein., J7, 673 ; 3S, 127.

Apparatus : N-shaped tube fitting on top of the Erlenmeyer-
flask-like anode compartment ; capacity of the anode vessel
300-700 c.c. ; no diaphragms ; Hg cathode surrounded by a
concentrated solution of copper nitrate or cadmium sulphate ;
i8°-i9° ; calculation correct.

In the fourth column I have calculated the percent change
in the middle portion.

Bogdan.

Percent.

HCl

o.o3i-o.(X)9im

o.4g Ag

o.i

i7ex

a

.I74±6

Zn

anode

Bukschnewski.

HNO3

0.25-0. 0066m

o.2-4g Ag

O.I-O.OI

23ex

a

.170 ±4 Ag

((

Bogdan.

KCl

0.03-0. 008m

o.4g Ag

O.I

iiex

a

•503 ± 2

Zn

"

NaCl

0.03-0.008111

o.4g Ag

0.03-0.1

I2ex

a

.604 zfc 2

"

"

KBr

0.03-0.01 m

o-4g Ag

0.03

gex

a

.504 ± 2

"

"

0.069-0.034

0.5

O.I

6

a

.500 ± 2

"

<■<■ 1

o.oi 7-0.01 1

0.2

0.13

4

a

•495 ± 3

"

<t 1

0.066

0-3

0.07

3

a

•494 ± 2

"

11 2

0-3

0.3

0.2

3

a

•503 ± 2

"

" «

NaBr

0.015-0.006111

o.2g Ag

0.2-0.02

6ex

a

.604 ± 3

K

t<

Oppenheimer.

NaBr

0.032-0.00601

o.4g Ag

0.06-0.01

I5ex

a

.606 ± 2

"

((

Goldhaber.

LiCl

0.253m

o-7g Ag

O.I

3ex

a

.700 ± 2

"

u

0.125

0.8

O.I

3

a

.688 dr 3

"

t{

0.0624

0.5

O.I

3 V

a

.684 zb 2

■"

(t

0.03-0.008

0.4

O.I-O.OI

18

a

•669 ± 5

"

<(

Berliner.

AgN03

0.03-0.005111

o.3g Ag

0.1-0.03

I3ex

a

•530 =b 5

((

<<

Bukschnewski.

BaCl,

0.016111

o-5g Ag

O.I-O.OI

3ex

a

•543 ± I

"

1(

0.008

0.4

0.I-C.03

3

a

•548 ± 2

"

"

0.0056-0.0029

0-3

O.I-O.OI

9

a

•553 ± 2

"

"

' 25 percent ethyl alcohol.
^50 percent ethyl alcohol.

48

McBAIN

[1901 Jahn

Goldhaber.

CdClj 0.06-0. 008m o.8g Ag 0.4-0.01 23ex a .570 zb 3 Cd anode

Bukschnewski.

CdCl, 0.006-0.0032111 o.3g Ag 0.07-0.01 9ex a .570^2 " "

Goldhaber.

CdBr,

0.502m

I.2g Ag

0.1

3ex

a .782 ± 2 " '

0.251

0.8

0.1

3

a .650 ±3 "

0.125

0.7

0.1

3

a .601 ±: 2 " '

0.083

0.8

0.1

3

a .577 ± 2 "

0.06-0.01

0.4

0.3-0.01

21

a .569 ±4 "

Bakschnewski.

CdBr,

0.008-0.0033111

o-3g Ag

O.I-O.OI

I2ex

a .571 ±4 "

Redlich.

Cdl,

0.249m

I gAg

0.2-0.0

36 X

ai.003 ± 16 " "

0.125

I gAg

0.2-0.0

3

a .925 ± 9 "

0.0805

I gAg

0. 2-0.0

2

a .777 ± 12 " "

0.0623

I gAg

0.2-0.0

3

a .719 ±7 "

0.0409

I gAg

0.2-0.0

2

a .657 =h I "

0.031 I

I gAg

0.2-0.0

3

a .619 it 6 " "

0.0207

I gAg

0.2-0.0

3

a .593 ± I "

0.0140

o.6g

0.2-0.0

3

a .573 dz 2 "

0.0124

0.6

0.2-0.0

3

a .558 ±2 "

O.OI

0.6

0.2-0.0

3

a .554 ±4 "

Bukschnewski.

Cdlj

0.0163m

o-3g Ag

O.I-O.OO

3ex

a .578 zb 2 "

0.008-0.003

0.2

O.I-O.OO

10

a .557^2 "

Redlich.

CdSO<

1. 00m

i.6g Ag

3ex

a .746 dr 7 " "

0.50

0.9

3

a .706 ± 13 " "

0.251

0.9

4

a .677 =b 6 " "

0.125

0.9

3

a .659 zh 2 "

0.0836

0.7

O.I

3

a .646 d= 4 " "

0.0628

0.6

2

a .638^5 "

0.0416

0.6

0.05

3

a .632 ±5 "

0.0312

I.I

0.07

3

a .628 ±3 " "

0.0208

I.I

0.00

3

a .621 dr 3 " "

Metelka.

CuSO,

o.25-o.i2m

o-9g Ag

O.I

6ex

a .672 ± 9 Cu "

0.0820

0.9

0.2

3

a .634 ±5 "

0.0625

0.9

0.3

3

a .627 ±2 " "

0.0416

0.9

0.2

3

a .626 dr 0 " "

0.03-0.01

0.9

0.4-0.1

15

a .625 dr3 "

I90I Pfanhauser] ABSTRACT 49

xgoi. W. Kistiakowsky.

Electrochemistry of Double Salts. Jour. Chem. Soc, 82, II, 121; Zeit. f.
Elektrochem., S, 71 (from Jour. Russ. Phjs. Chem. Ges., JJ, 480, 592).

For apparatus see Kistiakowsk}-, 1890. From the author's
measurements of Ag3Cr(C20j3, K,Fe(CN)g and K3Co(CN)g he
concludes that the complex ions obey Kohlrausch's Law. Data
are not quoted in the reviews.

igoi. A. A. Noyes.

A Modification of the Usual Method of Determining Transference Numbers
and an Investigation of the Influence of the Concentration on Their Values in
the Case of SomeTri-Ionic Salts. Zeit. phjs. Chem., jd, 63. Jour. Am. Chem,
Soc, 2j, 36. Phys. Rev., 12, 15.

Apparatus : a pair of vertical U-tubes connected by a hori-
zontal piece ; capacity 1050 c.c. ; Pt electrodes ; no diaphragms.
The solutions were kept neutral at the electrodes by adding
acid and alkali during the electrolysis. The electrolyses were
carried out at 25° C. In the fourth column are given the
changes in the middle portions. The method of calculation is
correct.

K,SO,
BaClj

Ba(N03),

igoi. A. A. Noyes and A. A. Blanchard.

Vorlesungsversuche zur Veranschaulichung der elektrolytischen Dissociation,
der Gesetze des Gleichgewichts, und der Geschwindigkeit chemischer Vorgange.
Zeit. phys. Chem., j6, i.

Lecture experiments Nos. 5, 6, and 7 employ rather complex
mixtures to show qualitatively by the direct method the migra-
tion of the ions of copper chromate, potassium hydrate, a mix-
ture of hydrochloric acid and cupric chloride, and of potassium
silver cyanide.

igoi. W. Pfanhauser.

Ueber das elektrochemisches Verhalten des Nickelammonsulphats. Zeit. f.
Elektrochemie, 7, 698.

Apparatus : a U-tube with a glass vessel upon each end ;
Ni anode surrounded by a solution of ammonium sulphate ; Pt
cathode ; parchment diaphragms.

^

o.im

3g Ag

0.3-0.03 percent

3ex

c.5069 ±1.1

0.02

0.5

0.3-0-03

3

C.5038 ± 0.5

o.im

2g Ag

0.1-0.05 "

4ex

c.5853±o-3

0.02

0-5

0.1-0.02 "

3

C.5578 ± 0.8

0.2m

2g Ag

0.02-0.01 "

4ex

ac.545o=bo.7

0.04

0-5

0.003-0.00 "

3

ac.5437 ± 2.2

5© McBAIN [190 1 Pfanhauser

•(NHj,.Ni(SOj2 saturated solution 18° C .507

f Ni .118 "I , , ,

o.im 18° i ^,,, )■ toward cathode.

( NFI^ .272 j

0.7m 50° .499

igoi. E. Rieger.

Ueber die Konstitution halbkomplexer Salze nach ihrer elektrolvtischen

Ueberfuhrung. Dissert. Breslau. Zeit. f. Elektrochemie, 7, 863, 871.

Apparatus : two vertical U-tubes joined by a sloping tube
(capacity 60 c.c.) ; Pt. electrodes ; no diaphragms ; o.^g Ag ;
middle portions unchanged.

The results below were calculated by the author for concen-
tration changes in constant volume, not for constant amounts of
water, as is correct. A Cu anode was employed in the experi-
ments with copper sulphate, and an Ag anode with potassium
mercury cyanide.

Lest the experimental results of this paper presented in a
short summary should be misleading, I have introduced the
fifth column below which records the number of monovalent
equivalents moved from the cathode into the anode compart-
ment while one equivalent of silver is precipitated in the volta-
meter; in the case of KjSO^.CuSO^, the Cu moved toward the
cathode. The sixth column gives Rieger's interpretation of
the results.

In experiments with potassium ferrous oxalate the author

found a small increase in the concentration of Fe at the anode.

CuSO^ 0.2911x1 5ex a. 67- dr 15

CuSO^.KjSO^ 0.291m 5 — 0.071 Cu

0.191m 3 — 0.074 Cu

Agl 0.078m -f KI 1.96 m 4ex 0.018 Ag

Hglj 0.214m + KT 0.782m 5ex 0.26 Ilg

Hg(CN)j.2KCNo.8iom 4ex 0.34 Hg |

Zn(CN)2 0.281m + KCN 1.087111 3ex 0.22 Zn

Cd(CN)2.2KCN 0.772111 5ex 0.30 Cd I'

Hg(CN),
a.34- it 10

Cd(CN),

a. 29- dr 20

Fe(C,OJ,
43- i 20

f F^

K.|Fe(CjO,);, 0.408m 5ex 0.43 Fe j

igoi. E. H. Riesenfeld.

Ueber elektrolytische Erscheinungen an der Grenzfliiche zweier Losungs-
mittel. Zeit. f. Eiektrochcm., 7, 645.

An entirely new method. An electrolyte, is dissolved in two
not completely miscible solvents so that these are in equilibrium

I90I Steele] ABSTRACT $1

with each other, and the two solutions are placed in a U-tube
so that there is a layer of the lighter solution in both arms sur-
rounding the electrodes while the heavier fills the bottom of the
tube. If now an electrochemical equivalent of current be sent
throuiih, there will have occurred in the one meniscus an
increase of concentration, in the other a decrease, both equal
to the difference in migration value in the two solvents. This
accumulation in the boundary is divided between the surface
layers of the two liquids in the relation of the distribution ratio
(Verteilungscoefficient), and is removed from them in propor-
tion to the rates of diffusion in the two solvents. Hence in a
favorable case where the product of the distribution ratio and
the square root of the ratio of the rates of diffusion is large,
practically all the accumulated electrolyte goes into the elec-
trode solution. Hence from analysis of the electrode solution
before and after electrolysis we may measure the migration
value in the solvent in the middle of the tube. The fact that
with potassium iodide the value, 19- was obtained under varia-
tion of the concentration (from 0.029 m to 0.13 m in the aque-
ous solution), the volume of electrode solution, and the current
density is regarded as a proof of the correctness of the theo-
retical treatment. For potassium dichromate, ferric sulpho-
cyanate, and ortho-nitro-phenol the migration value of the anion
is greater than in aqueous solution.

1901. B. D. Steele.

A New Method for the Measurement of Ionic Velocities in Aqueous Solution.
Trans. Chem. Soc, 7g, 414. Zeit. f. Elektrochem, 7, 618.

Apparatus : an H-tube with electrode chambers attached. The
H-tube contained the aqueous solution to be investigated ; while
the electrode chambers were filled with an " indicator" solution
solidified by gelatine. The author measured the ratio between
the rates at which the tube's two surfaces of contact approached
each other ; the boundaries being detected by the difference in
refraction. The indicators employed had one ion in common
with the solution to be measured, while the specific velocitv of
the other ion was less than that of the ion it followed through
the H-tube. Under these conditions the observed rates are
proportional to the specific ionic velocities.

52 McBAIN [190 1 Steele

Two determinations with MgSO^ in 2 m solution by the an-
alytical (Hittorf) method are published without data; n = .732
and .744.

The third column in the table below gives the indicators em-
ployed. *'Most of the experiments were carried out at 14*^
C." No allowance was made for cataphoresis.

MgSO,

2.0m
2.0m

CuSO,,

KjCrO,

ac.729

ac.688 (in gelatine)

2.0m

"

NaCjH^Oj

ac.734

2.0m

CdSO,,

ac.738

2.0m

LiCl,

ac.56- to .61-

NaCl

2.0m

I.O

0.5

ac.590
ac.592
ac.597

KCl

2.0m

6ex

ac.489

1.0

ac.488

05

ac.490

KBr

2.0m

6ex

ac.468

1.0

2

ac.473

0.5

5

ac.478

0.1

30.483

NaBr

0.5m

ac.595

CdSO,

2.0m

ac.62- to .65-

1901. A. Wiesler.

Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Metaphosphate. Zeit. anorg. Chera., ^S, 190.

Apparatus same as used by Jahn, capacity of anode 200 c.c. ;
Zn anode, Hg cathode ; no diaphragms ; method of calculation
correct.

NaPOj 0.039m o.65g Ag i percent 2ex 3.590^:0

igo2. R. Abegg und W. Gaus.

Beitriige zur Theorie der direkten Bestimmungsmethode von lonenbeweglich-
keiten. Zeit. phys. Chem., 40, 737.

The apparatus and method were the same in principle as those
used by Steele, 1901 and 1902, but modified to measure the
cataphoresis.

NaCl 3 percent LiCI, NaCjHjOj 7ex ac.6o6 varied potential fall.

KCl 0.5m.'' " " lex ac. 508 corrected for cataphoresis.

igo2. A. Coehn.

Ein Beitrag zur Oxoniumtheorie. Ber. jj, III. 2673.

The author showed that when a solution of 20 percent hydro-
chloric acid and 20 percent di-methyl-pyrone is placed between
electrode solutions of 10-20 percent hydrochloric acid, that the

1902 Donnan] ABSTRACT 53

di-methyl-pyrone moves into the cathode compartment. The
first apparatus was a beaker into which dipped tubes closed
underneath with parchment and containing the electrodes and
hydrochloric acid. The second was a vertical U-tube, the
upper halves of whose arms were attached by ground glass
joints so that they could be separated by sliding horizontally ;
the lower half contained the di-methyl-pyrone.

igo2. F. G. Donnan, H. B. Bassett and C. J. J. Fox.

The Color Changes exhibited by the Chlorides of Cobalt and some other
Metals, from the standpoint of the Theory of Electroatrinity. Jour. Chem. Soc,
Si, 939-

Two electrode chambers are connected by a horizontal tube
closed at each end by a plug of plaster of Paris. When the
electrode compartments were filled with strong solution of cal-
cium chloride and blue cobalt chloride, and the horizontal tube
with calcium chloride solution, the blue color traveled down the
tube toward the anode. When the end vessels contained red
cobalt chloride and the tube potassium chloride, the red color
moved toward the cathode. Cataphoresis was not measurable.
Further experiments were performed in a U-tube, the lower
half containing the heavy solution, and both arms the other
(electrode) solution.

L,ower Colored Layer. Upper Colorless Layer,

(i) C0CI2 (blue) in concentrated HCl concentrated HCl

(2) " " " " MgCl, " MgCl,

(3) " " " " CaCl, " CaCl,

(4) fairly dilute CoClj (red) KCl

(5) C0CI2 (red) + concentrated CaClj and ZnCl, concentrated CaCl.^ + ZnCl^

(6) Fehling's solution alkaline tartrate solution

(7) ammoniacal copper sulphate NH4OH + NH^SO^

(8) C0CI2 (blue) in alcohol CaCI, or HCl in alcohol
(8«) C0CI2 (red) in alcohol at —79° CaClj or HCl in alcohol

(9) C0CI2 (red) + HgClj in alcohol Hg.Clj
(to) " " " " " " HCl

(11) FeClj in concentrated HCl (concentrated HCl) .?

(12) CuCU "

In (i), (2), (3), (6), (8), the blue color moved toward the
anode ; in (4), (5), (7), (9) and (8a) the red color moved towards
the cathode ; in (10) the blue meniscus on the anode side moved
off toward the anode leaving a colorless layer above the red
solution, at the cathode side the blue color at the meniscus ex-

54 McBAIN [1902 Donnan

tended itself down into the red layer, although the meniscus
remained stationary; in (11) and (12) the brownish yellow
moved toward the anode.

The foregoing experiments, the general behavior, the freez-
ing points and conductivity alone and mixed, etc., are all con-
sistently explained by the authors' conclusion that the simple
cobalt cation is red, and that the blue is a complex anion
C0CI3' or CoCl/'. Similarly the brownish yellow of ferric and
copper chlorides is attributed to a complex anion.

1902. W. Hittorf.

Bemerkiingen iiber die Bestimmungen der Ueberfuhrungszahlen der lonen
wahrend der Elektroljse ihrer Losungen. Das Verhalten der Diaphragmen bei
derselben. Arch. Neerl. (2) 6, 671 ; Zeit. phys. Chem., J9, 613 ; 43, 239. Drude's
Ann., 9, 243.

Apparatus : N-shaped tubes and superposed glasses ; capacity
of anode vessel 20-40g ; no middle portion. Various dia-
phragms were employed, viz. : bolting silk (bolt), earthenware
(earth), intestinal membrane (darm) and gold beaters' skin
(gold). Anode Cd, the cathode is indicated below in the fourth
column. One experiment each.

The author observed with a differential spectroscope the cur-
rents occasioned in the solutions by the diaphragms ; these oc-
curred only with the chlorides of cadmium, calcium, barium,
and strontium, the nitrates of silver and thallium, and the strong
free acids ; not with the nitrates, acetates, and iodides of the
alkalis. The action is described as the splitting up of the solu-
tion into a more concentrated and a more dilute, which are
ejected at opposite sides of the diaphragm. The diaphragms
which modify the transport number are : intestinal membrane,
gold-beaters' skin, membrane of an egg, and gelatine. With-
out influence are : agar agar, and earthenware.

CUS04

0.656 m

16°

i-ig Ag

Hg

darm

a

.714

BaClj

0.125 1"

25°

o.8g Ag

Pi

bolt

a

.644

0.125

25°

I.O

"

earth

a

.648

0.0908

23°

0-3

"

bolt

a

•576

0.0908

23°

0-3

"

bolt, earth

a

•575

CaCl,

0.123 m

20°

o.yg Ag

"

bolt

a

•675

0.0551

20°

0.2

"

earth

a

•596

MgCl,

1 .40 m

23°

o-5g Ag

"

bolt

a

.719

0.104

24°

0.2

"

"

a

.649

I902 Noy

es]

ABSTRACT

55

CdCl,

7.69 m

22°

i-4g Ag

"g

none

ai.137

2.61

19°

0.7

"

"

a .Soi

1-33

19°

1-5

"

((

a .724

0.372

17°

0.8

<i

<i

a .589

Cdlj

1. 61 m

17°

o-5g Ag

"

"

ai.245

ZnClj

3-56 m

18°

I.Og

Ag

"

0

ai.241

CdClj

o.ioi m

17°

o-3g

Ag

"

"

a .565

O.IOI

17°

0.3

"

earth

a .568

O.IOI

17°

0.3

"

darm

a .,743

O.IOI

16°

0.2

"

darm,

earth

a .564

0.0704

22°

0.5

"

darm

a .737

0.0965

17°

0-3

"

"

a -593

2.70

19°

0.5

"

ti

a .844

1-57

17-5°

0-5

"

gold

a .802

1.49

18°

0.4

"

"

a .801

0.0404

19°

0.2

"

"

a .752

0.0131

18.9°

0.1

"

"

a .636

O.ll

05

('

solidified by

gelatine

a .551

KCl

0.226 m

17°

o-4g

Ag

Pt

darm

a .509

igo2. H. Morse.

Ueber die Dissociation der Merkurihaloide. Zeit. phys. Chem., 41, 709.

By qualitative measurements it was found that when the fol-
lowing chemicals are dissolved in strongly acid mercuric nitrate
solutions and electrolysed, the halogen increases in concen-
tration in the cathode solution : AgCl, HgClj, AgBr, HgBrj,
Agl, Hgl2 ; the property increasing in the order mentioned. The
preliminary experiments were performed in a U-tube, the solu-
tion being solidified with agar agar and the upper half of the
tube being filled with silver nitrate; cataphoresis was pro-
nounced. The final experiments were made in two beakers
connected by a siphon without diaphragms.

1902. A. A. Noyes and G. V. Sammet.

The Equivalent Conductivity of the Hydrogen Ion derived from Transference
Experiments with Hydrochloric Acid. Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, 24, 944. Zeit.
phys. Chem, 43, 49.

Apparatus : a pair of vertical U-tubes connected by a hori-
zontal piece ; capacity 1300 c.c. ; Pt electrodes ; no diaphragms ;
calculation correct.

The paper further contains measurements of the conductivity
of the hydrochloric acid.

In the following table the results discarded by the authors are
omitted.

56

HCl

igo2.

McBAIN

[1902 Noyes

0.050 m

20°

o.8g Ag 0.6-0.00 percent

9ex

ac.i657dr 2.3

0.017

20°

0.3 0.5-0.00 "

II

ac.i674dr 1.9

0.017

10°

0.3 o.i-o.oo "

6

ac.i586zb 1.3

0.017

30°

0.3 0.6-0.00 "

6

ac.i773±o.6

0.0056

20°

0.18 0.2 "

10

ac.1671 ± 2.7

E. H. Riesenfeld.

itimmung der Ueberfi

jhrungszahl einiger Salze im

Phenol.

Drude's Ann.,

0.03-0.2 m

I3°-20°

0.2 g Ag

C.191

0.134 m

14°

o.27g Ag

C.196

0.212 m

i5°-i6°

0-3 g Ag

C.192

0.167 m

15°

o-25g Ag

C.229

8, 609.

For apparatus and method see Riesenfeld, 1901 ; Pt electrodes.
Kl

KBr

KCl
LiCl
1902. H. Schlundt.

On the Relative Velocities of the Ions in Solutions of Silver Nitrate in Pyri-
dine and Acetonitrile. Jour. Phys. Chem., 6, 159.

Apparatus : similar to a Gay-Lussac's burette, Ag cathode at
top, Ag anode at bottom ; capacity 30 c.c. and 60 c.c. ; no dia-
phragm ; middle portion changed less than i percent ; method
of calculation correct.

AgNOj in

Pyridine

i.o m

23°

o.i7g Ag

lex

ac.673 ± I

0-5

o°-23°

0.16

3

ac.66i ± 4

0.1

0°-2I°

0.16

3

ac.603 zb 9

0.025

22°

0.05

2

ac.559±8

AgNOj in

Acetonitrile

1.0 m

18°

0.2 g Ag

lex

ac.6i6 ± 2

0.275

19°

0.12

I

ac.578 d= 2

0.091

17°

0.12

I

ac.551 ±4

0.029

19°

0.08 '

I

ac.529 ± 2

igoz. B. D. Steele.

Die Messung von lonengeschwindigkeiten in wasserigen Ldsungen, und die
Existenz komplexer lonen. Zeit. phys. Chem., ^o, 689. Phil. Trans., /gS, 105.
Tour. Chem. Soc, 7g, 414.

For apparatus and method, see Steele, 1901. The indicators
(normal solutions) were CuSO^ with Cu anode, LiCl + Li,CO^,
MgCl^ -1- MgO, CdSO, with Cd anode, Na.CJl30„ -f- H.C,H30.„
KF-hH.C,H,0,.

Observations made at the indicator boundaries showed the
existence of complex anions in solutions of KI3 and KFe'"Ox.

KCl 0.5-2.0 m LiCI, NaCjH;,0.^ ac.489 ± 1

NaCl 05 m " " ac.597

1.0 " " ac.591

2.0 " " ac.590

902

Steele]

ABSTRACT

KBr

O.I m

0.5
I.O

2.0

LiCl, NaCjHjO,

ac.483
ac.478
ac.473
ac.468

KBrOj

0.29 m

"

ac.385

NaBr

0.5 m

" "

ac.595

LiCl

0.5 m
1.0

CdSO<, "

ac.716
ac.751

KOH

0.574 m

LiCl, KBr

ac. 730

AgNOj

1. 15 m

CUSO4, KFI

ac.486

BaClj

0.25 m

0.5
1.0

MgClj, NaCjIIaO,

ac.576
ac.619
ac.633

SrClj

0.25 m
0.5

* * * *

ac.625
ac.665

1.0

CUSO4

ac.709

CaClj

0.25 m
0.5

CdSO,

ac.68i
ac.697

1.0

CUSO4 "

ac.715

MgCl,

0.25 m
0-5

CdSO,,

ac.705
ac.722

1.0

CuSO^

ac.740

MgSO,

0.092 in
0.25

0.5

1.0

CdSO,

(1 <1

ac.646
ac.693
ac.715
ac.737

CuSO,

0.5 m
1.0

U t<

11 ll

ac.66-
ac.73-

KjCrO,

0.25 m
1.0

LiCl

ac.447
ac.403

KFe^^^Ox

0.603 m

"

ac.331

57

igo2. B. D. Steele and R. B. Denison.

The Transport Number of very Dilute Solutions. Trans. Chem. Soc, 81,
456.

Apparatus : a W-tube arranged so that a current of unaltered
solution could be passed down through the inside legs, so that
the middle portion was continually renewed ; this made the
total quantity of liquid for analysis in each half of the apparatus
three liters ; no diaphragms ; Pt electrodes surrounded with
alkali and acid respectively ; calculation correct.

CaSO^ 0.0045 m o.3g Ag 0.4-2 percent

Ca(N03)2 0.0047 "i o-4g A.g 2-0.4 "

CaCl.2 0.0046 m o.4g Ag 2-0.3 "

KCl 0.0025-0.004601 o.4g Ag 1-0.06 "

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., June, 1907.

6ex

c-559±

13

3ex

C-550 ±

3

3ex

c.562 ±

6

9ex

C.505 rb

4

Cu(N03)2 0.125 m 0.2 g Ag i Cu/Pt 3ex j

O.III

58 McBAIN [1903 Carrara

1903. G. Carrara.

Per la teoria della dissociazione elettrolitica in solvent! diversi dall'acqua. III.
Influenza del solvente sopra i numeri di trasporto. Gazz. chim. jj, I, 241.

Apparatus: (i) see Loeb and Nernst ; capacity 30 c.c. ;
(ii) cylindrical glasses superposed on one branch of a U-tube,
the bottom of each being closed by fish bladder ; capacity 40-
70 c.c. ; (iii) an M-tube without diaphragms with outlets on the
three lower extremities ; capacity 100 c.c. ; two middle portions
with a change 2-20 percent as great as the end portions ; 25 °C.
The method of calculation is correct. The unusual duration of
the experiments (up to 50 hours) must have occasioned mixing
by diffusion and convection. The solvent was in all cases pure
methyl alcohol.

Anode. Cathode.
AgNOs 0.0093 m o.03g Ag i Ag/Pt 3ex ac .489 ± 23

a .454 ± 9

c .375 ± 70

f a .491 zb 18

i c .285 ± 68

Cd(N03)2 0.02-0.05 m 0.7 g Ag i Cd/Pt 3ex ac .430 ±: 10

LiNOj 0.260 m 0.8 g Ag i " lex ac .765 d= 6

0.260 0.7 ii " 2 ac .753 ±: 20

0.21 0.7 ii Pt or Cd/Pt 2 ac .710^=37

AgClOj 0.0118 m o.03g Ag i Ag/Pt 3ex \ -4—4

Cu(C103), 0.114 m 0.4 gAg i Cu/Pt 3ex { J '^3- 1 65

LiClOj 0.19m 0.6 gAg i' " lex ac .707 ±11

0.14 0.4 i' Cu or Pt/Pt 2 ac .719^15

Cd(C103)2 0.083 m 0.5 g Ag i Cd/Pt 2ex ac .273 =b 8

0.024 0.15 i " 2 ac .223 ± 9

CuClj 0.189 m 0.6 g Ag iii Cu/Pt lex ac .642 rb o

0.062 0.25 iii " I ac .629 dz 5

■CdClj 0.0558m 0.1 gAg iii Cd/Pt 2ex ac .736+: 10

0.0380 0.14 iii " I ac .627^=21

0.0254 0.04 iii " 2 ac .608 d= 6

Cdlj 0.1060 m 0.1 gAg i " 2ex ac 1.409 ±: i

0.0532 0.1 i " 2 ac 1.270^=17

0.0243 005 i " 2 ac 1.211 ±: 19

Lil 0.02-0.1 m 0.3 gAg ii " 3ex ac .632 =b 21

0.057 0.16 iii " I ac .590 ±: 9

N(C2ll5),.I 0.048 m o.03g Ag ii " lex ac .764 dr 3

0.0260 0.09 iii " I ac .730 it: o

S(CIl3),.I 0.091m o.i7gAg iii " lex | 'J ' Jg

' With fish-bladder diaphragms.

19('3 Denison]

ADSTRACT

59

L\\.(L\U,0,),

0.0515 m

O.I g Ag

"

2CX

ac

.240 ±z 8

0.0275

0.1

"

I

ac

.167 rh 2

Cu.{L\U,0,),

0.0174 111

o.oSg Ag

ii

Cu/Pt

2ex

c

•594 ± 29

Li.CjHjOj

0.29 m

0.6 g Ag

ii

Cd/Pt

2ex

ac

•515 ± 9

CuSO,

0.168 in

0.2 g Ag

Cu/Pt

4ex

ac

•356 + 38

1903. A. Cbarpentier.

Sur le transport electrolvtique de certains ions dans la gelatine. Comptes
rendus, /j6, 1652.

The author finds that the chromate ion of chromic acid and
potassium bichromate moves in gelatine toward the anode with
velocity comparable to that of H ' or OH' ; no reference is
made to cataphoresis.

1903. R. B. Denison.

Beitrage zur direkten Messung von Ueberfiihrungszahlen. Zeit. phje.
Chem., 44, 575.

For apparatus and method, see Steele, 1901 ; allowance for
cataphoresis as in Abegg und Gaus, 1902. In some of the
experiments with strontium chloride and lithium chloride the
solutions contained gelatine, liquid or solid as indicated below.
Electrodes Cu. A qualitative experiment showed the existence
of complex anions in copper acetate solution.

NaCl

0.5m

LiCl,

NaC.H^Oj

5ex

ac.6i8± I

NaBr

0.5m

"

6ex

ac.6i9zb6

KCl

0.5m

ii

3ex

ac.510 zh 2

KBr

0.5m

"

4ex

ac.505±3

KjCrO^

0.5m

"

4ex

ac.484 ±4

CaCl.,

0.5m

CdSO

4'

3ex

ac.666 ± I

MgCl^

0.5m

"

3ex

ac.685 ± 3

I.O

"

3

ac.697 zfcO

MgSO,

0.5m

"

3ex

ac.68o d= 2

1.0

"

3

ac.698±o ♦

2.0

"

3

ac.7i7±3

LiCl

0.5 m

"

3ex

ac.7i8zb 2

1.0

' i

4

ac.734 zh 5

0-5

-, Cu{C,U,0,),?

2

ac.738 zh 0 solid gelatine

1.0

"

"

2

ac.729zt4 •' "

SrClj

0.5m

CdCl^,

NaC.,H,0,

2ex

ac.635 zb 0

1.0

MgClj

,

4

ac.641 ± 1

05

Cu,

—

4

ac.652 zh 3 solid gelatine

1.0

0

"

2

ac.671 zh I " "

0.5

Mg,

—

3

ac.634 zh I gelatine liquefied

1.0

"

"

I

ac.648 " "

6o McBAIN [1903 Goldberger

1903. Goldberger.

(Qiioted by W. A. Roth Zeit. phjs. Chem., 42, 210, from unpublished
experiments. )

BaCl,. In the following table the volume percent of ethyl
alcohol is given at the head of the column, the concentration of
the barium chloride in the first column.

0

10

20

25

30

40

0.033m

• 543

•531

.540

•549

•533

0.017

.548

.536

•543

•551

•545

•536

O.OII

•553

•545

•547

.550

•536

0.008

•554

.546

1903. Hornbostel.

(Qiioted by W. A. Roth, Zeit. phys. Chem. 42^ 210, from unpublished
experiments. )
KCl o.o34-o.oo84m 18° i2ex —.494 rh 4 in 10 volume percent alcohol.

0.034-0.01 1 18° 9 — .481 rt= 5 " 25 " " "

1903. R. Kremann.

Ueberfiihrungsversuche zur Entscheidung der Konstitution von Salzen.
Zeit. anorg. Chem., jj, 87 (see also polemic, ibid., jj, 48).

The formulas of Werner for purpureo-cobalt-chloride (ClCo-
(NH3),).Cl2 was confirmed by the movement of the colored so-
lution (rendered heavier by cane sugar) toward the cathode
when electrolyzed in a U-tube between an anode solution of
Na^SO^ and a cathode solution of H^SO^ ; for the praseobisul-
phate, by its similar behavior ; and for diamine-cobalt-potas-
sium-nitrite, by its movement toward the anode, between solu-
tions of HjSO^ (anode) and acetic acid (cathode). The results
were checked by direct electrolysis of the pure solution in a W-
shaped tube and analysis of the solution in the neighborhood
of the electrode ; in the case of chlorpurpureo-cobalt-nitrate
(ClCo(NH3)5).(N03)2 the amount of chlorine in the neighbor-
hood of the zinc cathode increased on electrolysis, and was les-
sened at the anode ; in the case of the diamine-cobalt-potassium-
nitrite the cobalt collected in the neighborhood of the anode.

Bredig's conception of methyl orange as an amphoteric elec-
trolyte was discredited by the fact that when a strongly acid
solution was electrolyzed in a U-tube between solutions of acid
no movement of the colored layer toward the cathode could be
detected ; on the other hand, when the meth3'l orange solution
was only weakly acid, or alkaline, the colored solution moved
toward the anode.

[1903 McBain ABSTRACT 6 1

The existence of "copper-, cobalt-, and nickel-phosphites"
{('. <,>•., Na.CuPO,) is deduced from the movement of the heavy-
metal toward the anode.

The movement toward the anode of the green solution of
chromic hydroxide in strong alkali demonstrates the existence
of chromites ; the chromic hydroxide is not merely dissolved as
colloid, for it can diffuse through parchment into alkaline solu-
tion. Similarly the zinc in potassium zincate becomes more
concentrated at the anode.

1903. S. C Lind.

The Constitution of Potassium Ruthenium Nitroso-chloride in Aqueous
Solution. Jour.j^m. Chem. Soc, 2j, 928.

A 0.025 m solution was connected by siphons containing
0.05 m potassium chloride solution solidified by agar agar with
anode and cathode compartments containing Pt electrodes sur-
rounded by hydrochloric acid and potassium hy^drate respec-
tively. A pink color moved toward the anode while no color
change occurred in the cathode siphon. This shows that ru-
thenium is contained in an anion, presumably RuCl^NO" ; the
author further concluded that it proved that no cation contains
ruthenium.

1903- J- W. McBain,

Electrolytic Migration in Solutions of the Weak Acids. This paper has not
been published in full; abstracts have appeared in Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada,
May, 1903, and 1904, and in Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc, 4, 184. (1903).

Apparatus : many forms, mostly pairs of U tubes ; capacity
40-350 c.c. ; Pt. electrodes ; o.04g Ag ; diaphragms of cloth or
bundles of small tubes ; 2-5 middle portions, the real one un-
changed within 0.00 to 0.05 c.c. of decinormal alkali.

The author eliminated the irregular and uncontrollable reac-
tions occurring at the electrodes during the electrolysis of acetic
and propionic acids, which would otherwise have discredited
the results, by surrounding the electrodes with long columns of
solutions of sodium sulphate, sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid,
etc. This made the apparatus complicated and the manipula-
tion difficult. The electrode solutions were carefully tested for
in the middle portions, but were usually altogether absent, and
in no case present in quantity sufficient to cause an error of 20
percent in the result. An experiment with hydrochloric acid,

H.C.HgO,

0.02-i.om

30°

I7ex

H.C3H50,

o.im

30°

I

HCl

0.018m

30°

I

62 McBAlN [1903 McBain

using the same apparatus and protecting solutions gave a normal

result.

" " " ac.31-

ac.34-
ac. 19-

1903. P. Straneo.

Zeit. phvs. Chem., 44, 640, from Rendic. Accad. Lincei, 1902, /, 58, 171.

The author measured the E.M.F. between two electrodes
placed in a solution of zinc sulphate just after a momentary
current had been passed through ; the migration value calculated
from the concentration changes thus indicated agreed with that
obtained by the usual analytical method.

1903. F, Vogel.

Untersuchungen liber Nitrite. Zeit. anorg. Chem., 3J, 410.

Apparatus like Jahn's ; capacity of anode compartment 187
c.c. ; Cd anode ; middle portion unchanged. The barium was
determined as BaSO^. The results are calculated incorrectly
(based on constant weight of solution instead of constant amount
of water).

Ba(NOs)2 0.025-0. 032m 0.3-0. 6g Ag 2ex a.5SS =b 6

1904. F. Aletter.

Die Jonenkonzentrationen ternarer Elektrolvte. Dissert. Rostock, results
quoted by Kiimmel, Zeit. f. Elektrochem., //, 98, 1905.

Pt electrodes ; no middle portion ; capacity of cathode com-
partment 100 c.c. ; method of calculation incorrect (based on
constant volume of solution instead of on constant amount of
solvent). Further I think the number given below as the migra-
tion of the C^O/' ion is really that of the cation K". In the case
of lithium sulphate Aletter's calculation contains, in addition to
the two systematic errors I have already mentioned, the further
assumption that SO/' is monovalent. In the last column I have
eliminated all but the first error.

Aletter.

McBain,

K,C,0,

i.o m

16°

0.2 g Ag

C.24-

.76-

0.5

16°

0.17

C.262

•738

LijSO^

1.0 m

16°

o.27g Ag

a. 65 2

.696

0.5

16°

028

a.63-

•74-

«

0.25

16°

0.17

a.6(>-

.80-

1904. J. S. Bridges.

The Transference Numbers of Copper Chloride in Concentrated Solution.
Thesis presented for degree of B.Sc Mass. Inst, of Tech., Boston.

Inaccessible in Heidelberg.

1904 Franklin]

ABSTRACT

63

1904. C. H. Burgess and D. L. Chapman.

The Nature of a Solution ot Iodine in Aqueous Potassium Iodide. Jour.
Chem. Soc. Sj, 1305.

The authors deduce from the resuUs of the comprehensive
study of sohitions of iodine in potassium iodide by previous inves-
tigators that KI and KI., are equally " strong " (t. <?., the dissocia-
tion constants are equal). Proceeding from this, and making
use of the equilibrium constant for I^ + I' = I^', they show that
the relative rates of the I3' and I' ions maybe deduced from the
migration value (that of KI being known) and independently by
the measurement of the conductivity of potassium iodide solu-
tions with and without the addition of iodine.

Apparatus : too complex for description without a figure ; Pt
electrodes; no middle portion; no diaphragms; 25°C. ; the
results are based (inaccurately) on constant volume of solution
instead of constant weight of water. The KI was from 0.025 m
to 0.5 m, the added l.^ 0.0075-0.06 m.

The transport method gave as ratio of the mobilities of the I3
and the I ions 0.556; the conductivity method 0.553.

1904. C. Dempwolff.

Tonenwanderung in Metlijlalkoliol als Losungsmittel. Zeit. £. Elektrochem.,
//, 124 (from Phjsik. Zeit., j, 637).

Apparatus shaped like an N with branch at right hand upper
corner; no diaphragms; Ag, Cd, and Pt electrodes; 19°.

KI

AgNOa

ac.49-
ac.44-
ac.37-
ac.33-
ac.32-
ac.58-
ac.56-
ac.56-
ac.56-

LiBr

KCl

0.719m
0.234
0.087
0.046

0.039m

0.021

0.017

ac.69-
ac.65-
ac.56-
ac.55-

C.47-
C.44-
C.44-

Nal 0.0803m ac.55-

LiCl

KBr

0.840m

C.67-

0.182

c-59-

0.096

C.54-

0.083

C.53-

0.049

C.52-

0.092m

ac.45-

0.052

ac.43-

0.034

ac.42-

0.336m

0.167

0.080

0.049

0.019

0.096m

0.049

0-033

0.024
NaCHjO (Sodium methylate)
0.079m ac.67-

0.037 ac.58-

0.026 ac.56-

1904. E. C. Franklin and H. P. Cady.

On thie Velocities of the Ions in Liquid Ammonia Solutions.
Chem. Soc., 26, 499.

As the Journ. Am. Chem. Soc. is inaccessible in Heidelberg,
I have abstracted this paper from Danneel's reviews (Beiblatter,

Jour. Am.

6/\ McBAIN [1904 Franklin

28, 971, and Zeit. f. Elektrochem., //, 109). Apparently two
methods were used, both being meniscus-velocity methods.
The simultaneous measurement of the velocities of the anion
and cation succeeded only in the case of NH^NOg. The other
measurements were made in a complex " sehr sinnig ausge-
dachtem " apparatus, and the migration values were deduced
with the help of conductivity measurements. The indicators
used were Hg-, Pb-, Cu- and Bi-salts at the anode, and picric
acid at the cathode. The concentrations lay mostly between
0.5 and o.oi m ; temperature — 34°C. In NH^Cl and NH^Br
the migration value increases rapidly with the concentration.

NH4NO3 .570 KNO3 .501 NaNOj .574 NaCl .581 AgNOj .614

1904. H. C. Jones and H. P. Bassett.

Determination of the Relative Velocities of the Ions of Silver Nitrate in
Mixtures of the Alcohols and Water, and on the Conductivity of such mixtures.
Am. Chem. Jour., j^, 409.

Apparatus : an M-tube with a glass tap in the middle divid-
ing the whole into a cathode and an anode portion ; capacity
130 c.c. ; Ag electrodes; no diphragms ; no middle portion;
the results are incorrectly calculated (based on volume of solu-
tion, not amount of solvent). In the last column below is given
the solvent ; the authors do not mention whether the mixtures
were made by weight or by volume.

AgNOs

o.i m 25° o.35g Ag 5ex ac.529 dt 8 water

0.102 0° 0.12 3 ac.563 ±0 "

0.08-0.1 25° 0.08 6 ac.59S±ii ethyl alcohol

o.io 25° 0.15 5 ac.580 ± 8 methyl alcohol

0.97 0° 0.06 5 ac.587 rt 6 " "

0.1 25° 0.12 3 ac.554 d= 3 25% methyl alcohol, 75'^ water

0.104 0° 0.08 8 ac.538 ± 10 25" " " 75" "

0.104 25° o.ii 3 ac.6oi ± 5 50" " " 50" "

0.105 0° 0.6 3 ac.530 zfc I 50" " " 50" "

0.105 25° 0.08 5 ac.590± 3 75" " " 25" "

0.098 0° 0.06 6 ac.567 ± 2 75" " " 25" "

1904. V. Kohlschiitter.

Ueber komplcxe Kiipfcrvcrbindungen. Ber., J7, 1, 1153.

Apparatus: four U-tubes connected by siphons; capacity 12
c.c. ; no middle portions. On account of the extraordinary
influence of the concentration on the migration value I have
given in the second column below directly the weight of CuCl,

o.67g Ag

lex

c 1.835

0-37

c 1.632

0.37

c I. 411

0-53

c— 0.795

0.39 ]

c .817

0.47 ]

c 1.042

1904 Tower] ABSTRACT 65

in 1000 g. 11,0. In qualitative experiments it was found that
the yellow color of a concentrated solution of cupric chloride
in hydrochloric acid moved toward the anode into a concen-
trated solution of hydrochloric acid or magnesium calcium or
lithium chloride, proving the presence of complex anions.
When concentrated cupric chloride solution was electrolysed
between layers of ammonium or sodium sulphate or acetate, the
boundary on the anode side remained stationary, while a blue
color moved towards the cathode. The method of calculation
is correct. I think that the probable explanation of the extra-
ordinary influence of the concentration on the migration value
is to be sought for in the excessive hydration of the cation.
Surely the fourth experiment must be a mistake.

CuClj 7ii.3g = 5.29 mols

584.4g = 4-35 "
5oo.9g = 3.72 "

445-4g = 3-3

357-5g=2.66 " — 1.35°

357-5g = 2.66 " -f 17-95°

1904. T. W. Richards and F. Bonnet.

Das veranderliche hydrolytische Gleichgewicht von gelostem Chromsulphat.
Zeit. phjs. Chem., ^7, 46. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., June, 1903.

Apparatus : four glasses superposed upon a U-tube ; Cd elec-
trodes ; parchment diaphragms.

A solution of green chromium sulphate saturated with chro-
mic hydroxide was placed in the middle vessel while the four
other vessels were filled with a solution of cadmium sulphate.
No chromium was moved towards the anode; ii = .26 — if the
cation containing chromium is divalent, n = .63 — if monovalent.
The possibility of the presence of a colloid is not discussed.

1904. 0. F. Tower.

Transport number of Sulphuric Acid. Jour. Am^ Chem. Soc, ^6, 1038.
Jour, de chim. physique, j, i. [Abs. W.L.M.]

Apparatus : two U-tubes with side apertures connected by
rubber tubing, 40 cm. long and 3 cm. diameter; in a smaller
apparatus (S.A.) the diameter was 2 cm. Anode, Cd ; cathode,
Pt spiral. Average current 0.07 amp, in a few cases twice as
much. Duration of electrolysis, 2-3 hours. After electrolysis
the solution was analyzed in 5 portions ; in every case the com-
position of the middle portion remained constant within the error
Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907.

66 McBAIN [1904 Tower

of analysis, t. e., 0.00092 of HgSO^ for normal and half normal
acid, and o.ooo5g for more dilute solutions.

HjSO,

ormal

20°

o-74g

Ag

3ex

ac.i8S±6(S.A.)

"

20

0.6-1

•4

6

ac.i88±9

0.511

20

0.7-1

•3

6

ac.187 zt 6

0.2

20

0.8

6

ac.i8ozb7(S.A.)

0.1

8

0.7

6

ac.i64±: 4

0.1

20

0.7

6

ac. I74dr6 (S.A.)

0.1

20

0.7

6

ac.176 dr I

0.1

32

0.6

6

ac.192 rh I

0.05

8

0.4

6

ac.i64zb 2

0.05

20

0-3

4

ac.176 3b 4 (S.A.)

0.05

20

0.3-0.

6

6

ac.i79±3

0.05

32

0-5

6

ac.192 zb 2

0.02

8

0.2

6

ac.i68±2

0.02

20

0.25

6

ac.181 zh3

0.02

32

0.25

6

ac.191 ±3

The author considers the following to be the most trustworthy
results; but thinks that .1764 for njio acid at 20° is '*for some
unaccountable reason " too low.

Concentration.

Temp. S°

20°

32°

Normal

—

.1S77

—

0.511

—

.1S69

—

0.2

—

.1S05

—

0.1

.1644

.1764

.1917

0.05

•1637

.1791

.1916

0.02

.16S1

.1809

.1912

The author summarized his results with dilute solutions in the

formula :

«, = 0.1788 + o.ooii{t — 20)

1905. R. Luther und B. Krsnjavi.

Ueber komplexe Verbindungen der Kohlensiiure mit Schwermetallen. Zeit.
anorg. Chein., 46, 170.

Solutions of cupric (sulphate), ferric, or uranyl salts in excess
of alkali bicarbonate solution were placed in the bottom of a
U-tube, both branches of which were filled with potassium
bicarbonate solution ; on passing through an electric current
the colored zone moved toward the anode (slowly, at least in
the case of the cupric compound). Taken in conjunction with
the observation that these bodies diffuse through parchment,
this shows the presence of the metals in the complex anions.

1906 Eisenstein] ABSTRACT 67

1905. C. Tubandt.

Uobcr die alkalischcn Kohaltoxvdiillosungen. Zcit. anorg. Chem., 4j, 368.

The blue solution obtained by dissolving cobaltous hydroxide
in concentrated potash or by the electrolysis of strong potash
with a cobalt anode contains the cobalt (or hydroxide) only as
colloid, for it does not dialyse through parchment into concen-
trated potash; when a current of o.i ampere was passed
through the solution placed in the lower half of a U-tube both
arms being filled with potash solution the blue layer did not
move perceptibly in several hours ; in 36 hours all the cobalt
was precipitated, mostly as metal on the cathode, some as oxide
in the anode compartment, none on the anode. Addition of
gl3xerine has no influence on any of these phenomena.

igo6. H. Jahn's Pupils.

For the following series I am indebted to the courtesy of
Professor Jahn, who voluntarily sent me his own copies of the
dissertations, as they are out of print. He expects to publish
them together in the Zeit. phys. Chem. in the course of the
present winter.

Apparatus and method the same as in the 1901 series ;
capacity of anode compartment 300-800 c.c. ; anode Cd or Zn,.
cathode Hg covered with a concentrated solution of CdSO^ or
sometimes ZnClg.

E. Berliner.

Dissert., 1902.

Ag anode, cathode Hg covered with Cu(N03)2.

The paper further contains measurements of the transport
in mixtures of AgNOg and KNO3 showing that the mobility of
the Ag ion is not appreciably affected by the presence of the
potassium nitrate.

AgNOg 0.498m 18° o.8gAg

0-5
0.5
0.4

0.1-0.4
0.3-0.7

A. Eisenstein.

Dissert., 1902, quoted bj Roth, Zeit. phjs. Chem., 42, 210. 1903.

The middle layer of solution never showed the least trace of

0.498m

18=

0.249

iS=

0.124

18'

0.068-0.0166

18^

0.01 1 1-0.0047

18^

0.5-0.007

30'

0.00-0.09

7o

3ex

a.5i6± 5

0.02-0.1

3

a.5i9±5

0.00-0. I

3

a.526 ih I

0.02-0.5

7

a.528 ± 3

0.00-0. 1

7

a.531 ± 5

0.01-0.2

27

a.5i9±7

68

McBAIN

[1906 Eisenstein

zinc — from anode or cathode; the change in composition is
therefore ascribed to evaporation of the ethyl alcohol.

NaCl

0.034m

18°

o.3g

Ag 0.07-0.15 %

3ex a.599 =h 2

10 vol. %, alcohol

0.017-0.009

18

0.2-

3-3

0.05-0.3

9

a.594 ± 3

10 "

0.033

18

0.6

0.3 -0.4

3

a. 592 zh 0

20 "

0.017-0. 01 1

18

0.25

O.I -0.4

7

a.588 ± 2

20 "

0.0084

iS

0.23

0.1 -0.3

3

a.586 rh I

20 "

0.033-0.01 1

18

0.2-0.5

0.0 -0.3

9

a.584 ± 3

25 "

0.033-0.01 1

18

0.2-0.7

0.1 -0.4

II

a.578 ± 5

30 "

0.033

18

0.3

0.1 -0.15

2

a.578±2

40 "

0.017

18

0.23

0.1 -0.3

4

a-575±3

40 "

O.OII

18

0.2

0.3 -0.4

3

a.573 ± I

40 "

S. Goldlust.

Dissert., 1902.

K2SO4 0.0333m

18

' o.6g Ag

0.02-0.04 %

3ex

a.512 = I

0.0167

18

0.4

0.01-0.05

4

a. 510 =b 2

0.0089-

-0.004

18

0.13-0.35

0.03-0. 15

9

a.5i6zb 2

NajSOi 0.0332m

18

= o.3-o.6g Ag

0.01-0.12 %

4ex

a.621 =b 2

0.0167

18

0.4

0.13-0. 1 6

3

a. 613 ± I

o.ooS-o.ooj

iS

0.3

0.01-0.2

9

a. 609 ± 2

CdSO^ 0.0333m

iS

= o.3-o.4g Ag

0.01-0.04 fo

3ex

a. 631 ± 2

0.0167

iS

0.4

0.09

3

a. 619 ±z 2

0.00S4-

-0.0042

18

0.23-0.37

O.C2-O.I2

9

a.613 = I

A. Hertz.

Dissert., 1904.

KCl o.2-o.o5m

1 8°

0.4 -o.7g Ag

0.2 -0.03 %

90 X

a. 506 zh 4

0.2-0.03

30°

0.14-0.8

0.05

12

a. 502 zb 3

0.02-0.007

30°

0.1

O.I -O.OI

12

a. 501 zb I

0.2-0.03

0°

0.14-0.6

O.I -0.00

12

a. 509 zb 2

0.017

0°

0.15

0.03

3

a.507 zh 2

0.011-0.00S6

0°

0.1

0.07-o.ot

6

a.506 zh 2

0.0067

0°

0.1

O.I -O.OI

3

a. 505 zh 0

NII4CI 0.034m

0°

o.i3g Ag

0.04-0.0 1

3ex

a.5i3 ± I

0.017

0°

0.12

0.04-0.00

3

a.511 zh 2

0. 01 1-0.0084

0°

0.12

0.1 -0.00

6

a. 5 10 zh I

M. Huybrechts.

Dissert., 1902.

MgS04 0.0339m

18°

0-3 -o-5g Ag

0.01-0.02 %

3ex

a. 631 lb I

0.0172

1 8°

0-3

0.00-0.04

3

a. 624 zh 2

0.0085

18°

0.26

O.OI-O.IO

3

a. 619 zh I

0.006-0.0034

iS°

0.22

0.03-0.09

9

a. 614 zb 2

0.0339

30°

0.3 -0.8

0.01-0.03

3

a. 624 zh 2

0.016S

30°

0.4

O.OI

3

a.6i6 zh 2

0.0083-0

006

30°

0-3

0.00-0.05

6

a.613 zh I

1906 Wolff]

ABSTRACT

69

iS°

i-Jg Ag

iS°

0.3 -0.9

iS°

0.17

18°

0.12

18°

0.12

30°

0.4 -0.6

30°

0.4 -0.5

30°

0.3 -0.5

30°

0.25

30°

0.12

30°

0.13

30°

0.17

HjSO^ 0.124m

0.062-0.0055

0.0052

0.00465

0.00499

0.0309

0.0176

0.0085

0.00600

0.004S4

0.00464

0.00404

Joachim.

Dissert., as yet unpublished.

HCl 0.0321m

0.0166
0.0112
0.0083
0.0066
H. Schultz.

Dissert., X904.

I think that the author would have been justified
his results to the fourth decimal place.

0.02-0.05

3ex

a.

i6S=b3

0.00-0.06

14

a.

176 ±4

0.00-0.02

3

a.

173 ± I

0.00-0.06

3

a.

157 ±3

0.00-0.10

3

a.

15.S ± 4

0.01-0.05

3

a.

19.'; ± 4

0.01-0.03

3

a.

188 ± I

0.000.07

3

a.

186 zb 2

0.02-0.04

3

a.

184 ± 0

0.04-0.09

3

a.

170 4; 2

0.12

I

a.

161

0.02-0.05

3

a.

162 ±3

18"
18°

18=
18^
18^

a. 165
a.167
a. 166
a.167
a.i68

in calculating

NaCl 0.118m

0°

o.3-o.5g Ag

0.00-0.07%

3ex

a.615 =b I

0.073

0°

0-3

0.00-0.04

3

a. 614 rt I

0.034-0.012

0°

0.13-0.2

0.00-0.04

9

a. 613 ± I

0.0085-0.0067

0°

0.1

0.01-0.03

6

a. 6x2 ± 0

0.118-0.072

18°

0.3-0-5

0.00-0.03

6

a. 605 =b I

0.1 19-0.03 1

30°

0.1-0.45

0.00-0.03

9

a.597 ± I

0.016-0. 010

30°

0.11-0.19

0.00-0.02

6

a.596 ± I

0.0086-0.0067

30°

0.1 1

0.00-0.03

6

a.595 ± 0

NH.Cl 0.034m

18°

o.24g Ag

0.01-0.06

sex

a

.510^0.5

0.017

18°

0.22

O.OO-O.OI

3

a

.509 ± 0.5

0.012

18°

0.16

0.00-0.02

3

a

.508 ± 0.5

0.0083

18°

0.15

0.02-0.06

3

a

.507 ± 0.5

0.034

30°

0.2-0.3

0.00-0.05

3

a

.506 zh 0.5

0.017

30°

0.14-0.2

0.00-0.02

3

a

.505 ± 0.0

0.012

30°

0.13

0.00-0.04

3

a

•-';o5 ±0.5

0.00S3

30°

0.1-0.14

0.00-0. CI

3

a

.504 ± 0.0

E. Wolff.

Dissert., 1903.

HCl 0.1202m

0°

0.6-1. 2g Ag

0.01-0.14%

3ex

a.167 zfc 2

0.0640

0°

0.5-0.7

0.02

3

a. 161 zh 2

0.0318

0°

0.4-0.6

0.02

3

a. 160 zfc I

0.0160

0°

0.2

0.02-0.04

3

a.i55±i

0.0106-0.0064

0°

0.2

0.01-0.2

9

a.i54±3

0.12-0.006

30°

0.2-1.0

0.00-0.2

21

a.iS3±4

70

McBAIN

[1906 Wolff

BaClj

0.0165m

0°

0.22g Ag

0.02-0. iS

sex

a.573 ± 2

0.0084

0°

0.16

0.03-0.05

3

a.566 zb I

0.0056-0.0034

0°

0.08-0.15

0.00-0.2

9

a.562 ± 2

0.016-0.008

30°

0.24-0.4

0.02-0.12

6

a.557 ± 2

0.005-0.003

30°

0.2

0.00-0.2

9

a.555 ± 2

INDEX OF CHEMICALS.

In the following alphabetical list, each substance is given
under the symbol of its cation or metal and is followed by the
names of the experimenters who have worked with it, together
with the dates of the papers ; this facilitates reference to the
chronological compilation of the data. In addition, anions are
given ; these are followed by a list of the cations of the com-
binations which have been experimented with. Thus after
" SO/' are found the metals whose sulphates have been studied,
and to which the reader is referred for the names of the experi-
menters. The papers in brackets are those in which the
chemicals used were merely incidental, or in which the experi-
ments were only qualitative.

AgBr + Hg(N03).^ (Morse, 1902)
AgC.HaOj Hittorf, 1853 ; Loeb and

Nernst, 1888; Mather, 1897 ; Bein,

1898; Hoft'meister, 1898
Ag( C^Hj) SO^ Loeb and Nernst, 1888
Ag(C6H5)S03 Loeb and Nernst, 1888
Ag(CgH„)S03 Loeb and Nernst, 188S
Ag(C,on,)S03 Loeb and Nernst, 1888
AgCN.KCN Hittorf, 1859 (Noyes

and Blanchard, 1901)
AgCl+IIg(N03)2 (Morse, 1902)
AgClOs Loeb and Nernst, 1888 : Car-
rara, 1903
AgClOi Loeb and Nernst, 188S
Ag3Cr(C204)3 Kistiakowsky, 1890.

1901
Agl-f-KI Rieger, 1901
AgI+Hg(N03)j (Morse, 1902)
Ag.,I(N03), (llellwig, 1900)
AgNO:j Hittorf, 1853; Wiedemann,

1856; (Lodge, 1886); Nernst and

Loeb, 1888 ; Kistiakowski, 1890 ;

(Chassy,i89o); Bein, 1892; Campetti,

1894; (Whetham, 1895); Mather,

1S97; Bein, 1898; Hoftineister, 1898;

Berliner, 1901; Steele, 1902; Schlundt,

1902: Carrara, 1903; Jones and Bas-
sett, 1904: Dempwolff, 1904: Frank-
lin and Cady, 1904 : Berliner, 1906

■A-gjSjOg Loeb and Nernst, 1888

AgjSO^ Hittorf, 1853; (Chassy, 1890)

AgjSiFl, Loeb and Nernst, 1888

AICI3 Hittorf, 1859

AU03.K20.4C.,03.7UI._,0 Rosenheim,
1896

Al203.3K,0.6C.,03.5H.,0 Rosenheim,
1896

Alj( 80^)3. K2SO,.24lIjO (Danicll and
Miller, 1844)

Al2(SOJ3 (l)aniell and Miller, 1844)

AsOj.-.K

AsO^.-.K

AUCI3.KCI Hittorf. 1859

AuClaO.Hj Hittorf and Snikowski,
1899 (Pouillet, 1845)

BaClj Weiske, 1857; Hittorf, 1859;
(Lodge, 1886); (Chassy, 1S90): Bein,
1892; (Whetham, 1 895); DesCoudres,
1896; Hopfgartner, 1S9S; Bein, 1898:
Noyes, 1901; Bukschnewski, 1901;
Steele, 1902; Hittorf. 1902; Woltf,
1906

INDEX OF CHEMICALS

71

Ba(NOj)2 Vogel, 1903

Ba(NOs)2 Daniell and Miller, 1844;

(Chassj, 1890); Noyes, 1901; Hittorf,

1859
BaCOH,) Daniell, 1S40
BrO:,...K

Br...Na-Cd-II-K-Zn-AgHg-Li
CHjONa Dempwolff, 1904
C2H3O0. . . 1 1-Ag-Cd-Cu-Fe-Li-Na-K-

UO,-Zn
C2H5.SO,...Ag-K
C3H5OJ (propionate). ..II-UO,
C4H4O4 (succinate). ..H
C^H^Og ( tartrate). ..KNa-(Fehling's

solution )-U02
CeHs.OH.NOj (ortho-nitro-phenol)

(Riesenfeld, 1901 )

C6H3.S03...Ag

C3H„.SO,...Ag
C,oH,.S03...Ag
CnHigNOa-HCl (morphine) Hittorf,

1859
C22H25N2O2.HCI (strychnine) Hittorf,

1859

CN...Ag.K-Cd-Hg-K-Zn-K.Cd-KFe-
HFe-KHg-KZn

CNS...K-Fe

CjO^: . . H-Ag-Cr . Ag3-K . Fe-K-N H^

C2O3.K2O.WO3.H2O Rosenheim, 1896

4C2O3.K2O.AIJO3.7IH2O Rosenheim,
1896

2C203.2M03.3HjO.(NHj20 Rosen-
heim, 1896

2C203.(NHJ20.2M03.3H20 Rosen-
heim, 1896

4C203.3(NHJ20.V205.4H20 Rosen-
heim, 1896

6C2O3.5H2O.3K2O.AI2O3 Rosenheim,
1896

6C2O3.3K2O.Cr2O3.6H2O Rosenheim,
1896

C2O3.MO3.3H2O Rosenheim, 1896

C03...K-Li-Na-Cu-Fe-U02

CaClj Weiske, 1857 ; Hittorf, 1859 ;
(Chassj, 1890); (Whetham, 1892);
Bein, 1892; (Whetham, 1895) ; Bein,
1898; Bein, 1899; Steele and Deni-
son, 1902 ; Steele, 1902 ; Hittorf,
iqo2 ; Denison, 1903

Calg Hittorf, 1859

Ca(NO.,)2 Hittorf, 1859; (Whetham,
1892) ; Steele and Denison, 1902

Ca(OII)2 Bein, 1898

CaSO^ Daniell and Miller, 1844: Steele
and Denison, 1902

CdBr2 Gordon, 1897 ; Kiimmell, 1898 ;
Goldhuber, 1901 ; Bukschnewski,
1901

Cd(CjH302)2 Carrara, 1903

Cd(C103^2 Carrara, 1903

CdClj Hittorf, 1859 ; Bein, 1892 ; Des
Coudres, 1896; Bein, 1898; Kiim-
mell, 1898; Bein, 1899; Goldhaber,
1901 ; Bukschnewski, 1901 ; Hittorf,
1902; Carrara, 1903

Cd(CN)2+KCN Rieger, 1901

Cdl. Hittorf, 1859 ; Lenz, 1882 ; Bein,
1892; Gordon, 1897; Kiimmell,
1898; Redlich, 1901 ; Bukschnew-
ski, 1901 ; Hittorf, 1902 ; Carrara,
1903

Cdlj+KI Hittorf, 1859

Cd(N03)2 Carrara, 1903

CdSO^ Weber, 1889; (Chassy, 1890) ;
Gordon, 1S97; Kiimmell, 1898;
Steele, 1901 ; Redlich, 1901 ; Gold-
lust, 1906

CI Ag.Hg-Al-Au-Ba-C17H19NO3.H-
C,2H22N202 . H-Ca-Cd-Co-Co . Ca-
Co . Ca . Zn-Co . H-Co . Hg-Co . Mg-
Co.NHj-Cs-Cu-CuH-Fe-Fe. H-H-
H.Pt-K-K.Au-K.Cd-K.Hg-Li-Mg-
Mn-Na-Na . Pt-NH^-Pt-Rb- RUK2
NO-Sn-Sr-Tl-UOj-Zn

C103...Ag-Cd-Cu-K-Li

C10,...Ag-K

Co (purpureocobaltchloride, praseo
bisu Iphate, diamine-cobalt-potas-
sium nitrite, chlor-purpureo-cobalt
nitrate) ("Kremann, 1903)

C0CI2 + HCI (Donnan and Bassett,
1902)

C0CI2 + MgCU (Donnan and Bassett,
1902)

CoCl2 + CaCl2 (Donnan and Bassett,

1902)
C0CI2 + CaCl2 + ZnClj (Donnan and

Bassett, 1902)
C0CI2 + HgClj (Donnan and Bassett,
1902)

72

McBAIN

Co(CN)e...K

Co(OH)j + KOH (Tubandt, 1905)

CoPOs.-.Na

C0CI2 Pouillet, 1845; (Whetham,

1892); Bein, 1898; (Donnan and

Bassett, 1902 )
CoCNOg)^ (Chassj, 1890); (Whet-
ham, 1892)
CrAg3(C204)s Kistiakowsky, 1890,

1901
Cr2O3.3K2O.6C2O3.6H2O Rosenheim,

1896
CrOj.-.K
CrOi...K-Cu-H
Cr207.. K-H

Cr2(S04)3 Bonnet and Richards, 1904
CsCl Bein, 1898
Cu(C2H302)2 Carrara, 1903
CUCI2 (Chassj, 1890); (Whetham,

1892) ; (Lussana, 1894) ; Bein, 1898;

(Masson, 1898); (Nojes and Blan-

chard, 1901); Carrara, 1903; Bridges,

1904; Kohlschiitter, 1904
CuClj + HCl (Donnan and Bassett,'

1902)
Cu(C103)2 Carrara, 1903
CUCO3 (Luther and Krsnjavi, 1905)
CuCrO^ (Noyes and Blanchard, 1901)
Cu(N03)2 Wiedemann, 1856; (Chassy,

1890) ; Carrara, 1903
CuPOj.-.Na
CuSOi (Daniell and Miller, 1S44) ;

Hittorf, 1S53, 1856; Wiedemann,

1856; Kirmis, 1878; Lenz, 1882;

(Lodge, 1886); Weber. 18S9;

(Chassy, 1890); Bein, 1S92 ; Lussana,

1893; Sheldon and Downing, 1893;

(Lussana, 1894); Gordon, 1897;

(Kiister, 1897); Schrader, 1S97 ;

Bein, 1898; Hopfgartner, 1898;

Masson, 1898; (Masson and Setele,

1899) ; Metelka, 1901 ; Rieger, 1901 ;

(Steele, 1901); Hittorf, 1902; Steele,

1902 ; Carrara, 1903
CuSO^.KjSO^ (Daniell and Miller,

1844); Rieger, 1901
CuSO^ + NH^OH (Donnan and Bas-
sett, 1902
Di-methyl-p3rone (Coehn, 1902)
Fe(C2H3b,)2 (Whetham, 1S94)
Fe(CNS)3 (Riescnfeld, 1901)

Fe(CN)6...H-K

FeCjO^.KjCzO^ Rieger, 1901

FefCjOJa-.K

Fe2(C03)2 (Luther und Krsnjavi,

1905)
FeClg (Pouillet, 1845); Hittorf, 1859;

(Whetham, 1894)
FeClj+HCl (Donnan and Bassett,

1902)
FeFl3.3NaFl (Peters, 1898)'
Fehling's solution (Kiister, 1S97) ;

(Masson and Steele, 1899); (Don-
nan and Bassett, 1902)
FeS04 (Lussana, 1894)
Fe2(SOj3 (Daniell and Miller, 1844) ;

Peters, 1S98
Fl...FeNa
H2AUCI3O Hittorf and Salkowski,

1899
HBr Hittorf, 1859; Mcintosh, 1S98
H.CJH3O2 (Lodge, 1886) ; Schrader,

1897; Hoffmeister, 1898; McBain,

1903
H.C3H5O2 McBain, 1903
Hj.CjO^ (Oxalic acid) I (Bourgoin,

1870); Bein, 1898; Mcintosh, 1898
H2.C4H4O4 (Succinic acid); Bourgoin,

1S68; Bein, 1898
HCl Hittorf, 1859; (Lodge, 1SS6) ;

Cattaneo, 1896; Des Coudres, 1896;

Hopfgartner, 1898 ; Mcintosh, 1898 ;

Bein, 1S98, 1899; Bogdan, 1901 ;

Noyes and Sammet, 1902; Joachim,

1906 ; Wolff, 1906
HjCrO^ (Charpentier,' 1903)
H4Fe(CN)6 (Porrett, 1814)
HgBr, + Hg(N03)2 (Morse, 1902)
HgCl^+KCl Hittorf, 1859
IIgCl2 + Hg(N03)j (Morse, 1902)
Hg(CN)2.2KCN Rieger, 1901
Hglj + Kl Rieger, 1901
Hglj + HgCNOa), (Morse, 1902)
Hg(NO.H)2VAgc"l, HgClj, AgBr,

llgBrj, Agl, or Hgl2 (Morse,

1902)
HI Hittorf, 1859: Mcintosh, 1S98
HIO3 Hittorf, 1859

NOII-iWiedcjnan, 1856; Bourgoin,

186S: Bein, 189S; Hoft'mcister, 1898;

Bukschnewski, 1901
H202+NaOII (Calvert, 1901)

INDEX OF CHEMICALS

73

Hj.PtCl^O Ilittorf and Salkowski,
1S99; Dittenberger and Dietz, 1899

HjPtClj Dittenberger and Dietz, 1899

H3PO4 Daniell, 1840

H2SO, Faraday, 1833; Daniell, 1839,
1840; Wiedemann, 1856; Hittorf,
1859; Bourgoin, 1868; (Lodge,
1886); Schrader, 1897; Mcintosh,
1898; Kein, 1898; Stark, 1899; Ken-
drick, 1900; Tower, 1904; Huj-
brechts, 1906

I...Ag-Ag.Hg-Ca-Cd-H-K-K.Cd-
K.Hg-Li-Mg-Na-N(QH5),-
S(CH,)3-Zn

Ij.-.K

10,.. .H

KjAsOs (Daniell and Miller, 1844)

KjAsO^ (Daniell and Miller, 1844)

KBr Hittorf, 1856; (Lodge, 1886);
Bogdan, 1901 ; Steele, 1901, 1902 ;
Riesenfeld, 1902 ; Denison, 1903 ;
Dempwolff, 1904

KBrOg Steele, 1902

KC2H3O2 Hittorf, 1856; Hittorf, 1856,
1858 »

K(CjH5)S04 Hittorf, 1859

KCN (Daniell and Miller, 1844);
Hittorf, 1859 ; Rieger, 1901

KCN.AgCN Hittorf, 1859; (Nojes
and Blanchard, 1901)

KCN + Hg(CN), Rieger, 1901

KCN + Zn(CN)2 Rieger, 1901

KCNS (Daniell and Miller, 1844)

K2CO3 Kuschel, 1881 ; (Whetham,
1892); (Whetham, 1894); Bein, 1S98

KjCjO^ Hittorf, 1S59; (Whetham,
1892) ; Aletter, 1904

^2^204. FeCjO^ Rieger, 1901

KCl Hittorf, 1856; Weiske, 1857;
Hittorf,i858; Kuschel, 1881: (Chassj,
1890); Bein, 1892; (Whetham, 1892);
(Lussana, 1894); Des Coudres, 1S96;
Schrader, 1897 ; Bein, 189S ; Masson,
1898; Hopfgartner, 1898; Bogdan,
1901 ; Steele, 1901 ; Abegg and Gaus,
1902; Hittorf, 1902; Riesenfeld,
1902 ; Steele, 1902 ; Steele and Deni-
son, 1902; Denison, 1903; Demp-
wolff, 1904 ; Hertz, 1906

KCI.AUCI3 Hittorf, 1S59

KCl.HgCl, Hittorf, 1859
KC1.2HgCl2 Hittorf, 1859
KC1.4HgCl, Hittorf, 1859
KCIO3 Hittorf, 1859
KCIO4 Hittorf, 1859
K3Co(CN)j Kistiakowsky, 1901
KCo (diamine-nitrite) (Kremann,

1903)

KjCrjO, Hittorf, 1859; (Whetham,
1892, 1894); Riesenfeld, 1901 ;
(Charpentier, 1903)

K^CrO^ (Daniell and Miller, 1844;
Hittorf, 1859; Lenz, 1882; Masson,
1898; (Steele, 1901); Steele, 1902;
Denison, 1903

K.CrOj (Kremann, 1903)

K3Fe(CN)6 (Daniell and Miller, 1844)

K4Fe(CN)6 (Porrett, 1814); (Daniell
and Miller, 1844) ; Hittorf, 1859 ;
(Lodge, 1886) ; Kistiakowsky, 1901

K3Fe(C204)3 Rieger, 1901 ; Steele, 1902

KHjPO, Hittorf, 1859

KT Hittorf, 1856, 1858; Lenz, 1882;
(Lodge, 1886); Schrader, 1897; Bein,
1898; Rieger, 1901; Nernst and Rie-
senfeld, 1901 ; Riesenfeld, 1902 ;
Dempwolff, 1904

KI3 (Steele, 1902); Burgess and Chap-
man, 1904

KI+Hglj Rieger, 1901

Kl.CdIj Hittorf, 1859

KMnO^ (Whetham, 1892); Nernst,
1897; Bein, 1898

KNa.C^H.O, (Kuster, 1897)

KNO3 Hittorf, 1856, 1858 ; (Chassy,
1890) ; (Nernst, 1897); Franklin and
Cady, 1904

KNOa+AgNOj Berliner, 1906

3K20.Al203.6C.,03.5HjO Rosenheim,
1S96

K2O.AI2O3.4C2O3.7IH2O Rosenheim,
1S96

3K2O.Cr2O3.6C2O3.6H2O Rosenheim ,
1896

KOH Daniell, 1840; Wiedemann,
1856; Bourgoin, 1868; Kuschel,
1S81; (Noyes and Blanchard, 1901);
Steele, 1902

KOH + Co(OH)2 (Tubandt, 1905)

K2O.WO3.C2O3.H2O Rosenheim, 1896

74

McBAIX

K2RUNOCI5 (Lind, 1903)

K2SO4 Daniell, 1840; (Daniell and
Miller, 1844); Hittorf, 1856; (Chassy,
1890), Masson, 1898; Noyes, 1901 ;
Goldlust, 1906

K2SO4.AIJSOJ3 +24H2O (Daniell
and Miller, 1844)

K,SO^.CuSO, (Daniell and Miller,
1844) ; Rieger, 1901

K,SO^.MgSOt (Daniell and Miller,
1844)

K2Zn02 (Kremann, 1903)

LiBr Dempwolff, 1904

Li.C2H302 Carrara, 1903

LiCl Kuschel, 18S1 ; Campetti, 1894 ;
Des Coudres, 1896 ; Bein, 1898 ; Mas-
son, 1898; Bein, 1899; Goldhaber,

1901 ; (Steele, 1901); Steele, 1902;
Riesenfeld, 1902; Denison, 1903;
Dempwolff, 1904

LiClOj Carrara, 1903

LijCO., Kuschel, 1881

Lil Kuschel, 1881 ; Carrara, 1903

LiNOj Carrara, 1903

LiOH Kuschel, 18S1

Li,S04 Kuschel, 18S1 ; Masson, 1S9S;

Aletter, 1904
Methyl orange (Kremann, 1903)
MgCL, Hittorf, 1859; Bein, 1898;

(Chassy, 1S90) ; Steele, 1902
Mgl, Hittorf, 1859
Mg('N03)2 (Chassy, 1890)
MgSO^ Hittorf, 1859; (Chassy, 1S90):

Bein, 1898; Hopfgartner, 1S9S;

Masson, 1898; Steele, 1901, 1902;

DeniSbn. 1903 ; Huybrechts, 1906
MgSO^.KjSO^ (Daniell and Miller,

1844)
MnCl2 Pouillet, 1845; Hittorf, 1859;

Bein, 1898
MnO^-.-K

MO:,.C20:,.3H20 Rosenheim, 1S96
2M03.2C203.(NHJ20.3H20 Rosen-
heim, 1896
2M03.C20;,.(NHJ20 Rosenheim, 1896
2M03.(NH4)20 Rosenheim, 1896
Morphine hydrochloride Hittorf, 1859
NaBr Bein, 1898; Bogdan, 1901 ;

Oppcnhcimer, 1901 ; Steele, 1901,

1902 ; Denison, 1903

NaCHjO Dempwolff, 1904

NaC2H302 Hittorf, 1S59; (Chassy,
1890); (Whetham, 1S94); (Steele,
1901) ; Abegg and Gaus, 1902

NaCl (Daniell and Miller, 1S44) ;
Wiedemann, 1856; Weiske, 1S57;
Hittorf, 1859; (Lodge, 18S6) ;
(Chassy, 1890); Bein, 1892; (Lus-
sana, 1894) : (Whetham, 1S95)
Cattaneo, 1896; Des Coudres, 1896
Bein, 1898; Hopfgartner, 1898
Masson, 1898; Bein, 1899; Bogdan,
1901 ; Steele, 1901, 1902 ; Abegg and
Gaus, 1902; Denison, 1903: Frank-
lin and Cady, 1904; Eisenstein,
1906 ; Schulz, 1906

Na2C03 (Daniell and Miller, 1844);
Kuschel, 1881 ; (Whetham, 1895) ;
Bein, 1S9S

Na.CoPOs (Kremann, 1903)

Na.CuPOj (Kremann, 1903)

3NaF14-FeFl3 (Peters, 1S98)

NajHPO^ Hittorf, 1859

NaHjPO^ (Daniell and Miller, 1844);
Hittorf, 1859

Nal Hittorf, 1859 ! Dempwolff, 1904

NaK.C.H^O^ (Kuster, 1897)

Na.NiPOj (Kremann, 1903)

NaNOj Hittorf, 1859; (Chassy, 1890);
(Whetham, 1895): Bein, 1898: Frank-
lin and Cady, 1904

NaOH Wiedemann, 1856; Kuschel,
1881; (Lodge, 18S6); Bein, 1S98

NajPtClg Hittorf, 1859

Na^PjO; Hittorf, 1859

NaPOs Hittorf, 1859; Wiesler, 1901

Na3P04 Hittorf, 1859

NajSO^ Hittorf, 1859 ; (Lodge, 18S6):
(Chassy, 1890) : (Whetham, 1895):
Masson, 1898; Goldlust, 1906

NajSOj (Daniell and Miller, 1844)

Na^SjOg (Daniell and Miller, 1S44)

Na, UOj salts, see UO2

NaWO^ (Daniell and Miller, 1844)

N(CjH5)4.I Carrara, 1903

NH^Cl (Daniell and Miller, 1844) :
Hittorf, 1856; (Whetham, 1S92):
Cattaneo, 1896; Bein, 1898: Masson,
1898; Hertz, 1906: Schultz, 1906

(NHJ.C.O^ (Daniell and Miller,i844)

INDEX OF CUKMICALS

75

NII^NO., Franklin and Cady, 1904

(NHJj0.2C,03.2M03.3lIjO Rosen-
heim, 1S96

KII^OH Bein, 1898

(NHj^O.sMO, Rosenheim, 1896

{NHJjO.2MO3.CjO3 Rosenheim, 1896

(NHJjSO^ (Lodge, 1886)

(NHJ.^S04.NiS0^ Pfanhauscr. 1901

3(NHJ.,O.V205.4C.,03.4H,,0 Rosen-
heim, 1896

Ni(N03); (Chassy, 1890); Lussana,
1894 '

NiPOs-.Na

NiS04 (Chassy, 1890); (Lussana,
1S94); Pfanhauscr, 1901

NiS04.(NHj2S04 Pfanliauser, 1901

NOa-Ba-KCoNHj

NO3 ... Ag - Agal - Ba - Ca - Cd - Co -
C0.NH3-CU - H - Hg - K - Li - Mg -
Na-NaUOj-NHi-Ni-Pb-UO^-Zn

KOCI5...RUK2

OH ... Ba-Ca-CgHjNOj-K-K.Co - Li-
Na-NH^-Sr

Pb(N03)2 (Chassy,i890); (Whetham,
1892); Lussana, 1893

PO4. . . H-KHj-Na-NaH^-NajH

P03...Hs-Na-Na3

P,07...Na4

PtCl6...H2-Naj

PtCl^O.Hj Dittenberger and Dietz,
1S99; Hittorf and Salkowski, 1899

Pyrone (di-methyl) (Coehn, 1902)

RbCl Bein, 1898

RuKjNOClj (Lind, 1903)

S(CH3)3.I Carrara, 1903

SrCl. Weiske, 1857; (Lodge, 1886);
Bein, 1898; Steele, 1902; Denison,
1903

Seignette salt (Kiister, 1S97)

SiKI,,...Ag

SnCl4 Hittorf, 1859; Dittenberger
and Dietz, 1899

SO3 ... Ag(C«H,) - Ag(C,oH,) -
Ag(C9H„)-Naj

S04...Ag-Ag(C,H5)-Al-Al.K-Ca-Cd-
Co . NH3- Cr-Cu-Fe-H-K-KCjHj-
K . Cu-K.Mg-Li-Mg-NH4-NH4Ni-
Na-Ni-Tl-UOj-Zn

S,Oe...Ag-Na

Sr(OH), Daniell, 1840

Strychnine hydrochloride Hittorf, 1859

TlCl Bein, 1898

TI2SO4 Bein, 189S

UOj (acetate, chloride, citrate, glyco-
late, lactate, nitrate, oxalate, propio-
nate, salicylate, sulphate, tartrate)
with and without the sodium salts
(Kremann, 1903)

UO2CI2 Hittorf, 1859

U0._,.C03 (Luther und Krsnjavi, 1905)

V205.3(NH4)20.4C,03.4HjO Rosen-
heim, 1896

W04-Na

WO3.C2O3.K2O.HjO Rosenheim, 1896

Zn acetate (Chassy, 1890)

ZnBrj Kiimmell, 1898

ZnClj Moser, 1855; Hittorf, 1859;
(Chassy, 1890); Kiimmell, 1898;
Hittorf, 1902

Zn(CN)2 + KCN Reiger, 1901

Znlj Kummell, 1898; Hittorf, 1859

Zn(N03)2 (Chassy, 1890); Weber,
1889

Zn02...K

ZnS04 (Daniell and Miller, 1844);
Hittorf, 1859; Moser, 1885; (Chassy,
1890); Lussana, 1893; Kiimmell,
1898; Gans, 1901 ; Straneo, 1903

76

McBAIN

INDEX OF AUTHORS.

In the following alphabetical
to the chronological abstract.

Abegg, R., and Gaus, W., 1902

Abegg, R., and Steele, B. D.

Aletter, A., 1904

Bassett, H. P., and Jones, H. C, 1904

Bassett, H. B.,» Donnan, F. G., and
Fox, C. J. J., 1902

Bein, W., 1892, 1896 (see A. Rosen-
heim), 1898, 1899

Berliner, E., 1901, 1906 (Jahn)

Bogdan, P., 1901 (Jahn)

Bonnet, F., and Richards, T. W., 1904

Bourgoin, E., 1870, 1868 and 1868

Bridges, J. S., 1904

Buksnewski, 1901 (Jahn)

Burgess, C. H., and Chapman, D. L.,
1904

Cady, H. P., and Franklin, E. C, 1904

Campetti, A., 1894

Calvert, H. T., 1901

Carrara, G., 1903

Cattaneo, C, 1896

Chapman, D. L., and Burgess, C. II.,
1904

Charpentier, A., 1903

Chassj, A., 1890

Coehn, A., 1902

Daniell, J. F., 1839

Daniell, J. F., 1840

Daniell, J. F., and Miller, W. A., 1S44

Dempwolff, C, 1904

Denison, R. B., 1903

Denison, R. B., and Steele, B. D., 1902

DesCoudres, T., 1S96

Dietz, R., and Dittenberger, W., 1S99

Dittrich, C, 1899

Dittenberger, VV., and Dietz, R., 1899

Donnan, F. G., Bassett, H., and Fox,
C. J. J., 1902

Downing, G. M., and Sheldon, S., 1893

Eisenstcin, A., 1906 (Jahn)

Faradaj, M., 1S33

list, the dates furnish reference

Fox, C.J. J., Donnan, F. G., and Bas-
sett, H. B., 1902
Franklin, E. C, and Cady, H. P., 1904
Gans, R., 1901

Gaus, W., and Abegg, R., 1902
Goldlust, S., 1906 (Jahn)
Goldberger, 1903
Goldhaber, 1901 (Jahn)
Gordon, V., 1897
Helhvig, K., 1900
Herz, A., 1906 (Jahn)
Hittorf, W., 1853,1856, 185S, 1859, 1902
Hittorf, W., and Salkowski, H., 1899
Hoffmeister, H., 189S
Hopfgartner, K., 1898
Hornbostel, 1903
Huybrechts, M., 1906 (Jahn)
H. Jahn's pupils, 1901, 1906
Joachim, 1906 (Jahn)
Jones, H. C., and Bassett, H. P., 1904
Kendrick, A., 1900
Kirmis, M., 1S78
Kistiakowsky, W., 1890, 1901
Kohlschiitter, V., 1904
Krsnjavi, B., and Luther, R., 1905
Kremann, R., 1903
Kiimmell, G., 1898
Kuschel, J., 18S1
Kiister, F. W., 1897
Lenz, R., 1882
Lind, S. C, 1903
Lodge, O., 18S6

Loeb. M., and Nernst, W., 1S88
Lussana, S., 1S93, 1894
Luther, R., and Krsnjavi, B., 1905
Masson, O., and Steele, B. D., 1899
Masson, O., 1899
Mather, W. J., 1897
McBain, J. W., 1903
Mcintosh, D., 1898
Metelka, 1901 (Jahn)

INDEX OF AUTHOKS

77

Miller, W. A., ami Danioll. J. F., 1S44

Morse, II., 1902

Moser, J., 18S5

Mugdan, M., 1S99, see Kendrick, 1900

Nernst, W., 1S97

Nernst, W., and Loeb, M., 1888

Noyes, A. A., 1901

Nojes, A. A., and Sammet, G. V., 1902

Noyes, A. A., and Blanchard, A. A.,

1901
Oppermann, E., and Garrard, C. C,

1900
Oppenheimer, 1906
Peters, R., 1898
Pfanhauser, W., 1901
Porrett, R., 1814
Pouillet, M., 1845
Redlich, B., 1901 (Jahn)
Richards, T. W., and Bonnet, F.. 1904
Rieger, E., 1901
Riesenfeld, E. H., 1901, 1902
Rosenheim, A., 1S96

Salkow.ski, II., and Ilittorf, W., 1899

Sammet, G. V., and Nojes, A. A., 1902

Schlundt, n., 1902

Schrader, A., 1S97

Schultz, II., 1906 (Jahn)

Sheldon, S., and Downing, G. M.,

1893
Starck, W., 1899
Steele, B. D., 1901, 1902
Steele, B. D., and Abegg, R.
Steele, B. D.,and Denison, R. B., 1902,
Steele, B. D., and Masson, O., 1899
Straneo, P., 1903
Tower, O. F. , 1904
Tubandt, C, 1905
Vogel, F., 1903
Weber, C. L., 1889
Weiske, A., 1857

Whetham, W. C. D., 1892, 1894, 1895
Wiedemann, G., 1S56
Wiesler, A., 1901
Woltt", E., 1906 (Jahn)

78

McBAIN

INDEX OF SOLVENTS OTHER THAN WATER.

All the references here given are also to be found in the general chemical and
authors' indexes. There is only one paper on migration measurements of mix-
tures of fused electrolyes — Lorenz and Fausti, Zeit. f. Elektrochem. /o, 630
(1904), it is not reviewed in the present abstracts; the migrations in mixtures
of KCl, NaCl and PbCl2 were investigated.

Acetonitrile.

Schlundt, 1902 — AgNOj
Antyl Alcohol.

Hittorf, 1859 — Cdl2

Cattaneo, 1896 — HCl
Ethyl Alcohol.

Hittorf, iSss-AgNOs; 1859-
Cdlj, ZnCl2, Znl2

Lenz, 1882— Cdlj, KI, KjCrO^

Whetham,i892— CaCl^, CaCNOa)^.
CoCl2,Co(N03)2

Campetti, 1S94 — AgNOs, LiCl

Cattaneo, 1896— HCl

Mather, 1897 — AgNO^

Bogdan, 1901 — KBr

Donnan and Bassett, 1902 — CoCl^

Hornbostel, 1903 — KCl

Eisenstein, 1906 — NaCl

Goldberger, 1903 — BaClj
Ethyl A Icohol — Chloroform.

Cattaneo, 1S96 — HCl
Ethyl Alcohol — Chloroform — Ether.

Cattaneo, 1896 — HCl

Glycerine.

Cattaneo, 1S96 — HCl,

NaCl,

NH.Cl

Methyl Alcohol.

Campetti, 189^ — AgNO^,

, LiCl

Carrara, 1903 — AgClOj,

AgN03,

Cd(C2H30,)2,

CdCl,,

Cd(C103)2, CdL, Cd(N03)2,

Qu{C,W,0,),,

CuClj,

CuCClOj).,, Cu(N03)j, CuSO,,
LiC2H362, LiC103, Lil, LiNOs,
NlCjH,),!, S(CH3)3l
Dempwolff, 1904 — AgNOg, KBr,
KCl, KI, LiBr, LiCl, NaClIjO,
Nal
Jones and Bassett, 1904 — AgNOj
Phenol.

Riesenfeld, 1901, 1902 — Fe(CNS)3,
KBr, KCl, KL KjCr.O;, LiCl,
orthonitrophenol.
Pyridine.

Schlundt, 1902 — AgNOj

I^ROCEEDINQS

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vol. IX, pp. 79-15S. Plates I-XV. July 31, 1907.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS

IN THE HEAD REGION OF THE GANOIDS,

POLYODON AND LEPISOSTEUS.

By Wm. F. Allen.
(From the Stanford Marine Laboratory, Pacific Grove, Calif.)

CONTENTS.

Pace.

I. Introduction 80

Material 80

Method of Procedure 80

History 82

II. Distribution of the Subcutafieous Vessels in Polyodon 94

1. Cephalic Sinuses and their Connections 94

Cephalic Lymphatic Trunk 96

Hyo-opercularis Sinus 98

Hyo-opercularis Lymphatic Trunk 98

Facial Lymphatic Trunks 100

2. Branchial Lymphatics (Nutrient Branchial Veins.'') lOi

Branchial Arch Lymphatics (Nutrient Veins.') 103

Respiratory and Nutrient Branchial Arteries io6

Dorsal and Ventral Endings of the Branchial Lymphatic Trunks

(Nutrient Branchial Veins.?) 108

Lymphoid Tissue Surrounding the Heart of Polyodon 108

III. Distribution of the Subcutaneous Vessels in Lepisosteus 113

Longitudinal Lymphatic Trunks , 113

Pericardial Sinuses 114

Occipital Sinus 115

Branchial Lymphatic Sinuses 117

Hyo-opercularis Sinus n8

Cephalic Sinus 118

Branchial Lymphatic Trunks (Nutrient Veins?) 119

Inferior Jugular Vein 121

IV. Deductions and Summary 121

V. Explanation of Plates 126

VI. I^ist of Abbreviations Used in the Fio^ures 155

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907. 79

80 ALLEN

I. INTRODUCTION.

Material. — The Ganoids used for this problem consisted of
Polyodon spathula (spoon-bill cat), Lcpisostciis tristocchus (alli-
gator gar), JLeptsosteus ossctis (spike-bill gar), and Lepisostetts
platostomus (duck-bill gar), which are the most common Ganoids
found on the mud bars and in the sloughs of the Ohio and ATis-
sissippi rivers about Cairo, Illinois. The fish were mostly taken
through seining by moonlight ; for it is at night that they leave
the channels to do their feeding on the bars. L. trist(xchus is
by far the largest of the LepisosfeidcB and I at first hoped to use
it as a type for the Rhomboganoidea, but found it necessary
to give it up for the following reasons : L.. tristcechus could
only be obtained during the fall of the year. Other things being
equal it was always able to force its way through the seine, and
the large specimens were found too massive to inject and pickle
conveniently. Consequently most of the injections and dissec-
tions were made on Z. osseus, which differed from Z,. -platos-
tonius in no important detail, but which was found to be more
suitable for these investigations.

Most of the dissections were made during what spare time I
had, while engaged in somewhat similar work for Mr. E. P.
Allis, Jr., at Cairo, Illinois, and the work was continued when
called by him to the Stanford Marine Laboratory at Pacific
Grove, California.

Method of Procedure. — As in my previous studies Hoyer's
lead chromate gelatin mass and a Berlin blue gelatin mass
were the injecting media used. Ordinarily the blood vessels
were first injected with the blue mass, and the subcutaneous
vessels were afterward filled with the yellow. Instead of making
my own soluable blue as formerly, I found that what is sold by
druggists as Tiernan's soluble Prussian blue was equally satis-
factory and involved far less labor. Since all that is necessary
is to add 200 c.c. of concentrated Prussian blue solution, pref-
erably hot, to a hot solution of 25 gr. of gelatin that had been
expanded in 100 c.c. of water.

In nearly every case the head was severed from the body a
short distance behind the shoulder girdle, the intestine cut at
the rectum, and the viscera pulled out with the head. With

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 8l

Polyodon this was a very simple matter; while with the Lepi-
sosteida^ which have such a bulwark of armor it was necessary
first carefully to remove entirely two or three rows of scales a
little back from the shoulder girdle. Great care should be
exercised in this operation for the delicate longitudinal lym-
phatic trunks are very firmly attached to the scales by connec-
tive tissue. When this is completed the body can be severed
as easily as Polyodon. Usually the blood vessels of Polyodon
were first injected from the cut aorta, but with the Lepisosteidas
this was not deemed necessary. With the Lepisosteidas the cut
ends of the dorsal, ventral, and one of the lateral lymphatic
trunks were first plugged with cotton, and the injection was
made from the remaining lateral trunk. Since no dorsal and
ventral lymphatic trunks were found in this region in Polyodon
it was only necessary to stop up one of the lateral trunks and
inject from the other. After the cephalic sinus and its poste-
rior connections had been worked out in Polyodon it was found
that a more satisfactory injection of the cephalic trunks could
be obtained by injecting the so-called cephalic lymphatic trunks
forward, from a point designated by {x) in Fig. i. During the
summer months the heat was so intense at Cairo that the gelatin
injecting mass in the vessels would not solidify unless the head
was first placed in a bath of ice water. When once the mass
was hard and the specimen placed in formalin it was found that
no amount of summer temperature would liquefy it.

All the injected microscopic preparations were hardened in
formalin, run up the alcohols, and mounted in xylol-balsam.
The material for sectioning was fixed in Tellyesniczky's potas-
sium bichromate-acetic mixture, imbedded in paraffin, cut 6 to
lo fx thick, stained in either Heidenhain's iron h^ematoxylin or
Hansen's hsematoxylin plus 2 per cent, glacial acetic acid,^ and
counterstained in a concentrated alcoholic solution of orange G
plus a small per cent, of acid fuchsin.

' The object of adding the 2 per cent, glacial acetic to Hansen's solution was
to do away with the precipitate which is always formed. The sections thus
stained are red, but rapidly turn to a brilliant blue when placed in tap water that
is alkaline. Formerly hiemalum was used for a simple hsematoxylin stain, but
my experience has been that the product as sold commercially varied so much
that it could not be relied upon, and that Hansen's solution was superior to the
strongest haemalum.

82 ALLEN

History. — Since looking up the literature for my recent
paper on the lymphatics of ScorpcBut'chthys ^ several very in-
teresting papers by Neuville,^ Vialleton,^ and Jossifoo* have
been received.

Ever since the subcutaneous vessels have been studied there
has been a merry war on as to whether they were lymphatics or
veins, but so far as I am aware this controversy has been con-
fined to the Selachians. No one to my knowledge has described
these vessels in the Teleostomi as veins. In the Cyclostomi
Muller (15,^ p. 18) describes an abdominal lymphatic trunk in
Myxine as running along beneath the chorda dorsalis, above the
aorta. Throughout the body cavity it receives the intercostals
and the visceral vessels. Anterior to the body cavity the trunk
divides, each fork following the corresponding row of gills.
No connection, however, with the venous system was estab-
lished. Jackson, in his work on the circulation of Bdellos-
toma^ (p. 35), observed a marked tendency for the injecting
mass to escape from the blood vessels to the subdermal lym-
phatic spaces of the caudal region and the peri-branchial spaces
about the gill pouches. Vialleton^ (pp. 308-318), under the
head of espaces seretix inter stilieh^ gives an extended and most
interesting account of these peri-branchial spaces in Petromyzon
planeri and Animoccetes. It seems that the older writers, as
Robin, Milne-Edwards, Nestler, Vogt and Yung, and Schneider,
regarded these spaces as blood cavities on account of their con-
nection with the interior jugular, and the fact that Schneider

1 " Distribution of the Lymphatics in the Head, and in the Dorsal, Pectoral,
and Ventral Fins of ScorfcBnichthys marmoraius." Proceedings of the Wash-
ington Academy of Sciences, VIII, 1906, pp. 41-90.

*H. Neuville, " Contribution ii I'etude de la vascularisation intestinale chez
les Cjclostomes et les S^lachiens." Annales des Sciences naturelles. 1901.

'L. Vialleton, " Les lymphatiques du tube digestif de la Torpillc (Torpedo
marmorata)." Archives d' anatomie microscopique. 1902.

*S. M. Jossifoo, "Sur les voies principales et les organes de propulsion de la
lymphe chez certains Poissons." Arch. d'Anat. Micr. 1906.

*A11 bibliographical numbers in parentheses refer to a list of literature in a
previous paper. See footnote 2.

*C. M. Jackson, "An Investigation of the Vascular System of Bdellosfoma
dombeyi." Bulletin of University of Cincinnati. No. 5. 1901.

'L. Vialleton, "Etude sur le ca-ur des lamproies. " Archives d'_anatomie
microscopique. 1903.

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 8^

found blood in these spaces is accounted for by Vialleton as
being an entirely abnormal condition, which is brought about
by a hemorrhage of the delicate branchial vessels into these
cavities, as a result of excitement from capture. As to consid-
ering these spaces lymphatic cavities, Vialleton points out that
they differ widely from other cavities designated by that name,
and throws out a strong warning about the abuse of that term.
Since the peri-branchial spaces are only developed in Petro-
myzon after metamorphosis, Vialleton pronounces these cavities
to be a special apparatus adapted to the movements of the re-
spiratory sacs. Neuviile {of. cii., p. 54), in opposition to the
general opinion, holds that no separate chylous system is to be
found in the digestive tract of the Cyclostomes. As a study in
comparative anatomy I injected the blood vessels of the Pacific
Bdellostoma (= Polistoti-cma) and found that the intercostal
arteries alternated with the intercostal veins in supplying the
septa between two myotomes, there being but one blood vessel
for each septum, but for each septum there is an additional inter-
costal vessel that terminates in an abdominal sinus, which runs
parallel with the aorta. This system we take to be lymphatic
rather than a separate venous system. No attempt was made
to determine how the injecting mass reached this system ;
whether it passed through venous-lymphatic openings or
whether it broke through the delicate walls of the blood-
vessels.

Robin (23, pp. 22-30) gives an excellent account of the early
work of Monro and Fohmann on the lymphatics of the Sela-
chians. The former, it seems (14), described the chylous ves-
sels of the viscera fairly well, except that he portrayed the
common visceral reservoir as continuing along the vena cava
(cardinal) in order to empty into the sinus of Monro (precava or
ductus Cuvieri) ; while according to Robin (p. 2) there are two
triangular reservoirs, corresponding in position to the two car-
dinal sinuses, into which they are discharged. Lymphatics are
indicated as coming from the pectoral fin, brain, eye, and ear,
and the veine jugulaire anterieure (inferior jugular) is regarded
as a lymphatic trunk. Monro confused the lateral line canal
for a lymphatic trunk, and because he saw the injecting mass

*84 ALLEN

pass out of the pores, concluded that this system also arose from
free openings in the digestive tract. Robin states that Foh-
mann's work on Torpedo marmorata (4) contains nothing not
found in Monro, and that his failure to inject the blood vessels
has resulted in many incorrect relationships. Fohmann desig-
nates the common chylous reservoir as the reservoir de Pecquet^
and finds in the digestive tract many connections between the
small veins and the lymphatics. He has not found muscle
fibers in these vessels, but considers them as contractile, and,
contrary to Monro, claims that they do not possess valves save at
the entrance into the veins.

Leydig (12) made a histological study of the lymphatics of
the digestive tract of Raja batis, and reached the conclusion
that the blood vessels are surrounded by chylous vessels. He
was the first to describe the tubular bodies, tilrbanltche Korfer,
that encircle the lymphatic vessels, which Sappey and Mayer
have so fully discussed.

Robin (23) after working up this system of vessels in Torfedo
galvanii and other plagiostomes, firmly declares (pp. 2 and 32)
that these subcutaneous vessels are veins, and that the chylous
vessels are the only lymphatics possessed by a fish. He also
describes (pp. 15-16) lymphatic networks arising from the heart
and neighboring trunks, which reach the veins through the
intermedian plexus on the oesophagus and liver.

Parker (20, pp. 720-1) describes these subcutaneous vessels
in Mustehis antarcticiis under the head of cutaneous veins, and
states that so far as his experience goes that they invariably
contain blood. A dorsal cutaneous vein is set forth as extend-
ing from the tail to some distance in front of the first dorsal
fin. Behind the second dorsal it forks ; the two branches
encircling the fin unite in front in a single trunk, which when
the first dorsal is reached subdivides into three branches, two
of which encircle the fin to reunite in front while the median
one passes ventrad to terminate in the left renal portal. An
anterior ventral cutaneous vein extends from the pubis to
the shoulder girdle. It is located between the skin and the
abdominal muscles, and receives a beautiful plexus from the
abdominal wall. "Anteriorly the vein trifurcates, the three

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 85

branches uniting again in the form of a rhomboid, the Literal
angles of which are connected with the lateral veins." Pos-
teriorly it bifurcates and both branches after following along
the border of the pubic cartilage pass inward to unite with the
iliac veins. The so-called posterior ventral cutaneous vein
starts from the tail, and forming a loop around the anals, again
unite in front of the fin to bifurcate in the cloaca region and
empty into the cloaca veins. Parker notes a direct communi-
cation of the cloaca veins with the iliac, so that the anterior and
posterior veins might be represented as a single trunk forming a
loop around the anal fin and the cloaca. Finally the two
lateral cutaneous veins are described and figured as running
along the side of the trunk at the junction of the dorsal and
ventral muscles. Posteriorly they unite with the caudal and
dorsal cutaneous veins, and anteriorly they terminate in sub-
scapular sinuses, which are discharged into corresponding
cardinal sinuses.

Sappey (25) undoubtedly has done the most work of anyone
on these subcutaneous vessels, and unquestionably pronounces
them as lymphatics in the ray, dogfish {Squalus), and in several
Teleosts. In these different groups he also takes up in detail
the distribution of the blood vessels and the lateral line system.
His monograph is illustrated by 12 large lithographic plates.
In a ray he finds these subcutaneous vessels arising from the
dorsal and ventral surfaces of the body, from the mucous
canals, muscles, electrical apparatus, viscera and heart. Most
of the lymphatics on the dorsal surface of the body are described
and figured (PI. 5, Fig. i) as being in communication with the
grand sinus curviligne (Fig. i, 5) which lies above the gills,
and near its posterior extremity communicates with the ductus
of Cuvier from above. Three trunks haVe their origin from
the anterior part of the pectoral fin and empty into this reservoir,
which are designated from cephalad to caudad as le ironc longi-
tudinal (Fig. I, 2), le tronc lateral anterieur^ and le tronc lateral
moyen. Coming in from the rear or virtually continuous with
the sinus curviligne is le grand sinus longitudinal (F\g. i, 18).
It extends caudad to the tail, and at the point of opening into
the sinus curviligne it receives le tronc lateral ^ostcricur (Fig.

86 ALLEN

I, 13), which drains the posterior part of the pectoral fin. At
various intervals communicating branches are received from le
petit sinus longitudinal (Fig. i, 24), which runs parallel but
median to the grand sinus. In the lumbar region there is a
rich network ^(Fig. i, 16), which in part empties into le grand
sinus longitudinal and in part into its anterior branch le tronc
lateral posterieur. Midway between the pectoral and ventral
fins a large lateral branch is given off (Fig. i, 23) to communi-
cate with the veins at the articulation of the ventral fin, les
veines ext?'apelviennes. This communicating trunk also re-
ceives the rich network from the ventral fin. Two lymphatic
vessels are said to have their source from the snout region and
flow toward the eye (Fig. i, i). The outer one passes behind
the eye and empties into the internal jugular or a branch ;
while the inner one terminates in like manner mesad of the
eye.

In brief, the subcutaneous vessels from the ventral surface of
the body are set forth as follows : In the anterior part of the
pectoral, laterad of the mouth, four vessels unite in a common
trunk (PI. VI, Fig. i, 6), which passes dorsal to discharge itself
into the anterior end of the sinus curviligne. Two of these
vessels arise from the anterior part of the pectoral and are
designated as le tronc anterieur (Fig. i, 2) and le tronc moyen
(Fig. 1,9); while the other two come from the median portion
of the body and are named le tronc ccphaliqtic (Fig. 1,1) and
le tronc thoracigtie (Fig. i, 8). The former takes its origin
from the snout region and the latter from the region immedi-
ately behind the mouth. Le tronc posterieur (Fig. i, 15) col-
lects the lymph from the posterior part of the pectoral and from
the abdomen ; it pierces the muscular wall to unite with the
common vein of the pectoral fin. Sappey states that the ab-
dominal plexus is remarkable for the fact that it not onh' anas-
tomoses with the networks of the ventral and anal fins, but in
addition there are numerous communications with the blood
capillaries. The rich network of the anal unites in a great
number of vessels that connect with those of the cloaca and in-
testine, and without a definite course disappear in the veins of
the caudal fin.

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 87

According to Sappey the chylous vessels terminate in the
ductus Curveri through a right and left trunk (PL VII, Fig. 5,
7), the openings being guarded by valves.

Sappey (p. 32) describes a lace-like lymphatic network aris-
ing from the heart, especially from the ventricle and bulbus,
which is collected by two trunks (PI. II, Fig. 3, 3) that termi-
nate in the sinus of Curver. It should be noted that these two
vessels correspond identically with what Parker (20, p. 720)
describes and figures (PL 34, Fig. 4, Cor. V.) as the coronary
veins.

In the rays Sappey finds numerous muscular bands encircling
the lymphatics, not only of the viscera as described by Leydig,
but also in all parts of the body. Aside from the digestive
tract he figures them from the subcutaneous and intermuscular
vessels of pectoral, from the abdominal and thoracic networks,
and from the networks of the ventral fin and lumbar regions.
When he first discovered them in 1870 he supposed that they
were characteristic of the lymphatics of all fish, but later found
them only in the rays. Sappey attributes a double role to these
so-called lymphatic hearts, by contracting they would cause a
peristaltic movement in these vessels, and to a certain extent
would also take the place of valves.

After considering the lateral line system and the blood vessels
of Squalus Sappey takes up (pp. 37-40 and PL X) the distri-
bution of the lymphatic system. On each side of the body he
finds two lateral lymphatic trunks, superior and inferior in posi-
tion. The former (Fig. 3, 2) extends from the tail to the head,
a little below the lateral line. In the tail region it forms a sort
of fibrous sinus that empties into the caudal vein ; while an-
teriorly it ends with the inferior trunk in a sinus or confluent
(Fig. I, 25), which opens into the precava, near its origin. The
inferior lateral trunk (Fig. 3, 11) is a subcutaneous vessel,
traversing in a median line from the tail to the head, where it
blends with the superior trunk in forming a single vessel, which
terminates in the cephalic sinus mentioned above. It should
not be confounded with the corresponding vein, which is more
profundus, being distinctly submuscular. Sappey states that
the inferior trunk is sometimes absent. A median dorsal trunk

88 ALLEN

(Fig. I, 15, and Fig. 3, 4), has its origin in the tail region. In
passing cephalad it trifurcates when the dorsal fins are reached,
the two outer branches receive the superficial networks and the
median one the dorsal and ventral branches (Fig. 3. 8 and 9).
In front of the fin these branches unite in a common trunk,
which upon reaching the cranium bifurcates, each fork making
a curve behind the eye to empty into the internal jugular. A
median abdominal trunk extends from the ventral fin to the
clavicle, where it bends to discharge itself into the sinus of
Cuvier. Sometimes, according to Sappey, it bifurcates, and
each fork terminates in the corresponding ductus of Cuvier.
These six trunks are connected by a series of vessels into which
a network of capillaries are discharged. A series of intercostals
(Fig. 3, 13 and 14), connect the ventral with the inferior and
superior trunks, and an irregular series, further apart, connect
the dorsal with the two superior trunks. The chylous vessels
as in the ray open into the ductus of Cuvier.

Sappey found lymphatic glands in the walls of the digestive
tract and on the hearts of the ray, dogfish and sturgeon.

Mayer (18) in a most extensive monograph on the peculiari-
ties of the organs of circulation in Selachians describes these
subcutaneous vessels in Squatina, To7'pedo, and Raja as veins.
On pp. 339 and 340 he states that when a young Scyllium
canicula is placed in an aquarium, that the vena -postica of all
the vertical fins are plainly visible. If the fish is excited the
blood rapidly disappears from these veins, but returns again
after a brief rest. With the ordinary swimming back and forth
the blood is said to remain in the fins. Sometimes no fluid
flowed out of the lateral vein after cutting it ; consequently
Mayer reasons because a trunk is bloodless it does not necessa-
rily follow that it is a lymphatic vessel. According to Mayer
(pp. 366-7 and 9) the subcutaneous veins do not carry pure
blood, but rather a mixture of blood, a few small discs, many
leucocytes, intermixed with a fluid resembling chyle ; while the
intestinal veins commonly contain blood, but at stated times chyle.
Mayer has injected the sheaths surrounding the intestinal blood
vessels and finds the ch^dous system of vessels as observed by
Robin. On p. 368 he severely criticises Sappey for not being

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 89

able to let go of the idea that a fish must have a lymphatic sys-
tem ; while he himself is so impressed with the uselessness of
such a system to a fish, that it almost appears to him as if it
would be hateful in the eyes of the Lord for a fish to possess a
lymphatic system. One might equally well apply the same
line of reasoning to mammals.

With Raja clavata Mayer found the lymphatic hearts of Ley-
dig and Sappey, or as he calls them sphincters^ very abund-
ant ; while with their close relatives they were often absent. He
also found them encircling arteries, and hence for these reasons
was not willing to attribute the importance to them that Sappey
did.

In the trunk region, in addition to the caudal vein and its inter-
costal branches, Mayer notes (pp. 316-337) not fewer than four
longitudinal veins that have no counterpart in the arterial sys-
tem. They are homologous to the dorsal, ventral, and lateral
cutaneous veins of Parker and the corresponding lymphatic
trunks of Sappey. In addition to the descriptions given these
vessels by these authors, Mayer finds that the laterals not only
terminate cephalad in subscapular reservoirs that empty into the
cardinal sinuses, but continue cephalad to the orbit, where they
send off anastomosing cross branches that also unite with the
dorsal vein. Caudad the dorsal vein empties into a lateral and
they, at the origin of the tail, unite with the ventrals, which are
here paired, and shortly bend dorsad to culminate in the caudal
vein. The two forks of the dorsal that encircle the dorsal fins
are designated by Mayer as vencB ctrculares, which are said to
receive two large branches from each fin. One or two vetia
posttca come from the posterior part of the fin, and a vena pro-
funda arises from the musculature of the fin. They unite in a
small reservoir at the base of the fin, whicTi communicates with
the vena circularis. All of the orifices in the reservoir are said
to be guarded by valves. Also all of the venous openings into
the caudal vein are likewise protected by valves. Certain blood
cavities were found in the haemal canal, which may correspond
to the haemal lymphatic trunk of the bony fishes.

Neuville {op. cil.) studied in detail the blood vascular supply of
the viscera in Petromyzon marinus and in numerous Selachians.

90 ALLEN

In the beginning of his paper he gives a most complete historical
sketch of all the work done on the circulatory and lymphatic
systems of fishes, and contends that all the vessels found in the
digestive tracts of the Cyclostomes and Selachians are either
arteries or veins and that a separate chylous system does not
exist. He, however, finds a double venous system on the diges-
tive tract of Acanthias vulgaris; one of which is the portal sys-
tem, and the other system, which is figured on p. 92, he
recognizes as corresponding to the descriptions of the chjdous
system as given by Robin and the older authors. Nevertheless
he considers them as veins for the following reasons : First, on
p. 90, he has found the sinus slomacal {Cisi&rno. de Pecquet of
Fohmann) to be full of blood. Second, on p. 94, he finds that
upon injecting this system that the entire portal system is im-
mediately filled. According to Neuville the system of absorp-
tion is entirely carried on by the veins in these groups, and with
the Cyclostomes he finds the arrangement of the veins less com-
plex than in the Selachians, which is in accord with their less
complicated digestive tract.

A year later Vialleton {op. cit.) takes up the same problem
from the standpoint of the digestive tract of Torpedo, and
claims that Neuville was too hasty in his conclusions. In reply
to the two objections raised by Neuville as to this system of
vessels being veins rather than chylous, Vialleton says (p. 382)
in answer to the first that it is not strange to find blood in a
lymphatic trunk. As regards the second he states (p. 383) that
Neuville much less than Mayer has not attempted a micro-
scopical study of these vessels, that since he has not seen the
connections of the superficial canals with the veins he does not
know but that they may be only artifacts, and further declares that
a histological investigation revealed the fact that these communi-
cations were found to be caused by the rupture of the venous
wall, which is a contact wall between these two systems. Vial-
leton found (pp. 452-3) that there were distinct superficial and
profundus lymphatic networks in the digestive tract of Torpedo,
which could readily be told from the venous capillaries on
account of the form of its network, its regular caliber, and
greater volume. By injecting the lymphatics of the intestine

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 9I

with blue and the veins with a nitrate of silver solution it was
conclusively proved from a histological standpoint that these
two systems were always distinct, often running side by side
and entwining, but never anastomosing.

Like Neuville, Vialleton included only the viscera in his stu-
dies and dev^oted the first part of his work to a most excellent
account of the history of the lymphatics of fishes. In review-
ing Sappey's memoir (p. 392) he stated that the numerous anas-
tomosing of the subcutaneous lymphatics with the veins, and
the origin of certain lymphatic twigs from veins leads one to be-
lieve that the vessels described by Sappey as lymphatics are
veins. It should be remembered, however, that Sappey used
mercury for his injecting mass; hence it would not be surpris-
ing if these connections of the minute lymphatics with the veins,
reported by Sappey (p. 24) in the abdominal region, are arti-
facts formed by the extravasations of the injecting mass.

Hopkins' most excellent paper on Anii'a (8) is to my knowl-
edge the only work that has appeared on the Ganoids.

He fields that each lateral lymphatic trunk terminates ante-
riorly, in front of the pectoral arch, in a cephalic sinus, which
extends from the clavicle into the base of the cranium, where it
could be traced to a point opposite the orbit. About i cm.
cephalad of the clavicle there is a valve, which closes an open-
ing that leads ventrad into the jugular vein. Posteriorly each
lateral trunk ends in a caudal sinus, which is located under the
last vertebras. Each sinus has a cephalic connection with the
caudal vein, the orifice being guarded by a valve, and there
are said to be at least two communications with its fellow sinus.
The dorsal lymphatic trunk terminates anteriorly in the cephalic
sinus, and posteriorly into one of the laterals after the latter
bends to enter the caudal sinus. Hopkins is not positive
whether this trunk bifurcates posteriorly with each fork termin-
ating in one of the laterals or not, but thinks that it does. Ac-
cording to the writer the ventral trunk begins in the tail and
communicates through a cross vessel with the lateral (Fig. 11,
t). It collects the lymph from the anal and the ventrals, and
in the neighborhood of the heart it forks, the two branches
merging into the pericardial sinus, which discharges itself into

92 ALLEN

the cephalic sinus a Httle behind the jugular opening. A large
pectoral sinus is said to lie at the base of the pectoral fin, which
sends off branches to the lateral trunk and one to the pericardial
sinus. The termination of the ch^-lous system is in the ductus
of Cuvier, on either side of the heart.

On p. 369 Hopkins states that: "In a specimen killed by
pithing, the cephalic lymph sinus was exposed while the heart
was still beating ; the veins were gorged with blood but the
lymph sinus appeared perfectly clear and transparent, and at
no time was blood found in the lateral vessels. In several in-
stances a clear fluid was seen to run out of the lateral vessel,
when cut, in a fresh specimen."

Were not constant reference to this paper to occur in the text
a far more complete report of it should be given here.

The latest work bearing on this subject is by Jossifoo [o^. cit.).
He takes up in detail the lymphatics in Conger and Anguilla.
The main ducts of Conger (pp. 414-420) follow the vertebral
column from the tail to the skull. In the caudal region the
principal trunk (Z. Caud^ in PL 12) lies in the haemal canal,
directly below the caudal vein. When the thorax is reached it
divides, forming the two perivertebral lymphatic trunks [R. and
L,.Pr.S.), which continue cephalad along the sides of the verte-
bral column. At the level of the fifteenth and sixteenth verte-
brae the right trunk receives the lacteal canals {D.C/i.) from the
viscera, and upon reaching the fourth vertebra a transverse
vessel of considerable size {La.) connects the two trunks. At
the base of the cranium each perivertebral trunk empties into a
cephalic sinus (S.C.), which communicates with the jugular as
it leaves the skull, and both the orifices of the vein and the lym-
phatic trunk are said to be guarded by semilunar valves. This
sinus is so situated between the superior maxilla and the tem-
poral bone that the act of respiration must necessarily dilate and
contract it. In Anguilla the author (p. 418) states that upon
injecting the perivertebral trunks one invariably fills the bran-
chial lymphatic sinuses, situated outside the vertebral column be-
tween the gills. These sinuses communicate with the periverte-
bral trunks and serve as reservoirs to the lymphatic vessels
arising from the mucosa of the branchial arches. A pulsating

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 93

lymphatic heart was found in the tail of Angui/la, but its con-
nections witli the lympliatic system were not made clear. A
specimen of Anguilla was said to hav'e lived several days in an
aquarium after its tail had been cut off, without seeming to
suffer from the operation.

From what we know of the development of the lymphatics in
mammals ^ it would not be surprising to find in the embryos of
the lower forms, if not in the adults also, even closer relation-
ships between these two systems. For example, it might be
possible to find a vessel that functioned both as a vein and a
lymphatic trunk, and, again, an homologous vessel or system
of vessels might exist, which functioned as veins in the more
generalized forms, but which had their exact counterpart in
lymphatic canals in the higher or more specialized forms. It
is very evident from the above discussion that the last word has
not been said on this subject. What is most needed is not more
generalizations, but more anatomical and embryological data on
many different groups, and especially in the Cyclosomes. It is
not therefore my intention to make what might be considered
a dogmatic statement as to whether these subcutaneous vessels
in the Ganoids are veins or lymphatics. The chief aim will be to
give an accurate description of the distribution of these vessels.
They will, however, be described as lymphatics because the
balance of evidence (such as size and arrangement of capillaries,
and the fact that except in the branchial region the main ducts
in the head region always accompany venous trunks), seems
to warrant this view. Yet, on the contrary, it must be admitted
that if these vessels are termed lymphatics in the branchial region
no corresponding nutrient branchial veins were found ; further,

1 In an especially interesting paper Miss Sabin (27) found a stage in the
embryo pig that about corresponded with the lymphatic system of the adult frog.
Here there were two cervical hearts or sacs that received the lymph from the neck
region and emptied into the cardinal vein at its junction with the subclavian, the
opening being guarded by a valve. Similar posterior hearts were found to dis-
charge themselves in the common vein formed by the union of the sciatic with
the femoral, and their orifices were likewise said to be protected by valves. It
was not until considerable later that the thoracic duct and the right lymphatic
duct were formed from the anterior heart. To begin with, the lymphatic system
of the pig is said to have its origin from two blind ducts that arise from the car-
dinal at its junction with the subclavian.

94

ALLEN

the branchial trunks were always filled with red corpuscles, and
unquestionably terminated in and apparently formed the prin-
cipal supply for the so-called inferior jugular vein.

II. DISTRIBUTION OF THE SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN
POLYODON.

The distribution of the subcutaneous vessels in the head region
of Polyodoti, which is a cartilaginous Ganoid, and Lepisosteus,
a bony Ganoid, admits of so little comparison, that it seems
advisable to consider this system of vessels separately in each
case, rather than to take them up together in a comparative way.
In the former these vessels, in some respects, agree more closely
with the Selachians, while in the latter they are more like the
Teleosts.

I. Cephalic Sinuses and their Connections.

What has been designated as the cephalic sinuses (Fig. i,
Ceph.S.) in Polyodon are two rectangular-shaped reservoirs,
which are symmetrically placed on either side of the body,
directly mesad of the supra-clavicles, and only a little below
the level of the post-temporals. In the specimen from which
Fig. I was drawn their dimensions were about 40 by 18 mm.
With the exception of the posterior-ventral corner, each corner
of a cephalic sinus has an orifice. The trunk leading into the
posterior dorsal opening is the lateral ly?nphatic trunk (Fig. i,
L.L.T.). In the thoracic region the lateral trunks were the
only subcutaneous vessels found ; though both dorsal and ven-
tral trunks were observed farther caudad. Very singular in
Polyodon the lateral trunks have an extremely small diameter,
but little, if any, greater than the lateral line canals. Fortu-
nately, however, they increase in caliber upon approaching the
cephalic sinuses ; otherwise it would be impossible to inject
them, except with a very fine hypodermic needle. What are
represented as the cephalic lymphatic trunks (Fig. i, Ceph.L.
T.) terminate in the anterior dorsal corners of these sinuses, and
in one way or another these great canals drain the entire head
region. The openings from the anterior ventral corners lead
into papillas (Fig. i, V), which discharge themselves ventrad
into the jugulars ; either at the angles of their great bends in
front of the pectoral arches, or a little below.

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 95

So far as could be ascertained by dissections and injections
no valves were found at the entrance of either the lateral or
cephalic trunks in the cephalic sinus, or at the opening of the
latter into the jugular vein, but as none of these orifices was
large a histological study might have revealed their presence.
Still, however, when the blood vessels were injected with a blue
mass, the cephalic 13'mphatic trunks were invariably filled from
either the lymphatic sinus or the inferior jugular connections
or through both, and when the blue was allowed partially to
solidify before the lateral trunk was injected with the yellow ; it
was found, upon dissection, that the yellow had forced back the
blue a short distance in both the jugular and in the cephalic
trunk, but none of it had reached the inferior jugular, showing
conclusively that if there were valves at the entrance of the
cephalic trunk opening into the cephalic sinus that after death,
at least, they are unable to repel an injecting mass, when only
a slight pressure is applied.

It will be readily noted that the cephalic sinus of Polyodoti
corresponds exactly in position to a similar reservoir described
by Vogt (i, pp. 137-8) in the salmon, but its shape and mode
of communications are very different. With the salmon this
sinus is said to empty into the ductus of Cuvier,'and in addition
to receiving the lateral trunk it collects three mucous canals, as
they are called, from the head region. The first of these canals
is represented as arising at the origin of the temporal (pterotic)
crest from two branches coming from the facial region. The
second of these canals is portrayed (PI. L, Fig. i, 63) as hav-
ing its source from six branches ; one large and one small vessel
coming from each of the first three branchial arches. The
smaller branch is said to have its origin from the filaments ;
while the larger branch is a more superficial trunk, that con-
tinues ventrad along the surface of the arch to anastomose with
the vein of Duvernoy (inferior jugular). The third canal comes
from a common reservoir situated near the fourth vertebra,
which is described as receiving a trunk from the fourth branchial
arch, and one from the median part of the body that also col-
lects the chylous duct.

Hopkins' cephalic sinus in Amici (8, p. 371 and Fig. 10, b)

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907.

96 ALLEN

is located a little further cephalad than the similar reservoir in
Polyodon, being situated entirely in front of the pectoral arch.
The writer observed that this sinus continued cephalad in the
cranium to a point about opposite the orbit. As in Polyodon it
is discharged into the jugular, but the orifice is said to be
guarded by a valve opening into the vein. No cephalic trunks
were represented as emptying into the cephalic sinus, but in
addition to the lateral trunk a fork of the dorsal is said to have
its termination in each.

Cephalic lymphatic trunk (Figs, i, 2 and 3, Ceph.L.T.). —
This is the largest and undoubtedly one of the most important
of the lymphatic canals in Polyodon. In a 70-pound specimen
it had a length of 12 cm., extending from the base of the skull
to the pectoral arch, and connecting the so-called hyo-ofercu-
laris sinus (Figs, i, 2 and 3, Hyo. O.S.) with the cephalic sinus.
Its caliber if anything exceeded the jugular vein, but pos-
teriorly it rapidly tapers down into a papilla preparatory to
emptying into the cephalic sinus. In position it follows along
directly above the jugular vein, about midway between the
pterotic crest and the gills. The cephalic trunk is strictly a
superficial canal, being separated from the branchial cavity by
a thick skin that bears numerous leaf-like papilla ; it is sur-
rounded by a tough connective tissue, and cephalad a gland-like
body, which I take to be the thymus, lies between it and the
skin. The integment of this whole region contains a typical
lymphatic network (Fig. i, Z.yV.(i)), which is collected mesad
by larger vessels that apparently discharge themselves into the
dorsal end of the hyo-opercularis sinus rather than into this
trunk. When the hyo-opercularis sinus is reached the cephalic
trunk bifurcates : the dorsal fork communicates with the hyo-
opercularis sinus from the rear and behind (Figs, i and 2,
C.L.T.O.), while the ventral fork runs parallel, but mesad, of
the hyo-opercularis sinus for a short distance. In this region
the ventral fork receives at least two branches coming up along
the inner surface of the branchial levator and the pharyngo
clavicularis muscles. Corresponding venous trunks (Fig. i)
followed the course of these lymphatic branches and terminated
in the jugular. Frequently as is shown in Fig. i a valve is

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 97

found in the hyo-opercularis fork of the cephalic trunk, at its
junction with the ventral fork, which opens towards the cephalic
sinus, but from its size one would not expect it capable of en-
tirely closing the opening. A little posterior to the division of
the cephalic canal a combined trunk formed from the fusion of
the last three branchial lymphatic vessels (Fig. i, JT) is received
from below, which will be described in detail later on under the
head of the branchial l3^mphatic trunks.

What is termed the -pericardial lymphatic trunk (Fig. i,
Per.L.T.) corresponds somewhat in position to the pericardial
sinus of Lepisostcus and the Teleosts, without presenting any-
thing like a sinus-like appearance. It is simply a canal running
along in front of the pectoral arch in the connective tissue that
surrounds the precava. Immediately after crossing the commu-
nicating vessel of the cephalic sinus with the jugular it makes a
dorsal curve to culminate in the cephalic trunk, near its union
with the cephalic sinus.

In several different specimens of Polyodon blood was removed
with a pipette from the jugular and injected into a vial contain-
ing alcohol ; likewise some fluid from the cephalic lymphatic
trunk was placed in a second vial containing alcohol. Upon
settling, the corpuscles from the vein had a distinct brown or
reddish color ; while those from the cephalic trunk were prac-
tically colorless. Microscopic sections of the two trunks reveal
the walls to be structurally about the same. (Compare Fig.
22 with 23.) Both are composed mainly of fibrous connective
tissue, with scattering smooth muscle fibers, and both have nu-
merous papilla (P), which extend some little distance into the
trunk and may to some extent function as valves. The greatest
difference between these two vessels is in rejation to their con-
tents. The cephalic canal is filled with leucocytes and a few
scattering red corpuscles, while in the jugular the red corpuscles
greatly predominate ; there being, however, in the latter a greater
proportion of white corpuscles than would be found in the mes-
enteric or inferior jugular veins. With the cephalic trunk in
the region covered by the field of Fig. 22 the red corpuscles
were to the white as 8 is to 153 ; while with the jugular in the
area covered by Fig. 23 the ratio of red to white was 36 to

98 ALLEN

19. Directly laterad of the cephalic canal, in this region, there
is a gland-like body, the thymus, which is completely filled with
leucocytes, and in places one can see them transuding through
the walls of the lymphatic duct.

As regards its mode of origin, position, and point of termina-
tion the cephalic sinus of Polyodon corresponds somewhat with
the second trunk described by Vogt in the salmon as emptying
into the common reservoir (i, pp. 137-8 and PI. L, Fig. i, 63).
Its position is also similar to Sappey's sinus ctirviligne in the
skate (25, p. 20, and PI. 5, Fig. i, 5).

Hyo-oferailaris sintis (Figs, i, 2, and 3, Hyo.O.S.). — The
sinus so designated is but little if any greater in diameter than
the cephalic trunk ; it is situated rather obliquely at the base of
the skull, and is distinctly a superficial duct, which at one point
crosses laterad of the jugular. Its length is apparently about
the same in a 25-pound specimen as in a 70-pound one.
Dorsad it receives a short vessel that collects the rich network
(Fig. I, L.N.{i)) from the skin and connective tissue in the
region of the cephalic trunk. Its mode of connection or termi-
nation in the cephalic trunk has already been described. In one
way or another it receives both forks of \\\eji?'st branchial lyni-
-phatic trunk (Figs, i, 2, and 3, Br.L.T.{i') and (i")), which
will be referred to in detail later on under the head of the
branchial lymphatics. Laterad and ventrad it receives, or vir-
tually is continuous with, the so-called hyo-ofercularis lymphatic
trunks and, as shown in Fig. i, a valve is often present at the
junction of the two.

Tracing this important canal (Figs, i, 2, 3, and 4, Ilyo.
O.L.T.) backward, it was found immediately before making a
sharp curve caudad in order to pass along the outer surface of
the retractor hyomandibularis muscle, a little above the hyo-
mandibular, that it was joined by a slgnificAni facial lymphatic
trunk (Figs, i, 2, and 3, jF.L.T.). Throughout its entire
course the hyo-opercularis is distinctly a superficial canal, lying
directly beneath the skin ; it has its beginning from the hyoid
arch and the opercle, and collects a network (Fig. i, Z,.^^'.(3))
from the membranes and connective tissue of hyomandibular
and its retractor muscle ; this network communicates below

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 99

with what is designated as the anterior Jac /a I lymphatic trunk
(Fig, ly J^.L.T.{i)). A cut through the spiracle region near the
termination of hyo-opercularis trunk in the sinus shows that this
canal is accompanied, more profundously, by a corresponding
hyo-opercularis artery and vein. All of these vessels are en-
closed in a fatty connective tissue, and even in uninjected spec-
imens they are readily distinguishable. The lymphatic trunk is
the most superficial and has by far the greatest caliber ; no dis-
tinct walls were visible to the eye, and it appeared to be simply
a regular cavity in the connective tissue, that increased in den-
sity in the neighborhood of the canal. A little mesad comes
the vein, having visible walls, but with a caliber hardly half
that of the lymphatic trunk. The artery, which is by far the
smallest of the three, is some little deeper, and is characterized
by very thick and well-defined walls. A short distance behind
the anterior bend the hyo-opercularis trunk receives a large
dorsal branch (Fig. 4, IIyo.O.L.T.{i))y which takes its origin
from the outer dorsal surface of the retractor hyomandibularis
muscle. At this point the hyo-opercularis artery and vein follow
the hyomandibular rather than the lymphatic trunk, yet each
sends off a superficial branch (Fig. 4, Hyo.O.A.{i) and
Hyo.O. F.(i)) that crosses mesad of the lymphatic trunk, and
which separates into two branches that follow the main hyo-
opercularis lymphatic trunk and its dorsal branch. So that in
this region, each lymphatic canal is accompanied by an artery
and a vein.

Figures 24 to 26 represent microscopic sections of the hyo-
opercularis lymphatic trunk, artery and vein. Except for the
papilla. Fig. 24, P., in the lymphatic trunk, there is but little
difference between the structure of the lymphatic trunk and the
vein, and both resemble the jugular and the cephalic lymphatic
canal. When the hyo-opercularis lymphatic trunk was slit in a
living specimen it was found to be practically empty, and sec-
tions show it to be almost destitute of corpuscles. Fig. 24
is taken from a very favorable section, and some of the few
corpuscles portrayed here may have been shaken out from the
meshes of the walls during the process of staining, but as the
section stands it shows that the white corpuscles far exceed the

lOO ALLEN

red, the ratio being 28 to 2. Fig. 26 represents the corpuscles
as also being very scarce in the vein, but here the red predomi-
nate, the ratio being 9 to 2 ; while in the artery the corpuscles
are abundant, the ratio of red to white being as 36 is to 8,
which, however, is a striking number of white corpuscles for
an artery. In the artery the three tunics are very thick and
well differentiated.

Facial Lymphatic Trunks. — In Polyodon there are two
such canals, on either side of the body, which for convenience
sake have been designated as the facial lymphatic trunks and
the anterior facial lymphatic trunks.

The latter trunks (Fig. i, F.L.T.{i)) take their origin from
the adipose tissue of the paddle, in front of the nasal sac.
They are distinctly subdermal vessels, being situated some
little distance above the orbito-nasal arteries and veins. When
the level of the posterior border of the nasal sac is reached,
each trunk bends outward and downward, to pass backward,
superficially, along the surface of the adductor mandibulce
muscles. In the region of the spiracle it lies immediately in
front of the facialis artery, and receives a rich network from
above (Fig. i, Z,.7V.(2)), that passes over the facialis artery,
nerve, and vein, to communicate above with the principal
facialis trunk. Frequently vessels are received, which collect
the network arising from the connective tissue that envelops
the adductor mandibul£e muscles ; these branches ordinarily
accompany and often nearly encircle corresponding blood ves-
sels. As previously stated in the neighborhood of the posterior
extremity of the premaxilla, branches are received, that have
their source from a rich network above (Fig. i, Z,.7V"(3 )),
which passes over the hyomandibular and its retractor muscle
to communicate with similar branches that end in the hyo-
opercularis lymphatic trunk.

In connection with the anterior facial lymphatic trunk it was
just noted that the n\2i\r\ facial lymphatic trunk (Figs, i, 2, and
3, F.L. T.) gathered a rich network in the region of the spiracle
that came from the facialis vein, nerve, and artery, and was
also in communication with the anterior facial trunk. The
lymphatic canal thus formed follows up along the dorsal surface

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS lOI

of the facialis vein, and when the external carotid artery (Fig.
I, £.Ccir.A.) is reached, passes niesad with it in crossing
under the external jugular vein (Fig. i, -£".,/. J'".), and then
continues caudad a short distance, still mesad of the artery.
From here on, instead of passing ventrad and mesad with the
external carotid, it continues caudad on practically the same
level, directly mesad of the external jugular and above the hyo-
opercularis artery.^ In this locality, which is about opposite
the auditory capsule and a little above the spiracle, the facial
trunk collects a very rich network from the surface of the ex-
ternal jugular and the hyo-opercularis artery. In company
with the hyo-opercularis vein (Fig. i, I/yo.O, V.) this trunk
bends outward at right angles. In Fig. i it passes between
the external jugular and the hyo-opercularis artery, following
for a short distance below and in front of the hyo-opercularis
vein, and then bends at right angles, crossing under the vein
to terminate in the hyo-opercularis lymphatic trunk, at the point
where it becomes the hyo-opercularis sinus. In Fig. 2 the
facial lymphatic trunk after crossing under the external jugular,
followed below the hyo-opercularis vein for a very short dis-
tance, before curving, to culminate in the hyo-opercularis
trunk; while in Fig. 3, which is from the right side of the
same specimen as Fig. 2, the facial trunk after coming out
from under the external jugular, nearly encircles the hyo-opercu-
laris vein, before emptying into the hyo-opercularis trunk.

2. Branchial Lymphatics {Nutrient Branchial Veins?).

These vessels present the most difficult proposition found in
Polyodon; both in regard to tracing out their distribution, and
in determining whether they are veins or lymphatics, or a com-
mon system that may funcUon for both. In brief, each branchial
arch possesses two main canals ; one of which travels along the
outer and inner surface of the arch ; while the other is for the
most part confined to the filaments, following along between the
two rows or hemibranchs, with the efferent branchial, artery,

' This artery (Fig. i, Hyo.O.A.) is a large branch of the external carotid, that
for a short distance runs caudad with the external jugular, before bearing off
obliquely to the hyoidean region.

I02 ALLEN

but distad of it. The latter is undoubtedly the principal trunk,
for it often receives the former, and it is collected above b}' either
the hyo-opercularis sinus or the cephalic trunk, and below b}'-
the inferior jugular. Considerable variation, however, is shown
in both the dorsal and ventral endings, and as many deviations
are to be found on the opposite sides of the same specimen as
on the same sides of different specimens. Both the branchial
trunks and the branchial arch trunks are connected by a ver}--
coarse network of capillaries, which are distinctly lymphatic in
the character of their meshes. Transverse sections through the
branchial trunk disclosed it to be full of red corpuscles, but at
no point was a definite peripheral connection between a nutrient
branchial artery established ; although at several places hypo-
thetical communications might occur.

The distribution of these branchial canals is practically the
same for the first three arches ; hence a description of the first
arch of a 70-pound Polyodon^ as shown b}^ Fig. 17 will answer
for all. As stated above the main branchial lymphatic trunk
{nutrient branchial vein P) {Br.L. T.) travels in the connective
tissue, midway between the two rows of filaments, parallel with,
but distad of, the efferent branchial artery. For ever}- pair of
branchial filaments, a rather large jiJaincnt lymphatic trunk
{nutrient vein?) (Figs. 17, 18, 19, and 27, F'il.L.T.) is re-
ceived from the connecting tissue lying between the two rows
of filaments. A cross-section through these filaments (Fig.
27) reveals the fact that these branches do not lie opposite each
pair of filaments as the two corresponding afferent filament
arteries do (Figs. 17 and 27, A.Fil.A.), but rather about
midway in the space separating one pair of filaments from the
next, and Fig. 27 represents each of these filament vessels as
being about equidistant from four afferent filament arteries.
Numerous transverse Jilanient lymphatic vessels {nutrioit veins P)
(Figs. 18 and 19, Tr.F.L. Vi) entwine in various ways with the
roots from which the corresponding afferent filament transverse
arteries (Fig. 18, A.F.Tr.A.) take their origin, and form a very
coarse plexus-like network between them. These vessels col-
lect a very rich network from the outer surface of the filament
(Fig. 19, /'T/.Z.^V.), which in the region of the respiratory septa

DISTRIHUTION OF SUIiCUTANKOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS IO3

have a somewhat rectangular arrangement. Certain twigs tra-
verse the superficial layer of the filament, opposite to and parallel
with the spaces separating the septa, and these are connected by
transverse branches. This coarse network cannot be confused
with the very fine respiratory network (Fig. i8, Rcs.JV.) ; for the
latter is more profundus, being confined to planes or septa,
which are at right angles to the so-called lymphatic network.
With a magnification of 450 diameters (Fig. i8a) the meshes of
the respiratory network are not as large as the meshes of the
lymphatic network as viewed with a magnification of 50 diame-
ters (Fig. 19) ; hence the caliber of the respiratory capillaries is
almost infinitesimal when compared to the lymphatics. After
leaving the area of the respiratory septa, which is toward the
outer edge of the filament, the lymphatic network assumes a
somewhat different character ; here, as is shown in the lower
part of Fig. 19, the meshes become crowded closer together ;
while on the outer edge of the filament, in the region of the
efferent filament artery, the meshes become elongated in the
direction of the artery, which is exactly at right angles to their
greatest length in crossing the filament. An examination of
the basal portion of the filaments and the membranes overlying
the efferent branchial artery with a lens (Fig. 17), or better still
a microscopic preparation of this region (Fig. 20), discloses the
fact that the lymphatic network of the branchial filaments are
continuous with a similar network found on the outer and inner
surfaces of the branchial arch (Figs. 17 and 20, Br.A.L.JV.).
Branchial Arch Lymphatics {Nutrient Veins P). — One of
these vessels (Fig. 17, Br.A.L. T.) runs along the inner surface
of each arch, near its inner margin. It receives numerous
radiating branches, which collect an extremely rich network
(Fig. 17, Br.A.L. IV.) that lies in the deeper membranes and
connective tissue lining the arch, and which is distinctly lym-
phatic in the character of its meshes. This trunk also receives
large accessory branches that gather a similar network from the
other or outer side of the arch. So fine is this network that its
meshes cannot be seen without the aid of a lens. At various
intervals delicate branches could be traced to the outer mem-
brane, where they collect an extremely minute capillary net-

I04 ALLEN

work ; so that each branchial arch would have a minute capil-
lary network overlying and being connected with a more
profundus and coarser network. Whether this outer capil-
lary network was also in communication with the branchial
arch arteries I am unable to state, any more than to sa}' that
no connections were found. A large number of small vessels
were received from the gillrakers, the common arrangement
being that two minute branches followed along the opposite
surfaces of two neighboring gillrakers, collecting a minute
network (Fig. 17, G.R.L.N^.) found in the membrane joining
the two, and uniting at the bases of the gillrakers to form a
slender twig, which terminates in that porion of the branchial
arch lymphatic network, overlying the efferent branchial artery
(Fig. 17, Br.A.L.K.).

In the specimen from which Fig. 17 was drawn the arterial
system was first filled with a blue mass, and afterward the sub-
cutaneous system was injected with the yellow from the cephalic
trunk. In certain areas, the minute capillarv network found
in the outer membrane coverincj a branchial arch was colored
yellow and in other regions blue ; similar colored areas were
also found in the more profundus network, and in the superfi-
cial network of the branchial filaments. Other places «lso could
be found in the more profundus network of the arch and the
superficial network of the filaments, which were colored green,
showing that the two injecting masses had fused. It does not,
however, necessarily follow from the above, that these capillaries
are in connection with arterial twigs. For in almost ever}^ case
when the blood vessels were first injected, the cephalic trunk,
the superficial network of the filaments, and the profundus net-
work of the arch were found to be filled ; doubtless through
either the connection of the jugular with the cephalic sinus or
the inferior jugular with the branchial 13'mphatic trunks, or
tlirough both. Since the profundus network of a branchial arch
was found to be in communication with the minute superficial
network, it is natural to expect that the mass found its wa}' into
this network after this manner, rather than through hypothetical
arterial connections, which I have never been able to find, either
from dissection or a microscopical examination ; and upon inject-

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS IO5

ing the cephalic trunk with the yellow mass, it simply pushed
back the blue, forming the conditions described above, viz., of
certain areas of one color and other regions of a mixture.

Whether these conditions were obtained after this manner or
were brought about through the media of peripheral communi-
cations with the nutrient arteries, might possibly be settled by
removing a branchial arch from a large Polyodon, and after
securely ligaturing both ends of the arcii proper, plug up one
end of the so-called branchial lymphatic trunk and inject from
the other, but most unfortunately, however, these subcutaneous
branchial vessels were not studied with any detail, until after I
was removed some 2,000 miles from the source of material.
Except for the fact that nutrient arteries were found on the
arch, and no nutrient veins were observed, unless the so-called
lymphatics function for both veins and lymphatics, I can see
no reason for maintaintng that hypothetical peripheral connec-
tions exist between the nutrient arteries and the so-called bran-
chial lymphatics. Certainly the methods resorted to in this study
do not justify it ; in fact, the numerous connections with the
inferior jugular and the two with the jugulars rather forbid such
a view.

A point slightly favoring the hypothesis that the branchial
subcutaneous vessels function as veins, is the fact, that a sec-
tion through a main branchial lymphatic trunk (Fig. 28) always
shows a predominance of red corpuscles. The ratio of red to
white is 37 to 22, which, however, lacks considerable of being
so overwhelming as one would expect to find in a vein. For
example in the inferior jugular, into which these vessels ter-
minate ventrad, the ratio of red to white is about 12 to i and in
the mesenteric vein one has to look some time to find a leuco-
cyte ; while in the cephalic trunk, into which these vessels
culminate dorsad, the red corpuscles are very scarce, the ratio
of white to red being 153 to 8. Hence from purely histological
grounds one might infer that the branchial lymphatic trunks
discharged themselves mainly into the inferior jugular, but the
fact that none of the branchial arch trunks terminates in the in-
ferior jugular, while some of them do empty directly into the
cephalic trunk ; and the additional observation that the branchial

I06 ALLEN

lymphatic openings into the hyo-opercularis sinus and the
cephalic trunk are larger than those into the inferior jugular,
barely make this view even tenable.

Respiratory and Nutrient Branchial Arteries. — These vessels
hold such an intimate relationship with the so-called branchial
lymphatic sj'Stem, and are so different from the similar arteries
found in bony fishes, that a brief description of some kind seems
to be called for.

With the exception of the last arch, which consists of a single
hemibranch, the respiratory system is practically the same for
the first three arches; so that the following description, which
is taken from the first arch of a 70-pound Polyodon will answer
for all. The main afferent and efferent branchial arteries
(Fig. 17, A. Br. A. and E.Br. A.) maintain practically the same
positions and connections as in other fishes. An afferent fila-
ment artery (Fig. 17, A.Kil.A.) is given off distad from the
main afferent arter}^ to follow along the inner margin of each
filament ; its course lies in the connective tissue, close to the
filament, and its distribution within the filament is a great deal
more complex, than with other fishes that have been studied.
At regular intervals (Fig. 18) rather large, but short, cross
branches are given off, which are connected in an irregular
manner ; thus, forming a sort of secondary chain of arteries,
from which the so-called afferent transverse filament arteries
(Fig. 18. A.F. Tr.A.) take their origin. The latter vessels fol-
low a nearly parallel course with one another, until near the
filament septa, when each separates into from three to six
branches, each of which furnishes the venous supply for a
respiratory septum. In a 70-pound Polyodon the faces of these
septa were about .1 mm. apart, which as shown by Figs. 18
and i8« must contain about the finest capillary network that
exists. At the outer margin of each septum the respiratory net-
work is collected by a rather short efferent transverse filament
artery (Fig. 18, E.P. Tr.A.), which empties directly into the
efferent filament artery, and all these vessels (Figs. 17 and 18,
E.Fil.A.) pass proximad along the outer surface of the fila-
ments, to discharge themselves in, and form, the great efferent
branchial arteries (Fig. 17, E.Br. A.).

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS IO7

From both the hiteral and mesal side of the efferent branchial
artery, numerous branches, designated as nutrient branchial
arteries (Figs. 17 and 20, N.Br.A^ arise to supply the mem-
branes and connective tissue, overlying and underlying the
efferent branchial artery. Two such branches were sent to the
base of each filament. They were found on either side of the
efferent filament artery, a little profundus of the lymphatic net-
work, but could not be traced much beyond the base of the fila-
ment. Many branches were given off to the gillrakers, and
forking to follow the dorsal and ventral surfaces of two adjacent
rakers, they break up into a fine network in the membrane
connecting them (Fig. 17, G.R.JV.). Also very fine arterial
twigs as d^ Fig. 20, were frequently seen in the region
bordering the filaments, but no connections, not even with the
aid of a microscope, could be established with the so-called
lymphatic network.

What is designated as the branchial arch artery^ (Fig. i7»
Br. A. A.) approaches the arch from the anterior dorsal corner.
Shortly before the arch is reached it bifurcates. A large outer
fork {Br.A.A.{i)) is given off to supply the outer surface of the
arch, while the inner fork immediately makes a sharp curve to
pass to the cephalic margin of the arch, and continues parallel
with the lymphatic trunk. It is, however, a more profundus
vessel, traveling for a good part of its length in a muscle over-
lying the inner surface of the arch. Branches are frequently
given off to the muscle and the distal membranes, and they are
often accompanied on either side and sometimes nearly sur-
rounded by the so-called Ij^mphatics. The caliber of the
branchial arch artery and its branches is, however, only minia-
ture, when compared with the corresponding lymphatic canals.

At this point there arises an apparent inconsistency. In all
other parts of the head region in Polyodon we have arteries,
veins, and lymphatics, running parallel with one another, but in
the branchial arch and filaments (not taking the respiratory sys-
tem into consideration) only arteries and lymphatics have been
described. If peripheral connection had been established be-

'The source of this artery from the dorsal extremity of the efferent branchial
artery has not been worked out as carefully as it should have been.

I08 ALLEN

between these so-called lymphatics and the nutrient arteries,
one might claim that these branchial lymphatics are nutrient
veins, which receive a network decidedly lymphatic in charac-
ter, that is continuous from the great trunk passing through the
gills to the main trunk of the branchial arch, and which may
function both for a venous and a lymphatic system, terminating
above in a lymphatic trunk and below in a vein.

Possibly it should be noted here that the fourth or last
branchial arch has but one row of filaments, and is therefore a
hemibranch. Except for some variation in connection with the
efferent branchial artery, which will doubtless be fully noted in
a forthcoming paper, by Mr. E. P. Allis on the blood vessels of
Polyodon^ the lymphatics and the blood-vascular systems of the
fourth arch correspond very closely to a hemibranch of one of
the other arches.

Dorsal and Ventral Endings of the Branchial Lymphatic
Trunks {Nutrient Branchial Veins P). — Great variation is
shown not only in the dorsal and ventral terminations of these
trunks in different specimens, but also on the opposite sides of the
same specimen. In tracing out the culmination of these vessels
I found it frequently useful to insert a canula into one of these
trunks and force water with the aid of a syringe into the trunk ;
and having previousl}' removed a portion of the sinus or trunk
into which it is discharged, note the orifice through which the
water was ejected.

Fig. I shows the dorsal endings of the branchial lymphatic
trunks, as seen from the left side of a 70-pound Bolyodon, and
Figs. 2 and 3 represent the dorsal mode of termination of these
.trunks on the opposite sides of a 25-pound Polyodon, In every
case \\\*i:Jirst branchial lymphatic trunk {Br.L. T.{i)) bifurcates
when about to leave the arch. In Fig. i the ventral fork
[Br.L. T.{i')) continues cephalad in about the same plane until
the hyo-opercularis sinus is reached, when it bends dorsad to
follow along the mesal surface of the hyo-opercularis sinus for
a short .distance, and immediately after receiving the dorsal
fork {Br.L. T.{i")), the combined trunk opens into the hyo-
opercularis sinus through the inner wall {Br.L. T.{i)0.). With
the specimen from which Figs. 2 and 3 were drawn, both of

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS IO9

these forks opened separately into the hyo-opercularis sinus ;
the only difference on the two sides being that on the right side
(Fig. 3) the openings were further apart. In every case the
ventral fork followed along the anterior margin of the first
branchial levator muscle, and the dorsal fork traveled along be-
hind the same muscle.

The final dorsal termination of the second, third and fourth
branchial lymphatic trunks are so different in these three dis-
sections that a brief description should accompany each, al-
though a far better idea can be obtained by carefully comparing
Figs. I, 2 and 3. In Fig. i the third branchial lymphatic
trunk unites with the fourth, behind the posterior border of the
third and fourth branchial levator muscles, and the common
trunk (^r.Z. 7^.(3) and (4)) continues dorsad behind the muscle
until the jugular is reached, when it receives from in front the
second branchial lymphatic trunk (dorsal fork of the second
branchial lymphatic trunk?), and the combined trunk (.r) after
crossing over the jugular empties into the cephalic trunk, a short
distance behind the hyo-opercularis sinus. In Fig. 2 the fourth
branchial lymphatic trunk unites with a rather large branch thai
comes up from the pharyngo-clavicularis muscle, and very
shortly is joined from the rear by the third branchial lymphatic
trunk. The course of this common trunk (^r.Z. 3^.(3) and (4)) is
then obliquely dorsad, following along the inner surface of the
second branchial levator muscle ; it soon collects the dorsal fork
of the second branchial lymphatic trunk, and the combined trunk
thus formed (x), discharges itself mesad of the hyo-opercularis
sinus in the ventral fork of the cephalic trunk. The remain-
ing ventral fork of the second branchial lymphatic trunk
(^r.Z. 7^.(2)) travels mesad of the first and second branchial
levator muscles, and likewise terminates in the ventral fork of
the cephalic trunk, a little below trunk (.r). In Fig. 3 the third
branchial lymphatic trunk makes a sharp curve on the outer
surface of the arch, where it receives a common trunk, formed
from the union of the fourth branchial trunk with a vessel com-
ing from the occipito-clavicularis muscle and the region behind
the fourth branchial arch. The dorsal fork of the second
branchial lymphatic trunk after traveling along the posterior

no ALLEN

edge of the second branchial levator muscle, makes a curve at
right angles to pass obliquely ventrad along the inner surface of
the second branchial levator muscle, where it shortly bifurcates
at right angles, one fork continuing obliquely ventrad terminates
in the dorsal arm of the great bend of the combined trunk from
the third and fourth arches, while the other fork passes dorso-
cephalad for a short distance and receives a large communicat-
ing branch from the combined trunk of the third and fourth
arches, thus forming trunk (;v), which, after bending at right
angles, passes dorso-caudad to discharge itself in the cephalic
trunk, a little behind the hyo-opercularis sinus. As on the
opposite side, the ventral fork of the second branchial lymphatic
trunk empties into the ventral fork of the cephalic trunk.

Only a few of the so-called lymphatics from th^ branchial
arches have been traced out, and they either terminated in the
main branchial trunks or in the ventral fork of the cephalic
trunk. In Fig. 3 the trunk from the first arch culminated in
the ventral fork of the first branchial trunk, at a point indi-
cated by Br.A,L.T.{i), and the one from the third arch
{Br.A.L.T.[2)) ended in the ventral fork of the cephalic
trunk, directly above the opening of the ventral fork of the sec-
ond branchial trunk.

Ventrad, the termination of the first two branchial lymphatic
trunks in the inferior jugular are practically the same for all
the specimens, but considerable variation exists in regard to
the endings of the third and fourth trunks, both in different
specimens and on the opposite sides of the same specimen.

As shown in Fig. 5 the first and second branchial lymphatic
trunks {Br.L.T.{i) and (2)), in their ventral course, finally
get to lie immediately behind their corresponding afferent
branchial arteries. When close to the ventral aorta, the sec-
ond trunk crosses over the ventral surface of the second
afferent artery, then passing cephalad, in close proximity to
the ventral aorta, it crosses below the second obliquus ventralis
muscle to anastomose with the first trunk. Both the first and sec-
ond branchial trunks communicate above with the inferior jugu-
lar. The former connection (Figs. 5, 6 and 7, Br.L. T.{\) V. O.)
leads up between the sterno-hyoideus tendon and the ventral

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS III

aorta, and the lirst afferent branchial artery and the second
obliquus ventralis muscle ; so far as could be ascertained it
was the first vessel to join the inferior jugular. The latter
connection (Figs. 5, 6 and 7, J3r.L.T.{2)V.O.) passes up
between the second obliquus ventralis muscle, ventral aorta,
and second afferent branchial artery. In the specimen from
which Figs. 5 and 6 were drawn there was a large dorsal open-
ing in the inferior jugular (Fig. 6, M.O.)^ which in front lead
into a sinus designated as {M^ that received two sacs from the
rear (^Y). Into the left sac the corresponding fourth branchial
lymphatic trunk empties, and the right sac receives a short
trunk (Figs. 5 and 6, S. T.) that encircles the inferior jugular,
and communicates below with a ventral sinus {S). En route it
collects the fourth right branchial trunk (Fig. 5, Br.L.T.{^))
from the rear ; while the remaining third left branchial trunk
(Figs. 5 and 6, Br.L.T.{2,)) empties directly into the inferior
jugular, a little in advance of sinus {S).

In the specimen from which Fig. 7 was drawn the third and
fourth branchial lymphatic trunks had an entirely different
mode of ending from that described above. No dorsal sinus
emptied into the inferior jugular, but a ventral sinus (Fig. 7, S^
was present and occupied a similar position as in Fig. 5. Its
communicating trunk [S. T.) connected directlj'- above with the
inferior jugular instead of encircling the right side of the in-
ferior jugular as in Fig. 5. The ventral sinus in Fig. 7, S,
received the third right branchial trunk in front, and in addition
the fourth left branchial trunk from the rear ; while the fourth
right and the third left branchial trunks terminated directly in
the inferior jugular.

The course of the inferior jugular in the branchial region is
too irregular and complex to permit of a description. Fig. 6
gives a general idea of its form and its anterior communications.
Here it is simply a very thin irregular sinus, conforming to the
general arrangement of the branchial arches and the ventral
aorta and its branches. In the neighborhood of the union of
the third and fourth pair of afferent branchial arteries (Fig. 6,
A.Br.A.{2) and (4)) it not only surrounds them, but passes
dorsad between them.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907.

112 ALLEN

Liike Acipeuser and Scap/iir/iyfic/ius the ventricle of the heart
of Polyodon is conspicuous for the amount of lymphoid tissue
surrounding it. There is always one large 13'mphatic gland
encircling the anterior part of the ventricle ; another smaller
one is situated behind it on the lower side of the ventricle, in-
closing the greater portion of the posterior end of the ventricle.
It is very singular in Polyodon that the coronary artery, which
supplies these glands as well as the heart, comes from the fourth
right efferent branchial artery and approaches the heart from
the rear. When the ventral side of the sinus venosus is reached
it trifurcates. Two of these branches pass cephalad between the
auricle and the ventricle, supplying each ; while the third follows
along the left and ventral border of the ventricle, and gives off
branches that traverse between the surface of the ventricle and
these glands, supplying each. Corresponding venous branches
arise from the anterior and left ventral side of the ventricle,
which likewise pass between these glands and the ventricle
to terminate in two longitudinal coronary veins that travel
caudad between the auricle and ventricle. At the posterior
apex of the heart these two veins anastomose, forming the
common coronary vein^ which discharges itself into the sinus
venosus from below. For the most part the blood-vascular
network lies between these glands and the ventricle. In addi-
tion to the vascular network described above there is a coarser
and more superficial network, decidedly lymphatic in the char-
acter of its meshes, which encompasses these glands. This is
undoubtedly a lymphatic network, but so far as could be deter-
mined it was not collected by any definite lymphatic canal.
Consequently it must, as Robin found in Torpedo {of. cit., pp.
15 and 16), reach the veins through the oesophagus plexus.
One finds upon sectioning this lymphoid tissue surrounding the
heart that it somewhat resembles the thymus. It consists of a
connective tissue framework which is completely filled with
leucocytes. In addition to the numerous blood vessels that
traverse it, many lymphatic spaces or sinuses were found
which were filled with leucocytes.

DISTRIBUTION OF SUI5CUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS II3

III. DISTRIBUTION OF THE SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS
IN LEPISOSTEUS.

In this genus the subcutaneous vessels of the head, especially
the region adjoining the branchial arches and the heart, are far
more sinus-like than in Polyodon or the Selachians, and in this
respect they resemble the Teleosts. The so-called cephalic
sinus in Lcfisostcus occupies a position entirely in front of the
branchial arches, which is far cephalad of its position in Polyo-
don or as set forth by Hopkins for Amia [op. cit., pp. 371-2),
and corresponds about to its position in ScorfcBuichthys and other
bony fishes. Other interesting points such as a communication
of a so-called dorsal pericardial sinus with the inferior jugular
and separate dorsal and ventral branchial trunks will be de-
scribed at length later on in the text. Of the three species of
Lcpisostciis that were studied no more variation could be found
than in different individuals of the same species.

Longitudinal Lymphatic Trunks. — With Lepisosieiis as in
Amia and the bony fishes there are four such canals in the
thoracic as well as in the abdominal and caudal regions. They
are respectively dorsal, ventral, and lateral in position. A
transverse section as Fig. 16 shows that they are enveloped in a
mass of connective tissue, which is imbedded more or less within
the myotomes. To the unaided eye they appear like cavities
in this connective tissue. The outer walls of these vessels lie
directly below the skin and are frequently ruptured upon remov-
ing the horny exoskeleton. Except for their enormous caliber
and their different cephalic termination they do not differ ma-
terially from the similar canals of ScorpcBnichthys. The great
lateral lymphatic trunks (Figs. 8, 9, 11, 12 and 16, L.L.T.)
upon approaching the thoracic region gradually leave the median
lateral line to assume a more and more dorsal position. Accom-
panying the ramus lateralis vagi each trunk passes beneath its
corresponding pectoral arch to culminate in what has been des-
ignated as the occipital sinus (Figs. 8, 9, ii and 12, Oc.S.)
instead of emptying into the cephalic sinus as in Polyodon or
Amia. The dorsal lymphatic C(7««/ (Figs. 8, 11, 12 and 16,
D.L. T.) travels along the median dorsal surface of the trunk,
and likewise has a very different ending from what Hopkins

114 ALLEN

found for Am/a or from Scor^cenichthys . Instead of bifurcating
behind the skull and each fork terminating in the cephalic sinus
as one might expect, this canal when not far from the posterior
end of the skull passes ventrad along the left side of the con-
nective tissue separating the two great lateral muscles, and when
the vertebral column is reached it bears off obliquely laterad to
cross below the exoccipital portion of the skull and terminates in
the anterior part of the left branchial sinus (Figs. 8, ii and 12,
Br.S.) from the inner side. In every specimen of L. tristcechus
and in several of L. ossetis the veiiti'al lytnfhatic trunk (Figs. 8
and 13, V.L. T.) forked at the level of the base of the pectoral
fins, and each of these branches, which immediately become
sinus-like, continues parallel until the level of the bulbus arte-
riosus is reached, when they bear off at right angles to pass be-
tween the clavicle and pericardium and culminate in the corre-
sponding pericardial sinuses (Figs. 8 and 13, Per.S.). In that
part of their course which lies between the pectorals and the
heart they are separated only b}^ a sheath of tough connective
tissue, in which there are at least two connecting orifices. With
an equal number of L,. ossais, as shown in Figs. 14, 15 and 16,
the ventral trunk did not fork in the region of the pectorals, but
continued cephalad as a single trunk, and when the heart was
reached it joined the right pericardial sinus.

As represented in Figs. 14, 15 and 16 the ventral lymphatic
trunk is accompanied by ^. ventral vein ( [^. J".), which passes
to the left of the heart to discharge itself (Fig. 15) in the left
precava a little laterad of the orifice of the hepatic vein. Two
ventral arteries (Figs. 14 and 16, V.Ai) also accompanied the
lymphatic trunk for a short distance.

Numerous inter nutsciilar lymphatic vessels (Figs. 8 and 11,
Intm.L. V.) were given off from either side of the dorsal trunk,
or from above and below in case of the lateral trunk. These
vessels traversed superficially on the septa between the mj'^o-
tomes. They doubtless connected the lateral with the dorsal
and ventral trunks as in Scorp/i<B7iichthys and other fishes, but
this fact was not established for a certaint}' in Lcpisostciis.

Pericardial Sinuses. — Each of these sinuses in Lepisostcus
(Figs. 8-14, Per.S.) occupies a like position to a similar sinus

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS II 5

in Scorpce)u'cht/iYS and Aiiiia. In Lcpisostcus it follows along
the front and inner surface of the pectoral arch parallel with the
precava. Dorsad at about the level of the last branchial arch it
communicates with what is designated as the occipital sinus
(Figs. 8-12, Oc.S.), which continues ventrad, mesad of the
pericardial sinus, and shortly after receiving the pectoral sinus
(Figs. 8 and 9, I^.S.), it again joins the pericardial sinus from
the inside through a very large orifice (Figs. 8-10, Oc.S.O.).
As already stated, in the region of the heart one or both of the
pericardial sinuses receive the ventral lymphatic trunk or a fork
of it. After which the pericardial sinus proceeds along the lat-
eral surface of the ventricle, just outside the parietal layer of
the pericardium, and when the bulbus arteriosus is reached each
of the pericardial sinuses has a very large opening (Figs. 8, 9,
13, 14 and 15, Per.S.O.), which leads into a large canal that
passes mesad and empties into the posterior end of the so-
called dorsal pericardial sinus. This sinus (Figs. 13 and 15,
D.Per.S.), which is located directly above the bulbus arteri-
osus, has the form of an ellipse with its longest axis corre-
sponding with that of the fish. In a lo-pound L. osseus its di-
mensions were 15 by 8 mm. There is always a communication
above with the inferior jugular vein. In the specimen from
which Fig. 15 was drawn there were two such openings, both
of which were located in the posterior half of the sinus, and
were guarded by a pair of semi-lunar valves {D.Per.S. V.)
opening into the vein. In this specimen there was a third
aperture in the anterior dorsal wall of this sinus, but it led only
into a small blind pocket. This mechanism in Lepisosteus re-
calls a sort of hypothetical connection of the ventral pericardial
sinus with a branch of the inferior jugular in Scorpmnichthys
{op. cit., p. 75). At the points where the connecting branches
are given off from the pericardial sinuses to the dorsal peri-
cardial sinus two anterior pericardial canals are received (Figs.
13, 14 and 15, Per.S.{i)). These doubtless are nothing more
than the anterior continuations of the pericardial sinuses, which
extend for a short distance along the ventral surface of the
parietal layer of the pericardium.

Occipital Sinus (Figs. 8-12, Oc.S.). — As will be readily

Il6 ALLEN

noted, the sinus so designated occupies a somewhat similar po-
sition to the cephalic sinus of Am/a, Polyodon^ and Salmo. It
likewise receives the lateral lymphatic trunk and is connected
below with the pericardial sinus, but does not communicate di-
rectly with the jugular or the precava ; hence the term cephalic
sinus has been reserved for a sinus located further cephalad, that
corresponds in position to a similar sinus in Scorfanichthys^
and which terminates directly in the jugular vein. The occip-
ital sinus is therefore a spacious reservoir, situated directly above
the epibranchial of the last branchial arch, in front and a little
median of the pectoral arch, and immediately behind the last
branchial levator muscle. It also lies above and behind what
is represented as the branchial lymphatic sinus (Figs. 8, 9, 11
and 12, Br.S.)y from which it is separated by a very thin mem-
brane. A little dorsad and mesad of the fourth epibranchial
bone there is an orifice (Figs. 8, 9, 11 and 12, Br.S.O.) in the
ventral wall of the occipital sinus, which communicates below
with the branchial sinus. Laterad and a little below the level
of the epibranchial of the fourth arch it is in connection with, or
possibly might better be represented as receiving, the pericardial
sinus. At this point the occipital sinus passes ventrad along the
inner surface of the pericardial sinus for some distance, to again
communicate more ventrad with the pericardial sinus (Figs. 8
and 10, Oc.S.O.). No special effort has been made to work
out in detail the distribution of the lymphatics in the pectoral
fin, but nevertheless in all three species of Lcpisostcus a large
■pectoral sinus (Figs. 8 and 9, P.S.) was found at the base of
each pectoral fin. With L. osscus it collected numerous
branches that traveled along the dorsal surfaces of the rays
and gathered a network from the adjacent membranes. Only
one branch per ray, however, was found in Z,. ossciis; whereas
in ScorpcBnichthys each ray possessed two vessels, which col-
lected a network from the adjoining membrane connecting two
rays. Upon reaching the anterior proximal part of the fin the
pectoral sinus makes a bend at right angles, and after crossing
diagonally over the outer surfaces of the superficial and pro-
fundus pectoral adductor muscles it again makes a curve at
right angles to pass cephalad between the profundus pectoral

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS II 7

adductor muscle and the great lateral trunk muscle, to discharge
itself in the occipital sinus.

Branchial Lymphatic Simiscs (Fig. 8, ii and 12, Br.S.). —
Each of these reservoirs is a cavity of considerable size, which
occupies most of the space above the superior pharyngeal region
between the auditory capsule and the levator branchial muscles,
and is separated from the skull only by the jugular vein. Its
posterior depth is double the anterior. This difference in depth
is not due to a gradual tapering down of the sinus, but rather
to an abrupt rise in the level of the floor a little forward of the
center of the sinus ; so that this sinus might almost be said to
consist of an anterior and a posterior portion. The anterior
division lies directly mesad of the first and second branchial leva-
tor muscles (Figs. 11 and 12, L.Br.A.{i) and (2)). Cephalad
it tapers down into a sort of papilla, which curves around these
two branchial muscles to unite in front with a papilla from the
hyo-opercularis sinus in forming the so-called cephalic sinus
(Figs. 8, II and 12, Ceph.S.), which empties into the jugular.
Directly mesad of the first branchial levator muscle there is an
orifice in the floor of the anterior portion of the branchial sinus
(Figs. II and 12, D.Br.L.T.{i)0.) through which a trunk
formed from the union of the first dorsal branchial lymphatic trunk
(Figs. 8 and 9, D.Br.L. T.(i)) and a fork of the second dorsal
branchial lymphatic trunk is discharged. What might be desig-
nated as the posterior mesal corner of the left anterior branchial
sinus receives the dorsal lymphatic trunk (Figs. 8, 11 and 12,
D.L.T.). Leaving now the anterior part of the branchial
sinus we find that the posterior portion of this sinus extends
caudad and ventrad beneath the occipital sinus, and in the
neighborhood of the epibranchial of the last branchial arch it
communicates above with the occipital sinus' (Figs. 8, 9, 11 and
12, Br.S.O.). In L. osscus there is an opening in the anterior
ventro-lateral corner of the posterior part of the branchial sinus
(Fig. 12, D.Br.L.T.{2)0.) through which one fork of the sec-
ond dorsal branchial lymphatic trunk is discharged. This ori-
fice is situated almost opposite the space between the second
and third branchial levator muscles. There is still another
aperture about opposite the fourth branchial levator muscle

3 l8 ALLEN

(Fig. 12, D.Br.L. T.{2)0.) into which the third dorsal branchial
lymphatic trunk opens.

In position the branchial lymphatic sinus corresponds some-
what to the so-called hyo-opercularis sinus and the anterior part
of the cephalic trunk of Polyodon. Its inclination to become
separated into two divisions recalls the two branchial sinuses of
Scorpamchthys {op. cit.^ Pis. II and III; Figs. 4 and 5,
Br.JL.S.), which were situated above the epibranchials of the
first and second, and the third and fourth arches, respectively,
but were some distance laterad of their position in Lepisosteus,
being located outside the branchial levator muscles, and the
space between the branchial levator muscles and the skull in
Scorpceiiichthys was occupied by the anterior continuation of
the abdominal sinus and the cranial lymphatic trunk together
with the jugular vein. In Ophiodon and Scorpceiitckthys no
branchial lymphatic trunks were observed, but in the former
nutrient veins were found empt3nng directly into the jugular.

What is designated as the hyo-opercularis sinus in Lepisostctis
(Fig. II, Hyo.O.S.) is completel}'' drawn on the right side only.
It is a reservoir of considerable size situated on the inner side
of the operculum, above the gills. So closely does it adhere to
the operculum that it is impossible to remove this bone without
rupturing its walls. This sinus is very much depressed and
conforms to the general curvature of the body. As in Scorpcu-
nichthys it may be said to end dorso-cephalad in a papilla, which
in L. tristoechus expands into a distinct sinus immediately laterad
and cephalad of the first branchial levator muscle, to which the
name cephalic sinus has been given.

This sinus (Figs. 8, 11 and 12, Ceph. S.^ is joined from the
inside by the branchial sinus, and directly in front of this
point of union the cephalic sinus bends at right angles to pass
mesad and discharge itself in the jugular at a point about oppo-
site the cerebellum. With L. tristoechus the cephalic sinus has
much more the appearance of a reservoir than in L. osscus
(compare Fig. 11 with 12). In the latter it is nothing more
than a canal ; while even in L. tristtvchus it falls far short of
its size in Scorpcsnichthys, and is somewhat smaller than the
corresponding sinus of Polyodon.

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSEI.S IN GANOIDS II9

The positions of the cephalic sinuses and their points of ter-
mination in the jugulars are about the same as in Scorpceiiicht/iys,
but their connections and positions in yi?/i/a, Polyodon and
Salmo are very different. Hence these somewhat dissimilar
sinuses may be only analogous. I take the term cephalic sinus
to be nothing more than an arbitrary name given to a dorso-
cephalic sinus that is in connection with all the subcutaneous
vessels and which terminates directly in the jugular vein, or
possibly the precava in some species.

Branchial Lymphatic Trunks {Nutrient Veins P).^ — These
vessels in Lepisosteus have not been worked out with anything
like the detail that they were in Polyodon. Each arch pos-
sessed a dorsal and a ventral trunk that traversed between the
two rows of filaments, parallel with, but distad of, the afferent
branchial artery, and which so far as could be ascertained had
no connection with one another. No effort was made to trace
out the origin of these vessels from the filaments, and nothing
more was attempted than to follow these canals to their ultimate
termination. In Lepisosteus the branchial arches are round and
only miniature when compared with Polyodon. They are sur-
rounded by a spare amount of spongy connective tissue, con-
taining only a few corpuscles in its meshes and a small number
of blood vessels.

The first dorsal branchial trunk (Figs. 8 and 9, D.Br.-
Z'.(i)) takes its origin a little above the center of the arch
from between the two rows of filaments. Upon leaving the
most dorsal pair of filaments it travels along the anterior
margin of the first branchial levator muscle, receives a fork
(Fig. 8) from the second branchial trunk ; then curving to the
mesal side of the muscle, penetrates the floor of the anterior
part of the branchial sinus, through an opening (Figs. 11 and
12, Br.L.T.[i)0.) about opposite the first branchial levator
muscle. The second dorsal branchial trunk (Figs. 8 and 9,
Br.L.T.{2)) arises in like manner from the dorsal filaments of
the second arch, and after leaving the arch it forks between the

'As in the case of the branchial trunks of Polyodon the method of forcing
water through these trunks and noting the points of its exit was resorted to with
advantage in Lefisosteus.

I20 ALLEN

second and third branchial levator muscles ; the anterior branch
continuing on across the outer surface of the second branchial
levator muscle, unites with the first branch mesad of the first
levator muscles ; while the posterior branch passes mesad
between the second and third branchial levator muscles to ter-
minate in the anterior ventral corner of the posterior part of the
branchial sinus through an orifice designated in Figs, ii and 12
as D.Br.L.T.{2)0. The third branchial trunk after leaving
its arch curves around the fourth levator muscle to culminate in
the floor of the posterior division of the branchial sinus about
opposite the fourth branchial levator muscle (Figs. 11 and 12,
D.Br.L. 7^.(3)6^.); whereas the trunk from the fourth arch dis-
charges itself in an entirely different sinus. Its opening (Figs.
8, 9, II and 12, Br.L.T.{^)0.) is through the inner wall of
that part of the occipital sinus which lies mesad of the peri-
cardial smus.

All of the so-called ventral branchial triinhs doubtless termi-
nate in one way or another in the inferior jugular vein. This is
certainly true for the first three pairs, but the final ending of
the last pair I have never been able satisfactorily to trace out.
Each of these ventral branchial trunks has its source from the
ventral filaments, and traverses between the two hemibranchs,
in company with, but distad of, the afferent branchial artery.
The first pair of these vessels discharged themselves through
two orifices (Figs. 14 and 15, V.Br.L..T.{i)0.) situated in the
dorsal walls of the right and left forks of the inferior jugular,
directly in front of their corresponding afferent branchial arteries.
In the specimen from which Figs. 14 and 15 were drawn, the
second right branchial trunk joined the right fork of the inferior
jugular exactly in front of the second right afferent branchial
artery through an orifice designated as V.Br.L.T.{2)0. The
precise point of union of the third right trunk was not located,
but upon injecting this vessel ventrad with water it was dis-
charged through the opening of the right fork of the inferior
jugular into the inferior jugular (Fig. 15, R.I.J. J\0.), indi-
cating of course that it came from the inferior jugular. In
the dorsal wall of the left fork of the inferior jugular, imme-
diately behind the second left afferent branchial artery, there is

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 121

an orilice (Fig. 15, Ji.), which leads cephahid into a pocket
through which water is ejected upon injecting either the second
or the third left branchial trunks. Neither from dissection nor
from the w^ater injection method could the termination of the
fourth pair of branchial trunks be located. Undoubtedly, how-
ever, they are discharged into the inferior jugular vein.

As shown in Fig. 15 the infer ioi- jugular vein in Lcpisosteiis
arises in the branchial region from two branches, which unite
immediately behind and above the combined trunk formed by the
union of the last pair of afferent branchial arteries ; the right
fork, however, extends caudad for a short distance as a blind
sac. Thus formed, the main stem of the inferior jugular {I.J.
v.), passes caudad above and parallel with the ventral aorta.
Dorsad of the bulbus, as already noted, it receives one or more
communications from below from the so-called dorsal pericardial
sinus ; after which it bears off obliquely to the left to discharge
itself in the left sinus venosus. It seems in Lcpisosteiis that this
sinus is divided, and the opening into the auricle below^ is from
the left side (Fig. 15, S. Ven.O). Both sinuses receive a pre-
cava or ductus of Cuvier, but the hepatic and ventral veins, so
far as could be ascertained, terminated in the left precava.

IV. DEDUCTIONS AND SUMMARY.

From the preceding discussion it would seem that the subcu-
taneous vessels of the Ganoids occupy a position fairly well
between the generalized Selachians and the more specialized
Teleosts or Batrachians. There is a vast difference between
the character and distribution of these vessels in the Chondro-
ganoidea (the cartilaginous ganoids) and in the Ilolostci (the
bony ganoids). Polyodon as a representative of the former
group has non-sinus subcutaneous vessels, which in structure
are not very dissimilar to the corresponding veins, and in this
respect resemble the subcutaneous vessels of the Selachians,
which have been described by many authors as veins. While in
Lepisostetis., which is one of the bony Ganoids, many of the sub-
cutaneous vessels are thin-walled and decidedly sinus-like ; in
this respect resembling the conditions as found in the Teleosts
and Batrachians.

122 ALLEN

With the Ganoids, especially in the branchial region, it is a
very difficult proposition to determine whether these subcutan-
eous vessels are lymphatics or veins or a common system that
may function for both. For the present, until after the embr}'-
ology has been studied, and this system has been worked out in
the Cyclostomes, it has seemed best to leave it as an open ques-
tion. These vessels have, however, in this paper been described
as lymphatics for the following reasons : In every part of the
head, excepting the branchial region, each of the main subcu-
taneous canals is accompanied by a corresponding artery and
vein, and frequently the arterial and venous branches are sur-
rounded on either side by branches of these subcutaneous ves-
sels. They receive a superficial network, which is distinctly
lymphatic in the character of its meshes, and which is often
continuous with another subcutaneous canal of the same class,
and never to my knowledge with a corresponding arterial trunk.
Excepting the branchial trunks, as far as could be ascertained,
all of the subcutaneous canals contain a predominance of
white corpuscles ; although in some of the trunks they may be
very scarce. If the longitudinal subcutaneous canals of the
trunk were considered as veins it would be necessary to treat
them as a separate venous system, that had no counterpart in
the arterial system. As in the Teleosts the principal arterial
trunks of this region are the aorta and the caudal artery which
are accompanied by the cardinal and caudal veins. From these
vessels are given off or received the neural, haemal, and the
lateral branches, which extend to the skin and fins to supply or
collect the blood from the region drained b}' the superficial
longitudinal trunks.

So far as could be determined in the branchial region of the
Ganoids there is a nutrient branchial arterial system, but no nu-
trient venous system was observed unless the so-called branchial
lymphatic system functions for both veins and lymphatics. In
Lcpisostctis each arch had a dorsal and ventral branchial trunk,
the latter terminating below in the inferior jugular and the
former in a branchial sinus, which was in connection witli the
cephalic and pericardial sinuses. With Polyodon but one
branchial lymphatic trunk travels between the branchial lila-

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS 1 23

ments of an arch. Throughout its course it collects a rather
coarse network of capillaries from the filaments, which is in
direct communication Avith what is designated as the branchial
arch lymphatic trunk, and further this network on the arch is
in connection with a very fine and more superficial network,
which so far as could be learned had no connections with the
corresponding arteries. These branchial arch trunks terminate
dorsad either in the common branchial trunk or in the ventral
fork of the cephalic canal, while the main branchial trunks in
Polyodon discharge themselves ventrad in the inferior jugular
and dorsad in the cephalic canal and the hyo-opercularis sinus.

A comparative study of the cephalic sinuses in this group ap-
parently does not throw much light on the phylogeny of the
lymphatic system. Polyodon^ the most primitive member of this
series, has a cephalic sinus, which in position and connections
resembles a similar reservoir in Amia and Sahno, while the
cephalic sinus of Lcfisosteits is more closely allied to a like
sinus in Scorpcenichthys and other Teleosts. This reservoir in
Polyodon is situated just mesad of the supraclavicle. It re-
ceives the great cephalic canal from in front which drains the
entire head region, the lateral lymphatic trunk from the rear,
and emits itself ventrad into the jugular vein. With Lept'sos-
teusy especially L. osseus, this reservoir is hardly deserving the
term sinus. It is far cephalad of its position in Polyodon^ and
as in ScorpcBuichthys, lies about opposite the auditory capsule.
From the rear it receives the hyo-opercularis and branchial
sinuses. The latter is in connection with a series of sinuses that
surround the branchial cavity and gather the subcutaneous ves-
sels from the remainder of the body, and about opposite the
cerebellum the cephalic sinus discharges itself mesad into the
jugular vein.

"With LefisosteiLS the first in the chain of sinuses encircling
the branchial cavity to connect anteriorly with the cephalic sinus
is the branchial sinus. It lies between the branchial levator
muscles and the skull, and collects the first three branchial
trunks, the left branchial sinus receiving the dorsal lymphatic
trunk. Posteriorly each branchial sinus is in connection with a
spacious occipital sinus, which collects the lateral trunk from

124 ALLEN

the rear. Ventrad the occipital sinus communicates with the
pericardial sinus ; then passing mesadof the latter it again joins
the pericardial sinus from below, after gathering in the pectoral
sinus. The course of the pericardial sinus is along the inner
and anterior margin of the clavicle, and shortly after receiving
the ventral communication of the occipital sinus it is usually
joined by a fork of the ventral lymphatic trunk. Occasionally,
however, the ventral trunk does not divide, and in that case it
empties directly into one or the other pericardial sinuses. Each
pericardial sinus then continues cephalad along the side of the
ventricle, immediately outside of the parietal layer of the peri-
cardium, and when the bulbus is reached, sends inward a large
communicating branch that terminates in the so-called dorsal
pericardial sinus. This sinus, which is situated directly above
the bulbus arteriosus, has one or two communications above
with the inferior jugular, each orifice being guarded by a pair
of semilunar valves opening into the vein.

The subcutaneous vessels surrounding the branchial cavity in
Polyodon take on the form of canals rather than sinuses. Situ-
ated obliquely at the base of the skull is the hyo-opercularis
sinus, which is formed from the union of the hyo-opercularis
and facial trunks. The latter in the main follows the external
jugular and its facialis branch, which in the region of the ad-
ductor mandibulae muscles communicates through a lymphatic
network with the so-called anterior facial lymphatic trunk.
This vessel travels along the surface of these muscles and ex-
tends into the snout region. The hyo-opercularis sinus also
receives the first branchial trunk, and opens mesad into a very
large cephalic canal that runs along the branchial chamber
directly above the jugular. The cephalic canal receives a great
trunk from below, formed by the union of the second, third and
fourth branchial vessels. When the supraclavicle is reached
the cephalic canal tapers down into a sort of papilla preparatory
to emptying into the cephalic sinus, and at this point it receives
from below what is designated as the pericardial trunk. This
vessel corresponds only in position to the pericardial sinuses of
jLepisostcus and other fishes, and in no way is it suggestive of
a sinus. In fact no pericardial sinuses were found in the region
of the heart.

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS I25

Strange to say, in Polyodoii a great mass of lymphoid tissue
surrounds the heart, which is supplied by the coronary blood
vessels, and from which a lymphatic network arises that evidently
reaches the veins through the medium of the oesophagus plexus.

Only in the caudal region of Polyodon were dorsal and ven-
tral trunks found. They were present and extremely large in
the thoracic region of Lcpisosteus ; while in Polyodon all of the
subcutaneous vessels of the trunk were very minute.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES

PLATE I.

Figs. I to 17 were'drawn to a scale from injected specimens ; iS to 21 are from
microscopic preparations of injected material ; and 22 to 27 are from sections.
In general the arteries are stippled, the veins are cross-barred, and the so-called
lymphatic trunks are drawn in outline. A vessel drawn in dotted outline signi-
fies that it passes within or behind a bone, muscle or organ. All outlines for
the microscopic drawings were made with a camera lucida and the details were
filled in afterward.

Fig. I. Represents a general lateral dissection of a 70-pound Polyodon
spailuila head as seen from the left side and above. Most of the paddle or spoon,
all of the opercle and branchial arches, a part of the shoulder girdle, and the left
wall of the brain case were removed so as to best portray the vessels. X j-

126

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX.

Plate I.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci,, July, 1907.

PLATE II.

Pig. 2. Sketch of the principal trunks of a 25-pound Polyodon as seen from
the left side. X f •

Fig. 3. Same view and specimen as above, but seen from the opposite or right

side.

1 28

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX.

Plate II.

CUT 0

BrL.T.(3}.W

Br.L.Tcs)

Hyo.O.V.:
Hyo.O.L.T

Br.L.T.O)"

Fig 2-

Br.L.T.O) Br.L.T.(*)

Br.L.T.O)' Br.A.LT.CM)

L BrV. Br. ALT. (3)

F.G. .'^

Cebh.LT.

Br.A.LTw

Bt.L.I.m

Br.LT.a)

', Hijo.O.L.S.

Br. A L.T.u,

Br.L.T.(a)'

Br. L 1(0"
Br.L.T(3)i-w

H

E. J.V.

F.L.T.O.
Hvjo.O. L.T.

0.0, V.

Br.L.T.

!r. L.T.oj'

PLATE III.

Fig. 4. Shows the course of the hjo-opercularis lymphatic trunk and its rela-
tions with the corresponding superficial branches of the hyo-opercularis artery
and vein, as seen from the right side of a 15-pound Polyodoji. X f •

Fig. 5. Ventral view of the termination of the branchial lymphatic trunks
(Nutrient branchial veins?) in the inferior jugular. 25-pound Polyodo?i.
Natural size.

130

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX.

Plate III.

Br. A U)

Hyo,07\.<.) ^H^ OA.-T.

Huom

Fi G. 5.

SjEr.Z-..

Gh. M,

BrLTroKO.--

Br.L.Ta)l/.a

A Br.A.u)

O.^.M.^a:

S.T-

Br. LT.(3) -Mf

Br.L.T^,) ..^/i^,,

A. Bn A^y
. I.J.I/.

Ma

a.

Hlio.A

E. Br.A.o)
Br.L.T.fo

Cor.A.

VAo.

Br. L.Ta)

Br.L."r(3)

Br, L.T. ,^)

PLATE IV.

Fig. 6. Deeper dissection of the same specimen as above.
Fig. 7. Similar view and dissection as 6 of a lo-pound Polyodon. Natural
size.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci.. Vol. IX.

Plate IV.

Fl G. 6.

A.BM

I.J.I/. --

/\.Br.y\,ii

M.O.

I.L.V.

Br. L.T.<„V.O.
Br, L.T.,.)l/.0.

--Br.LT.x)

---Br.L.T.o)

Bh.L.T.(^)

N.

FiG. 7

Br.L.T

Br.LTw

Br L.T.wV.^

Br.L.T.ajV.O.
Br L.T. a) ^

S.T

Bp. L.T. m

PLATE V.

Fig. 8. Is from a general lateral dissection of a small Lefisosteus trisfa'c/itis
as seen from the left side. Most of the opercular and shoulder girdle regions
removed. X I-

Fig. 9. Diagram of the left pericardial sinus and connections from a 10-
pound Lepisosteus osseus. X §•

Fig. id. Same specimen as above, showing opposite or right pericardial
sinus. X f •

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX.

Plate v.

Per.S.O, Oc.S.O.

Fig. 10.

PLATE VI.

Fig. II. Dorsal view of the same Lepisosieus tristocchus as Fig. S. The dis-
section on the left side is carried considerably deeper than the right. Shows
especially the termination of the cephalic lymphatic trunks in the cephalic sinus,
and the communication of the latter with the jugular vein. X I-

Fig. 12. Similar view to Fig. ii of a lopound Lepisosteus osseus. Right side
not figured. X !•

136

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX.

Plate VI.

FacM.V. -

Add. M.;:

J. V. ...

CE)3h.S... "■■■■-...

D. Br.LT(„'0".- ...
Br. S. ,.'"-.

L. Br.A.ii)To(j). '"
Br. A.(i).. '"■"■"■•

Oc.s. .. '"■■

Oc S.O. .. '■■"••

D.Br.LT,»)O.....V----:^

Bn. A.>*) .■.■:: -^^^

PEr.S.

Ci. .-IJWM\

PrEc.--- " ME'finv^iV

L.LI mm.

Intm.LV." ••■■

Rg.ll.

D,Br.L.T(i,6.-
D.BrL.T.^,0.

D.Br.LTwQ A'^

Ptr.S.

Car.V.

LLI

PLATE VII.

Fig. 13. Ventral view of the same Lepisosteus trista:chus as Figs. 8 and 11.
Shows the termination of tlie ventral lymphatic trunk in the pericardial sinuses
and the union of the latter in a dorsal pericardial sinus, which lies directly above
the bulbus arteriosus and communicates with the inferior jugular above. X !•

Proc. Wash. Acad. Scl, Vol. IX.

Plate VII.

Add. M

Pep. 5.

(/)

D.Pep.S.

PEr.S.O.
B.Aht.

L.V.L.T.

c

c

Pep. 5.

L.l/. L.T.

V. L.T.

PLATE VIII.

Fig. 14. Represents a dissection of a lo-pound Lepisosteus osseus in the
region of the heart as seen from the ventral side. Ventral walls of the lym-
phatic sinuses and the right inferior jugular removed to show the union of the
ventral lymphatic trunk with the right pericardial sinns, the orifice of the latter
which communicates with the dorsal pericardial sinus, and the termination of
the two anterior branchial lymphatic trunks (nutrient branchial veins.'*) in the
right fork of the inferior jugular. X !•

Fig. 15. Is a deeper dissection of the same specimen as 14. Heart, ventral
aorta, most of the efferent branchial vessels, and the ventral walls of the lym-
phatic sinuses and inferior jugular removed to show the points of termination of
the branchial lymphatic trunks (nutrient branchial veins.'*) in the inferior jugu-
lar, the pericardial sinuses in the dorsal pericardial sinus, its connections with
the inferior jugular above, and finally the discharging of the inferior jugular in
the sinus venosus. X f-

140

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX

V. Br.LT,) 0..

RIJ.V.
V. Br. L.T. a) 0

Plate VIM

SUv. V.
A.Br.A.(0
E.Br. A. (I)
L.I.J. V.

Cor. A.
A. (a.)

Ver.

FiO. If

V Br.LTioO.

R.l.X^/.
V. Bn L.Tc^O.

R I.J.V.O...

D.Pep.S
D. pErS.V.
D.pEr.S.V.
PEhS.O. W^^:

PEr.S.

S.l/En.O
5. Veh
PEr.S

^t£r. V

A. Br. A. (I)
V. Ao.

A.Br.A.a)

• -A. &p.A.(3)*m.

I.J.V.

h.G. 16

PLATE IX.

Fig. i6. Transverse section through a rather small Lepisosfeus osseus taken
33 mm. behind the opercle as seen from the rear. Shows the main longitudinal
lymphatic trunks in section. Natural size.

Fig. i6«. Transverse through the ventral h'mphatic trunk region 20 mm.
caudad of Fig. 16 as seen from the rear. Natural size.

Fig. 16b. Transverse section through the ventral lymphatic trunk region 20
mm. cephalad of 16 as seen from the rear. Note the trunk is curving off to the
right preparatory to emptying into the right pericardial sinus. Natural size.

Fig. 17. Represents the inner or posterior surface of the first branchial arch
of a 70-pound Polyodon. Except at the two extremities the gill rakers are cut at
their bases so as to best display the branching of the lymphatics (veins.') over
the surface of the arch. At one place a few of the inner branchial filaments are
removed to show the position of the branchial lymphatic trunk (nutrient
branchial vein.?) in relation to the afferent and efferent branchial trunks. Pre-
ceding this gap the filament lymphatic network (nutrient venous network?) is
indicated on the outer surface of several of the filaments. X \-

142

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX.

Car.V. CEn

Muo

Plate IX.

D. LT.

D.Ao.

L.L.T.

H Ep. V.

Fig. 16

V.A vv.

V LT,

Fi G . 16 a.

v.v

V A

V V

VLT.

=--^

M

■V.A.
•V'L.T.

Rg. I 6 Jo.

PErC.

FilLT.
A r.LA. A,Br/\<„
EF.LA. ; BrLT,,, BrA L N

NB>-.A^„ ' "■'■'"" : '''^l-r G ft.LN.

G R N. :

E BrA,

Fig 17

PLATE X.

Fig. iS. Microscopic preparation of an injected branchial filament of a 70-
pound Polyodon as seen from above. The respiratory filament vessels are
stippled and the lymphatic network (nutrient filament veins?), which are shown
only in part, are drawn in outline. X 5°- Reduced i.

Fig. i8a. A portion of the filament respiratory network. X450- Reduced i.

Fig. 19. Dorsal view of the lymphatic (nutrient venous.') network of a 70-
pound Polvodon. This network is superficial to the septa that contains the res-
piratory network, and for the most part the transverse vessels run parallel to the
spaces separating the respiratory septa. Its meshes are more irregular and very
much coarser (compare with Fig. 18). A longitudinal filament lymphatic
trunk (nutrient filament vein.') receives the network from the two opposite fila-
ments. X 5°- Reduced f ,

144

Tr F L V

PLATE XL

Fig. 20. A portion of the outer surface of a branchial arch of a 70-pound
Polyodon at the base of two filaments. The main efferent branchial artery,
which lies directly below the efferent filament arteries is not figured. The
efferent filament and the nutrient arteries are stippled ; while the branchial and
filament lymphatics (nutrient veins .^) are drawn in outline. X 5°- Reduced \.

Fig. 21. Like Fig. 19, a dorsal view of the same filament taken nearer the
basal end of the filament. Introduced to show the character of the so-called
lymphatic network on the outer edge of the filament. X 5°- Reduced \.

146

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci . Vol. IX.

PlATE XI.

F.G. 20.

N.FlIA.

E.FclA. ^VL-^- RI.L.

FiG. 21.

PLATE XII.

Fig. 22. Portion of a longitudinal section through the so-called cephalic lym-
phatic trunk of a 15-inch Polyodon. Note the papilla and the relative propor-
tion of white corpuscles to red. X 450- Reduced f.

Fig. 23. Transverse section through the jugular vein of a 15-inch Polyodon.
Note papilla here also and that the red corpuscles predominate. Outline sur-
rounding some of the corpuscles denotes plasma boundary. X 45o- Reduced \.

14S

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX.

^CT W.C

Plate XII.

H. M.

Fig. 22.

F.C.T.

Fig. 23.

S M. F.
P
• M.

PLATE XIII.

Fig. 24. Transverse section through the so-called hyo-opercularis lymphatic
trunk of a 15-inch Polyodon. The section is taken through a papilla near its
surface. In this trunk the white corpuscles, although very scarce, greatly pre-
dominate over the red. X 450- Reduced S.

Fig. 25. Similar section to 24 through the hyo-opercularis artery. X 450-
^Reduced f .

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX.

Plate XIII.

Fig. 24.

Was

<5S>

PLATE XIV.

Fig. 26. Similar section to 24 through the hvo-opercularis vein. Structure
is very similar to the lymphatic trunk, but the red corpuscles greatly predom-
inate. X 450- Reduced |.

Fig. 27. A diagrammatic transverse section through three pairs of branchial
filaments of Polyodon.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. IX.

Plate XIV.

Fig. 26.

Fig. 27.

0 o

n E.Fi!./l.

Fil.

A. Fil. A.

XI Ini iQ

-Fil.L.T.
Fil.

PLATE XV.

Fig. 28. Is a transverse section through the branchial lymphatic trunk (nutri-
ent branchial vein ?) of a 15-inch Polyodon. Note the predominance of red cor-
puscles. In another portion of the section the wall is much thinner. X 45°.
Reduced ^V-

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci.. Vol. IX.

Fig. 28.

Plate XV

F. C.T.

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS I55

Vl. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE FIGURES.

A or I' prefixed to an abbreviation signifies anterior or posterior; R or L,
right or left ; a series is numbered from cephalad to caudad.

a. In Fig. i point where injections were made with PoJyodori.

A.Bl. Air-bladder.

A.Br.A.{i)-{^). Afferent branchial arteries i to 4.

Add.M. Adductor mandibulae muscles.

A.Fil.A. Afferent filament arteries.

A.P.Tr.A. Afferent filament transverse arteries.

A.T. Adipose tissue in brain cavity.

Alt. Auricle.

B.Art. Bulbus arteriosus.

Br.A.(^i)-{j[). Branchial arches i to 4.

Br.A.A. Branchial arch artery.

Br.A.A.{i). Branchial arch artery for outer surface of arch.

Br. A. L.N. Branchial arch lymphatic (venous?) network.

Br.A.L. T. Branchial arch lymphatic trunk, (nutrient branchial vein?) .

Br.F. Branchial filaments.

^/-.Z-. 7'.(i)-(4). Branchial lymphatic trunks (nutrient branchial veins?)

1-4.

Br.L.T.{'^) and (4). Combined trunk formed by the union of the third and
fourth branchial lymphatic vessels.

Br.L.T.{i'). Ventral fork of the first branchial lymphatic trunk.

Br.L.T.{\"). Dorsal fork of the first branchial lymphatic trunk.

Br.L.T.{2'). Ventral fork of the second branchial lymphatic trunk.

B>-.L.T.{i)0. Opening of branchial lymphatic trunk (i) into the hyo-

opercularis sinus, Polyodoti.

Br.L.T.{i)V.O. Opening of the first ventral branchial trunk in the in-

ferior jugular.

Br.S. Branchial sinus, Lefisosteus.

Br.S.O. Branchial sinus opening into the pericardial sinus.

c. Communications between the 2 forks of the ventral trunk.
Car.V. Cardinal vein.

Cen. Centrum.

Ceph.L.T. Cephalic lymphatic \.x\xn)Ly Polyodon.

Ceph. S. Cephalic sinus.

Cer. Cerebrum.

CI. Clavicle.

C.L.T.O. Cephalic trunk opening into hyo-opercularis sinus in

Polyodoti.

Cor. A. Coronary artery.

Cr. Cranial wall.

Crb. Cerebellum.

C.T. Connective tissue.

d. In Fig. 20 capillary from nutrient branchial artery.
D.Ao. Dorsal aorta.

156 ALLE>;

D.Br.L.T.{i)-{^). Dorsal branchial lymphatic trunks (nutrient branchial
veins ?) I to 4, Lepiso^teus.

D.Br.L.T.{i)-[^)0. Dorsal branchial trunk openings into the branchial and
occipital sinuses, Lepisosteiis.

D.L. T. Dorsal Ij'mphatic trunk.

D.Per.S. Dorsal pericardial sinus, Lepisosteus.

D.Per.S.V. Semilunar valves of the dorsal pericardial sinus of Lepi-
sosteus opening into the inferior jugular.

E.Br.A\\')-^\). Efferent branchial arteries i to 4.

E.Fil.A. Efferent filament arteries.

E.F. Tr.A. Efferent filament transverse arteries.

Enc.A. Encephalic artery.

E?ic. V. Encephalic vein.

End. Endothelium.

Ex. Tunica externa (adventitia).

Exos. Exoskeleton.

F.A. Facialis artery.

Fac.M. V. Facialis-mandibularis vein.

F.C.T. Fibrous connective tissue.

Fil. Filament.

Fil.L.N. Filament lymphatic (nutrient venous.^) network.

Fil.L.T. Filament lymphatic trunk (nutrient filament vein.').

F.L.T. Facial lymphatic trunk.

F.L.T.{i). Anterior facial lymphatic trunk.

F.L.T. O. Facial lymphatic trunk opening into the hyo-opercularis
sinus.

F. V. Facialis vein.

Gh.M. Glossohaly muscle.

G.R. Gill rakers.

G. R.L.N. Gill raker lymphatic (venous.') network.

G.R.N. Gill raker arterial network.

Hep.V. Hepatic vein.

Hyo.A. Hyoidean artery.

Hyom. Hyomandibular.

Hyo.O.A. Hyo-opercularis artery.

Hyo.O.A.i^x"). Superficial branch of the hyo-opercularis artery.

Hyo.O.L.T. Hyo-opercularis lymphatic trunk.

Hyo.O.L.T.{i). Dorsal branch of the hyo-opercularis lympliatic trunk.

Hyo.O.S. Hyo-opercularis sinus, Lepisosteus.

Hyo.O. V. Hyo-opercularis vein.

Hyo.O.V.{l). Superficial branch of the hyo-opercularis vein.

I.J. V. Inferior jugular vein.

Int. Tunica intima.

Intin.L. V. Intermuscular or transverse l}Tiiphatic vessels.

I. Per. Visceral or inner layer of the pericardium.

J. V. Jugular vein.

Kid. Kidney.

L. Liver.

I.,.Bt'.{i)-[^). I3ranchial levator muscles I to 4.

L.Br. V. Branchial levator muscle veins.

DISTRIBUTION OF SUBCUTANEOUS VESSELS IN GANOIDS I57

L.I.J. V. Left fork of the inferior juyiilar vein.

L..L.T. Lateral lymphatic trunk.

Z..iV.(i). Lymphatic network on surface of the thymus gland and
adjacent region, Polyodon.

L.JV.{2). Lymphatic network overlying the facialis blood vessels,
Poh'odo>i.

Z,.iV.(3). Lymphatic network in hyo-opercularis region of Polyodon.

L. V.L. T. Left fork of the ventral lymphatic trunk.

^I. Dorsal sinus emptying into the inferior jugular, Polyodon.

Man. Mandible.

J\fcd. Tunica media.

M.O. Orifice of the dorsal sinus opening into the inferior jugu-
lar, Polyodon.

My. Myelon.

Myo. Myotomes.

N. Posterior sacs of Polyodon that terminate in the inferior
jugular.

N.Br. A. Nutrient branchial arteries.

N.Fil.A. Nutrient filament arteries.

N.M. Nucleus smooth muscle.

N.S. Nasal sac.

0. In Fig. 15 orifice of pericardial sinus leading into the
dorsal pericardial sinus.

Oc.S. Occipital sinus, Lepisosteus.

Oc.S.O. Occipital sinus opening into the pericardial sinus.

CEs.. OEsophagus.

O.L. Optic lobes.

O.Per.S. Parietal or outer layer of the pericardium.

Op.M. M. Opercularis.

O.V.M.{^\)-{\). Obliqui ventrales muscles 1 to 4.

P. Papilla.

Pec. A. Pectoral arch.

Per. C. Pericardial cavity.

Per.L.T. Pericardial lymphatic trunk, Polyodon.

Per.S. Pericardial sinus, Lepisosteus.

Per.S.{ i). Anterior continuation of the pericardial sinus.

Per.S. O. Communications of the pericardial sinuses with the
dorsal pericardial sinus.

P.P. Pectoral fin.

P. P. Add. Pectoral profundus adductor muscle*

Prec. Precava.

Prem. Premaxilla.

P. S. Pectoral sinus.

P.S.O. Pectoral sinus emptying into the occipital sinus.

Pt. Post-temporal.

P.C. Red corpuscle.

Pes.N. Respiratory network.

R.Hyom. Retractor hyo-mandibularis muscle.

P.I.J. V. Right fork of the inferior jugular vein.

R.I.J.V.O. Right fork of the inferior jugular opening into the in-
ferior jugular.

150 ALLEN

R.ImI.X. Ramus lateralis vagi.

5'. A sinus in Polyodoii, which lies above the ventral aorta

and opens into the inferior jugular above.
S.Cl. Supra-clavicle.

S.AI.F. Smooth muscle fiber.

S.P.Abd. Superficial pectoral abductor muscle.

Spt'r. Spiracle.

S.T. Communicating trunk from sinus 5" to inferior jugular.

Ster.T. Sterno-hvoideus tendon.

Stcr. V. Sterno-hjoideus vein.

Sub. A. Subclavian artery.

S. Veii. Sinus venosus.

5. Ven.O. Orifice of sinus venosus leading into the auricle.

Tr.F.L,.V. Transverse filament lymphatic vessels (nutrient veins?).

V. Point where cephalic sinus joins jugular vein.

V.A. Ventral artery.

V.Ao. Ventral aorta.

V.Br.L.T.[i)-[j^). Ventral branchial lymphatic trunks (nutrient veins?) I to

4, LepisostcHS.

V.Br.L. T.{i )-(4)(9. Ventral branchial trunks opening into the inferior jugular.

Vefi. Ventricle.

V.L.T. Ventral hmphatic trunk.

V.L.T.O. Ventral lymphatic trunk opening into the pericardial

sinus.

V.V. Ventral vein.

V. Vas. Vasa vasorum.

W. C. White corpuscle or leucocyte.

X. Combined trunk formed by the union of the third and

fourth dorsal branchial trunks with the dorsal fork'of

the second branchial trunk.

z. Point of union of the third branchia trunk with the

fourth.

/. Olfactory nerve.

//. Optic nerve.

F.(2). Truncus buccalis maxillo-mandibularis.

V and VII. Trigemino-facial complex.

VIII. Auditory nerve.

IX. Glossopharyngeal nerve.

X. Vagus nerve.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vol. IX, pp. 159-17S. July 31, 1907.

ORIGIN AND EVOLUTION OF ANGIOSPERMS
THROUGH APOSPORY.

By O. F. Cook.

The phylogeny of the coniferous plants or gymnosperms has
been traced through the ferns and the Cycadofilices, an extinct
intermediate group. Evidence of this alliance of the gymno-
sperms has increased rapidly in recent years, but has not been
accompanied by any equally convincing indications that the
angiosperms or true seed-bearing plants shared the same pteri-
dophytic ancestry. Morphologists may be willing, therefore,
to consider an alternative possibility, that the origin of the
angiosperms should be sought more directly in some such prim-
itive condition as the thallose liverworts, without the need of
following back through the stages of development represented
by the ferns and other " vascular cryptogams."

This briefer course of evolution would be opened if we were to
consider the female reproductive apparatus of the angiosperms
as analogous to the fern-prothallia which are sometimes pro-
duced directly from the parent plant, without the intervention
of spores, that is, by aposporous growth from cells of the
parent fronds. In this method of development the aposporous
prothallus serves as means of attachment for the young plant
during its embryonic stages, and can supply it with food-
materials drawn from the parent.

A reason why this rather obvious analogy has failed to receive
adequate consideration in the past may be found in the fact that
apospory is usually associated with apogamy or other absence
of normal fertilization, and is commonly thought of as a method

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907. 159

l60 COOK

of asexual propagation. It can be shown, however, that this
implication is not necessary, and that apospory need not inter-
fere with the formation of sex-cells, nor with the continua-
tion of truly sexual methods of reproduction. The elimination
of the spores does not require that the fusion of chromatin
(mitapsis) which must precede the formation of new sex-cells,
shall also be omitted ; it may be merely deferred and passed
along to later generations of cells. If instead of occurring in
the body of the parent plant, mitapsis were carried over into
an aposporous female prothallus and thus approximated in time
to the formation of the sex-cells we would have a condition
similar in all important respects to the reproductive system of
the angiosperms.

The whole group of the archegoniate plants affords a con-
spicuous instance of such deferment of mitapsis into later and
later cell-generations, instead of taking place in the fertilized
egg-cell as in the lower algae. Unless mitapsis had been de-
ferred the larger " sporophytes " and increasingly abundant
sporogenous tissues which characterize the various families of
archegoniates could not have developed. A still further post-
ponement of mitapsis, combined with apospory, is therefore
entirely in accord with the general course of evolution already
followed by the group from which the primitive angiosperms
are now commonly believed to have arisen.

THE VEGETATIVE CAPSULE OF ANTHOCEROS.

Anthoceros is a thallose liverwort which has been accepted
by some as representing a primitive ancestor of the ferns, but
which may be used with greater propriety to illustrate a stage
in the development of the angiosperms.

Until fruiting begins, a plant of Anthoceros consists merely
of a thallus, or plate of slightly differentiated cells, lying flat
on the surface of moist soil. The fruiting part of the plant is
an upright, cylindrical, two-valved capsule. The outer walls
of the capsule consist of flesh}^, green tissues, like those of the
thallus, and similarly endowed with the power of vegetative
growth. This vegetative capsule is even provided with special-
ized breathing-pores, though the thallus is without stomata.

EVOLUTION OF ANGIOSPERMS THROUGH APOSPORY l6l

Finally, the growth of the capsule is persistent and indetermi-
nate. New tissue continues to form at the base and to push
up from below long after the terminal portion has ripened its
spores and shriveled away.

A first step toward the derivation of angiosperms from An-
thoceros would be taken if the two-valved vegetative capsule
should acquire the power to pass through a resting stage and re-
new its growth, after the death of the parent thallus. Some of
the species of Anthoccros are perennial, even in very dry re-
gions, either by the survival of the tip of the thallus, or by
specialized tubers. The capsule continues to grow as long as
the thallus lives, and, as Campbell well says: '<A11 that is
needed to make the sporophyte entirely independent is a root
connecting it with the earth." Most of the liverworts, both
thallose and foliose, are able to survive long periods of drought,
as are also the moss "fruits" and the fern-fronds which corre-
spond to the capsule of Anthoceros.

ANTHOCEROS NOT REPRESENTATIVE OF ANCESTRAL
PTERIDOPHYTE.

It has been customary to utilize Anthoceros as the best living
analogy for an archetypal pteridophyte, but the sporangia or
capsules of ferns are much more similar to those of some of
the more primitive members of other orders of liverworts, such
as the Marchantiaceas and Ricciacese. It is only in the mosses
and in the Anthocerotaceee that the walls of the sporogonia or
capsules have become thickened and adapted to vegetative func-
tions. The fronds of ferns may be said to correspond to the
thickened capsule-bases of the Marchantiaceas and Jungerman-
niacese. The delicate stalked capsules themselves are still very
much in evidence in the ferns and have not assumed any vege-
tative functions.^

1 The diversity of liverwort capsules in these respects is shown by a recent
paper by Lang.

" When we look for sporogonia resembling that of Cyathodium probably the
closest comparison as regards the relation between capsule and foot is presented
by SfhcBrocarpus and Riella. The mode of segmentation of the embryo in these
genera has much in common with the Marchantiaceae, the comparison between
Sphcerocarpus and C. cavernarum being particularly close. In both Riella and
Sphcerocarpus the mature sporogonium consists of a small capsule connected by

l62 COOK

Likewise, it is only in the capsules of mosses and of Antho-
ceros that we find a columnella or central pith of sterile cells
serving as a supporting axis. An internal framework is quite
as important as chlorophyllose external walls, if a capsule is to
be transformed into a vegetative structure. Ferns of the family
Hymenophyllaceag have their capsules clustered on the ends of
percurrent veins and surrounded by cup-like expansions of the
margins of the fronds, thus giving a striking superficial resem-
blance to the columellate capsules of mosses. But this appar-
ent columella of the Hymenophyllaceae bears many capsules,
instead of being enclosed in a capsule, as in the mosses and in
Anthoceros. Instead, therefore, of representing an ancestral
condition from which the fern phylum might have developed,
Anthoceros appears to be farther advanced than the ferns in the
direction of the angiosperms.

The prothalli of ferns may be taken as the best indication of
the nature of their bryophyte ancestors. Fern prothalli viewed
as liverworts represent very primitive types. Their habit of
bearing archegonia on the under side may explain why a fern
sporangium, instead of developing merely a nursing-foot for
more efficient connection with its parent prothallus, found means
to get into communication with the ground. The development
of the capsule base of vegetative cells was then no longer lim-
ited by the supplies of water and nutrient substances which the
prothallus could provide, and the way w^as open for the evolu-
tion of a new plant structure.

It is often assumed that the fern prothallus has degenerated,
since the sporophyte has so greatly surpassed it in size and
vegetative activity, but there is no very good reason for suppos-
ing that the prothallus is any smaller or less important now than
before. The theory of the reduced prothallus has been applied
to the ferns in order to reconcile us in advance to the assump-

a narrow stalk with a small bulbous foot. In some species of Riclla the stalk
consists of a single row of cells, as in C. cavernarum, and the bulbous foot,
which in Riella is composed of more numerous cells, shows a tendency to form
absorbent processes. In all the Merchantiaceae and the Jungermanniaceae, with
these exceptions, the foot and seta of the mature capsule appear to be relatively
bulky. On the other hand, in the Ricciaceae the sporogonium shows no trace
of afoot." See Lang, William H., 1905. On the Morphology of Cyat/iodium,
Annals of Botany, Vol. 19, p. 424.

EVOLUTION- OF ANGIOSPERMS THROUGH APOSPORY 163

tion that a much more extensive reduction has taken place in
the angiosperms. Apospory affords a suggestion of a method
by which the independent vegetative prothallus of the ancestors
of the angiosperms may have been directly eliminated instead
of being gradually reduced to a non-functional status.

VEGETATIVE CAPSULES OF MOSSES AND FERNS.

When once a capsule like that of Anthoceros had taken on
the vegetative functions of the thallus there would be nothing
unreasonable in expecting that it might also be able to pass a
resting stage in the dried condition, revive again on the recur-
rence of favorable weather, and send out fresh root-hairs to
draw moisture from the soil, just as the young fern-plant does.
The capsules of mosses sometimes give rise to delicate proto-
nema-like filaments, as though attempting to produce roots and
thus to maintain an existence independent of the parent leafy
axis. This possibility is quite within their reach, as far as
powers of assimilation are concerned, for the vegetative tissues
of moss-capsules are highly differentiated and even provided
with breathing-pores, which the leafy part of the plant does not
have. In the moss genus Buxhaiiniia the leaves are reduced to
mere rudiments deficient in chlorophyll, showing that the assimi-
latory and vegetative functions have been definitely transferred
to the large, hollow-walled capsule.

The independent existence of the vegetative Anthoceros cap-
sule would afford a plant like a seedling angiosperm with its
two cotyledons, but bearing spores on the inner faces of the
cotyledons. No steps are required which have not been closely
paralleled in the evolution of one or another of the archegoniate
plants.

ACROGENOUS VEGETATIVE PROPAQATION.

The further stages of progress toward angiospermy are
equally supported by precedents in the vegetable world. An
intercalary lengthening of the periods of vegetative growth and
propagation marks the histories of many groups of higher plants.
The simplest thallose liverworts, the Ricciaceai, are annuals,
but the Marchantiaceae are perennial, one thallus growing out of
the tip of another in indefinite succession. The primitive mosses

164 COOK

like Archidium are also annual and each plant is normally
fertile, but among the higher mosses fruiting is often deferred
till a considerable number of plants, often a whole tuft, has been
formed by vegetative propagation. The same is true among
the ferns, and in many different families of tiie flowering plants.
It is accordingly not unreasonable to think of the cotyledons
as multiplying, after vegetative growth has commenced, to form
a poly-cotyledonary, leafy axis, with the spore-bearing functions
restricted to the upper members of the series, just as many ferns
produce spores only on a few small specialized fronds. The
formation of a compound plant by adding units one above an-
other is simpler and more direct than the budding out of lateral
shoots from lower down, like those which form roots and root-
stocks. The successive members of the series have the same rela-
tions to each other as the original basal unit might have had to its
parent plant, or as the vegetative capsules of Anthocei'os and of
the mosses still have. The jointed internodal structure which
characterizes the stems of angiosperms is itself a distinct intima-
tion that the plant-body in this group has been made up in a
manner essentially different from that of the comparatively joint-
less stems of higher pteridophytes and conifers. That the
plumule may be viewed as an outgrowth from the cotyledons,
instead of being a predetermined structure to which the coty-
ledons are accessory, is indicated by the fact that in some plants
there is more than one plumule, and that in others, such as the
cotton plant, buds many arise in the axils of the cotyledons, and
in others still, small pieces of the cotyledons can produce
plumules.^

It is also noteworthy that other internodes, like the cotyledons,
grow by intercalation, or at the base, instead of at the apex, the
terminal bud having been laid down in advance, like the plumule,
before the expansion of the internode begins. This principle
of intercalary growth is illustrated most strikingly, perhaps, in
the palms, in which not only the internodes themselves, but
their leaves and inflorescences are definitely constructed from

' Mr. A. J. Pieters informs me that in several species of Plantago pieces of the
cotyledons have the power of producing new plumules and root-hairs from the
cut surface, and that perfectly normal plants have grown to maturity from such
new-formed plumules.

EVOLUTION OF ANGIOSPERMS THROUGH APOSPORY 165

the apex downward. The terminal portions of the leaves and
inflorescences may be pushed out as finished products while
their basal tissues are still in a rudimentary and delicately pro-
toplasmic condition.

The development of a series of capsules or cotyledon-indi-
viduals by apical budding or plumule-formation is certainly no
more remarkable than that new moss-plants should arise from
cells of the stem of a moss-capsule, or even from the lid. Nor is
it an any more improbable phenomenon than the development of
adventitious buds as a result of injuries to parts which normally
do not produce buds at all, as for example, in a piece of cotyle-
don of Plantago or in the embryo of Sechiiim^ which produces
new roots and new plumules if the originals fail of their pur-
pose.

APOSPORY WITH DEFERRED MITAPSIS.

The final step in the present suggestion of a course of evolu-
tion toward angiospermy is that the primitive cotyledon-like
plant becomes aposporous, so that it can produce prothalli
instead of spores, the fusion and reduction of the number of
the chromosomes (mitapsis) being deferred until the egg-cells
are to be formed. Apospory, with the retention of the double
number of chromosomes has been ascertained to exist in ferns
of the genus JVepht'oditun.

"The prothalli of the two apogamous varieties, Ncfhrodium
pseudo-mas Rich. var. polydactyla Wills, and Nefhr odium
■psciido-mas Rich. var. cristata afosfo7-a Druery, exhibit two
striking differences. Whereas in the former nearly all the pro-
thalli, except very young ones, have a strand of vascular tissue
extending throughout the greater part of their length, in the
latter only two cases of feebly-developed tracheides have been
seen. Again, in JVcpkrodittm pseudo-mas var. polydactyla^ mi-
grating nuclei, some of which have been seen to fuse, are a
characteristic feature. Out of a large number of prothalli it
was found that about 73 per cent, of the 3^oung ones exhibit
phases of nuclei passing from one cell to another. As this fern
produces fertile spores, it is almost certain (it is hoped shortly
to settle this point) that there is a true reduction during the
division of the spore mother cells, the doubled number charac-

i66 COOK

terizing the sporophyte is apparently brought about by the
migration and fusion of prothallial nuclei.^ In JVe^hr odium
■pseiido-mas var. ci'istata apospora^ out of 80 prothalli examined,
only two showed possible cases of nuclear migration, and these
were open to doubt as regards their interpretations.

The reason for the absence of fusion in other cases is obvious,
for the prothalli of JVephrodium j[)seudo-7nas var. n'istata apos-
pora, as we have seen, already possess the full complement of
somatic chromosomes. Hence there is no need for the fusion
of two nuclei which, by their union, double the number of
chromosomes." ^

Two varieties of the same fern show two very different sys-
tems of apospory, thus illustrating the range of choice of
aposporous methods of reproduction which lay open to the
ancestor of the angiosperms. In the one variety {cristata
apospord) apospory is accomplished without a reducing-division
and the resulting prothallus develops a new plant without fer-
tilization. In the other variety {polydactyla) the development of
the aposporous prothallus is initiated by the chromatin-fusion of
a vegetative cell. Two vegetative cells of the prothallus after-
ward unite, and thus restore the double number of chromosomes,
so that the new plant can be developed.

A less violent departure from normal methods of reproduction
would place a primitive plant on the road toward evolution into
an angiosperm. The type of apospory which the angiosperms
appear to represent is somewhat intermediate between these two,
and somewhat less abnormal than either. Apospor}'-, as illus-
trated in angiosperms as a group, does not involve that mitapsis
be omitted altogether, as in one of the fern varieties ; it is merely
postponed to a later generation of cells. Neither is there an
abandonment of fertilization by the male gamete as in the other
fern variety. If the aposporous prothalli were to retain more of
the functions of true prothalli, they would be able to produce

' While tlie aj'ticle was in the hands of the printer this supposition has been
confirmed. See Farmer, J. Bretland, and Digby, L., IQ07. Studies in Apos-
pory and Apogamy in Ferns, in Annals of Botany 21 : 161-199, Pis. 16-20, Apr.
1907.

^ Digby, L., 1905. On the Cytology of Apogamy and Apospory, Proc. Royal
Soc. London, 76: 463.

EVOLUTION OF ANGIOSPERMS THROUGH APOSPORY 167

young plants sexually, and these would then correspond com-
pletely, in their origin, with the embryo of a flowering plant.
The parallel with one of the Ncphrodium varieties is complete
in the genus Bj-yofhyllam where from certain points on the
margins of the leaves young plants can arise, and not merely
ovules which have to be fertilized, or pollen-grains to fertilize
them. In the genus Begonia the tissues of the leaves retain
still more of their cotyledonary functions and can produce
aposporous new plants with almost as much facility as in JVe^hro-
d 1 117)1.

The more complete form of apospory, shown in JVephrodtujn,
BryofhyUtim and Begonia^ not only omits the spores, but also
passes by the stage in which new conjugations can be under-
taken. It becomes simply a method of vegetative propagation.
As such it may have an environmental advantage, but it con-
stitutes at the same time a grave evolutionary danger. Habitual
vegetative propagation conduces to deterioration of sexual proc-
esses and final sterility. The more advantageous purely vege-
tative forms of aposporous propagation might become, the more
certain would be the extinction of the species.

In proportion as plants rely upon vegetative propagation the
power of sexual reproduction declines. Many domesticated
and wild plants might be cited as representing stages in this
process of deterioration. That there are no wild angiosperms
in which the power of sexual reproduction is entirely lacking,
may be taken to indicate that organisms of this stage of devel-
opment can not long survive the discontinuance of sexual repro-
duction.

It would appear, then, that the form of apospory which could
open the way to the evolution of angiosperms must have been
radical enough to eliminate the macrospores and attach the
aposporous prothallus to the parent plant, but not great enough
to exclude the formation of egg-cells and the continuation of
sexual reproduction.

ANTICIPATION INSTEAD OF RECAPITULATION.

The currently accepted doctrine or "biogenetic law" of re-
capitulation tends to conceal the possibility of such evolutionary

i68 COOK

changes as apospory. Recapitulation affords an idea and
method of expression often very convenient for describing in a
general way the facts of developmental history, but evidently
does not represent a universal or causal principle or a necessary
sequence in evolutionary progress.

In the archegoniate plants there are numerous independent
instances of what might be called syncopation or anticipation,
rather than recapitulation, for instead of merely following over
the ancestral lines of development in gradually shorter and less
accentuated form, various pieces of the life-history appear to
have dropped out, suddenly and completely. Thus in apospory
a cell which might normally give rise to spores, produces, in-
stead, a prothallus, such as might grow from the spores, which
are then entirely omitted from the program. In a similar
manner, the conjugation of two of the unspecialized cells of the
prothallus may result in the growth of a sporophyte, the forma-
tion of specialized archegonia, antheridia and gametes being
entirely omitted. Nor do these instances show the limits of
anticipatory abbreviation of the life-histories of the archegoniate
plants.

Instead of merely producing prothallia by apospor}', many
ferns produce young plants by direct growth from the cells of
the leaves. Likewise in Isoetes^ young plants may replace the
sporangia, in the axils of the leaves, though it is possible that
the thread or column of cells on which these aposporous plantlets
are borne may represent the prothallus. Indeed, it may be that
IsoeteSy rather than the terrestrial heterosporous archegoniates,
represents the nearest pteridophytic analogue of the flowering
plants. Many of the smallest and least specialized angiosperms
are aquatic types, like the Lemnacea; and the Podostemonacea;,
and some of them have little more differentiation of tissues than
Anthoccros itself.

Podostenion and its aquatic allies may never have had the
acrogenous internodal structure of the higher angiosperms, and
may illustrate a different method by which angiosperms could
arise from an Anthoceros-\\\f^Q. ancestor. The so-called leaves
of the Podostemonaceae appear much more analogous to tlie
fronds of ferns and algae than to the leaves of other angio-

EVOLUTION OF ANGIOSPERMS THROUGH APOSPORY 169

sperms, and appear to be mere thalloid outgrowths of the priini-
tive capsule-base, like the fronds of ferns, instead of developing
as an acrogenous series of vegetative capsule-units.

Systems of botanical classification usually treat the Podoste-
monace££ as degenerate representatives of one or another of the
terrestrial families, but the justification for this is not obvious.
That the family may prove to have historical significance as a
primitive group of angiosperms is suggested by some Paleozoic
fossils to which my attention has been called by Mr. David
White. These remains have been looked upon hitherto as
ferns, but Mr. White has ascertained that they produce quadri-
valvate capsules each apparently containing a single seed-like
body. The resemblance to some of the recent Podostemonaceae
is very striking throughout. Indeed, it is not now possible to
specify any differences by which they can be excluded from
that group, though Mr. White assures me that paleontologists
will be very reluctant to admit the existence of even very primi-
tive angiosperms in an epoch so remote.^

ELIMINATION OF MACROSPORES BY APOSPORY.

If the present view can be justified, it will not be necessary
to think of the egg-cell or of the egg-apparatus as representing a
macrospore which remains attached to the parent plant and
germinates, instead of falling off as macrospores should. The
attachment of the young plant to its parent is adequately
explained by apospory, and can be viewed as entirely parallel
with the attachment of a fern-capsule to its parent plant or of
the very young fern-frond to the female prothallus from which
it springs. The egg-apparatus can be looked upon jis the arch-

' The only obvious difference jet detected between these Palaeozoic fossils and
the modern Podostemonaceoe lies in the fact that the capsules of the latter are
many-seeded, while the supposed seeds of the fossils are single, and much larger.
Such diversities in the numbers and sizes of seeds inside the same familv are
very frequent, of course, among the flowering plants. The habits of life of the
Podostemonaceae would render many small seeds preferable to fewer large ones,
so that a reduction in size and an increase in numbers might naturally be ex-
pected as a result of a long evolutionary opportunity such as any extant de-
scendants of these paleozoic plants would have had. They are aquatic plants,
living in tropical water-courses, but the rocks over which they creep are often
completely exposed tor long periods in the dry season. The seeds have the
primitive function of carrying the species through the annual period of drought.

170 COOK

egonium of an aposporous prothallus, the only essential differ-
ence being that mitapsis has been postponed until shortly before
the formation of the egg-cells.

The divisions of the pollen nucleus may be homologous with
the subdivision of a microspore to form a prothallus, but the fact
that some of these nuclei may enter into conjugation renders
them also homologous with the antherozoids to which the
moss-plant or the fern-prothallus eventually gives rise. In a
similar way, the egg-cell and its immediate predecessors may
be compared directly to those of the archegoniates, but they
need not be supposed to have the double homologies enjoyed
by the pollen nuclei. The complete female homologue of the
pollen-grain or microspore would, in this system, no longer exist,
the female prothallus being supplied by aposporous development
before mitapsis takes place. The aposporous prothallus antici-
pates and supplies the period of life-history previously attained
by the independent development of the detached macrospore.

A prothallus which arose b}'- apospory, by maintaining an
intimate contact with the parent plant, would be able to nourish
and protect its progeny much better than the prothallus devel-
oped from a detached macrospore. The relation of the young
plant to its prothallial parent would be quite the same as that of
a moss-plant to its capsule or a fern plant to its prothallus, as
already stated. The difference lies in the special relation of
the aposporous prothallus to its vegetative parent.

ASSOCIATION OF TWO GENERATIONS BY APOSPORY.

Under the doctrine of alternation of generations it is often said
that the moss-capsule develops as a parasite on the parent plant.
In the angiosperms there would be, by parity of reasoning, a
double parasitism, the embryo is a parasite on the nucellus, and
the nucellus upon the parent plant. Parasitism is, however, hardly
the correct word, for the moss-capsule, the fern-frond and the
angiosperm-embryo are all developments from fertilized egg-
cells. The difference is merely that of the stage at which the
gametes or their products shall part company with their parent or-
ganisms. By continuing to assist the fertilized egg-cell, and
allowing it to develop into a capsule, the moss-plant is able to pro-

EVOLUTION OF ANGIOSPERMS THROUGH APOSPORY I*J1

duce thousands of spores from a single archegonium, instead of
four only, or merely a few. The plants have simply followed the
same course as the animals, in extending the periods of family
relations. The capsule is the offspring of the moss plant, the
prothallus the parent of the fern. The angiosperms add an-
other member to the series of prolonged family contacts. The
young embryo might be said to be nourished not only by a
mother, but also by a grand-mother. The archegoniate plants
usually bring only the members or phases of one generation or
life-cycle into definite supporting relations, but the aposporous
ferns and the flowering plants are able to connect in this way
two entirel}'^ distinct generations. Unless apospory takes place,
mitapsis concludes each generation with the formation and
scattering of separate spores, from which the next generation
must be independently built up. But by means of apospory
and delayed mitapsis two previously separated generations can
be brought into effective contact. It would seem, then, that it
is apospory through which the evolution of the angiosperms has
become so nearly parallel to that of the mammals that both
have actually been described as placentate organisms.

ORDER OF CHANGES NOT ESSENTIAL.

It is not necessary to hold that the changes involved in such
an evolution of angiosperms from aposporous archegoniates took
place in the particular order in which they have been mentioned.
There is no objection to supposing that any or all of them might
have been in progress during the same period, while the plants
were still too small and the tissues still too soft to favor the
preservation of fossil remains. The extension of the primary
capsule-base or nursing foot into a leafy axis by vegetative
growth may have come about after the aposporous seed-produc-
ing condition had been reached, rather than before. In Strcf-
tocarptis we have plants in which the cotyledons are the only
vegetative organs, the plumule consisting only of flower-buds
and in Wckuitschta {Tumbod) there are at most but four true
leaves.

If the habit of apospory were adopted far enough back it
would have greatly facilitated the other changes, if it did not

172 COOK

actually bring them about. By enabling the plant to elide that
part of its life-history in which the delicate spore and prothallus
must find continuous moisture, it would deliver the primitive
angiosperms from the disabilities suffered by most of the ferns
and enable them to advance into the open sunlight.

Young angiosperm seedlings are already of very large size
in comparison with fern spores, and are to that extent the better
able to establish themselves rapidly in exposed situations, and
send their roots down promptly into the permanently moist sub-
soil, instead of remaining dependent upon the precarious surface
conditions which still restrict most of the pteridophytes to humid,
sheltered places.

The origin of angiosperms through apospory requires, as
already intimated, a less violent deviation from the normal and
primitive methods of sexual reproduction than that which is
definitely known to exist in PellcBu^ Bryophylluni and Begonia^
so that no objection can be made to it on the ground of feasi-
bility.

INTERNODAL METAMERISM OF ANGIOSPERMS.

There are several morphological advantages in recognizing
this more simple and direct route of evolution. The first and
most general is that it would explain the internodal structure of
angiosperms, by establishing on a natural basis the complete
homology of all the vegetative parts and floral envelopes, the
cotyledons, leaves, sepals, petals, carpels and stamens. All
alike correspond to the same primitive structures, the capsule-
valves of the AntkocerosAike ancestor.

The internodes of the angiosperms have an individuality of
the same kind as that of the fronds of ferns. The cotyledons
may be considered as members of the series of internodes or
joints of which each compound plant individual is composed.
The cotyledons are usually less different from the succeeding
vegetative internodes than these are from the internodes of the
flowers and fruits, to which the vegetative internodes finally
give rise. In some plants, such as Pcrsca and Pac/u'rcr, the
internodes which immediately succeed the cotyledons are special-
ized. In others, like Eucalypttis, young plants may continue for
a long time to produce leaves which are very different from those

EVOLUTION OF ANGIOSPER.MS THROU(ai APOSPORY 1 73

of the adults. That there is no essential distinction between
the vegetative and the floral internodes, has long been recog-
nized. The flower leaves may take on at times the green color
and firmer texture of the vegetative organs, as often happens
in roses and trilliums, or the carpels themselves may function
as green expanded leaves after opening to scatter their seeds,
as in Sterculia, or they may take on functions of the cotyledons
or of the endosperm by storing nourishment for the use of the
young plant of the next generation, as in the long-persistent
pericarps of Sechium and Melocanna.

The individual angiosperm, like the individual worm or cen-
tiped, is a doubly composite organism. It is not merely a colony
or complex of cells, but also a combination of a number of
theoretically equal and equivalent body-parts or metamers, such
as the internodes of the plants and the segments of the animals.
The cells are associated into metamers, and the metamers are
combined into the complete organism, just as the individual ants
or bees join to make the still higher social unit or colony.

In the internodal metamerism of the angiosperms only one
metamer is formed in the ^^^ or embryo and the others are added
by subsequent vegetative propagation. In the segmental meta-
merism of arthropods the association is more complete, in that
numerous metamers are formed in the egg and usually few are
added afterward, or none at all. Thus among the millipeds and
centipeds where metamerism is very highly developed the larvae
of some groups are hatched with only three leg-bearing seg-
ments and the others supplied by intercalation at subsequent
periods of moulting. But in other families, including those
which have the largest number of joints, the young leave the
egg with the full complement of segments. In the suborder
Geophiloidea the number of segments ranges between 31 and
173, far exceeding the number of internodal joints of many
plants.

In many of these lower types of animals a relative equality of
the body metamers has been preserved, but in the higher groups
the metamers become specialized and unequal. Similar ine-
qualities exist in plants, even among vegetative metamers. Thus
in numerous plants such as coffee, cacao, cotton and the Cen-

174 COOK

tral American rubber tree {Castillo) there are two kinds of
branches. The metamers composing one type of branches are
in all respects the equivalents of those of the primary stem or
trunk, while the others are distinctly inferior and unable to pro-
duce or regenerate primary branches.

STRUCTURE OF VEGETATIVE METAMERS.

The ideal of a vegetative metamer of an angiospermous plant
individual includes three kinds of parts : (i) the internode proper,
forming a section of the stem of the plant, (2) an expanded
assimilatory plate or leaf, usually adapted for exposure to light,
and (3) a terete absorptive organ, or root, w'hich usually buries
itself in the ground and there produces root-hairs.

Internodes are generally simple, but the coffee shrub might
be said to have compound internodes, since each primary inter-
node produces two branches from extra-axillary buds. The
number of leaves borne by each internode is usually only one or
two, but some plants have whorls of several leaves, though this
condition may be reached by the shortening of some of the
joints. In most plants onl}^ the lower internodes produce roots,
but there are also many species, as among the aroids and figs,
where all the internodes bear roots freely, and in a very large
number of plants they have the power of doing so under special
conditions.

The more primitive types of leaves consist of two parts, a
cylindrical basal sheath surrounding the next internode, and an
expanded terminal blade. From the basal sheath stipules have
been derived like those of Rosaceas and Ranunculaceas, and
bud-scales like those of Ficus and Castilla. In Inodcs, Thrinax
and other fan-palms the sheath has been prolonged into a peti-
ole, which ends in aligule. On the other hand, Dcsmoncus and
related genera of cocoid palms have ligules in the same position
as the grasses, as direct extensions of the sheath, above the in-
sertion of the blade. Evidence is thus afforded that in the
Cocaceas, at least, the petiole is not a part of the sheath, but a
prolonged naked base of the midrib of the blade. Similar dif-
ferences in the homologies of the petioles are doubtless to be
found in the leaves of other angiosperms.

EVOLUTION OF ANGIOSPERMS THROUGH APOSPORY 1 75

The leaf may be considered the most primitive element, and
is in most cases also the most essential part of the plant metamer.
The joints are often reduced to mere rudiments, and the roots
entirely lacking. Sometimes internodes of special stems (root-
stocks) are devoted to the production of roots. Sometimes roots
produce buds and give rise to new stems or new plant indi-
viduals. Thus the many seedless varieties of the breadfruit
are propagated from pieces of roots. In Scchimn the primary
metamer has no internode-like basal joint (hypocotyl), but many
roots grow out independently from the united bases of the
cotyledons. Root-hairs grow out in a similar manner from
basal cells of the embryos of Podostemonaceae. The cotyledons
of Plantago and the leaves of Begonia and Bryophylhun also
produce roots.

In addition to their absorptive functions, root^ often serve
as organs of aeration. Even subterranean roots may send
branches upward into the open air for this purpose. This occurs
not only in the mangroves and other swamp plants, but in cotton
and other dry land types. Roots may also be specialized as
haustoria in parasites, and as hold-fasts in climbers, or even as
spines to afford a protective armature, notably in certain species
of yams ' and in the palm genus Acanthorhiza. Although the
spines of Acanthorhiza are often large and compound like those
of Glcditschia, it is apparent that they are roots, not only because
there is a complete series of transitions, but also because of the
large deciduous root-caps.

It is not impossible that even the spines of cacti may prove to
be modified roots, instead of leaves. The spines of many species
are capped, and their number, position and arrangement are at
least as favorable to their being roots as to the usually accepted
theory that they represent leaves. The modification that roots
would require to become spines is much less Ihan in the case of
leaves. Not only in the genus Pcireskia, but in many species
of Ofuntia^ true leaves are developed, and it is in the axils of
the leaves that the spines arise, just below the point from which

^Safford, W. E., 1905. The Useful Plants of the Island of Guam. Contrib.
U. S. National Herbarium, 9: 69. These spine roots of Dioscorea protect the
edible starch-filled tubers.

176 COOK

the new growth appears, whether of flowers or branches or of
true functional roots. A cluster of spine-like leaves or branches
in this position would need to represent a rudimentary branch
or series of branches. The arrangement of these would be
spiral or concentric, which is evidently not true of the spines.^

APOSPORY AND ALTERNATION OF GENERATIONS.

In comparison with the current application to the higher
plants of the doctrine of alternation of generations, the present
suggestion may also claim merits of simplicity and directness.
It is no longer necessary to imagine that two generations orig-
inally alike have become specialized, nor that one generation
is borne parasitically on the other except in the manner in which
the aposporous fern prothallus is borne.

The evolutionary history of the angiosperms can be thought
of as a definite progressive sequence, without the need of sup-
posing that one " generation " has deteriorated while another
has expanded. The macrospores and the vegetative prothalli,
having been completely eliminated from the life-historj'- of the
primitive angiosperms, did not have to be gradually reduced
from a functional to a rudimentary condition.

The so-called endosperm of the true seed plants need not be
supposed any longer to correspond to the prothallial endosperm

' Professor Edward L. Greene has pointed out to me that the spine-clusters of
Mamtnillaria are similar and perhaps analogous with those of certain of the
species of Mesembryanthemum, which represent marginal spines of the reduced
blade of the leaf, while the conical prominence upon which the cluster or com-
pound spine is seated may represent the petiole or base of the leaf. The flowers
and fruits of Mamtnillaria do not emerge, as in Opuntia, from the same point
as the spines, but from the axils of the fleshy prominences which bear the spines.
But Professor Greene considers the assignment of Matnmillaria to the same
family with Oputitia an artificial arrangement, so that an analogy between
Mammillaria and Mesembryanthemum would not necessarily interfere with the
recognition of the capped Opuntia spines as roots. That the spines of Opuntia
and Cereus are not to be interpreted as equivalents of marginal projections of a
reduced leaf-blade, seems to be proven by a fact observed by Dr. J. N. Rose, that
in these genera new spines may be added one after another, even in very old
clusters. Nor is it likely that new leaves would be pushed out in this manner,
which is much more appropriate for branches or for roots. That the thorns of
some of the cacti secrete nectar, as shown by Ganong, does not exclude the pos-
sibility that they are roots. Exposed root-tips often produce secretions, and my
son Robert informs me that the secretion of the aerial roots of the corn plant
has a sweet taste.

EVOLUTION OF ANGIOSPERMS THROUGH APOSPORY 1 77

of the cycads and coniferce. It is not built up before fertiliza-
tion takes place, but afterward. It does not arise from a ger-
minating spore, but as a result of the conjugation of two nuclei,
comparable, perhaps, to the conjugations of adjoining cells
which occur in the prothallia of certain ferns and give rise to
the new double-celled structural phase by apogamy without the
production of antheridia and archegonia, as though the ancestral
form had all the liberty of alternatives possessed by the ferns
and had ended by combining them into the complex and hitherto
altogether mysterious reproductive processes of angiosperms.
The part of the angiosperm which, in the present view, might
correspond to the prothallus itself, is the nucellus. And even
this relation would not be direct, for the nucellus of the angio-
sperms might not be homologous with the nucellus of the coni-
fers and cycads, which, if current interpretations are correct, is
more analogous to the placenta of the mammal than to an apos-
porous prothallus.

The obviously very great and fundamental difference between
the angiosperms and gymnosperms would be adequately ac-
counted for. The homologies which have been alleged hitherto
appear very artificial, and leave us with a problem as difficult
as that which they are intended to solve, namely, how structures
derived from those of ferns or of gymnosperms could have
become so completely different in the angiosperms.

VEGETATIVE PARTS REPRESENT STERILIZED REPRODUCTIVE

TISSUES.

The deduction based by Bower on his studies of fern-struc-
tures would remain thoroughly applicable to the angiosperms,
since their vegetative parts would still represent sterilized repro-
ductive tissues. Indeed, this proposition becomes a mere truism
after the essentially sexual nature of the double-celled struc-
tures of the higher plants has been realized. The growth of
the whole plant body has been intercalated into the sexual
process. It is built up during conjugation and not after conju-
gation has been completed.'

'Cook, O. F., and Swingle, W. T., 1905, Evolution of Cellular Structures,
Bui. 81, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

178 COOK

FUNCTIONS OF THE APOSPOROUS PROTHALLUS.

The gymnosperms may be supposed to have the ovules and
seeds naked because they are still borne in an endosperm which
corresponds to the primitive, vegetatively functional prothallus,
though it now remains attached to the much more highly devel-
oped double-celled structure which corresponds, in turn, to the
capsule of the liverwort and the moss, the frond of the fern and
the leafy axis of the club-moss. The ovule and seed of the
angiosperm are borne, not on the original vegetative prothallus,
but on a structure which, if it arose by apospory, would never
have had independent vegetative functions. It need never have
been very large, and could have been reduced very readily in
becoming more specialized. There was no occasion to assume
protective or nutritive duties, since there was always an enclos-
ing capsule or carpel.

The fern and the flowering plant are alike in that their ances-
tors can be traced back to the capsules of simple thallose plants
like Anthoceros^ but there appears to have been, at some very
remote point, a divergence of procedure, the group which gave
rise to the ferns and gymnosperms retaining for a much longer
period a functional prothallus which the adoption of apospory
enabled the ancestors of the angiosperms to completely eliminate.

Lastly, a certain presumption of probability may be claimed
for a suggestion which enables the peculiarities of such plants
as JVephrolepis, Begonia and Bryofhylhim to be associated with
other phenomena of apospory and thus to find places in normal
evolutionary history, instead of remaining mere meaningless
"freaks of nature," because they may have appeared to lie far
outside the pale of former interpretations.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vol. IX, pp. 179-1S7. July 31, 1907.

HEREDITY AND MENDEL'S LAW/
By Charles B. Davenport.

From its first appearance on earth the living substance has
moved like the growing roots of a tree from a single point,
without break in its continuity, but ever branching out in new
directions. This fundamental stream is the germ-plasm. At
intervals, as roots may send up shoots, so the germ-plasm pro-
duces the individual body or soma, whose primary purpose is to
nourish the germ-plasm and thus assist its further progress.

The soma is important to the student of heredity because it
is the index of the composition of the particular germ-plasm
from which it arose. The study of somas shows that those aris-
ing from the same part of the germ-plasm are very similar ;
those from distant parts of the germ-plasm are very different ;
those nearer the starting point of any root are simpler in struc-
ture, while those arising more recently are more complex.
These differences of the soma prove that the germ-plasm
changes in structure and tends to become more complex.
These changes in the germ-plasm'constitute evolution, and the
study of the laws of change of this germ-plasm and the arti-
ficial control of such change constitute at the same time the
largest and most fascinating work of the modern biologist.

Inside the germ-plasm complex movements are going on. In
the first place, the development of a soma at any point is usually

' An address delivered under the auspices of the Washington Academy of

Sciences, Tuesday evening, February 26, 1907, in the Hubbard Memorial Hall,
Washington, D. C.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907. 179

l80 DAVENPORT

preceded by the union of bits of the germ-plasm coming from
different parts of the same motor stream, or even from two
different streams, recently separated. This is union of sex cells,
or gametes, in sexual reproduction. As every part of the germ-
plasm is undergoing change, such unions bring together more
or less dissimilar germ-plasms. Of the effect of such unions,
we get some notion b}^ studying the somas, or offspring that
result. If the uniting germ-plasms are quite dissimilar the
behavior of the union, as revealed in the soma of the hybrid
offspring, is correspondingly interesting and significant.

A second sort of movement in the germ-plasm is molecular.
Under certain, still unknown, conditions the composition of the
germ-plasm changes and such changes reveal themselves to us
as sports or mutations. These occur so irregularly and uncom-
monly that their study is difficult ; but it is one of the aims of
experimental work in evolution to initate and control such
changes.

This evening I propose to speak only of the first kind of
changes in the germ-plasm — : namely, those due to combinations
of two dissimilar sorts — and the effect of such combinations on
the stream of germ-plasm that issues from the union. The laws
of such combinations and their transmission constitute the science
of heredity.

In analyzing the phenomena of heredity we must first con-
ceive that the germ-plasm is composed of many units, such as
Darwin named pangenes and Weismann determinants. Our
knowledge of such units is confined to their representations in
the soma — the unit-characters oi organisms.

In studying heredity, we focus attention on the behavior of
the unit-characters of the soma as the index of the changes in
the germ-plasm. Practically, one breeds together two indivi-
duals having contrasted characters and observes the correspond-
ing characters in the next somatic generation.

The results of such experiments are in the highest degree
interesting and important. They are not yet predictable ;
indeed, they do not all follow a single law, but in the midst of the
diversity of the results a unity is diml}^ visible. I propose now
to cite typical examples of such inheritance in contrasted charac-
ters, illustrating the different modes of inheritance.

HEREDITY AND MENDEL's LAW l8l

First, let us look at a case of color inheritance. If a bird
having black feathers, like a Minorca, or one having black
feathers mottled with white, like a Houdan, be crossed with a
white bird, like the White Leghorn, the male hybrids are pure,
or almost pure, white. White dominates more or less com-
pletely over black ; but the black is not lost, it is merely over-
shadowed, for if two of these white hybrids be mated, about
25 per cent, of their offspring will be as black as the original
parents. Such black grandchildren derived from two white
parents are known as extracted blacks. The black color has
been released from the dominance of the white ; and if the
extracted blacks be bred together they behave like a pure black
race. A characteristic like black which recedes from view in
the first hybrid generation, which may be extracted from the
dominant type in 25 per cent, of the second generation, and
which, after extraction, breeds true, is called a recessive char-
acteristic.

The discovery of the law of inheritance in the case of dom-
inant and recessive characteristics was made forty two years
ago by an Austrian monk, Gregor Mendel, while experimenting
with plants in his cloister garden. Mendel not only discovered
his law, but gave a satisfactory cytological explanation of it.
He states that the germ cells of the hybrid must divide into two
kinds, each pure in respect to two opposed characteristics, the
dominant and the recessive. When tw^o of these hybrids are
mated there are four equally probable events : an o.^^ contain-
ing the dominant character Z^may be fertilized with a D sperm
or an R sperm, and an R ^gg may be fertilized by a D sperm
or an R sperm. Whenever the character D enters into the
combination, that character dominates in the offspring ; but
where it does not enter, R shows itself irr the same. The
former event occurs in three-fourths of all cases; the latter in
one-fourth, consequently only one-fourth of the offspring are
recessive. This is in brief outline the essence of the Mendelian
doctrine. It rests on the foundation of purity of the germ-cells
and hence purity of the one-fourth of the second hybrid gener-
ation that is produced by the union DD and the one-fourth
resulting from the union RR. These portions, inbred, should

l82 DAVENPORT

yield only the dominant type and the recessive type respec
lively. These expectations have been now so often realized
that Mendel's law has gained deserved fame as the most im-
portant law of inheritance yet enunciated.

Many illustrations of this law are given by poultry. Thus
when frizzled fowl are crossed with non-frizzled, the offspring
are frizzled ; from such frizzled hybrids 25 per cent, plain-
feathered are derived. These plain-feathered birds have not,
in 50 offspring, thrown one frizzled fowl.

When the silky fowl is crossed with plain-feathered fowl, all
of the offspring have plain feathers. When the hybrids are
mated 25 per cent, silky offspring result. Such silky offspring
breed true. And so I might continue with a dozen illustrations
drawn from my experience demonstrating the truth of Mendel's
law.

As the truth of a new law becomes apparent, enthusiasm for
it is apt to carry one to extremes — to declare its universality
and to overlook exceptions. It is well to cultivate the skeptical
frame of mind and to remember that what looks like the whole
truth may be only partial and that an examination of the ex-
ceptions may lead to larger generalities.

First of all we find that even in cases of Mendelian inheri-
tance in the second hybrid generation, the recessives that are
supposed to come from two pure recessive gametes show in
their somas traces of the dominant type. Thus when a crested
bird is crossed with a plain-headed one, and the crested hybrids
are then crossed inter se the extracted recessives of the second
hybrid generation are plain-headed to be sure, but they show a
disturbance of certain feathers. Again foot-feathering, or
booting, is dominant, but in the cross between the Dark* Brahma
and Minorca small feathers can frequently be found on the feet
of all the second hybrid generation where 25 per cent, bootless
is expected. The boot character is not absent from the 25 per
cent., but it is immensely reduced in expression as compared
with the booted ancestor.

Second, we find that the two opposed unit characters are not
always respectivel}'^ dominant and recessive. Various classes
can be recognized. In some cases both characters appear in tlie

Hl'.REDlTY AND MENDEL's LAW 183

first generation side by side — neither dominating. Thus, wlien
the white Cochin is crossed by the red-black Tosa, the first
hybrids are barred with white ; in the next generation, to
be sure, some white birds are produced, but these frequently
show some yellow or buff; also red and black birds, but these
have often a washed-out color. In this case there is no domi-
nance and the germ-cells are incompletely pure. This combina-
tion is very common.

Another case is that sometimes seen when a black and white
are crossed. Instead of white dominating (as is usually the
case) the two colors seem to have equal potency and a fine
mosaic occurs — the blue. This is almost a blend. When
such blues are mated together one gets some blues, but also
some black and white mottled in all proportions. Not only is
potency of the two characteristics equal in the first generation,
but the characteristics appear in all of the germ-cells and reap-
pear in the second hybrid generation in the most varied com-
binations.

Again, a peculiar case of inheritance was revealed by some
experiments made by Darwin. He crossed a White-faced Black
Spanish with a pure white silky, which (except in plumage) is a
melanic sport. The chicks were blacker than any Spanish
chicks, or any other that I know. They continued black until
as they grew to maturity the males gained red-laced hackles,
saddles, and back-feathers and a broad red wing bar, like the
jungle cock. For Darwin, this was a case of reversion^ due to
hybridization. But that it was not the consequence of hybridi-
zation fcr se^ but of this specific cross, is evident from the fact
that you do not get a similar hybrid except by crossing a black
bird either with a silky, or a pure buff — both of which are de-
void of black pigment. Moreover, the result differs according
to the black races crossed. If a black Minorca is used, which
represents the immediate ancestor of the Spanish, the red in the
progeny is much reduced. If a black Game is used, which rep-
resents a comparatively recent blackening of a red and black
bird, the progeny have much more red.

Still another case. Some fowl have five toes instead of the
normal four. When a four- and a five-toed fowl are crossed

184 DAVENPORT

the offspring show no blend, they are either four-toed or five-
toed, and neither character dominates. If the extra toe is well
developed in the parents a large percentage of the offspring
have an extra toe ; if the extra toe is poorly developed in
the parents a small percentage of the offspring have an extra
toe. In this case we have a unit character — extra toe — but no
dominance or recessiveness and no evidence of pure germ-cells.
The result seems to depend on the relative potency of the four-
toed and the five-toed tendency.

Third, we find that one of the two opposed unit characters
may be dominant in certain individuals and their offspring —
forming a dominant strain — the same character may be reces-
sive in other individuals or strains. Thus when high nostril
and low are crossed, the offspring have a low nostril, but in
one case out of a hundred an individual gamete carrying high
nostril prevailed over the gamete carrying low nostril and the
offspring had a high nostril. Again I bred a single comb to a
rose comb (rose being dominant) and, in the second hybrid
generation, obtained some extracted single-combed birds. These
inbred gave a hundred single combs and one rose comb ; the
ordinarily impotent rose comb determinant of the extracted singles
here overpowered its mate.

But the most striking illustration of the potency of a strain
appeared last summer. Two years ago I mated a tailless Game
cock. No. 117, to some tailed white Leghorns and got 100 per
cent, tailed birds. No. 117 is a bird imported from England;
it was exhibited at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, St. Louis,
1904, and took a prize. Last summer I mated together these
tailed hybrids, expecting to get 25 per cent, tailless birds ; of
about 100 offspring none was tailless. I also crossed some of
the tailed hybrids with their father — No. 117 — expecting to get
50 per cent, tailless. Of 88 offspring none was tailless. Alto-
gether, out of 200 o^spring of this tailless cock, where I ex-
pected 90 per cent, tailless birds, I got not one. On the other
hand, using some of the same hens with another cock (the son
of No. 117), from 50 offspring, where I expected 25 tailless, I
got 24 tailless. In No. 117, although tailless, the tailed tendency
strongly dominates over taillessness, so that not in the first nor

HEREDITY AND MENDEL's LAW 185

in the second hybrid generation does taillessness appear, and of
the JNIendelian segregation in the second hybrid generation there
is no trace ! On the other hand, another cock reveals typical
Mendelian phenomena.

Finally, I will speak of a case which is perhaps most instruc-
tive of all. I crossed together a double-comb and a single-
comb, and a Polish with a V-comb. The hybrids have a new
type of comb called Y-comb ; single in front like the stem of a Y
and cleft behind like the Polish. Now in the first generation
the proportion of the single and the double element varies. At
one extreme the single element constitutes 5 per cent. ; at the
other extreme 95 per cent. Next, I bred together in various
generations some of these hybrids with Y-comb birds and, sum-
marizing the results, I found, out of several hundred progeny,
about 25 per cent, single comb, 25 per cent. V-comb and 50 per
cent. Y-comb. But when I came to examine the families in de-
tail it appeared that whenever both parents had a large propor-
tion of the single in their Y-comb, the proportion of a single-
combed offspring rose from 25 per cent, to 40 per cent., or even
50 per cent. ; and when the parents had a small proportion of
single in their Y-comb, the proportion of single-combed offspring
fell from 25 per cent, to 20 per cent. The 25 per cent, of single-
comb that one gets on the average seems to prove the Mendelian
doctrine of pure germ cells ; but the fact that when the tendency
to comb in parent is strong, 40 per cent, of the offspring have
single-comb ; when weak only 20 per cent., throws doubt on the
Mendelian doctrine of purity, and hints at a law of relative
potency.

In the foregoing I have described the typical Mendelian phe-
nomenon and also various cases of deviation from it — cases of
contamination of the so-called pure type extracted from hybrids
— cases of lack of dominance, but of particulate or blending
inheritance ; and cases of potency of one unit character over its
antagonist — a potency not constant but varying with the indi-
vidual or with the strain. Taking all cases into account it is
clear that Mendel's law does not cover all ; and, if not, it must
be a special case of a more inclusive law.

Can we find a more general expression for the inheritance of

l86 DAVENPORT

characteristics which will cover all these cases? I think we
can and that it may be called the law of potency. At the one
extreme of the series we have equipotent unit characters, so that
when they are crossed the offspring show a blend, or a mosaic
between them. This is nearly the case with the length of ear
in rabbits, as Castle has found ; it is probably also true for
length of beak in poultry. At the other extreme is allelo-
potency. One of the two characteristics is completely recessive
to the other. This allelopotency is sometimes uniform, as in
the case of taillessness in No. 117, heretofore referred to; or
in some strawberry hybrids. Usually, it is alternating like tail-
lessness in the son of No. 117. Typical Mendelism comes
under the head of alternating allelopotency and it is to Morgan
that we owe the first, clear appreciation of the fact. According
to his theory, purity of the germ cells does not exist ; but a
dominant characteristic involves a recessive, as, in electricity,
a positive charge involves a negative one. Similarly a recessive
characteristic always carries hidden a dominant one. In the
first hybrid generation the dominant character is alone evident,
but in that generation two kinds of germ cells are produced
with opposite characteristics latent. Thus the dominant germ
cells have the recessive character latent; the recessive germ
cells have the dominant character latent. And segregation is
rather functional than structural.

Between the two extremes of equipotency and allelopotency
lies the great mass of heritable characteristics which, when
opposed in heredity, exhibit var^ang degrees of potenc3^ This
sort of inheritance may be called heteropotency. Heteropotency
is exhibited in the case of the elements that make up the Y-comb
and in extra toes. It is the usual form of inheritance — that
which the breeder relies on when he selects the best appearing
animal or plant ; or that which throws the largest percentage of
favorable offspring.

The law of potency seems thus as a general expression for
all the forms and exceptional cases met with in heredity. But
it does little to help us toward an understanding of the physical
basis of heredity, or towards its control. The next step is to
determine the conditions of the different sorts of potency. We

HEREDITY AND MENDEl/s EAW 1 87

know in a general way that progressive characteristics dominate
over the more embryonic ; but we liave to learn the meaning of
individual potency and tlie reason why some pairs of character-
istics exhibit equipotency or heteropotency and others allelo-
potency. As ever in science the formulation of a law only
awakens a new series of inquiries.

DISCUSSION.
By W. J. SriLLMAN.

In listening; to the address of Doctor Davenport, this evening, it has oc-
curred to me that I might be able to suggest a possible explanation of one of
the characteristics noted in the offspring of the hooded fowl. Professor Bate-
son made many experiments with walnut-combed fowls, interbreeding them
with a single-comb, finding the walnut-comb to be compounded of the pea-
comb and the rose-comb.

It is possible that the " hood " is composed of two characters intead of be-
ing a single element in itself.

Suppose the hood character to depend upon two factors 7" and /, and that
T is much more important than / in producing the character. The allelo-
morphic formula of the pure hooded fowl would then be TT, tt ; gametes It

The formula of fowls with plain heads is 00, 00 ; gametes Oo. The cross
is rO, to; gametes Tt, TO, Ot, Oo.

Fortuitous union of these gametes gives

I

TT, tt.

2

TO,

//.

I

00,

//

2

TT, to,

4

TO,

to.

2

00,

to

I

TT, 00,

2

TO,

00,

I

00,

00.

Thus 7" and /

are

both

pn

esent

in 9-

i6ths of

generation '.

7" alone

in

3-

.. ..

"

/ "

"

3-

" "

"

d both

are

absent in

I-

<< <<

"

If 7" alone is difficult to distinguish from 7"and /together, this would give
twelve hoods and four smooth or nearly smooth heads, or three hoods to one
smooth head, which agrees with Dr. Davenport's results. But of the smooth
heads three-quarters would show the slight tendency to the hooded condition,
due to the presence of character /, provided, of course, my suggestion is cor-
rect. This explanation is merely an hypothesis and may or may not be correct.

PROCEEDINQS

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Vol. IX, pp. 189-240. July 31, 1907.

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF
DESCENT.^

By O. F. Cook.

SYNOPSIS

Introduction i°9

The nature of experiments in descent '9'

Parent organisms produce parent gametes 192

Parent gametes produce conjugate organisms 192

Conjugate and exjugate reproduction i93

Conjugates produce perjugates ^95

Summary of the five elements of descent i97

Mendelism as a method of descent ^9°

Primary methods of descent ^9°

Synopsis of methods of descent ^99

Diagram of methods of descent 216

Position of Mendelism as a method of descent 218

Mendelian " principles " not demonstrated 218

Mendelian inheritance of mutations 220

Problems of expression and transmission 224

Relation of Mendelism to normal diversity of descent... 230

Evolutionary implications of Mendelism 232

Conclusions 230

All students of Mendelism must be tha^nkful to Professor
Davenport for the extensive and very interesting summary of
the facts which his experiments have brought to light, and we
are very fortunate in this opportunity of having them illustrated

1 An outline of this paper was presented in a discussion of Professor Daven-
port's lecture on " Heredity and Mendel's Lavir," before a meeting of the Wash-
ington Academy of Sciences, on February 26, 1907. Considerable amplification
has been found desirable in order to carry out more fully the plan of a definite
comparison of Mendelism with other methods of descent.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907, 1S9

I 90 COOK

and presented at first hand. The only regret is that the lecture
was not continued to the point of explaining how these facts are
to be interpreted and brought into relation with the more general
subjects of heredity and evolution. Details of scientific experi-
ments are interesting to specialists in the same field, but we do
not expect the general public, or even our colleagues in other
departments of science, to pause and give special heed to what we
have found unless we have reason to believe that our facts have
some particular and unusual significance. It is not improper
to ask, therefore, what are the new facts of general import which
have been revealed by experiments in Mendelism?

Phenomena of this kind have received a large amount of
special study in recent years, because it has been claimed that
they prove new principles of heredity and open new routes to
the solution of the larger problems of organic development.
Such claims of great and special significance for Mendelism
are due largely to the fact that these experiments brought for
the first time a fairly definite mathematical factor into the prob-
lem of descent. In Mendelian crosses or hybrids there is a
definite and uniform proportion between the expression of char-
acters in what are called the first and second generations. It
has not unnaturally been supposed that this regularity of pro-
portion must obey an internal law or principle of descent govern-
ing the relations and combinations of characters. Definite
mathematical relations must represent, it has been argued, defi-
nite entities inside the germ-cells. Here, at last, appeared to be
a triumphant justification for the mechanical speculations of
Darwin, Nageli, and Weismann, to the effect that characters are
transmitted from generation to generation by means of minute
determinant particles or character-units of the germ-cells. It
was found possible to explain the mathematical relations of
typical cases of Mendelism by supposing that the presence or
absence of certain particles in the germ-cells determined the
presence or absence of the character in the adult organism.

In a Mendelian cross the parents differ in at least one pair of
definitely contrasted characters. All the individuals of the so-
called first generation show the character of one of the parents,
which is called the dominant. In the following generations

MEXDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT I9I

three quarters of the individuals have this character of the dom-
inant parent, and one quarter the other character (recessive),
which did not appear at all in the first generation. It is this
definite difference of proportions in the two generations which
Professor Davenport has accepted as the basis of the Mendelian
principles of heredity, and as a demonstration of the theor}'- of
evolution by mutation.

" We find that when two varieties that differ in some charac-
teristic are crossed it frequently happens that one only of the
two forms will reappear in the offspring (viz., the dominant
characteristic, of Mendel), and it will be little modified by the
presence, in that offspring, of the germ of the opposite charac-
teristic. This is in accordance with the theory that most char-
acteristics are, or may be resolved into, elementary units. . . .
Similarly, when a variety that has some new feature not pos-
sessed by the ancestor is crossed with that ancestor the off-
spring usuall}'- have the character fully developed (dominant). If
these offspring are crossed together the character is absent in a
small proportion only, on the average one-quarter, of their
offspring. . . ."

" The fact that in crossing varieties their dissimilar characters
do not blend is important, since it supports the theory that such
characters first appear as they now are, fully formed. It indi-
cates that since evolution has advanced by the addition of new
characteristics it has advanced by steps or jumps. A new
species has not gradually arisen from an old one, but suddenly,
by mutation."^

THE NATURE OF EXPERIMENTS IN DESCENT.

But if the facts of Mendelism are examined somewhat more
closely and in the light of modern knowledge of the peculiar
nature of the reproductive processes of the higher plants and
animals, it will be found that the definite mathematical relations
which appear in a Mendelian experiment arise from the methods
of reproduction rather than from the methods of inheritance.
Other interpretations are possible, which render entirely unneces-

' Davenport, C. B., 1906. Report on Experimental Biology, Yearbook No.
5, Carnegie Institution of Washington, D. C, p. 94.

192 COOK

sary the more general inferences which have been drawn from
Mendelism, such as the existence of character unit particles and
the purity of germ-cells.

Instead of being a simple process of making two successive
combinations or crosses, of like nature, but with constantly dif-
ferent results, the reproductive processes involved in a Men-
delian experiment are highly complex, and very different from
what is commonly supposed. Before the bearings of Mendelism
on the general problems of descent and evolution can be appre-
ciated, it is necessary that the components of the phenomenon
be clearly distinguished.

PARENT ORGANISxM PRODUCE PARENT GAMETES.

It is customary to say in describing Mendelian experiments
that a cross was made of two individual plants or animals rep-
resenting certain contrasts of characters. But this simple state-
ment may carry us at once on to false ground, unless we follow
closely the details of the process. What we refer to as crossing
the plants or animals is merely bringing together the gametes or
sex-cells which these particular organisms have produced. The
organisms themselves are not involved in the experiment, except
to the extent that they have furnished the sex-cells and provided
nourishment for the embryos to which the sex-cells give rise.
It is the sex-cells or gametes with which the experiment in cross-
ing really begins. They are the true parents of the cross,
rather than the organisms selected as parents. Gametes do not
belong to the same generation or conjugation period as the parent
organisms, but represent a new generation which is already be-
gun before the intention to make a Mendelian or other cross can
become effective.

PARENT GAMETES PRODUCE CONJUGATE ORGANISMS.

The union of the gamete parents opens the way to the de-
velopment of a new organism, which it is customary to consider
as the first generation of the desired cross. But again we may
ask, what are the detailed facts of the case?

The prevalent view has been that the production of a new
organic individual is the result of a conjugation, a complete

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT I93

fusion of the parent sex-cells or gametes, but this is only par-
tially true among the higher plants and animals. Among the
lower groups of sexual organisms no distinction is to be made
between conjugation and fertilization, but among the higher
types fertilization (the union of sex-cells which initiates the
development of a new plant or animal), no longer represents
the whole process of conjugation, but only the first part of it.
The outer protoplasms of the sex-cells have fused, and also
their nuclei, but the conjugation is not yet complete, for the
fertilized egg-cell still retains a double equipment of chromatin,
derived from the two parents. And since this chromatic material
represents the most highly specialized and active form of pro-
toplasmic substance, it is proper to hold that the fertilized egg-
cell and all its subdivisions are double cells as long as they
contain this double equipment of chromatin.

The gametes can be thought of as persisting through the
whole life-history of the individual organism, and do not become
finally and completely united until the chromatin has fused in
mitapsis, preceding the formation of sex-cells for the next gen-
eration. All the cells formed between fertilization and mitapsis
are double in the above sense, that they contain two complete
sets of chromatin elements, derived from those of the parent
gametes. Organisms built up of cells formed while conjuga-
tion continues, that is, between fertilization and metapsis, may
be called conjugate organisms. After the chromatin has fused
in mitapsis new gametes are formed with single equipments of
chromatin, capable of undertaking new conjugations. Then
the number of chromosomes is agayi doubled, and the vegeta-
tive subdivisions of the conjugating cells are resumed.

CONJUGATE AND EXJUGATE REPRODUCTION.

There is thus a fundamental difference between the repro-
ductive processes of the lower types and the higher. The cells
which compose the bodies of the higher organisms are of this
double or persistently conjugate character. Reproduction is
still a process of cell-divisions, since it is only by cell-divisions
that the cellular bodies of plants and animals can be built up.
But in the Higher types com*"gation is not finished before these

194 COOK

reproductive subdivisions occur. It is not until the sex-cells for
the next generation are to be formed that conjugation is resumed
and brought to a conclusion by mitapsis.^

Among the lower groups new organisms are built up at this
stage, after conjugation has been completed by mitapsis, and
before a new conjugation begins, as in the mosses, liverworts,
and lower algas and fungi. But the higher plants and animals
do not attempt to build up structures of these simple cells which
are the products of completed conjugations. Instead of forming
cellular structures in the intervals between conjugations, the
process of reproduction in the higher types hastens from one
conjugation to another, as though the superiority of the double
cells for structure building were clearly recognized.

The ferns may be cited as an example of a group in which
two different structures are built. A little liverwort-like pro-
thallus is formed after conjugation, and a large leafy structure,
or frond, during conjugation. Flowering plants, however, have
closely approximated the reproductive methods of the higher
animals. They do not waste time in structure-building cell-
divisions after or between conjugations, but pass promptly from
one conjugation to another.

Applying these facts to our experiment in Mendelism, we find
that the process of reproduction, as conducted by the higher
plants and animals, does not permit of a complete conjugation
before the building up of the new organisms which we have been
describing as the first generation of the cross we intended to
make. Another discrepancy between words and facts has to be
admitted. Just as we found ourselves unable to cross the origi-
nal parents, and were obliged to content ourselves with the in-
tention of combining gametes produced by those parents, so we
have now encountered a new limitation, inherent in the methods
of reproduction followed by the higher plants and animals.
We are unable to bring about an immediately complete union of

'The third and final stage of the process of conjugation lias been named mi-
tapsis from the Greek words meaning" thread-fusion, because the chromatin
granules, supposed to represent the two original parents, are, at least in some
striking cases, stretched out in long threads. This permits them to fuse in pairs
and thus to achieve a much more thorough and complete union than hy any less
definite method of combination.

MENDELISM AND OTIU-K MKn.OT>S OF DESCENT 195

the ..amete parents, but must wait for them to btuld up a new
otr.isn,, Jhiclr is not a true cross or product of co„,ugat,on,
bu' a rep.;ductive by-product, so to speak, which has been .„ter
calated into the experiment which we or.g.nally intended to per-
form The further progress of our desired conjugation is mean-
while suspended, and remains in abeyance until pi-eparations
are made for the production of the next generation of sex-cells.
The results we were seeking, as a means of testing the inher-
itance relations of the characters of the original parental organ-
isms, have not yet been attained.

CONJUGATE ORGANISMS PRODUCE PERJUGATE GAMETES.

The organisms built up by the parent gametes while in the
coniugate condition may be called conjugate organisms, or con-
jjates. The next generation may be termed the fcrjugatc geu-
eration to indicate that it has passed through conjugation. The
gametes which produce this generation are ferjugate gametes,
and are the first result of the completed conjugation of the ongi-
nal gamete parents. The organisms which these gametes build
UP ffford our first visible evidence of the relations which the
parental characters have assumed as a result of conjugation.

What we have been calling the first generation of offspring
of such a cross is thus found not to be a true result of the cross,
but a structure built of double or conjugate cells which repre-
sent vegetative subdivisions of the gamete parents before heir
conjugation has been completed. What we have been cal Img
the second generation of the cross is really the first generation
of the organisms which represent the results of a true union or
completed conjugation of the original gamete parents.

With reference to the next preceding generation each sexually
reproduced higher plant or animal is a conjugate, that is, it is
built up by conjugating gametes derive* from the preceding
generation. With reference to the second preceding generation
each individual is to be reckoned as a perjugate, that is, it rep-
resents the result of the completed conjugation of the gametes
derived from the second preceding generation. The relation
of an organism to the grandparent generation is distinct and
different from its relation to the parent generation. It is pro-

ig6 COOK

duced before the conclusion of the conjugation of the gametes
derived from the parent generation, but is the product of the
completed conjugation of the gametes derived from the grand-
parental generation.

Though we may for some purposes make a contrast between
the two generations, describing one as conjugate and the other as
perjugate, this should not cause us to forget that all organisms
of the higher groups are conjugate organisms. This is in fun-
damental contrast with the exjugate organisms of the lower
groups, which are built up, not during conjugation, but in the
intervals after, or between, conjugations.

This system of reproduction of the higher plants and animals,
which enables them to build up new organisms while conjuga-
tion continues, and before it is completed, is responsible for the
ability of the higher groups to form sterile hybrids, that is,
hybrids between groups which are so diverse that their gametes
are unable to effect a complete conjugation, so that no perjugate
generation is produced. Such conjugate hybrids are an impos-
sibility, of course, among the lower groups where conjugation
has to be completed before cell-divisions begin.

Thus Mendelism is not the onl}?^ phenomenon which results
from the fact that higher organisms are built up before the con-
jugation of the parent gametes is completed. Conjugate hybrids
prove that the conjugate relation is different and less exacting
than the perjugate relation, and may thus help to reconcile us
to the fact that differences between the two generations are
inherent in the method of reproduction and not necessarily indi-
cative of general principles of inheritance. Indeed, it is claimed
by some Mendelians, such as Castle and Allen, that dominance,
the relation sustained by the gametes in the conjugate genera-
tion, has nothing to do with what they consider Mendelism
proper, the '* principle of gametic purity."^

'Castle, W. E., and Allen, Glover M.,1903. Mendel's Law and the Heredity
of Albinism. Mark Anniversary Volume, pp. 3S3. Henry Holt and Co., N. Y.

" The principle illustrated by these examples is, as pointed out by Bateson,
the most fundamental and farreaching of the Mendelian ideas. It is known as
the " law of segregation," or " splitting" of the parental characters at gamete-
formation, or as the " principle of gametic purity." Dominance is purely a
secondary matter ; it may or may not occur along with segregation, though the

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT I97

SUMMARY OF THE FIVE ELEMENTS OF DESCENT.

Every test of the behavior of different parental characteristics
in crosses or hybrids involves these five cases or elements, which
may be summarized briefly as follows :

1. Parent Organisms. — The individual organisms selected
for the experiment in crossing.

2. Pareiit Gametes. — The sex-cells produced by the parent
organisms which are brought together to test the results of con-
jugation.

3. Conjugate Organisms. — The organisms which are built
up after the parent gametes have united, but before their con-
jugation is completed.

4. Pcrjugate Gametes. — The gametes produced by the con-
jugate organisms, representing the first results of a completed
conjugation of the gamete parents.

5. Pcrjugate Organisms. — The organisms formed by unions
of pcrjugate gametes, representing the first generation of organ-
isms resulting from a completed conjugation of the gamete
parents.

Even the simplest experiment in Mendelism involves consid-
eration of at least these five distinct periods of existence. The
adult organisms of three generations are included, and the
gametes or sex-cells of two generations. One generation is
required for the conjugation of the gametes of the original
parents to be accomplished, and another generation for the
results of the combination to be brought to expression in adult
form. The third generation differs profoundly from the pre-
vious generation in its relation to the original parents of the
cross, and not merely in the proportional representation of the
parental characters, as shown in experiments in Mendelism.

latter can be more easily demonstrated in cases where it is associated with the
former. The principle of gametic purity rests upon the assumption that gamete
formation is the reverse of fertilization. In fertilization gametes A and B unite
to form a zygote ^^; when this zygote in turn forms gametes, they will be
again A and B. From a knowledge of the somatic form alone of pure ^'s and
5's, one can make no trustworthy prediction as to the form of AB. . . . But,
no matter what the somatic form of AB is, we may with confidence predict that
its gametes will be essentially pure ^'s and B's,, and in equal proportions. This
is the Mendelian expectation in all cases of alternative inheritance. Whether it
applies to other cases also, and, if so, to what extent, is not yet known."

198 COOK

MENDELISM AS A METHOD OF DESCENT.

By means of these five categories, it is possible to describe
Mendelism, as well as other methods of descent, in a more
direct and definite manner. Thus Mendelism may be defined
as a method of descent which jnelds conjugates all like one
parent, and perjugates like both parents in the proportion of
three to one. But to clearly understand the status of Mendelism
as a method of descent it is necessary to compare it with other
methods, described in corresponding terms. To make formal
definitions and laws of Mendelism in the absence of any form-
ulation of other methods of descent, is to onl}' ^PPb' another
way of claiming unique significance for this one group of phe-
nomena, to the exclusion of others equally worthy of our atten-
tion. When the matter is thus brought to a definite issue it
becomes evident that there are numerous methods of descent
instead of one or two. Indeed, so many methods are now
known that a general classification or arrangement of them
becomes almost necessary.

Such a classification of methods of descent seems likely to
afford a better means of comparison than by attempting to form-
ulate a series of new principles to correspond to the more abstract
presentations of Mendelism which have been made. Our so-
called natural laws and principles represent, after all, only
sequences, processes or groups of phenomena. To call any-
thing a law or a principle is to bespeak for it a somewhat super-
stitious reverence inconsistent with the thoroughly concrete
methods of treatment which afford the only assurance of per-
manent scientific results. Principles and laws are abstractions,
but processes are sequences of relations between tangible things.
Mendelism is one of these processes or methods of descent, but
it is not the only method, nor the most frequent or important
method. Nor does it differ in any very serious or important
respect from other methods of descent with which we are all
familiar.

PRIMARY METHODS OF DESCENT.

The tendency of the past has been to seize upon one or
another of the methods of descent as typical, and then to try
to prove that it includes or represents all the others. One way

MENDELISM AM) OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 1 99

of avoiding this confusion of unlike conditions is to keep in
mind the fact that different kinds of crosses may differ, not
only in the particular differences or amounts of difference which
the parent organisms show, but also in the fact that the parents
may belong to different kinds of groups.

Thus if there is indiscriminate individual diversity, among
the members of the parent group (as in a natural, freely inter-
breeding species) this diversity will not disappear at once, even
though care be taken to bring together as parents two indi-
viduals which seem to be closely alike. But by selection a
uniform type may be bred in which the traditional ideal of
heredity, that like produces like, may appear to be fully ex-
emplified. And yet if the narrow breeding be carried on with
persistence, mutative reactions toward greater diversity will
appear, and these sudden deviations from an established heredity
are even more different than were the normally diverse indi-
viduals of the original species.

Mendelism belongs to another series of methods of descent,
in which the parents are diverse in a more definite manner, that
is, by discriminate or regularly established differences, like those
existing between the sexes of a species or between selected
varieties. Finally, there is the still more fundamental diversity
between species which have been separated long enough for
definitely divergent characters to be developed.

SYNOPSIS OF METHODS OF DESCENT.

Descent with unrestricted, indiscriminate diversity (heterism).

Genetic variation in unrestricted descent (neism).
Descent with restricted diversity (heredity).

Discontinuous variation in restricted descent (mutation).
Reappearance of ancestral characters (atavism).
Descent with discriminate intraspecific diversity (ropism).
Descent with integradation of differences (scalar).
Descent with preservation of differences (polar).
Polar inheritance in dimorphic species.
Sexual dimorphism.
Semisexual dimorphism.
Subsexual dimorphism.

200 COOK

Supersexual dimorphism.

Diversity in social organisms (politism).
Polar inheritance in crosses of narrow-bred varieties.

Equipolar inheritance.

Partial dominance.

Complete dominance (mendelism).

Interpolar inheritance. . f

Mosaic inheritance.

Extrapolar inheritance.

Conjugate reversion.

Perjugate reversion.

Prepotent polarity.
Descent with averaging of differences (intermediate).
Descent with specific diversity (hybridism).
Sterile or mule hybrids (conjugate hybridism).
Fertile hybrids between species (perjugate hybridism).

Unrestricted Descent with Normal Diversity i^Hetcrisni). —
Heterism is a method of descent in which the parent organisms
are members of an individually diverse, freely interbreeding
group, and the offspring reproduce the group diversit}^ instead
of being restricted to the expression of characters of the parent
individuals. Heterism is the most general condition or method
of descent, that found in widely distributed, broad-bred species
in nature.

Reasons have been given in other places for believing that
organic evolution is a function of normal, specific networks of
descent — a process of change in a broad fabric of interbreed-
ing lines of descent.^

Inheritance, like descent, is a group phenomenon. Uni-
formity of inheritance is proportional to the uniformity of the
group to which the parent organisms belong. In broad-bfed
groups parent organisms are usually unlike. The offspring
are also unlike, and they do not merely reproduce the differ-
ences of the parents, but share the indiscriminate individual
diversity of the group. Even the simultaneous offspring of the

'Cook, O. F., 1906. The Vital Fabric of Descent. Proc. Washington
Academy of Sciences, 7 : 301. Aspects of Kinetic Evolution. Proc. Washing-
ton Academy of Sciences, S: 197-403.

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 20I

same parents are often definitely unlike, thus showing that
these differences arise from the method of descent, and do not
depend merely upon the influences of external conditions.

Gciiclic Variation with Unrestricted Descent {JVeism). —
Neism is a form of descent in which the parent organisms have
the usual individual diversity of the group to which they belong,
while the conjugates and perjugates are more diverse than
usual, and differ from the remaining members of the group in
the manifestation of a new character.

U)iiforniity of Restricted Descent [Heredity). — Heredity is
a method of descent in which the indiscriminate individual
diversity of heterism has been eliminated by narrow breeding
or selective restriction of descent. In this way relatively great
uniformity may be brought about and maintained for a long
series of generations.

To treat heredity as but one among many forms or methods
of descent may appear unusual, or even unwarranted. This is
because heredity — the production of like by like — has been
considered the typical method of descent under theories which
hold that differences among the members of a species are not
normal phenomena of descent, but due to external conditions.
The popularity of this doctrine of normal uniformity in descent
has been so great that descent and heredity have often been used
as completely synonymous terms, just as it is now proposed by
some to extend the inferences drawn from Mendelian inheritance
over the whole field of evolution. Under the present interpre-
tation of the facts other methods of descent are recognized as
more general and more normal than the production of like by
like. Descent is a wider term than heredity, since it includes
all the methods of propagation by which organic series are
maintained.

Heredity, in the more definite sense, is a fact, but only under
conditions of restricted descent. It is only among our narrow-
bred domesticated varieties of plants and animals, or among
similarly limited groups in nature, that like produces like in any
manner which approximates uniformity, so that the descendants
may appear " perfectly true to the physical characters of their
progenitors." And even this artificial uniformity of restricted

202 COOK

descent is not permanent, but gives way in time to the diversity
of mutative degeneration.

Abrupt Variation in Restricted Descent [Hfutation). — Mu-
tation is a method of descent in which the parent organisms are
alike, but abrupt differences appear among the offspring, usu-
ally as the result of variations of the parent gametes.

The parent organisms are not only alike with respect to some
particular character, but belong to the same series of like indi-
viduals, in which like has produced like for numerous gener-
ations.

If the new character is dominant it becomes apparent among
the conjugates, but if recessive it can not attain expression un-
less two recessive gametes can be brought together, which is
not possible until the perjugate generation. Mutations differ
from genetic variations in the conditions of uniformity and
restricted descent in which they appear, and usually also in the
greater amplitude of the differences acquired by mutation.

Mutative variations are usually preserved by polar inheri-
tance, and the new character may be either dominant or reces-
sive, quite as in Mendelian crosses of mutative varieties. The
condition of restricted descent in which mutations appear is also
the condition in which polarity of inheritance is most pronounced,
as though an effort were being made to restore the normal diver-
sity of the group, by preserving all of the mutative differences.

Atavism. — Atavism is a method of descent in which the off-
spring diverge from the parents and their immediate relatives
in the expression of a character in some more remote ancestor.
Thus many mutative variations of narrow-bred domesticated
varieties are in the direction of characters of the wild type of
the species. Atavism is related to reversion, but a distinction
may be made by calling those cases reversion in which the
return to the ancestral character has been occasioned by the
interbreeding of members of two or more narrow-bred varieties.

Descent with Discriminate Diversity. — Discriminate inher-
itance includes those forms of descent in which the parent
organisms represent narrow-bred groups, so that their differ-
ences are not merely individual or indiscriminate. The differ-
ent methods of descent in discriminate inheritance can be con-

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 203

veniently illuatrated by thinking of the characters of the two
parents as the ends of a graduated series or scale like that of a
thermometer. With reference to such a scale three forms of
discriminate descent may be distinguished.

In the first form the offspring present a complete series of
gradations between the parental extremes. This may be called
scalar or intergraded inheritance. It resembles most nearly
the indiscriminate diversity of descent of natural species.

In the second form of discriminate descent the progeny, and
especially the perjugate gametes, are adjusted to favor the
complete preservation of the divergent parental characters, or
poles of the series, but do not produce the connecting series
between.

In the third form of discriminate descent the divergent char-
acters are not preserved by separate expressions, but are com-
bined into an intermediate average.

Polar

Scalar J Intermediate

Polar.

Inheritance of Intergradations {Scalar). — Scalar or inter-
graded inheritance is a method of descent in which the offspring
show a complete series of gradations between the divergent char-
acters of the parents. The result of such crosses is to release
again the normal tendency to diversity, so that the pendulum of
variations swings over the entire series of gradations between
the parental poles of the scale of inheritance.

With reference to their expression in any single individual
the two parental characters may be said to be combined or
blended, but the existence of a complete series of gradations is
the characteristic which distinguishes this method of descent
from the combinations which result in a uniform or intermediate

204 COOK

average, and those in which the parental diversities are preserved
by alternative expression. Nor is it to be supposed that there are
not conditions intermediate between scalar, polar and interme-
diate inheritance. In some characters there may be a tendency
to prefer the extremes of the series, and in others the mean, or
some other maximum point. Such relations have been inves-
tigated at length by Gallon and other statistical biologists.

Scalar inheritance is in some respects intermediate between
indiscriminate inheritance and polar inheritance. The parental
diversities become established as the poles of the series, but the
polarity is not so definite as when the parental differences are
fully preserved.

Scalar inheritance is commonly manifested in crosses between
selected varieties of domesticated plants and animals. It was
formerl}^ taken for granted that similar series of intergradations
were often produced in nature by the hybridizing of species,
but the evidence has failed to convince the late G. C. Churchill,
an English botanist who appears to have given this particular
point ver}'- extensive and discriminating study. ^

The fact seemed to be established that in the great majority
of cases, at least, the hybrids between adjacent species of gen-
tians and other alpine plants were limited to one or two definitely
intermediate forms, without series of connecting links or inter-
gradations (^(?<^£'r^>"rtr;/^5/t)r;;/^;/). The ability to form interme-
diate sterile hybrids would not really intermingle the species or
interfere with their continued differentiation. Less differentiated
species with separate geographical ranges might form inter-
graded crosses like selected varieties of the same species, but
it is not to be supposed that species which freely interbreed and
intergrade, could become differentiated while occupying the
same geographical distribution. Whenever two related, but
definitely distinguishable species occupy the same area we may
expect to find that they have some other form of segregation,
such as differences of time of flowering, or inability of the germ-
cells to effect normal conjugations.

Descent zuith Presei'vation of Differences by Polar Inheri-
tance.— Polar inheritance is a general type of descent which in-

' Churchill, G. C, 1906. Quotations in Obituary Notice, Kew Bulletin, No.
9, 1906, 3S4.

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 20$

eludes all cases in which the parent organisms differ by two or
more characters which are preserved in the offspring. All species
in which definite diversities are maintained like those of sexes,
castes, dimorphism, polymorphism, etc., are examples of polar
inheritance, as are also the crosses of different varieties when
the parental diversities are repeated in later generations. The
general opinion has been that when two unlike individuals are
bred together their differences tend to average away or come to
an intermediate point in the offspring, but this is not true when
descent follows the methods of polar inheritance.

The diverse characters of the parent organisms continue to be
represented in the perjugate gametes and the perjugate off-
spring, instead of being lost by intermediate or graded inheri-
tance or other more miscellaneous variations. In several forms
of polar inheritance equal numbers of the perjugate gametes
represent the divergent parental characters, but there is great
diversity in the relations assumed by the parent gametes, as
shown by diversity of behavior in the conjugate generation.

Polar Inheritance in Dimorphic and Polymorphic Species. —
Two conditions of polar inheritance may be distinguished, those
in which the polarity is already established under conditions
of free interbreeding and those in which relations of polarity
are manifested when representatives of different varieties and
species are bred together. In the one case the polarity is alto-
gether natural, in the other somewhat artificial or experimental.
That there is any essential difference in the nature of the polarity
phenomena of the two series of cases, is scarcely to be claimed,
but it is very desirable to distinguish them in attempting to esti-
mate correctly the general significance of the polarity phenomena.

Polar Inheritance of Sexual Differences [Sexual Di^nor-
■phisni). — The most familiar phenomenon of polar inheritance is
that of sex. The parents are diverse, often by a large series of
definitely contrasted characters, and the offspring, both conju-
gates and perjugates, preserve all these contrasts. Sex-inher-
itance differs from Mendelism mostly in being a much more
specialized form of the same phenomenon of polarity in the ex-
pression of divergent characters.

Semisexual Dimorphism. — Semisexual dimorphism is a
Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907.

206 COOK

method of descent in which the members of the same species
of two definite kinds or castes, so formed as to require or to
facilitate cross-fertilization, though without the separation of
the sexes in different individuals. The differences found in
semisexual species correspond in all respects, to the secondary-
sexual characters of completely sexual species, except that they
do not accompany sex-differentiation. Examples of semi-
sexual dimorphism are numerous among plants, as in the spe-
cies of Primula^ Houstonia, etc. In some species of Oxalis and
L,yth?'um there is even a trimorphism involving three kinds of
stamens, pistils and pollen-grains.

Subsexual Dtmo?'p/iisfn and Polymorphism. — Subsexual
dimorphism is a method of descent in which the members of the
same species are of two or more different kinds, castes or " ele-
mentary species ", but without regard to sexuality or to provi-
sions for cross-fertilization. The phenomenon may prove to be
completely analogous with Mendelism and other related forms
of polarity of character-expression in crosses between narrow-
bred varieties. It is, in short, polar inheritance under natural
conditions of free interbreeding, not complicated by the more
highly specialized polarity of sex-differentiation.^

A recently recorded addition to this series of phenomena is
that of a color-diversity in Verbena striata^ discovered in Kan-
sas by Professor Schaffner.

"The peculiar form which I discovered was very different
from the type and its variants. The color of the corolla was a
pinkish-white [instead of deep purplish blue] and the individ-
uals, numbering several thousands, were found to be remarkable
for the uniformity of this character. There were no transition
forms whatever. The mutant had a much smaller color varia-
bility than the parent species, and no other peculiarit}' than the
color of the corolla was discovered.

"The mutants covered about a square mile of territory. In

some directions, however, they have advanced for nearly a mile

beyond what seems to have been the center of distribution. . . .

The mutant was found indifferently on nearly all kinds of soil

^Examples of Semisexual, Subsexual, and Supersexual differentiations are
given in Cook, in Aspects of Kinetic Evolution. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 8:
320-376.

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 207

and habitat which the section afforded. In some places the
normal type was more abundant, in others the mutant, while in
still other spots both were present in about equal numbers,
growing together closely intermingled. . . .

'* This mutant is not of hybrid origin. Hybrids between certain
species of Verbena are common but are easily recognized from
morphological characters. No hybrids were found in the
locality. A careful search was made in all directions. . . ."'

A new character is obviously analogous to a mutation, though
it does not behave as mutations are supposed to do. At present
it seems to have brought about a condition of dimorphism in the
parent species, instead of requiring to be isolated in order to be
preserved, though the possibility of segregation by some form
of reproductive incompatibility is not absolutely excluded.

Sufcr sexual Dimoi'fhisni. — Similarly definite diversities of
color are also known among sexually higher differentiated ani-
mals, and may be reckoned as constituting still another method
of descent, supersexual dimorphism. The present interest of
this phenomenon lies in the fact that it proves that polarities of
expression may be maintained even in sexually differentiated
species and under conditions of free interbreeding. The diver-
sities of eye-color in the European races constitute a mild form
of such a dimorphism or alternative inheritance phenomenon,
as shown by the studies of Galton.

Diversity in Social Organisms {Politisni). — Politism is a
method of descent in which a part of the offspring regularly
show characters different from any of their parents or ancestors,
accompanied by a deficient development of the sexual organs
and powers of reproduction, as in the highly socialized groups
of insects, such as the ants and the termites. Politism differs
from other kinds of dimorphism in that the offspring represent
from one to four specialized sterile castes, in addition to the
reproduction of the unspecialized sexual types.

Character-transmission is here completely divorced from char-
acter-expression, for the sexual insects never express the char-
acters transmitted to the sterile castes, nor do the sterile castes
propagate their own characters or those of their parents. That

'Schaffner, J. H., 1906. A Successful Mutant of Verbena Avithout External
Isolation. Ohio Naturalist, 7 : 31.

208 COOK

the characters which a particular individual shall express as an
adult may be determined b}' external conditions constitutes
additional evidence that the expression of characters does not
depend upon the same factors as the transmission of characters.
Cases of politism occur also among plants. The vegetative
internodes, which correspond to the neuter individuals of the
insect colonies, may become unlike. Some of the branches
are then unable to replace the main stem, though in most plants
all the branches and internodes are potentially equal.

Polar Inheritance in Crosses of Narrow-Bred Varieties. —
The general result of this class of experiments has been to prove
that narrow-bred varieties may assume the same or very similar
relations of polar inheritance as those regularly manifested by
the sexes and castes of dimorphic species. Indeed, the narrow
breeding which has restricted the descent of the parental groups
appears to intensify the polarity phenomena in such a way that
very definite mathematical relations are sometimes assumed.

Equifolar Inheritance. — Equipolar inheritance is a method
of descent in which the diverse characters of the parents are
expressed in equal numbers of the conjugates and perjugates,
just as in sex-inheritance. This shows that the diversities are
also represented in equal numbers of the gamete parents and
the gamete offspring, but they are not united with the sexual
characters. There are many secondary sexual characters which
are to be distinguished from equipolar characters only by this
relation to sex-differentiation.

Instances of equipolar descent like that of Professor Daven-
port's cross between the four-toed and five-toed chickens are of
special interest as connecting links between sex-inheritance and
other forms of polarized descent. Thus if Professor Davenport
were to mate five-toed cocks with four-toed hens for a series of
generations we may expect that the five-toed character would
become definitely attached to the other polarities of sex-inheri-
tance, just as the enlarged spur is now a part of the regular,
normal equipment of the male birds.

Some of the mutations of the coffee tree are purely pistil-
late and some purely staminate. If a dimorphic type of coffee
were desirable it would probably not be difficult of development
by breeding from such a pair.

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 209

That polarit}^ of inheritance also exists in nature apart from
sex-inheritance is shown in numerous instances of dimorphism
and dichromatism. Some animals have dichromatism super-
posed upon sex, and many plants are dimorphic in which the
sexes are not separated.

Partial Dominance. — Partial dominance is a form of polar
inheritance in which the diverse characters of the parents are
brought to expression in unequal numbers of the conjugates
and perjugates. The relation between the parent gametes is
not uniform, one of the divergent characters gaining expres-
sion as a dominant in one conjugate individual, but remaining
abeyant in another. Nevertheless, the gametes formed by
these unlike conjugates may follow the law of polar inheri-
tance. Equal numbers of gametes would then represent the
expression of the divergent parental characters, though the
partial dominance of the conjugate relation would again affect
the proportion in which the characters would be expressed
among the perjugate organisms.

A good example of partial dominance is to be found in crosses
between CEnothera lata^ one of De Vries's mutations, and the
parent type O. laniai'ckiana. About 15 percent show charac-
ters of O. lata, that is O. lata is dominant to the extent of 15
percent, O. lamarckiana to the extent of 85 percent. As this
mutation does not itself produce any pollen, its characters must
be considered as receiving expression only in this condition of
partial dominance. The instance is interesting because of the
further fact that the lata mutation has very recently been found
to have only 14 chromosomes in the somatic cells, while the
lamarckiana form of the cross has at least 20.^ This shows
that dominance, at least, does not depend upon the number of
chromosomes.

There is no assurance, of course, that a character once reces-
sive is always recessive, or that the proportions of expression
may not change. Even in Mendelian experiments different
crossings of the same stocks often show different results, as in
the case of the tailless fowls and other deviations from the
Mendelian expectations described by Professor Davenport.

'Gates, R. R., 1907. Preliminarv Note on Pollen Development in CEnothera
lata De Vries and its Hybrids. Science, N. S., 25 : 259, and Bot. Gaz. 44 : 1-2 1.

2IO COOK

None of the 200 offspring of one of the tailless birds was tail-
less, but in the progeny of a son of the same bird the tailless
character gained expression in the regular Mendelian propor-
tions.

Complete Doininance [Mendeltsm). — Complete dominance,
or Mendelism, is a form of polar inheritance in which onl}' one
of the divergent parental characters (dominant) is expressed in
the conjugates, but the perjugates are like both parents in a
proportion of three to one. The parent organisms and gamete
parents are diverse with respect to the expression of one or more
definitely contrasted characters. The conjugates show the
divergent character of only one of the parents, which is called
the dominant. The perjugates are again diverse like the parent
organisms, but the expression of the divergent characters of the
organic parents is unequal, three-quarters having the dominant
character expressed in the conjugates, and one-quarter the
character which was recessive or abeyant in the conjugates.
Subsequent generations will continue to reproduce the latter,
three dominants to one recessive. Thus Mendelism might be
reckoned as a weaker form of sex-inheritance in which the
phenomenon of dominance interfered with a strict equality of
expression-polarities in the conjugate phases.

The inferences which have been based on the differences of
proportion in the expression of the parental characters of the
so-called first and second generations of a Mendelian cross fall
to the ground as soon as we consider in sufficient detail the re-
productive processes by which they are produced. The two
generations have an entirely different relation to the original
organisms or to the gamete parents, but at the same time the
relation of the characters to each other is not different in the
generations, in spite of the difference of proportions. In the
conjugate generation all the organisms arise from combinations
of unlike gametes, while in the perjugate generation only half
of them represent such combinations. But all of these show
the phenomenon of dominance, quite as in the first generation.
The behavior of first generations proves to us that characters
may be expressed by polarity, or as reciprocals, instead of as
averages or resultants. If we admit the same possibility for

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 211

the expression tendencies of gametes the mathematical rehitions
of Mendelism can all be understood without the necessity of
predicating character-units or pure germ cells.

Dominance, as a manifestation of expression-polarity, is not
a merely secondary matter in Mendelism, but affords a key to
the whole phenomenon, since it renders unnecessary the false
assumption that gamete formation is the reverse of fertilization.

Interfolai- Inheritance. — In interpolar inheritance one of the
divergent characters is not dominant over the other, but the two
characters receive intermediate expression in all of the conju-
gates and in one half of the perjugates.

This shows that the gametes formed by the intermediate con-
jugates represent the divergent parental characters in equal
numbers, as in Mendelism, but the lack of dominance leads to
intermediate expression of characters in the conjugate genera-
tion, and in one half of the perjugates and other succeeding
generations, since half of the gametes may be expected to mate
with others having the same polarity, and half with those hav-
ing a different polarity.

Mosaic Inheritance. — Mosaic inheritance differs from inter-
polar inheritance in that the divergent characters are not com-
pletely averaged or blended, but pieced together, as it were,
after the manner of a mosaic. Thus in crosses between black
and white poultry, interpolar inheritance brings a conjugate
generation of an intermediate gray or blue color, while mosaic
inheritance yields larger or smaller spots of black and white.

Mosaic inheritance might also be compared with scalar
inheritance.

Extra^olar Inheritance. — Extrapolar inheritance is a form
of descent in which conjugate organisms present characters
diverse from those of the parents, instead of being like either
parent or intermediate between them. Sueh divergent conju-
gates are called heterozygotes in the specialized vocabulary of
Mendelism. The fact that such characters depend for their
expression, not on the polarity possessed by the gametes before
conjugation, but upon the relations assumed during conjugation,
enables us to understand the general opinion of Mendelists that
heterozygote characters cannot be "fixed" by selection. Simple

212 COOK

selection might have, it is true, no tendency to render such a
conjugate character transmissible, but the chance that gametes
might be found which tended to the same expression as the con-
jugates might warrant such an effort if the heterozygote charac-
ter was sufficiently valuable.

Whether any heteroz3rgote characters represent really new
variations seems not to have been definitely ascertained. In
case they should all prove to be in the nature of reversions this
method of descent will coincide with the next.

Conjugate Reversion. — Conjugate reversion is a form of de-
scent in which the conjugates become different from both of the
parent organisms by returning to the expression of an ancestral
character of one or both of the parents. Thus Darbishire re-
ports that numerous crosses of two varieties of pink-eyed mice
yielded only black-eyed offspring in the first or conjugate
generation.

Perjugate Reversion. — Perjugate reversion is a method of
descent in which the conjugates do not depart from the charac-
ters of the parents, but the perjugates become abruptly different
by returning to the expression of an ancestral character. Per-
jugate reversion differs from conjugate reversion in that the an-
cestral character reappears in the perjugate generation, instead
of in the conjugate generation.

Perjugate reversion may be illustrated by an experiment
reported by Dr. Herbert J. Webber. The crossing of Sea
Island cotton with a smooth-seeded Upland variety resulted in a
conjugate generation which was smooth-seeded like the parents,
but in the second or perjugate generation woolly seeds reap-
peared, and for several generations afterward.^

Both kinds of reversion may be considered as due to a restora-

' " Where the smooth-seeded Klondike upland was used in crossing with Sea
Island the second generation hybrids exhibited a very peculiar case of reversion.
The Klondyke, while originally a fuzzy-seeded type, had been carefully selected
for a number of generations before the crossing was done, until it produced regu-
larly and normally a smooth black seed. When crossed with Sea Island the first
generation hybrids all had smooth black seeds. In the second generation, how-
ever, quite a number of the progeny had fuzzy seed, showing that the fuzzy seed
potent still existed in the Klondike though dormant. This would seem to be an
important point, as indicating the non-purity of the germ-cell." Webber, H. J.,
1905. Cotton Breeding. Proc. Amer. Breeders' Association, i: 40.

MENDELISM AND OTHER .METHODS OF DESCENT 213

tion of polarity of expression to an ancestral character which
has remained latent for numerous generations. In conjugate
reversion the change of polarity comes about through the bring-
ing of the gametes together in fertilization. In perjugate rever-
sion the change of polarity probably occurs at mitapsis, when
the new gametes are formed. Perjugate reversion may also be
described as mitaptic reversion or as gamete reversion, when it
is desired to emphasize these contrasts. But from the stand-
point of analogy with Mendelism perjugate reversion seems the
better term, since it indicates more definitely the fact that the
reappearance of the previously latent ancestral character does
not become evident in the conjugate generation, but in the
perjugate.

A curiously complex instance of reversion in later perjugate
generations has been reported recently in pigs. Two three-
quarters Berkskire and Poland China sows, when bred to a simi-
larly crossed male produced litters of pigs each of which showed,
while young, seven longitudinal stripes like wild pigs. The
parents had retained the black color and white points of the
parent breeds. The mating of a pair of the pigs which had
been striped when young yielded a diverse litter, some with the
ancestral stripes, some with solid sandy black, the usual colora-
tion of the Berkshire breed of sixty years ago, and some with
black and white spots like the Poland Chinas of thirty years
ago.'

Prepotent Polarity. — This is a form of polarized descent in
which the divergent character of one parent is expressed in more
than three-quarters of the perjugates, showing that more than
half of the prejugate gametes tend to express the character of
the one parent.

An instance which may be interpreted as polar prepotency
is described by Professor De Vries. All thfe seeds of a plant
which had shown only a few ligulate disk-flowers produced
plants with completely double flowers. The expression of the
double variation may have been restricted in the first genera-
tion by the non-mutated gamete, but the new character appears

^Simpson, Q^. I. and J. P., 1907. Reversion Induced by Cross-Breeding.
Science, N. S., 25: 427.

214 COOK

to have been prepotent in all the gametes of the next generation.^
Descent with Combination o?' Averaging oj" Differences [Inter-
mediate). — Intermediate discriminate inheritance is a form of
descent in which the differences of the parents are reduced in
the offspring to an intermediate blend or average.

The difference between interpolar inheritance and inter-
mediate inheritance is that in the former the intermediate ex-
pression of the diverse parental characters is general only in the
first or conjugate generation, since the perjugate gametes tend
to express the parental characters, as well as the intermediate.
But in true intermediate inheritance the gametes also tend to
intermediate expression, so that the perjugate generation may
be as definitely intermediate as the conjugate. In the language
of Mendelism, dominance is lacking, and the germ-cells are not
"pure." Both interpolar inheritance and mosaic inheritance
will be found, no doubt, to shade off by imperceptible grada-
tions into intermediate or completely blended inheritance. Some
of the gradations were well shown in Professor Davenport's
poultry-hybrids.

Descent with Specific Diversity {Hyhridisni) . — No absolute
distinction can be made between crosses of groups which have
become isolated by natural causes and those which have become
isloted by man ; but there is usually this ver}' important difference
that conscious human selection narrows the network of descent
much more suddenly and definitely than unconscious agencies
of the environment. Unconscious selection rejects only the end
of the procession, but conscious selection saves onl}^ the head,
or some other equally restricted section. Species usually do
not differ from each other in the same definite ways that narrow-

^De Vries, H., 1907. Evolution and Mutation. The Monist, 17: 19.

"The double variety of the corn-marigold {Ch>ysatttkemiim scgcfiim) arose in
my garden in a culture in which I was increasing the number of raj'-florets by
continuous selection. During four yeais I had succeeded in increasing this
number to about sixty on each head, starting from the cultivated variety' with an
average of twenty-one. All the ray-florets, however, belonged to tiie outer rows
of the heads, as in the original variety. At once a plant arose which produced
some^few ligulate florets in the midst of the disc. This indicated the production
of a double race. When the seeds of this mutating individual were sown the
next year, they yielded a uniformly double group ; and from this time the new
variety remained constant."

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 2l5

bred mutative varieties differ, and interspecific hybrids usually
do not show the same definite polarities of character-expression.

Sterile or Mule Hybrids {Coiijuoate Hybridism). — Conju-
gate hybridism is a form of descent in which the parent gametes
are not able to accomplish a complete conjugation, though they
are able to unite in fertilization and build up a conjugate organ-
ism. Normal perjugate gametes are not formed, nor any per ju-
gate organisms.

Conjugate hybridism may be illustrated by the mule and other
sterile crosses between the members of distinct species, but mu-
tative variations may also be sterile like conjugate hybrids.
Usually these sterile conjugate hybrids are definitely and uni-
formly intermediate between the two parents, as though there
were definite tensions which had yielded a uniform resultant.
Thus there seems to be rather less diversity among mules than
among horses.

Fertile Hybrids between Species [Perjugate Hybridism). —
Perjugate hybridism is a form of descent in which gametes rep-
resenting different species are able to perform a complete con-
jugation, so that a perjugate generation is produced.

There are many stages and gradations between conjugate and
perjugate hybridism, and of perjugate hybridism many different
degrees might be distinguished. Between some species perju-
gate hybrids are to be obtained only rarely and are then weak,
short-lived or sterile. Where the parental incompatibility is some-
what less, the perjugate generation, though more readily pro-
duced, shows a wide range of diversity like that of mutations
of narrow-bred varieties. The following generations of such
mutative hybrids may also be very unstable, but in plants capable
of vegetative propagation these mutative hybrids are often
valuable. Other species hybridize with greater freedom, and
show less abnormal diversity. Finally, som6 hybrids between
species appear to be nearly as normal and stable as crosses be-
tween related varieties of the same species.

2l6

COOK

Diagram of Methods of Descent.

Methods of
Descent.

.2 -2 .2 -2

Parent o. Parent g Conjugate a Perjugate g Perjugate

Organisms. £ Gametes. '~ Organisms. 5 Gametes. '^ Organisms.

'§ "£ 'iS fc

fc 6.

Heterism.

Indiscrimi-
nately di-
verse.

Diverse.

Diverse like
parent
group.

Diverse.

Diverse like
parent
group.

Genetic

variation
{neism).

Indiscrimi-
nately di-
verse.

Diverse.

More di-
verse than
parent
group.

Diverse.

More

diverse than

parent

group.

Heredity.

Alike, nar-
row bred.

Alike.

Alike.

Alike.

Alike.

Mutation.

Alike, nar-
row bred.

Diverse.

Diverse.

Diverse.

Diverse,
with polar
inheritance.

Atavism.

Alike.

Alike or
Diverse.

Diverse,
some like

remote
ancestor.

Alike or
diverse.

Alike or
diverse.

Scalar
inheritance.

Diverse
groups.

Diverse.

Intermedi-
ate inter-
graded.

Diverse.

Diverse,

showing all

gradations

between

parents.

Sexual di-
morphism.

Diverse
sexes.

Diverse.

Diverse
sexes.

Diverse.

Diverse
sexes.

Semisexual
dimor-
phism.

Diverse
semisexes.

Diverse.

Diverse
semisexes.

Diverse.

Diverse
semisexes.

Subsextial
difnor-
phisni.

Diverse,

without

reference to

sex.

Diverse.

Diverse
subsexes.

Diverse.

Diverse
subsexes.

Super-
sexual
dimor-
phism.

Alike or
diverse.

Diverse.

Diverse
supersexes.

Diverse.

Diverse
supersexes.

Politism.

Alike, un-
specialized.

?

Unlike, fer-
tile and
sterile.

?

Unlike, fer-
tile and
sterile.

Eqtiipolar
inheritance.

Diverse
groups.

Diverse.

Like both
parents in

equal
number.

Diverse in

equal
numbers.

One-half
like one
parent, one-
half like
other
parent.

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT

217

Diagram of Methods of Descent. — Continued.

c

5

c

u

0 ^

c

Methods of |

Parent 0. Parent ?

Conjugate c

, Perjugate J

Perjugate

Descent.

Organisms. Z

Gametes. -

Organisms, t

Gametes. '^

Organisms.

'%

fc §
Pk

t

1
B

Partial

Diverse

Diverse.

Like both

Diverse, in

Like both

dominance.

groups.

parents in |

equal

parents in

unequal

numbers.

unequal

numbers.

numbers.

Complete \

Diverse

Diverse.

Like one

Diverse, in

Three-

dominance

groups.

parent

equal

fourths like

{Mendel-

(dominant).

numbers.

dominant

ism).

parent, one-
fourth like
recessive
parent.

Interpolar.

Diverse

Diverse.

Intermedi-

Diverse, in

One-fourth

groups.

ate, blended.

equal
numbers.

like one
parent, one-
half inter-
mediate,
one-fourth
like other
parent.

Mosaic.

Diverse

Diverse.

Intermedi-

Diverse, in

One-fourth

groups.

ate, mosaic.

equal
numbers.

like one
parent, one-
half mosaic,
one-fourth
like other
parent.

Extra-

Diverse

Diverse.

Different

Diverse, in

One-fourth

polar.

groups.

from both

equal

like one

parents

numbers.

parent, one-

(heterozy-

fourth like

gote).

other, one-
half differ-
ent from
either.

Conjugate

Alike, but

Alike

Different

Alike or

Diverse,

reversion.

of different

from par-

diverse.

some like

origin.

ents, like

parents,

remote

^

some like

ancestor.

conjugates.

Perjugate

Alike, but

Alike.

Like

Unlike

Like remote

reversion.

i of different
origin.

parents.

parents.

ancestors.

Polar

Diverse.

Diverse.

Usually

More than

More than

prepotency.

like one

half like

three-

parent.

dominant.

fourths
like domi-
nant.

2l8

COOK

Diagram of Methods of Descent. — Concluded.

Methods of
Descent.

Conjugate
hybridism .

Perjugate
hybridism.

Parent p, Parent S Conjugate a Perjugate S Perjugate
Organisms. « Gametes. S Organisms.,' 2 Gametes. ;-S Organisms.

Diverse

species.

Diverse
species.

Diverse.

Diverse.

Intermedi- H No perju-
ate, sterile, j gate
gametes.

Intermedi-
ate or
diverse,
fertile.

Alike or
diverse.

No perju-
gate organ-
isms.

Inter-
mediate or
diverse like
mutations.

POSITION OF MENDELISM AS A METHOD OF DESCENT.

No claim of completeness is made for these condensed sum-
maries and tables. They are introduced at this time only to
show the position of Mendelism among other methods of descent.
It has been customary to describe Mendelism as a form of her-
edity, but in reality it constitutes a rather wide departure from
the primary concept of heredity, as developed in evolutionary
literature. Heredity usually implies the production of like by
like, which many have considered the normal process of descent.

Mendelism is one of the methods of descent in which unlike
produce unlike. Mendelism has aroused special interest in the
scientific world largely because it seemed to contradict the
earlier inferences from the idea of heredity, by showing that
contrasted differences are preserved, and not reduced to a uni-
form intermediate average. Instead of being a form of heredity,
Mendelism is a specialization of heterism ; it is one of the methods
of increasing diversity of descent, which sustains the efficiency of
the processes of sexual reproduction. The preservation of dif-
ferences inside the species by means of sex-inheritance is one
of the most familiar phenomena of descent, but the intimate
resemblance between Mendelism and sex-inheritance has not
been adequately appreciated.

MENDELIAN " PRINCIPLES " NOT DEMONSTRATED.

To explain these phenomena of polar inheritance the Men-
delian doctrine of pure germ-cells was invented, but the facts

MENDELISM AND OTHER IMETHODS OF DESCENT 2I9

do not require so extensive an assumption to be made. It is
not necessary to suppose that gamete-formation is the reverse
of fertilization. The facts indicate only that the perjugate
gametes are definitely polarized or predisposed to the expres-
sion of one or the other of the divergent parental characters.
It may not be entirely inconceivable that pure germ-cells could
be formed on the plan of the Mendelian theory if the incompati-
bility of a hybrid were great enough to prevent mitapsis, but
germ-cells which remained pure in this manner would consti-
tute a very abnormal and exceptional phenomenon, like parthe-
nogenesis or apogamy, instead of being a general method of
descent.

If the parental protoplasms separated, instead of completing
the fusion of the chromatin, the parental characters should
segregate in the original groupings and not be found in all
varieties of combinations as happens whenever the parents
differ by two or more Mendelian characters. The theory of
incompatibility is also excluded by the fact that the varieties
which afford the best examples of Mendelism are usually closely
related members of the same species, and the crosses are en-
tirely fertile.

The Mendelian '* principle of gametic purity " has sometimes
been described very appropriately as "the law of disjunction",
since it rests on a denial of the fact of mitapsis, and holds that
no permanent fusion takes place between the gametes which are
brought together in Mendelian experiments. The presence in
a germ-cell of the element or unit representing one of the diver-
gent characters is supposed to exclude the unit which represents
the alternative character.

But even the phenomenon of dominance, the primary fact of
Mendelism, shows that the representation of a character in a
germ-cell and the bringing of it to expression in an organism
are two entirely distinct processes. In building up the conjugate
structure the two gametes have a wide range of methods of
cooperation. In Mendelism the character of one gamete domi-
nates completely, so that the tendency of the other gamete to
the expression of a different characteristic is completely con-
cealed and held in abeyance. And yet Mendelian experiments

220 COOK

prove conclusively that the recessive character may not be lost
or diminished by this period of suppression, but may have
equal representation in the expression-tendencies of the gametes
of the next generation.

Single gametes, like conjugate gametes, may retain and
transmit characteristics which they do not express. The reap-
pearance of the blue plumage of the wild pigeons in Darwin's
crosses of white varieties, the return of the red and yellow
feathers of the wild jungle-fowl to Professor Davenport's black
and white chickens, and the uniform production of black-eyed
mice as a result of crossing two pink-eyed varieties by Darbi-
shire, are conspicuous examples of this fact, that characters
may be brought again to expression after passing in latent con-
dition through many generations of germ-cells.

With this fact definitely established, that it is possible for
germ-cells to transmit characters for many generations without
bringing or tending to bring them into expression, the Mendelian
" laws of disjunction," *' purity of gametes," " alternative inher-
itance," or whatever they may be called, become at once super-
fluous and inadequihe. They are inadequate because they do
not explain how a character-unit could once get back into
gametes after being left out. They are superfluous because the
facts indicate only that gametes have a tendency or polarity of
expression of particular characters, though they may at the
same time transmit other characters which can regain the power
of expression in subsequent generations.

MENDELIAN INHERITANCE OF MUTATIONS.

Belief in the Mendelian assumptions of character-units and
pure germ-cells as general laws or principles of descent has
been greatly strengthened by contemporaneous activity in the
investigation of the phenomena of mutative variation. Mutative
variations commonly obey Mendel's "laws." It is not strange
that those who have accepted mutations as genuine species
should consider the Mendelian "principles of inheritance" as
of universal application, and of fundamental significance for
evolution.

That there are very direct relations between mutations and

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 221

Mendelism can not be denied. Indeed, the relations appear to
be still more intimate than even the advocates of the two theories
have supposed. Varieties which have arisen by mutation may
not only behave in a Mendelian manner when crossed, but
mutations may actually represent Mendelian phenomena, at the
time of their first appearance.

The nature of the protoplasmic combinations and readjust-
ments which take place during the process of chromatin fusion
(mitapsis) is not yet known, but the indications favor the com-
monly accepted view, that new variations usually occur at
mitapsis. As mutations are relatively infrequent phenomena,
it would only be in the rarest cases that two newly mutated
gametes would meet in conjugation. The general rule must
be that new variant gametes conjugate with gametes of the
unmutated parental type, and thus have from the first the repro-
ductive status of Mendelian crosses.

There are two ways for such a new gamete variation to gain
visible expression in a plant or animal. If the mutation be
dominant, it can make itself manifest in the first generation.
If it be abeyant, or recessive, expression can be secured only
in later generations, when it becomes possible for two of the
recessive gametes to be brought into conjugation.

Mutative variations which have arisen under conditions of
restricted descent tend to disappear when they are brought into
contact with the wild type or with a less inbred stock, but new
mutations are often dominant and prepotent when bred within
their owm group of immediately related organisms. Among
Professor Davenport's hybrids the fiizzled plumage was domi-
nant, while the silk}' plumage was recessive.

That mutations may be hybrids already, at the time of their
first expression in the conjugate organism, would explain dif-
ferences of behavior between different kinds 6f new variations.
A dominant variation would not be represented in all the progeny
of the second generation. Even though the new variation were
a plant which could be fertilized by its own pollen, at least a
quarter of the second generation would express the character
of the recessive gamete grandparent.

Recessive variations, though they can not secure expression

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907.

222 COOK

in the first or conjugate generation, may be expected to be con
stant or " true to seed " when they have once gained expression.
In the language of special students of Mendelism, such a muta-
tion is already a " pure recessive." To secure equally uniform
expression of the dominant character it may be necessary to
extract the " pure dominants," that is, to select the progeny of
parents which produce offspring of the dominant type only.

A dominant mutation will usually make its first appearance
as a single individual. A new variation occurring at mitapsis
would be represented by only one female gamete, or by four
male gametes. A recessive variation may secure simultaneous
expression in numerous individuals of the same generation, or
may continue to gain apparently independent expression in
successive generations. The method of narrow breeding or
self-fertilization used by De Vries and other experimenters to
insure the purity of their stocks, is well calculated to bring such
abeyant or recessive variations into expression.

These considerations may have practical significance in ex-
periments for inducing new mutative variations by hybridiza-
tion. The first or conjugate generation does not represent the
final result of the cross, but only the conjugate relations of the
gametes. The variations may be expected to take place in the
mitapsis which precedes the formation of the sex-cells for the
next generation, but only the dominant variations can gain ex-
pression in the second or perjugate generation of the cross.

For a recessive variation to be expressed it would be neces-
sary for two of the recessive gametes to unite in conjugation,
and this could not occur in the second generation, in an}- sexu-
ally differentiated species. To insure the expression of the
recessive variations which the cross ma}' have induced, it would
be necessary to self- fertilize the perjugate generation. The
usual custom of breeders of plants propagated by buds or cut-
tings is to make their selections and close the hybridizing ex-
periment wdth the second generation. The expression of the
recessive variations is thus entirely prevented, for no third
generation is produced. With seed-propagated species the
diversity caused by the recurrence of reversions continue for
numerous generations, until the desired characters have been
•' fixed " by a course of persistent selection.

MENDELISM AND OTHER METIIOPS OK DESCENT 2 23

The degenerative nature of many valuable variations of
domesticated plants and animals is well known, and also their
generally recessive status. It might, therefore, be worth while
to take into account in experiments with plants this means of
bringing recessive characters into expression by the self-fertili-
zation of the perjugate individuals of crosses from which desir-
able variations are desired.

Numerous analogies between hybrids and mutative new varia-
tions have been described and discussed in other places, but
the present indications of the possible identity of the phe-
nomena had not been perceived.* Mutations not only behave
like hybrids, but they may actually be hybrids, the mutative
variation having taken place in only one of the gamete partners
of the conjugation which has given rise to the variant organ-
ism. The partial or complete sterility of many mutations may
be quite the same phenomenon as the sterility of many hy-
brids, and may sometimes be due to the incompatibility of very
diverse gametes.

Variations which come true to seed from the very first may
still behave as recessives when crossed, since recessive varia-
tions do not gain expression except when the gametes are of the
same kind. Other variations, though they may not come true,
may be dominant, or even prepotent. Thus narrow-leaved mu-
tations of cotton (okra-cottons) which do not come true from
seed may show, nevertheless, a definite and uniform prepotency
when crossed outside the parent type.

The dominant and recessive relations are not, as some have
supposed, evidences of incompatibility or failure of the gametes
to accomplish normal and complete conjugation. Indeed, the
present perceptions enable a definite distinction to be drawn be-
tween terms which are not truly synonymous, though often so
used. Dominant and its alternative, recessive, have reference
to the relations of gametes as shown in the characters of con-
jugate organisms. The character which secures expression is
called dominant^ while that wlfich remains abeyant or is not
expressed is called recessive.

' Cook, O. F., 1904. The Vegetative Vigor of Hybrids and Mutations. Proc.
Biological Society, Washington, 17 : 83

224

COOK

Prepotency, on the other hand, has reference to the results of
completed conjugation, as represented in gametes. Characters
which secure a stronger or more general expression in the new
gametes are called prepotent ^ those which tend to decline or to
disappear may be called subpoient. Characters which have
equal polarity, so that they each secure an unmodified repre-
sentation in behalf of the gametes may be called cquipotetit.
If these polarities show equal strength in the conjugate relation,
so that half of the conjugate organisms also represent each of
the divergent characters, we would have a complete case of
equipolar inheritance.

Characters which are transmitted without expression-polarity,
either in conjugates or in gametes, are called latent. An abey-
ant or recessive character fails of expression only when joined
with a dominant gamete polarized toward the expression of
another character, but a latent character does not come to ex-
pression even when two gametes are of the same kind, though
it may still reappear many generations afterward as in atavism
and reversion. Latency might be described as character-abey-
ance in gametes. As a character represented in one of a pair
of conjugate gametes may fail to secure expression in the con-
jugate organism, so the power of bringing a certain character
to expression may remain latent in a gamete, as long as the
polarity of expression continues to be directed toward another
character. Just as the transmission of a character through a
conjugate organism has no necessary relation to its expression,
so the transmission of a character by a gamete has no necessary
connection with a polarity or adjustment toward the expression
of the character.

PROBLEMS OF TRANSMISSION AND EXPRESSION.

A curiously vivid analogy between the expression of charac-
ters and the expression of ideas is worthy of note at this point.
A suggestive expression often enforces the complete logical
elaboration of an idea, even in the face of contradictory facts.
It is commonly supposed that the phenomena of alternative
expression of divergent parental characters remained entirely
unconsidered in the interval between the publication of Mendel's

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OI' DESCENT 225

work in 1866 and their rediscovery by De Vries and Correns
in 1900. But in 1889 Galton published his book on *' Natural
Inheritance" including a chapter on eye-color in the human
species, in which the following statement occurs :

'* Stature and Eye-colour are not only different as qualities,
but they are more contrasted in hereditary behaviour than per-
haps any other common qualities. Parents of different Statures
usually transmit a blended heritage to their children, but par-
ents of different Eye-colours usually transmit an alternative
heritage.'' ^

It is evident enough from the context that the author used
these words merely to describe the facts which he had ascer-
tained regarding differences of eye-color among members of
the same families, and not with the intention of proposing a new
theory of the mechanism of descent. Nevertheless, it launched
an expression which could be converted readily, and even un-
consciously, into a theory of alternative transmission of charac-
ters, and thus undoubtedly did much to lend popularity to the
''rediscovery of the Mendelian principles." Galton appears
to have had no intention of suggesting that the transmission of
one character inhibits the transmission of another character.
He predicated transmission only from the standpoint of the
parents, and as shown in the characters of the immediate off-
spring, and fully understood that these offspring would be able
to transmit characters which their own bodies did not express.
But the Mendelian theories have discarded such reservations
and distinctions, and have gone over bodily to the assumption
of alternative inheritance in the most complete sense of the
words. They predicate the existence of character-unit particles
and of germ-cells which receive and transmit particles repre-
senting only one of a pair of contrasted parental characters.
But no such method of inheritance has been' proven, and no
such assumptions are required, or even permitted, by the facts of
Mendelism.

Inheritance has been used unconsciously in two different
senses, to cover and confuse two distinct phenomena, the
transmission of characters and the expression of characters.

'Galton, Francis, 1S89. Natural Inheritance, pp. 13S-139.

226 COOK

Regarding the real natures or details of the processes of trans-
mission and expression, we know as little as we did of inheri-
tance, but it is a measure of progress to learn that there are two
factors instead of one. Transmission inheritance is not recip-
rocal or alternative like expression inheritance.

The relations which may be supposed to determine the char-
acters of conjugate organisms are obviously very different from
those which determine the characters of the gametes. The
characters of a conjugate and those of the gametes it produces
may both be results of relations assumed b}'^ the same original
parent gametes, but the relations in the two cases are entirely
distinct, as the results themselves testify. The conjugate results
are large, highly complex organisms, while the exjugate results
are minute, simple gametes.

The older interpretation of the facts of descent led us to
reckon the gametes as products of the bodies of the plants or
animals, minute propagating particles qualified to faithfully
reproduce the same kind of a body, unless this were prevented
by external circumstances. The present interpretation recog-
nizes that new gametes are not so much the offspring of the con-
jugate body as of the gametes from which the body was formed.
The gamete-producing cells are often related to the cells of
the body of the "parent organism" only as they represent
common offspring of the original gamete-pair, and even then
there is the very serious difference that the body-cells, being
devoted to vegetative purposes onl}^ do not complete conjuga-
tion at all. The gamete cells do not correspond directly to any
of the body cells because they have passed through mitapsis
and belong already to a new generation, a new section of the
network of descent.

Conjugate organisms are built up at the knots or junctions of
the networks of descent. In the lower groups exjugate cells
build up organisms on the threads of the network, between the
knots. Conjugate organisms can be thought of as thickening
the knots of the network, exjugate organism as thickening the
threads. But in both cases vegetative specialization may bring
a loss of reproductive powers and exclude the specialized cells
from any direct representation in the subsequent network of

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 227

descent of the species. In neither series was there any primary
or essential difference between the cells as body-cells or as
germ-cells, but vegetative specialization has repeatedly, and in
many independent groups, rendered a part of the cells sterile
neuters whose function it is to nourish and protect the repro-
ductive cells and the helpless offspring, instead of leaving any
direct progen}- of their own. Organisms are, after all, merely
social organizations of cells, and there are different kinds of
cell-organizations, just as there are different kinds of organiza-
tions among men and other social animals.

Generally speaking, the cells which compose the bodies of the
higher organisms do not leave any descendants to perpetuate
their characters. Except for the fact that the body-cells and
the sex-cells are both descendants of the original gametes, there
is no relation between them, just as the highly specialized castes
of ants and termites are sterile, and are propagated anew in each
generation from normal sexual insects, and not from any ances-
tors which possessed these specialized caste characters. Thus
if the character-unit theory were to be logically elaborated the
germ-cells would need to be thought of as containing, not merely
* units to represent the formal characters in which species and
varieties differ, but units governing the characters and adjust-
ments of every separate cell of the vegetative body. All the
different kinds of cells which compose the body of a higher
plant or animal represent as many cell castes, and there would
need to be character-unit determinants to govern the formation
and arrangement of these, quite as much as for the different
kinds of organisms which the species may contain.

The germ-cells continue to transmit characters which can be
brought into expression only through the medium of vegetative
cells which do not take any part in the reproductive process,
any more than soldiers, workers and nurses of a colony of ants
or termites. The complexities of this problem of transmission
transcend the powers of the human imagination, but there do
appear to be any corresponding limitations in practice, for even
characters which are not expressed may still be carried along,
generation after generation. The greater the number of details
the more effective and reliable is this hereditary memory, if

228 COOK

only it be allowed a reasonable diversity of alternatives of ex-
pression. But if too closely restricted to the monotonous repe-
tition of the same story in each generation it wanders from the
hereditary pathway, though it may be recalled to the path by
reminiscent contact with another wanderer from the same
group.

It is very natural to infer that the characters of conjugate
organisms are contained in the germ-cells, since the organisms
are known to develop from germ-cells. But as 3^et we do not
know how the characters are contained in the germ-cells. We
have no concrete knowledgre whatever of the nature of charac-
ters during the interval of transmission or pre-expressional
existence. But we do know that the conditions of character-
expression are essentially different from those of character-
transmission. Dominance and potency are -phenomena of ex-
p7-csston, and afford no hint or basis of inference regarding the
nature of the 7nechams7n of transmission.

There is no longer any reason to believe in any general or
fundamental difference between somatic and germinal tissues
as alleged by Weismann. The bodies of the higher plants and
animals simply represent different degrees of vegetative special-
ization of tissues once wholly reproductive. A distinction is to
be drawn, however, between the transmission of characters by
simple or exjugate cells and the expression of characters by
conjugate or double-celled structures. Mendelism and other
forms of polar descent give us no new knowledge regarding
the structure of gametes. They concern only the expression
relations which these gametes assume in the conjugate condi-
tion.

Conjugate organisms are not merely resultants of the charac-
ters which the gametes were adjusted to bring into expression ;
they may show a reciprocal expression of the gamete polarities,
or may have characters which neither of the gametes would
have expressed if it had a partner of its own kind. If two
magnets or magnetic compasses are brought together their
directions will change, and if one overpowers the other both
may take the same direction. Transmission is represented by
the dial of the compass, expression by the needle. One organ-

MENDELISM AND OTHKR METHODS OF DESCENT 229

ism can express only one set of characters, though it may
transmit to posterity an unlimited number of varying equip-
ments.'

Conjugate organisms may give no hint of the presence of a
character which the gametes are able, nevertheless, to transmit
unimpaired through long series of generations. The behavior
of two gametes in the conjugate phase is no criterion of the
results of the conjugation, as represented by the new gametes
of the next generation. The inheritance of expression-polari-
ties is entirely distinct from transmission-inheritance. Expres-
sion-polarities may be mutually exclusive, so that polarity of
one character implies the abeyance or non-polarity of expression
of alternative characters, but there are no indications of such
exclusiveness in the transmission of characters.

If transmission is to be thought of as accomplished by charac-
ter-unit particles the indications are that the tendency is to ac-
cumulate as great a diversity of particles as possible, instead
of excluding any because of incompatibility. Transmission is
inclusive, not exclusive. The continued transmission of a
character can not be ascertained, of course, unless it be brought
into expression, but the possibilities of transmission without ex-
pression are now amply demonstrated. To assume that a char-
acter has failed of transmission because it remains unexpressed,
is entirely gratuitous.

It remains true, of course, that the characters of the gametes
can only become known through their expression in conjugate
organisms, but this difficulty of interpretation does not absolve
us from the recognition of two distinct factors or problems of
inheritance. The problem of potency relates to the polarity or
adjustment of unconjugated gametes toward or away from the
expression of certain characters. The problem of dominance has
reference to the adjustment of gametes in the^conjugate relation.
We have yet to learn why the polarity of one gamete overpowers
the other and completely controls the development of the con-
jugate body, and how the abeyant polarity of the other gamete
is able to reassert itself at the period of mitapsis and secure
equal representation in the new generation of gametes.

' Cook,0. F. Transmission Inheritance distinct from Expression Inheritance,
Science, N. S., 25 : 911. 1907.

230 COOK

As bearing upon the solution of these problems of descent,
the facts of Mendelism take on ver}' great interest and impor-
tance. As yet they have served only to obscure the issues be-
cause they have been interpreted as phenomena of incompati-
bility or " disjunction." The facts of Mendelism take on far
greater significance as soon as we cease to compare them to the
abnormal results of incompatible hybrids, and perceive the far
closer analogy with the alternative or polarized expression of
sexual differences.

RELATION OF MENDELISM TO NORMAL DIVERSITY.

Only the gratuitous assumption of ideal uniformity stands in
the way of a recognition of the fact that the normal tendency
of evolution is not toward ''identity of form and structure"
inside specific lines, but toward the development of diversity
among the members of species. Diversity between the members
of the same species is often accentuated by differences of envir-
onment, but there are many differences, both individual and
sexual which are independent of the environment, and which
continue to appear, without regard to uniformity or diversity of
environment. Mendelism, like sexuality, is a means of preserv-
ing a desirable diversity of descent inside the species. It is not
a phenomenon of incompatibility, but rather of avidity, tending
to strengthen conjugation by accentuating the unlikeness of the
gametes.

Sexuality and Mendelism are both to be reckoned as phenom-
ena of normal diversity of descent, or heterism. Sexuality is
the more specialized form of heterism, because only sexually
diverse gametes are united in conjugation, whereas like gametes
can still conjugate in Mendelian descent, and thus miss the effect
of the desirable diversity which in sex-inheritance is fully pre-
served. But sexuality and Mendelism are very closely alike in
methods of inheritance. Each organism and each gamete rep-
resents the expression of one of a pair of contrasted characters,
but not both. There is no tendency to combine the characters
into an intermediate average. The series or scale of possible
variations is represented by the two extremities, while the inter-
mediate points come only rarely and abnormally into expression.

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 23 1

As Mendelism may be considered a somewhat weaker form
of sex-inheritance, so there are weak forms of Mendelism which
serve to connect the definitely polarized forms of alternative
descent with the other still less specialized methods of inheri-
tance. Instead of the typical dominance of one parental char-
acter in tiie conjugate phase, there may be an intermediate or
compromise, but this need not interfere with alternative descent
in the gametes of the next generation. Or it may happen that
the conjugate organism expresses a character shown by neither
of the gametes when mated with their own kind. Definite
alternative descent in the gamete progeny also grades off into
intermediate expressions of the two characters, or into the ex-
pression of a whole series of integraded intermediates, or some
ancestral characteristic may reappear, though long dormant in
both the parent varieties.

The extent to which Mendelism and other less accentuated
forms of polarized inheritance exist in natural species is a sub-
ject which has received very little investigation thus far. The
reasonable expectation would be that species will be found to
differ very greatly in these respects, just as they show very great
diversity of degrees of accentuation of alternative sexual char-
acters. Narrow breeding, which tends to the accentuation of
variations, probably tends also to the accentuation of polarity of
expression. This agrees with the fact that Mendelism is so
frequent a phenomenon in crosses of narrow-bred varieties, but
so rare in crosses of undomesticated species or subspecies. A
course of narrow breeding, such as experimenters in Mendelism
prescribe as a means of ascertaining the " purity" of the stock
by securing uniformity might well bring the plants or animals
into condition for an exhibition of strict Mendelism, instead of
showing somewhat less specialized forms of polar inheritance.
Mutative variations which represent reactions from abnormal
uniformity may be ready from the first to make the most of the
new diversity by means of polar inheritance. Nor is it without
significance for general evolutionary purposes that the natural
selections of a dominant variation would not tend toward uni-
formity, but preserve and increase the heterism of the species.
It is only by highly conscious selection of the "pure domi-

232 COOK

nants " that we can avoid the natural result of perpetual hybrid
diversity.

EVOLUTIONARY IMPLICATIONS OF MENDELISM.

The general evolutionary significance of Mendelism as a
method of descent does not lie in the assumptions of character-
units and pure germ-cells, but in the facts of polarized inheri-
tance, which show how new variations may be preserved without
isolation and become the means of evolutionary progress of
species. There are, as we have seen, all degrees of accentua-
tion of the phenomena of dominance and polarity. The nar-
row-bred varieties and mutations show them in the most extreme
form, but sex-inheritance is very widespread, and the other less
accentuated forms of specialized diversity will probably be
found to be quite as generally distributed.

Hitherto we have been expecting species to be uniform, and
have considered the presence of definite diversities in the same
species as something exceptional and peculiar. The possibility
that new variations may be preserved without isolation and thus
contribute to the evolutionary progress of species, was recog-
nized some months ago by Professor Davenport,' but was then
associated with the mutation theory of De Vries, with which it
has no true relation. Professor De Vries is particularly ex-
plicit in denying any such process of gradual transformation,
his theory being that the fact of mutation by itself constitutes
the evolution of a new species, which remains unchanged until
another period of mutation ensues.

" There is neither a gradual modification nor a common
change of all the individuals. On the contrary, the main group
remains wholly unaffected by the production of new species.
After eighteen years it is absolutely the same as at the begin-
ning, and even the same as is found elsewhere in localities
where no mutability has been observed. It neither disappears
nor dies out, nor is it ever diminished or changed in the slightest
degree. . . .

^" Such facts as I have cited above [melanic sports, etc.] . . . seem to lead
me to the conclusion that some new characters may arise in nature suddenly
. . . and persist as specific characteristics. The Mutation Theory in Animal
Evolution, Science, N. S., 24: 558.

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 233

" Thence we must conclude that new species are produced
sideways by other forms, and that this change only affects the
product, and not the producer." '

But if a new variation can arise suddenly and persist without
isolation as a character of its species, the producer is changed
as well as the product. Indeed, the new variation does not
gain or maintain its existence as a separate product, but merely
increases the diversity of the parent group.

Spontaneous transformation of species by the prepotency of
new variations, under natural conditions of wide distribution
and free interbreeding, is the method of developmental progress
outlined in what has been called the kinetic theory of evolution.
Previous theories had not recognized the possibilities of direct
and spontaneous accumulation of new variations. Usually they
had sought the agencies of evolution in the isolation of varia-
tions by selection or in other forms of environmental interfer-
ence with an ideal condition of uniformity and stability. The
mutation theory of De Vries reasserts this uniformity and sta-
bility as the moral condition of species, and seeks to explain
evolutionary progress by sudden leaps from one species into
another, and not by any gradual change, through prepotency

■^De Vries, H., 1905. The Evidence of Evolution. Smithsonian Report for
1904, p. 396.

An even more detailed and explicit denial of any gradual transformation of
species is contained in a paper by Professor De Vries in the Monist for January,
1907.

" The conception of mutations agrees with the old view of the constancy of
species. This theory assumes that each species has its birth, its life-time and
its death even as an individual, and that throughout its life it remains one and
the same. Thus it is only natural that wild species are almost always observed
to be constant, since by a mutation they do not change themselves but simply
produce a new type. This is allied to its ancestor as a branch is to a tree, the
stem continuing its own growth, no matter how many branches it produces.
Just so a species may produce quite a number of neV forms without being
changed itself in the least thereby. Among palaeontologists Scott has given
forth this same view. According to his conception, species are derived from
one another by small shocks. Each shock caused the old limits to be trans-
gressed; but, after it, the new species remained unchanged until, perhaps after
centuries, a new shock made it transgress its new limits. Each single type (be
it species, subspecies or variety) is thus wholly constant from its first appear-
ance and until the time it disappears, either after, or without, the production of
daughter-species."

234

COOK

or otherwise. The degenerate nature of mutative variations of
narrow-bred groups and the fact that they usually fade out en-
tirely when brought into contact with the unrestricted descent
of the wild type, are further practical reasons for the complete
divergence between the mutation theory and that of kinetic pre-
potenc}''. But even mutations are usually prepotent among
their own equally narrow-bred relatives, and thus afford at least
an illustration of the power of genetic variations to maintain
themselves and gradually transform broad-bred species in nature.

Instead of compelling us to abandon the conception of evolu-
tion as a process of gradual change in the characters of a spe-
cies, mutations and Mendelism in reality strengthen and rein-
force this older idea of continuity. They show that progress
does not depend upon environmental causes, either direct or in-
direct. The studies of mutations have made it certain that
diverse variations occur, even under the same condition, and
Mendelism demonstrates that such variations can also be pre-
served without isolation. Both Mendelism and mutation, in their
typical forms, represent abnormal conditions of restricted de-
scent, but they may still have great evolutionary interest if we
accept them as evidence, or even as suggestions, that less ac-
centuated forms of the same phenomena of inheritance are con-
cealed among the more nearly indiscriminate diversities shown
by the members of wild species in nature.

Evolution is a process of change in the characters of spe-
cies, and not merely the origination of new species, either by
mutative leaps or by Mendelian combinations of characters.
Evolution is accomplished by the gradual, constructive synthesis
of variations. Darwin may have been in error in supposing
that evolution is actuated by selective agencies of the environ-
ment, or that the steps by which it is accomplished are infini-
tesimally gradual, but it has yet to be shown that he was in
error regarding the general continuity' of the motion as indicated
by the continuity of the differences inside the species and also
of the species themselves when viewed as members of genera,
or of genera when grouped in families.

This fact of continuity convinced Darwin of evolution, and
not natural selection and other theories by which he attempted

MEXDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 235

to explain evolution. It is not too much to say that all who
have faced this question in the light of broad and thorough
knowledge of species in nature, agree with Darwin regarding
the generally continuous and the gradual character of evolution,
no matter how much they may differ with him regarding methods
and causes. It is at this point that taxonomic studies have a very
practical bearing on evolution, and become an almost indis-
pensable training and qualification for evolutionary judgment.
The difference between mutations and natural species is not that
they are less different than species, as Professor De Vries and
his followers had feared, but that they are more different than
species, and different in a different way. They lack the indis-
criminate diversity, the protean flexibility of form which often
renders it extremely difficult to find any completely diagnostic
differences between species which are nevertheless truly distinct
in nature. Mutations of the same species, on the contrary,
commonly differ in numerous, definite and much more constant
characteristics. The two phenomena, species and mutations,
belong to essentially distinct categories, as unlike as crowds and
drill-corps.

Mutation is not a period, but a condition. A narrow-bred
group in the mutative condition all wears, as it were, the same
uniform. A new mutation constitutes a definite change in this
uniform. It would be very much easier to describe and classify
the military uniforms of the various European nations than to
find any equally diagnostic characters for the nations themselves.
The nations are much more seriously and essentially different,
of course, than their military uniforms, but the differences are
of a different sort, and not to be stated in the same terms.
Species have more essential evolutionary differences than muta-
tions, though mutations are at the same time more definitely
different. The phenomena are, in short, of "different categories
and incommensurable. Discussions can lead to no conclusions
until these fundamental diversities of facts and concepts are
appreciated.

Professor Davenport has assured us that "The question of
the origin of species is that of the origin of specific characteris-
tics or differential marks." But, unfortunately, there is no evo-

236 COOK

lutionary connection between the origination of species and the
origination of marks or characters by vvhicli species may, or
may not, be distinguished. Species may be quite distinct and
may yet offer precious few diagnostic marks. On the otlier
hand, one and the same species may manifest so much diversity
of characters that numerous species could be distinguished were
it not for the intergrading forms.

Though many have taken it for granted, nobody has show^n
that there is any relation between the origination of characters
and the origination of species. Species do not have to be
originated to originate characters, nor characters to originate
species. Nor has it ever been shown that the origination of
species has any causal relation to evolution. Species originate
by isolation, that is, by the subdivision of older species. The
groups attain differential characters after isolation, in the same
way that characters would have continued to be attained if the
original species had not been subdivided. The origination of
the species does not cause the origination of characters, nor
does the origination of characters cause the origination of species.

Nor is there any necessary relation between the discontinuity
of characters which distinguish species and the discontinuity of
character-diversity among the members of the same species.
Species might differentiate in the most gradual manner, but
having once differentiated their characters would be discontinu-
ous, for this is the taxonomic criterion of specific differentiation.
Nevertheless, discontinuous variations might spread gradually
through a species and transform it. The discontinuity of the
variations would not break the continuity of the evolution of the
species. Discontinuous variations make the mutation theory
abstractly conceivable, but they do not afford any evidence that
it is the true method of evolution.

The origin of species is not evolution ; evolution is the chang-
ing of characters in species. Not all changes of characters
are evolution, but only changes of characters in species, or
changes of the same nature as changes in species. Mutative
changes of characters in narrow-bred domesticated varieties,
and the strict Mendelian polarity of expression of such mutative
differences, are not phenomena of evolution, but of degenera-

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 237

tion. They do not teach us the principles or methods of normal
constructive evolution, except as we learn to interpret them
conversely. The discontinuity of variation shown by the origi-
nation of these characters of degenerating domesticated varieties
finds few complete parallels in nature. Moreover, these muta-
tive characters, instead of being nicely preserved in nature, are
wiped out by contact with the wild stock of the species, or even
by free interbreeding among the domesticated varieties them-
selves. The prepotency of recent mutations corresponds to the
prepotency of genetic variations in nature, but the evolutionary
status of the mutations is very different from that of the genetic
variations.

Discontinuous variations do not prove discontinuous evolution,
but makes continuous evolution more practicable and probable.
It is true that Darwin and many other believers in selection as
the motive power of evolution have dwelt upon the efficacy of
accumulating even infinitesimal differences, but there can be
no objection to the accumulation of variations of more than
infinitesimal size if the facts seem to justify such a view. The
fundamental issue is between evolution, or gradual changes in
species (whether by smaller or larger steps), and saltation, or
sudden jumps from one species into another. De Vries has
even been careful to specify that the jumps shall be sideways,
on the ground that species once originated by mutations do not
change or make further advances, all progress being confined
to lateral displacements of mutative variation.

Mutations and Mendelism are very interesting phenomena,
not only for breeders of domestic plants and animals, who have
long known them under other names, but in adding, if some-
what indirectly, to the evidence that new variations are pre-
potent, and that evolution may be accomplished by the spon-
taneous accumulation of appreciable genetic variations, instead
of depending upon the selective integration of infinitesimal
effects of environmental influences. When this distinction
between discontinuous variation and discontinuous evolution is
once appreciated, it will become apparent that the mutation
theory and the Mendelian " laws" which have been enlisted in
its support are assumptions which the facts do not warrant.

238 COOK

But no cause is lost without contributing something to the
progress of science.

The attempted resuscitation of the saltatory theory and the
Mendelian "laws" has resulted in a new and more thorough
survey of this part of the field of variation, the same ground
which had been canvassed by Darwin's contemporaries and
critics, Mivart and Galton. But the general implications of the
facts do not appear to be very seriousl}^ altered. Darwin con-
sidered the possibilities of saltatory evolution, but dismissed the
idea as of incidental significance only. Galton estimated the value
of discontinuous variation much higher than Darwin, but was not
misled into the hazardous conjecture that saltator}?^ variations
cause evolution by originating new species.

Darwin did not imagine that he had solved the problem of
evolution in the sense of having definitely ascertained the nature
of the motion or the causes of the variations by which it goes
forward. He was solicitous rather to make the doctrine appear
sufficiently reasonable to secure the serious attention of the
scientific world. He did not have complete confidence in the
foundations of his own colossal idea, and labored hard on
natural selection and other unnecessary scaffolding to support
it. Later criticism is removing these superfluous theoretical
timbers, but the primar}^ conception of evolution as a process
of gradual change in the characters of species, not only re-
mains intact, but stands forth with increased assurance of truth
and permanence.

CONCLUSIONS.

A typical experiment in Mendelism, instead of involving two
successive crosses or conjugations of gametes, includes only
one such cross. The so-called first generation is built up by
the vegetative subdivisions of the gamete parents, before con-
jugation is completed. The so-called second generation rep-
resents the first organisms produced after the completion of the
conjugation of the gamete parents.

The difference of proportion between the two generations in
the expression of divergent parental characters is to be explained
by the peculiar methods of reproduction followed by the higher
plants and animals, and by the fact of dominance or expression-

MENDELISM AND OTHER METHODS OF DESCENT 239

polarity, instead of by the Mendelian theory of alternative
inheritance of character-unit particles.

Mutations do not differ from JNIendelian hybrids in any essen-
tial respect, either at the time of their first appearance or in
later combinations. The preservation of the new character
by definitely reciprocal inheritance of expression-polarities is
favored by the same conditions of restricted descent which
induce the mutative variations.

The analogy of the Mendelian phenomena, applied to varia-
tions induced by crossing, shows that new characters which come
to expression in the first or conjugate generation are not likely
to be permanent. Dominant variations can gain expression in
the second or perjugate generation, but recessive variations are
not shown before the third generation, and may not be brought
into expression until still later generations, unless the first per-
jugate generation is self-fertilized. As many variations of
economic value behave as recessives, this fact is of practical
significance in breeding experiments.

Two distinct phenomena have been confused in the Mendelian
conception of inheritance, transmission and expression. The
failure of a character to secure expression does not indicate that
it has failed of transmission. Polarity, or reciprocal expression
inheritance of divergent parental characters, explains the phe-
nomena of Mendelism and related forms of descent without
requiring the assumption of pure germ-cells or of character-
unit particles.

There is no evidence that normal transmission-inheritance is
a phenomenon involving the alternative admission or exclusion
of character-units, or that characters are transmitted as particles
or mechanisms. The process of transmission is independent
and separate from the process of expression, which often yields
polar or reciprocal results. This reciprocal polarity of expres-
sion-inheritance shows how new characters can be preserved
and thus contribute to the normal diversity of a species or grad-
ually transform it. Evolutionary advance can thus take place
without selective or geographical isolation. The general evolu-
tionary significance of Mendelism lies in its testimony to this
fact, and not in the theories of inheritance by character-units
and pure germ-cells.

240 COOK

The accumulation of variations without isolation agrees with
the other evidences of evolution by the continuity and gradual
transformation of the characters of species. It shows that the
phenomena of mutations and of Mendelism do not justify the
theory of saltatory or discontinuous transformation by leaps
from one species into another. The latter assumption requires
the formation of a new species to preserve each new character,
while the former permits simultaneous progress in the constructive
combinations of many characters inside the network of descent
of a single, undivided species.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vol. IX, pp. 241-274. July 31, 1907.

LINN^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS.^
By Edward L. Greene.

INTRODUCTORY.

The personality of Linnaeus, and his luminous career as a
scientific man, make a topic much too large to be presented
even in mere outline within the limits of an hour. If this were
an assemblage of botanists exclusively, still would the time be
too short for the worthy consideration, not only of Linnaeus as
a botanist in general, but of his services to any one only of the
several departments of the science which it is his glory greatly
to have advanced. But then, a botanist, a very great botanist,
he was also much more than that. I have a fancy — it may be
more and deeper than a fancy — that a great man in whatsoever
profession, a man of power in any branch of science, is greater
than the science to which he devotes himself; that he himself
personally is of more moment, and ought to be of deeper inter-
est than his science ; yes, than all the sciences that are or ever
shall be.

If we could in thought divest Linnaeus of his systematic bot-
any and zoology, we should still find ourselves in the presence
of a man of the highest educational accomplishments and gen-
eral culture, clear-headed and original as a thinker, a philoso-
pher, religionist, ethnologist, evolutionist, traveller, geographer
and a most able and polished man of letters. There are so

' Delivered at a joint meeting of the Washington Academy of Sciences, the
Biological Society of Washington and the Botanical Society of Washington, held
at Hubbard Memorial Hall, on the occasion of the two-hundredth anniversary
of the birth of Charles Linne (Carolus Linnaeus), May 23, 1907.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907. 241

242 GREENE

many more aspects of a great character, the presentation of
which, one by one in a discourse, might interestedly engage
the attention of others besides nature students.

Confronted by so very much that may be said, and which it
might seem ought to be said on this day dedicated to LinnjEus,
and, checked by the consideration that only a few selections
from out the whole mass may at this hour be taken, where shall
one begin ? Whither shall one proceed ? What thrilling passages
in a career so almost marvelous shall be left unnoted for want of
time, and of what few of them shall the rehearsal be attempted?
Or, reducing these questions down to two : Shall the man be pre-
sented with citation of his struggles with adverse circumstance,
and of the almost incredible patience, industry, zeal and resolu-
tion with which he conquered and rose to high renown? Or shall
one consider rather the zuo7-k of the great master of botanical
theory and taxonomic abstraction ? There will not now be time for
both; not even though attempted in mere outline. M}' own incli-
nations favor choice of the latter, especially for to-day ; yet cir-
cumstances indicate that such a choice would here be also inop-
portune. Our Washington botanists at this season of the year
are mostly far afield, in the service of the government. Only a fair
delegation of my colleagues in this science is here present ; and
this enlightened audience as a body I am persuaded would much
rather hear something more about the man of whom all the
world of education and of culture has heard more or less. Even
on my own part I have already expressed the view that the man
should first be known, that we may the better comprehend his
deeds.

LINEAGE AND CHILDHOOD OF LINN^US.

When Linnaeus, on the twenty-third of INIay, two hundred
years ago was born, I think it had long been predetermined
that he should be a botanist, and one of high distinction.
When I say predetermined, I do not use the word in any sense
of theological predestination, or of astrological forecast. I
have but the recognized principles of natural heredity in mind.
And, unless I err, there was more inherited by Linnaeus than
his biographers seem to have guessed. The}'^ all repeat it that
the father, the Reverend Nils Linnaeus, a Swedish country

LINN^.AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 243

clergyman, was fond of plants, and had a choice garden wherein
he took his daily pastime ; and that in this garden his first-born
child developed those predilections which at length became the
despair of the father, yet led the son eventually far up the
heights of fame. All this is authentic, and well told by the
several biographers ; but there is more in that history which,
to me seems well worth telling, and will give light upon the
derivation of Linnceus's genius as a botanist ; and upon his ac-
complishments as a man of learning and of letters. Let us go
back to the second generation of his ancestry and glance at
men, women and social conditions.

The grandfather of Linnaius, on his father's side, was a
Swedish peasant, by name Ingemar Bengtson. His wife had
two brothers who became university graduates, were afterwards
clergymen of some distinction, and men of reputation in the
world of learning. These grand uncles of our Linnaeus interest
us because of their having figured somewhat conspicuously as
stars of destiny in relation to him long before his birth. They
even had somewhat to do with the originating of the family
name Linnaeus. But for their influence in this direction it is
probable that their grand nephew, then unborn, if he had dis-
tinguished himself as he did, would have been known in history
and to fame not as Carolus Linnaeus, but as Karl Nilsson. That
both these grand uncles of Linnaeus were Greek scholars seems
attested by the fact that, in assuming a new family name, after
the mediaeval usage of those who arose from the humble estate
of peasantry to the aristocracy of learning, they choose the
Greek name Tiliander. They were Karl and Sven Tiliander.
In their boyhood they had been known simply as Karl and Sven
Svenson, and if they had remained uneducated, and in the same
lowly and simple estate in which they were born, they would
have been known by those names to the end of their lives.
Karl Tiliander rose to wealth and station, adopted a coat of arms,
in a word, was an aristocrat, but died childless. His grand
nephew, however, born ten years after his death, was named in
his honor. In fact, Karl Tiliander and Karl Linnaeus are, in
meaning, the same name precisely. Now the other great uncle,
Sven Tiliander, was a minister, had a familv of minister's sons

244 GREENE

to educate, and was generons enough to receive as one of his
own sons his sister's son Nils, to be educated with them. This
peasant boy Nils Ingemarsson, remember, is the predestined father
of our Linnaeus. But this boy's-school scene, lying away back
almost upon the edge of mediceval times, and afar in the north
of Europe, well towards the country of the midnight sun, is a
pleasant scene, before which we must pause a moment. It is
in midst of a time when great people may lead simple lives, and
when a family group of boys, destined if possible to the intel-
lectual life — and at least to one of the learned professions, are
not at first to be sent away from home. They live under the
parental roof, and their Latin tutor lives there with them. That
is the language in which, later at college and at university, lec-
tures on all subjects will be given ; it will be the language in
which most of the books there used are printed ; the language
of recitation and of student debate.

So these small boys at home begin Latin. They also so
begin it as if they were to become interested in it, and really
to learn the language, and not to end with a mere smattering
of it. They are to speak it, as well as read and write it.
Therefore it becomes at once, in as far as possible, the medium
of spoken intercourse between tutor and pupils ; the father of
the family himself incidentally aiding the tutor, by addressing
the youngsters at meal time or recreation in Latin, and requir-
ing them to answer in that, and not in the mother tongue. It
was a serious business ; the entrance to college, the matricula-
tion at any university, the rising to any learned profession even,
are dependent upon the boys having made good progress in the
acquisition of this, at that time the universal language of the edu-
cated. The Swede or Finlander even, if a college man, might
visit every country of Europe, and converse with the men of the
colleges and universities everywhere, without learning one of
the modern languages. Linnasus even, two generations this
side of the epoch of his great uncles the Tilianders, did this.
Now, among this aristocratic caste of the learned, in mediaeval
times and later, it was almost the universal custom with men of
lowly origin, to drop the ancestral family name, and assume a
Latin one. It was a fashion of the time ; and, as I have said,

LINN^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 245

the time lasted through many centuries. When Latin was
the language of a certain social caste, and the language of
almost all authorship, the canons of good taste seemed to require
that the author of a book in Latin, should put his name in Latin
on the title page ; and not in some barbaric Teutonian or Rus-
sian or Scandinavian or English form to which, as to a plebeian
inheritance, he might chance to have been born. Such is the
origin of the general circumstance, familiar to all botanists, that
nearly all the thousands of volumes of botanical literature that
antedate the beginning of the nineteenth century, are by authors
whose names are plainly Latin names. The same is true of
the earlier literature of all our sciences. It was all in Latin ;
and the author's names are Latin names.

The greatest name in astronomy, but for the man's Latiniza-
tion of it on the title page of his immortal book, would have
come down to posterity as Kupernik. But all astronomers, and
all other people besides should be grateful that, the book being
in Latin, he wrote himself not Kupernik but Copernicus. The
most illustrious of old-time Chinese sages was and is known
to his countrymen as Kung-fu-tsee ; but the Latin scholars
who, some centuries ago, first brought him to the notice of
the western world, wisely and tastefully Latinized Kung-fu-
tsee to Confucius. A single generation earlier than Linnaeus
there flourished in Germany one of the greatest botanical celeb-
rities which that country has produced. His splendid folios
are now so rare that only the choicest botanical libraries of
today are able to catalogue a set of them ; and they were
very helpful to the young Linnaeus. This famous German, as a
boy, and before his college days, rejoiced in the plain everyday
Teutonian name of August Bachman. Afterwards as professor
of botany at Leipzig, and the author of immortal books of botany
in Latin, he assumed the most perfect counterfeit of an ancient
classic Latin personal name which I can recall. This August
Bachman is known in history and to fame as Augustus Quirinus
Rivinus. The name Rivinus was arrived at in the simplest kind
of a way ; for it is nothing but Bachman — the man who dwells
by a rivulet or brook — translated into Latin. Now just as Rivinus
— in German Bachman — recalls a stream-bank where the Bach-

246 GREENE

man family lived, so those forebears of Linnaeus who, on rising to
the rank of gentr}", took the Greeco-Latin name Tiliander, chose
that improved appellation in allusion to an object in the land-
scape near their home. That object v^^as a remarkably large
and ancient linden tree ; a tree of special note all over that part
of the country. Tiliander, — Lind-tree-man ; or more in brief,
Linnman. In Swedish it would be Lindman. So these two
learned brothers who became the head of the Swedish family
of the Tilianders, chose a botanical name ; incidentally pres-
aging the botanical halo that was to glorify a future cion of
their stock under the same name somewhat altered. Now if
the name Tiliander was prophetic incidentally, it had not been
chosen accidentally.

The Reverend Sven Tiliander, uncle and foster father of the
father of Linnasus, was a devoted lover of trees and plants. It
was that passion for botany which determined his taking the
new and classic-sounding family name from the great linden
tree. At the time of his taking his nephew Nils Ingemarsson
into his family to make of him if possible a scholar and a
Lutheran priest, he had extensive orchards and gardens to the
care and improvement of which he was enthusiastically devoted.
This enthusiasm for such things became contagious in the case
of his nephew Nils, insomuch that the boy found delight in
going with his uncle and helping him in orchard and garden.
Twenty years or so afterwards, when this nephew, now a
learned graduate and assistant minister of a parish, as the Rev-
erned Nils Linnteus — no longrer Nils Insfemarsson — he was
so deeply imbued with the love of the beautiful things of the
plant world, that he began the establishment of orchard and
gardens on the parish farm when his residence was established.
A word here as to his new name Linnaius, which had now dis-
placed that peasant's name Ingemarsson to which he had been
born. Reared and educated along with his first cousins the
Tiliander boys, it may be assumed the whole family may have
thought it better that, as scholar and gentleman, he should take
some other name than Tiliander. At all events, and quite as
if in grateful love of his uncle and cousins, he took a name pre-
cisely the equivalent of theirs — the name of Linnams. It is

LINN^^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 247

not quite as elegant in its construction as Tiliander, but its
meaning is just the same. It is another way of turning Lind-
man into Latin. And so Nils Ingemarsson, by changing his
name to Linnaeus, paid high compliment to that uncle and
benefactor, Sven Tiliander, to whom he owed so very much,
commemorated again that ornament of the northern landscape,
the great linden tree, and supplied to all scientific posterity
the illustrious and immortal name Linnceus. In view of this,
that the most signal and lasting service that the greatest Lin-
naeus rendered botany was the reform he wrought in the Latin
nomenclature of plants, the derivation of his own name, its
botanical origin and character, can not fail to be of interest to
all who, on this his two-hundredth natal day, unite in celebrat-
ing his imperishable fame.

The Reverend Nils Linnaeus, was no sooner married and
settled in the charge of a parish than he began the creation of
an orchard and garden ; following the inspiration he had
received in boyhood while under the benign influence of his
uncle, the Reverend Sven Tiliander. When Nils Linnjeus's
garden had been four or five years established, the proprietor
began to lead within its precincts his first-born child, a small
white-haired boy, active and intelligent beyond the average,
for his years. Flowers, beyond all things else, were this small
child's delight. Even at the age of four years he knew the
names of all the familiar kinds. On a May day picnic excur-
sion that the pastor gave the children of the parish, to a wild and
beautiful spot some few miles away, this botanical nomenclator
that he was to be, nearly monopolized the pastor's time with
questions of plant names. Many kinds, to him until now un-
known, and therefore nameless, he must have names for. Some
of them were forgotten within an hour, and were brought again.
The father's patience gave way a little, and the threat was made
that unless Master Karl Linneeus was more careful to remem-
ber them he would get no more plant names at all. If the
Reverend Nils Linnaeus had thought it time to begin to check
his child's extraordinary zeal for plant knowledge, this was the
wrong way to go about it. That threat, though a mild one,
would be sure to have the opposite effect. If the infant had in-

248 GREENE

herited the father's temperament, the matter would have been
unimportant. I may rather say that, if the child Linna;us had
been of the father's temperament, this restless activity and burn-
ing zeal, whether for plants or for anything else under the sun,
would not have been there, and that small white-haired Scandi-
navian child's birthday would not have been celebrated on two
or three continents, after two hundred years.

If a paradox like this may be ventured, one may say that
the fatherhood of a great man must, in many an instance, be
credited to the mother. The man of power and influence may
have for his male parent one of quiet retiring manner, unag-
gressive, unambitious, and even slow, if the mother be very
decidedly of the opposite temperament, active, energetic, ambi-
tious, ardent, and also young, strong, and in perfect health.
Just these conditions prevailed at the nativity of Linnaeus. The
strong character in that household was the mother, Christina
Broderson Linnaeus. It is safe to infer from her antecedents
that she was a woman of refinement and perhaps unusual
mentality. She may almost be said to have had none but cul-
tured men among her ancestry for three generations back. We
have already seen that her husband was her father's successor
in the Stenbrohult pastorate. Her father had not only been
pastor there all his official life ; he had been born there, as
the son of the pastor whom he in turn succeeded ; so that her
father and her grandfather had been pastors of that parish all
their lives — so to speak — while the priest who preceded her
paternal grandfather in that same church had been her great-
grandfather on her mother's side. Realizing now that, when
in the nineteenth year of her own age Christina Linnjeus's first-
born arrived at the parsonage where both she and her father
before her had been born, where a grandfather of hers and
even a great-grandfather had held life-long pastorates, we
pardon the ambition of the young mother who set her whole
heart and soul upon the plan of having this her first-born trained
and fitted to inherit that pastorate already historical l}-^ so re-
markable ; of which history she could not but be proud.

LINN^«AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 249

SCHOOL, COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY YEARS.

The mental training of the child Linniuus was, of course,
begun at home. At seven years of age he was well enough
advanced to have a tutor. At ten he was sent away to a Latin
school and theological preparatory at Wexio, not many miles
from home. After eight years there, the progress made in
studies looking to the office of a Lutheran ecclesiastic seems
not to have been satisfactory ; and now the Reverend Nils
Linna?us came journeying to Wexio. The instructors whose
duty it had been to train the boy in Hebrew and biblical learn-
ing had failed to interest him ; and they said to the father that
they could not, on their consciences, advise him to continue the
youth at school. In their view it would be better at once to
apprentice him to the learning of some handicraft; that of car-
penter, or tailor, for example. Doubtless this counsel would
have been followed, but that Pastor Linneeus had another errand
at Wexio that must be attended tobeforethe disheartened return
to Stenbrohult, whither, as it now seemed, he would have to
convey his son now eighteen years old, as withdrawn from
college because of his having no taste for learning ; that is,
theological.

Pastor Linnasus's other errand was that of placing himself
under the direction of an eminent physician of Wexio as to an
ailment of his. The physician was Dr. Rothman, who was
also a lecturer on medicine at the college; and this man, as it
happened, both knew and was much interested in the youthful
member of the Linngeus family. When the father confidingly
mentioned his deep grief over his son's failure at school, Dr.
Rothman was able to cheer him with a very different account
of his boy's proficiency. He was so confident that, out of this
bright youth a great physician might be made, that he proposed
to receive him, with the father's consent, into his own house for
a year, and give him special instruction, free of all charge ; and
this was done.

Now, while making himself the despair of his tutors in
Hebrew and theology, what had the young Linnaeus been accom-
plishing all these years ? The idler which these thought him, he
had not been. In mathematics and physics he was quite distin-

250 GREENE

guished ; moreover, his student comrades called him always the
little botanist ; thus by chance conveying the information that,
as a youth of eighteen years, Linnaeus was small of stature, and
as much as possible given to botanizing. He has told us him-
self that, during all his 3'ears at Wexio, the red-letter da3's were
those of his occasional walks across the country 30 miles to
the home at Stenbrohult, which gave opportunity to study the
wild plants of the waysides. He had also acquired certain books
on botany — Swedish local floras — in the study of which he had
busied himself day and night until he almost knew^ them by
heart, as he assures us. The titles of at least three of those
books, and especially their authors' names, must needs be given
on a Linnaen bicentenary that is celebrated in America. The
fitness of this mention you shall see. One of the books was
Rudbeck's Horttis Upsaltensis (1658) ; another was Tillandsius'
Flora Abocnsis (1673) 5 the third Bromelius' Chloris Gothica
(1694). It was to the grateful memory of these Scandinavian bot-
anists, Rudbeckius, Tillandsius and Bromelius, all of them dead
before Linnjeus was born, that he, in the days of his own fame,
consecrated those fine American genera, Rtidhechia^ Tillandsia
and Bromelta. These men, by their books, had been his
teachers of botany while he dwelt at Wexio between the eleventh
year of his age and the nineteenth. It is true that the works of
these men were not of the nature of what would now be called
scientific botan}^ ; that is, the plants discussed were not arranged
according to any notion of their affinities. The order followed
was either that of the alphabetic order of their names, as in a
common dictionary, or else, if they were grouped at all, the
grouping was according to their medicinal properties or other
economic uses. All these books, so much beloved and revered
by the youthful Linnaeus, had been published before Tourne-
fort, who, practically, and at least for the time immediately ante-
cedent to Linnaeus, was the father of natural system in botany.
It was as an inmate of Dr. Rothman's household, and while
preparing under his direction to enter some university as a can-
didate for the doctorate in medicine, that a new day dawned
upon Linnjeus's horizon in respect to his botanical recreations
and pursuits. The botanical system of Tournefort had now

LINN^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 25 1

been before the public for some thirty years. His work was
the most complete and signal success that ever had been, and I
ma}' almost say, that ever yet has been, in the field of botanical
authorship ; because it seems to have captivated the whole botan-
ical world, without arousing a jealous enemy, or eliciting a line
of adverse criticism for twenty years ; save only a mild protest
from the gentle John Ray in England who, clearly superior to
Tournefort as a botanist, never measured half the latter's suc-
cess as an immediate and popular influence. Viewed without
bias or prejudice, and in the perspective of two centuries,
Tournefort's Institutes becomes the most conspicuous landmark
in the whole history of botany. By no other one author's help
did the science make a stride in advance equal to that made
under Tournefort's influence between the years 1694 and 1730.
It is important that these things be taken note of here. On the
day when Linnaeus was born two hundred years ago, Tourne-
fort's dazzling star was high on the botanical horizon. It was
at its meridian when, at eighteen years of age Linnceus fell
under the benign influence of Dr. Rothman at Wexio. This
man made no pretensions to botany, beyond what any first-class
practicing physician of that period had to know ; but he had
full knowledge of the great fame of the Parisian, Tournefort,
and had in his library the German Professor Valentini's ^ abridg-
ment of Tournefort's Elements. Dr. Rothman had evidently
studied Tournefort and been fascinated with his system. Lin-
naeus the youth, away in the distant north, the pupil of none but
theologians, had not so much as heard of Tournefort. Roth-
man told him frankly that all his recreations with plants were
little better than wasted time unless he should begin to recognize
them as interrelated by characters of their flowers, as Tourne-
fort had taught.

From the day when Dr. Rothman placed in' his hands Valen-
tini's key to the twenty-two Tournefortian classes of plants, the
young Linnaeus bent his energies in botany to ascertaining by
their organographic marks to what one of the classes of Tourne-
fort each plant that he found belonged. It was a day that com-

^Valentixi (Michael Bernhard), professor in Giessen. Tournefortius Con-
tractus, Frankfurt am Main. 1715, folio, 48 p., 4 tab.

252 GREENE

pletely and most happily revolutionized this brilliant youth's
conception of the plant world, as well as his method of investi-
gating it. It was, in fact, the day when Linnaeus, according
to his own testimony about it, first began to be a botanist ; and
thenceforward the illustrious Parisian had never a more zealous
disciple, until after some years the ardent disciple began, and
in some respects deservingly, to supersede the master. It is
hardly to the praise of Linn^us that in after life, when at the
height of his own resplendent fame he was dedicating a genus
of plants to each of his chief benefactors of earlier days, he
forgot good Dr. Rothman. This man had been the first,
and perhaps the most important of them all, even from the
view-point of botanical training. It was certainly he who, as
far as one can see, saved the boy Linnasus from oblivion when
his own father had resolved to apprentice him to a cabinet-
maker or a tailor. It was he who, having assumed as it were
sponsorship for Linnaeus as candidate for a career in science,
placed in his hands the first book of real botany that the youth
had ever seen, and taught how to begin to be a botanist; intro-
duced him to the illustrious Tournefort, who at once became
the lode star of Linnasus's own genius for years to come. Yet
to the end of Linnaeus's days there was no genus Rothmania.
Professor Thunberg, once a pupil of Linnaeus at Upsala, and
long afterwards a successor of his in the chair of botan}' there,
made tardy reparation to the neglected memory of Dr. Roth-
man, after both benefactor and beneficiary were dead.

After one year under Dr. Rothman's patronage and instruc-
tion, it was thought advisable that Linnaeus should enter the uni-
versity at Lund. In connection with the transfer from Wexio
to Lund there was an illustration of how, in the extremities of
their need, fortune favors at every turn, the men of genius and of
high destiny. It was requisite that the candidate should carry
a formal letter of transfer from the head master of Wexio
Academy to the rector of the University at Lund. The head
of the Wexio school, a professor of divinit}', must have been
the selfsame who, one year before, had counseled Nils Linnaeus
to abandon all hope of Karl's ever becoming a clergyman, to
take him home, and apprentice him to the learning of some use-

LINN^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 253

ful handicraft. To this man young Linnceus had to make ap-
plication for the necessary credentials. As a matter of routine
duty, the letter was indited promptly, and handed to the appli-
cant. It was brief, and rhetorical ; and, whether by chance, or
of deliberate purpose, the figure of speech employed was botan-
ical. " Boys at school," he writes, " may be likened to young
trees in orchard nurseries ; where it will sometimes happen that
here and there among the sapling trees are such as make little
growth, or even appear like wild seedlings, giving no promise;
but which when afterwards transplanted to the orchard, make a
start, branch out freely, and at last yield satisfactory fruit."

On reaching Lund, Linnaeus first of all paid his respects to
Professor Gabriel Hoek, who some years before had been an
esteemed tutor of his in the earlier days at Wexio. This gen-
tleman was so much pleased at seeing young Linnaeus there as
a postulant for admission to the university, that he at once, and
in complete ignorance of that humiliating letter, proposed to
himself the pleasure of introducing in person, his former pupil
to the rector Magnificus and also to the dean, and asking that
he be registered as his own former pupil. This done, good
Professor Gabriel Hoek, like a veritable angel guardian and
helper, and knowing the indigence of Linnaeus, went further
and procured for him free lodgings under the hospitable roof of
one Doctor Kilian Stobaeus.

Doctor Stobaeus, at the time only a practicing physician to
the nobility and gentry at Lund and the regions round about —
though afterwards one of the head professors at the university —
at first saw in young Linnaeus nothing but an indigent student
with the profession of medicine in view, his only possessions
seeming to be a few books of medicine. But the student, on
the other hand, found the Stobaeus domicile a wonderful and
fascinating place. There was a library, evidently precious,
because it was kept locked. There were, however, open to
any one's inspection, a number of cabinets of natural history ;
collections of minerals, shells, birds, and — what Linnaeus,
though he was now twenty years old, had never before seen —
an herbarium ; a collection of pressed and dried botanical speci-
mens. On this suggestion Linnaeus at once began making an

254

GREENE

herbarium of his own : its contents being the plants of Lund
and its vicinity. But what he wished for beyond anything else
was access to the library, though he did not dare ask for the
privilege. There he would be sure to find the works of
Tournefort, original and unabridged, and even older and rarer
standards of the best botan}'. The privilege came, at last, and
in a remarkable manner ; by a chain of circumstances that
demonstrates the young Linnceus's irrepressible zeal and most
unexampled industry in acquiring knowledge of botany.

Doctor Stobasus, the owner of the first museum of natural
history that Linnaeus had beheld was, by Linn^eus's account of
him, not only of great learning and of surpassing skill in the heal-
ing art, but also himself a feeble sickly man, having but one eye,
being also crippled in one foot, and a gloomy hypochondriac.
A student or two in his household was a necessity. Much of
his medical practice was by correspondence ; and on some of
the professional visits, the student must be sent. At the time
of Linn^us's coming, a medical student from Germany had long
been Dr. Stob^us's main dependence for help ; was thoroughly
trusted, and, his right-hand man. This older student the mag-
netic 3'oung Linnaeus in an innocent way, and half uncon-
sciously, appears to have at first captivated and then bribed into
helping him in respect to that which he now most desired.

An old and honored inmate of the doctor's household was his
mother. She was a nervous, fretful old lady, much troubled
with sleeplessness. A window of young Linnreus's room was
visible from where she tried to sleep, and she observed that,
after this new comer had been in the house some weeks, a light
seemed to be left burning in his room, if not all night, at least
until well towards morning, when presumably it had burnt itself
out. She reported the case to her son, and insistentlj^, as a
thing that ought by all means to be stopped. The whole house
was in danger of destruction by fire. Dr. Stobanis had knowl-
edge of students and their ways. In his own mind he doubted
that this was a case of sleeping with the candles burning. He
entertained a suspicion that the two companion youths would
be found there, recreating themselves with cards in the small
hours of the night. At two o'clock next morning, the room of

LINN.'EAN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 255

young Linna^His being illuminated, the doctor quietly made his
way to the door, opened it and went in. The young man was
found alone, at his study table, which was covered with open
books. A step nearer the table disclosed the interesting and
not readily accountable fact that all were books of botany, and
out of Stobivus's own library that was always kept securely
locked. To the question how he obtained those books from the
locked library Linnaeus answered in brief, and very frankly,
that the other student had desired of him a course of instruction
in ph3'sics ; that he had begun the course, and was continuing
it, upon the stipulated condition that he, who had free access
to the library, should nightly bring him books of botany, which
he himself would study late at night, so that they might be re-
turned to the library shelves in the early morning before the
household should be astir. Dr. Stobasus, suppressing the plea-
sure and approbation that were mingled with his amazement,
said: " Go to bed, and hereafter sleep while other people are
asleep." The next morning he sent for Linngeus to come to
his study ; asked him to rehearse again the story of how he
obtained those books ; then gave him a duplicate key to the
library, together with permission to use it as freely as if it were
his own. Moreover, as he had hitherto nothing but his lodging
with Stobfeus, he was now invited to take his meals at his table ;
was often sent to visit patients, and in every way treated with
affectionate regard.

When nearing the end of his year at Lund, Linnasus fell
dangerously ill. At the beginning of a slow convalescence they
sent him to the parental home, the parsonage at Stenbrohult.
Here his admiring first patron. Dr. Rothman of Wexio, visited
him. He was now ambitious that his former pupil, instead of
returning to Lund, should enter the great university at Upsala,
where men of renown occupied professional chairs, Roberg in
medicine, and Rudbeck the younger in botany. The parents,
in view of the quite marvellous successes of their boy during
the two years that they had left him without financial aid, seem
to have relented, and partly forgiven his having disappointed
their wishes as to a vocation ; and he was given some money
with which to procure conveyance to Upsala and make the be-

256 GREENE

ginnings of a career at that celebrated seat of learning: this,
however, with the stern assurance that this was all they would
be able to do ; that no remittances from home would be forth-
coming. Before the first year at Upsala was completed Lin-
n£eus was penniless and almost barefooted ; being obliged to line
his shoes with birch bark and pasteboard, and his clothing was
worse than threadbare. He was now in the twenty-third year
of his age, and in his distress he still consoled himself with stu-
dies botanical. In the midst of the botanic garden at Upsala he
sat, one autumn day, drawing up descriptions of some rare plants
that were in bloom. An ecclesiastic of distinguished bearing,
in passing through the garden paused before him, asked him
what he was describing, if he knew plants, was a student of
botany, from what part of the country he had come, and how
long he had been at the university, tested his knowledge of
botany by asking him the names of all the plants that were in
sight. This ecclesiastic was no less noted a personage than
Olaus Celsius, a man then some sixty years of age, eminent
as a theologian, an orientalist, and more than an amateur in the
natural sciences ; even now beginning to be a botanist ; for
some two years before the date of his chance meeting with the
student Linnaeus, he had been assigned by a council of Lutheran
clergymen the task of writing a treatise on the plants mentioned
in the Bible. His classic Hierobotanon was the result of his
attempt to fulfil that commission ; and, by the way, none will
ever know how largely he may have been indebted to the young
student Linnseus in the preparation of that work. The exam-
ination that he had given the youth, there in the botanic garden,
had filled him with wondering admiration. Celsius saw that
he needed him ; saw also in his worn clothing and almost bare
feet the evidence of a worthy student's grinding poverty. Within
a few days Linnaeus was comfortably housed with Professor
Celsius ; having been commanded to bring with him that her-
barium of 600 Swedish plants which he said had accumulated
with the last three 3'ears.

Celsius was to write a botany of Palestine by and by, and was
now devoting as much time as he might to the botany that was
at hand, that of his own country ; and he had augmented his

LINN^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 257

great scholar's library by the acquisition of all the standard and
many rare books of i^otany. Linnajus was again in the enjoy-
ment of great good fortune. Yet all this was not for long.
Celsius's very zeal and benevolence on his behalf brought the
young man into trouble. By his great influence he procured for
Linntcus an examination, which was followed by a license to
lecture publicly in the botanic garden. The candidate had not
been three years in residence, and Professor Roberg expressed
it as his opinion that the precedent was a dangerous one to have
established. The lectures were begun, and Linnseus had a
throng of students of the best class, among sons of some of the
university professors ; and he was now able to clothe himself
comfortably. This all happened at a time when a promising
instructor. Nils Rosen, had lately gone abroad on a two years'
leave, to obtain the doctorate in medicine. A less competent
young man had been delegated to take Rosen's work during his
absence. Linnjsus, by his superior learning and personal mag-
netism, appears quite innocently to have drawn away his sti^-
dents. There would be trouble in store for Linnaeus whensoever
Rosen should return. It is a sad truth that, in science as else-
where in this poor foolish world, the mediocre man in higher
position must hate and if possible persecute the superior man in
low^er station, and that for his very superiority, if for nothing
else. Rosen, on his return from abroad, with the doctor's de-
gree won, besought of old Professor Rudbeck permission to
teach botany himself, hoping thereby to draw from docent
Linnaeus all his students. Rudbeck declined to consider such
a proposition, stating frankly that Dr. Rosen was hardly very
well prepared to instruct in botany. Rosen's next move was
successful. He procured the passage of an official regulation
to the effect that no undergraduate should be permitted to lec-
ture publicly, to the prejudice of a regularly appointed instruc-
tor. Such an instructor there was, in the person of the young
man who had been appointed to teach in Rosen's place while he
was absent. Thus was Linnasus deprived of the means of liv-
ing any longer at Upsala.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., July, 1907.

258 GREENE

JOURNEY TO LAPLAND.

Inasmuch as his lecturing in the botanic garden had been
under Rudbeck's jurisdiction, and the latter had become much
attached to the young man, he had taken him into his own
household. Rudbeck himself had been the earliest botanical
explorer of Lapland, and, by frequent rehearsal of the wonders
he had seen in that wild hyperborean realm, he had enkindled
in the young Linnaeus a keen desire to go there. The Swedish
government had long thought its own territorial possessions
there to be worth investigating from scientific and economic
points of view.

It was now soon arranged that Linnaeus under the auspices
of the Academy of Sciences at Upsala, should make an expe-
dition to Lapland for purposes of scientific exploration. He
set forth from Upsala on the thirteenth of May, 1732, returning
late in autumn. It had been a journey of some 2,500 miles,
made alone, for the most part, and almost everywhere on foot ;
but this was one of the most fruitful seasons of his whole life,
though he was now but twenty-five years of age. His Flora
Lapponica, together with the narrative of the journey, are
among the most instructive and fascinating reports of a scien-
tific expedition ever written. In the da}^ when they were new
the}^ were unequalled in the literature of scientific travel ; and
the Flora Lapponica w^ould have secured a deathless fame to
an}^ botanist, even if he had written nothing else.

JOURNEY TO GERMANY AND HOLLAND.

After the return from Lapland, the next two years were
passed in teaching publicly and privately, at one place and
another in Sweden, mostly at Fahlun ; but also at every spare
hour of time working industriously at the manuscripts of sev-
eral books — the Flora Lapponica and others — which he was
all the while hoping soon to be able to give to the public. At
Fahlun he won the esteem and friendship of the Rev. Johan
Browallius, at that time private chaplain to a certain nobleman,
subsequently a professor at the University of Abo, and Lutheran
bishop of that diocese. This man urged Linnaeus to circum-
vent his powerful antagonist at Upsala by going abroad, and

LINN^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 259

taking his degree in medicine at some foreign university. Fol-
lowing this counsel Linnaeus, in the beginning of the year 1735,
sailed for Germany and the Netherlands ; taking with him a
finished medical thesis for presentation at some school of med-
icine, and also the manuscripts of several books of botany.
Before the end of June he had passed the examinations, suc-
cessfully defended his thesis, and obtained the degree of Doctor
of Medicine ; this at Hardewyk in Holland.

The primary object of his trip abroad having been attained,
there were reasons why he might have been expected to take
advantage of the first opportunity that should present itself for
his return to Sweden. Before leaving his native land Linn^us
had acquired what is said to be easily gained by even a poor
young man when he happens to be of good presence, polite
accomplishments and some personal magnetism; he had pro-
vided himself with a rich and elderly prospective father-in law.
Said prospective father-in-law had returned the compliment by
providing Linnaeus with some traveling funds and the needful
university fees. Before bidding the prospective son-in-law fare-
well Dr. Morgeus, as if endowed with some of that wisdom that
men say comes with years, and as if doubting that the pros-
pective bride would surely speed the young man's early return,
enjoined it upon him that he must come back and begin the
practice of medicine, whensoever he should have gained the
doctorate.

But that which had long been uppermost in Linna^us's mind
had been, not medicine, but systematic botany. In the direc-
tion of the latter all his ambition led him. The manuscripts of
what he hoped w^ould be immortal books of botany — and they
became such — he had brought with him. No one in Sweden
would have published them. In Germany, in^Holland, and in
France there were many and splendid botanical establishments,
and several learned botanical professors of world-wide fame.
His books if published must have the approval of these in order
to insure for them success. He must see these men, ingratiate
himself with them personally, show them his manuscripts, dis-
cuss with them the merits of his system ; for it was new, and
in its leading characteristics altogether revolutionary. His

26o GREENE

money was now almost all gone, but what of that? He had
often been in such straits before, but some provision had always
hitherto been made for him.

Leyden was the seat of what, at the time, was the most cele-
brated university in Holland ; and, for botanical gardens, and
botanical celebrities who had taught there, was hardly second
to Paris itself with its traditions of Tournefort and his successor,
Vaillant. In Professor Paul Hermann's time, little more than a
generation anterior to Linnceus, the Leyden Garden had been
confessedly the finest and richest in the world. After Paul
Hermann, Dr. Hermann Boerhaave had presided there. He
had retired from the professorship three years before Linnaeus's
arrival in Holland, and was now at once the most famous physi-
cian in Europe and without a rival as an authority upon systematic
botany. He was living in age and retirement not far from Ley-
den, and there was not another man upon the face of the earth
whom Linnjeus so much wished to see. He could not endure
the thought of returning to Sweden without having visited this
great Mecca of botanists, Leyden. Once there, he found friends
in learned botanists nearer his own age, who had not yet
published books, and of whom he had not heard. Among
these, Adrian van Royen, professor at the university in succes-
sion to the illustrious Boerhaave ; also Dr. Gronovius, a well-
versed and ardent botanist. Others at Leyden who became
Linnaeus's cordial and helpful friends we must not stop to name.
Both van Royen and Gronovius became enthusiastic over the
young man and his manuscripts. Gronovius was so charmed
with his Systema Naturae that he proposed, with Linnaeus's
permission, to have it published at once, and the printing of it
was begun. It came out, as a mere outline sketch of a new
natural history. It was a folio tract of but fourteen pages, but
it was everywhere received with the greatest applause. Mean-
while Linnceus had used every endeavor to see that great oracle
of medicine and of botany, old Boerhaave, but in vain. Pro-
vided with a letter from Gronovius, he had called every day for
a whole week, but to no purpose. Ambassadors and princes
had found him accessible with some difficulty. Even Peter the
Great, of Russia, had been obliged to wait two hours in an ante

LINNyEAN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 261

room, to take his turn in getting a conference with this busiest
and most imperious old prince of learning and master of the
healing art. Linnaeus now bethought himself to send a copy
of the new Systema Naturae. A letter came back, naming the
day and the hour when he should be admitted to an audience.
The interview was prolonged and was carried into Boerhaave's
own private botanic garden, a place well stocked with almost
all plants and trees that had been found to endure the climate
of Leyden. One beautiful tree which Boerhaave thought —
was even very certain — had never been described, Linnaeus
gave him the name for ; also the volume and page of one of
Vaillant's folios in which it was described fully and clearly.
When they returned to the library, the place was found, and the
truth was admitted. The venerable doctor advised the young
Swede to settle in Holland, where he felt certain that his learn-
ing and talents would insure him wealth and great renown. But
since Linnaeus could not now prolong his stay at Leyden, Boer-
haave desired him to take a letter from himself to his friend,
Professor Burmann, at Amsterdam, the port whence Linnaeus had
proposed to sail for Sweden. He found Burmann, then much
engaged upon his Botany of Ceylon,^ so overwhelmed with work
of several kinds, that courtesy seemed to require that he should
make the call short. It was evident that nothing but the letter
from that great scientific potentate Boerhaave, at Leyden, had
procured him admission to Burmann's presence. On withdraw-
ing, however, he was invited to call again. At the second call he
found the Amsterdam professor less preoccupied. They went
into the botanic garden. At the end of this interview Burmann
was overwhelmed with a sense of the unexampled skill of this
young Swede in botany. He had learned so much of him in that
one hour as to see that he must secure, if possible, his help in
the finishing of his great book of Ceylonese bdtany. Linnaeus
was invited to take up his abode with Burmann for the period
of his sojourn in Amsterdam, and he accepted the bidding. He
had been there about two months when he received a call from
one of the merchant princes of Amsterdam, George Cliffort.
He was a gentleman of culture as well as of great wealth, and

' Thesaurus Zejlanicus. 410. 1737.

262 GREENE

had a very noble garden, and conservatories abounding in rare
plants from the Indies and other remote places. But his errand
with Linnaeus was not botanical. He was something of an in-
valid, and melancholy. His regular physician was Boerhaave,
at Leyden. On a late visit to him, Boerhaave had advised him
that his ailments were chiefly resultant from his princely ways
of living ; that he could not do better than employ the services
of a brilliant 3'oung Swedish physician, a specialist in dietetics,
at present the guest of Professor Burmann. He advised him
to take Doctor Linnaeus for body physician into his own house,
and place himself under his direction as to diet. This was Clif-
fort's motive in calling upon Linnaius. The outcome of it was an
agreement between them ; and the young physician botanist was
soon quite luxuriously domiciled with Cliffort, and under good
pay. Charmed with the Cliffortian garden and conservatories,
and seeing there many a plant unkown to botanists, Linnjeus
counseled the preparation and publication of an illustrated folio,
that might fitly be entitled the Hortus Cliffortianus, in which the
rarities and novelties growing there should be brought to the
knowledge of the world botanical. Of course the proposition
delighted Cliffort and the work was done. That most luxurious
of all Linnasus's works, the Hortus Cliffortianus, he assures us,
was written in nine months. It was published in Amsterdam in
1737, when Linnceus was thirty years old. But besides this,
there had alread}- been published, since Linnaeus had come to
Amsterdam, the Bibliotheca Botanica, and the Fundamenta
Botanica, in the year 1736; and there now followed the Flora
Lapponica, the Genera Plantarum and the Critica Botanica, all
in the year 1737 ; some of them issued at Amsterdam, others at
Leyden. This represents the most wonderful beginning at
botanical authorship of which there is any record. Here were
seven learned and forceful books, two in folio, and five in octavo,
all given to the public within two years, almost a librar}-^ of
botany, and that a new botany, and so easy to comprehend, that
almost any educated person could now acquire proficiency in
botany by these books alone as a guide. The system was a new
one ; evidently a rival system to that of Tournefort, which had
now been dominant for forty years. All the botanical world

LINN^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 263

was in amazement; and the author, having now been three
years abroad, and having made his personal impression upon
nearly all the botanists of London and of Paris, as well as upon
those of Germany and Holland, went home to Sweden, there at
first to suffer the adverse consequences of fame, and afterwards
to enjo}' its benefits.

PRACTICES MEDICINE IN STOCKHOLM.

To suffer, I say, the consequences of renown ; for Linnaeus
had now to realize the truthfulness of what was said by the
Great Master of long ago ; namely, that " a prophet is not with-
out honor, save in his own country, and in his own house." At
the University of Upsala now, as aforetime, there was no hope
of preferment for Linnaeus. His books did not as yet bring him
income. He must settle down to the practice of medicine ; and
he chose Stockholm, the capital and chief city of the kingdom.
There he was a stranger. Their was not one friend to recom-
mend him ; and, as he himself records it, no one would employ
him, even by committing a sick servant to his care. His sys-
tem of botany began also to be assailed in public vigorously and
tellingly. Just across that arm of the sea that separates between
Sweden and Russia, at St. Petersburg Professor Siegesbeck
had written and distributed a book in which the Linnaean system
of botany was arraigned severely, and with so much point that
many people in Sweden thought that Linnaeus had been philo-
sophically and botanically annihilated. He admits that he almost
believed that himself; and, as now the tide had set strongly in
his favor as a medical practioner at Stockholm, he had resolved
to abandon forever the service of Flora, and devote himself
wholly to that of ^sculapius. The latter, said Linnaeus, brings
all good things, while Flora rewards me only with Siegesbecks.
And the tide of Linnaeus's fortune in medicine rose higher. One
and another of the nobility became numbered among his patients,
and at last, the queen herself; and now, as he said in a letter
to a friend, no one who was ill could get well, it seemed, with-
out his help.

264 GREENE

APPOINTED PROFESSOR AT UPSALA.

Court influence now procured him the comfortable position of
Physician to the Admiralt}^ After that, the death of Dr.
Roberg, professor of medicine at Upsala, opened the way to
Linnaeus's promotion to a professorship at that university. It
was that of medicine, and that of botany was, at the time, held
by Linnaeus's former antagonist Rosen. The two professors,
now equal in official rank, became reconciled and, with the full
consent of the authorities, exchanged professorships. Linnreus
was now again a botanist. He was still a young man, only
some 34 years of age, and had lived out not quite half his days.
The after years, those of his fruition, did not produce as much
of importance to botany as the earlier period had yielded.
There came out in 175 1 the Philosophia Botanica, partly of the
nature of a recension and enlargement of two of his early books,
the Fundamenta Botanica and the Critica Botanica. It is one of
his most important and imperishable books. In 1753 appeared
the largest and most comprehensive of his works, the Species
Plantarum. During the remaining years of his life Linnceus
was largely occupied with the preparation of new editions of
almost all his works, the public demand for which was very
great.

INFLUENCE OF LINN^US UPON BOTANY.

It is not possible to convey an idea of what Linnaeus accom-
plished for the advancement of botany without presenting, in
brief outline, a view of what had been done before him. That
there was not much botany before Linnaeus, is a fable that
gained popular credence in rural districts a half century ago.
One of the earliest books which our Linnaeus published was the
Bibliotheca Botanica. It contains the titles of t,ooo volumes,
by almost as many different botanists, most of which books he
thought an indispensable part of a working botanist's equipment ;
and his own works, on almost every page, abound in citations
of those of his predecessors. The first foundations of scientific
botany had been laid by Csesalpino, an Italian physician, and
university professor of botany, 124 3'ears before Linnaeus was
born. He selected his granite blocks of principle so well, and
laid them so securely, that the superstructure of modern sys-

LINNyEAN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 265

tematic ootany rests upon them. Every variation of botanical
system that has been builded in the last 324 years has rested on
the Ctesalpinian foundation, /'. c, tliat in the fruit and seed of
plants we have the key to their affinities. Not one of tlie great
geniuses botanical in later times who have most advanced the
science has questioned the validity of that principle. Not one
has yet dared to predict that the Ceesalpinian foundations are
likelv ever to be abandoned as insecure.

The earlier disciples of Ca^salpino made many amendments
and signal improvements of his system, through further study
of floral structure, as furnishing yet other clews to plant affini-
ties. The summing up of these many improvements was made
by Tournefort, whose Elements of Botany, published in 1694,
III years after Cassalpino's great work, and 13 years before
the birth of Linna?us, took the whole botanical world captive,
and held undisputed sway, until everywhere but in France, the
native land of Tournefort, they were superseded by the system
of Linnaeus.

To the botanists present who are unread in the history of our
science, nothing will be more surprising than the information
that, with the great Tournefort, who founded upon the flower
the most universally approved system of botany which, up to
that time had been presented, the flower was hardly anything
more than what we know as the corolla. Of the functions of
stamens, stigmas and styles he was ignorant, confessed his
ignorance, and regarded them as wholly insignificant things,
hardly to be seriously taken note of. The flower and the corolla
were with him almost synonymous ; and yet so uncertain was
he in his identification of the corolla that, where, as in all the
Arace^, it is absent, he took the spathe for the corolla ; while
in such apetalous things as the castor bean, he regarded the
brightly colored stigmas as the corolla. Such extremely crude
ideas of floral structure were those of Tournefort to the end of
his career; and he died when the infant Linnaeus was one and
one half years old.

Now the Linntean doctrine of the flower and that of Tourne-
fort represent opposite extremes. To be more specific : while
Tournefort's conception of the flower as an organism is about

266 GREENE

as crude and imperfect as can well be imagined, that of Lin-
naeus is almost perfect. In the view of the former the one im-
portant organ is the corolla, the stamens and stigmas nothing,
or next to nothing ; according to Linnaius, the stamens and
stigmas, with the ovary, are the only essential organs of the
flower, the corolla relatively unimportant. All the world botan-
ical now understands that the philosophy of floral structure
upheld and most effectively promulgated by Linnaeus was the
right one. The actual discovery and demonstration of this new
and revolutionary anthology are not attributable to Linnaeus.
In the 3'ear that the small boy Linnasus left home for the Latin
school at Wexio, a new incumbent was installed into that pro-
fessorial chair at Paris which Tournefort had occupied. The
new professor had been one of the pupils of that celebrity. His
name was Sebastian Vaillant. The subject of his inaugural
address was The Structure of Flowers. In this address, soon
afterwards printed, Tournefort's anthology was completely
undermined, and what was offered in the place of it became
the accepted antholog}' of the remaining 80 years of the eight-
eenth century, of the whole of the nineteenth, and is thus far
that of the twentieth. In other phrase, that doctrine of the
organization and the functions of the flower which Vaillant
set forth as new in the year 17 17, has held undisputed sway,
without significant augmentation or amendment, for now 190
years. Every botanist will readily perceive that this is a very
rare encomium. Every one will realize that to very few can it
have been given to lay down the fundamentals of plant tax-
onomy. Those fundamentals, as we have all been taught, and
as our forefathers were taught, are really only two, namely
carpology and antholog}'. Ca^salpino in the year 1583 estab-
lished the true carpology. Vaillant in 17 17, the true anthology.
These were the two great things to be done before there could
be a true and philosophic system of botanical classification.
Now which of these two names is greatest in scientific botany
may be open to learned dispute ; but so long as the accepted
foundations of botany remain in place, successful competitors
for their exalted rank there can be none.

Five years after having published this masterpiece of plant

LINNyEAN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 267

organography Vaillant died. His death occurred on his llfty-
third birthday. He also died unlhanked for the greatest of
several great things that he had done for botany. All the world
botanical still idolized the memory of the great and popular
Tournefort ; and it resented that virtual overthrow of his whole
system which this remarkable former student of his had accom-
plished. Universally, and bitterly they charged him with in-
gratitude. And so that inaugural address, in which this far
greater man than Tournefort had given to his science the very
best that was in him, became an offense to the blind invidious
multitude. When they should have praised him, they blamed
him ; and he lay down and died.

But afar in the north, in the land of giants mythical and
giants real, there was an ungigantic youth of great mind and of
noble soul, who would champion most successfully the cause of
Sebastian Vaillant ; and in so doing create a new system of
botany that should supersede that of Tournefort.

It was in the year 1729, when Linnaeus was in his twenty-
third year, and a student at Upsala, that he first became ac-
quainted with Valliant's great tract ; learning from it that those
obscure and long neglected stamens and pistils were sexual
organs and the only really important parts of any flower. This
being true, it was plain to him, as it had been to Vaillant, that
Tournefort's classes of plants established upon the corolla as the
essential organ, were unphilosophically and untenably based,
and must fall. From that day Linnseus determined to w^ork out
a new system of classes and orders of plants, on the basis of
stamens and pistils as the most important floral organs. The
result was 24 classes of plants established upon characteristics
of the stamens, instead of the 22 classes of Tournefort distin-
guished by differences in the structure of the corolla. The Lin-
na;an classes were very much more easily Jearned than the
Tournefortian. His Class I embraced all genera of plants the
flowers of which have but a single stamen ; Class H, those
which have two stamens, and so on up to Class X, when other
considerations, still in part numerical, were seized upon. Any
mere beginner in botany, with a plant in flower before him,
could determine its class without even opening the book. If the

268 GREENE

flower exhibited five stamens the phint was sure to belong to
some genus of Linnasus's Class V. If the same flower showed
also two pistils, that indicate as unmistakably Order 2 of Class V.
No other system of plant classification ever invented made the
beginnings of botany so easy ; no other ever was so immensely
popular. But, what is much more to the credit of the Linnjean
classes and orders than the popular applause with which they
once were hailed, is the fact that the determination of plants
under them necessitated close inspection of all, even the min-
utest and obscurest parts of every floral structure ; trusting that
in these minute, obscure and hitherto neglected organs there
would be found some of the very best indexes of affinity. This
line of investigation, so important to all taxonomy, Linnaeus was
the very first to carry into practice and make universal. It will
be difficult to bring the average botanist of to-day to a realiza-
tion of how great an epoch in botany Linnaeus created when he
began examining the stamens of every plant, with the purpose
of ascertaining into what one of his 24 proposed classes of
flowering plants each generic type must fall. And though it
be true that the classes and orders of Linnaeus fell into disuse
three-quarters of a century ago, it is true to-day that every
botanist, from the mere beginner in taxonomy to the most ac-
complished master of it, if he have a new and unknown plant
in hand for determination, makes his final appeal to stamens
and pistils. These, by peculiarities of structure, will tell the
plant's relationship in many an instance, both promptly and de-
cisively. In this procedure, every botanist who lives is distinctly
a disciple of Linnaeus ; for he, putting Vaillant's principles into
taxonomic practice, first inaugurated the method, and eventually
brought to pass its universal recognition and its permanent
establishment. When in the year 1735, with those manuscripts
of his new botanical system, Linnaeus went to Germany and
Holland, he had now for seven years been scrutinizing carefully
and industriously the stamens of everything that had come to
hand. By dint of those seven years of industrious investiga-
tion of these organs he had not only become a very expert in
this line, but he was the on]}'- man in the world who knew any-
thing about the morphology of stamens. He was now, to the

LINN^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 269

oldest and most experienced systematists of Europe, a perfect
marvel on account of the readiness with which he could solve
for them some of their most perplexing taxonomic puzzles. I
can not stop to cite more than a single instance. In one of the
larger Dutch herbaria, tiiere was a rare specimen of the leaves
and flowers of a certain oriental tree. The bark of this kind of
tree had been known in Europe as a commercial importation
for, I think, some 2,000 years. * They called it cinnamon. As
a generic type the tree had been named in Latin Cmnamomum.
The professor gave Linnii^us the information that these were the
leaves and flowers of tlie cinnamon tree ; but what were the
natural affinities of the tree? Had it consanguinity with any
other known tree? To what was it related? These were
questions which not the most expert botanists could answer.
The fruit of the tree was not yet known, and therefore could
not be appealed to. The flowers were small and insignificant.
Linnaeus took one of those small dried-up flowers, subjected it
to moisture, so that he could get a view of the anthers without
breaking them, then, looking at these alone, was able to answer,
with the most perfect assurance, that this cinnamon tree is a very
near relative of the familiar sweet bay of southern Europe ; a
species of the genus Latwtis. The man's frequent solving of
enigmas like this, in the presence of the most learned and cap-
able botanists of the world, brought it to pass that he was
spoken of everywhere among the Germans and Flemish, as the
little oracle ; for when he gave a decision about the affinity of
any imperfectly known plant, he was admitted to be correct. It
was as if an oracle had spoken. These brilliant pronounce-
ment must also have prepared the way for that great success
which his publications met with, and that ready adoption of his
new system which followed almost ever^'^wher^ despite its char-
acter as radical and revolutionary.

If, then, Linnceus, at the time when he began publishing the
fundamentals of his new system occupied a place wholly unique
among botanists then living as to knowledge and understanding
of floral structures of all kinds, so that the oldest and ablest
among them stood in speechless admiration of his superlative
attainments, there was forthwith exerted by him a most salutary

270 GREENE

influence upon the important art of plant description. The
revolution which he at once brought about in the art of generic
diagnosis was perhaps the most priceless of his several strong
contributions to ph3'tography. In his Genera Plantarum of the
year 1737, every genus is so well characterized in words, that
plates and figures illustrating them are not needed. The group
which Linnccus takes for a genus is even more clearly defined
by his few descriptive sentences, than is a genus of Tournefort,
in which the defects of its description are eked out by a fine
quarto plate representing the type. And the reason why Lin-
naeus surpassed immeasurably every author who had preceded
him in the practice of generic diagnosis was that he had all
their understanding and appreciation of calyx, corolla and fruit,
and added to that his mastery of stamens, stigmas and styles,
the very names of which were unknow'n to the generations that
had preceded him, and hardly yet known to the most celebrated
of his contemporaries. In the later editions of the Genera
Plantarum, no improvement is to be noted in his diagnoses.
They were models as he gave them out at first, at least as viewed
from the standpoint of Linnasus's acknowledged greater master,
Caesalpino. They are still essentially the models of generic
diagnosis with all who still hold the Caesalpinian doctrine that
flower and fruit are to supply the only recognized data for the
establishment of classes and genera of plants. Even George
Bentham, who lived more than a century after the time of Lin-
nfeus, and was the supreme master of generic diagnosis that the
nineteenth century knew, was strictly a Linnasan in this regard ;
so that here, as at many another important point in the most
recent botany, the genius of the great Linnasus rules and directs.
Fellow members of the Botanical Societ}^ of Washington, if
this had been a meeting of our own, and not that of two other
learned societies in joint session with us, I should have preferred,
as I said at the beginning, to discuss some one of Linnasus's
greater books ; taking it as a text from which to set forth
his deeds ; his many benefactions to our science. To some it
will doubtless appear anomalous tliat here, not so much as the
briefest abstract of his various reforms in nomenclature should
be given ; especially since, in the minds of so many botanists

LINN^AN MEMORIAL ADDRESS 27 1

of recent decades, those reforms are thought to be the most
important service that Linnaeus rendered to botany. Several of
the most commonly received opinions about him as nomenclator
are absolutely groundless. Several principles of nomenclature
now almost everywhere approved were under his severest repre-
hension. Inasmuch as I myself was the prime mover in the
direction of what has now come to be well known abroad as the
Neo-American school of nomenclature, I may be permitted to
say that during more than twenty years past I have steadily
and unwaveringly been of the opinion that, to attempt to legislate
upon nomenclature is but futility, if not folly, until every par-
ticipant in every nomenclatorial conclave shall have familiarized
himself with all that Linnaeus said, and said with such com-
manding authority, upon this subject. So, then, the discussion
of Linnaeus as nomenclator, at least in my understanding and
appreciation of him, could not alone be done within the time
allotted us to-night. To omit it altogether was imperative.

The same limitations have precluded my calling attention
even briefly to Linneeus as evolutionist, as ecologist, as medical
botanist, or as one who contributed much to the advancement of
what is now commonly spoken of as applied botany in general.

Of the real merits of Linnaeus they know little who, observing
that his classes and orders are become obsolete, and that neither
his idea of a genus is that of more recent botany, nor his con-
ception of a species, conclude that his figure must by and by
grow dim on the horizon of botanical history. I say, they who
know little of his real merits may give place to such forebodings.
But they who fully realize what he accomplished in so many dif-
ferent directions to the great and lasting advantage of our science,
will be rather disposed to wish that an equal of Linnaeus might
soon be born ; and might think it well that the natal day of the
matchless Swede should be held sacred not only once in each
century, but a hundred times in every hundred years.

LINN^US AS A ZOOLOGIST.
By Dr. William H. Dall.

I HAVE been asked to make a few remarks on the relations
of Linnaeus to zoology. After the comprehensive addresses to
which we have listened, you would be well within your rights
if you complained that a review of the systems and conceptions
for zoology, entertained by Linnaeus, was, on the present occa-
sion, inopportune.

I shall attempt nothing so ambitious, or I might almost say,
for a public address, so tedious.

Viewed in a broad way, the services of Linnaeus to zoology
were of several kinds.

The first and greatest, though at the time of its conception
regarded as relatively unimportant, was the invention of what
has long been known as the binomial or Linnaean system of
nomenclature. The conception of a permanent name for each
type of organized beings, tliereby giving to the naturalist a con-
cise method of indicating each unit of the S3'stem, was so great
an advance on any previous method of handling zoological
species that it amounted to a complete revolution in methods ;
comparable to that for the arithmetical sciences, which followed
the adoption of the decimal Arabic symbols in place of the
clumsy Roman notation of numerals.

That previous zoologists, like Rumphius, had more or less in-
advertently approximated to this system at times, while giving
names to animals, does not diminish the credit due to Linnajus
for erecting the method into a definite system emphasizing the
principles of permanency and priority, and elaborating its
details.

The second service was that of holding up the animated cre-
ation as an interrelated whole. This grasp of the subject would
be impossible to a naturalist of the present day, were the multi-
tudinous units of the animal kingdom now known, presented to
him in the chaotic state in which Linnajus found the little micro-

272

I.INN/EUS AS A ZOOLOGIST 273

cosm which he had to deal with. Tlie prof]jress, by the L,in-
nxan methods, since his time, has been so great ; anatomical,
ecological and embryological discoveries have so illuminated
the subject ; that we are prone to look with amusement on the
crude classification which alone in his time was possible, with-
out appreciating the instances it contains of really astonishing
insight into the true relation of organized beings.

It is only when we compare the Linnajan classification with
the contemporaneous absurdities of such antagonists as Jacobus
Theodorus Klein, who in bewigged pomposity stares at us from
the frontispiece of his ridiculous *'Tentamen," that we can ap-
preciate the quality of the genius of the immortal Swede.

A third manner, and by no means the least important, in
which Linngeus influenced zoological science, was through his
friends, associates and pupils. We all know what the personal
influence of Louis Agassiz did for science in America. Some-
thing of the same sort emanated from the personality of Linnaeus
in his time.

In the days of his early struggles it must have been evident,
or we should not read of how such men as Rothmann, Stobasus,
Celsius, Rudbeck and Reuterholm exerted themselves to pro-
mote the fortunes and facilitate the studies of the poor country
parson's son. A little later, as he began to win a footing, we
find the greater scientists with whom he was brought in contact
giving him a cordiai welcome ; and, from men like Gronovius,
Boerhaave, Burmann, van Royer and Cliffort in Holland ;
Artedi in Sweden; Jussieu in France; Haller in Germany and
Dillenius in England ; such recognition was no feeble testimony
to his influence and worth. Still more conclusive are the rela-
tions to Linnaeus of such ornaments of the nobility as Counts
Tessin and Gyllenborg, and her Majesty Queen Ulrica, worthy
precursors of the liberal-minded nobles of tO-day, and their
leader, His Majesty of Sweden, always foremost in promoting
science, exploration and the arts, to the true glory of his
kingdom.

From every other civilized nation as well as from Sweden,
Linnaeus drew pupils. Those conversant with the dawn of
science in the modern sense, will find familiar the names upon
the roll.

274 DALL

First, as true martyrs of science, who gave their lives, by
pestilence or accident in foreign lands for the promotion of dis-
covery, are Ternstrom who died in China ; Hasselquist in
Smyrna ; Forskal in Arabia ; Loefling in South America ; and
Falk in Tartary.

Those, more fortunate but not less daring who adventured in
foreign lands and by a safe return were enabled to reap, in
their lifetimes, a reward of merit, were Peter Kalm in North
America ; Rolander in Surinam ; Toren in Malabar ; Osbeck
in China ; Sparrman in South Africa ; Thunberg in eastern
Asia and Japan ; Niebuhr in Egypt ; Gmelin in Siberia ; and,
in various parts of Europe, Koehler, Alstroemer, Von Troil,
Fabricius, and Solander.

I have mentioned but a prominent few among many. A
little leaven leaveneth the whole lump. That influence which
drew and held students, which inspired them to their utmost
efforts, faithful in the quest of knowledge even unto death ;
which helped to mould a second generation to carry on the
work of research ; which affected more or less deeply every
student of nature in the last quarter of the eighteenth century,
and has not yet spent all its force ; that influence was no trifling
gift to mankind.

The details of work accomplished by Linnaeus, as by each
and every one of his successors, fluctuate in value under the
keener scrutiny and more refined methods of those who follow
after. The fate of theories lies in the lap of the Gods.

But the spirit which inspired them ; the ardor which hands
on the torch as the runner sinks exhausted by the way ; the
devotion to truth and disregard of self imparted by a great
teacher ; and which shall endure while a human mind and
heart exist to cherish them — these are gifts immortal.

PROCEEDITSIGS

OF THK

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoT.. IX, pp. 275-523. October 18, 1907.

A REVISION OF THE AMERICAN COMPONENTS

OF THE TENEBRIONID SUBFAMILY

TENTYRIIN^.

By Tiios. L. Casey.

Several of the groups reviewed in the following pages have
formed the subject of previous study on the part of the writer,
either monographically, as in the case of the genera allied to
£urymetopon^ or as detached new species, and the present
opportunity is embraced to give a connected view of the entire
series, in that part of the great family Tenebrionidse having the
abdominal segments unmodified by a coriaceous hind margin
and the middle coxae enclosed externally by the sterna alone,
without the intervention of a small piece attached to the coxae
and sometimes separating the sterna, known as a trochantin.
This is the definition of the subfamily Tentyriinae as given by
LeConte and Horn, and is adopted for the present revision,
although reasons will be given further on for a belief that it is
not an entirely natural subdivision, there being two great groups
included, characterized principally by the development of the
mentum, which apparently affords a better line of delimitation
for subfamily groups than the presence or absence of a trochan-
tin. However, this is more a matter to be discussed in a general
revision of the family than at the present time, and the follow-
ing work is presented simply with the hope that it may prove
useful in giving some slight conception of a problem in classifi-
cation, the difficulties and uncertainties of which are well known.
Perhaps the most perplexing feature pertains to the differenti-

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., October, 1907. 275

276 CASEY

ation of the genera, and I may have overstepped the limit of
prevailing conservatism in proposing so many of them, but it
seems certain that the proportion of wholly unnecessary names :
that is, titles that are not at any rate subgeneric if not tully
generic, will prove to be very small indeed. The limitation or
extension in scope of genera and subgenera is, with the dis-
covery of more complete material, becoming increasingly arbi-
trary and opinionative.

As in all of the more recent investigations of the writer, as
much foreign material as possible has been accumulated for
study in connection with our own, and this method is recom-
mended to all those who would attempt systematic w^ork upon a
restricted fauna, as being more liable to produce results that
may be valuable to a general monographer, if, in the future,
there may develop anyone willing and able to take up such a
life work as a general monograph of the larger families of
Coleoptera is rapidly becoming. The foreign groups thus
included for comparison are indicated, as formerly, by a pre-
fixed asterisk in the tables of tribes and genera.
Washington, June 10, 1907.

Order COLEOPTERA ; Family TENEBRIONID^.

Subfamily Tentyriin^.

The Tenebrionidse in general have ever been a stumbling-
block to the systematic investigator, for the reason that radical
structural divergencies, constant through extended groups, are
so few in number and minor group characters, in all manner of
unexpected directions, so infinitely varied. In considering the
Tenebrionidse of the world, even so talented a morphologist as
Lacordaire found these troubles practically insurmountable, and
it is therefore with diffidence that I venture here upon a pro-
nounced departure from the usual succession and arrangement
of the numerous tribes of the subfamily Tentyriina?, as defined
by LeConte and Horn.

By studying carefully some of the pala3arctic types of the
Tenebrionidas, I find the apparent relationships of some of our
more isolated genera, such as Cranioius, which is evidently the

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THK TEXTYRIIN^: 277

American representative of Adesniia and Stenocara, and further
observation shows that in Adcsmia and Craniolns we have the
closest approach, among the Tentyriids with large mentiim, to
our remarkably specialized Zopherini. These facts suggest at
once the reversal in order presented by the following rearrange-
ment. The very isolated Zofhosis of the old world fauna,
which has there no close relative, seems to have its nearest
neighbor in our Epitragini, which, although a generally winged
type, presents many suggestive resemblances, such as the pro-
longed prosternum and excavated mesosternum, as well as the
presence of two metasternal grooves before the posterior coxag,
the significance of which is wholly unknown. In Zophosis
these lines are very oblique, conforming somewhat to the un-
usually oblique cox^, and retreat broadly from the latter out-
wardly, though having the same point of origin as the trans-
verse grooves of Epitragini and many other of our new world
types, principall}' prevailing in those tribes characterized in
general by developed hind wings. The equally isolated Ero-
diini of the old world are passably represented by our Edrotes^
which should form a tribe of itself and apart from EpiphysUy
because of its widely different coxae and tarsi, as well as the
unusual epipleuras. Such aberrant types as Chilometopoii, which
Horn referred quite erroneously to the Epitragini, and Trhny-
tis^ with some of the Mexican forms recently described by
Champion, fall satisfactorily into a special tribe, related very
closely to the Eurymetoponini, and Conixcus, which the sys-
tematist mentioned referred with equal error to the Gnathosiini,
is very plainly an Epitragid. The singular genus Auchmobius^
which I regret being unable to observe in nature, appears from
the remarks published by Dr. Horn, particularly concerning the
aberrant mandibles and antennas, to necessitate a tribe of its own,
perhaps combining some of the characters of the Trimytini and
Eurymetoponini.

With these preliminary remarks the arrangement of the tribes
represented by material known to me may be presented as
follows : —

Mentum very large, concealing both ligula and maxillae 2

Mentum generally smaller in size, never concealing both the ligula
and maxillae ' 14

278 CASEY

2 — Anterior tibiae with a single terminal spur and a submedian external
tooth ; mandibles grooved externally throughout their length ;
mentum hexagonal, feebly sinuate at tip ; intercoxal process of
the abdomen narrow, subacute or slightly rounded; scutellum
distinct; metasternum with transverse ante-coxal grooves; hind
wings well developed Cnemodini

Anterior tibiae with two terminal spurs, not toothed externally near
the middle in any American genus; mandibles never grooved
externally except in Erodiini 3

3 — Posterior coxae more or less narrowly separated, the abdominal
process acute to broadly rounded 4

Posterior coxae widely separated, the abdominal process broadly trun-
cate ; metasternum without ante-coxal grooves, short, the body
wingless ; elytra frequently costulate 11

4 — Elytra not embracing the sides of the body, the inflexed parts
occupied wholly by the epipleurae — or epipleural "repli" of
Lacordaire 5

Elytra embracing the sides of the body, the inflexed parts not wholly
occupied by the epipleurae 10

5 — Mentum hexagonal, with the apex more or less distinctly emargi-
nate or sinuate 6

Mentum transversely parallelogramic, the apex very broadly arcuate
from side to side and not sinuate at the middle, generally much
more transverse 9

6 — Front without a prolonged epistoma clasped by the mandibles, the

frontal margin transverse and more or less feebly modified, the
right mandible at least generally with a tooth which clasps the
labrum only ; antennce slender, with the outer four joints broader ;
scutellum well developed; metasternum with ante-coxal trans-
verse grooves ; body generally winged, though often apterous.

Eurymetoponini

Front with the epistoma abruptly prolonged 7

7 — Epistomal lobe clasped by the superior external ridge of the man-

dibles ; antennas filiform, generally with the last four joints larger. S
Epistomal lobe not clasped by the mandibles, which are folded be-
neath it out of sight from above ; antennae gradually enlargetl and
compressed outwardly Auchmobiini

8 — Scutellum well developed as in Eurymetoponini ; body winged or

apterous, the metasternum with or without ante-coxal grooves.

Trimytini

Scutellum extremely minute or obsolete ; body wholly apterous ; meta-
sternum always very short, without trace of ante-coxal grooves.

Trientomini

9 — Metasternum with transverse grooves parallel to the hind coxa',

the body general!}' winged, the epistoma lobed and the scutellum
well developed Epitragini

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF TIIJ-: TENTVRIlNVt: 279

10 — Metasternum witli oblique grooves Iioinolofjous with the trans-
verse ante-coxal <2[rooves of preccdinj^ tribes ; epipleune very wide,
occiipyiii<4 virtually the entire inHexed sides of the elytra; scu-
telluiii wholly invisible; mcntuni hexaj^onal, sinuate at tip; an-
tennie slender; mandibles generally bifid at tip, folding under
the labruni, the frontal margin not greatly modified; tibial spurs
greatly developed; body oval, apterous *Zophosini

Metasternum with very fine abbreviated transverse grooves, short, the
body wingless, oval in form; epipleuraj narrow, entire as usual;
eyes not prominent; scutellum invisible; mentum more trans-
verse, sinuate at tip; antennae slender; mandibles bifid at tip,
strongly toothed above and clasping the sides of the prolonged
epistoma ; tibial spurs short as usual *Capnisini

Metasternum without grooves, short, the body oblong or elongate,
wingless; tibial spurs, mentum, eyes, epipleur^e and tip of the
mandibles as in Capnisini ; antennae very stout; front variable
in form; scutellum visible but small, always strongly angulate ;
elytra as in Capnisini, without punctured series, though some-
times with impressed lines *Gnathosiini

Metasternum, tibial spurs, mentum, epipleurie and tip of the mandi-
bles as in Gnathosiini ; antennie very slender ; front variable in
form; scutellum distinct, always transverse and very obtusely
truncate, generally not entering between the elytra behind the
invariably pronounced basal margin ; eyes coarsely faceted ; body
elongate, wingless, the elytra oval, with punctured series.

Triorophini

II — Mesosternum elevated, flat, abutting closely and on the same
plane against the apex of the flattened prosternal process; hind
coxae transversely oval, only moderately abbreviated transversely.

12

Metasternum not elevated, discontinuous with the prosternum ; hind
coxae small, oval, very much abbreviated transversely; eyes finely
faceted ; legs long and slender 13

13 — Body pilose, with broadly inflated elytra and narrower porrect
anterior parts, the front with a strong epistomal projection clasped
by the mandibles, which are bifid at tip; antennae slender; scu-
tellum invisible; epipleurie obliterated anteriorly from near the
base of the abdomen; metasternum longer than the first ventral ;
intercoxal process of the abdomen only moderately wide and
broadly rounded Edrotini

Body broadly oval, glabrous and compact, the prothorax closely fitted
to the elytra throughout the basal width of the latter ; epistoma
sinuate, not produced ; mandibles small, folding beneath the la-
brum, deeply grooved externally but with the groove not attaining
the bifid apex, the lower margin externally very acutely ridged ;
antennae very stout; scutellum invisible; epipleurae entire but
very variable in form ; metasternum extremely short, much

28o CASEY

shorter than the first ventral ; middle and hind coxae extremely
widely separated; anterior tibiae with the outer angle prolonged
into a slender spur, the outer side strongly toothed at the middle.

*Erodiini

13 — Epipleurse more or less narrow but distinct and entire; body

narrow anteriorl}', with elongate-oval elytra, glabrous; head not
lobed at the sides, the epistoma sinuato-truncate, the mandibles
folding beneath the labrum ; mentum truncate at base, feebly
sinuate at apex ; antennae long, slender, with the outer five joints
more or less broader; scutellum invisible; middle coxae moder-
ately, the posterior very widely, separated, the hind coxie almost
attaining the sides of the body and subglobular *Adesmiini

Epipleurae wholly wanting, except toward the apex of the elytra,
where they are very narrow ; body formed as in Adesmiini but
pubescent, the middle and hind coxse similar, the latter not
approaching so closely to the sides of the elytra; head strongly,
angularly lobed at the sides, the epistoma and mandibles as in
Adesmiini, the mentum sinuate and impressed medially at base
and deeply sinuate at apex; antenuce filiform, slender, with joints
eight to ten gradually larger, the eleventh attached as a terminal
process of the tenth ; scutellum well developed, acutely triangular,

Craniotini

14 — Elyti'a without true epipleurae; anterior coxae separated 15

Elytra with clearly defined entire epipleurae iS

15 — Antennae very long, slender and filiform ; body slender, the eyes

on the sides of the head, convex and more or less prominent;
maxillary palpi very long, the last joint elongate, arcuately
truncate; scutellum well developed, semicircular; elytra costate;
mesosternum greatly prolonged before the coxk ; met-epislerna
clearly delimited; hind coxee large, widely separated; legs long.

* Leptodini

Antennae very small, compact, generally received in fossie ; eyes con-
cealed in repose 16

Antennae moderately long, thick, filiform and perfoliate, usually
scaly, free ; legs short and stout 17

16 — Eyes very minutely faceted, flat, transverse, becoming approxi-

mate above; antennae received within deep entire prosternal
fossae, the last three joints fused into an oblong solid club;
mentum small, largely concealing the ligula, which is short, broad
and densely hairy, the labial palpi wholly invisible without dis-
section [attached at the sides- — Laconlaire] ; tarsi deeply grooved
beneath; mandibles truncate; scutellum invisible or minute;
body elongate, suboval, convex, with smooth but tuherculose
i ntegu ments Zopherini

Eyes minutely faceted, flat, more widely separated above; antcnn;c
more slender, sometimes received in fossai, never having the last
three joints fused; mentum small, leaving the maxilhe and much

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 28 1

smaller ligula entirely exposed, the labial palpi distinct; tarsi and
scutelluin variable; mandibles bitld at tip; body oblong, de-
pressed, very roughly and densely sculptured Nosodermini

Eves coarsely faceteil, more rounded ; antennie received in dorsal
cavities, short and stout, the last three joints free, dilated, form-
ing a very compact 3-jointed club; mentum, ligula, mandibles,
labial palpi and form and rough sculpture of the body nearly as
in Nosodermini; scutellum very minute; body much smaller in
size Usechini

1- — Scutellum obsolete; body elongate, the elytra more or less
inflated, costate ; mentum large, closely filling the buccal opening,
completely covering the maxillae but exposing the ligula in a
large apical sinuation; eyes very widely divided and coarsely
faceted * Adelostomini

Scutellum extremely minute; body slender, with oval, inflated,
costulate elytra; mentum moderate, subquadrate, not iilling the
oral opening and not sinuate at tip ; eyes coarsely faceted,
narrowly divided Araeoschizini

iS — Spurs of the anterior tibice minute or obsolete 19

Spurs of the anterior tibiae longer and distinct 22

19 — Antennae thick, subfiliform, moderate in length and perfoliate

as in the two preceding tribes 20

Antennae very small, slender and compact; anterior coxae separated;

body glabrous 3 1

zo — Anterior coxae separated as usual; body elongate, convex,
glabrous, the scutellum visible and sometimes large, the elytra
not costulate; eyes coarsely faceted; mentum moderate, sub-
quadrate, not filling the oral opening or covering the maxilke.

* Stenosini
Anterior coxce contiguous; body slender, depressed, glabrous, the
scutellum very minute, rounded, the elytra not costulate, the
pronotum and front of the head remarkably excavated; eyes
coarsely faceted, wholly dorsal though on the deep sides of the
head; mentum transversely lunate, completely filling the semi-
circular oral cavity, covering the maxillae, the apex sinuate and
exposing the ligula Dacoderini

21 — Antennae enlarged distal ly, received in a deep cephalic groove
continued into the propleur^ ; mentum moderate, slightly trans-
verse, concave, covering the ligula and to a 'slight extent, the
maxillae, the sides of the oral opening acute and prominent;
maxillary palpi small and slender, the last joint very narrowly
oval, obtusely pointed; eyes wholly dorsal and far from the
margin of the head, extremely minute; body narrow, elongate,
subparallel, convex, the scutellum small but distinct, triangular;
pronotum depressed at base Typhlusechini

Antennae not enlarged distally, very compact, cylindric, free ;
mentum moderate, subquadrate, wholly exposing the maxillae;
Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., August, 1907.

202 CASEY

maxillary palpi slender, the last joint slender, fusiform and
obtusely pointed; eyes similarly coarsely faceted, divided by the
sides of the head; body broadly oblong-oval, feebly sculptured,
the epipleurae very wide ; scutellum wholly invisible ; prothorax
as broad as the elytra but attached by a broad exposed peduncle.

* Platamodini

32 — Body small, oblong or suboval, the head widest at base, the
coarsely faceted eyes divided by the acute sides, the front feebly
lobed at each side; mentum moderate, exposing the maxillae, the
antennae moderate in length, free, slender, the outer four joints
broader; elytra oval, not costate, the scutellum minute, trian-
gular ; pi'othorax attached by a broad peduncle ; legs rather short.

Batuliini

It is unusual to find such aberrant characters as the median
and terminal processes of the anterior tibiae and the externally
grooved mandibles, appearing in almost identically the same
form in two such completely dissimilar types as Cnemodus and
Erodius^ these facts showing that, notwithstanding the wonder-
fully varied form of the body and its various parts and organs,
all of these genera of the Tentyriinse with large mentum have
a very pronounced bond of affinity. The tribes foreign to our
fauna, introduced for comparison and indicated by the asterisk,
are substantially those already recognized, except perhaps the
Capnisini and Platamodini, the genera Cafntsa and Plataviodcs
being erroneously considered members of the tribe Tentyriini by
Heyden, Reitter and Weise. The Stenosini are represented in
my cabinet b}'' Stenosis, Eutagen/'a , Dichilhis and Oogasler and
our ArcBoschizus cannot be associated with them, disagreeing
in many important characters as shown in the table ; it is more
closely related to Adelosionia, but differs greatly in the form
and extent of the mentum. The Batuliini are placed last in the
series as forming a more natural transition to the Asidinas of
LeConte and Horn, b}^ way of Anepsius }

^ There are of course a great many other tribes of the Tentvriinie which can-
not be considered at present, sucii as tlie Salaxini, having for its type the re-
markable South American genus Salax, resembHng Ofatrnm but related closely
to the Trimjtini and Epiphysini, related to our Edrotini. The genus Hylithus
will apparently constitute a tribe very close to the Trimytini, and Hy^crops
another but slightly differentiated from the Gnathosiini. In my own opinion
the genus Ilimatistnus should constitute a tribe very near but difterent from the
new world Epitragini, by reason of its different facies and more hexagonal
mentum. The male in Ilimatistnus is distinguished from the female by a very

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 283

Tribe Cnemodini.

There is no tribe closely related to the Cnemodini, although

by the general form of the body, developed wings, large scu-

tellum, extent and position of the epipleurce, form of the eyes

and approximation of the hind coxae, it evidently has more

affinity with the Eurymetoponini than with any other. We have

apparently but one genus as follows : —

Body parallel, convex, fully winged, the head moderate, rounded,
the eyes large, prominent coarsely faceted, but slightly emargi-
nated by the acute sides of the front, which are sometimes united
with the tine supra-orbital carina a short distance before them ;
sides strongly arcuate and converging for a short distance to the
epistoma, which is slightly advanced, with its sides converging
and deeply sinuate, separated from the front by a strongly ele-
vated, medially subinterrupted ridge, its apex bilobed, concealing
the labrum, the mandibles bifid at tip, broadly, deeply grooved
externally and with a peculiar alate porrect prominence of the
upper external edge ; mentum hexagonal, its apex feebly deflexed
and slightly sinuate ; maxilloe with very large flat ciliate and
rounded lobes, the palpi with the last joint oval ; antennaj very
long and slender, the two or three outer joints but little wider,
the eleventh pedunculate, oval, narrower and shorter than the
tenth, all the joints abruptly enlarged at their distal ends; pro-
thorax narrower than the elytra, narrowed toward base, very
feebly margined at the sides, the flanks continuously convex from
the pronotum through the propleura^ ; scutellum well developed,
elongate, narrowly rounded at tip ; elytra elongate, parallel, with
exposed rounded humeri, not in the least margined at base, the
epipleuraj occupying all of the narrowly inflexed sides and becom-
ing effaced or feebly defined toward base ; anterior coxas large,
globular, moderately separated, the process rapidly deflexed to the
hind margin of the prosternum, strongly and densely pilose, the
middle coxae very narrowly separated or subcontiguous ; hind
coxa) narrowly separated, transversely rectilinear, the metasternum
very long, with fine transverse ante-coxal grooves, the met-
episterna wide and only very slightly narrowed posteriorly, with
the suture distinct and straight ; legs long and rather slender, the
anterior tibi?e with an acute everted apical angle and a similar
acute external tooth just beyond the middle, the terminal spur
stout and distinct; tarsi long and slender, the claws very long,
evenly arcuate and gradually pointed Cnemodus

The above rather full diagnosis of this singular genus is taken
from an undescribed species named angiistus below, and pre-

remarkable character, not even suggested in any true Epitragid, the prosternum
of the male having a tumid central pubescent fovea completely obsolete in the
female ; the punctures are wholly effaced in the neighborhood of the fovea.

284 CASEY

sumably congeneric with testaccus, the original type, but of this

1 cannot be wholly sure at present.

Cnemodus Horn.
As stated above I assume that all of the three species described
below are congeneric, though, if the figure of testaceus published
by Dr. Horn is even approximately correct, it differs widely from
the two new ones here made known : —

Elytra shining but densely, aciculately punctured. Yellowish-testa-
ceous; head obtuse, as long as broad, moderatel}- coarsely punc-
tured between and in front of the eyes ; prothorax wider than
long, convex, the sides broadly rounded, feebly emarginate ante-
riorly, the angles obtuse, truncate posteriorly, the angles distinct;
disk nearly smooth, moderately shining, more coarsely punctured
toward the lateral margins; marginal line scarcely distinct, the
pronotum almost continuous with the flank ; elytra elongate, sub-
parallel, twice as long as the head and prothorax, the humeral
angles distinct, obtuse; under surface faintly and sparsely punc-
tured and sparsely clothed with yellowish hairs. Length 8.0 mm. ;
width 2.75 mm. California (in the vicinity of Fort Yuma).

testaceus Horn

Elytra polished, feebly rugulose, indistinctly, sparsely and muricately
punctate laterally; body more slender 2

2 — Form very elongate, parallel, convex, polished, glabrous, with a

few short erect hairs laterally, pale and vmiform brownish-yellow
throughout; head oval, wider than long, distinctly narrowed
behind the very large prominent eyes, the vertex with a short
longitudinal impressed line at the middle, evenly but not closely,
rather coarsely and muricately punctate, the occiput impunctate;
antennai fully half as long as the body, the joints subequal in
length ; prothorax one-half wider than long, widest just before
the middle, where the sides are rather strongly, evenly rounded,
thence converging and less arcuate to the basal angles, which are
not at all blunt and minutely prominent, less converging but
rounded anteriorly to the obtuse apical angles, the apex broadly
sinuato-truncate, much wider than the base, the latter coarsely
beaded and rectilinearly truncate ; surface very convex, polished
and perfectly smooth, becoming slightly alutaceous and with some
sparse shallow punctures near the sides ; elytra about twice as
long as the head and prothorax and a fifth wider than the latter,
with feebly impressed longitudinal lines toward the suture; under
surface feebly punctate, the propleuric and abdomen nearly
smooth. Length 6.3 mm.; width 2.1 mm. Arizona (Mesa).

angustus n. sp.

Form nearly similar but much smaller, pale brownish-yellow the
elytra subhyaline and straw-yellow; head small, slightly trans-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 285

verse, inserted to the large prominent eyes, the supra-orbital carina
not joining the lateral margin as it does in angiistus^ opaque,
sparsely, very obscurely, tubercularly punctate throughout, the
vertex very feebly impressed along the median line ; antennas very
slender and similar but shorter, not two-fifths as long as the
body ; prothorax more transverse, nearly three-fourths wider than
long, widest at the middle, the sides evenly and strongly arcuate,
equally converging toward apex and base which are subequal in
width, the former sinuato-truncate with obtuse angles, the latter
rectilinear, finely reflexed and beaded, with the angles very
obtuse; surface strongly convex, opaque and strongly micro-
reticulate throughout but not definitely punctate ; elytra propor-
tioned nearly as in angustiishwX. only about a sixth wider than the
prothorax, similarly parallel and straight at the sides, the apex
rather abruptly ogival, the surface polished, not reticulate, with-
out impressed lines except one at each side of the sutui'e which
is very feeble, the surface feebly subrugose, finely, sparsely and
muricately though very indistinctly punctured at the sides only ;
under surface nearly as in attgiistiis but duller in lustre. Length
4.8 mm. ; width 1.6S mm. Utah (southwestern), — C. J. VVeidt.

subhyalinus n. sp.

The species, excepting angustus, are very rare and apparently
represented by uniques at the present time. In the published
figure of tcstaccus^ the elytra are relatively very much broader
than in either angustus or stibhyalinus ; the above description is
a transcription of the original.

Tribe Eurymetoponini.
This tribe has been known hitherto under the name Thino-
batini, with the Chilean Thhiobatis Esch., as the representative
type. The published characters of that genus do not, however,
seem to harmonize sufficiently with our American and Mexican
species to be properly included with them, it being stated by
Lacordaire that the scutellum is scarcely visible, and infer-
entially, that the elytra are rather infiexed beneath, with narrow
epipleuras ; the figure given by Solier shows, also a different
form of prothorax and prominent truncate epistoma. It would
appear, therefore, that our numerous species extending from
Utah to southern Mexico, which hold together in very homo-
geneous fashion, having the scutellum invariably well developed
and the elytra not infiexed beyond the rather wide entire epi-
pleurse, should constitute a distinctly limited tribe to be desig-
nated as above.

286 CASEY

The genus Eiirymeiofon Esch., has apparently been miscon-
ceived hitherto. Its type was named rtififes by Eschscholtz,
and said by that author to be from California, — I believe with-
out further indication of localit}^ Mannerheim, in subsequently
describing the species, gave a series of characters that undoubt-
edly belong to the genus that we have been calling Etiryme-
tofon^ but stated that it occurs near San Francisco, which is
presumably an error, no example of the forms with everted
tibial angle being known from above the latitude of Santa Bar-
bara or thereabouts, they being confined to the Sonoran fauna
in California. Whence Mannerheim obtained his assumed rep-
resentative of riiji^es is uncertain, and the description is not
sufficiently definite for identification, but I will regard it as
identical with the species subsequently described under the
specific name eno7-mc by LeConte. We have therefore to fall
back upon the description of Lacordaire, which he states is
founded upon the species named riifi^cs by Eschscholtz and
represented before him, in all probability, by the original type.
This description does not fit any genus of the tribe known to
me, departing radically in the absence of the extremely constant
supra-orbital carina and in antennal structure, as shown in the
table below, from what we have become accustomed to know
by the name JEuryinctopon, as identified from a supposed typical
example sent to LeConte and alluded to by Horn in his mono-
graph of the Tenebrionidas. It is rather more than probable that
the latter specimen was not a true representative of the species,
the mistake being due no doubt to hasty and careless identifica-
tion. Where Eschscholtz really obtained his tj'pe of ruffes^
which apparently belongs rightfully to the present tribe because
of the distinct scutellum and certain other characters mentioned by
Lacordaire, is not known, but it was certainly from the southern
part of the state or Lower California, if not Mexican, and must
have been from the immediate coast regions, as the interior of
the country had not then been explored. The supposed dupli-
cate of the original type of rufipcs, just stated to have been sent
to LeConte, proved to be identical with a species from the
Colorado Desert of California, previously named enorme by that
author, showing that it had been collected in that region and

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 287

not near the coast, as the species are well known to be very
local in distribution ; this seems to be an additional reason for
doubting tlie authenticity of the cotype referred to b}^ Horn. I
am therefore forced to give our species hitherto known as
£uryvictopon another generic name.

The case of EmDicnastus Mots., is still more unsatisfactory.
The original description is very short, stating that the body is
oval and narrowed in front and behind, having the facies of
Gnathosia and ZopJiosis^ — w^hich hardly resemble each other in
any way, — and that the last joint of the palpi is elliptical and
feebly truncate at tip. It has for its type a species named com-
pactiis, said to be a native of Kamtschatka, having the size of
Gnathosia defressicornis but stouter, and is therefore a com-
paratively large speci&s, probably some lo mm. in length. It
is black and opaque, with the elytra striate as in Pcnthictis and
Mclanesies, — which is the substance of the entire description.
The other species placed in the genus, named rjtgosus, is smaller
and is said to be from Sitka. No species of the present tribe
is known to me from above the latitude of southern Idaho.
Having these facts in mind I am quite unable to comprehend
the remark of Dr. Horn on page 269 of his Monograph, that,
"while rejecting the typical species to the doubtful list, the
genus must be retained, an illustration of the prediction of a
genus by an author who at the same time commits a specific
blunder in doing it." The latter author assumes moreover that
rugosiis is the type of the genus, while coin^acUis was evidently
the species so intended by Motschulsky. I therefore defin-
itely reject the genus Emmcnastiis as a component part of
our fauna, although it may be a valid Asiatic genus belong-
ing to another tribe. The genera of Eurymetoponini are nu-
merous and those represented in my cabinet may be defined as
follows : —

Anterior tibiae produced externally at tip 3

Anterior tibiae not externally prolonged at tip 5

2 — Eyes small, subentire; head without supra-ocular carina, the epi-
stoma broadly, sinuously emarginate ; antennce not extending to the
base of the prothorax, the joints 4-10 feebly increasing in thickness,
the eleventh larger than the tenth, oval; scutellum distinct, quad-
rangular; elytra broader than the prothorax; first joint of the

288 CASEY

hind tarsi as long as the fourth; body depressed, parallel, the
elytra rugose and feebly sulcate. [Type E. rufipes Esch.] .

Eurymetopon

Eyes large, more or less prominent, subentire; head with a distinct
supra-orbital carina, curving outwardly before the eyes ; epistoma
never emarginate, truncate or arcuato-truncate ; mandibles ridged
externally above ; antennae slender, extending about to the base
of the prothorax, cylindric, the four last joints broader, com-
pressed, forming a loose club, the eleventh as long as the tenth or
longer but always distinctly narrower, more or less pointed;
scutellum distinct, transverse or quadrangular; elytra never
strongly rugose and nearly always having distinct serial punctures,
the series wholly unimpressed as a rule 3

3 — Tarsi beneath with numerous long stiff seta^, the basal joint of the

posterior shorter than the fourth ; front broadly truncate or sinuato-
truncate, even, not biemarginate ; hind wings well developed
to vestigial or obsolete; prothorax generally fully as wide as the
elytra, sometimes very slightly narrower. [Type Eiiryvietopoti
abnorjne Lee] Metoponium

Tarsi with very few short sparse spiniform setas beneath, the basal
joint of the posterior longer than the fourth ; frontal margin evi-
dently, though minutelv, biemarginate; sculpture finer as a rule,
the lustre more generally subopaque, though frequently polished;
prothorax generally very distinctly narrower than the elytra 4

4 — Body elongate, with fully developed wings; prothorax more

nearly parallel, with rounded sides and acute basal angles as in
the preceding genus ; basal joint of the hind tarsi much longer
than the fourth; scutellum well developed, nearly uniform, angu-
late and but slightly transverse. [Tvpe T'. lo77gipen7iis Csv.].

Telabis

Body broadly oval, without wings, the prothorax narrowing from base
to apex, with very obtuse basal angles; scutellum small; front
broadly, feebly trilobed. [Type C. injiatiis Lee] ...Cryptadius

5 — Antennas long and very slender, nearly as in the preceding group;

eyes large, subentire or not deeply emarginate and more or less

prominent 6

Antennte shorter and rather stout, though of the same general organi-
zation, the eighth joint never elongate ; eyes rather small, trans-
verse, not prominent, about half divided by the lateral canthus of
the head 13

6 — Body elongate, parallel 7

Body oval, convex, glabrous, devoid of hind wungs ; tarsi spinulose or

sparsely and very coarsely setose beneath 12

7 — Surface glabrous S

Surface pubescent 11

8 — Tarsi pubescent beneath 9

Tarsi with sparse stiff subspiniform set;v! beneath 10

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 289

9 — Frontal margin evenly and broadly arciiato-truncate, without

emarginations ; wings apparently wanting or vestigial; elytra
feebly and bricflv carinulate at each side of the suture near the
tip. [Type Emtnomstiis punctatus Lee] Emmenides

Frontal margin feebly and angularly produced in the middle; wings
very full}' developed; elytral series entire and conspicuous.
[Type Iimmcnasti/s tcxanus Lee] Armalia

10 — Frontal margin somewhat variable, evenly sinuato-, or arcuato-

truncate, the epistoma sometimes very feebly produced and
broadly truncate; wings fully developed to decitledlv abbrevi-
ated. [Type Emmenastiis loitgulus Lee] Hylocrinus

II — Head very short and broad, the apical margin rectilinearly
transverse and even; tarsi with stiff yellow setiform hairs be-
neath ; wings apparently somewhat abbreviated or perhaps ves-
tigial; pronotum not foveate, the elytra margined at base as
usual. [Type E, cribratiis Horn] Emmenastrichus

Head less transverse, the frontal margin very broadly arcuate from
above; tarsi with numerous short decumbent stiff yellow sub-
spiniform hairs beneath; wings as in Hylocrinus; pronotum
with two deep fosste at base, the elytra not margined at base ;
first joint of the hind tarsi much elongated. [Type E/n/nenas-
tiis foveicollis Champ.] *Ditaphronotus

12 — Tibiae normal, subcylindric, the anterior nearly straight as

usual ; frontal margin generally feebly sinuato-truncate, not
evidently biemarginate. [Type Einmenastiis conicicollis Csy.].

Steriphanus

TibiiE gradually enlarged to the tip, the anterior short and arcuate ;
frontal margin broadly arcuato-truncate, with two very minute
feeble emarginations ; basal joint of the hind tarsi longer than
the fourth ; prothorax narrowing from base to apex as in Crypta-
dius. [Type Em7nenastiis pinguis Lee] Stictodera

13 — Frontal margin broadly arcuato-truncate, entire; hind wings

very small and vestigial; tarsi sparsely spinulose beneath, the
basal joint of the posterior longer than the fourth ; right mandi-
ble with a small acute tooth on the upper surface; body elon-
gate, parallel to suboval, the integuments dense. [Type Etn-
nie7iast7(s ater Lee] Melanastus

The characters given above for Eurymetofon Esch., are those
published by Lacordaire in the " Genera," as before intimated.
The genus is not known to me.

Metoponium n. gen.

This is the genus that is known in our lists under the name
Eurymetop)on Esch., and was so designated by the writer in his

290 CASEY

former essay on the present group (Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., V,
P- 330)- The species are extremely numerous, closely allied
and local, forming a very difficult study. Doubtless many more
than a hundred of them exist in the arid regions extending from
western Texas to southern California, this region, expanding
but little to the north or south, being the sole and comparatively
restricted habitat of the genus. The forms enumerated below
seem to be specific, but further study may prove some of them
to be more properly subspecies. They are differentiated prin-
cipally by the form of the body and development of the hind
wings, after the manner of Blapstinits inhabiting the same envi-
ronments, by sculpture, size and form of the prothorax, and, in
some cases, by certain evident differences in the scutellum.
Those in my cabinet may be defined as follows : —

Anterior tibim strongly and acutely everted externally at apex, as usual
in the first division of the tribe ; elytral punctures feebly setigerous,
the setaj erect; antennae long; surface generally shining, at least
in part; wings fully developed to vestigial 2

Anterior tibiae swollen and rounded externally at apex but not angu-
larly produced ; elytral punctures nude; antennas shorter; hind
wings apparently obsolete; integuments dull. [Subgen. Meto-
poiiiopsis n. subg.] 39

2 — Metasternum long, on a line through the coxee, between the meso-

coxae and ante-metacoxal groove, very much longer than the first
ventral segment 3

Metasternum shorter, only slightly longer than the first segment, the
wings somewhat less developed than in the preceding group. ...33

Metasternum still shorter, as nearly as discernible equal in length to
the first segment; body more oval as a rule, the wings much
abbreviated or vestigial 30

3 — Prothorax equal or subequal in width to the elytra 4

Prothorax very evidently narrower than the elytra in both sexes 20

4 — Prothorax subparallel, widest at about the middle 5

Prothorax widest evidently behind the middle, more notably narrowed

anteriorly 17

5 — Body more or less stout in form 6

Body elongate and notably slender 16

6 — Prothorax alwa3's very obviously less than twice as wide as long.. 7
Prothorax shorter and strongly transverse, twice as wide as long or

very nearly 15

7 — Species of larger size S

Species of moderate size 10

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF Till: TENTYRIIN^ 29I

S — Piothorax greatly developed, slightly wider than the elytra. Body
parallel, convex, polished, piceous-black, with dark rufous legs
and antennie ; head barely half as wide as the prothorax, the sides
only moderately converging and arcuate, not quite parallel at the
eyes, the front broadly truncate, the surface closely, coarsely and
evenlv punctato-cribrate, with a small and very uneven occipital
impunctate spot; prothorax large, three-fourths wider than long,
the siiles moderately arcuate, becoming more convergent near the
apex, the basal angles obtuse, not at all prominent or rounded,
the punctures moderately coarse, impressed and separated by
about twice their own diameters, becoming slightly coarser, dense
and confluent, forming long rugae, in about lateral sixth, except
near the reflexed lateral edges; scutellum well developed, trans-
verse, finely punctate ; elytra two-thirds longer than wide, barely
three times as long as the prothorax, rapidly and obtusely ogival
at tip, rather strongly, moderately closely and confusedly punctate
except toward the sides, where the punctures are in close-set
irregular series, coarser and evidently muricate; abdomen not
coarsely but somewhat strongly and closely punctured medially,
more coarsely laterally as usual. Length 8.0 mm. ; width 3.3
mm. Arizona (near Yuma) laticolle n. sp.

Prothorax fully equal in width to the elytra but not wider in either
sex 9

9 — Form stout, parallel, convex, shining, black or piceous-black,
with red legs and antennae ; head moderate, though a little more
than half as wide as the prothorax in the male, less broadly trun-
cate than in laticolle^ with the sides strongly converging and
evenly arcuate before the eyes, the punctures coarse, dense, more
uneven and subconfluent, the occipital spot small but better
defined ; prothorax large, two-thirds wider than long, the sides
moderately arcuate, rounding and converging but little more
anteriorly, the basal angles right and very slightly prominent, the
punctures moderately small and well separated, becoming rather
gradually coarse, dense and longitudinally confluent but not
forming long or well-defined ruga? laterally ; scutellum moderate,
transverse, punctured toward base ; elvtra nearly as in laticolle,,
the punctures small but distinct, confused suturally but close- set and
coarse in moderately regular series throughout laterally, where the
intervals are unevenly uniseriate with more widelv spaced punc-
tures, the series very feebly impressed toward the' suture ; abdomen
finely, sparsely punctate medially, more coarsely on the basal seg-
ment. Length 7.2-S.4 mm. ; width 2.S-3.4 mm. California
( Colorado Desert ) abnorme Lee.

Form less stout than in abnorvie^ elongate, parallel, strongly convex,
shining, dark blackish-castaneous, the under surface piceous, the
legs and antennai dark red ; head broadly truncate, the sides only
moderately converging before the eyes and arcuate, the angles
evident though broadly rounded, the punctures less coarse than

292 CASEY

in abftorme^ close-set, the occipital spot rather large and ill-defined ;
prothorax large, nearly as in ab^torjne but less coarsely punctured
throughout, the punctures similarly arranged, the basal angles
rather more than right, not rounded but not at all prominent;
scutellum well developed, transverse, finely punctured almost
throughout; elytra nearly as in abnortne but narrower, similarly
but much more finely punctured throughout; abdomen finely,
sparsely punctured medially, only a little less finely on the
basal segment. Length 7. t; mm.; width 3.0 mm. California
(Needles) f austum n. sp.

Form stout, parallel, convex, polished, rufous in color throughout,
sometimes nearly black ; head large, nearly three-fifths as wide as
the prothorax, broadly truncate, the sides only moderately con-
verging but strongly arcuate before the eyes, the punctures coarse,
somewhat irregular, close-set but not very dense, the occipital
spot well defined ; prothorax large, three-fourths wider than long,
the sides moderately rounded, more converging near the apex,
the basal angles slightly obtuse, not rounded but not prominent,
the punctures rather small medially and notably sparse, becoming
gradually very coarse, dense and partially confluent laterally;
scutellum moderate, punctured ; elytra three-fifths longer than
wide, parallel and nearly straight at the sides, abruptly and
obtusely, ogivally rounded at apex in posterior fifth, with very
sparse but widely impressed and distinct punctures suturally,
becoming very coarse and rather close-set in regular series later-
ally, the lateral punctures scarcely at all muricate, the very feebly
defined series toward the suture somewhat impressed ; abdomen
finely, sparsely punctured medially. Length 7.8-8.8 mm. ; width
3.25-3.4 mm. Arizona (Nogales), — H. F. Wickham.

candidum n. sp.

Form moderately stout, parallel, polished, rufous in color throughout;
head coarsely and closely, somewhat irregularly punctato-cribrate,
the punctures generally somewhat separated, the occipital oval
spot well defined ; apex broadly truncate, the sides strongly con-
verging and moderately arcuate before the eyes ; prothorax large,
more transverse than in candidum^ nearly four-fifths wider than
long, the sides moderately arcuate, more strongly converging near
the apex, the basal angles right, not at all rounded but scarcely
prominent, the punctures rather coarsely impressed and well
separated medially, becoming rather rapidly very coarse, dense
and distinctly confluent in about lateral fifth; scutellum well
developed, transverse, punctured anteriorly; elytra fully two-
thirds longer than wide, abruptly and obtusely, ogivally rounded
at tip, more than three times as long as the prothorax, the punc-
tures in irregular series throughout the width, fine and sparse
suturally, coarse, more close-set and asperulate in more regular
series laterally, tlie series toward the suture scarcely at all im-
pressed; abdomen polished though slightly rugulosc, rather finely
but strongly, sparsely punctured medially, evidentl\- more coarsely

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 293

on tlie basal segment. Lenojth 6.7-S.o mm. ; width 2.7-3.27 mm.
Arizona (San Bernardino Ranch, Cocliise Co.), — F. II. Snow.

pallescens n. sp.

10 — Femora rather coarsely punctured, especially toward base 11

Femora finely, sparsely punctured 12

II — Body stout, oblong, very convex, parallel, shining, blackish-
castaneous, the under surface, legs and antcniue concolorous and
dark piceo-rufous ; head rather large, especially in the male, much
more than half as wide as the prothorax, broadly truncate, the
sides moderately converging, strongly arcuate, the punctures
coarse, deep, close-set, somewhat irregular, the occipital spot
clearly limited ; prothorax large, two-thirds wider than long, a little
more transverse in the female, the sides evenly and rather strongly
arcuate, the basal angles obtuse, neither rounded nor prominent,
the punctures rather coarse, perforate and somewhat close-set,
becoming gradually but little coarser but dense, coalescent and
forming long rugae laterally; scutellum moderate, transverse,
finely punctate ; elytra about one-half longer than wide, even
shorter in the female, distinctly less than three times as long as
the prothorax, obtusely ogival at tip, with series of small and
close-set punctures throughout, becoming but little larger at the
sides, the punctures of the intervals equally fine but sparse and
confused suturally, becoming very unevenly uniserial, less close-
set and much larger than those of the principal series laterally,
the series near the suture finely and barely visibly impressed;
abdomen moderately finely, very strongly and rather closely punc-
tate medially. Length 6.8 mm.; width 2.9-3.1 mm. New
Mexico (Deming), — H. F. Wickham congruens n. sp.

Body much less stout, strongly convex, polished, deep black in color,
the legs and antennje rufo-piceous ; head rather large, almost three-
fifths as wide as the prothorax in the male and but little narrower
in the female, broadly truncate, the sides only moderatelv con-
verging but strongly arcuate, the surface with a small impression
in front of the occipital impunctate spot, the punctures coarse,
deep and dense ; prothorax as wide as the elytra and two-thirds
wider than long in the male, a little shorter and slightly narrower
than the elytra in the female, the sides moderately arcuate, more
converging and becoming feebly sinuate toward apex, the basal
angles right and evidently prominent, the punctures coarse, per-
forate and close-set, becoming gradually but little larger but dense
and coalescent laterally; scutellum rather small, transverse;
elytra one-half longer than wide, a little shorter in the female and
sometimes with slightly arcuate sides, the apex obtusely ogival-
punctures close-set in rather even, suturally impressed series, fine
but strong near the suture, coarse laterally, the interstitial punc-
tures strong but sparse and confused suturally, becoming more
remote in single series and larger than the serial punctures later-
ally ; abdomen finely but strongly, rather closely punctate medially,

294 CASEY

a little more coarsely but more sparsely on the first segment.
Length 6.2-7.6 mm. ; width 2.6-3.0 mm. Arizona (near the
southern boundary), — Morrison perforatum Csy.

12 — Form strongly convex as in congruens iM\i\ perforatum 13

Form very moderately convex 14

13 — Form and habitus nearly as in perforatu7n^ with smaller head,

less prominent basal angles of the prothorax and somewhat stouter
form, very convex, black, polished, the legs, antennre and under
surface dark rufous to piceous ; head but little more than half as
wide as the prothorax in either sex, nearly as in perforatum^ but
with the feebly converging sides before the eyes more arcuate ;
prothorax fully three-fourths wider than long in both sexes, nearly
as in peiforatum but with the coarse punctures generally sparser,
becoming rather more rapidly dense and coalescent near the sides ;
scutellum similar, moderate in size, punctured ; elytra nearly simi-
lar but rather shorter, with somewhat more arcuate sides, about
three times as long as the prothorax ; abdomen rather finely but
strongly, moderately closely and equally punctured medially
through the first three segments. Length 6.8-7.2 mm. ; width
2.7-3.1 mm. New Mexico (Deming), — H. F. Wickham.

anceps n. sp.

Form nearly as in the two preceding species but slightly less convex
and with a narrower prothorax, shining, dark piceous, the legs
and antennaj dark rufous; head well developed, three-fifths as
wide as the prothorax, broadly truncate, the sides rather strongly
converging and evenly arcuate before the eyes, with the angles
broadly rounded but somewhat evident, the punctures coarse but
smaller than in the two preceding species, unevenly close-set, the
occipital spot large though ill-defined ; prothorax rather more than
two-thirds wider than long, the sides evenly and rather strongly
arcuate, rather more converging and straight anteriorly, the basal
angles obtuse and not prominent, the punctures not very coarse
but strong and very sparse medially, becoming gradually much
coarser, dense and subcoalescent laterally ; scutellum rather small ;
elytra one-half longer than wide, not quite three times as long as
the prothorax, but slightly, though evidently, wider in the male,
the sides parallel and nearly straight, the apex obtusely ogival, the
punctures very coarse and serial laterally, the inner series feeble,
the interstitial punctures uniserial throughout except on the sutural
interval ; abdomen finely, sparsely punctured medially. Length
7.0mm.; width 2.9 mm. Arizona arizonicum n. sp.

14 — Form oblong, parallel, much less convex than the preceding

species, shining, dark piceous, the under surface, legs and antennai
rufous; head moderate, though evidently more than half as wide
as the prothorax in the male, the punctures coarse and unevenly
close-set, the occipital spot small and well defined, the sides con-
verging and strongly arcuate before the eyes, wholly obliterating the
angles; prothorax large, rather more than two-thirds wiiler than

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN/E 295

long, fully as wide as the elytra in the male, the sides evenly and
moderately arcuate, the basal angles obtuse, not at all rounded or
prominent, the punctures rather small and sparse but strong,
becoming rapidly much coarser, dense and longitudinally rugose
in almost lateral fourth, again becoming less rugose along the
reflexcd margins as generally the case; scutcllum rather small,
transverse, constricted at base; elytra one-half longer than wide,
three times as long as the prothorax, ogivally obtuse in nearly
apical third, the punctures close-set in unimpressed series, small
suturally, only moderately coarse laterally, the interstitial punc-
tures unevenly uniserial except suturally ; abdomen distinctly,
rather sparsely punctured medially, unusually coarsely so on the
first segment; inferior emargination of the genital segment angu-
lar. Length 7.2 mm.; width 2.8 mm. Arizona (probably near
Yuma) socium n. sp.

Form nearly as in socitiin and similar in coloration and in its moderate
convexity; head in the male nearly as in sociiim but with the
angles less obliterated and the punctures decidedly smaller, more
evenly distributed, very close-set but not crowded, the occipital
spot very well defined ; prothorax in the male much shorter and
more transverse, fully four-fifths wider than long, otherwise as in
socium^ the punctures rather less sparse medially and less coarse
laterally; scutellum a little larger; elytra similar in dimensions
but more abruptly, obtusely ogival in but slightly more than apical
fourth, slightly more than three times as long as the prothorax
and equal in width, the punctures disposed as in socium but
smaller throughout and more strongly muricate laterally, very
fine, sparse and feeble suturally ; abdomen minutely, sparsely
punctured medially, but little less finely on the first segment, the
inferior apical emargination of the genital segment broadly para-
bolic. Length d.*^ mm. ; width 2.5 mm. Arizona (probably
Gila valley) subsimile n. sp.

15 — Body oblong, only moderately convex, polished, black or pice-
ous-black, the legs and antennae dark rufous; head short and
transverse, small, not distinctly more than half as wide as the
prothorax, the portion before the eyes unusually short, barely twice
as long as the eyes, truncate, the sides strongly converging and
arcuate, the angles somewhat evident, the punctures coarse, un-
evenly close-set, the occipital spot rather large and well defined ;
prothorax scarcely visibly less than twice as wide as long, the
sides moderately arcuate, the basal angles rather more than right,
not prominent, the punctures rather strong, well separated, be-
coming rapidly coarse, dense and subconfiuent laterally; scu-
tellum rather small, feebly punctured basally ; elytra parallel, with
nearly straight sides, somewhat more than one-half longer than
wide, three and one-half times as long as the prothorax and very
slightly wider, the apex obtusely ogival ; punctures not very close-
set in almost even series, fine suturally, coarse and somewhat
muricate laterally, the intervals uniseriately and more loosely

296 CASEY

punctate, the sutural interval alone with confused punctures;
abdomen medially and femora minutely, sparsely punctured
throughout. Length 7.7 mm. ; width 3.0 mm. Arizona.

parvuliceps n. sp.

Body more broadly oblong and still less convex, more depressed than
in almost any other species, dark rufo-piceous, the legs and an-
tennae paler, polished ; head moderate, but little more than half
as wide as the prothorax, the sides much less converging than
usual, arcuate, becoming parallel toward the eyes, the apex trun-
cate, the punctures only moderately coarse, dense, confluent
toward the eyes, the occipital spot small, sometimes almost want-
ing ; prothorax but very slightly less tlian twice as wide as long,
the sides moderately arcuate, more converging apically, the basal
angles nearly right, not at all prominent, the punctures rather
small but deep, moderately separated, becoming ver}- gradually
but moderately coarse and dense and forming long rug^e laterally;
scutellum rather w'cll developed, transverse, sparsely punctured;
elytra as in parvuliceps., more than three times as long as the
prothorax but not wider, the punctures smaller throughout, espe-
cially toward the sides and more irregularly disposed suturally ;
abdomen finely, sparsely and evenly punctured medially through
the first three segments. Length 6.9-7.3 mm. ; width 3.1S-3.22
mm. Arizona rufopiceum n. sp.

Body relativel}^ shorter, stouter, more oblong and rather more convex,
shining, piceous-black, the under surface dark, the legs and an-
tennae pale, rufous; head well developed, almost three-fifths as
wide as the prothorax, coarsely, not very densel}' punctate; pro-
thorax twice as wide as long, a little less in the male, the sides
evenly and unusually strongly rounded, the basal angles very
obtuse, not rounded or prominent, the punctures not coarse but
strong, well separated, becoming rapidly very coarse, dense and
subconfluent in almost lateral fourth ; scutellum well developed,
transverse, punctui'ed except apically; elytra not quite one-half
longer than wide, about three times as long as the prothorax
and scarcely perceptibly wider, very rapidly and obtusely ogival
at apex, the punctures rather close-set in somewhat irregular
series, moderately small and strong suturally, coarse and muri-
cate laterally, the interstitial punctures sparse and broadly con-
fused suturally, irregularly serial laterally, the subsutural series
scarcely at all impressed; abdomen not very coarsely but un-
usually strongly, conspicuously, moderately loosely and evenly
punctured medially, somewhat more coarsely on the basal seg-
ment; femora minutely, sparsely punctured. Length 7.2-7.75
mm. ; width 3.28-3,35 mm. Texas (El Paso) ...saginatum n. sp.

16 — Form parallel, moderately slender and not very convex, polished,
black with feeble piceous tinge, the legs and antennae rufous ;
head nearly three- fifths as wide as the prothorax, triuicate, the
sides moderately convergent and very strongly arcuate, becoming

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 297

parallel toward the eyes, the punctures very coarse, deep and
close-set, the occipital spot feeble; prothorax fully three-fourths
wider than long, the sides evenly, lather stronj^ly arcuate, but
little more convergin<^ anteriorly, the basal anj^les obtuse, not
rounded or prominent, the punctures coarse, perforate, inievenly
distributed but generally rather close-set, becoming rather abruptly
still coarser, dense and subconlluent in lateral fifth or sixth ;
scutellum moderate, transverse; elytra three-fifths longer than
wide, as wide as the prothorax and about three and one-half times
as long, rather gradually and not very obtusely ogival behind, the
punctures rather small but strong, sparse and for the most part
confused toward tlie suture, coarse, muricate and close-set in
series laterally, the interstitial punctures subequal to the serial,
more widely spaced in tolerably regular single series except
toward the suture; abdomen finely rugulose, finely but strongly,
moderately sparsely punctured medially. Length 7.2 mm. ;
width 2.75 mm. Arizona (southern), — Morrison.

carbonatum Csy.

Form more slender, elongate, parallel, moderately convex, polished,
deep black, the legs and antennas rufous; head well developed,
moderately coarsely, regularly and not very densely punctate, the
occipital spot large but ill-defined, the sides moderately con-
verging and strongly arcuate but not quite becoming parallel near
the eyes ; prothorax three-fifths wider than long, the sides
moderately arcuate, becoming more strongly convergent and
nearly straight at apex, the basal angles obtuse, not rounded but
not at all prominent, the punctures not notably coarse but deep
and sparse medially, becoming rather rapidly coarse, dense and
subcoalescent in about lateral fifth ; scutellum moderate, punctate
at base; elytra fully two-thirds longer than wide, barely per-
ceptibly wider than the prothorax and a little more than three
times as long, gradually parabolic at tip, the punctures moderately
close-set in rather regular series throughout, fine suturally,
moderately coarse laterally, the interstitial punctures similar,
forming single series, confused only on the sutural interval ;
abdomen feebly rugulose, minutely, sparsely punctate medially.
Length 7.0 mm.; width 2.5 mm. Arizona (Phcenix).

procerum n. sp.

Form very slender as in procerumd.x\A similar in lustre and coloration ;
head relatively somewhat larger, between three-fifths and two-
thirds as wide as the prothorax, the sides less converging and
still more strongly arcuate, becoming almost parallel toward the
eyes, the punctures deeper, rather coarse, separated generally by
their own widths, the occipital smooth space obsolete and
occupied by sparser punctures; prothorax much shorter, nearly
three-fourths wider than long, the sides moderately arcuate,
becoming more convergent and subsinuate anteriorly, the basal
angles nearly right and minutely prominent, the punctures fine
and rather sparse medially, much finer than m procertitft^ becom-
Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., August, 1907.

298 CASEY

ing abruptly very coarse and close-set but not contiguous in about
lateral fifth ; scutellum larger, rather well developed; elytra not
quite so elongate, barely three-fifths longer than wide and
gradually more angular and ogival at apex, scarcely wider than
the prothorax and three and one-half times as long, almost
similarly punctate; abdomen nearly smooth, finely, sparsely
punctate medially. Length 7.2 mm.; width 2.5 mm. Arizona

(locality unrecorded) prolixum n. sp.

Form very slender, much smaller in size, more convex and sub-
cylindrical, generally shining, piceous-black, sometimes paler
anteriorly and beneath, the legs and antennae rufous ; head rela-
tively large, more than three-fifths as wide as the prothorax,
coarsely, unevenly punctate, with a feeble impression before the
occipital smooth spot, the sides moderately converging and
strongly arcuate; prothorax two-thirds wider than long, the sides
evenly and strongly arcuate, more converging and subsinuate
anteriorly, the basal angles obtuse, not at all blunt or prominent,
the punctures rather coarse and sparse medially, becoming some-
what abruptly much coarser, dense and coalescent near the sides ;
scutellum rather small, punctate; elytra one-half to three-fifths
longer than wide, somewhat abruptly and very bluntly ogival at
apex, about as wide as the prothorax and three to three and one-
half times as long, probably according to sex, rather strongly but
not very closely punctate even laterally, where the punctures are
coarse and serial, largely confused toward the suture, the surface
normally polished but sometimes dull because of stronger micro-
reticulation {sctilptile') ; abdomen rather strongly and sparsely
punctured medially. Length 4.S-6.0 mm. ; width 3. 1-2.27 mm.
Arizona (near the southern boundary), Morrison \j= sailptile
Csy.] papagonum Csy .

17 — Body only moderately convex, less stout and smaller in size... 18
Body large, stout and rather strongly convex 19

18 — Form oblong, dark rufo-piceous, the legs and antennte paler

rufous, shining; head moderate, a little more than half as wide as
the prothorax, not very coarsely but closely punctate, the occip-
ital smooth spot well defined, the sides moderatelv convergent and
strongly arcuate, becoming nearly parallel toward the eyes; pro-
thorax three-fourths wider than long, the sides subevenly and dis-
tinctly arcuate, the basal angles obtuse, not blunt but not at all prom-
inent, the disk widest slightly behind the middle, rather finely but
strongly, only moderately sparsely punctate, becoming rapidly
somewhat coarsely, very densely and coalescently so in about lat-
eral fifth ; scutellum moderate, transverse, punctulate ; elytra one-
half or slightly more, longer tlian wide, rather gradually ogival
behind in nearly apical third, as wide as the prothorax antl a little
more than three times as long, the pimctures small and sparse but
strong and largely confused near the suture, coarse and alter-
nately closer or more widely spaced in series laterally; abdomen
minutely, sparsely punctured medially. Length 6.0-6.5 mm. ;
width 2.4-2.7 mm. Arizona fusculum Csy.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^E 299

Form elongate, parallel, shining, piceous-black, tlie legs and antennae
rufous; head short and transverse, broadly truncate at apex, evi-
dently more than half as wide as the prothorax, the sides very
feebly converging and strongly arcuate, becoming parallel toward
the eyes, the punctures coarse, close-set, the occipital spot well
defined ; prothorax rather more than three-fourths wider than
long, widest near basal third, the sides evenly and distinctly
arcuate, the basal angles as in fuscidmn ; disk with moderately
small, deeply impressed, not very sparse punctures, abruptly but
only moderately coarse, dense and forming rugas in lateral fifth ;
scutellum well developed, transverse, punctulate; elytra formed as
'n\ fits adu 7)2^ but more elongate, two-thirds longer than wide, as
wide as the prothorax and almost four times as long, the punc-
tures rather sparse but strong, close-set in series throughout,
coarse laterally, the interstitial punctures less close-set in single
series except on the first and second intervals ; abdomen mi-
nutely and sparsely punctured medially. Length 7.7 mm. ;
width 3.0 mm. Arizona (probably near Yuma).

truncaticeps n. sp.

19 — Body elongate, parallel, very large in size, shining, black, the
legs and antennas piceo-rufous ; head well developed, opaque, not
very coarsely or deeply, regularly punctato-cribrate, the punctures
separated by their own widths, the occipital spot small but w^ell
defined, the sides moderately arcuate and converging, with the
angles somewhat obvious though broadly rounded ; prothorax
large, nearly three-fourths wider than long, widest slightly be-
hind the middle, the sides moderately arcuate, strongly converging
and becoming straight anteriorly, the basal angles right and no-
tably prominent, the sides before them being sinuate for a short
distance; disk coarsely, deeply and somewhat closely punctate,
gradually very coarsely and densely so laterally ; scutellum mod-
erate, transverse, strongly and densely punctate ; elytra three-fifths
longer than wide, as wide as the prothorax and three and one-
half times as long, rapidly and obtusely ogival at apex, rugose by
oblique light throughout, strongly but sparsely, in great part con-
fusedly punctured suturally, very coarsely and closely in series lat-
erally; abdomen feebly rugulose, rather finely but strongly, not
closely punctate medially, more coarsely on the basal segment.
Length 8.7-9.0 mm. ; width 3-5-3-75 mm. Arizona (Nogales),
— H. F. Wickham crassum n. sp.

Body more oblong-suboval, shining, dark castaneous, the under sur-
face, legs and antennae rufous; head well developed, subopaque,
not very coarsely but deeply, subevenly punctate, the punctures
separated by their own widths, the occipital spot well defined,
rather small, the sides rather strongly converging and moderately
arcuate ; prothorax large, two-thirds wider than long, wildest near
basal third, the sides rather strongly arcuate, very converging and
becoming straight anteriorly, the basal angles obtuse, not blunt
but not at all prominent ; disk strongly though only moderately

300 CASEY

coarsely and rather closely punctured, becoming gradually mod-
erately coarsely, very densely and coalescently so laterally ; scu-
tellum moderate, punctate in basal half; elytra one-half longer
than wide, very slightly wider than the prothorax and barely three
times as long, obtusely and ogivally rounded behind in nearly
apical third, the sides very feebly arcuate, the punctures coarse,
strongly muricate and forming close-set series laterally, smaller
but still strong and confused near the suture; abdomen minutely,
sparsely and very inconspicuously punctured medially. Length
8.0 mm. ; width 3.5 mm. California (Colorado Desert).

egregium n. sp.

20 — Body stout in form, of large size 21

Body more elongate and smaller in size 22

21 — Form broadly oblong-elongate, only moderately convex, shining,

piceous-black, the legs and antennas rufous; head well developed,
much more than half as wide as the prothorax, the sides moder-
ately converging and arcuate, the frontal margin broadly and dis-
tinctly sinuate, the punctures rather small but perforate, separated
by nearly twice their own widths on the vertex, the occipital
smooth spot rounded and sharply defined; prothorax short, four-
fifths wider than long, the sides parallel, subevenly and distinctly
arcuate, the basal angles obtuse, not blunt or at all prominent,
the punctures rather small but strong and sparse near the middle,
gradually becoming very coarse and finally dense but not very
coalescent laterally ; scutellum moderate, transverse ; elytra three-
fifths longer than wide, not quite four times as long as the pro-
thorax and about a fifth wider, obtusely ogival at apex, the sides
rounding slightly at b^se to the humeral angles, the punctures not
very close-set in series throughout, moderately small but strong
suturally, coarse and muricate laterally, not at all larger or con-
fused above the humeri, the interstitial punctures nearly similar,
more widely spaced in single series, confused on the first two
interv^als ; abdomen feebly rugulose, finely but strongly, sparsely
punctured medially. Length 9.1 mm.; width 3.5 mm. Arizona
(locality unrecorded) extensum n. sp.

Form and coloration nearly similar; head subsimilar, except that the
frontal margin is evenly and rectilinearly truncate and the punc-
tures very much coarser, shallow and separated by about their
own widths, the occipital smooth spot small and ill-defined; pro-
thorax similar, except that the sides are irregularis' rounded, more
al)ruptly convergent and straight or subsinuate anteriorly, the disk
widest before the middle, the basal angles more nearly right and
very feebly prominent, the punctures strong and rather sparse
medially, becoming more abruptly very coarse, densely crowded
but not very coalescent in about lateral fifth; scutellum moderate;
elytra fully two-thirds longer than wide, more obtusely, ogivally
rounded at apex, scarcely a sixth wider than the prothorax and
not quite four times as long, the sides similarly rounding at base

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINtE 3OI

to the humeral angles, the sculpture nearly as in cxtcnsiim^ except
that the punctures becoine much coarser, denser and confused
above the humeri for a short distance from the base ; abdomen
feebly rugulose, finely, sparsely punctate medially. Length 8.0-
8.5 mm.; width 3.3-3.4 mm. Arizona (southern), Morrison.

dubium Csy.

Form rather less elongate and very slightly more convex than in the
two preceding species, black, the under surface piceous, the legs
and antennte rufous, polished ; head almost three-fifths as wide as
the prothorax, rectilinearly and broadly truncate, the sides mod-
erately converging and strongly arcuate, the punctures coarse,
deep and very close, generally separated by less than their own
widths, the occipital spot more or less small but well defined;
prothorax less transverse, three-fourths wider than long, the sides
variably but moderately arcuate, the disk widest from behind to
somewhat before the middle, the basal angles ol:)tuse, not at all
blunt or prominent; punctures rather coarse, deep, moderately
sparse, becoming gradually coarse, dense but only slightly con-
fluent in about lateral fourth; scutellum well developed ; elytra
one-half to slightly more, longer than wide, very obtusely ogival
at apex, about a sixth wider than the prothorax and thi-ee and one-
half times as long, the sides feebly rounding to the humeri basally,
the humeri evidently exposed at base, the punctures nearly as in
dubium but rather less confused, though becoming coarser, above
the humeral callus; abdomen finely, moderately sparsely punc-
tured medially. Length 8.2-8.6 mm. ; width 3.3-3.5 mm. Ari-
zona (Phoenix) phoenicis n. sp.

22 — Elongate, rather strongly convex, polished, black to rufous, the
legs and antennas paler, rufous; head moderate, transversely
truncate, the sides only feebly converging and moderately arcuate,
not becoming quite parallel toward the eyes, the punctures coarse,
deep, even, distinctly separated, the occipital smooth spot irregu-
lar and ill-defined ; prothorax fully three-fourths wider than long,
the sides rather strongly arcuate, more converging, straight and
with the edge just visibly serrulate anteriorly, the basal angles
more or less minutely and feebly prominent; punctures rather
coarse, deep, moderately separated, becoming more or less grad-
ually coarse and dense laterally; scutellum moderate; elytra
more than one-half to nearly three-fifths longer than wide, evi-
dently wider than the prothorax and about -^three and one-half
times as long, obtusely ogival at tip, the punctures moderately
coarse and close-set in series laterally, alternating with the more
widely spaced and somewhat larger uniserial punctures of the
intervals; abdomen finely, sparsely punctate medially. Length
6.8-7.4 mm. ; width 2.9-3.2 mm. Arizona (Nogales), — H. F.
Wickham hebes n. sp.

Elongate and rather less convex, brownish-rufous in color, shining;
head rather well developed, truncate, the sides only moderately

302 CASEY

converging and strongly arcuate, becoming subparallel near the
eyes, the punctures coarse, irregular, more or less dense, the
occipital spot uneven and ill-defined; prothorax short, fully
four-fifths wider than long, widest from a little behind to before
the middle, the sides moderately arcuate, more converging and
sometimes straighter anteriorly, the basal angles obtuse, not blunt
or prominent, the punctures sparse and moderately coarse, be-
coming rather rapidly dense and coarser in about lateral fifth ;
scutellum rather small ; elytra a little more than one-half longer
than wide, very distinctly wider than the prothorax and about
three and one-half times as long, obtusely ogival at tip, the sides
rounded toward the humeri, punctured nearly as in hebes^ the
abdomen finely, sparsely punctured medially. Length 6.8-6.9
mm.; width 2.7-2.8 mm. Arizona rufescens n. sp.

23 — Base of the prothorax rather distinctly narrower than the base of

the elytra; scutellum rather well developed, transverse 24

Base of the prothorax equal in width to the base of the elytra 25

24 — Form oblong, rather convex, shining, the elytra scarcely at all

alutaceous at tip, dark castaneous in color, the legs rufous; head
short, strongly but not densely punctate, with a large ill-defined
occipital impunctate area, the sides converging and feebly arcuate
before the eyes to the broadly rounded angles; prothorax about
three-fourths wider than long, widest at the middle, the sides
rather strongly, subevenly arcuate, the apex only very slightly
narrower than the base ; punctures strong but rather sparse, very
gradually and slightly coarser, close and longitudinally confluent
toward the sides; scutellum polished, with a few fine punctures
at base only ; elytra rather less than one-half longer than wide,
with series of rather coarse punctures toward the sides, the
interstitial series similar but rather less approximately punctate;
abdomen finely but strongly, somewhat sparsely punctured me-
dially. Length 6.8 mm. ; width 3.0 mm. Texas (near El Paso).

congener Csy.

Form somewhat similar but smaller and less coarsely sculptured, pol-
ished, pale testaceous, the abdomen darker except at tip ; head
relatively rather finely and loosely punctate, without vestige of
an impvmctate occipital area, the sides before the eyes converging
and evenly, strongly arcuate throughout; prothorax smaller than
usual, almost twice as wide as long, rather finely, sparsely punc-
tate, becoming somewhat abruptly coarsely and confluently so in
about lateral fourth, except close to the margin, where tlie coarse
punctures are simply contiguous, the sides evenly, strongly arcuate,
the apex distinctly narrower than the base; scutellum impunctate,
polished ; elytra one-half longer than wide, with series of moder-
ately coarse punctures rather well separated, those of the inter-
stitial series nearly similar. Length 6.0 mm. ; width 2.8 mm.
Texas (El Paso) politum Csy.

25 — Body more or less pale testaceous in color throughout 26

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF TIIK TENTYRILN^ 3O3

Body dark castaneous to black 27

26 — Form very stout, ohlong-suboval, only moderately convex and

shining; head with strongly converging, broadly arcuate sides
before the eyes, the punctures rather coarse and deep but well
separated, the midtlle of the occiput largely impunctate; pro-
thorax nearly four-fifths wider than long, rather strongly, moder-
ately sparsely punctured, gradually densely, more coarsely and
confluently so broadly toward the sides, the latter broadly arcuate,
somewhat abruptly converging and feebly sinuate anteriorly, the
apex deeply sinuate, much narrower than the base; scutellum
very well developed, strongly transverse, arcuato-truncate ; elytra
distinctly less than one-half longer than wide, very obtusely ogival
at tip, with the usual punctured series, the punctures becoming
very coarse and close-set in all series toward the sides, more or
less confused near the humeral callus; abdomen sparsely and very
unequally punctate, very coarsely toward tlie sides. Length 7.0-
7.4 mm. ; width 3.8-3.3 "^'''^' California (Barstow).

testaceum n. sp.

Form moderately stout, polished, much smaller in size; head with the
sides before the eyes less converging and strongly, evenly arcuate,
becoming parallel near the eyes, the punctures close-set, moder-
ately coarse ; prothorax large, three-fourths wider than long, sub-
parallel, the sides evenly and rather strongly arcuate, the apex but
little narrower than the base, as wide at the middle as the widest
part of the elytra, coarsely, deeply, perforately and rather closely
punctured, the punctures very gradually still coarser and longi-
tudinally confluent broadly toward the sides; scutellum small,
slightly transverse, rounded behind ; elytra scarcely one-half
longer than wide, with series of strong, close-set punctures, those
of the single interstitial series still coarser and very widely sep-
arated ; abdomen sparsely but rather strongly punctured. Length
6.0 mm. ; width 2.5 mm. Texas (locality unknown).

ludificans n. sp.

Form narrowly elongate-suboval, strongly convex, shining; head
nearly as in ludificans throughout ; prothoi^ax relatively small,
distinctly narrower than the elytra, three-fourths wider than long,
subparallel, evenly and distinctly arcuate at the sides, the apex
but slightly narrower than the base, the punctures strong, rather
sparse, gradually coarse and elongate and then very coarse and
confluent toward the sides; scutellum very small, but little wider
than long; elytra more elongate, three-fifths longer than wide, with
regular principal and subequal interstitial series of punctures, be-
coming very coarse and moderately close-set toward the sides,
the interstitial punctures, as usual, rather more widely separated
than those of the principal series; abdomen finely, sparsely punc-
tured toward the middle. Length 5.6 mm.; width 3. 28 mm.
Arizona ( southern ) piceum Csy .

27 — Form more parallel, the prothorax about as wide as any part of

the elytra 28

304 CASEY

Form somewhat inflated posteriorly, the prothorax evidently narrower
than the widest part of the elytra ; wings probably less developed.

29

2S — Form slender, convex, shining, black, the legs piceo-rufous ;
head coarsely, closely punctate, with a small irregular occipital
impunctate spot, the sides before the eyes converging and evenly,
strongly arcuate to the truncate apex ; prothorax unusually convex,
well developed, fully three-fourths wider than long, subparallel,
evenly and rather strongly arcuate at the sides, the apex but little
narrower than the base, the basal angles minutely prominent, the
punctures somewhat coarse, deep, well separated, becoming only
slightly coarser toward the sides, somewhat abruptly dense and
confluent in not more than lateral fifth ; scutellum well developed,
transverse, broadly angulate at tip ; elytra not quite three-fifths
longer than wide, strongly punctured in not very close-set series,
the punctures of the intervals similar but still more widely spaced ;
abdomen finely but deeply, not very sparsely punctate medially.
Length 5.7-6.0 mm; width 2.4 mm. Arizona (southern).

emarginatum Csy.

Form still more elongate and slender than in einarginati47n^ black,
more piceous beneath, the legs and antennas rufous, the elytral
suture rufescent, rather shining; head fully two-thirds as wide as
the prothorax, coarsely, not very deeply, moderately closely punc-
tate, the occipital spot large and well defined, the sides converging
and evenly, moderately arcuate; prothorax scarcely two-thirds
wider than long, parallel, the sides evenly and moderately arcuate,
the basal angles nearly right, scarcely prominent, the punctures
moderately coarse, rather sparse, becoming somewhat abruptly
coarse, dense and confluent in less than lateral fifth ; scutellum
moderate, transverse; elytra fully three-fifths longer than wide,
rapidly and ogivally rounded at tip, more obtusely than in eviar-
ginatu7n^ barely three times as long as the prothorax as in that
species, the punctures more close-set in the series, less coarse and
strongly muricate laterally, the interstitial series regular except
on the first and second intervals, which are confusedly punctate;
abdomen finely and sparsely but distinctly punctured medially.
Length 6.0 mm. ; width 2.3 mm. Arizona (Riverside), — H. F.
Wickham fatigans n. sp.

Form somewhat similar but stouter, parallel, the size larger, deeper
black, more highly polished, the legs and antenna? rufous, rather
strongly convex ; head nearly three-fifths as wide as the prothorax,
coarsely, evenly and densely cribrate, the punctures nearly in
contact but not crowded, the occipital spot irregular and ill-
defined, the sides moderately converging and nearly straight from
the eyes to the broadly rounded angles; prothorax almost four-
fifths wider than long, parallel, the sides subevenly and rather
strongly arcuate, the basal angles right, minutelv and distinctly
prominent, the punctures moderate and sparse mediall}', becoming
gradually very coarse and closer and finally dense and coalescent

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 305

laterally; scutcllum small, transverse; elytra but little more than
one-half longer than wide, obtusely and ogivally rounded at tip,
barely three times as long as tiie prothorax, the punctures rather
strong, sparse, smaller and confused near the suture, coarse and
rather close-set in series laterally, with the interstitial punctures
still larger and more distant in the series, all the punctures much
coarser and closer near the humeri ; abdomen not very finely or
sparselv and conspicuously punctured medially. Length 7.3
mm.; width 2. 85 mm. Texas (El Paso) cribriceps n. sp.

Form very stout, convex, shining, rufo-castaneous, the elytra some-
times picescent, the under surface and legs paler, rufous; head
relatively rather small, scarcely more than half as wide as the pro-
thorax, coarsely, deeply, closely and perforately punctate, the
sides rather strongly converging and broadly, evenly arcuate ;
prothorax not quite twice as wide as long, distinctly narrowed
toward apex, the sides strongly, subevenly arcuate, the punctures
strong, sparse, gradually becoming larger and closer laterally,
very coarse and dense though imperfectly confluent near the sides;
scutellum transverse, minutely punctate; elytra short, barely one-
half longer than wide, the serial punctures rather close-set, the
interstitial larger and more widely spaced; abdomen strongly but
finely, moderately sparsely punctate toward the middle. Length
6.0-6.3 """11 • ; width 2.7-2.8 mm. Texas (Laredo).

cognitum n. sp.

29 — Form moderately stout, convex, dark castaneous, the under sur-

face and legs rufo-piceous, moderately shining; head with mod-
erately small, deep and well separated punctures, the sides before
the eyes converging and broadly, evenly arcuate for an unusually
long distance to the truncate apex ; prothorax large, only very
slightly narrower than the elytra, fully three-fourths wider than
long, evidently narrowed at apex, the sides moderately and sub-
evenly arcuate, the punctures toward the middle not large but
very deep and rather sparse, gradually becoming very coarse and
close, elongate but not confluent toward the sides ; scutellum
small, but little wider than long ; elytra one-half longer than
wide, with broadly arcuate sides and obtusely ogival apex, strongly
punctured in not very close-set series, the punctures of the inter-
stitial series widely separated ; abdomen minutely, sparsely punc-
tate medially. Length 6.0-6.5 mm. ; width 2.6-2.78 mm. Cali-
fornia (Barstow) .* concors n. sp.

30 — Pronotum sparsely punctured, becoming more or less abruptly

very much more coarsely so in about lateral fifth 31

Pronotum more coarsely, deeply and more or less closely punctured,
very gradually and less notably more coarsely so broadly toward

the sides 35

31 — Pronotal punctures in the broad median area strong and deep,
much larger than in the four following species. Body small in
size, stout, oblong-oval, convex, rather shining, black, the legs

306 CASEY

rufous; head moderately coarsely, deeply and not very closely
punctate, with a large occipital impunctate spot, the sides before
the eyes obviously converging and evenly, strongly arcuate ; pro-
thorax nearly four-hfths wider than long, only very slightly nar-
rower than the widest part of the elytra, the two bases equal, the
apex much narrower than the base, strongly sinuate, widest rather
behind the middle, with the sides subevenly and strongly arcuate,
the lateral punctures coarse and anastomosing, forming long irreg-
ular rugae ; scutellum moderate, slightly transverse, angulate ;
elytra short, not more than two-fifths longer than wide, narrowly
parabolic at tip, the series somewhat vmeven and with not very
coarse punctures laterally, the punctures of the interstitial series
more widel}^ spaced; abdomen sparsely punctulate medially.
Length, 5.7-6.0 mm.; width 2.4-2.5 mm. California (San
Diego) tersum n. sp.

Pronotal punctures in a broad median area very minute and sparse..32

32 — Elytral series distinct to the suture, although composed of very
fine punctures toward the latter and with the interstitial punctures
there confused as usual. Southern California 33

Elytral punctures very minute, sparse and wholly confused broadly
toward the suture. Utah 34

33 — Form narrowl} subcylindric, parallel and strongly convex, rather
shining, castaneous, the legs dark rufous, with the hind tarsi
much shorter than the tibise ; head broad, with rather coarse,
deep, perforate and somewhat widely separated punctures, which
become finer and sparse at the middle of the occiput, the sides
strongly converging and broadly arcuate before the eyes ; pro-
thorax large, fully as wide as the elytra, barely three-fifths wider
than long, widest somewhat behind the middle, with the sides
evenly, rather feebly arcuate, the apex much narrower than the
base, the punctures near the sides coarse, elongate and rather
close-set but not longitudinally confluent ; scutellum moderate;
elytra fully three-fifths longer than wide but only two and one-
half times as long as the prothorax, the serial punctures laterally
becoming especially coarse and close-set toward the humeri.
Length 6.7 mm; width 2.75 mm. Southern California.

cylindricum Csy.

Form nearly as in cylindricum but shorter, with a more transverse
prothorax, convex, rather shining but with a feeble opalescent
lustre, dark piceous, the legs paler; heatl well developed, with
the sides moderately converging and stronglv arcuate, becoming
subparallel near the eyes, the punctures deep, only moderately
coarse and rather close-set, becoming much coarser and sparser
along the base and toward the eyes, the occipital smooth spot
large but ill-defined ; prothorax large, four-fifths wider than long,
witlest behind the middle, the sides distinctly arcuate, becoming
gradually convergent and straighter anteriorly, the basal angles
nearly right and evidently prominent, the punctures medially

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TKNTYRIIN^ 307

sparse and small but less minute than in cyli)idriciini^ moderately
coarse, dense, coalescent and forming long rugaj in lateral fifth;
scutellum very well developed, strongly transverse; elytra
evidently less than one-half longer than wide, as wide as the pro-
thorax and about two and one-half times as long, very obtusely
and ogivally rounded at tip, the sides feebly arcuate, the punc-
tures suturally very fine and sparse, becoming coarse and close-
set in the series laterally, where the punctures of the interstitial
series are equal in size but much more widely spaced ; abdomen
minutely, sparsely punctured medially. Length 6.4-6.8 mm.;
width 3.75-2.9 mm. Nevada (Las Vegas) nevadense n. sp.

Form stout, especially in the female, moderately convex, oblong-sub-
oval, shining, the elytra feebly alutaceous, castaneous, the under
surface and legs rufous; head finely, sparsely punctate, more
closely on the front, the occiput feebly, longitudinally rugulose,
the sides before the eyes strongly converging and broadly arcuate;
prothorax about as wide as the elytra, transverse, four-fifths wider
than long or even more, widest and prominently rounded at the
sides just behind the middle, thence strongly narrowed and some-
times with subsinuate sides to the deeply sinuate apex, the basal
angles minutely subprominent; punctures toward the sides coarse
and close but only imperfectly confluent; scutellum large and
well developed, strongly transverse, impunctate except finely at
base; elytra only two-fifths longer than wide but almost three
times as long as the prothorax, the serial punctures only moder-
ately coarse, subelongate and close-set toward the sides, those of
the interstitial series more widely spaced; abdomen very sparsely
punctulate medially. Length 6.4— 7.5 mm. ; width 3.6-3.25 mm.
California (Kern Co.) gulosum n. sp.

34 — Body stout, elongate-oval, rather convex, somewhat strongly

shining, castaneous to dark testaceous, the legs dark rufous; head
closely and rather coarsely punctured, the sides before the eyes
only moderately converging and broadly arcuate; prothorax
distinctly narrower than the median parts of the elytra, three-
fourths wider than long, obviously narrowed at apex and deeply
sinuate, widest just behind the middle, the sides evenly and
moderately arcuate, the punctures more broadly dense toward the
sides than in the three preceding species, moderately coarse and
longitudinally confluent, forming long rugje ; scutellum large,
very strongly transverse, finely punctate throughout; elytra two-
fifths longer than wide, ogival at tip, the sides broadly, feebly
arcuate, the series on the flanks rather irregular and composed of
unusually small close-set punctures. Length 6,8-7.0 mm. ;
width 2.8-3.0 mm. Utah (southwestern) subovale n. sp.

35 — Scutellum large, strongly transverse, in great part finely

punctate. Form stout, oblong-oval, convex, moderately shining,
black, the legs very dark rufous; head broad, with slightly
separated and moderately coarse deep punctures, longitudinally

308 CASEY

confluent near the orbital carinae, the sides before the eyes strongly
converging and strongly, evenly arcuate, becoming subparallel
near the eyes; prothorax large, subequal in width to the elytra,
fully four-fifths wider than long, distinctly narrowed toward the
broadly sinuate apex, the sides evenly and moderately arcuate ;
punctures small but deep and rather close-set, gradually moder-
ately coarse and forming long rugae toward the sides ; elytra two-
fifths longer than wide, obtusely ogival at tip, just visibly inflated
posteriorly, the series laterally composed of only moderately
coarse, elongate and approximate punctures, those of the intervals
almost similar; abdomen finely and sparsely but strongly punc-
tate. Length 7.0 mm.; width 3.15 mm. California (Catalina
Island) insulare n. sp.

Scutellum small or moderate 36

36 — Sides of the prothorax more or less abruptly, strongly con-

verging and straight or feebly sinuate toward apex 37

Sides of the prothorax ev'enly rounded 38

37 — Body stout, oblong-oval, convex, shining, the elytra slightly

alutaceous, black, the legs very dark rufo-piceous ; head not
very coarsely, irregularly and in great part rather sparsely punc-
tate, the sides before the e3'es strongl}' converging, broadly and
evenly arcuate ; prothorax four-fifths wider than long, the sides
subparallel or very feebly diverging and nearly straight from the
basal angles to slightly before the middle, there rather promi-
nently rounded, the apex much narrower than the base and very
deeply sinuate; punctures strong and close-set, becoming only
slightly coarser but dense and longitudinally confluent toward the
sides; scutellum transverse, broadly rounded, impunctate; elytra
one-half longer than wide, slightly wider than the prothorax,
very obtuse at apex, the sides very sliglitly arcuate, the series
somewhat uneven, composed of very coarse punctures which are
broadly confused basally toward the humeral callus ; abdomen
finely rugulose, finely, sparsely punctate. Length 7.2 mm. ;
width 3.22 mm. California (San Bernardino Co.).

gravidum n. sp.

Body stout, shorter, oblong-oval, moderately convex and shining, cas-
taneous, the legs rufous ; head rather coarsely, perforately, some-
what unevenly and moderately closely punctate, the sides before
the eyes distinctly converging, evenly and strongly arcuate;
prothorax widest behind tlie middle, where the sides are broadly,
strongly arcuate, thence converging and less arcuate to the base,
the apex much narrower than the base and deeply sinuate, the
punctures strong and close-set, becoming but little coarser but
longitudinally confluent toward the sides ; scutellum small, wider
than long, angulate; elytra two-fifths longer than wide, very ob-
tusely parabolic at tip, only very slightly wider than the pro-
thorax, the sides evidently arcuate, the series in great part very
uneven, composed of close-set, moderately coarse punctures,

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OP"" THE TENTVRIIN^ 3O9

those of the intervals widely spaced; alKlonien finely, sparsely
punctate medially. Lenj^th 6.^ mm.; width 2.95 mm. Prob-
ably southern California edax n. sp.

Body decidedly less stout, convex, elongate-oval, rather shining, dark
blackish-castaneous, the legs rather bright rufous; head rather
finely, irregularly and moderately closely punctured, the sides
moderately converging and evenly arcuate before the eyes, pro-
thorax much less transverse, scarcely more than two-thirds wider
than long, widest behind the midille, the sides almost evenly
arcuate, becoming feebly sinuate near the apex, which is much
narrower than the base and rather deepl}' sinuate, the punctures
moderately large, deep and well separated, becoming much
coarser, dense and longitudinally confluent toward the sides;
scutellum moderately large, minutely punctate, subangulate ;
elytra nearly one-half longer than wide, obtusely ogival at tip,
evidently wider than the prothorax, with arcuate sides, the series
somewhat uneven, with more ^videly spaced punctures than in
eciax and becoming less confused at base ; abdomen finely, very
sparsely punctate medially. Length 6.4 mm. ; width 2.S mm.
California (Colorado Desert), — G. W. Dunn molestum n. sp.

Body shorter and stouter than in any of the three preceding species;
black, the legs dark rufo-piceous, moderately shining, the entire
elytra opaque; head well developed, not very coarsely or closely
punctate, the occipital spot ill-defined, the sides feebly converging
but strongly arcuate, becoming subparallel for some distance be-
fore the eyes ; prothorax almost three-fourths wider than long,
the sides distinctly arcuate, more converging and straight an-
teriorly, the basal angles obtuse, not blunt or prominent, the
punctures rather coarse, perforate, moderately separated medi-
ally, becoming gradually coarse and dense toward the sides; scu-
tellum moderate, tumid, punctate; elytra short, a third longer
than wide, rapidly narrowed and very obtusely ogival in apical
two-fifths, the sides feebly arcuate, the disk distinctly wider than
the prothorax and barely two and one-half times as , long, the
punctures only moderately coarse, very strongly muricate and
close-set in even series laterally, with the interstitial punctures
less conspicuous and more widely spaced, the punctures small,
sparse, muricate and largely confused suturally; abdomen pol-
ished, finely, moderately sparsely but distinctly punctate medi-
ally. Length 6.6 mm. ; width 2.9 mm. California (southern).

opacipenne n. sp.

38 — Form rather stout, oblong, subparallel, rather convex, black, the
legs somewhat bright rufous ; head somewhat coarsely, perfor-
ately and rather closely punctate, the sides before the eyes strongly
converging, evenly and very moderately arcuate ; prothorax about
as wide as the elytra, the sides evenly, rather strongly arcuate,
slightly more converging anteriorly than posteriorly, the apex
moderately sinuate ; punctures strong, somewhat uneven and
rather close-set, becoming gradually much coarser and longitudi-

3IO CASEY

nally confluent toward the sides; scutellum moderately large,
transversely oval ; elytra distinctly less than one-half longer than
wide, equal in width to the prothorax and between two and three
times as long, obtusely ogival at tip, the sides very slightly arcu-
ate, the series more or less uneven, composed of moderately
coarse, not very close-set punctures, which are largely confused
toward base; abdomen minutely, sparsely punctate medially.
Length 6.2-7.0 mm. ; width 2.65-2.83 mm. California (Colo-
rado Desert) convexicolle Lee.

Form somewhat as in cofivexicolle but a little more elongate, stout,
suboval, convex, polished, black with a piceous tinge, the legs
and antennae piceo-rufous ; head well developed, not very coarsely
and only moderately closely punctate, the punctures finer but also
separated anteriorly, coarse and confluent toward the eyes, the
sides converging and broadly arcuate ; prothorax three-fourths
wider than long, widest well behind the middle, the sides arcuate,
gradually and rather strongly converging and less arcuate anteri-
orly, the basal angles right and minuteh' prominent, the punc-
tures moderately coarse, deep and close-set, becoming gradually
much coarser and very dense laterally; elytra nearly one-lialf
longer than wide, very obtusely ogival at apex, very evidently
wider than the prothorax and three times as long, the sides feebly
arcuate, the punctures small but deep, confused and moderately
sparse suturally, moderately coarse, strongly muricate and close-
set in equal close-set series laterally, a little coarser near the hu-
meri; abdomen minutely, sparsely punctate medially. Length
6.8 mm. ; width 3.0 mm. California (southern) integer n. sp.

Form stout, moderately convex, shining, dark castaneous, the under
surface and legs dark rufous; head rather coarsely, deeply and
moderately closely punctate, the sides before the eyes strongly
converging and evenl}', moderately arcuate ; prothorax transverse,
almost twice as wide as long, very slightly narrower than the elytra,
slightly narrowed toward the broadly sinuate apex, the sides rather
strongly, subevenly arcuate, the punctures very coarse and deep,
close-set, becoming gradually but little coarser but longitudinally
confluent toward the sides, the surface obliquely subrugulose an-
teriorly and posteriorly almost throughout the width ; scutellum
small, but little wider than long, angulate and punctured; elytra
one-half longer than wide, ogival at tip, with the sides broadly
arcuate, the series rather uneven but distinctly traceable through-
out, except near the suture, the punctures moderately coarse and
close-set, not confused toward the humeri ; abdomen minutely,
sparsely punctate medially. Length 5.7-6.6 mm. ; width 2.4-
2.85 mm. Southern California probatum n. sp.

39 — Form stout, oblong-oval, rather strongly convex, alutaceous,
piccous-black, the head, prothorax, sterna and legs dark rufus, the
abdomen black except at apex; head coarsely, closely and un-
evenly punctate, with a large impunctate occipital area, the sides
before the eyes very strongly converging and broadly arcuate to

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TICNTYRIIN/E 3II

the apex, which is narrower than usual and feebly sinuate; pro-
thorax four-fifths wider than long, tlie sides parallel and feebly
arcuate to beyond the middle, then rounded, becoming rectilin-
early converging to the apex, which is mucli narrower than the
base and deeply sinuate; punctures fine and moderately close-set,
becoming rather rapidly coarse, close and subconfiuent toward the
sides; scutellum well developed, transverse, broadly angulate;
elytra inflated posteriorly, barely two-fifths longer than wide, very
obtuse at apex, much wider than the prothorax, with arcuate
sides, the punctures non-setigerous, fine, feeble, rather sparse and
confused toward the suture, larger, but still not very coarse and
disposed in the usual series toward the sides; abdomen finely,
sparsely punctulate medially. Length 6.2 mm.; width 2.9 mm.
Arizona bicolor Horn

In nearl}^ all the species above described the elytral punctures
bear each a short, stiff, erect seta, becoming more conspicuous
toward the sides and more evident in some forms than in others.
There is visible also in most of the species, on the elvtral flanks
near the side margin and about two-fifths the length from the
base, a short longitudinal impression and the surface at the
humeral angles is more or less prominent, sometimes forming a
distinct callus, which is generally paler in color than the re-
mainder of the elytra. The male can frequently be recognized
by the acute and slightly upturned sheath, finely cleft and in-
closing the very slender intromiitent spicule, and the female by
the truncate end of the spatuliform and basally narrowed ovi-
duct, protected by longitudinal lateral pieces, but there is very
little sexual difference in the form of the body and no obvious
secondary sexual characters. It should be noted that the elon-
gate forms, having well developed wings, are virtually confined
to Arizona, being very rare elsewhere, while those with short
metasternum and abbreviated wings are by far the most abun-
dant type in southern California.

It will be observed that the characters give^^n for some of the
above species are more or less at variance with those stated in
my revision, before cited. For example, on page 331, the form
of dubiwn is said to be slender, while in realitv the true diihiiim
has an unusually broad form of body. These inconsistencies)
in great part, arise from the fact that in my previous treatment
of the group I endeavored to fall in line with the then prevailing
tendency to lump various forms together, without due investiga-

312 CASEY

tion, and the types of duhitim^ and the very much narrower car-
bonatitm, were combined to form a composite dicbiiiui, of which
the assumed male was slender. Further study shows that all
the species hitherto described, except perhaps sctdptile^ are
abundantly valid, and I have so regarded them in the above
table. The species, as in Zof her odes, Asida and many other
Tenebrionid genera, although very numerous, are more or less
local and usuall}'" rare individually, so that a considerable pro-
portion of those in my cabinet are represented at present by
single specimens. If one should proceed upon the assumption
that the very obvious differential characters presented by these
types are not permanent, no satisfactory classification for the
species could be devised, for no limit could be set to fortuitous
variation in the various composite groups of individuals, arbi-
trarily brought together under a few distinctive names, which is
the condition prevailing in nearly all collections at the present
time. These remarks apply also to all the other genera of this,
as well as to the succeeding tribes here considered.

Telabis Csy.
It seems more consistent to regard this group of species as a
genus, and not as a subgenus as originally' proposed. The
species differ considerably from those of Mctopoiimm in general
facies, and can usually be recognized at a glance, without re-
ferring to the biemarginate frontal margin or the structure of
the hind tarsi, where the first joint is ver}^ much longer than the
last. The genus is divisible into two groups, one composed of
larger species, which are less numerous and more or less w^idely
isolated among themselves, and the other comprising a host of
small species, which are mutually more closely allied in some
parts of the series and more difficult to define satisfactorily. In
my previous paper the very distinct functulata, of LeConte, is
said to have a peculiar male sexual character relating to the
fourth segment. Dr. Horn states that this character pertains to
the female. The single specimen before me possessing this
singular modification of the fourth abdominal segment, sheds
but unsatisfactory light on this point, as the oideagus is only
slightly protruded, but such characteristics as are visible appear

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN/E 313

to support the statement of Horn. The species in my cabinet
may be briefly outlined as follows : —

Larger species, not inaterially under 6.5 mm. in length, the meta-
sternum always very much longer than the fust ventral segment.. 2

Small species, always under 6.0 mm. in length, the mctasternum
shorter, though at least slightly longer than the first ventral 9

2 — ISIetasternum nearly twice as long as the first ventral; elytra very

long, generally between four and five times as long as the pro-
thorax, with hroadly and feebly impressed longitudinal lines
almost throughout the width 3

Metasternum much less than twice as long as the first ventral, the
elytra never more than four times as long as the prothorax and
usually much less, and without such broadly impressed longi-
tudinal lines 4

3 — Form oblong-elongate, parallel, rather shining, piceous-black, the

head, pro- and mesosterna and legs piceo-rufous, broadly and
moderately convex; head very short and broad, densely, moder-
ately coarsely and shallowly muricato-punctate, the sides before the
eyes feebly converging and very strongly arcuate, becoming pai*-
allel at the eyes; prothorax small, rather more than twice as wide
as long, the sides narrowly but strongly reflexed, evenly and
strongly arcuate, the apex deeply sinuate but only slightly nar-
rowed, the punctures moderate, shallow, muricate and close-set,
becoming densely crowded but only slightly larger toward the
sides; elytra three-fouiths longer than wide, almost five times as
long as the prothorax and nearly a third wider, parallel, obtusely
parabolic at tip, the humeri broadly exposed at base, the punc-
tures moderate, shallow and irregularly seriate laterally, minute
and confused broadly toward the suture, the intervals laterally
generally with minute confused punctures; abdomen minutely
but rather closely punctate. Length 9.2 mm.; width 3.7S mm.
New Mexico (Albuquerque) longipennis Csy.

Form similar, the size smaller, rather shining, pale rufo-castaneous,
the legs brighter rufous ; head nearly as in lo7igipe7inis^ the eyes
similarly large and rather prominent; prothorax less transverse,
much more narrowed toward the deeply sinuate apex and with
the sides evenly and still more strongly arcuate, fully twice as
wide as long, the punctures more minute »and rather sparser
toward the middle, coarser and close but not so crowded toward
the sides ; elytra three-fourths longer than wide, more than four
times as long as the prothorax but only a fifth or sixth wider,
parallel, obtusely subogival at apex, the humeri well exposed in
the reentrant angle, finely, not densely, irregularly punctate
throughout, the summits of the feeble ridges between the im-
pressed lines subimpunctate, the punctured series more or less
irregular even laterally, sometimes almost indistinguishable ; abdo-
men minutely, sparsely punctulate. Length 6.5-7.7 mm. ; width
2.65-3.15 mm. Texas (near El Paso) discors Csy.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., August, 1907.

314

CASEY

4 — Surface of the pronotum obliquely and feebly prominent toward

the basal angles 5

Surface of the pronotum evenly convex near the posterior angles 8

5 — Pronotum not very obviously impressed near the sides at base;

body stouter in form 6

Pronotum with a large rounded impression, at base laterally, between
the oblique prominence and the basal margin 7

6 — Body stout, oblong, feebly alutaceous, castaneous, the under sur-

face and legs paler, rufous ; head rather finely, muricately, some-
what unevenly but not densely punctate, broad, the sides but feebly
converging before the eyes and strongly arcuate, becoming parallel
at the eyes, which are large ; prothorax three-fourths wider than
long, widest distinctly behind the middle, where the sides are
rather strongly rounded, thence converging and evenly, very feebl}^
arcuate to the apical angles, which are not in the least everted ;
punctures fine and sparse, with a narrow impunctate median line,
stronger, muricate and closer but still well separated laterally;
elytra two-thirds longer than wide, not quite four times as long
as the prothorax and a fourth wider, obtusely rounded in apical
third, the sides very feebly arcuate, the punctures small, muricate,
slightl}' larger laterally, close-set in rather even, broadly and
feebly impressed series, the intervals minutely, sparsel}', irregu-
larly punctate. Length 7.0 mm. ; width 3.1 mm. Texas (near
El Paso) muricatula Csy.

Body nearly similar in coloration and lustre, the under surface more
blackish ; head rather smaller, with somewhat sparser and still
more irregular punctures but otherwise similar, except that the
transverse epistomal surface is more tumid ; prothorax very much
shorter and more transverse, widest near the middle, narrowed at
apex, twice as wide as long, the sides subevenly and strongly
arcuate throughout, except for a very short distance at the apical
angles, which are prominently everted, the punctures still more
minute and sparser, with a much less elongate impunctate line,
coarser, closer and muricate but distinctly separated toward the
sides ; elytra shorter, three-fifths longer than wide, less than four
times as long as the prothorax and not over a fifth wider, obtusely
parabolic in apical third, the punctures finer, arranged in similar
series, which are however less impressed, the interstitial punc-
tures extremely minute, sparse and irregular. Length 6.^ mm. ;
width 2.S mm. Texas (near El Paso) prominens n. sp.

Body stout and strongly convex, oblong, strongly shining, pale rufo-
testaceous throughout ; head rather finely but deeply, sparsely and
non-muricately punctate, very densely so anteriorly, the sides mod-
erately converging and strongly arcuate, the apex feebh^ sinuato-
tnmcate ; prothorax scarcelv more than two-thirds wider than
long, widest slightly behind the middle, the sides rather strongly
arcuate, becoming straight toward the apical angles, which are
right and not rounded, the apex lalhcr feebly sinuate and four-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^E 315

fifths as wide as the base, the angles obtuse but not rounded, the
punctures very fine and sparse, becoming gradually rather coarse,
muricate, close but still separated toward the sides; scutcllum
moderate, transverse; elytra nearly one-half longer than wide,
three times as long as the prothorax and nearly a fifth wider, the
sides feebly arcuate, the humeri but slightly exposed at base, the
apex obtusely rounded, the punctures fine, becoming rather coarse
laterally, close-set in wholly unimpressed series, the intervals
minutely, sparsely and more or less confusedly punctate; surface
on the posterior declivity having two or three feebly elevated
lines, which bear small and widely separated asperities; abdomen
verv finely, sparsely punctate medially. Length 6.5 min. ; width
2.85 mm. Texas (El Paso), — H. F. Wickham rubida n. sp.

7 — Form oblong-elongate, moderately convex, blackish-castaneous,

the under surface and legs in great part rufous ; surface feebly
alutaceous; head closely, shallowly and muricately punctate,
minutely and sparsely so on the occiput, the sides before the eyes
strongly convergent, evenly and moderately arcuate, the epistoma
tumid and densely sculptured ; prothorax nearly four-fifths wilder
than long, widest near the middle, the sides rather strongly, sub-
evenly rounded, more converging anteriorly, becoming broadly
and just visibly sinuate behind the apical angles, which are acute,
the apex deeply sinuate, the lateral edges very narrowly reflexed
and minutely, obsoletely serrulate, the punctures minute and
sparse, becoming larger and muricate but still well separated
toward the sides; elytra as in protninens^ three-fifths longer than
wide and a fourth wider than the prothorax, closely and rather
strongly punctured in nearly even, unimpressed series, the inter-
vals unevenly uniseriate, the punctures rather close-set but in great
part confused toward base ; abdomen polished as usual, minutely,
sparsely punctulate. Length 6.7 mm. ; width 2.7 mm. Arizona
(near Benson) vafra n. sp.

Form similar to the preceding, rather more shining, castaneous, the
under surface and legs bright rufous; head nearly as in vafra
but decidedly smaller and more obviously impressed at the middle
of the vertex; prothorax rather more transverse though similar in
form and rotundity of the sides, the latter more converging and
straight anteriorly, with the angles right and not all prominent,
the punctures fine and sparse, becoming decidedly larger, only
slightly muricate and well separated toward the sides; elytra as
in vafra but much more finely and feebly punctate in subeven
series, with the interstitial punctures minute, feeble, sparse and
irregular, not over a fifth wider than the prothorax ; abdomen
similarly very minutely, feebly and sparsely punctulate and
strongly convex. Length 6.5 mm. ; width 2.65 mm. Texas
(near El Paso) proxima n. sp.

8 — Form oblong-suboval, moderately convex, strongly alutaceous

and but feebly shining, pale ferruginous throughout ; head rather

3l6 CASEY

finely, densely but not deeply, muricately punctate, the sides
before the eyes strongly converging, evenly and moderately
arcuate, the eyes large ; prothorax barely twice as wide as long,
widest at the middle, where the sides are strongly rounded, thence
moderately converging and nearly straight to the obtuse basal
angles and more convergent, becoming broadly and just visibly
sinuate, to the apical angles, which are right and not prominent,
the apex deeply sinuate; punctures rather fine, shallow, close-set,
with a narrow impunctate median line from which they become
gradually slightly larger, muricate and dense toward the sides;
elytra as in the preceding species, fully a fifth wider than the
prothorax, with broadly arcuate sides, the punctures fine, strongly
muricate, close-set and uneven, with irregular and close-set unim-
pressed series, in which the punctures are only slightly larger;
abdomen finely, sparsely punctured, convex, the fourth segment
in the apparent female with a porrect median lobe. Length 6.6
mm, ; width 2.8 mm. Lower California (Cape San Lucas).

punctulata Lee.

Form oblong-oval, convex, black throughout, the legs rufous; head
and pronotum densely opaque, the elytra feebly shining, alu-
taceous ; head not very coarsely but closely, moderately strongly
punctate, the epistoma inoderately convex, densely sculptured,
the sides before the eyes feebly converging and broadly arcuate,
becoming parallel at the eyes, wdiich are only moderately devel-
oped ; prothorax well developed, fully four-fifths wider than long,
widest at about the middle, moderately narrowed toward the
normally sinuate tip, the sides strongly and almost evenly arcuate,
the punctures fine, shallow, moderately close, becoming gradually
dense, muricate and moderately coarse toward the sides ; elytra
one-half longer than wide, scarcely more than three times as long
as the prothorax and but very little wider, obtusely rounded at
tip, the sides feebly arcuate, finely but rather strongly, muricately
and confusedly punctate, with slightly uneven, feebly impressed
series of but slightly larger, close-set punctures, the second series
from the sides more strongly impressed behind the humeri.
Length 7.4 mm.; width 3.15 mm. California (San Diego).

opacella n. sp.

Form oblong, subparallel, moderately convex, rather strongl}' shining
throughout, castaneous, the under surface and legs rufous; head
finely but deeply, muricately and rather closely punctate, the sides
before the eyes moderately converging and strongly arcuate,
the eyes rather prominent; prothorax widest at about the middle,
fully three-fourths wider than long, moderately narrowed and
sinuate at apex, the sides evenly and strongly arcuate, the
punctures fine and rather sparse with the surface shining,
rather rapidly larger, somewhat coarse, muricate and crowded
laterally; elytra tliree-fifths longer than wide, not four times as
long as the prothorax and about a fifth wider, obtusely or sub-
circularly rounded at tip, parallel, with the sides almost straight

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 317

thence to the liumeral arcuation, the punctures fine, sparse and
irregular, with well marked, feebly impressed series of larger
close-set punctures, becoming rather coarse Init irregularly crowded
toward the sides. Length 7.3-7.7 mm. ; width 3.2 mm. Arizona.

histrica Csy.

Form oblong, nearly as in histrica but less elongate, similarly rather
shining, black, the legs dark rufous; head dull and nearly similar
but less transverse and more finely, rather sparsely punctate, the
sides equally converging but more strongly arcuate, the angles
more broadly rounded and much less evident, the epistoma feebly
sinuato-truncate ; prothorax more transverse, nearly four-fifths
wider than long, almost similar in form and punctuation, the
minute medial punctures rather less sparse; scutellum somewhat
less developed but similarly narrowed toward base and punctulate
in basal half; elytra one-half longer than wide, but little more
than three times as long as the prothorax and about a sixth wider,
the sides parallel and nearly straight, the humeri rounded and the
apex abruptly and very broadly rounded in posterior fourth, the
sculpture nearly as in histrica but with the stride feebly impressed
and the slightly elevated double series of small, widely spaced
subsutural asperities on the posterior declivity rather more pro-
nounced; abdomen very finely rugulose, minutely and sparsely
punctate medially. Length 6.5 mm.; width 2,9 mm. Arizona
(Tu9son), — H. F. Wickham obtusa n. sp.

9 — Pronotal punctures usually fine, aciculate or muricate and very

dense, the surface generally dull in lustre; body oblong as a

rule and moderately convex 10

Pronotal punctures larger and more or less widely separated, with the
surface polished; body generally more oval and convex 20

10 — Elytra alutaceous in lustre 11

Elytra highly polished and rather more convex 19

II — Elytral punctures fine, sparse, feeble and slightly muricate, the

punctured series indistinct and only traceable near the base.
Body oblong, piceous-black, the under surface more rufous and
the legs still paler, alutaceous throughout above; head strongly,
densely and roughly punctured, the sides strongly converging
and nearly straight, rapidly rounding at the apical' angles, the
epistoma broad, scarcely produced ; prothorax four-fifths ( 9 ) to
nearly twice ((5^) as wide as long, widest at fhe middle, the sides
subevenly and moderately arcuate, the apex sinuate and slightly
narrowed, the punctures very fine, moderately close-set, becoming
larger, rough and very dense toward the sides ; elytra two-fifths
to one-half longer than wide, just visibly ((5^) to a fifth or fourth
( 9 ) wider than the prothorax, parallel and nearly straight at the
sides, narrowing slightly at the base, the apex obtusely rounded;
abdomen shining, minutely, sparsely punctate medially, less
finely toward the sides. Length 5.0-5.3 mm. ; width 2.2—2.38
mm. Utah (St. George), — H. F. Wickham Uteana n. sp.

3l8 CASEY

Elytral punctures nearly as in utea^ia^ the head and scutellum much
larger and the sides of the prothorax more rounded, pale testaceous
in color, moderately sliining, strongly convex; head two-thirds as
wide as the prothorax, tinely, moderately closely punctate, the
sides strongly converging and feebly arcuate, the angles distinct
but blunt, the emarginations distinct, the epistoma but feebly
produced, broadly truncate; prothorax a little more than twice
as wide as long, somewhat narrower at apex than at base, the
sides evenly and strongly arcuate, the basal angles obtuse, not
prominent, the punctures very fine and well separated medially,
close-set, muricate and larger but not coarse laterally ; scutellum
large, rather more than a fourth as wide as an elytral base ; elytra
three-fifths longer than wide, gradually, arcuately rounded and
obtuse posteriorly, three and one-half times as long as the pro-
thorax and, at the middle, distinctly wider, the sides evenly,
rather strongly arcuate, the humeri not exposed at base, the punc-
tures muricate, fine, moderately close, larger laterally, in great
part confused but with uneven and unimpressed series visible on
careful examination ; abdomen finely, sparsely punctate. Lengtli
4.8 mm. ; width 2.12 mm. Utah (Milford), — H. F. Wickham.

arnica n, sp.

Elytra rather finely but more closely and distinctly punctate, the punc-
tured series usually obvious almost throughout the length 12

12 — Epistomal lobe distinctly produced, narrowed and sinuate-

truncate at apex, the sides strongly oblique, the oblique frontal
sutures very deep and distinct. Form elongate-suboval, rather
shining and but feebly alutaceous, pale castaneo-furruginous, the
legs rufous ; head closely and shallowly muricato-punctate ; eyes
rather large and prominent, the sides before them strongly con-
verging and nearly straight; prothorax four-fifths wider than
long, widest at the middle, but little narrowed and rather feebly
sinuate at apex, the sides parallel, evenly and moderately arcuate,
the punctures fine and well separated medially, becoming rather
coarse, very dense and scabrous laterally ; elytra one-half longer
than wide, three times as long as the prothorax and but very
little wider, the sides feebly arcuate, the apex obtusely, evenly
rounded, the punctures distinct and not very close-set, only
slightly muricate, the series not impressed, the intervals with very
uneven single series of subsimilar punctures; abdomen rather
strongly and closely punctate. Length 4.8 mm. ; width 2.1-
2.22 mm. Arizona (Tu9son), — H. F. Wickham.

lobifrons n. sp.

Epistoma not sensibly produced, broadly truncate, the oblique frontal
sutures shallow and less distinct 13

13 — Elytral series finely and feebly but obviously impressed, strongly,

closely punctate, even and very distinct to the apex, the intervals
strongly though less coarsely punctate in more or less uneven
single scries. Body elongate-oval, only moderately convex, but

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 3I9

slightly alutaccous, dark castaneous, the heatl, prothorax, under
surface and legs more or less pale rufous ; head strongly, evenly and
rather closely punctate, the sides converging and hut feebly arcu-
ate; prothorax nearly four-tUths vvitler than long, distinctly
narrower at apex and deeply sinuate, the sides evenly and strongly
arcuate, the punctures fine but deep and moderately close-set
medially, becoming moderately coarse, dense and scabrous later-
ally ; elytra two-fifths longer than wide, a fourth or fifth ( 9 )
wider than the prothorax, obtusely rounded at tip, the sides
decidedly arcuate ; abdomen finely and sparsely punctate medially,
the last segment more closely as usual, the sides somewhat
coarsely though just as sparsely. Length 5.6 mm. ; width 3.5
mm. Texas (El Paso) mimetica n. sp.

Elytral series not or scarcely impressed, less even or relatively less
strongly punctured as a rule 14

14 — Species of southern California and western Arizona 15

Species of eastern Arizona to western Texas r6

15 — Form oblong, brown in color, the legs rufous; surface rather

dull in lustre; head paler at the sides and apex, strongly and
densely, subscabrously punctate, the sides strongly converging
and feebly arcuate, the eyes moderate, rather prominent; pro-
thorax not quite twice as wide as long, slightly narrowed and
broadly sinuate at apex, widest at the middle, the sides evenly
and strongly arcuate, the punctures small but muricate and close-
set medially, becoming coarser, dense and scabrous laterally, the
interstices opaque ; elytra one-half longer than wide, a fifth
wider than the prothorax, obtusely rounded at apex, the sides
broadly, feebly arcuate, the punctures rather large but shallow
and muricate, somewhat close-set and uneven, sometimes forming
single series on the intervals toward base, the principal series
rather uneven, composed of punctures but little larger than the
interstitial but very close-set, the surface with broad, very obsolete
longitudinal impressed lines. Length 5.7 mm. ; width 2.42 mm.
California (Inyo Co.) sodalis Horn

Form oblong, piceous-black, the legs paler, piceo-rufous, the surface
strongly alutaceous; head densely, moderately coarsely punctato-
scabrous, the sides strongly converging and nearly straight, the
eyes moderate ; prothorax not quite twice as wide as long, evi-
dently narrowed and deeply sinuate at apex, widest at the middle,
with the sides evenly and strongly arcuate, the punctures very
small, subelongated and close-set medially, becoming not very
coarse, but dense, scabrous and somewhat obliquely substrigose
laterally; elytra fully one-half longer than wide, rather more than
three times as long as the prothorax and nearly a fourth wider,
very obtusely parabolic at tip, the sides parallel, nearly straight,
feebly rounding basally, the humeri feebly exposed at base;
punctures rather small, shallow, submuricate, rather close-set
and uneven, with irregular series of similar thougli somewhat

320 CASEY

larger and more close-set punctures, which are very obsoletely
and broadly impressed toward the suture ; abdomen finely,
sparseh^ punctate medially. Length 5.6 mm. ; width 2.32 mm.
California (San Diego) fidelis n. sp.

Form nearly similar, piceous-black, the legs pale rufous, the surface
rather strongly alutaceous ; head not very coarsely, densely punc-
tato-scabrous throughout, the sides strongly converging and nearly
straight; prothorax small, nearl}' as in Jidelis^ but rather less
transverse, about four-fifths wider than long, the sides evenly and
rather more strongly arcuate, the punctuation throughout nearly
similar but slightly stronger; elytra similar but rather more than
a fourth wider than the prothorax, with the humeri more widely
exposed at base, the punctures more confused, somewhat fine,
shallow, slightly muricate and not very close-set, the series very
irregular and observable with difficulty except toward base; ab-
domen minutely, sparsely punctate. Length 5.5 mm. ; width
2.35 mm. Arizona (Peach Springs) debilis Csy.

16 — Abdomen finely, sparsely punctured mediall}-, not rugulose 17

Abdomen rather coarsely, not so sparsely punctured even medialhs

its surface shining, but with small inequalities or rugulation...i8

17 — Body oblong-subparallel, moderately stout, strongly alutaceous,

piceo-castaneous, the under surface and legs paler and rufous;
head rather coarsely, densely, muricately punctate, the sides con-
verging and nearly straight ; prothorax slightly though evidently
less than twice as wide as long, distinctly narrowed and evenly
sinuate at tip, the sides evenly and strongly arcuate, finely and
closely punctate, the punctures becoming only moderately coarse
but dense and scabrous laterally ; elytra but little more than one-
half longer than wide, scarcely three times as long as the pro-
thorax and but little wider, very obtusely rounded at apex, the
sides feebly arcuate, the series unimpressed, rather strongly, very
approximately punctate, the intervals less strongly punctured in
very uneven single series laterally; abdomen convex, finely,
sparsely punctate. Length 4. 6-4. 8 mm.; width 2.1-2.2 mm.
Texas (El Paso), — G. \V^ Dunn crassula Csy.

Body nearh' as stout as in crassula, the head nearlv similar, the pro-
thorax shorter, twice as wide as long, evenly but less strongly
rounded at tlie sides, the punctures similarly fine and close-set
medially but rather stronger ; elytra not quite one-half longer
than wide, fully three times as long as the prothorax and slightly
broader, the serial punctures similarly strong and close-set, those
of the intervals more irregular and deeper; abdomen less sparsely
punctured tlian in crassula; color black, with the legs rufo-pice-
ous. Length 5.0 mm.; width 2. 28 mm. Arizona (locality
unknown, but probably southeastern) timida n. sp.

iS — Form oblong-oval, convex, alutaceous, pale jiiceo-castaneous, the
under surface and legs piceo-rufous ; head opaque, not very

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TIC.NTYRIIN^C 32I

densely, somewhat coarsely, miuicatcly punctate, the sides con-
verging and straight before the eyes; prothorax only moderately
transverse, but little more than three-fourths wider than long,
distinctly narrowed but rather feebly sinuate at tip, the sides
evenly and rather strongly arcuate, the disk widest somewhat
behind the middle, opaque, minutely and closely but somewhat
irregularlv punctate, somewhat coarsely, densely and muricately
toward the side; elytra fully one-half longer than wide, barely
three times as long as the prothorax and only slightly wider, more
shining, obtusely rounded at apex, parallel, with the sides feebly
and evenly arcuate, the serial punctures rather strong and close-
set, those of the intervals uneven in arrangement and smaller.
Length 5,3 mm.; width 2. 28 mm. Arizona compar n. sp.

Form oblong, dilated behind, short and stout, piceous-black, the legs
and sterna rufous ; head opaque, closely punctato-scabrous, the
sides converging and nearly straight but with the angles broadly
rounded at apex ; prothorax very short, fully twice as wide as
long, sinuate but onlv slightly narrowed at apex, the sides rounded
but becoming straight or subsinuate apically, widest at the middle,
the surface only alutaceous, more shining than in compar^ the
punctures comparatively coarse and separated by fully twice their
own diameters, becoming but little coarser though dense and
scabrous laterally; elytra short, two-fifths longer than wide but
rather more than three times as long as the prothorax, obtusely
ogival at apex, at apical third much wider than toward base,
where they are but little wider than the prothorax, the serial
punctures coarse and close-set, becoming gradually much smaller
posteriorly, the interstitial punctures only a little smaller but
sparser and uneven; abdominal sculpture strikingly coarse.
Length 4.5 mm.; width 2.r mm. Arizona (Tu9son).

curticoUis n. sp.

Form narrow, convex, parallel, much smaller in size, piceous-black,
the under surface rufo-piceous, the legs rufous; head trapezoidal,
finely, closely and muricately punctate, the epistoma projecting
only very slightly beyond the lateral lobes and very broadly, rec-
tilinearly truncate, the converging sides before the eyes almost
straight ; prothorax alutaceous, twice as wide as long, nearly
parallel, the moderately sinuate apex but little narrower than the
base, the sides evenly, rather strongly arcuate, the basal angles
very obtuse ; punctures fine and well separated medially, be-
coming larger, dense and confusedly rugulose laterally ; scutellum
well developed, punctured basally ; elytra one-half longer than
wide, somewhat more than three times as long as the prothorax
and sensibly wider in the male, rapidly and obtusely parabolic at
tip, the sides parallel and feebly arcuate, the humeri only just
visibly exposed at base; surface rather smooth and alutaceous,
the series of close-set punctures distinct and not very coarse or
stronglv muricate, almost entire, unimpressed, the punctures of
the intervals but little smaller, though feebler and more widely

322 CASEY

spaced, generally in less even single series, confused near the
suture; abdomen coarsely, rather closely punctured along the
middle, but more sparsely so thence to the sides. Length 4.1
mm.; width 1.S5 mm. Texas (El Paso), — H. F. Wickham.

vapida n. sp.

19 — Oblong-oval, stout, pale brownish-testaceous, the legs more flavo-
rufous ; head rather coarsely, densely punctato-scabrous, the sides
strongly converging and nearly straight, the lateral lobes narrowly
rounded at tip, the epistoma very broadly and moderately though
distinctly produced and truncate, with its sides very oblique, the
oblique sutures fine but distinct; prothorax transverse, not quite
tvv^ice as wide as long, but little narrowed but deeply sinuate at
apex, widest at the middle, the sides evenly and strongly aicuate,
the suiface slightly alutaceous, minutely, rather closely and muri-
cately punctate, becoming rather coarsely, very densely punctato-
scabrous laterally; elytra not quite one-half longer than wide,
three times as long as the prothorax and a fifth wider, obtusely
rounded at apex, the sides broadly and distinctly arcuate, the
series of close-set and rather small but deep punctures unim-
pressed and slightly irregular, the intervals with confused and
sparser but scarcely smaller punctures; abdomen minutely,
sparsely punctate. Length 5.3 mm. ; width 2.7 mm. California
(probably near Yuma). [ = sodalis Csy. nee Horn, olim].

incisa n. sp.

Oblong-oval, the elytra rather dilated posteriorly, piceous-black, the
legs rufous; head coarsely, densely punctato-scabrous and dull,
the frontal margin evidently biemarginate, the epistoma produced
slightly and rectilinearly truncate, the sides before the eyes evenly
converging and moderately arcuate ; prothorax small, very nearly
twice as wide as long, strongly narrowed and moderately sinuate
at apex, widest and subinflated near basal third, the sides sub-
evenly, ]"ather strongly arcuate, especially toward base ; punctures
coarse, scabrous, slightly smaller and separated medially, very
dense and rough laterally, the surface with a deeply impressed
line along the basal margin throughout the width ; scutellum well
developed, somewhat punctate; elytra one-half longer than wide,
between three and four times as long as the prothorax, and, pos-
teriorly, distinctly wider, the sides broadly arcuate, the apex
rapidly and obtusely ogival ; punctures very coarse, strongly
asperate, deep and close-set in rather confused and uneven unim-
pressed series, the single series of the intervals similarlv coarsely
and asperately but less closely punctate, causing the coarse
sculpture to be very conspicuous, although the interspaces are
polished, all series continuing unmodified to the apex; abdomen
more finely, not very sparsely and subasperately punctate medially.
Length 4.6-5.2 mm. ; width 2.1-2.3S mm. Colorado (Salida),
— H. F. Wickham aspera n. sp.

20 — Apical angles of the head narrowly rounded, the sides converg-
ing and straighter before the eyes; color generally dark 21

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIN^ 323

Apical angles broadly rounded, the sides converging; epistoma some-
what projecting and truncate; color pale testaceous 24

21 — Sides before the eyes feebly arcuate 22

Sides before the eyes straight ; body rufo-castaneous, the under surface

paler and the legs rufous 23

22 — Form narrow, oblong, subparallel, piceous-black, the legs rufous ;

head rather coarsely and muricately, evenly ])ut not very densely
punctate ; prothorax not quite twice as witle as long, widest at the
middle, feebly narrowed and distinctly sinuate at apex, the sides
subevenly, rather strongly arcuate, becoming straight or feebly
sinuate anteriorly, with the angles somewhat acutely prominent;
surface somewhat shining, not very finely or closely, muricately
punctate, the punctures rather coarse and almost in longitudinal
contact at a short distance from the sides, then well separated and
equally coarse to the side margins ; scutellum punctate in anterior
half ; elytra fully one-half longer than wide, barely three times as
long as the prothorax and slightly wider, very obtusely rounded
at apex, parallel, the sides nearly straight, the humeral callus
pronounced; surface shining, with even, unimpressed series of
rather coarse, not very close-set or distinctly muricate punctuj'es,
the intervals with almost even series of similar but slightly less
coarse punctures ; abdomen not very finely, feebly, sparsely punc-
tate. Length 4.4 mm.; width i .88 mm. New Mexico (Las
Cruces) famelica n. sp.

Form much stouter, convex, polished throughout, dark castaneous,
the abdomen rufo-piceous, the legs bright rufous; head with
rather small, non-muricate and notably sparser punctures,
shining; prothorax very nearly twice as wide as long, distinctly
narrowed but rather feebly sinuate at apex, the sides strongly but
unevenly rounded, strongly converging and straight toward both
the anterior and posterior angles, the former not prominent and
obviously obtuse; surface polished, with rather small but deep,
perforate, non-muricate and well separated punctures medially,
becoming rather coarse and close laterally but still slightly
separated and only feebly muricate near the margins; elytra oval,
less than one-half longer than wide, more than three times as long
as the prothorax and, behind the middle, slightly wider, the
sides broadly arcuate, the apex very obtusely ogival ; punctures
coarse, not very close-set, evenly serial, beooming very coarse
laterally, especially toward base, the interstitial punctures only
slightly less coarse and subevenly serial but more remotely
spaced; abdomen finely, sparsely punctate. Length 5.0 mm.;
width 2.22 mm. New Mexico (Deming), — II. F. Wickham.

lustrella n. sp.

23 — Body oblong-oval, not very stout, convex; head with moderately

coarse, close and subscabrous punctures, the median parts of the
occiput more sparsely punctate; prothorax shining, four-fifths
wider than long, moderately narrowed and sinuate at apex.

324 CASEY

widest rather behind the middle, the sides subevenly, rather
strongly arcuate but becoming somewhat abruptly converging
and straight near the basal angles, the punctures rather small,
sparse and submuricate inedially, where there is a very fine, faint
median raised line not extending to base or apex, rather coarse,
subcontiguous and scabrous laterally, the lateral margin very fine ;
elytra oval, fully one-half longer than wide, rather more than three
times as long as the prothorax and slightly wider, gradually and
not very obtusely rounded behind, parallel, the sides broadly
arcuate, widest near the middle, the humeri not at all exposed at
base, the punctures rather coarse, especially toward base, some-
what close-set in subeven and unimpressed series, the interstitial
series regular but with rather less coarse and widely spaced punc-
tures; abdomen polished, feebly rugulose and rather sparsely
punctulate. Length 4.8 mm.; width 2.15 mm. New Mexico
(Albuquerque), — H. F. Wickham pavida n. sp.

Body oval, convex, stouter, the head with moderate, scarcely scabrous
and rather distinctly separated punctures ; prothorax much shorter
and more transverse, twice as wide as long, distinctly narrowed
and sinuate at apex, the sides subevenly and rather strongly
arcuate, becoming straight or subsinuate for a much shorter dis-
tance immediately before the basal angles; surface with similar
trace of a fine partial elevated median line, the punctures very
fine, rather sparse and feeble mediallv, gradually coarse laterally,
becoming almost contiguous and scabrous near the sides, which
are much more broadly reflexed than in either the preceding or
following species; elytra two-fifths longer than wide, fully three
and one- half times as long as the prothorax and distinctly wider,
the apex gradually and obtusely ogival, the sides arcuate, the
humeri slightly exposed at base, the series unimpressed, some-
what uneven, composed of close-set punctures which are very
feeble and not very large, flexed outwardly toward base, with
gradually much coarser and deeper punctures, the interstitial pimc-
tures forming very irregular single series, smaller in size and more
widely separated ; abdomen very convex, finely, sparsely punc-
tate. Length 5.3 mm. ; width 2.4 mm. Arizona (Winslow), —
H. F. Wickham ovalis n. sp.

Body elongate-oval, convex, much narrower than in the two 2:)receding;
head rather closely and coarsely, muricately punctate ; prothorax
four-fifths wider than long, but slightly narrowed though strongly
sinuate at apex, the sides subparallel, almost evenlv and very
moderately arcuate, much less rounded than in the two preceding
species, the lateral edges only very finely reflexed but distinctly
and unevenly serrulate ; punctures rather small but distinct, sub-
muricate and well separated, becoming gradually larger and more
rugose laterally and very coarse and closely scabrous near the
sides ; elytra very elongate, three-fifths longer than wide, three
and three-fourths times longer than the prothorax and slightly
wider, gradually obtuse and subparabolic at tip, widest at about

AMERICAiN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 325

the middle, with the sides broadly arcuate, the humeri scarcely at
all exposed at base; punctuation nearly as in ovalis^ the serial
punctures becoming very coarse and close-set toward J^ase but
gradually much smaller and very feeble posteriorly ; abdomen
finely, sparsely punctate. Length 4.7 nun.; width 2.0 mm.
Arizona (Holbrook), — H. F. Wickham inops n. sp.

Body oblong-oval, stout, polished, pale rufo-castaneous ; head mod-
erate, polished, rather coarsely, sparsely punctate, the sinuations
feeble, the epistoma very feebly produced, broadly truncate ; pro-
thorax scarcely twice as wide as long, the apex evidently narrower
than the base, the sides rather strongly arcuate, more converging
and straight, with the edge serrulate anteriorly, not sinuate before
the basal angles, which are obtuse and not at all prominent, the
punctures sparse, moderately fine, becoming rather coarse and
only slightly muricate, close though not crowded laterally, the
edge very finely and feebly reflexed ; scutellum moderate, slightly
transverse ; elytra a little more than one-half longer than wide,
gradually parabolic in apical two-fifths, nearly three and one-half
times as long as the prothorax but only very slightly wider, the
sides feebly arcuate, the humeri not exposed at base ; punctures
coarse, especially toward the sides, rather close-set in even and
vmimpressed series throughout, scarcely at all muricate, the inter-
stitial punctures widely spaced in very uneven single series ;
abdomen finely, sparsely punctate medially ; anterior tibiae short
and thick, with the outer spur very strong and scarcely oblique,
the outer edge obtusely serrate, the serrules alternating with short
thick spinules. Length 5.4 mm.; width 3.4 mm. Arizona
(Riverside), — H. F. Wickham aliena n. sp.

24 — Form elongate-oval, convex, polished, pale testaceous through-
out; head rather finely, submuricately and not densely punctate,
the sides feebly arcuate as well as converging; prothorax twice as
wide as long (?) or slightly less (cJ*), strongly narrowed from
base to apex, with the sides evenly arcuate (c?) or more abruptly
converging and subsinuate near the base (?), evidently serrulate,
the apex deeply sinuate, the punctures sparse, moderately fine and
scarcely muricate and with a partial impunctate median line me-
dially, becoming larger and more scabrous but still well separated
toward the sides ; elytra rather less than one-half longer than
wide, between three and four times as long as the prothorax and
evidently wider, obtusely ogival at tip, the sides broadly arcuate,
the humeri not exposed at base, the punctures shallow, only
moderately coarse, arranged in even, unimpressed and close-set
series, not notably coarser toward base, the interstitial punctures
only slightly smaller though more widely spaced in nearly even
series ; abdomen minutely, remotely punctulate medially. Length
4.3-4.8 mm.; width 1.8-2. 15 mm. Texas (El Paso), — G. W.
Dunn serrata Lee.

Form stouter, scarcely so convex, oblong-oval, shining, darker testa-
ceous throughout; head as in sen'ata^ finely, sparsely punctate

326 CASEY

except, as usual, anteriorly, where the punctures are dense and
rugose ; prothorax very short, rather more than twice as wide as
long, strongly narrowed and sinuate at tip, the sides almost evenly,
rather strongly arcuate and coarsely crcnulate, the apical angles
somewhat acute and subprominent, sculptured nearly as in serra^a,
the punctures medially finer and more evidently muricate, coarse
and well separated laterally ; surface with a deep impressed line
along the basal margin throughout the width as in aspera; elytra
oblong, more parallel and with straighter sides than in serrata
and with the humeri evidently exposed at base, one-half longer
than wide, nearly four times as long as the prothorax and almost
a third wider, obtusely ogival posteriorly, the series unimpressed,
composed of punctures which are rather coarse, deep and so close
as to become irregularly crowded, the single nearly even series of
the intervals being much less strongly and very remotely punc-
tured ; abdomen sparsely and extremely minutely punctulate me-
dially, very convex. Length 5.0 mm.; width 2. 28 mm. Texas
(Del Rio), — H. F. Wickham blanda n. sp.

If the trtie £nrymctopoii, of Eschscholtz, is really represented
in the material serving as the basis of this revision, it is more
likely to be the present genus than any other, for, although
invariably having well developed e3'es, a distinct supra-orbital
carina and slender, non-incrassate antennal shaft, it has a good
many of the characters assigned by Lacordaire to Eurymctofon
7-tifipcs, such as a prothorax decidedly narrower than the elytra
as a rule, the latter being frequently feebly sulcate and strongly
muricate, or what might be termed rugulose. I however hesi-
tate to identify Tclahis as the true Etirymctopon for the present.

The species described above as histrica bears a rather decep-
tive resemblance to Mctoponiuin^ by reason of its unusually
coarse sculpture and almost obsolete frontal emarginations, but
these punctures have the same general character as in the more
normal species of Telabis, and the basal joint of the hind tarsi
is quite as greatly elongated. Mimctica resembles crassula and
allies closely in general form, but I cannot reconcile the very
decided difference in elytral sculpture ; the type is a female and
is compared with the same sex of crassula ; the forms allied to
crassula are somewhat confusing. In the female the prothorax
is frequently either smaller or more transverse than in the male
and the elytral sculpture is sometimes a little stronger. In the
rather prominent epistoma, lobifrons, incisa and several others,
take very much the same position in Tclahis "fAvAi piccus and some

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 327

Others occupy in Jlyho'inus ; they are rather singuhir exceptions,
betraying a tendency, even in the present tribe, toward the
development of the prominent epistomal lobe, so extremely
prevalent elsewhere among those Tentyriin^e having a large
mentum. The sides of the elytra usuall}^ have some erect and
widely spaced set.-E, longer toward base, and particularly
developed in incisa and a few other species. The species
described by Champion in the '* Biologia," under the name
Eaj-ynictopon brcvicolle, belongs to this genus in the neighbor-
hood of Io)ig'ipC)inis.

Cryptadius Lee.
In general habitus this genus, by reason of its broidly oval
form and strongly, anteriorly narrowed prothorax with obtusely
rounded basal angles, is quite different from the two which
precede and it is undoubtedly valid. LeConte originally
described the clypeus as produced and truncate, which might
easily be misleading as it is not as evidently produced as in
several species of Telabis, although somewhat distinctly defined
by the two small feeble emarginations as in that genus ; it also
resembles Telabis in the generally muricate character of the
sculpture and in the structure of the hind tarsi, where the basal
joint does not however so greatly exceed the fourth in length.
The species are not numerous and the four before me are con-
fined, as far as known, to the maritime regions of southern
California, though probably extending also into the adjacent
parts of Lower California ; the}' may be defined as follows : —

Hind tibiae feebly arcuate to almost straight ; body black or piceous-
black in color 2

Hind tibiae strongly arcuate ; body ferruginous throughout, less broadly
oval and more acutely pointed behind 5

2 — Pronotal punctures close and more or less longitudinal!}' elongated

or strigose medially 3

Pronotal punctures fine, sparse and simple toward the middle 4

3 — Body broadly oval, the sides of the prothorax strongly converging,

the scutellum projecting behind the raised basal margin of the
elytra. Convex, alutaceous, black, the legs rufous; head broad,
coarsely, closely punctato-scabrous, the eyes moderate, prominent,
the sides before them strongly converging and slightly arcuate,
the epistoma obviously advanced, with very oblique sides and
truncate apex ; prothorax less transverse than in any other species,

328 CASEY

only slightly more tlum twice as wide as long, the apex scarcely
more than two-thirds as wide as the base, deeply sinuate, the
angles right and not at all rounded, the sides broadly arcuate, be-
coming straight toward apex, the punctures longitudinally coales-
cent throughout, small mctlially, very coarse laterally ; elytra about
a fifth longer than wide, barely three times as long as the pro-
thorax but fully a fourth wider, the sides arcuate, the humeri
rounded and apex acutely ogival, the flanks vertical, with an
elongate impression at the side margin near basal third, the punc-
tures fine, feeble, irregular, muricate, coarsely so laterally ; abdo-
men finely, sparsely punctate. Length 7.0 mm. ; width 3.S mm.
California (San Diego) inflatus Lee.

Body less broadly and more oblong-oval, the prothorax less narrowed
at apex and very much shorter and more transverse. Convex,
black or piccous-black, the head and prothorax generally slightly,
the under surface and legs more distinctly, rufescent, alutaceous;
head coarsely, densely punctato-scabrous, the sides strongly con-
verging and straight or virtually so, the epistoma only very feebly
prominent; prothorax two and one-half times as wide as long, the
sinuate ajjex three-fourths as wide as the base, otherwise in form
and sculpture as in injiatiis ; elytra a fifth longer than wide, evi-
dently more than three times as long as the prothorax and but
little wider, rather acutely ogiv^al at tip, the sides less arcuate than
in hiJJatus^ similarly sculptured, the impression at the side margin
very much smaller, less elongate and feebler ; abdomen similarly
finely, sj^arsely punctured, the third segment of the female with a
rounded impression at apex at each side, almost midway between
the middle and the margin, the fifth very faintly biimpressed or
slightly tumid along the median line. Length 4.7-6.5 mm. ;
width 3.63-3.42 mm. California (near San Diego and at Re-
dondo Beach) oviformis n. sp.

4 — Oval but rather more oblong than in oviforynis^ convex, alutace-

ous but with the elytra more polished than usual, black, rufo-
piceous anteriorly and beneath, the legs brighter rufous ; head as in
oviformis but with coarse and still sparser sculpture ; prothorax
as in ovifor?>iis but with the punctures fine, feeble and sparse, the
surface more opaque, the sculpture coarse but not so dense and
longitudinallv plicatulose laterally; elytra in outline nearly as in
oviforniis but relatively less exceeding the prothorax in width,
comparing the male types, in fact only slightly wider than that
part, more strongly, though not more closely, and more muri-
cately punctate, the sculpture becoming particularly rough toward
the sides ; abdomen minutely, sparsely punctate medially. Length
5.3-5.9 mm.; width 2.8-3.1^ nun. California (Los Angeles Co.).

punctipennis n. sp.

5 — Form narrower and more elongate-oval than in i)i flatus^ convex,

alutaceous above, bright rufous and shining beneath ; head trans-
verse, coarsely, densely punctato-scabrous, the epistoma distinctly

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OK TUT. TI:NTVRIIN.« 329

procliiced, bri);ully truncate, the convergjiiig sides before the eyes
rather strons^ly arcuate; prothorax about two and a third times as
wide as lt)iig;, otherwise as in injlatus and qmite as densely sculp-
tured 'throughout ; elytra fully a fourth longer than wide, more
than three times as long as the prothorax and but slightly though
evidently wider, unusually acutely and gradually ogival at tip,
the sides feebly arcuate, rounding as usual at base, the punctures
fine, irregular and well separated but more strongly muricate than
usual, becoming more closely aggregated into obscure longitudinal
and very faintly elevated lines laterally, the pleural imjiression
subobsolete; abdominal segments narrowly margined with black
at apex, the impressions of the third segment in the female very
faint and subobsolete. Length 6.5 mm. ; width 3. 28 mm. Cali-
fornia curvipes n. sp.

It is assumed that the small impressions subequally trisecting
the width of the third abdominal segment at apex, visible in
some individuals, pertain to the female, for the reason that my
only specimen having the intromittent spicule protruded is
devoid of these impressions. Of ovifonnis I have a very large
series, exhibiting but little variability, and, although the species
adhere closely to a common type of structure throughout, I am
therefore somewhat confident of their validity as expressed
above.

Emmenides n. gen.
In general facies this genus is not unremindful of Meto^oniiim^
but with the fine sculpture of Tclabis. The frontal margin is
entire and very broadly arcuato-truncate, the mandibles feebly
cleft at tip, flat above, with a broad flat ridge externally at base,
and the mentum has the usual small apical emargination.
The antennae are long and slender, the eyes rather large and
notably prominent, the scutellum short but distinct and strongly
transverse, and the hind tarsi are shorter than the tibiae, with
the basal joint much longer than the last. The single species
is the following : —

Body oblong, parallel, convex, glabrous, shining, rather pale rufo-
castaneous throughout, the legs concolorous ; head broad, not
very coarsely but deeply and closely punctate, the sides much
less prominent than the eyes, strongly converging and arcuate,
merging gradually into the apical margin ; prothorax three-fourths
wider than long, much narrower at ajoex than at base, the sides
evenly converging throughout and broadly, evenly arcuate, the
apex sinuate, the angles right, not rounded, the side margins

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., September, 1907.

330 CASEY

distinctly retlexed and the base broadly, feebly, bisinuately trun-
cate, the punctures fine and sparse, becoming gradually rather
coarse, dense and longitudinally confluent toward the sides ; elytra
three-fifths longer than wide, three times as long as the prothorax
and scarcely wider, parallel, the sides scarcely arcuate, the apex
gradually and narrowly parabolic, the punctures fine, very sparse,
arranged in unimpressed, subeven series, becoming stronger and
more close-set laterall}', the intervals still more finely, sparsely
and confusedly punctate, the sculpture not muricate ; abdomen
finely, sparsely punctate. Length S.S mm. ; width 3.6S mm.
Lower California (Cape San Lucas) punctatus Lee.

The metasternum is much shorter than the first ventral, a
remarkable character in such an elongate and parallel species of
this tribe and probably betokening vestigial or perhaps obsolete
hind wings. The singular longitudinal elevation at each side
of the elytral suture, very near the apex, is a character common
in the Epitragini but unknown in the present tribe except in the
present species.

Armalia n. gen.

This genus is allied in any way closely only to Hylocriniis and

resembles the latter in general facies and sculpture, but the

form of the epistoma is very exceptional in the present tribe,

being a significant reminder of the usual lobe of the Epitragini.

The angulation mentioned in the generic description, although

feeble, is readily observed and very constant in both of the

species before me. The only Mexican species of Ei)iinc)uistus

said by Champion to have the epistoma angularly produced is

coiistrictus, but this differs very much in general form and facies

from our species. The mandibles in Armalia are feebly bifid

at tip and toothed above, the tooth of the left mandible feeble,

that of the right large, porrect and pointed, grasping and aiding

to retract the labrum. The metasternum is much longer than

the first ventral, the wings being full}^ developed, and the base

of the prothorax is strongl}^ lobed at the middle. The hind

tarsi are slender, much shorter than the tibia' and have the first

joint longer than the fourth. Our two species are as follows : —

Form oblong-elongate, moderately convex, glabrous, feebly alutaceous,
the elytra shining, brownish-testaceous, the legs more rufous, the
head, prothorax and sterna piceous to blackish ; head not very
transverse, rather strongly, closely and simply punctate, the eyes
large and moderately prominent, the sides converging and arcuate.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 33I

the frontal margin without trace of emarginations ; prothorax
nearly four-lifths wider than long, slightly wider behind the middle
than at base, strongly narrowed anteriorly and deeply sinuate,
with rather acute and prominent angles, tlie sides almost evenly
and broadly arcuate ; punctures only moderate in size but strong
and rather close-set, becoming only slightly larger but deeper and
coalescent laterally, each puncture with an exceedingly minute
yellow seta; scutellum moderate; elytra but little more than one-
half longer than wide, about three and one-half times as long as
the prothorax but only very slightly wider, evenly, obtusely ogival
in apical third, the sides parallel and nearly straight ; punctures
in even impressed series, continuing to the apex and becoming
coarse and approximate laterally, the interstitial punctures very
minute, sparse and more or less confused ; abdomen finely but
distinctly, sparsely punctate. Length 7.2 mm.; width 3.2 mm.
Texas texanus Lee.

Form narrower, moderately convex, slightly alutaceous, deep black in
color, the legs dark rufous ; head as in texantis but rather less
coarsely or closely punctate ; prothorax formed nearly as in tex-
anus but rather less transverse and with the punctures medially
rather finer, becoming much coarser and close-set laterally but
not as dense as in texafitis ; scutellum small, subparallel, trun-
cate ; elytra more elongate, two-thirds longer than wide, similarly
about three and one-half times as long as the prothorax but scarcely
wider, more gradually and acutely ogival in about apical third,
the sides parallel and nearly straight, the sculpture similar but
with the serial punctures less coarse laterally and the eighth stria
less impressed and less coarsely punctured toward base than in
that species. Length 6.6-7.7 mm. ; width 2.65-3.0 mm. Texas
(Brownsville), — H. F. Wickham angularis n. sp.

The impression of the eighth stria toward base, it being there
more coarsely and closely punctured, is a rather distinct feature
in this, as well as in some species of the following genus. The
descriptions of texantis and angularis given above are both
drawn from the male, but there are no striking secondary
sexual characters observable, except that the head in the
female is slightly smaller than in the male.

Hylocrinus n. gen.
While this genus is readily distinguishable from Arnialia by
the unlobed epistoma and simple or much less strongly toothed
right mandible, it resembles it closely in the elongate form of
the body, in its slender antenna?, feebly bifid apex of the man-
dibles, well developed and moderately prominent eyes, in hav-

332 CASEY

ing the basal joint of the hind tarsi much longer than the fourth

and the base of the prothorax lobed in the middle. It is a

composite genus and may be resolved into the three following

subgeneric groups : —

Mandibles subhorizontal, feebly toothed on the upper surface, the right
tooth slightly the more developed, as usual, and feebly clasping the
labrum ; frontal margin varying from broadlv and feebly arcuate
to sinuato-truncate ; mentum transverse, broadly rounded at apex,
with a small broadly sinuate apical emargination ; body very
narrow and elongate as a rule, the sculpture usually rather coarse :
metasternum but slightly longer than the first ventral... Hylocrinus

Mandibles shorter, stouter and more deflexed, convex above but not
toothed, folding wholly beneath the labrum ; body broader in
form; metasternum much longer than the first ventral 2

2 — Mentum less transverse than in Hylocrinus^ biobliquely rectilinear
at apex, the apical angle abruptly and sinuously emarginate ;
frontal margin feebly biemarginate, the epistoma generally some-
what advanced and always broadly sinuate Locrodes

Mentum shorter, transverse, the apex broadly arcuate, without trace of
the small emargination so constant elsewhere in the tribe ; frontal
margin arcuate, not biemarginate, somewhat narrowly sinuate at
the middle Paravius

The hind wings appear to be fully developed in the last two

of these groups but not in the first, the metasternum being

decidedly longer than the first ventral segment in the former

but not so distinctly in the latter. The species may be described

as follows : —

Hylocrinus in sp.

Frontal margin perfectly even throughout, without trace of minute
emarginations at the ends of the oblique sutures 2

Frontal margin broadly, feebly sinuato-truncate, sometimes biemar-
ginate 6

2 — Frontal margin broadly, feebly arcuate; species confined to

southern California and w^estern Arizona; body very elongate,

narrow and moderately convex 3

Frontal margin transversely rectilinear; body less elongate; species
more eastern in range 5

3 — Punctures of the pronotum strong throughout, becoming very

gradually dense, coalescent and forming long parallel ruga; toward
the sides, moderately close toward the middle. Body parallel,
only moderately convex, shining, piccous-black, the under surface,
legs and clytral suture more or less rufous ; head rather closely
and strongly punctin-ed, the sides rather feebly converging, strongly
arcuate, merging into the median parts through very broadly

AMERICAN COMTONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIN^-: 333

rounded ancjles ; prothorax four-fifths wider than lono, sub-
parallel, with feebly rounded sides, beconiin<:j more rounded and
converging apically, the angles obtuse, the apex moderately
sinuate, the surface feebly and indefinitely impressed at the middle
before the base ; scutellum moderate, constricted at base ; elytra
fully three-fourths longer than wide, three and one-half times as
long as the prothorax and scarcely at all wider, parallel and nearly
straight at the sides, gradually ogival in apical two-fifths, with
regular unimpressed series of rather coarse, deep, non-muricate
punctures, the interstitial punctures very fine, feeble and forming
uneven single scries ; abdomen feebly rugulose, finely and sparsely
punctured. Length 6.2 mm, ; width 2.2S-2.35 mm, Arizona.

tenuis n. sp.

Punctures of the pronotum more or less fine and notably sparse, be-
coming very abruptly coarser, dense and forming long parallel
rugie toward the sides 4

4 — Form parallel, stouter than in tenuis^ shining, piceous-black, the

under surface and legs dark piceo-rufous ; head nearly as in tenuis
but rather more coarsely, densely sculptured ; prothorax very mod-
erately transverse, about three-fourths wider than long and not
much less than a third as long as the elytra, narrowed gradually
toward the sinuate apex, with the sides subevenly and rather
strongly arcuate, the surface with a somewhat deep indentation
before the middle of the base ; scutellum small ; elytra one-half
to two-thirds longer than wide, very slightly wider than the pro-
thorax, obtusely ogival in apical third, sculptured nearly as in
tenuis^ the serial punctures very close-set, those of the intervals
in subeven series and somewhat minute and feeble ; abdomen sim-
ilar. Length 5.2-6.3 mm.; width 2.0-2.45 mm. California
(San Diego) longulus Lee.

Form narrow but more elongate-oval than in longulus and paler in
color, pale piceo-castaneous, the suture suffusedly paler, rufous,
the under surface and legs red ; surface shining ; head nearly as
in longulus^ the prothorax shorter and more transverse, about
four-fifths wider than long, rather more strongly narrowed at
apex, with the sides subevenly but less strongly arcuate, otherwise
similar ; elytra one-half to three-fifths longer than wide, three and
one-half times as long as the prothorax and but slightly wider,
evenly and more acutely ogival at apex and with the sides
rather more evidently arcuate, the sculpture nearly similar ; tarsi
very slender ; metasternum equal in length to the first ventral.
Length 5.2-6.2 mm.; width 2.1-2.42 mm. California (Los
Angeles and San Diego Cos.) filitarsis n. sp.

5 — Body decidedly shorter and relatively stouter than in any of the

preceding species, shining, convex, rather dark and uniform rufo-
testaceous throughout; head not very coarsely or closely punctato-
strigose, the sides moderately converging and not very strongly
arcuate, the angles more distinct and less broadly rounded than in

334 CASEY

the preceding species ; prothorax four-fifths wider than long, very
much narrowed at apex, with the sides subevenly and rather
strongly arcuate, widest somewhat behind the middle and broadlv
impressed before the basal margin almost throughout the width, the
punctures fine and sparse, becoming abruptly coarser, dense and
forming long subparallel rugie laterally ; scutellum rather well
developed, rounded, transverse, constricted at base ; elytra one-
half longer than wide, between three and four times as long as
the prothorax, and, toward base, but little wider though distinctly
wider and subinflated near apical third, the apex thence obtusely
ogival ; punctures only moderately coarse or close-set, perforate,
in even unimpressed series, the interstitial punctures feeble and
minute, forming irregular single series; abdomen fineh-, feebly
rugulose and minutely, sparsely punctate. Length =^.8 mm.;
width 3.72 mm. Texas breviusculus n. sp.

6 — Form very narrow, elongate and but moderately convex, the pro-
thorax subparallel, with the apex only just visibly narrower than the
base, polished, dai'k testaceous, the elytra finely vittate along the
punctured series \yith piceous-black ; under surface and legs still
paler, rufous ; head alutaceous, moderately coarsely and not
densely punctato-strigose, the sides converging and strongly arcu-
ate, the angles very broadly rounded, the feeble emarginations
obvious ; prothorax short, four-fifths wider than long, the sides
broadly and rather feebly arcuate, the punctures not ^ very fine,
deep, rather sparse, becoming somewhat gradually rather coarse,
dense and longitudinally plicate toward the sides, the surface im-
pressed before the basal lobe; scutellum small, transverse; elytra
about two-thirds longer than wide, between three and four times
as long as the prothorax and a little wider posteriorly, where they
are slightly wider than at base, obtusely ogival at apex, the sides
feebly arcuate, the humeri not exposed, the punctures not very
coarse but deep, close-set, forming nearly even and barely im-
pressed series, the interstitial punctures fine, feeble, forming very
uneven single series laterally. Length 5.6-c;,S mm.; width 2.25-
2.3 mm. Utah (southwestern) and Nevada (Las Vegas).

delicatulus n. sp.

Form somewhat as in delicatuhis but larger and broader, similarly
depressed, shining, dark castaneous, the under surface and legs
paler, rufous ; head three-fifths to two-thirds as wide as the pro-
thorax, moderately coarsely but not very deeply, closely punctate;
eyes large, the sides before them converging and arcuate, the
emarginations subobsolete, the frontal margin very feebly sinuato-
truncate; prothorax two-thirds wider than long, gradually and
distinctly narro\yed from base to apex, the sides subevenly and
moderately arcuate, the apical angles obtuse and bluntly rounded,
the basal right and blunt, the punctures fine and sparse medially,
becoming ra]iidly somewhat coarse, dense and coalescent, forming
long fine ruga' in lateral fourth; scutellum moderate, transverse;

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 335

elytra very long, fully three-fourths longer than wide, rapidly
ogival in apical fourth, rather widest well behind the middle,
where they are more than a fifth wider than the prothorax, fully
four times as long, the punctures rather small but distinct, only
moderately close-set in finely and barely impressed regular series,
only slightly larger laterally, the intervals minutely, feebly punc-
tured in very uneven single series throughout; abdomen very
minutely, feebly and sparsely punctulate medially. Length 6. =^-6. 7
mm. ; width 2.6 mm. California (San Diego).

depressulus n. sp.

Form more convex, the prothorax very distinctl}- narrowed at apex... 7
7 — Frontal margin perfectly even, not at all biemarginate, the epi-
stoma not at all advanced, with the sinuation scarcely appreciable-
Body elongate-oval, shining, brownish-testaceous, the under sur-
face and legs pale, rufous ; head rather coarsely punctured,
sparsely on the vertex, densely anteriorly as usual, the sides con-
verging, moderately arcuate, the angles rather broadly rounded ;
prothorax three-fourths wider than long, widest at about basal
third, the sides almost evenly arcuate and distinctly converging
from base to apex, the latter only moderately sinuate, with the
angles rather obtuse, the punctures fine and notably sparse toward
the middle, becoming closer and elongate, then still coarser, dense
and longitudinally plicate in about lateral fourth, the median im-
pression at base very feeble ; elytra two-thirds longer than wide,
more than three times as long as the prothorax and evidently
wider, gradually rather acutely ogival at apex, the sides broadly
and evenly arcuate, not inflated posteriorly, the punctures some-
what coarse, deep, extremely close-set, forming slightly uneven,
unimpressed series, the interstitial punctures fine, feeble, not close-
set and forming very uneven single series ; abdomen finely and
feebly rugulose, finely but not very sparsely punctate medially
Length 6.7 mm.; width 3.5 mm. Arizona angustus Csy.

Frontal margin with two very feeble emarginations, the epistoma
feebly but evidently advanced, broadly sinuate at apex ; oblique
sutures rather deeply impressed 8

S — Form elongate-oval, shining, blackish, the elytral suture and fine
lines along the elytral intervals toward the suture, under surface
and legs dark rufous ; head rather coarsely, closely punctate, less
coarsely and very densely so and paler in color apically, the sides
converging and arcuate ; prothorax three-fourths wider than long,
the apex deeply sinuate, with the angles rather acute, about four-
fifths as wide as the base, the sides evenly converging and broadly,
evenly and rather feebly arcuate throughout, the punctures
rather small but deep and distinct though sparse in about median
third, then gradually becoming very dense, rather coarse and
somewhat confluent toward the sides ; scutellum moderate, trans-
verse, narrowed at base ; elytra two-thirds longer than wide,
between three and foiu" times as long as the prothorax and slightly

336 CASEY

wider, ogival at tip, the sides broadl}^ arcuate, the punctures only
moderately coarse, close-set but shallow in slightly uneven and
unimpressed series, the irregular interstitial series fine and still
feebler; abdomen finely, sparsely punctured medially. Length
6.4 mm.; width 2.73 mm. California (Mokelumne IUll, Cala-
veras Co.), — F. E. Blaisdcll blaisdelli n. sp.

Form elongate-oval, rather shining, colored nearly as ^in blaisdelli^
the under surface and legs brighter rufous and more polished ;
head rather coarsely, closely punctured, the sides strongly converg-
ing and broadly, evenly arcuate; prothorax rather more than
three-fourths wider than long, the apex broadly sinuate and three-
fourths as wide as the base, the sides more converging and a little
more strongly, subevenly arcuate throughout, the punctures only
moderately small, deep and rather close-set, becoming gradually
coarser, densely crowded and longitudinally confluent laterally,
the surface broadly and feebly impressed before the basal margin,
except laterally as in blaisdelli ; scutelluin similar ; elytra with
rather fine, feeble and very close-set punctures in uneven unim-
pressed series, becoming coarse very near the base, the interstitial
punctures smaller, extremely shallow and rather confused ; abdo-
men highly polished, excessivel}' minutely, sparsely punctulate
medially. Length 6.7 mm.; width 2.8 mm. Texas.

cunctans n. sp.

Locrodes n. subgen.

Sculpture more or less strong and closer. Southern California 2

Sculpture extremely fine, sparse and feeble. Utah and the Great
Basin 3

2 — Body oblong, moderately convex, alutaceous, black, the under
surface and legs more or less rufo-piceous ; head not coarsely but
rather closely punctate, the frontal margin biemarginate, the epi-
stoma notably advancing and broadly sinuato-truncate, the sides
before the eyes moderately converging and evenly, moderately
arcuate to the fine but distinct oblique sutures ; prothorax short,
nearly twice as wide as long, the moderately sinuate apex very
much narrower than the base, the sides evenly and rather strongly
arcuate, the punctures small but distinct, moderately sparse through-
out, except in lateral fifth or sixth, where they become coarse and
confluent ; scutellum moderate, parallel at the sides ; elytra but
little more than one-half longer than wide, three and one-half
times as long as the prothorax and scarcely wider, evenly ogival
toward tip, the sides feebly arcuate, more strongly at base, the
humeri not exposed ; punctures rather small but distinct, mod-
erately close-set in somewhat even, unimpressed series, the inter-
stitial punctures minute and feeble, widelv spaced in subcvcn
single series; abdomen polished, minutelv, sparsclv punctate
medially. Length 5.^ mm.; width 2. 28 mm. California (San
Bernardino Co.) piceus Csy.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN/E 337

Body oblong, parallel, more elon<2^ate, rather convex, subalutaccous, pice-
ous-black, the uiuler surface tlark, the legs paler, rufous; head not
very coarsely but deeply and closely punctured, the frontal margin
not, at all biemarginate, the oblique sutures subobs(;lete, the sides
very strongly converging, evenly antl rather feebly arcuate, the
sinuato-truncate apex unusually contracted, only about half as wide
as the width at the eyes ; prothorax less transverse, four-fifths
wider than long, the deeply sinuate apex only slightly narrower
than the base, the sides evenly and rather strongly arcuate, the
punctures not very small, deep and rather close-set, becoming
gradually close, coarser and unevenly, longitudinally confluent lat-
erally; scutellum well developed, shining, impunctatc, rounded
behind ; elytra in form nearly as in piceiis^ but with the punctures
coarse, deep and close-set in subeven and evidently impressed
series, the interstitial punctures fine but distinct, arranged in
rather uneven single series ; abdomen finely but deeply, less
sparsely punctate medially, the first segment in great part coarsely
so laterally. Length 7.0 mm. ; wadth 2.S mm. California (near
San Diego) oblongulus n. sp.

3 — Prothorax widest before the base; scutellum well developed, about

a sixth as wide as the base of a single elytron 4

Prothorax widest at the base ; scutellum variable 5

4 — Oblong-oval, moderately convex, alutaceous, rather dark red-

brown, the legs but little paler and more rufous ; head very
finely, sparsely punctate, less finely, densely so anteriorly, the
sides strongly converging, evenly and strongly arcuate, the epi-
stoma broadly sinuato-truncate, the sutures impressed posteriorly
but obsolete toward the edge ; prothorax short, nearly twice as
wide as long, strongly narrowed and sinuate at apex, with the
angles acute but not prominent, widest at two-fifths from the base,
where the sides are strongly arcuate, becoming feebly converging
basally and strongly and much less arcuate toward apex ; punc-
tures minute and rather sparse, becoming gradually larger and
closer but not very coarse or coalescent laterally ; elytra three-
fourths longer than wide, between three and four times as long as
the prothorax but not wider, obtusely ogival toward tip, the sides
very slightly arcuate, the punctures very fine, close-set in feebly
and finely impressed, slightly uneven series, the intervals extremely
minutely, sparsel}^ and unevenly punctulate. Length 7.0 mm. ;
width 3.S mm. Utah (Great Salt Lake) '..... laborans n. sp.

Oblong-oval, rather more convex, the elytra strongly shining, the ante-
rior parts slightly alutaceous, pale brownish-testaceous through-
out ; head finely but more strongly and less sparsely punctate than
in laborans but otherwise nearly similar; prothorax less trans-
verse, three-fourths or more wider than long, narrowed at the sin-
uate apex, scarcely visibly wider at basal third than at base, the
sides broadly and more evenly arcuate, the punctures rather less
fine but nearly as sparse, becoming similarly larger, closer and

338 CASEY

subcoalescent laterally ; elytra nearly four-fifths longer than wide,
between three and four times as long as the prothorax and slightly
wider, the punctures minute, rather feeble, close-set in irregular
and wholly uninipressed series, the confused punctures of the in-
tervals still more minute and sparse. Length 6.S-7.7 mm, ; width
2.7-3.3 mm. Utah (Great Salt Lake) brunnescens n. sp.

5 — Form oblong-oval, moderately convex, alutaceous, castaneous, the
under surface piceo-rufous, the legs slightly paler ; head minutely,
sparsely punctate, densely so anteriorly, the frontal margin broadly
sinuato-truncate, the sides strongly converging and evenly arcuate,
the oblique sutures distinct throughout their extent ; prothorax
nearly four-fifths wider than long, only moderately narrowed and
broadly sinuate at apex, the latter four-fifths as wide as the base,
widest just before the basal angles, the sides evenly, broadly arcuate
and moderately converging to the apex, the punctures minute and
sparse, becoming gradually coarser and close, with the surface
rugulose laterally as in the two preceding species ; scutellum
small, smooth, parallel, but little wider than long and about
an eighth or ninth as wide as the base of an elytron ; elvtra
as in brii7i7iescc)is^ with unimpressed and but slightly irregular
series of extremely minute, not very close-set punctures, those of
the intervals still more minute, sparser and irregularlv uniseriate ;
abdomen shining, minutely, sparsely punctulate and feebly rugu-
lose. Length 7.3 mm. ; width 3.0 mm. Utah (Stockton), — H.
F. Wickham fraternus n. sp.

Form oblong-oval, slightly stouter, rather more shining, piceous-black,
the under surface and legs dark piceo-rufous ; head nearly sim-
ilar but with the oblique sutures more obliterated toward the mar-
gin and the minute punctures rather stronger; prothorax less
transverse, about three-fourths wider than long and very much
more narrowed from base to apex, widest at base, the sides evenly
converging, evenly and still more feebly arcuate, the apex sinuate,
about two-thirds as wide as the base, the sculpture nearly similar;
scutellum much larger, rather more than a sixth as wide as the
base of an elytron ; elytra rather less elongate, more obtusely
rounded at apex and more distinctly wider than the prothorax,
almost similarly and extremelv feeblv sculptured, except that the
verv minute serial punctures are rather more approximate; abdo-
men nearly similar. Length 6,8-7.1 mm.; width j.S-^.iSmm.
Utah (Stockton) umbrosus n. sp.

Paravius n, subgen.

Form oblong, parallel, rather feeblv convex, polished, castaneous, the
under surface and legs rufous ; head rather coarsely, closely
and subrugosely punctate, the eyes unusually prominent, the sides
before them strongly converging and evenlv, moderately arcuate,
the apex unusuallv deeplv sinuate and only about half tlic width
at the eyes, the oblicjue sutures feeble, scarcelv attaining the mar-

AMERICAN' COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^. 339

gin, which is not at all biemarginate ; prothorax fully four-fifths
wider than long, only moderately narrowed and deeply sinuate at
apex, with the angles right, the sides evenly, moderately arcuate,
with the edges notably retlexed ; disk widest behind the middle,
rather coarsely, deeply and moderately closely punctate, the punc-
tures gradually but only slightly coarser though very dense later-
ally, forming long and interlacing longitudinal rugie ; scutellum
moderate, constricted at base, obtusely angulate at tip; elytra
three-fifths longer than wide, between three and four times as
long as the prothorax but not evidently wider, slightly dilated
posteriorly, gradually and rather obtusely ogival at apex, with
finely and feebly impressed series of somewhat coarse, deep and
close-set punctures, tliose of the intervals much smaller but dis-
tinct and unevenly uniserial ; abdomen extremely minutely,
sparsely punctate medially, highly polished. Length 6.2% mm.;
width 3.65 mm. Lower California marginatus Csy.

In the four species of Locrodes from Utah, which form a
natural group, the secondary sexual characters become inter-
esting, especially those of the female, to which sex these sin-
gular characters seem to be confined in various parts of the
Tentyriin^, such as some Epitragids and in Telabis -punctulata^
in opposition to a rather general rule in the Coleoptera and as
shown in the present subfamily in Triorofhns and some other
genera. All the species of the group referred to are defined
above from the female, where the last dorsal segment, normally
covered by the elytra, has at apex a very deep abrupt median
emargination, from the bottom of which projects posteriorly an
elongate, rapidly pointed and densely setose lobe, the last ven-
tral having at the middle of its fine reflexed margin a very small
abrupt and rounded sinus. In the male the last dorsal is simply
subtruncate at tip, but the last ventral has a feebler and broader
sinus, slightly protuberant at its middle and less sharply limited
at its sides than in the female, this community of modification of
the last ventral to both sexes reminding us of s the asexual exca-
vation in the Zopherini and Nosodermini. The setose lobe of the
female is rather constant in form in three of the four species de-
fined above, but in lahorans it becomes broader. LeConte de-
scribed longiiliis as apterous, but this is evidently not wholly true,
although the metasternum is not as long as in the last two sub-
genera or in Armalia ; the hind wings are in fact much abbre-
viated, as in such Mexican species as tcucbrosiis Champ.

140

CASEY

Emmenastriclius Horn.
In this genus the body is oblong, parallel, moderately con-
vex, coarsely sculptured and pubescent, with the head very
short and broad, the frontal margin even and concealing most
of the mouth parts from above, the mandibles being small,
stout, rapidly narrowed and deflexed toward tip, with the apex
very feebl}'' bifid. The left mandible is broadly ridged exter-
nally above, but not evidently toothed, and the right has a very
large pointed porrect dorsal tooth, which does not seem to clasp
the labrum, although the latter is ver}- strongly retractile. The
mentum is moderately transverse, biobliquely rectilinear at apex,
with an unusually broad and feebly rounded apical sinus, rather
more than a third as wide as the maximum width of the mentum.
The eyes are moderate in size and in prominence. The tarsi
are rather stout, the posterior much shorter than the tibire, with
the basal joint slightly shorter, as well as decidedly thicker,
than the fourth. The wings are probably aborted, at least to
some extent, the metasternum being evidently shorter than the
first ventral, notwithstanding the elongate form of the body.
The rather long curved hairs of the upper surface are borne
only by the interstitial punctures, the coarse serial punctures
bearing each from its anterior margin merely an infinitesimal
seta, only visible under high power. The t3'pe of the genus is
the following : —

Oblong, parallel, rather shining, brownish-black above, black beneath,
with the legs rufous ; head very broadly, rectilinearly truncate,
the sides nearly as prominent as the eyes, short, joining the apex
through a strong even arcuation and becoming parallel toward the
eyes, the punctures coarse, deep, simple, circular and somewhat
separated; prothorax parallel, sparsely pubescent, scarcely three-
fourths wider than long, the sides evenly and moderately arcuate,
the broadly sinuate apex but very little narrower than the base,
the side mar^^ins rather strongly rcflcxcd ; punctures coarse, deep,
slightly separated, becoming still coarser and subcoalesccnt near
the sides, the basal margin transverse, extremely feebly and
broadly lobed toward the middle; scutellum moderate; elytra
three-fifths longer than wide, barely three times as long as the
prothorax and scarcely as wide, gradually acutely ogival at tip,
the sides parallel and very feebly arcuate; punctures very coarse,
perforate, simple, moderately close-set in series which l)ecome
impressed toward tip, tlie inter\als with two uneven series of fine

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 34I

punctures bearing long, suhercct, fulvous hairs ; abdomen pol-
ished, feebly rugulose, rather coarsely but sparsely punctate.
Length S.o mm.; width 2. 8 mm. Lower California (San Jos6
del Cabo) cribratus llorn

Another species, differing apparently in its slightly less coarse
sculpture and shorter pubescence, was also described by
Dr. Horn from the same locality under the name crostis. I owe
the single specimen of cribratus in my cabinet to the kindness
of Mr. Charles Fuchs, of San Francisco.

Ditaphronotus n. gen.
The chief peculiarity of this genus is the remarkable excava-
tions at the base of the pronotum, with which no analogy can
be found in the subfamily, except perhaps in the still more
extraordinary cavity characterizing Dacoderus. These crev-
asses, in the typical forms, are right-angled in shape, extending
longitudinally to the basal margin and then along the latter
toward the middle for a short distance and are very deep. With
this singular character we have also another, rather exceptional
in the subfamily, formed by, the complete absence of the raised
basal margin of the elytra, the acute line delimiting the epi-
pleuree being simply turned inward for a short distance at the
humeri, and, perhaps correlated to some extent with this char-
acter, there is an abrupt basal abbreviation of the sixth to ninth
series of punctures. The basal joint of the hind tarsi is unusu-
ally elongate, almost equaling the remaining three joints com-
bined, and all the tarsi are clothed beneath with very stiff and
subdecumbent spiculiform hairs. The eyes are prominent,
moderately emarginate, the frontal margin evenly arcuato-trun-
cate from a vertical viewpoint, but with the median part deflexed,
forming a very feeble lobe when viewed longitudinally. The
mandibles are very stout, bifid at tip, the left \vith a very obtuse
dorsal tooth, the right with a large pointed and porrect denti-
form projection on the upper surface, clasping the labrum.
The metasternum in the typical species is a little shorter than
the first ventral segment and the hind wings are probably ves-
tigial. A typical species may be described as follows : —

Form oblong-oval, only moderately convex, glabrous, alutaceous in
lustre, more shining beneath, black, picescent beneath, the legs

342 CASEY

rufous ; head rather coarsely but not densely punctate, the angles
very broadly rounded ; prothorax more than two-thirds wider
than long, widest just behind the middle, the sides strongly and
subevenly arcuate, strongly converging apically and basally, the
apex sinuate, with rather obtuse angles and nearly four-fifths as
wide as the base, which is feebly bisinuate, the angles right and
not rounded, the punctures rather small and sparse but irregular,
becoming abruptly coarse, close and subconfluent in lateral fourth
or fifth, the basal excavations not connected by an impression
along the beaded basal margin ; scutellum moderate, transverse ;
elvtra two and one-half times as long as the prothorax but not
evidently wider, rather acutely ogival at tip, the sides feebly
arcuate, the humeri minutely denticulate, the punctures coarse,
close-set in ten slightly impressed regular series, including the
marginal, the series extending to the apex, six to nine basally
abbreviated, the interstitial punctures extremely minute, arranged
in single series; under surface coarsely, sparsely punctured, the
abdomen minutely so medially. Length 5.4 mm. ; width i.z mm.
Nicaragua (Ometepe) *championi n. sp.

Besides this species, the genus will without doubt comprise
the Central American Emnienasttis foveicoUis^ confusus and
IcBvicollis^ of Champion, the first apparently differing in its
greater convexity and the other two in the different form of the
prothorax, but the author describes these species as winged,
although the figure oi foveicollis certainly does not give that
impression, and I feel confident that the wings are not large
enough for flight in chanipioni.

Steriphanus n. gen.
About half of the wingless species, heretofore referred to
Eninicnastiis, are included in a somewhat heterogeneous group
for which the above generic name is suggested. The only
character exhibiting any marked instability is that relating to
the base of the prothorax, which varies from rectilinearly trun-
cate to strongly bisinuate or medially lobed. I fail to find an}^
other attendant distinguishing structural feature, however, ex-
cept certain dissimilarities in general habitus. The mandibles
have the usual narrowed and deflexed, feebly bifid apex, the
left hardly at all toothed above and the right with a small por-
rect tooth, feebh' clasping the labrum. The eyes are moderate
and not very prominent, the frontal margin subeven and not
biemarginate, the mentum sinuate at apex, the antenna? long

AMERICAN COMrONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 343

and slender and the hind tarsi slender and filiform, with the
basal joint much longer than the fourth. The metasternum is
invariably much shorter than the first ventral segment and the
body is oval, convex and glabrous. Many Mexican species,
some of which were described by Mr. Champion in the " Bio-
logia " under the name Enimenastus^ will enter this genus,
which, with the numerous American species, will prove to be
extensive, the various forms being very local in distribution as
usual in Sonoran genera. Our species, so far as known at
present, are the following : —

Prothorax transversely and rectilinearly truncate at base throughout tlie
width z

Prothorax subtruncate, sometimes very feebly lobed toward the middle ;
larger, more or less opaque species, with the prothorax narrowed
from base to apex and having but slightly arcuate sides 8

Prothorax distinctly lobed at the middle of the base or evidently
bisinuate i o

2 — Prothorax inflated and more strongly rounded at the sides just be-

hind the middle, thence converging and just visibly arcuateto the
obtuse but not rounded basal angles, and still more converging and
broadly subsinuate to the apical angles, which are somewhat
prominent though slightly blunt. Body obese, strongly convex,
polished, piceous-black, the legs bright rufous ; head not very
coarsely but deeph^, not densely punctured, the sides strongly
rounded, the apex broadly sinuate ; epistoma slightly swollen,
paler and more linely, very densely punctate ; prothorax not quite
twice as wide as long, the apex deej^ly sinuate and scarcely two-
thirds as wide as the base, the punctures rather small but deep,
close-set, becoming but little larger but closer, though not con-
fluent, toward the sides ; scutellum moderately large, smooth,
transverse ; elytra two-fifths longer than wide, less than three
times as long as the prothorax and not wider, gradually acutely
ogival at tip, with unimpressed series of rather coarse, close-set
punctures, the intervals wide, finely and confusedly punctured
throughout, without trace of series ; abdomen feebly rugulose,
minutely, sparsely punctate medially. Length 6.7 mm. ; width
3.1 mm. Arizona (Holbrook), — H. F. Wickham.

discrepans n. sp.

Prothorax not subprominently inflated behind the middle, the sides
moderately converging from base to apex and broadly, subevenly
arcuate, the surface strongl}' shining or polished throughout 3

3 — Scutellum well developed, strongly transverse 4

Scutellum small or moderate in size, transverse 5

344 CASEY

4 — Form broadly oval, black, the legs piceo-rufous ; head coarsely,

rather closely punctate, the feeblv tumid epistoma finely and very
densely as usual, the sides moderately converging, evenly and
moderately arcuate, the apex sinuato-truncate, the eyes moderate
and not at all prominent ; prothorax three-fourths wider than
long, the sinuate apex nearly three-fourths as wide as the base,
with the angles not prominent, widest near basal third, the punc-
tures small but deep, rather well separated, becoming but little
larger though close and somewhat longitudinallv confluent later-
ally ; elytra short, two-fifths longer than wide, between two and
three times as long as the prothorax and scarcely wider, gradually
obtusely ogival at tip, the sides parallel, broadly arcuate, having
unimpressed series of rather small, moderately close punctures,
somewhat coarse laterallv and basally, the intervals finely, con-
fusedly punctured throughout ; abdomen feebly rugulose, with
small but strong, somewhat close-set punctures mediallv, be-
coming coarse and conspicuous laterally. Length 6.o-6.7,mm.;
width 2.S-3.0 mm. Arizona (Peach Springs), — H. F. Wickham.

lustrans n. sp.

Form narrowly oval, strongly convex, rufo-piceous, the anterior parts
and under surface dark, the legs pale, rufous ; head rather finely
but closely, subevenly punctured throughout, the epistoma not
much more closely ; eyes much larger than in histrans but not
very prominent, the sides strongly converging, evenly and very
moderately arcuate, the apex feebly sinuate ; prothorax two-thirds
wider than long, widest at base, the sides feebly and evenly arcuate,
the sinuate apex nearly three-fourths as wide as the base, with the
angles not prominent but scarcely blunt, the basal angles distinctly
and very exceptionallv rounded ; disk with a fine marginal bead
throughout, only interrupted toward the middle of the apex, the
punctures moderately small, deep and slightly separated, with a
narrow, even and subentire impunctate median line, becoming but
little coarser but dense, subrugose and longitudinally confluent
laterally ; scutcllum scarcely less than a fifth as wide as the base of
an elytron ; elvtra nearly similar in form but almost one-half
longer than wide, having feebly impressed series of rather coarse,
deep, close-set punctures, the intervals extremely finelv, sparsely
and confusedly punctulate, though tending to irregular single
series on some of the intervals ; abdomen finely, rather strongly,
somewhat sparsely punctulate medially. Length 5.3 mm. ; width
2.45 mm. Texas (Laredo) nitescens n. sp.

5 — Color piceous or paler 6

Color deep black when mature, the legs piceous to blackish 7

6 — Form rather narrowly oval, strongly convex, very dark piceous,

the under surface dark, the legs pale, rufous ; head not coarsely but
deeply, verv closely and subevenly punctate, 'the eyes motlerate,
the sides converging and arcuate, the apex sinuato-truncate ; pro-
thorax two-thirds wider than long, very slightly wider at basal

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIN.H 345

third than at base, the sides siibevcnly and ratiier str<;n<j;ly arcuate,
the basal angles obtuse and slightly blunt ; apex moderately sin-
uate and not less than three-fourths as wide as the base, the punc-
tures strong though fine, well separated, becoming dense and
longitudinally confluent, though not much larger, toward the
sides ; scutellum smooth, broadly rounded, about a sixth as wide
as the base of an elytron ; elytra nearly one-half longer than wide,
about two and one-half times as long as the prothorax but not
wider, gradually acutely ogival at tip, the sides parallel and
broadly arcuate, the punctures small but deep, rather approximate
in very obsoletely impressed series, the intervals very minutely,
sparsely and confusedly, but toward the sides more distinctly,
punctate, the punctures forming a nearly even series on the alter-
nate intervals of the flanks ; abdomen minutely, sparsely punctu-
late medially. Length 5.3-6,3 mm.; width 2,4-2.65 mm. Ari-
zona (Peach Springs), — H. F. Wickham lubricans n. sp.

Form elongate-oval but slightly stouter, castaneous or testaceous, the
under surface and legs rufous, the abdomen blackish except at the
sides and tip ; head with rather small but deep, somewhat close-
set punctures, the sides less converging and more strongly arcuate
than in lubricans^ the apex more evidently sinuate ; prothorax
three-fourths to two-thirds wider than long, otherwise nearly sim-
ilar, except that the sides are less strongly arcuate and the width
at basal fourth less evidently greater than at base, the punctures
much more close-set medially but less confluent toward the sides ;
scutellum about an eighth as wide as the base of an elytron ;
elytra nearly similar in form but more obtusely ogival at tip, sim-
ilarly punctured but with the slightly irregular series wholly un-
impressed ; abdomen finely but more strongly and less sparsely
punctate medially. Length 5.9-6.7 mm. ; width 2,7-2.9 mm.
Arizona (Winslow) and Utah (Leeds), — H. F. Wickham.

hilaris n. sp.

Form elongate-oval, convex, pale yellowish-testaceous throughout —
possibly somewhat immature ; head rather finely but loosely and
substrigosely punctured, very densely on the epistoma, the sides
moderately converging, evenly and rather strongly arcuate, the
apical margin evidently sinuate ; prothorax strongly narrowed an-
teriorly, fully three-fourths wider than long, the deeply sinuate
apex but little more than two-thirds as wide as the base, the sides
broadly, feebly arcuate basally, becoming subp'arallel behind the
middle, strongly converging anteriorly, becoming broadly and
feebly sinuate toward the apical angles, which are however blunt
and not prominent, the basal angles very obtuse and somewhat
rounded ; punctures moderately fine, impressed, strong, rather
widely separated, becoming coarse, dense, rugulose and coales-
cent laterally ; scutellum not more than a seventh as wide as an
elytral base ; elytra two and one-half times as long as the pro-
thorax but not wider, acutely ogival at tip, with just visibly im-

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., September, 1907.

346 CASEY

pressed series of rather coarse, not very close-set punctures, the
intervals very minutely, sparsely and confusedly punctulate; ab-
domen with relatively large, strong and only moderately sparse
punctures medially. Length 5.7 mm. ; width 2. 58 mm. Texas
(Laredo) rutilans n. sp.

7 — Form elongate-oval, convex, deep black throughout, the legs dark
piceo-rufous ; head finely, rather irregularly but not denselv punc-
tate, the sides feebly converging and strongly arcuate, the apex
broadly sinuato-truncate ; prothorax fully three-fourths wider than
long, widest somewhat behind the middle, the sides evenly and
rather strongly arcuate from base to apex, the latter deeply sinuate
and fully three-fourths as wide as the base, the apical angles right,
not prominent, the basal obtuse and somewhat blunt ; punctures
fine, rounded, slightly separated, becoming very slightly larger,
close and more or less coalescent near the sides ; scutellum small ;
elytra one-half longer than wide, not quite three times as long as
the prothorax and very slightly wider, parallel and broadly arcu-
ate at the sides, the apex rather abruptly narrowed to the acutely
ogival tip, the punctures small, not very close-set in rather dis-
connected, unimpressed and feebly defined series, becoming only
slightly larger laterally, the intervals very minutely, sparsely and
confusedly punctate ; abdomen finely but rather strongly, moder-
ately sparsely punctate toward the middle. Length 1^.7—6.7 mm. ;
width 3.65-3.0 mm. New Mexico (Gallup, Albuquerque and
Magdalena) COnvexus Lee.

Form nearly similar but rather more elongate, similar in color and
lustre, the head with fine separated punctures, becoming dense
anteriorly ; prothorax similar but with the apical angles less blunt
and the basal obtuse but not in the least rounded, the punctures
quite as fine but sparser, separated by two or three times their
own diameters, becoming close but only slightly larger and
scarcely at all coalescent laterally ; scutellinn much more minute,
only about an eighth or ninth as wide as an elytral base ; elytra
similar but somewhat more elongate, the interstitial punctures
much more minute, the series thereby rendered more distinct,
also being actually more regular and entire, though composed of
no larger punctures ; abdomen finely though strongly, moderately
closely and distinctly punctured medially. Length 6.0 mm.;
width 3.75 mm. Locality unrecorded but probablv Xcw Mexico.

unicolor n. sp.

Form stouter, larger, strongly convex, less shining, black, the legs
dark rufous ; head rather finely, closely punctured, minutely and
very densely anteriorly ; prothorax short, four-fifths wider than
long, the deeply sinuate apex three-fourths as wiilc as the base,
the angles subacute but not prolonged, the sides evenly, rather
strongly arcuate, becoming feebly sinuate near the apical angles,
the basal obtuse but not rounded ; disk slightly wider at basal two-
fifths than at base, finely but deeply, closely punctured, less finely,

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN.^ 347

very densely and subcoalescently so laterally ; scutelluni as in
convexus, about a sixth or seventh as wide as an elytral base ;
elytra nearly as in convcxiis^ but, at the middle, much more evi-
dently wider than the prothorax, minutely, rather sparsely, con-
fusedly punctate, more densely and with the surface less shining
and rougher laterally, having unimpressed series of punctures
which are fine and scarcely distinguishable suturally but rather
coarse, close-set, subscabrous and distinct laterally ; al)donien
rather finely but strongly and somewhat closely punctured medi-
ally. Length 7.0 mm. ; width 3.18 mm. Arizona (Hardy), —
H. F. Wickham nigrans n. sp.

Form rather stout, oval, polished, glabrous, deep black, the legs rufo-
piceous, the form nearly as in curtzis but less abbreviated and
with the surface more shining; head finely, rather closely punc-
tured, scarcely more finely but more densely anteriorly ; prothorax
four-fifths wider than long, the deeply sinuate apex much nar-
rowed, but little more than two-thirds as wide as the base, a little
wider near basal third than at base, the sides evenly arcuate, more
converging and less strongly so anteriorly, the basal angles obtuse
and blunt, the apical right and bluntly rounded ; surface evenly
convex, deeply, closely and not very finely punctate, becoming
gradually rather coarsely, densely and subconfluently so laterally,
the basal margin perfectly rectilinear throughout; scutelluni trans-
verse, broadly rounded behind ; elytra two-fifths longer than wide,
two and one-half times as long as the prothorax and not at all
wider, obtusely ogival at apex, the sides rounding at base to the
thoracic angles; surface convex, with subeven, unimpressed, sub-
entire series of moderately coarse, not very close-set punctures
throughout the width, much more distinct than in curtus^ the in-
tervals more finely and confusedly or very unevenly uniseriately
punctate; abdomen strongly and closely punctate. Length 5. 3-
6.0 mm.; width 2.3S-3.75 mm. Mexico (Federal District).

*placidus n. sp.

8 — Integuments feebly shining, strongly aUitaceous rather than opaque.
Body stout, oblong-oval, somewhat strongly convex, black with a
feeble piceous tinge, the under surface and legs obscure rufous ;
head with close, deep and not very coarse punctures, separated by
more than their own diameters, finer and very dense on the epi-
stoma, the sides only feebly converging and strongly arcuate, so
that they are slightly more prominent than the eyes, the apex
broadly sinuato-truncate, the oblique sutures very distinct through-
out; prothorax barely two-thirds wider than long, the apex mod-
erately sinuate and two-thirds as wide as the base, the sides evenly
converging and evenly, very feebly arcuate throughout ; surface
sparsely and extremely minutely punctate, becoming rather ab-
ruptly coarsely and closely, though scarcely coalescently so later-
ally, feebly subexplanate near the hind angles, which are slightly
obtuse and blunt; scutellum about a seventh as wide as an elytral

348 CASEY

base, shining, rounded behind ; elytra three-fifths longer than
wide, not quite three times as long as the prothorax and barely
wider, parallel, the sides rounding at base, the apex gradually
obtusely ogival, the punctures very fine, widely spaced in regular
unimpressed series, slightly larger toward the sides, the intervals
sparsely, excessively minutely, irregularly punctulate ; abdomen
feebly rugulose, finely, sparsely punctate. Female having a very
shallow rounded sinus at the tip of the last dorsal segment.
Length y.S mm. ; width 3.2S mm. Arizona (Tucson).

alutaceus n. sp.

Integuments densely opaque 9

9 — Form elongate-oval, convex, colored as in alutaceus ; head similar
but rather more coarsely and closely punctate, the punctures sep-
arated by barely their own diameters; prothorax nearly similar
but less narrowed anteriorly, the apex about three-fourths as wide
as the base, the basal angles more obtuse and the surface near
them more narrowly but more abruptly explanate, the sides more
nearly straight than in either of the other species, rounding at base
and ajDex, the jounctures less minute, stronger and rather less
sparse, becoming still more abruptly coarse, much denser and
longitudinally confluent near the sides and also having a narrow
imjDunctate median line, not evident in alutace?is ; scutellum
slightly larger, about a sixth as wide as an elytral base ; elvtra
similar in form but much more evidently wider than the prothorax,
the serial punctures larger and deeper, becoming in fact rather
coarse toward the sides, the interstitial punctui"es similar ; abdo-
men similarly rugulose but more strongly punctulate medially.
Male having a small and strongly rounded, reflexed and ex-
tremely minutely, apically incised lobe at the apex of the last
dorsal segment; female not observed. Length 7.3 mm. ; width
3.25 mm. Arizona (southeastern parts near Camp Grant).

subopacus Horn

Form elongate-oval but stouter in form, deep black, the under surface
and legs dark rufous ; head finely but strongly, less closely punc-
tate, the punctures separated by two or three times their own
diameters but extremely dense on the epistoma, as in the preced-
ing, the sides rather more converging, evenly and strongly arcuate
in the male, more prominent laterally than in the female, the
apical margin distinctly sinuate ; prothorax nearly as in subopacus
but larger, less narrowed at apex than in alutaceus^ the surface
near the hind angles only extremely narrowly and obsolctely ex-
planate, the punctures fine but strong, sparse, becoming in sim-
ilar manner abruptly coarse, dense and more or less confluent near
the sides, an impunctate median line not apparent; scutellum
well developed as in subopacus ; elytra nearly similar, shorter in
the female than in the male but only just visibly wider than the
prothorax in cither sex, the serial punctures only moderately
small, deep and very distinct, becoming ralher coarse laterally,

AMERICAN COMI'ONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN.-I': 349

the interstitial punctures similar; abtlunien nnicli less rugulose,
minutely, sparsely punctate medially. Female with a deep ab-
rupt sinus, about three times as wide as deep at the apex of the
last dorsal segment, the male having the same segment evenly
but broadly, subangularly rounded at tip throughout the width.
Length 6.2-8.0 mm.; width 3.23-3.5 mm. Arizona (near

Tuc^'son ) peropacus n . sp.

10 — Elytra elongate, parallel, body deep black, the under surface
piceous-black, the legs rufous, the integuments polished ; head
rather coarsely, not densely but substrigosely punctate, finely,
densely so at apex, the sides only feebly converging but strongly
arcuate, becoming parallel toward the eyes, the epistoma feebly
sinuate ; prothorax not quite four-fifths wider than long, widest
near the base, where the sides are arcuate, becoming strongly
converging and nearly straight thence to the sinuate apex, which
is about two-thirds as wide as the base, the basal angles obtuse
and distinctly rounded, the punctures fine but strong, sparse, with
a partial impunctate median line, rather abruptly coarse, dense
and longitudinally confluent toward the sides ; basal lobe moder-
ate; scutellum small, a seventh or eighth as wide as an elytral
base ; elytra one-half longer than wide, or, in the female, a little
less, barely as wide in the basal part of the prothorax, gradually
narrowly rounded or subogival toward tip, the sides very feebly
arcuate; punctures fine, coarse toward the sides, extremely close-
set and crowded in virtually unimpressed series, the interstitial
punctures extremely sparse and very minute, confused ; abdo-
men minutely, sparsely punctate medially. Length 6.0-7.0 mm. ;
width 2.4-2.9 mm. Arizona conicicollis Csy.

Elytra similarly elongate, the body very elongate-oval, moderately con-
vex, blackish-piceous in color, the legs pale rufous, the surface
shining though just visibly alutaceous ; head not finely or densely
punctate, the punctures separated by nearly twice their own widths
on the vertex; prothorax less narrowed anteriorly than in conici-
collis^ w4th a similar rather narrow and feeble basal lobe, about
two-thirds wider than long, the apex but feebly sinuate and three-
fourths as wide as the base, with the angles right and not prom-
inent, the sides subevenly and moderately arcuate throughout,
becoming subparallel basally, the basal angles right and evidently
rounded, the punctures fine and sparse, becoming gradually rather
coarse, dense, coalescent and forming long rugae in only about
lateral sixth ; scutellum small, about an eighth as wide as an ely-
tral base ; elytra fully two-thirds longer than wide, about three
times as long as the prothorax but not evidently wider, very gradu-
ally acutely ogival in fully posterior two-fifths, the sides very
feebly arcuate, the series even, unimpressed and entire, composed
of close-set punctures, very fine suturally, somewhat coarse,
muricate and almost confluent, with the surface more opaque,
laterally, the intervals excessively minutely, sparsely punctulate
in very uneven single to double series ; abdomen very minutely,

35 O CASEY

sparsely punctulate mediallv. Length 6.=; mm. ; width 2.68 mm.
Arizona (Riverside), — H. F. Wickham libertus n. sp.

Elytra oval, distinctly wider than the prothorax, where the basal lobe
is strong and evenly rounded 1 1

11' — Body elongate-oval, strongly convex, polished, dark castaneous,
the under surface dark, the legs paler, rufous ; head rather finely
but perforately and not very closely punctate, the punctures close
but not crowded, the epistoma arcuato-truncate, the sides strongly
converging, evenly and only moderately arcuate ; prothorax two-
thirds wider than long, the evenly sinuate apex four-fifths as wide
as the base, widest slightly behind the middle, the sides very
evenly and rather strongly arcuate throughout, the basal angles
right and not rounded, the punctures rather small but deep and
separated by from two to three times their diameters, becoming
obsolete along the basal lobe and rather abruptly coarse, confluent
and forming longitudinal folds laterally, without median im-
punctate line, the surface broadly impressed toward the middle at
base ; scutellum small, transverse ; elytra oval, gradually narrowed,
with evenly arcuate sides, to the acutely ogival apex in apical
half, less than one-half longer than wide and a fifth wider than
the prothorax, the sides strongly arcuate, the humeri not exposed,
the punctures fine, becoming coarse laterally, close-set in rather
uneven and unimpressed series, the interstitial punctures fine,
sparse, confused near the suture but frequently forming very
uneven single series elsewhere ; abdomen verv minutely, sparsely
punctate medially. Length 5.S mm.; width 2.4 mm. Arizona
(Winslow), — H. F. Wickham discretus Csy.

Body stouter, oval, convex, polished, dark rufous, the under surface and
legs paler; head rather finely but very closely, substrigosely punc-
tate, the sides moderately converging and strongly, evenlv arcuate,
the apical margin broadly and feebly arcuate ; prothorax three-
fifths wider than long, nearly as in discretus^ except that the
sides are parallel in basal two-fifths, becoming subsinuate toward
base with the angles right and not rounded, mcKleralelv converg-
ing and straight toward apex, the punctures rather coarse, deep
and close-set, becoming sparse or obsolete along the basal margin
except at the sides, where thev are rather abruptlv coarse and
longitudinally confluent ; scutellum slightly larger, transverse ;
elytra as in discretus but more abruptly arcuately narrowed in only
apical two-fifths to the more obtusely ogival tip, between two and
three times as long as the prothorax and nearly a fifth wider, the
sides strongly arcuate, the punctures stronger, coarse laterally,
arranged in rather irregular unimpressed series, those of the inter-
vals less sparse, more broadly confused and larger than in dis-
cretus^ being about two-thirds as large as the serial punctures ;
abdomen rather finely but strongly, much more closelv and con-
spicuously punctured medially than in discretus. Length 6.0
mm.; width 2.8 mm. Arizona (near Benson), — G. W. Dunn.

proprius n. sp.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN/E 35 I

Body shorter, relatively stouter and more strongly narrowed before
and behind than in proprhis^ strongly convex, polished, black or
piceous-black, the legs blackish, paler distally ; head finely,
rather closelv, substrigosely punctate, the epistoina densely and
normally, the apex broadly arcuate, the sides strongly so, the
angles obsolete ; prothorax two-thirds wider than long, widest
near basal fourth, where the sides are strongly rounded to the
base, thence unusually converging to the greatly narrowed apex,
becoming nearly straight, the apex deeply sinuate and only two-
thirds as w^ide as the base, with the angles somewhat acute and
prominent ; punctures deep, not very fine and rather close-set,
becoming rapidly coarse, dense, coalescent and forming long
longitudinal rugie in about lateral fifth; scutellum small, smooth;
elytra strongly oval, rather more than one-half longer than wide,
fully three times as long as the prothorax, and, at the middle,
nearly a fourth wider, gradually becoming acutely ogival almost
in apical half, the sides evenly and strongly arcuate to the base of
the prothorax, the punctures coarse laterally, close-set in rather
uneven unimpressed series, those of the intervals almost as large,
confused suturallv, in uneven single series laterally; abdomen
finely, sparsely punctured medially. Length 5.S mm.; width
2. S3 mm. Texas (El Paso), — H. F. Wickham.

perovatus n. sp.

Body much narrower than in any of the preceding species, elongate-
oval, convex, rather dull in lustre, blackish, the under surface
rufescent, the legs bright rufous ; head strongly bvit not very
coarsely, closely and strigosely punctate, the converging sides
strongly arcuate, the apex broadly and more feebly ; prothorax
short, more than three-fourths wider than long, widest just be-
hind the middle, where the sides are moderately arcuate, thence
becoming subparallel and very feebly so to the base and moder-
ately converging and straight to the apex, the latter rather deeply
sinuate and fully three-fourths as wide as the base, with the angles
somewhat acute but not very prominent, the punctures rather
coarse and very close-set, becoming abruptly dense but not much
larger and forming long longitudinal rugie in lateral sixth or
seventh ; there is a short and somewhat tumid medial impimc-
tate line near the base ; scutellum small ; elytra fully three-fifths
longer than wide, more than three times as long as the prothorax
and nearly a fifth wider, gradually rather acutely ogival in about
apical third, the sides evenly and moderately arcuate, the pvmc-
tures rather large but shallow, moderately close-set in slightly
irregular series, those of the intervals nearly as large, the sculpture
rugulose, rendering the punctures indistinct; abdomen minutely,
sparsely punctate medially. Length 5.1 mm.; width 2.23 mm.
Arizona (Nogales), — H. F. Wickham aridus n. sp.

The species more immediately allied to convexus Lee, form
a difficult study and will require care in discrimination. The

352 CASEY

sexual characters pertaining to the coriaceous last dorsal, or,
perhaps more properly the penultimate dorsal, are varied and
valuable in separating species otherwise distinguishable with
difhculty, but unfortunately this segment is not often displayed
to view. The species are all very local and the singular and
isolated group of more or less opaque forms allied to subopacns^
seems to be confined to southeastern Arizona. Placidits is the
species from Mexico City, said by Mr. Champion to be identi-
cal with ■pidvinattis, from Oaxaca, but it does not agree with the
description of that species and is undoubtedly different.

Stictodera n. gen.

This genus in the second group of the present tribe, possesses
a form and facies not unremindful of Cryptadius of the first
group, and this resemblance is strengthened by the non-serial
elytral sculpture. The body is not quite so broadly oval but the
prothorax has the same form, being strongly narrowed from
base to apex, with obtusely rounded basal angles. In the form
of the tibiae it is quite apart from any other type of the tribe.
The frontal emarguiations are very minute and the epistoma is
extremely feebly produced, with its apex not very broadly but
rectilinearly truncate, the eyes large and rather prominent, with
the superciliar}'^ carinte fine, short and unusually feeble, and the
mentum has a small and circularly rounded abrupt sinus at tip.
The mandibles are thick but narrowed and deflexed toward tip
and are feebly bifid ; they are not properly toothed above, al-
though the right mandible has an obtuse dorsal swelling. The
metasternum is slightly shorter than the first ventral segment
and the bod}' is probably wingless. The single species known
thus far may be described as follows : —

Body stout, oblong-oval, moderately convex, slightly alutaceous, red-
brown, the under surface and legs paler and more rufous, gla-
brous ; head not very coarsely but strongly, closely punctate, the
sides before the eyes unusually short, not much longer than the
eye, strongly converging, evenly and moderately arcuate ; pro-
thorax short and very transverse, evidently more than twice as
wide as long, the deeply sinuate apex about three-fifths as wide
as the base, wliich is transversely truncate and not medially lobed,
widest near basal third, the sides rather strongly arcuate basally,
becoming strongly converging and less arcuate apically, the punc-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF Till-: TKNTYR 11 N^-E 353

turcs rather coarse, deep and vcrv close-set, not differiiifj much
laterally, thouj^h if anything rather smaller, in exception to the
rule, and crowdetl though not very coalescent ; scutellum rather
small, transverse, roundctl, flat; elytra two-fifths longer than
wide, between three and four times as long as the prothorax but
only just visibly wider, subparallel, the sides feebly arcuate, the
apex gradually obtusely ogival, the punctures very fine, rather
sparse, but little less fine laterally, arranged throughout without
order, the usual series not even traceable ; abdomen alutaceous,
minutely, sparsely punctate, the mctasternum coarsely, the pro-
plcune strigose. Length 7.0 mm. ; width 3.2 mm. Lower Cali-
fornia pinguis Lee.

The description is drawn from the female, in which sex the
apex of the dorsum is feebly sinuate at the middle, with the sur-
face at the middle of the sinus tumid and abrupth' though
minutely and angularly incised ; there is also another smaller,
medially and minutely sinuate coriaceous segment posterior to

this.

Melanastus n. gen.

This genus is composed of small species somewhat resembling
Blafstinus^ generally black and more oblong than oval, inhab-
iting the usually arid regions from northern California to
Nebraska and southward to northern Mexico. The head is
moderate in size as in the preceding genera, rounded in front,
never biemarginate : that is, never having the lateral lobes differ-
entiated or at all prominent. The antenna are shorter and
stouter than in the preceding genera, though cylindrical to the
eighth joint, and the eyes are less developed than in any other
genus of the tribe, not prominent, but, on the contrary, rather
fiat in the majority of species, strongly transverse and at least
half divided by the more or less prominent canthus of the frontal
margin, the mentum large as usual, with a small apical sinus.
The mandibles are not more defiexed apically and are unusually
deeply and unequally bifid at tip, the left not toothed, the right
with a small porrect dorsal tooth clasping the labrum. The
prothorax is usually subparallel, but little narrowed at apex,
more or less arcuate at the sides and with transversely truncate
base, somewhat closely fitted to the elytra, the latter with the
punctures more or less imperfectly serial, the scutellum small
and the anterior tibiae rather short but straight, increasing in

354 CASEY

thickness from base to apex and unusually strongly spinulato-
rugose. The metasternum is slightly shorter than the tirst ven-
tral segment, the wings vestigial, the surface glabrous and the
basal joint of the hind tarsi evidently longer than the last.
Mclanastiis is evidently allied to Mcsabates, of Champion, de-
scribed in the " Biologia," but does not possess the trilobed
front of that genus. Our rather numerous species, including
one from Mexico, may be defined as follows : —

Eyes more distinct, coarsely faceted as usual, the prothorax finely but
evidently margined at the sides 2

Eyes smaller, somewhat more finely faceted than usual, the pronotum
not margined at the sides 21

2 — Elytral series never impressed, except very finely and obsoletely in

a few species as mentioned below ; prothorax seldom much nar-
rower at apex than at base 3

Elytral series distinctly and rather broadly impressed ; prothorax sub-
evenly and moderately narrowed from base to apex, — a very ex-
ceptional form in the present genus 20

3 — Sides of the prothorax not distinctly sinuate before the obtuse basal

angles 4

Sides of the prothorax subparallel and arcuate, distinctly sinuate for a
short distance at the l^asal angles, whicli are thereby rendered more
or less prominent, subacute and never at all blunt. 14

4 — Elytra not distinctly wider than the prothorax, the sides of which

are subparallel 5

Elytra more or less evidently wider than the prothorax 10

5 — Elytra shining 6

Elytra dull, generally opaque 7

6 — Form oblong-suboval, convex, shining, black, the under surface

blackish, the legs dark rufous; head as wide as an elytron, rather
coarsely but not densely punctate except at apex, where it is sub-
rufcscent, the surface verv slightly alutaceous, the apex broadly
arcuato-truncate ; prothorax three-fourths wider to nearly twice
as wide as long, the sides rather feebly arcuate, generally straighter
toward apex and base, the basal anq^les oidy slightly olituse and not
at all blunt, the apex slightly narrower than the base, deeply sinu-
ate, the punctures rather small but deep and sparse medially, be-
coming somewhat rapidlv rather coarse, deep and close-set but
scarcely confluent in lateral fourth ; scutellum moderate, transverse,
l)roadlv rounded ; elytra less than one-half longer than wide, three
times as long as the prothorax or, in the female, a little more,
acutely ogival at tip, the sides very feebly inflated and broadly

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIN^ 355

arcuate, the punctures moderate in size, very widely spaced in
nearly even and wholly unimpressed series, the interstitial punc-
tures but little smaller, arrancj^ed in irrej^ular single series but
broadlv confused toward the suture ; abdomen sparsely but rather
stronglv punctate medially. Length 4.S-5.3 mm. ; width i.S^-2.2
mm. California (San Francisco) ater Lcc.

Form oblong-oval, slightly shorter than in afer, deep black, the legs dark
rufo-piceous ; head small, obviously narrower than an elytron,
dull, very finely, rather sparsely punctate, the punctures coarser
and close-set anteriorly, the sides strongly converging and strongly
arcuate, the apex broadly arcuato-truncate ; prothorax short, not
quite twice as wide as long, the sides evenly antl feel)ly arcuate,
moi'e converging anteriorly, the apex strongly sinuate, evidently
narrower than the base, the punctures fine but deep, rather sparse,
becoming closer and moderately coarse but still evidently separated
in about lateral fifth; scutellum moderate, tumid; elytra two-fifths
longer than wide, three times as long as the prothorax but scarcely
perceptibly wider, the sides broadly, fecl)ly arcuate, the apex gradu-
ally rather acutely ogival, the punctures somewhat coarse, close-
set in subeven series, which are evidently though feebly impressed
toward the suture, the interstitial punctures very fine, sparse, con-
fused though sometimes forming uneven single scries ; abdomen
smooth, minutely, sparsely punctate medially, Length 4.8 mm. ;
width 2.iSmm. California (near San Francisco), — G. W. Dunn.

moEStus n. sp.

Form nearly as in aier but less convex,' still more highly polished,
black, the legs piceo-rufous ; head rather finely but deeply, very
closely punctured, not quite as wide as an elytron, broadly,
evenly arcuate at apex ; prothorax about three-fourths wider than
long, the apex narrower than the base and deeply sinuate,
the sides parallel, evenly and verv strongly arcuate, the basal
angles \er\ obtuse, the punctures not very coarse but perforate and
rather close-set, becoming somew^hat abruptly not much larger
but still closer and partially confluent in lateral fourth ; scutellum
rather variable, moderate to minute in size; elytra three times as
long as the prothorax to somewhat less, suboval, acutely ogival at tip
in the male, obtuselv in the female, the punctures rather coarse, not
muricate, deeply impressed, not very close-set in somewhat uneven
series, the interstitial punctures smaller but distinct in rather irregu-
lar single series even near the suture ; abdomen sparsely but
rather strongly punctate medially. Length 5.5 mm,; width 2.2-
2.3^ mm. Arizona (Seligman and Canyon Cosnino).

nitidus Csy.

7 — Color black, the elytral series not impressed 8

Color piceous-black to dark brown, the elytral series very narrowly and
feebly impressed 9

8 — Body oblong-elongate, convex, slightly shining to alutaceous and

sometimes duller; legs very dark rufous; head rather coarsely.

356 CASEY

closely punctured, finely very densely so anteriorly, the sides con-
yergent and evenW though moderately arcuate, joining the episto-
mal margin through a pronounced though rounded angle, the
epistoma feebly and broadly lobed to\yard the middle ; prothorax
t\yo-thirds \vider than long, the sinuate apex narro^yer than the
base, the sides subeyenly and distinctly though moderately arcuate,
the apical angles much deflexed, the basal yer}- broadly obtuse but
not rounded, the punctures rather small but deep, moderately sepa-
rated, becoming slightl}- coarse and somewhat dense only very near
the sides ; scutellum moderate, transverse ; elytra three-fifths
longer than wide, not quite three times as long as the prothorax,
gradually arcuato-ogival in apical two-fifths, the sides rounding
toward base, the basal margin curving anteriorly toward the
humeri, the punctures rather small but deep, moderately close-set
in uneven series, the interstitial punctures fine, sparse and con-
fused throughout ; abdomen finely but strongh, somewhat sparsely
punctate medially. Length 6.2-6.7 ''^ii'"' ? width 2.4-2.7 mm.
California (middle coast regions) obtusus Lee.

9 — Form oblong, parallel, moderately convex, feebly shining, strongly
alutaceous, dark brown in color, the legs dark rufous ; head not
very coarsely but deeply and very closely punctate, the sides con-
verging and strongly, evenly arcuate, the angles not distinct, the
epistoma broadly, feebly lobed, the tooth of the left mandible dis-
tinct, that of the right unusually large and acute; prothorax large,
widest at the middle, three-fourths wider than long, the apex
moderately sinuate and but little narrower than the base, the sides
parallel, evenly and very strongly arcuate, the apical angles very
strongly deflexed, the basal very obtuse, with the neighboring sur-
face even, the punctures rather small but very deep and close-set
throughout, nearly even and scared}' differing in any way toward
the sides ; scutellum rather well developed, transverse, sparsely
and rather strongly punctate; elytra three-fifths longer than wide,
fully three times as long as the prothorax but scarcely as wide as
its median width, gradually and rather obtusely ogival apically,
the sides rounding slightly basally, the basal margin only just
visibly flexed anteriorly toward the humeri, the punctures not very
coarse but deep, close-set and distinct in slightly uneven series, the
interstitial punctures very fine, sparse and confused throughout ;
abdomen strongly, rather coarsely and closely punctured even
medially. Length 6.6 mm. ; width 2.4=^ mm. California (south-
ern) thoracicus Csy.

Form, coloration and lustre nearly similar; head similar and about as
wide as an elytron, but with the third antennal joint less elongate
and only very slightly longer than the fourth; prothorax larger,
barely two-thirds wider than long, the subparallel sides very much
less strongly arcuate and becoming straight toward base, the basal
angles less obtuse and rendered apparently somewhat prominent by
reason of an oblique tumidit\ of the surface extending to them, and
not traceable in thoracicus^ the anterior angles less deflexed and

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TliNTVRlIN.'E 357

much less obtuse, the puucUircs siinilai"l\- sir(Mi<^, close-set and sub-
equal throughout, not at all diffeient toward the sides but becom-
ing noticeably sparser toward the apical angles than elsewhere, a
character not noticeable in tJioracicns ; scutellum much smaller ;
elytra nearly similar and similarly punctate but fully as wide as
any part of the prothorax; alnlomen feebly rugulosc, shining,
strongly and not sparsely pimctate. Length 6.'^ mm. ; width 2.7
mm. California (probably southern) exoletus n. sp.

Form nearly similar but smaller, feebly shining, the elytra opaque,
piceous-black, the legs pale and bright rufous ; head notably larger,
slightly broader than an elytron, dull, the punctures rather small
but perforate and very close-set, the sides converging and arcuate,
the apex very broadly, feebly and subevenly arcuate throughout,
the antennae shorter and stouter than in either of the preceding
species ; prothorax scarcely more than one-half wider than long,
the moderately sinuate apex evidently narrower than the base, the
subparallel sides very moderatel}', subeyenly arcuate, the apical
angles rather deflexed, right, the basal very obtuse as in tJioraciciis^
the adjoining surface eyen ; punctures strong, perforate and close-
set, becoming but slightly coarser and very close though scarcely
coalescent laterally ; scutellum moderate, transverse, impunctate
except sparsely at base ; elytra barely one-half longer than wide,
less than three times as long as the prothorax and equal in width,
the punctures of the irregular series much finer than in the two
preceding, rather close-set, those of the intervals minute and sparse,
in great part confused ; abdomen very finely, sparsely punctate
medially. Length 5.3 mm.; width 3.3 mm. California (San
Bernardino Co.) sterilis n. sp.

10 — Basal margin of the elytra oblique and nearly straight from the

scvitellum to the humeral angles ; sides of the prothorax parallel
and subevenly arcuate throughout. Middle coast regions of
California 11

Basal margin of the elytra strongly flexed anteriorly toward the humeri ;
prothorax more evidently narrowed apically in anterior half.
Colorado and New Mexico 12

1 1 — Body rather stout, strongly convex, polished throughout, deep

black, the legs clear rufous ; head somewhat coarsely, very deeply
and closely punctate, equal in width to an elytron, very broadly
arcuate throughout the apex, the sides converging and evenly,
strongly arcuate ; prothorax about two-thirds wider than long, the
sides rather feebly arcuate, straight toward base, the angles obtuse,
the apical angles rather deflexed, obtuse and blunt, the punctures
fine but strong, rather sparse, becoming only slightly coarse and
closer but still well separated laterally; scutellum small; elytra
inflated behind the middle, scarcely one-half longer than wide and
less than three times as long as the prothorax, but, behind the
middle, at least a sixth wider, the sides broadly arcuate, the apex
acutely ogival, the punctures moderately large, widely spaced in

358 CASEY

subeven unimpressed series, those of the intervals very minute,
sparse and feeble, generally uniserial laterally ; abdomen smooth,
polished, finely, sparsely punctate medially. Length 5.7 mm.;
\vidth 2.5 mm. California (San Francisco) lucidulus n. sp.

Body nearly similar but less stout, duller and alutaceous in lustre,
deep black, the legs piceous-black ; head smaller, scarcely as wide
as an elytron, nearly similar in form and sculpture ; prothorax
almost similar in form but less full before the middle, with the
similarly moderately arcuate sides not becoming straight basally,
the angles very obtuse, the anterior angles not so deflexed but
obtuse, the apex similarly moderately sinuate and a little nar-
rower than the base, the punctures similarly very fine but more
close-set, becoming gradually rather coarse though scarcely closer
. toward the sides ; scutellum small ; eh'tra nearly similar in form
and sculpture but subopaque, with the interstitial punctures more
distinct and the series much more obsolete toward apex ; abdomen
alutaceous, very finely, sparsely punctate medially. Length 5.6
mm.; width 2.4 mm. California (Mt. Diablo)... otiosus n. sp,

12 — Color black, the legs clear but dark rufous, the body parallel.

Rather stout, moderately convex, somewhat shining, the head
not very coarsely but deeply and very closely punctured, broadly
arcuate from side to side at apex, the sides only moderately con-
verging, strongly arcuate, the third antennal joint fully twice as
long as wide ; prothorax but little more than one-half wider than
long, the sinuate apex very distinctly narrower than the base,
widest near the middle, the sides rather strongly and sul)evenly
arcuate throughout but more converging apically, the basal angles
very obtuse, the apical slightly obtuse and narrowly rounded, the
punctures rather fine but deep, rather well separated but becoming
gradually moderately large, close and somewhat longitudinally
confluent laterally ; scutellum well developed, transverse, narrowed
toward base; elytra short, barely two-fifths longer than wide, two
and one-half times as long as the prothorax and only slightly
wider, perfectly parallel, with nearly straight sides rounding only
very near the base, abruptly, obtusely rounded in barely apical
third, the punctures small, rather close-set in extremely imperfect
series, those of the intervals fine but distinct, confused laterally,
almost as large as those of the broken series ; abdomen polished,
somewhat coarsely, not very sparsely, conspicuously punctate.
Length 5.6 mm.; width 2.5 mm. Colorado (Canyon City), —
IL F. Wickham implicans n. sp.

Color piceous or paler, the elytra generally paler than llie anterior
parts, the body oval 13

13 — Form rather stout, strongly convex, shining, castaneous, the

under surface and legs paler and rufous ; head somewhat coarsely,
very deeply and closely punctate, broadly arcuate at apex, the sides
only feebly converging and moderately arcuate, the third antennal
joint fully twice as long as wide ; prothorax about three-fifths

AMERICAN COMI'ONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN.*: 359

wider than loiiij^, the sides sul)evc'nly and rather strongly arcuate,
more converging anteriorly, widest just behind the middle, the
basal angles obtuse, the apical only moderately deHexed, right,
only slightly blunt, the punctures rather small but deep, moder-
ately separated, becoming rapidly larger, close and longitudinally
subconfluent in about lateral fifth; scutellum as in ifuplicans ;
elytra much more oval and more gradually and acutely ogival at
tip, nearly one-half longer than wide, not quite three times as
long as the prothorax, and, at the middle, obviously wider, the
sides parallel and broadly, evenly arcuate, the punctures rather
sparse, moderate in size and slightly larger laterally, confused
throughout, the larger arranged in imperfect series becoming more
distinct laterally ; abdomen strongly, rather closely and conspicu-
ously punctate throughout but especially toward the sides as usual.
Length 6.2 mm,; width 3.75 mm. New Mexico (Santa Fe).

fallax Csy.

Form slightly less stout, otherwise nearly similar, shining, blackish-
piceous, the elytra rufescent, the legs piceo-rufous ; head nearly
similar, about as wide as an elytron, the oblique sutures more dis-
tinct but not attaining the margin ; prothorax nearly similar but
rather shorter, the sculpture similar, except that the punctures do
not become sparser to\yard the sides anteriorly as is the case in
fallax; scutellum rather smaller, sometimes minute, the elytra
nearly similar in general form but with the serial punctures ex-
tremely minute and still very small even toward the sides, the
series imperfect, the interstitial punctures very minute, sparse and
confused, equal to the serial punctures suturally but notably
smaller laterally; abdomen finely, sparsely punctate medially,
much less conspicuously so than in fallax. Length 5.6-5.S mm. ;
width 3.33-2.5 mm. Colorado (Cab. Levette)...finitimus n. sp.

14 — Elytral series very obvious, distinct throughout the width of the

elytra 15

Elytral series traceable with difficulty, especially toward the suture... 17

15 — Elytra opaque. Body rather stout, oblong, parallel, rather

strongly convex, deep black, the legs clear but dark rufous ; head
strongly, closely punctate, broadly and almost rectilinearly truncate
at apex, the sides converging, broadly arcuate, the angles obvious
though broadly rounded ; antennas even somewhat stouter than
usual ; prothorax subopaque, nearly three-fourths wider than long,
moderately narrowed and rather feebly sinuate at apex, the sides
broadly and somewhat feebly arcuate, more converging apically
than toward base, the apical angles deflexed, right and blunt ;
punctures strong and close-set, becoming dense and somewhat
larger laterally ; scutellum small, tumid ; elytra one-half longer
than wide, scarcely three times as long as the prothorax and not
evidently wider, the sides very feebly arcuate, the apex gradually
and obtusely ogival, the punctures rather strong laterally, some-
what close-set in subeven unimpressed series, disappearing only

360 CASEY

at apex, the interstitial punctures fine but strong, sparse, generally
confused but forming irregular single series at some parts ; abdo-
men slightly alutaceous, smooth, minutely and sparsely punctate
medially. Length 6.0 mm.; width 2.5 mm. California (Hum-
boldt Co.) crassicornis Csy.

Elytra more or less obyiously shining 16

16 — Form rather stout, oblong-oval, strongly convex, very feebly
alutaceous in lustre, deep black, the legs dark rufous; head rather
coarsely, irregularly and somewhat closely punctate, the frontal
margin very feebly and broadly angulate, the sides converging and
arcuate, the angles feebly marked ; antennae rather less stout than
in crassico7-nis ; prothorax but little more than one-half wider
than long, the sides subparallel, evenly and moderately arcuate,
but little more converging anteriorly than posteriorly, the sinua-
tion at apex strong, the apical angles right but narrowly rounded,
the punctures not coarse but strong, well separated, becoming
gradually a little larger and closer but not crowded, though tend-
ing to longitudinal coalescence, laterally ; scutellum small, rounded
behind ; elytra slightly inflated, about two-fifths longer than wide,
between two and three times as long as the prothorax and evi-
dently, though slightly wider, the sides arcuate, rapidly rounding
to the obtusely ogiyal apex, the series unimpressed, subeven, with
not at all coarse, well separated but distinct punctures, the inter-
stitial punctures very fine, confused suturally, sometimes forming
uneven single series laterally; abdomen polished, smooth, strongly
and not very sparsely punctate medially, coarsely'and subrugoselv
so laterally. Length 6.0 mm. ; width 2.45 mm. California
(Amedee, Lassen Co.), — H. F. Wickham aequicollis n. sp.

Form narrower, elongate-oval, strongly convex, deep black, the legs
dark rufo-piceous, polished ; head not coarsely but very strongly
and closely punctured, the sides converging and strongly arcuate,
the apex broadly, very feebly angulato-arcuate, with the angles
rather evident though obtusely rounded ; prothorax two-thirds
wider than long, the sides subevenlv and rather strongly arcuate,
slightly more converging anteriorly than posteriorly, the apex
deeply sinuate, the apical angles right but scarcely at all blunt,
the punctures not coarse but deeply perforate and moderately
close-set, with a short impunctate discal median line, toward the
sides only slightly larger or closer and still evidently separated ;
scutellum moderate, subquadrate, slightly transverse ; elytra not
quite one-half longer than wide, scarcely three times as long as
the prothorax and not evidently wider, the sides broadly, evenly
arcuate, gradually and obtusely ogival at apex, the serial punctures
moderately coarse laterally, not very close-set, the series very
feebly subimpressed suturally, the interstitial pimctures very fine,
unevenly uniserial throughout ; abdomen finely, sparsely punctate
medially, the elylral and abdominal punctures each with a very
minute silvery seta. Length ^.2^ mm. : width 2.^5 mm. Cali-
fornia (Truckee, Nevada Co.) vegrandis n. sp.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF Till-: TKNTVRIINyE 361

Form oblong-oval, rather stout, less convex, highly polished, deep
black, the legs dark or subpiceo-rufous ; head small, evidently
narrovs'^er than an elytron, arcuate at apex with obsolete angles,
rather coarsely, very closely punctate, rufescent at apex; pro-
thorax verv short and transverse, fully four-fifths wider than long,
the sides subparallel, evenly and strongly arcuate to the abrupt
basal sinus, the punctures fine but strong, well separated, becom-
ing rather rapidly much larger and closer though not very coarse
and still slightly separated in about lateral fourth; scutellum
moderate, transverse; elytra inflated, about one-half longer than
wide, fully three times as long as the prothorax and distinctly
wider at the middle, the sides evenly and rather strongly arcuate,
the apex obtusely ogival, the unimpressed, subeven series strongly
and rather closely punctured, the intervals with uneven single
series of punctures which are about half the size of the serial
punctures ; abdomen not very finely, strongly and somewhat
sparsely punctured medially. Length 4.8 mm.; width 2.12 mm.
New Mexico (Fort Wingate) coarcticollis Csy.

Form somewhat as in coarcticollis but more elongate and with much
finer elytral punctures, deep black, the legs piceous-black, rather
shining but not polished ; head distinctly narrower than an elytron
at the middle of its length, transversely suboval, the sides parallel,
the angles very broadly rounded, the apex arcuate ; punctures not
very small, strong, rather well separated; prothorax not more
than three-fifths wider than long, the sides subevenly and moder-
ately arcuate, becoming deeply sinuate and then parallel and
straight for a noticeable distance to the rectangular basal angles,
the punctures fine and moderately sparse, becoming gradually
moderately coarse, deep and slightly separated laterally ; scutellum
rather well developed, subtumid, transverse and punctate ; elytra
inflated, one-half longer than wide, barely three times as long as
the prothorax and, at the middle, fully a fifth wider, gradually
ogival in apical two-fifths, the sides evenly and very evidently
arcuate to the rather acute and pronounced humeri, which are not
exposed basallv, the basal line curving rapidly forward laterally,
the serial punctures very fine, not very close-set and but little less
fine laterally, the intervals with extremely irregular single series
of very minute punctures ; abdomen polished, feebly rugose, finely
but stronglv, not closely punctured medially. Length 5.7 mm. ;
width 2.4 mm. Utah (Marysvale), — H. F. \V'ickham.

ludius n. sp.

17 — Elytra graduallv narrowed and with feebly arcuate sides at apex,
the tip very acute. Body elongate-oval, not very stout, convex,
feebly alutaceous, deep black, the legs dark rufo-piceous ; head
not quite as wide as an elytron, strongly, very closely punctate,
with a small elongate impunctate spot at the middle of the vertex,
the apex strongly arcuate from side to side, the sides strongly
arcuate with obsolete angles ; prothorax two-thirds wider than
long, the sides subevenly and rather strongly arcuate, somewhat
Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., September, 1907.

362 CASEY

more converging apically, widest behind the middle, the sinuate
apex distinctly narrower than the base, the punctures relatively
large, very deep and close-set, somewhat uneven, becoming gradu-
ally rather coarse and very close laterally ; scutellum small, quad-
rate ; elytra fully one-half longer than wide, three times as long as
the prothorax but only just visibly wider, the sides very feebly
arcuate, the punctures fine, rather sparse, confused though with
some feebly defined and subeven series toward the sides ; abdomen
highly polished, rather sparsely but not very finelv, strongly
punctured medially. Length5 .2 mm. ; width 2. 28 mm. Colorado.

acuminatus n. sp.

Elytra more rapidly, arcuately narrowed and obtusely ogival at tip..iS

iS — Antenna? ver}' short, the seventh and eighth joints wider than
long. Body very small, oblong-oval, moderatelv convex, rather
stout and shining, deep black, the legs piceo-rufous ; head small,
not as wide as an elytron, rather finelv but stronglv, closelv punc-
tate, broadly arcuate at apex, the sides almost parallel, the angles
broadly rounded but evident ; prothorax about three-fifths wider
than long, widest just behind the middle, the sides distinctly arcu-
ate, more feebly so and feebly converging before the widest sec-
tion, more abruptlv rounded posteriorlv to the ante-angular sinus,
the apex rather feebly sinuate, but little narrower than the base,
the punctures strong, separated by nearly twice their diameters,
gradually but little larger and irregular but very close-set in part
laterally ; scutellum moderate, transverse ; elvtra inflated, two-
fifths longer than wide, barelv three times as long as the prothorax,
and, at the middle, nearly a fifth wider, the sides parallel and dis-
tinctly arcuate, the punctures fine and sparse but rather deep,
confused though with some feebly defined series basally and
laterally; abdomen finelv, sparsely punctured medially. Length
4.3 mm.; width 1.9^ mm. Colorado (Garland)... parvus n. sp.

Antennae less abbreviated, the eighth joint fully as long as wide as
usual 19

19 — Form rather stout, oblong, parallel, rather strongly shining, deep
black, the legs piceo-rufous ; head small, very evidently narrower
than an elytron, nearly as in parvus but more acicularly punc-
tured ; prothorax relatively larger, three-fifths wider than long,
widest near the middle, nearly as in parvus^ the punctures rather
finer and closer but similarly deep and perforate, becoming grad-
ually but little larger though very close-set and even laterally and
with a rounded median impression at base; scutellum small,
transverse ; elytra less oval, not inflated, two-fifths longer than
wide, scarcely more than two and one-half times as long as the
prothorax and not evidently wider, the sides parallel ami feebly
arcuate, the punctures minute, rather sparse, confused though
with feeble evidences of irregular series basally and laterally ; ab-
domen smooth, polished, slightly rufcscent, not ver\- finely but
sparsely punctate. Length 4.7 mm. ; width 2. i 7 mm. Nebraska.

acutus Horn

AMERICAN COMPONKXTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 363

Form less stout. stroii<:;l\ convex, slightK alutaccous, deep lilack, the
legs rufo-piccous ; head as wide as an el>tron and more transverse
but otherwise similar, the punctures less aciculate, strong, per-
forate and close-set ; prothorax relativeU' smaller, but little more
than one-half wider than long, otherwise similar and rather feebly
sinuate at tip but with the punctures a little larger and less close-
set, although similarly crowded laterally and with the base not
quite as wide as the base of the elytra, the humeral angles being
slightlv exposed at base ; scutellum moderate, transverse ; elytra
narrower and more elongate in the female, the only sex at hand,
w'ith the sides much less arcuate, nearly one-half longer than
wide, scarcely three times as long as the prothorax and very little
wider, the punctures somewhat sparser but rather stronger and,
although generally confused, more distinctly seriate at various
parts of the surface than in acutus ; abdomen minutely, sparsely
punctate medially. Length 5,0 mm.; width 2.15 mm. Colo-
rado (Cab. Levette.) exiguus n. sp.

20 — Form oblong-oval, strongly convex, polished, the elytra feebly

alutaceous, black, the anterior parts and under surface occasion-
ally and sometimes the elytra, also, though less strongly, rufescent,
the legs dark rufous or paler ; head moderately coarsely and very
closely punctate, the frontal margin broadly, rectilinearly truncate,
the sides converging but strongly arcuate, becoming parallel
toward the eves, the angles obliterated ; prothorax two-thirds to
three-fourths wider than long, the sides moderately converging,
subevenly and moderately to feebly arcuate from base to apex, the
latter only very feebly sinuate, the punctures deep and rather
coarse, more or less evidently separated, becoming abruptly
dense, though not much larger, and longitudinally anastomosing in
lateral sixth or seventh ; scutellum moderate, transverse, pro-
jecting behind the basal margin ; elytra short, two-fifths longer than
wide, scarcely two and one-half times as long as the prothorax and
somewhat wider, the sides rounding toward base, the apex rather
acutely ogival, the punctures of the broadh' impressed and almost
regular series moderately coarse, close- set, those of the intervals
very minute, confused ; abdomen smooth, polished, finely but
strongly, sparsely punctured medially. Length 4.4-5.3 mm.;
width i.S-3.25 mm. California (San Diego). \^ = 7ian7ilus
Csy.] ! obesus Lee.

21 — Body oblong, stout, moderately convex, rather shining, deep

black, the legs black with slightly piceous tinge ; head somewhat
coarsely, deeply, densely punctate, the punctures longitudinally
confluent laterally, smaller but not crowded on the epistoma, the
anterior margin strongly and almost imiformly arcuate from one
eye to the other ; antennai black, slightly paler distally ; prothorax
transverse, fully four-fifths wider than long, the sides subevenly
and strongly arcuate, sometimes more arcuate near the base, the
apex deeply sinuate, about three-fourths as wide as the base, with
the angles slightly obtuse and very blunt, the basal angles very

364 CASEY

obtuse, the punctures small, elongate, very close-set, becoming
gradually not larger or transversely closer but longitudinally anas-
tomosing laterally ; scutellum moderate, transverse ; elytra evi-
dently less than one-half longer than wide, three times as long as
the prothorax to materially less and equal in width, the sides verv
feebly arcuate, the apex somewhat acutely ogival, the punctures
rather small but deep and distinct, not very close-set and uniform
in size throughout, generally confused but with ill-defined and in-
complete series traceable here and there ; abdomen with rather small
but deep, moderately sparse, conspicuous punctures medially.
Length 4. 8-15. 7 mm. ; width 2.0-2.^ mm. ISIexico (Chihuahua-
near Colonia Garcia, 7,300 feet elevation), — C. H. T. Townsend.

* sonoricus n. sp.

Body nearly as in sonoricus but rather less stout and with the elytra
much more evidentlv seriate, black or piceous-black, the legs and
antennse obscure rufous, moderatelv shining ; head moderate,
the sides feebly converging and slightly arcuate, the apex arcuate,
the punctures rather fine but deep, elongate and longitudinallv sub-
coalescent ; prothorax variable, from a little less to obviously more
than twice as wide as long, the sides subparallel and strongly,
evenly arcuate, sometimes more converging anteriorlv from behind
the middle — pi'obably in the male, — the hind angles very obtuse
but not blunt or prominent, the punctures fine, perforate, very
close, becoming but little less fine though longitudinallv confluent
gradually toward the sides; scutellum variable; elytra scarcclv
one-half longer than wide, three times as long as the prothorax to
obviously less and not at all wider, ogival beliind,the sides feeblv
arcuate, the basal line curving forward moderately toward the
humeri, the punctures rather small but deep and conspicuous,
only moderately close-set in subeven, unimpressed series, scarcely
visibly larger laterally, the intervals with sparse, confused punc-
tures, but little smaller than those of the series, rendering the latter
less obvious ; abdomen finely but strongly, sparsely punctate.
Length 5.2-^.4 mm.; width 2.2-2.3 mm. Arizona (Fort
Apache) nuperus n. sp.

As remarked by Mr. Champion oi JMcsabafcs, man}- of the spe-
cies oi ilfcla nasi lis gYQ:i\.\y resemble DIapstiiius in general fades,
being more elongate, narrower and less convex than in Stcri-
■phaniis. The species appear to be satisfactorily differentiated,
but the series of specimens representing sonoi-icns and niifcrns
in my cabinet are rather puzzling ; the description relates to
normal and fully formed indix'iduals but, in several of the former
species, the punctures toward the sides of the prothorax are
notably less crowded ; in one specimen of each species the pro-
thorax is widest near the base ; in another, of sono7'tcus, the

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 365

elytra become rugose, an accidental variation often seen in
Cojn'o)iiis and some other Tenebrionids.

Tribe Auciimobiini.

This is the only tribe, the propriety or legitimacy of which is
at all doubtful to me. The single species, Auchmobius siib-
IcBvis^ was described many years ago by LeConte (Ann. Lye.
N. Y., 185 1), in few words and has been alluded to twice since
that time by Horn. The following descriptions are based
wholly upon these published observations. There is but one
described genus as follows : —

Clypeus produced anteriorly, oblique at the sides, the apex deeply emar-
ginate, covering the labrum [LeConte] ; labrum moderately prom-
inent, feebly emarginate [Horn] ; eyes feebly emarginate, trans-
verse, without supra-orbital carina; mentum large, flat, subpenta-
gonal, the apex emarginate ; palpi and antennae wanting in the type
specimen [LeConte]; maxillary palpi slender, with the last joint
broader ; antennae with the first three joints nearly equal and longer
than the others, four to ten gradually increasing in width, com-
pressed, wider than long and trapezoidal, the last joint oval,
acute and smaller than the preceding [Horn] ; anterior tibiai not
at all dilated, the apex truncate [LeConte], with the outer angle
prolonged, the tarsi with spinous hairs beneath [Horn] ; mandi-
bles obtuse, feebly grooved above, not clasping the middle lobe of
the epistoma, allowing the labrum to be partly visible while they
are completely invisible from above when folded [Horn] ; pos-
terior coxje approximate. Body somewhat elongate, convex,
slightly dilated posteriorly [LeConte], very robust, broadly oval,
very convex [Horn] ; prothorax and elytra closely joined, the
facies somewhat that of Eurymetopon Auchmobius

If the antennae are properly described above, the necessity for
tribal separation of Auchmobius becomes quite evident.

Auclimobius Lee.

The single described species is the following, the diagnosis
being that of LeConte (Ann. Lye. V, p. 140) : —

Oblong, somewhat elongate, convex, black, rather shining ; prothorax
finely punctulate, more than twice as wide as long, the base trun-
cate, the sides slightly rounded ; elytra finely punctate [rather
coarsely — Horn], behind the base somewhat broader, narrowed
toward apex, strongly declivous and finely, less densely muricate.
Length 10. o mm. California (Vallecito) [LeConte] ; Owens
Valley and Tejon [Horn] sublaevis Lee.

366 CASEY

There can be but little doubt that two or three species have
been confounded by the two authors, but it is less likely that
there can be more than the one genus, although the discrepan-
cies in the tibial characters, as noted above, seem to be rather
pronounced. It may be noted that sublcBvis is larger than any
known species of the tribe Eurymetoponini, excepting the Mexi-
can genus Posides, of Champion.

Tribe Trimytini.

The genera of this tribe differ among themselves in very
much the same way and to nearly the same extent as those of
the Eurymetoponini, excepting one element of minor importance
relating to the basally narrowed prothorax of Chilometo^oii,
which is foreign, so far as known, to that tribe. In geographic
range the two tribes coincide closely, except that the Trimytini
do not seem to invade the true Pacific coast faunal region, and
they also possess a similar corporeal habitus. Our genera may
be readily separated by the following characters : —

Outer ridge of the mandibles very broad, not definitely dentiform at
base 2

Outer ridge very narrow, with a small dentiform protuberance at
base 3

2 — Body short, glabrous, convex, wingless, the metasternum some-

what shorter than the first ventral segment and with the usual
transverse grooves represented only by an unimpressed line of
smaller punctures ; eyes moderately large and not prominent,
generally about two-thirds divided by the canthus of the frontal
margin ; prothorax usually widest at base. [Type T. pruhiosa
Lcc] Trimytis

Bodv elongate, convex, glabrous, winged, the metasternum ver\ much
longer than the first ventral and with very deep and subentire ante-
coxal transverse grooves ; eyes large, slightly prominent and only
verv slightlv emarginate anteriorly ; tarsi long, the basal joint of
the posterior longer than the last two combined; prothorax widest
at al)out the middle, the apex and base subequal ; last antennal
joint normal, about as long as the tenth. [Type P. anipli f^cnne
n . sp . ] Prometopion

3 — Body as in Protnetopion but smaller and narrower, convex, gla-

brous, fully winged, the metasternum and transverse grooves
similar, the e^■cs similarly large, prominent and only very feebly
emarginate anteriorly ; tarsi long, the basal joint of the posterior
variable ; prothorax always narrowed toward base and widest

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 367

before the middle; last aiitonnal joint elongate, sometimes ex-
tremely so. [Type Triniytis abnorjuis Horn] Chilometopon

All of these genera have the eyes very coarsely faceted, the
epistoma greatly prolonged, subquadrate and clasped by the
external ridge of the mandibles, the latter bifid at tip, the max-
illary palpi well developed, with the last joint wider, elongate
and obliquely truncate, the antennas elongate and filiform, with
the last three or four joints wider, the scutellum well developed,
the elytra punctured in series, the tibiae straight, the anterior
with une verted external angles and the tarsi sparsely clothed
beneath with stiff inclined spiniform hairs. One or possibly two
of the genera described by Mr. Champion in the *' Biologia," will
enter this tribe, no\.2h\y Pescennhis^ which Horn regards merely
as a hairy Triniytis; it is however a widely distinct genus.

Trimytis Lee.

The species of this genus are rather short and compact in
build, very convex, reminding us somewhat of Steriphamis, of
the Eurymetoponini, and, as in that genus, the base of the pro-
tharax may be either lobed or transversely rectilinear. The
elytra are always margined at base, the scutellum transverse,
broadly truncate and not projecting posteriorly behind the raised
margin, differing in this way from the other two genera. 7>V-
mytis may be separated into two very distinct groups, which
may be regarded at present as subgenera, as follows : —

Mandibles short, obtuse, not at all dentate above near or beyond the
middle, folding under the labrum and clasping only the epistomal
lobe, which is abruptly and squarely truncate at tip ; prothorax
transversely subrectilinear at base ; tarsi rather short, the basal
joint of the posterior distinctly longer than the fourth. \_Trimy-
tis in sp.] 2

Mandibles stout, with the apex abruptly narrowed and deflexed, each
with a porrect dorsal tooth, moderate on the-left, strong on the
right, both clasping the labrum and lying against the epistoma
when closed, the latter semicircular in form, with its edge finelv
pectinate \n pjilverea, angulate in obtusa; prothorax of the same
general form but distinctly lobed at base ; tarsi short, the basal
joint of the posterior subequal to the fourth. \^Pivialius n. subg.
— type pulverea Horn] 6

2 — Epistoma minutely and sparsely punctate. Body very stout,
highly polished, deep black, the under surface picescent, the legs

368 CASEY

dark piceo-rufous ; head transverse, the occiput rather finely
punctato-strigose but only near the base at the middle, more com-
pletely and obliquely rugulose toward the eyes, the vertex very
minutely, sparsely punctulate and polished ; prothorax nearly
three-fourths wider than long, the apex evidently narrower than
the base, both subtruncate, the former however with the angles acute
and anteriorlv prominent, the basal angles slightly acute and dis-
tinctlv, posteriorly produced, the sides feebly and subevcnlv arcu-
ate; disk widest at base, the punctures uneven, large and small
intermingled, generally moderate in size and verv sparse medially,
without impunctate line, gradually very coarse and close laterally,
becoming confluent only very near the sides ; elytra scarcely two
and one-half times as long as the prothorax, and, behind the mid-
dle, slightly wider, the sides slightly arcuate, the apex very ob-
tusely subparabolic, the punctures very coarse, close-set in slightly
impressed series, becoming obsolescent at apical third, the inter-
vals subconvex, finely, sparsely and confusedly punctate ; abdo-
men finely, sparsely punctate medially. Length 6.0 mm. ; Nvidth
3.0 mm. Texas (Marfa) nympha n. sp.

Epistoma finely but more strongly and densely punctate 3

3 — Apical angles of the prothorax very broadly produced anteriorly ;

elytral punctures very coarse, the series somewhat impressed 4

Apical angles very abruptly produced anteriorly ; elytral punctures
much smaller, the series unimpressed, the intervals flat 5

4 — Form rather elongate, strongly convex as usual, black, the under

surface and legs dark-rufous, polished ; head nearly as in iiy7upha
but with the punctured strigae stronger and more wide-spread, the
vertex finely, sparsely punctate at the middle anteriorly ; pro-
thorax two-thirds wider than long, widest at the base, the apex
much narrower, truncate except toward the advanced acute angles,
the basal angles right and evidentlv produced posteriorly ; sides
subevenly and moderately arcuate, becoming a little more con-
verging and slightly sinuate near the apex, the surface subevenly
but rather coarsely, moderately closely punctate, without impunc-
tate line, the punctures rapidly still coarser, dense and longitudi-
nallv confluent in about lateral sixth ; elytra two and three-fourths
times as long as the prothorax, and, at the middle, slightlv wider,
the sides broadly arcuate, the apex somewhat gradually but ob-
tusely ogival, the verv coarse and moderately close-set serial punc-
tures becoming obsolescent at apical two-fifths ; abdomen finely,
sparsely punctured medially, the basal segment coarsely so
throughout. Length 5.5-6.7 mm. ; width 2.65-3.0 mm. Colo-
rado and New Mexico pruinosa Lee.

Form much stouter and decidedly piceous in color, the elytra frequently
dull rufous, the under surface and legs paler rufous, shining; head
similarly rather coarsely punctato-strigose ; prothorax three-fourths
wider than long, the apex and base as in prjiinosa but with the
basal angles much less distinctly produced posteriorlv, the sides

AMERICAN COMrONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN.E 369

parallel ami nearly straight {vnm the base to beNond the middle,
where they are broatlK' rounded, thence conver<^in<i and feebly
sinuate to the prominent apical ang^lcs as in pntitiosa^ the punc-
tuation still coarser, moderately close and more uneven, with
fewer coarse punctures intermingled, without impunctate line,
becoming abruptly not much coarser but very dense and confluent
only in about lateral eighth of the width ; elytra nearly as in pru-
i)wsa but less elongate, with the interstitial punctures small, sparse
and similarly confused, the serial punctures very coarse, except
in apical two-fifths ; abdomen feebly rugulose, finely but more
strongly, sparsely punctured medially, the basal segment very
coarsely so throughout. Length 5.2-6. 1 mm. ; width 3.4-3.0 mm.
Colorado tonsa n. sp.

5 — Body rather broadly oval, moderately convex, shining, piceous,

the elytra and under surface rufescent, the legs dark piceo-rufous ;
head nearly as in pruiiiosa but less strigose, especially toward
the middle of the occiput ; prothorax fully two-thirds wider than
long, the sides feebly arcuate, becoming parallel from behind the
middle to the base, converging and becoming subsinuate to the
very acute apical angles, the basal angles right, slightly prominent
posteriorly, the apex much narrower than the base, the latter very
feebly sinuate toward the sides ; punctures rather large, very deep,
even in size and distribution and separated by about twice their
own diameters, with a narrow and distinct median impunctate
line, very gradually becoming only slightly larger but dense though
not perfectly coalescent laterally ; elytra in form nearly as in tonsa
but with the punctures of the unimpressed series only moderately
coarse and well separated, becoming subobsolete in apical two-
fifths ; abdomen feebly rugulose, finely, sparsely punctate medially,
tlie basal segment throughout sparsely and not very coarsely punc-
tate. Length 5.0 mm. ; width 2.3 mm. Colorado... ignava n. sp.

6 — Form oblong-oval, strongly convex, strongly alutaceous in lustre,

piceous-black, the legs rufous ; head but little wider than long,
somewhat coarsely, extremely densely punctato-strigose through-
out, except in a very small triangular spot just behind the epi-
stoma, which is simply punctate; prothorax transverse, nearly
four-fifths v/ider than long, the apex but little narrower than the
base and evenly, moderately sinuate from angle to angle, the latter
only slightly acute and not prominent, the base broadly lobed in
the middle, thence transverse and subrectilin^ar to the angles,
which are slightly obtuse, the sides feebly arcuate ; disk slightly
wider at basal third than at base, very coarsely, deeply and closely
punctured throughout, the punctures becoming longitudinally con-
fluent laterally but scarcely at all larger, without suspicion of a
median impunctate line ; elytra scarcely a third longer than wide,
two and one-half times as long as the prothorax and scarcely
visibly wnder, with feebly impressed series of coarse, deep and
not very close-set punctures, extending to the apex and not abbre-
viated as in the preceding species, the intervals very minutely,

370 CASEY

sparsely and confusedh- punctulate; abdomen rather coarsely and
closely punctured throughout, the metasternum extremely coarsely.
Length 5.0 mm. ; width 2.3 mm. Arizona pulverea Horn

Form oblong, piceous-black, moderately shining, the antennze pale,
the legs brownish ; head densely and somewhat strigosely punc-
tate, the epistomal lobe obtusely triangular ; prothorax at the
middle about twice as wide as long, the sides regularly arcuate,
the base and apex nearly equal, with the angles obtuse ; disk
moderately coarsely and closely punctate, somewhat strigose at
the sides ; ehtra at base slightly wider than the prothorax, with
striae of fine punctures not closely placed, the intervals irregularly,
biseriately punctate, the punctures of the striae and intervals con-
fused behind the scutellum; sterna very coarsely punctured, the
propleurae strigose ; abdomen moderately coarsely, not closely
punctured. Length 4,0-4.5 mm. Lower California (Sierra
Laguna) obtusa Horn

Although Dr. Horn has not described the mandibles or the
form of the prothoracic base in obtusa, which is unknown to me,
I believe, from the general nature of its characters, that it is to
be associated with fiilverea in the subgenus Pimalius. The
very radical difference in the mandibles seems to indicate that
Pimalius really ought to have generic rank, but because of its
general resemblance to the normal Trimytis, I leave it with the
indicated status for the present. Of the two Mexican species
described by Mr. Champion in the " Biologia," obovata, from
Chihuahua, is evidently an associate of fruinosa and a normal
member of Trimytis, huXjlohri, from the vicinity of the City of
Mexico, because of its prominent and scarcely emarginate eyes,
must inevitably form another genus, for which I would propose
the name Tlascalinus (n. gen.) ; it may take its place immedi-
ately after Trimytis in the above table.

Prometopion n. gen.

This genus in its general form and habitus, constitutes a
satisfactory transition from Trimytis to Chilometop07i . The
hind wings appear to be rather well developed, but, from the
heavier form of the body, the flight is probably more laborious
than in the lighter and more slender C/iilomctopoii. The man-
dibles are thick and heavy, with a broad smooth external ridge
above, clasping the epistoma as in Trimytis, but the apex is
broad and very obtuse, feebl}' bifid, the upper lobe very wide

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 37 1

and transversely truncate, the lower small and more pointed.
The epistomal lobe is squarely truncate, with converging sides.
The eyes are large, prominent, subentire and coarsely faceted,
with the supra-orbital carina much finer and feebler than usual,
the prothorax narrower than the elytra, the latter having the
humeri exposed at base, and the basal joint of the hind tarsi is
unusually elongate, being four-fifths as long as the entire
remainder. The legs are rather long and slender. The two
species known thus far may be outlined as follows : —

Form oblong-oval, shining, castaneous ; head broadly oval, the man-
dibles and clypeus coarsely and densely punctured, the vertex and
occiput much more sparsely ; prothorax nearly twice as wide as
long, the apex feebly emarginate, the anterior angles acute and
very slightly everted, the base broadly rounded at the middle,
feebly sinuate at each side, the hind angles subacute but not
prominent, the sides moderately arcuate and slightly divergent to
base; elytra slightly broader at base than the prothorax, elongate-
oval, the sides moderately arcuate, the humeri distinct, the surface
moderately convex, sparsely punctured, the punctures feebly seri-
ately arranged, becoming slightly muricate and dense at the sides
and apex ; epipleuraj entire ; mesosternum coarsely and densely
punctured ; metasternum moderately long at middle, very sparsely
punctured, the sides and parapleural very densely ; abdomen
sparsely punctured, the femora coarsely but sparsely. Length 6.5
mm. California helopioides Horn

Form elongate-oval, strongly convex and shining, black or piceous-
black, the under surface and legs more or less dark piceo-rufous ;
head rounded, nearly as long as w'ide, not coarsely but strongly,
moderately closely and evenly punctate, the punctures somewhat
elongate, finer but scarcely sparser on the occiput ; antennae nearly
two-fifths as long as the body ; prothorax three-fourths wider than
long, the apex and base equal in width, the former evenly sinuate
between the finely acute and anteriorly prominent angles, the latter
lobed in the middle and thence feebly sinuate to the angles, which
are obtuse but not at all rounded, the sides broadly and moderately
arcuate at the middle, converging and straighter toward base and
apex, not sinuate behind the apical angles which are not everted ;
disk widest at the middle, with rather small and sparse pvmctures,
becoming somewhat rapidly coarse and very dense but scarcely at
all confluent in lateral fifth or less, the surface feeblv impressed
before the basal lobe and with a fine and very short impressed
longitudinal line near the basal margin ; scutellum well developed,
flat, nearly as long as wide, evenly and circularly rounded behind
and projecting behind the basal margin; elvtra elongate-oval,
between three and four times as long as the prothorax, and, some-
what behind the middle, fully a third wider, the sides broadly

372 CASEY

arcuate, the apex rather gradually ogival, the punctures somewhat
fine, sparse, uniform in size, for the most part confused but with
poorly defined series evident under close examination ; metasternum
and parapleurje throughout only moderately coarsely, though
strongly and sparsely punctate, the abdomen minutely and sparsely
so, only slightly less finely toward the sides. Length 7.0-7.7
mm. ; width 3.2-3.3=; mm, Texas (near El Paso).

amplipenne n. sp.

The description of heiopioidcs is taken from the original diag-
nosis of Horn, and there seems to be but little room to doubt
the specific distinctness of anipli'ponic, in view of the differ-
ences in the form of the anterior angles of the prothorax, punc-
tuation of the head and sterna, coloration and habitat.

Chilometopon Horn.

In this genus, which is characterized by a smaller and slighter
form of body, the mandibles differ greatly from those of Pro-
mclopion, being less stout, with a fine external dorsal ridge den-
tiformly swollen at base and similarly clasping the epistomal
lobe, which has the sides more converging and the apex more
rounded. The apex of the mandibles is much narrower and is
deeply bifid, the two lobes differing but little in size and both
acutely pointed. It further differs in the form of the prothorax
and in the elongate terminal joint of the antenna?. The scutellum
is similar though more subquadrate, rounded behind and enter-
ing sensibly between the elytra. The eyes are similarly- large,
prominent and very feebly emarginate, and the supra-orbital
carina is fine but distinct ; the tarsal claws are similarly long and
arcuate. We have apparently five species, which may be dis-
tinguished as follows : —

Basal joint of the hind tarsi very elongate, equal to the last two com-
bined; epistomal lobe rounded 2

Basal joint but little loi:ger than the fourtli, the epistomal lobe abruptly
arcuato-t runcate 4

3 — Head rather coarsely and densely punctured. Body chestnut-
brown in color, subopaque, last anteiuial joint as long as the two
preceding together ; prothorax broader than long, narrower at
base than at apex and narrower than the base of the elytra, the
disk moderately convex, coarsely and moderately densely punc-
tured, especially toward the margins, the apex feebly emarginate,
the base slightly sinuate [jiisinuate], the sides rouuiK'd in front,

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TEXTVRIIN^ 373

graduallv iiarroweil [converginti;] to the liiiul aiij^^lcs, which arc
rectanmihir; elytra elongate-oval, suhparallel in front, moderately
convex, with striae of finely muricate punctures, confused at base
and less distinct at apex ; under surface coarsely but not densely
punctured, the abdomen paler, more shining and scarcely at all
punctured. Length 6.5 mm. Nevada abnorme Horn

Head rather finelv and not densely punctured 3

3 — Form elongate, moderately convex, shining, pale and imifcjrm
castancous in color throughout ; head as long as wide, very convex
anteriorly, the epistoma sloping anteriorly from the elevation, the
pimctures small, well separated, elongate in form and streaming
obliquely outward from the median line anteriorly, forming fine
longitudinal folds toward the strong supra-orbital cariiue ; last
antennal joint ( 9 ) scarcely as long as the two preceding com-
bined; prothorax small, nearly three-fourths wider than long,
w'idest at apical third, where the sides are strongly rounded,
thence converging and straight to the basal angles, which are
obtuse but not at all rounded, converging and arcuate to the acute
and anteriorly prominent apical angles, the apex broadly, evenly
sinuate, equal in width to the base, which is strongly and rather
narrowly lobed in the middle ; punctures verv slightly elongate,
sparse and moderately small, becoming graduallv close-set and
coarse but scarcely confluent laterally, with an incomplete im-
punctate median line; scutellum as long as wide, ogival at tip,
narrowed somewhat at base ; elytra nearly three-fourths longer
than wide, four times as long as the prothorax, and, at the middle,
one-half wider, the sides broadly arcuate, the apex graduallv
acutelv ogival, the humeri broadlv exposed at base, rounded, the
punctures fine, sparse, shallow, scarcely muricate, subequal in
size, confused toward the suture, forming approximate series out-
wardly continuous from base to apex ; metasternum sparselv,
moderatelv coarsely and muricately punctate, the abdomen not
evidentlv punctate medially. Length 6.4 mm. ; width 2. 38 mm.
California (Barstow) castaneum n. sp.

Form shorter and stouter, convex, somewhat alutaceous, dark piceo-
rufous, the elytra blackish, the legs paler rufous ; head slightly
wider than long, nearly as in castaneum but feebly impressed
along the median line and without the pronounced convexity in-
volving the apex of the front and base of the epistoma, the last
antennal joint in the type but little more than one-half longer
than the tenth; prothorax nearly similar but less transverse and
more broadly rounded at the sides, about one-half wider than long,
the apex more feebly sinuate, with the angles less anteriorly
produced and the basal lobe broader, the punctures nearlv similar
but less sparse mediallv and without a median impunctate line,
the latter however apparently very feebly elevated behind the
middle and with a fine stria near the base ; scutellum subsimilar ;
elytra much shorter, distinctly inflated behind the middle, one-half

374 CASEY

longer than wide, three and one-half times as long as the pro-
thorax, and, at apical two-fifths, about one-half wider, the sides
broadly arcuate, the apex more rapidly and obtusely ogival, the
humeri and punctuation similar, the punctures fine and very shal-
low ; metasternum similar, polished, the abdomen subopaque,
minutely, sparsely punctate medially. Length ^.4 mm.; width
2.4 mm. Utah (Leeds), — IL F. Wickham brevipenne n. sp.

Form much more slender, rather pale and uniform testaceous through-
out, shining ; head nearly as in bj'evipemie but as long as wide,
finely, very sparsely punctured medially and without the impressed
line, the antennae \(^) more than half as long as the body, with
the last joint ensiform and as long as the preceding fiye joints
combined ; prothorax small, nearly three-fourths wider than long,
formed nearly as in brevipenne but with the apex perceptibly
wider than the base, similarly broadly sinuate but with the angles
decidedly blunt and not acute, the basal angles obtuse but minutely
prominent, the sculpture almost as in castaneuin though rather
coarser and with a more irregular impunctate median line ;
scutellum similar ; elytra nearly as in castanetun^ much narrower
and more acute at tip than in brevipe7ine^ four times as long as
the prothorax, and, at the middle, one-half wider, the sides parallel
and evenly arcuate, the humeri broadly rounded, widely exposed
at base, the punctures fine, shallow but unusually muricate, close-
set in entire series, the intervals irregularly uni- or biseriately and
subsimilarly-punctate as usual ; the surface becomes more polished
and the serial punctures coarser on the vertical flanks toward
base. Length 5,0 mm. ; width 2.0 mm. Nevada (Hawthorne),
— H. F. Wickham ensifer n. sp.

4 — Body rather stout, convex, shining, pale yellowish-testaceous
throughout ; head about as long as wide, rather coarsely, sparsely
and simply punctate posteriorly, the punctures smaller, dense and
obliquely strigose anteriorly, small, separated and simple on the epi-
stoma, the supra-ocular cariuiij strong ; mentum minutel}-, sparsely
punctate ; antemiiB long and slender, the last joint as long as the two
preceding combined and bristling with abort erect setit ((5^), or
much shorter and only about a third longer than the tenth ( 9 ) ;
prothorax nearly two-thirds wider than long, widest at apical two-
fifths, where the sides are narrowly and subprominently rounded,
thence converging and straight to the rectangular and slightlv
everted basal angles, less converging and straight to the acute and
anteriorly prominent apical angles, the apex broadly subtruncate
between the advanced angles and about as wide as the base, which
is broadly lobed at the middle, the punctures rather coarse, sparsely
scattered rather narrowly along the middle, thence gradually
denser and coarser but not confluent to the sides; scutellum fully
as long as wide, acutely rounded, constricted at base ; elytra nearly
as in castaneuin^ much broader and relatively shorter in the female
than in the male, the punctures rather small, shallow, feebly
muricate, close-set in subentire and unimpressed series, the inter-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 375

vals with a sinjj;le uneven series of rather smaller, more widely
spaced punctures ; abdomen Hnely but distinctly, not very sparsely
punctured medially. Length 6.3-7.0 mm.; width 2.4-2.S5 mm.
Texas (near El Paso) pallidum Csy.

As tending to show the propriety of associating the genera
from Triinylis to Chilomctofon^ to form a natural tribe, it may
be noted that the anterior angles of the prothorax bear vibrisste,
particularly long and conspicuous in Chilomctopon and Promc-
topion, but shorter and less evident in Triniytis, though so dis-
tinct in Trimytis obovata as to have been especially mentioned
by Mr. Champion, and, as further tending to show the intimate
relationship of the Trimytini and Eurymetoponini, attention may
be drawn not only to the similarity of general habitus, but to the
singular short longitudinal impression on the lower part of the
elytral flanks before the middle, so prevalent in both tribes,
becoming obsolete only in Trimytis and a few subapterous
Eurymetoponids, and evidently correlated in some obscure way
with the winged condition, in common with the transverse ante-
coxal grooves. It is interesting, in view of his subsequent
change of opinion, that Dr. Horn should have associated
abnorme originally with Trimytis, and in fact described it as a
species of that genus. He afterwards very properly founded
for it a special genus, but for some very inadequate reasons
referred it to the Epitragini, where it is wholly out of place, as
shown by the structure of the mentum, as well as by its general
habitus. His first impulse in this case was the correct one.

If the language used in describing the punctuation of the head
in abnorme is at all correct, it differs a good deal from the next
three species of the table, but, in any event, as the species are
known to be moderately numerous and are unquestionably all
very local in habitat, there can be but slight risk of synonymy
in the above interpretation of the species ; the description of
abnorme is drawn from the original diagnosis. The enormously
elongated terminal joint of the antennee in ensifer, which is
founded upon a unique male, raises the question of sexual differ-
ences. Pallidum is the only species in which both sexes are
represented before me, and here the sexual differences in gen-
eral form of the body and particularly in the development of the

376 CASEY

last antennal joint are very pronounced. Ahnorme^ castaneum
and brcvifcnne are probably represented at present by unique
females, and the inference is that in the abnoi'me group of the
above table, the last antennal joint is very abnormally developed
in both sexes, though especially in the male, while in the /«///*-
dum group, these departures from the normal are not so pro-
nounced, or, in other words, it is presumable that the last an-
tennal joint of the female in the first group is about as elongated
as in the male of the second. In the genus Pronietopion this
abnormality in the terminal joint does not exist at all, as far as

we know.

Tribe Trientomini.

A single genus, containing a moderate number of species,
confined to the fauna of the Caribbean regions, alone constitutes
this tribe so far as now known. Two Mexican species of Tj'i-
entoma were described by Mr. Champion in the " Biologia,"
but in the appendix of the volume, were considered by that
author to have been wrongly labeled and in reality collected in
San Domingo. The tribe is a very satisfactory link between the
previous tribal groups and the Gnathosiini, and is the only one
of the subfamily, except the Epitragini and several with small
mentum, occurring in the Caribbean fauna. The genus may
be described as follows : —

Body oval, compact, glabrous, wingless, the epistoma strongly pro-
duced, narrowed toward base, abruptly and transversely truncate,
the mandibles very thick, with a basal swelling fittinj>^ into the
reentrant sinus at the base of the epistoma and each with a ver}'
thick, strong, obtuse tooth, that of the right slightly the larger
and both fitting closelv to the epistonial apex when closed, the
mandibular apices rapidly though slightly deflexed and feebly
bifid at tip ; mentum transverse, hexagonal, with the apox feebly
sinuate ; antenna; rather thick but cylindric, subglabrous, with the
oviter three joints slightlv wider, the eleventh short and obtuse;
eyes moderatelv developed, coarsely faceted, rather prominent and
but feeblv eniarp^inate anteriorlv ; prothorax closelv fitted to the
elytra and as wide at base as the base of the latter ; scutelluni very
minute; elytra finely margined at base, with serial punctures;
tibiae short, broadening; from base to apex, the external angle of the
anterior not prolonged; tarsi short, thick, the basal joint of the
posterior almost as long as the entire remainder; intercoxal pro-
cess of the abdomen obtuse; mctasternum slightlv shorter than
the first ventral sesfment Trientoma

AMERICAN COMrONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIXyE 377

At present this genus is confined entirely to islands between
North and South America, but it is probable that it will ulti-
mately be found also in southern Florida.

Trientoma Sol.

The described species are some seven or eight in number ; the
following appears to differ from any know^n to me in the books : —

Body stout, evenly elliptical, moderately convex, deep ])lack, the legs
scarcely picescent, densely opaque, the surface with extremely
minute but strong reticidation, smooth ; head wider than long,
the supra-orbital carinie at some distance from the eyes, the sur-
face longitudinally, unevenly and closely strigato-plicate, the car-
inules converging toward the reentrant arcs between the epistoma
and obliquely rounded sides of the front, extremely minutely,
sparsely punctulate throughout ; antennae not extending to the base
of the prothorax, the third joint as long as the next two combined,
the surface sparsely clothed with inclined yellow setie ; prothorax
about half as long as its basal width, the sides converging and
feebly, subevenly arcuate from the rather acute and posteriorly
subprominent basal angles to the slightly acute but blunt and
anteriorly prominent apical angles, the apex three-fourths as wide
as the base, deeply and evenly sinuate; base transverse, with a
very short broad arcuato-trvmcate median lobe separated from
the general surface by an entire transverse furrow ; disk impunc-
tate, extremely minutely and rather sparsely so tow-ard the sides ;
scutellum narrow, pointed ; elytra scarcely a third longer than
wide, two and one-half times as long as the prothorax, and, before
the middle, very little wider, the sides evenly and broadly arcuate,
gradually arcuate and converging in apical half to the acutely
ogival apex, the punctures small but distinct, rather coarse later-
ally, widely spaced in very feebly impressed series which extend
to the apex, the interspaces impunctate under a hand lens, the
marginal stria deep ; abdomen more shining, sparsely, excessively
minutely, the basal segment rather less minutely, punctulate, wholly
im]d^^»ctate toward the sides. Length 7.7 mm. ; width 3.7 mm.
Bahama Islands (Egg Island), — H. F. Wickham.

wickhami n. sp.

The abdomen at base being perceptibly punctate medially but
wholly impunctate laterally, contrasts much with any form of
the Eurymetoponini, these all having the lateral punctures much
coarser than the medial. This is a very interesting discovery
by Mr. Wickham and I take pleasure in dedicating the species
to him.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., September, 1907.

378 CASEY

Tribe Epitragini.

This extensive tribe is peculiarly North American, although
plentifully represented in South America also. It is very clearl}'-
delimited from all the other tribes by the form of the mentum,
which is transversely parallelogrammic, with the anterior edge
broadly, moderately and, as a rule, evenly arcuate. The epi-
stoma is lobed in the middle and the mandibles truncate at tip,
the only exceptions known to me being E^it7'agus itself and
Hemasodes^ the former of which is more essentially South Amer-
ican, the epistoma in those genera being emarginate and the
mandibles apically bifid, rendering them the most isolated
groups of the tribe. The body is in general fully alate, but
there are some genera, such as Concecus^ which appear to have
vestigial wings. The hind body is usually inflated and gradu-
ally very acutely pointed behind, and the basal margin of the
elytra frequently becomes obsolescent or wanting, but the scu-
tellum is always well developed. The elytral punctures are
usually confused or more or less imperfectly serial, although
broadly impressed longitudinal lines are frequently evident.
The genera known to me may be briefly defined as follows : —

Epistoma broadly emarginate in even circular arc ; mandibles bifid at
tip 2

Epistoma lobed ; mandibles transversely truncate at tip, folding beneath
the labrum, the right usually with a dorsal tooth clasping the
labrum, the left generally without dorsal tooth 3

2 — Presternum posteriorly produced, acute at tip and closely received
within a large deep mesosternal excavation. South America and
eastern Central America. [Type E . fusc7is Latr,] ...* Epitragus

Prosternum only slightly produced posteriorly, flattened but obtusely
rounded at tip and not quite attaining the mesosterninn, which is
not excavated ; tarsi with pubescent pads beneath, the posterior
with the pads very small and apical only, the first joint lontjer
than the fourth. Mexico. [Type Schccnictis vest it us Champ.] ,

* Hemasodes

3 — Prosternum horizontally produced posteriorly, the tip received
witliin a large deep mesosternal excavation; eyes large but not
prominent, generally finely faceted and but feebly emarginate
anteriorly 4

Prosternum slightly produced posteriorly and subhorizontal but not
attaining the mesosternum, which is at most feebly or moderately
i m p ressed 1 1

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 379

Prostenium rapidly deflexed behind the coxic, conforming witli the
prevailing type of structure in the subfamily, the mesostcrnum
normal or but feebly impressed 12

4 — Tarsi with dense pads of fine pale pubescence beneath 5

Tarsi with sparser short, stiff, spiniform setic beneath, the posterior,
at least, devoid of denser and finer pubescence 10

5 — Pronotum not modified sexually ^ 6

Pronotum remarkably modified in the female ; body stout, very ob-
tusely rounded behind 9

6 — Head with strong supra-orbital ridges 7

Head with very feeble or obsolete supra-orbital carinte 8

7 — Body very elongate and acutely pointed behind ; lateral lobes of

head obliquely prominent ; prothorax subtruncate at tip, with the
angles obtuse and rounded ; basal joint of the hind tarsi fully as
long as the fourth. [Type Epitragus submetallicus Lee] .

Polemiotus

Body verv' stout, extremely convex longitudinally above, obtuse behind,
the lateral lobes of the head not obliquely prominent, the pro-
thorax sinuate at tip, with acute and anteriorly prominent angles ;
basal joint of the hind tarsi evidently shorter than the fourth.
[Type C. cavicauda n. sp.] * Cyrtomius

8 — Body more or less narrow, elongate-oval, acutely pointed behind

and moderately convex axially above, the frontal lobes not ob-
liquely prominent except sometimes in the subgenus Epltragopsis^
the prothorax narrowed and sinuate anteriorly, with the angles
more or less acute and anteriorly prominent ; basal joint of the
hind tarsi shorter than the fourth. [Type Epitragus fusifori)2is
Csy .] Lobometopon

9 — Supra-orbital carinte more or less fine, sometimes nearl}' obsolete

as in the preceding genus ; prothorax narrowed anteriorly, sinuate
and with acute and anteriorly prominent angles ; basal joint of
the hind tarsi evidently longer than the fourth. [Type Epitragus
ca7ialiculatus Say] Bothrotes

10 — Supra-orbital ridges strong, the eyes rather coarsely faceted;
body nearly as in Lobonietopo7i^ but with the basal joint of the
hind tarsi at least equal in length to the fourth and generally
decidedly longer; sculpture usually coarse and sparse, the surface
polished. [Type Epitragus prtiinosus Horn] Metopoloba

Supra-orbital carin?e apparently wholly obsolete; eyes very minutely
faceted ; body shorter, stout, broadly oval ; basal joint of the hind
tarsi evidently shorter than the fourth. [Type P. s?(bvittatus
n. sp.] Pechalius

' See note under Lobometopon.

380 CASEY

II — Body stout and broadly oval as in PecJiaUiis^ the supra-orbital
cariniE similarly obsolete and the surface hairy, the eyes more
convex and much less finely faceted, though less coarsely than in
Metopoloba,, the prothorax narrowed and sinuate anteriorly and
posteriorly, generally widest at about the middle, with the usual
well defined angles ; basal joint of the hind tarsi equal in length
to the fourth. [Type Epitragus iomentosiis Lee] . . .Epitragodes

12 — Anterior tibiie not abruptly dilated 13

Anterior tibiae abruptly dilated within from behind the middle to the
apex 17

13 — Eves minutely faceted, large but only very feebly convex, sub-

entire as usual, the supra-orbital carin^B very fine or subobsolete ;
prothorax narrowed and more or less sinuate anteriorly, the angles
but slightly advancing ; tarsi somewhat variable. [Type Epi-
tragodes jiilichi Csy . ] Phegoneus

Eyes coarsely faceted, without supra-orbital cariniB 14

14 — Eyes very convex and prominent.. 15

Eyes feebly convex and not prominent 16

15 — Body elongate-suboval ; prothorax widest medially, narrowed

to the sinuato-truncate apex, the angles obtuse ; anterior and mid-
dle tarsi with dense pubescent tufts beneath, the posterior merely
with a few short spiniform hairs, the basal joint rather longer
than the last; eyes but slightly transversely oval, very minutely,
feebly emarginate anteriorly ; elytra without evident ]5unctured
series. [Type S. puberulus Lee] Schcenicus

Body subparallel, the prothorax subquadrate, narrowed but feebly at
apex and widest near the middle, the apex truncate ; elytra with
even series of punctures distinct to the apex. [Type ScJia'niciis
oculatus Champ. ] * Ortheolus

16 — Body rather broadly oval, wingless or with vestigical wings, the

prothorax strongly rounded at the sides, subequally narrowed at
apex and base, with the apical angles very obtuse; elytra without
series or with very imperfect serial arrangement of the punctures ;
anterior tibia; obtusel}' prolonged externally at tip ; all the tarsi
with dense silvery-pubescent pads beneath, the basal joint of the
posterior much shorter than the fourth. [T}pe C. ovipefinis
I lorn] Concecus

17 — Body suboval, \vingless or with vestigial wings, the prothorax

strongly rounded at the sides, subequally narrowed at apex and
base and widest at the middle; elytra short as in Con or c?/ s vind
with the punctures confused or very imperfectlv lineate in arrange-
ment. [Type T. at rat lis ChamY>.^ * Tydeolus

Several of the genera in this table, as indicated by asterisks,
do not occur in the American fauna and will not in <reneral be

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIN^ 381

alluded to further in more tlian an incidental way. Ef^itragus^
for example, only extends slightly into Central America from
its proper habitat, which is South America/ Ilcinasodcs (n.
gen.), is founded upon the remarkably isolated Sc/nvnicus
vcsiitus, of Champion. Ortheolus (n. gen.), is represented at
present only by the neotropical Sc/nvn/cns ociilalns, of Cham-
pion, while Tydcoliis Champ., is represented by three rather
rare Mexican species, apparently having a good deal the facies
of Conctcus and probably at least subapterous.

Polemiotus n. gen.

In its strong supra-orbital ridges, prominent and somewhat
everted lateral lobes of the front, anteriorly subtruncate pro-
thorax, with rounded angles and elongate body, with widely
exposed and rounded humeri, this genus is one of the more dis-
tinct of the tribe. The eyes are large and transversely oval,
feebly emarginate anteriorly by the rather thick canthus, some-
what prominent and only relatively coarsely faceted, the supra-
orbital ridges bounded internally by deep coarse excavations,
somewhat as in JSIcto-polobay where the eyes are almost similarly
coarsely faceted but less convex. The anterior tibiae are slender

'The following Central American Epi/ragus has been hitherto uncharac-
terized : —

Elongatelj fusiform, convex, polished, pale red-brown, the upper surface with
scattered recumbent yellow hairs, closer toward the eyes and sides of the pro-
notum and tending to form denser clusters on the elytra ; head rather coarsely
punctured, the punctures separated by about twice their diameters medially ;
prothorax a third wider than long, the sides evenly and moderately arcuate,
slightly more so at tip, becoming subparallel in nearly basal half, the basal
angles right, not rounded ; apex more than three-fourths as wide as the base,
the punctures close and small laterally, large and sparse medially, without
well defined impunctate line except in basal half, the surface at each side
with a large elongate-suboval impression basally at lateral fourth and a trans-
verse feebler impression before the basal lobe, separated from the lateral
impressions by a very feeble convexity; elytra three times as long as the
prothorax, at base a fifth or sixth wider, the sides broadly arcuate, the tip
acute, the humeri rounded ; surface with wholly unimpressed series of rather
coarse, widely spaced punctures, the intervals with smaller confused punc-
tures, sparse with aggregated denser patches, the entire surface rugose.

Length 11. o mm. ; width 4.15 mm. Honduras * rigens n. sp.

I formerly regarded this as 5<z//<'/ Champ., but it differs greatly in its unim-
pressed elytral series and is undoubtedly specifically different.

382 CASEY

and straight, with the outer angle at apex minutely and acutely
subprominent and the mandibles are densely punctate, with the
apical part abruptly impunctate and polished. We appear to
have two or three distinct forms which may be described as fol-
lows : —

Form elongate-oval, convex, shining, piceous to blackish, with a feeble
aeneous lustre, the legs concolorous, the antennae dark rufous, the
upper surface with rather long prostrate yellow hairs, evenly dis-
tributed but not dense ; head quadrate, transversely convex be-
tween the intra-ocular excavations, sparsely and rather coarsely
punctate, more finely and closely anteriorly and on the epistoma ;
prothorax but little over a fourth wider than long, the sides
straight and feebly converging from the subrectangular and slightly
blunt basal angles about to apical third, then more rounding to
the apex, the latter truncate and only slightly narrower than the
base, the punctures coarse and rather close-set laterally, gradually
small and sparse broadly in the middle, the basal lobe strongly
rounded ; scutellum ogival, nearly as long as wide ; elytra twice
as long as wide, four times as long as the prothorax, and, at the
middle, not quite twice as wide, the sides broadly arcuate, the
apex acute, the humeri widely exposed basally and broadly
rounded, the punctures slightly coarse and confusedly lineate in
very feebly impressed lines, the intervals minutely, sparsely and
confusedly punctate ; abdomen finely, closely punctulate and
pubescent, less shining. Length 13. 0-15.0 mm. ; width 5.0-5.75
mm.((J^, 9)- Arizona (BaboquivariMts.)...Submetallicus Lee.

Form similar, shining, dark piceo-rufous with a very feeble coppery
lustre, the legs concolorous, similarly though still less closely
pubescent; head nearly similar but more finelv and sparseh' punc-
tate ; prothorax relatively larger, nearly a third wider than long,
the sinuato-truncate apex but little narrower than the base, the
sides very feebly converging and just visiblv, subevenlv arcuate
from the evident basal angles to the rounded apical angles, sHghtlv
more arcuate verv near the latter, the surface very broadlv and
feebly impressed before each of the strong basal sinuations, rather
finely, sparsely punctured laterally, extremely finely and remotel}'
so medially ; elytra more than twice as long as wide, four times
as long as the j^rothorax, and, at the middle, about three-fourths
wider, the sides broadly arcuate, the tip very gradually acute, the
humeri widely exposed at base and broadly rounded, with the
callus pronounced, very elongate and gradually disappearing pos-
teriorly, the punctures moderately coarse, closeh' and confusedlv
aggregated in scarcelv impressed striiform lines, the intervals
sparsely, confusedlv and very miiuitely punctate. Length 14.5
mm.; width 5.5 mm. {(^). Arizona (Santa Catalina Mts.).

humeralis n. sp.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN.(E 383

Var. A — Body nearly similar in form and lustre but broader in
the female type, dark rufo-piceous, polished but scarcely
with metallic lustre ; head nearly similar, the punctures very
sparse ; prothorax fully two-fifths wider than lon^^ the sides
rounding anteriorly, l)ccomins; parallel in about basal half, the
surface not at all impressed at tbe basal sinuations, rather finely,
sparsely punctured laterally, minutely and remcjtely toward the
middle; elytra similar but more rapidly acuminate and pointed
behind, with much more impressed lines of subconfuscd and
rather coarser punctures, the intervals similarly finely punctu-
late, the humeral callus strong and rounded but more abbre-
viated. Length 15.5 mm.; width 5.9 mm. (9)- Arizona
(Nogales), — H. F. Wickham acuticauda n. var.

The female of acuticauda^ when compared with submetallt-
cus, is rather broader, with a larger and more transverse pro-
thorax, which is less coarsely and more sparsely punctate later-
ally, the elytral humeri rather less broadly rounded and with a
larger, more pronounced callus, and the series more impressed.
It is probably different specifically from either siibmctaUictis or
hmnc7'alis, but, because of lack of series of both sexes, I prefer
to consider actiticatida as a variety for the present. The Mexi-
can species described by Champion under the name Epitragus
grandis, will enter the present genus without doubt.

Cyrtomius n. gen.

Besides the characters given in the table to distinguish this
genus, its comparatively few members may be known at once
by their very distinct facies, due to the obese form, strong con-
vexity of the median part of the body and coarsely wrinkled
integuments. Each elytron, in the species known to me, has a
small strong protuberance on the disk at the apex, the tubercle
being the posterior limit of the acute upper marginal line of the
epipleuree, which do not therefore quite attain the sutural angles.
The scutellum is well developed, hair}' and rather gradually
pointed behind, and the elytra are rather deeply sinuate at the
middle of the base, to receive the prominent rounded basal lobe
of the prothorax. Three species may be described as follows : —

Elytra very coarsely and irregularly rugose or wrinkled on the sub-
vertical flanks and toward apex, the pubescence more densely
aggregated in the depressed parts of the surface 2

Elytra not rugose but with patches of denser pubescence 3

384 CASEY

2 — Body stout, oval, polished, with strong bronzy lustre, the legs black
with strong metallic lustre, the antennae somewhat piceous ; pubes-
cence yellowish, long and suberect anteriorly, dense on the head
along the eyes and on the epistoma, rather sparse but very con-
spicuous on the pronotum, shorter and very unevenly distributed
on the elytra and almost wanting on the upper convex parts of the
surface ; head nearly as long as wide, convex anteriorly ( 9 ) or
nealy fliat ((^), coarsely and sparsely punctate, closely near the
eyes, each lateral lobe isolated by a broad deep groove extending
to the apical margin, the epistoma angulate, the eves large, rather
flat, minutely faceted ; prothorax three-fourths wider than long,
the apex not quite three-fourths as wide as the base, all the angles
acute, the anterior very prominent anteriorly, the sides nearly
straight, the punctures deep but rather fine, sparse, becoming less
sparse but only a little larger near the sides, with an imperfect
slightly elevated impunctate median line ; elytra between three
and four times as long as the prothorax and a third wider, the
humeri broadlv rounded to the prothorax, the sides feeblv sinuate
behind them, arcuatelv converging in apical third, the apex obtuse,
the punctures minute and sparse, becoming but slightlv larger,
though closer and very uneven laterally, confused throughout ;
sutural region toward apex deeply concave; abdomen minutely
punctate, sparsely so and glabrous mediallv, closely and hairy
laterally. Length 12,8-13.8 mm. ; width 6. 3-6. 45; mm. Mexico
(Guerrero) * cavicauda n. sp.

Body stout, similar to the preceding in form, color and lustre but
smaller and somewhat more densely clothed with long yellowish
pubescence, shorter and more appressed on the elytra ; head similar
but w^ith smaller lateral lobes and shorter antennal joints ; pro-
thorax similar but much more finelv punctured toward the sides ;
elytra very finely and closely jDunctured laterallv. Length 12.0
mm. Mexico (Almolonga) * plicatus Champ.

3 — Form elongate-oval, convex, dark aeneous, the surface not coarselv
and very sparsely punctured ; prothorax broader than long, nar-
rowed in front, feebly emarginate anteriorly, the sides feebly
rounded from the base, the angles acute, the base strongly bisin-
uate ; elytra with cinereous pubescence arranged in irregular
patches, the apex apparently emarginate, the marginal line not
extending to the apex but terminating in a small tooth near it, the
base emarginate and with a faint impression within the humeri ;
imder surface finely punctured and sparsely clothed with cinereous
pubescence. Length 1 1 .=5-1 2.0 mm. Arizona (Camp Grant. —
under mesquite bark) dentiger Horn

It is quite possible that cavicauda^ which is represented before
me by a good series, may be identical with the more southern
and eastern plicatus, but the language used by ISIr. Champion
in regard to the epistoma and anterior angles of the prothorax

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIN/E 385

will certainly not appl}' to the annulate form of the first or the
greatly produced acute form of the latter in cavi'caiida. The
above short diagnosis of flicatits is taken from a specimen
recently sent to me by Mr. Champion, from Almolonga. Dcn-
tigcr seems to lose some of the convexity and practically all of
the elytral rugosity of the Mexican species, but retains the elytral
pubescence in denser patches, as a vestige of the characters
developed so strikingly in the more t3'pical forms of the genus.
I have not seen it and the description is transcribed from the
original. The female of cavicauda has the last dorsal segment
very remarkably moditied, as in the same sex in some forms of
Hylocrinus^ of the Eurymetoponini ; this segment is black and
densely chitinized, with a very deep median emargination, from
the bottom of which projects a slender sagittiform process ; in
the male the last dorsal is coriaceous and pale as usual, narrow,
with the apex truncate, the penultimate being more broadly
arcuato-truncate and with a very small simple median sinus.
There is no sexual difference in the modification of the elytral
apices, this being one of the most important of the distinguish-
ing generic characters. The Mexican incequalis^ of Champion,
also belongs to Cyrtoiniiis, without much doubt.

Lobometopon n. gen.

This genus is a large one and extends in range from Utah
and Kansas, at least to the Isthmus of Panama and probably
further, although replaced to a large extent by Epitragiis^ and
some other allied genera, in South America. The species are
evenly elongate-oval in form, evenly convex and either uni-
formly pubescent or glabrous, with the eyes large but flattened,
finely faceted and with very feebly developed supra-orbital carinas,
the lateral lobes of the front never separated from the median
parts by more than a feeble depression, the apiCal angles of the
prothorax always anteriorly prominent and the elytra gradually
acutely ogival toward apex. The upper line of the epipleurae
extends to the sutural angle, which is usually unmodified but
sometimes feebly mucronate, apparently more especially in the
female ; the elytra sometimes have broadly and feebly impressed
lines, particularly toward the suture, and, toward tip, two or

386 CASEY

three of these grooves are generally a little stronger, but this is
the only modification that I have noted, except a very minute
truncature of the apical angles in a few species such as god-
mani Champ., and the sexes differ but little, as a rule, the
female merely being a little stouter in form, with the anterior
parts usually more closely punctured. In the following table I
have included a few neotropical species which happen to be
represented in my cabinet : —

Upper line of the epipleuriE attaining the acute sutural angles ; ante-
rior angles of the prothorax prominent and acute, elytra with con-
fused sculpture at least laterally ; eyes finely faceted. \^Lobotneto-
pon in sp.] 2

Upper line of the epipleurjE not attaining the sutural angles, the elytral
apex conjointly narrowly truncate or feebly sinuate ; anterior angles
of the prothorax anteriorly prominent but blunt ; elytra with con-
fused sculpture ; eyes finely faceted. \_JSpitragoma n. subg. ] . . . . 1 5

Upper line of the epipleurjE not quite attaining the sutural angles but
terminating in a minute denticle near it, the apices individually
minutely, obliquely truncate ; elytra with even series of punctures
which are not at all confused laterally ; anterior thoracic angles
acute but not very prominent ; lateral lobes of the front more
prominent, the eyes coarsely faceted. \_Efitragopsis n. subg. ] ... 16

2 — Body glabrous or with inconspicuous vestiture 3

Body wath distinct pubescence 14

3 — Head without occipital depressions 4

Head with a marked impression at each side of the occiput near the

eyes, at least in the female 13

4 — Pronotal punctures more or less fine and sparse medially 5

Pronotal punctures decidedly coarse throughout lo

5 — Anterior angles of the prothorax not much deflexed 6

Anterior angles greatly deflexed, almost as in oval is 9

6 — Pronotum without an impunctate median line or with this line

narrow and very imperfect 7

Pronotum with a distinct impunctate median line S

7 — Form narrowly fusoid, moderately convex, highly polished with

strong iuneous lustre, the pubescence verv short and sparse, incon-
spicuous though easily observed; head rather coarsely, sparsely
punctate, more closely toward the eyes and anteriorlv ; protliorax
only about a third wider than long, moderatclv narrowed from the
acute and prominent basal angles to the acute and strongly ante-
riorly prominent apical angles, the sides very feebly arcuate,
generally becoming slightly sinuate near both angles, the surface
very minutely and sparsely punctate, becoming somewhat coarsely
but still sparselv so laterally, with a feeble elongate-oval impres-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIN/E 387

sion before the scutellum, the hitter wider than long and very ob-
tusely ogival ; elytra elongate, very gradually and acutely pointed
behind, the angles acute but not niucronate, the humeri broadly
rounded to the prothorax, the surface with a few feebly impressed
lines suturally, very hnely, sparsely punctured, less finely but not
very closely laterally, the punctures confusetl but with some traces
of slightly larger punctures, either in irregular single series or in
longitudinal aggregated lines. Length lo.o-ii.o mm.; width
4.0-4.25 mm. Mexico (Guerrero) * gracile Csy.

Form elongate-ovoidal, moderatelv convex, deep black with scarcely
any metallic lustre, rather shining, the pubescence very short,
sparse and inconspicuous ; head somewhat finely and sparsely
punctate, the punctures coarser, dense and coalescent toward the
orbital carinse, which are fine but distinct, the epistoma ogivally
rounded; prothorax about a third wider than long; the sides
moderately converging from the base, broadly and rather strongly
arcuate, becoming feebly sinuate near the basal and apical angles, the
former slightly acute, sharp and feebly everted, the latter acute,
slightly everted, prominent and with the tip only slightly blunt;
surface feebly convex, somewhat flattened medially toward apex,
where the anterior margin is just visibly elevated at each side of
the flattened area, the punctures not very coarse but strong, im-
pressed and moderately sparse medially, without trace of an im-
punctate line, becoming gradually decidedly coarse and close but
not dense laterally ; elytra elongate, nearly two-thirds longer than
wide, very gradually ogivally acute posteriorly, about three times
as long as the prothorax but barely a fifth wider, the sides arcuate,
strongly and abruptly rounded at the humeri to the thoracic
angles, the humeri somewhat exposed at base, the callus short but
large and rather prominent, the pvmctures fine but strong, rather
sparse, becoming but little larger and still well separated laterally,
the impressed lines wholly obsolete ; abdomen finely, rather
closely punctulate medially. Length 10. o mm. ; width 4. 15 mm.
Mexico (Guadalajara), — RoUe * abenans n. sp.

Form rather narrowlv fusoid, convex, shining, black with very feeble
bronzy lustre, the tarsi piceous, the pubescence extremely short
and conspicuous ; head rather coarsely, densely punctured, the
antennce rather stout, the tenth joint nearly tw^ice as wide as long ;
prothorax rather short, almost one-half wider th^m long, strongly
narrowed anteriorly, the apex about two-thirds as wide as the base,
the sides evenly and notably arcuate, the basal angles very acute
and minutely prominent, the apical acute and anteriorly prominent,
the surface with a small and obsolescent impression on the basal
lobe, strongly and much less finely, somewhat sparsely punctate,
becoming gradually densely but not much more coarsely so later-
ally, with traces of an impunctate line anteriorly ; scutellum trans-
verse, broadly ogival, anteriorly declivous ; elytra oval, much more
obtusely ogival apically, the sides arcuate and the humeri broadly

388 CASEY

rounding to the base of the prothorax, at the middle fully two-
fifths wider than the prothorax, the punctures rather small and
sparse but strong, becoming not much larger but close-set laterally,
confused but with traces of slightly larger punctures in series, the
sutural broadly impressed line distinct apically, the sutural angles
acute but not mucronate ; abdomen polished, rather finely but not
verv sparsely punctured medially. Length 9.0 mm. ; width 4.0
mm. Utah (Marysvale), — H. F. Wickham uintanum n. sp.

8 — Form elongate-oval, convex, shining, black, without metallic
lustre except a feeble steel-blue tint on the pronotum, subglabrous ;
head moderately coarsely, perforately and closely punctate, the
tenth antennal joint obtriangular, about a third wider than long ;
prothorax rather elongate, scarcely more than a fifth wider than
long, the apex fully three-fourths as wide as the base, the sides
very evenly and moderately arcuate throughout, the basal angles
right, not at all prominent, the apical acute and anteriorly promi-
nent, the surface strongly but rather sparsely punctured, becom-
ing gradually somewhat coarsely, densely so laterally, with a nar-
row and subentire impunctate line, not impressed near the base ;
scutellum transverse, very obtusely ogival, convexly declivous
anteriorly ; elytra gradually but rather obtusely ogival in apical
two-fifths, the sides becoming subsinuate behind the humeri, which
are broadly rounded to the thoracic angles, at the middle fully
two-fifths wider than the prothorax, the punctures not very coarse
but strong, not larger but dense laterally, confused though \vith
the feeblest traces of larger pimctures aggregated into partial
lines suturally, the sutural angles simple, acute; abdomen
strongly and closeh' punctin-ed medially and slighth' shining, the
basal segment more sparsely punctured. Length ii.o mm.;
width 4.^ mm. Arizona fusiforme Csy.

Form still more narrowly fusoid, naviculate, convex, polished, some-
what piceous-black, with very feeble bronzy lustre, the pubes-
cence extremely short and very inconspicuous ; head strongly but
not very coarsely punctured, loosely so medially but densely and
rugosely laterally, finely but strongly and closely apically, the epi-
stoma angulate, with the angle slightly prominent ; prothorax nearly
as \\\ fusiforme but with the broadly arcuate sides usually becoming
slightly sinuate before the basal angles, which are somewhat acute
and prominent, the apical acute and anteriorly prominent, the
surface finely, rather sparsely punctured, becoming strongly but
not very coarsely and closely though not densely so laterally, the
punctures at the extreme edge decidedly smaller than at about
lateral fourth or fifth ; scutellum transversely ogival, declivous
only at base; elytra gradually very acute in apical two-fifths,
with only very feebly and rather finely impressed lines suturally,
the sides arcuate, the humeri gradually rounding to the thoracic
angles, at the middle about a third wider than the prothorax, the
punctures decidedly coarse and very strong, rather well separated,

AMERICAN COMrONEXTS OF THE TENTVRIIN^. 389

not larger but closer and shallower laterally, confused and with
but the feeblest possible traces of disconnected series ; abdomen
polished, aeneous, finely but strongly, sparsely punctured, more
coarsely and closely so only very near the sides. Length 9,1^-10.0
mm.; width3.S-4.i mm. Arizona, — Warren Knaus.

symmetricum n. sp.

Form shorter and stouter, oval, strongly convex, polished, piceous-
black with faint bronzy lustre, the pubescence extremely short,
sparse and inconspicuous ; head rather finely but strongly, closely
punctate, less densely medially, the supra-orl^ital carina3 distinct,
the surface feebly impressed along them internally, the epistoma
angulate ; antenniu nearly as in fusiformc; prothorax more trans-
verse than in the two preceding species, nearly a third wider than
long, the form nearly similar, the sides evenly and moderately
arcuate throughout, the basal angles right, the apical acute and
produced, the surface finely but strongly, sjoarsely punctured,
gradually becoming densely and notably coarsely so laterally but
finer at the edge than at some distance therefrom as in sym-
7}ietriciim ; scutellum similar, impunctate; elytra rather rapidly
and arcuately narrowed in apical third, the sides arcuate, the
humeri rounded and slightly exposed at base, with the callus un-
usually pronounced, the surface with rather distinctly impressed
lines suturally, the punctures very fine and sparse, becoming
much larger and closer but still well separated laterally, confused
though with rather obvious series of larger punctures, irregularly
single suturally but becoming wider aggregations laterally as in
gi-acile; abdomen rugosely punctured broadly toward the sides,
finely and rather sparsely medially. Length 9.3-10.0 mm. ; width
4.2-4.7 mm. Arizona (southern), — F. H. Snow.

pimalicum n. sp.

Form still shorter, almost similarly stout, strongly convex, polished,
dark piceous-brow^n wuth faint aeneous lustre ; head rather coarsely
and densely punctate, more sparsely so at the centre of the vertex,
the epistomal lobe large, ogivally rounded ; prothorax ((5^) a fourth
wider than long, the sides evenly converging from the base,
broadly, subevenly arcuate, the apical angles somew'hat acute,
but slightly prominent, the basal a little more than right, slightly
blunt, not everted, the surface evenly convex, rather finely,
sparsely punctate medially, gradually somewhat coarsely and
closely so laterally; prothorax (9) ^ little more transverse,
similar but with the punctures much more close-set throughout,
becoming only moderately separated medially ; elytra rather
rapidly ogivally acute in apical third, much wider than the pro-
thorax and about three times as long, the humeri obliquely and
moderately rounded to the thoracic base, with the callus short but
pronounced, the surface with obsolete impressed lines suturally,
more evident in the female, the punctures rather fine and sparse
suturally, somewhat coarse and close-set but shallow and some-

390 CASEY

what scabrous laterally ; abdomen minutely, rather sparsely
punctured medially, polished. Length S. 5—10.0 mm. ; width 3.7—
4.5 mm. Arizona (Oak Creek Canyon), — F. H. Snow.

aeneopiceum n. sp.

Form narrowly fusoid, convex, much smaller than any of the preceding
species, blackish-piceous, polished, with a moderate aeneous
lustre ; head rather finely, moderately closely punctate, more
coarsely and coalescently toward the eyes, the epistoma large,
broadly ogival ; prothorax a fourth wider than long, the sides
evenly and rather strongly arcuate, becoming sinuate before the
moderately acute and everted basal angles and more convergent
and straight at the apical angles, which are acute, not at all blunt
or everted and only moderately prominent, the surface evenly
convex, finely and sparsely punctured medially, gradually densely
and somewhat coarsely so laterally, the punctures near the sides
separated by nearly their own widths; scutellum moderate,
broadly ogival ; elytra elongate, very gradualh' ogivally acute
posteriorly from behind the middle, the sides rapidly rounded at
the humeri, which are exposed at base, rather less than three times
as long as the prothorax and much wider, the punctures only
moderately fine, somewhat sparse and irrregular suturally, de-
cidedly coarse, close and asperulate, though shallow as usual,
laterally, the impressed lines obsolete; abdomen strongly and not
very finely, somewhat closely punctured medially. Length 8.2
mm. ; width 3.4 mm. Arizona (Douglas, — Cochise Co.), — F.
H. Snow docile n. sp.

9 — Body rather narrowly oval ((^), stouter and somewhat dilated
behind the middle (9)i strongly convex, moderately shining, the
elytra rather dull, black without distinct metallic lustre, the pubes-
cence extremely short and inconspicuous ; head rather finely,
densely punctate, more sparsely in a small area at the middle of
the vertex, each puncture with a small brilliantly silvery seta, the
tenth antennal joint nearly one-half wider than long, much more
strongly rounded on the inner than the outer side ; prothorax less
than a fourth wider than long, but little narrowed anteriorly, the
apical angles rather obtuse from above but normally acute and
anteriorly prominent from an oblique anterior viewpoint, much
defiexed, the basal angles somewhat more than right and not at
all prominent but not rounded, the sides evenly and moderately
arcuate ; surface strongly, transversely convex anteriorly, rather
finely l)ut strongly, moderately sparsely punctate, becoming
coarsely and densely so laterally, each puncture with a small sil-
very seta, the median line impunctate except near the apex and
base; scutellum slightly transverse, somewhat tumid, rounded;
elytra rather rapidly acuminate with strongly arcuate sides in
apical third, the apical angles acute and simple, the sides arcuate,
tlie humeri very gradually lounded to the thoracic base, at the
middle a fourth {(^) to two-f'iftlis (9) ^vidcr than the prothorax,

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 39I

the punctures moderately coarse, rather close-set, still closer and
larger but shallow laterally, confused, the feebly impressed lines
with rather denser but very obscure aggregations of punctures ;
abdomen rather strongly and closely punctured medially. Length
9,0-9.6 mm. ; width 3.S5-4.5 mm. Arizona.

propinquum n. sp.

10 — Median impunctate line of the pronotum very narrow, subcle-
vated, only visible at and behind the middle. Body suboval,
strongly convex, somewhat shining, black with a feeble coppery
to greenish metallic lustre, each puncture with a small silvery
hair ; head rather coarsely, extremely densely and subrugosely
punctate throughout ; prothorax rather more than a fourth wider
than long, but little narrowed anteriorly, the apex about four-fifths
as wide as the base, with the angles rather strongly deflexed though
very acute and anteriorly prominent from an oblique viewpoint,
the basal angles slightly less than right, with thickened marginal
bead and very slightly prominent, the sides subevenly but very
feebly arcuate ; surface coarsely, perforately punctate, the punc-
tures separated by but little more than their own diameters medi-
ally, becoming still coarser and dense laterally, smaller and ex-
tremely dense at the edges ; scutellum tumid, impunctate, angu-
late posteriorly ; elytra rather rapidly and arcuately narrowed at
tip, with the angles simple and acute, the sides arcuate to the ob-
tusely subangulate humeri, which are very narrowly exposed at
base, at the middle fully two-fifths wader than the prothorax, the
surface with broad and feebly impressed lines throughout the
width, very finely but rather closely punctate suturally, more
coarsely and densely laterally, confused throughout, without trace-
able series ; abdomen finely but strongly, closely punctate medi-
ally. Length 8.7-10.7 mm. ; width 3.9-4.9 mm. New Mexico
and Kansas cribricoUe n. sp.

Median impunctate line normal, flat, extending almost to apex and
base II

II — Form broadly fusoid, strongly convex, small in size, not very
shining, black with obscure bronzy lustre, WMthout metallic lustre
beneath ; hairs borne by the punctures extremely small ; head
trapezoidal, densely and deeply, rather coarsely punctured through-
out, the antennas stouter than usual, the club broad ; prothorax
relatively small, nearly a third wider than long^ the apex three-
fourths as wide as the base, with the angles not unusually deflexed,
acute but only moderately prominent anteriorly, the basal angles
right and not prominent, the sides very evenly and rather strongly
arcuate throughout ; surface coarselv, closely punctured through-
out except in a limited area behind the middle, where the punc-
tures are more scattered, densely crowded laterally ; scutellum but
little wider than long; elytra unusually inflated, with strongly and
evenly arcuate sides, gradually and arcuately narrowed in apical
two- fifths, the humeri obtusely ungulate, very slightly exposed at

392

CASEY

base, at the middle almost one-half wider than the prothorax, the
surface finely, closely punctate, more coarsely and densely so
laterally, without distinct impressed lines, the punctures confused
throughout, the sutural angles yery acute but simple ; abdomen
finely rugulose, finely but closely punctured medially. Length
8.5 mm.; width3.7mm. Kansas jucundum n. sp.

Form more narrowly elongate-oval, strongly convex 12

12 — Body strongly shining,' piceous-black with distinct seneous lustre,
each puncture bearing a small but very evident cinereous hair ;
head not very coarsely but closely, evenly punctured, the punc-
tures separated by about their own widths iiear the middle, the
antennae moderately slender ; prothorax relatively small, the apex
but little more than two-thirds as wide as the base, with the angles
rather strongly deflexed though very acute and anteriorly promi-
nent when viewed subanteriorly, the basal right and not prominent,
the sides evenly and distinctly arcuate, the surface strongly but
only moderately coarsely, rather closely punctate, the punctures
separated by nearly twice their own widths medially, becoming
but slightly larger but deep and close though not at all crowded
laterally ; scutellum moderate ; elytra oblong, rather rapidly and
arcuately narrowed in about apical third, the sides moderately arcu-
ate to the rounded humeri, which are rather widely exposed at base,
at the middle fully one-half wider than the prothorax, the punc-
tures very fine but deep, sparse, becoming larger but shallow and
still well separated laterally, with but the feeblest evidences of
larger seriate punctuation suturally, the impressed lines almost
wanting, slightly evident apically near the suture, the sutural angles
very acute but simple ; abdomen feebly rugulose, rather finely,
not very sparsely and strongly punctured medially. Length 9.8
mm.; width 4.6 mm. Utah (St. George), — H. F. Wickham.

parvicolle n. sp.

Body moderately shining, the upper surface with strong bronzy lustre,
the under surface with scarcely any metallic reflection, each punc-
ture bearing an extremely minute and wholly inconspicuous hair ;
head closely, rather coarsely, deeply punctate, more finely an-
teriorly ; prothorax long, well developed, scarcely a fifth wider
than long, the apex three-fourths as wide as the base, with the
angles not much deflexed, very acute and anteriorly prominent,
the basal slightly acute and prominent, the sides evenly but rather
feebly arcuate ; surface not coarsely but deeply, rather closely
punctate, the punctures separated by rather more than twice their
own widths medially, becoming only moderately coarse but deep
and very close-set laterally ; scutellum well developed, transverse,
rounded, flat and impunctate ; elytra gradually acute and with
moderately arcuate sides in nearly apical two-fifths, the sides
broadly arcuate, more rounding at base to the olituse humeri,
which are very narrowly exposed at base, the surface without
trace of impressed lines except one along the suture toward tip,

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN.Ii: 393

the punctures ratlier line and well separated but stroufif, becoming
dense and rather coarse laterally, confused, with scarcely any
evidence of series, the sutural angles simple but very acute ;
abdomen smooth, tinely, moderately closely punctured medially.
Length 10. 1^ mm. ; width 4.75 mm. Arizona... aequipenne n. sp.

Body moderately obese and shining, colored like the preceding, the
tibiie slightly rufescent, the punctures bearing similar very minute
and inconspicuous hairs ; head rather coarsely, closely punctate,
subcontiuently so laterally, more finely toward apex ; prothorax
fully a fifth wider than long, the apex but little more than two-
thirds as wide as the base, the sides feebly arcuate, becoming
broadly sinuate toward the apical angles, which are not greatly
deflexed, very acute and anteriorly produced, the basal angles
right and not prominent ; punctures coarse and deep, separated
bv about one-half more than their own diameters medially, be-
coming very coarse and longitudinally subconfiucnt laterally, finer
and dense near the edges ; scutellum large, fiat, impunctate,
angulate behind ; elytra rather rapidly and arcuately narrowed to
the acute tip, the sides broadly, evenly arcuate to the obtuse
humeri, which are evidently exposed at base, the surface w'ith
broadly and feebly impressed lines almost throughout the width,
strongly, not very finely and rather closely punctured, densely
and rather coarselv toward the sides, the punctures confused but
becoming rather coarser and broadly aggregated in the impressed
lines, although not very evidently so; abdomen smooth, not very
finely, strongly, rather sparsely punctured medially, Male nar-
rower, blacker and more sparsely punctured than the female, to
which the description refers. Length lo.o-ii.o mm.; width
4.3-4.8 mm. Arizona (near the southern boundary and San
Bernardino Ranch, Cochise Co.), — Morrison and Snow.

morrisoni n. sp.

13 — Form rather stout, oval, moderately convex, polished, glabrous,
black with strong cupreous lustre, the antenna; nearly black, the
legs dark piceo-rufous ; head densely, deeply and rather coarsely
punctate, the basal excavations very deep and cavernous, the epi-
stoma broadly, obtusely angulate ; prothorax nearly one-half wider
than long, the apex rather more than two-thirds as wide as the
base, with the angles rather deflexed, acute and produced ante-
riorly, the sides broadly arcuate, becoming moi;e converging and
broadly sinuate anteriorly and straight or just visibly sinuate near
the basal angles, which are acute and slightly prominent ; punc-
tures dense but not crowded toward the sides and apex, coarse
toward the former, fine toward the apex, more scattered toward the
middle posteriorlv and with a partial flat impunctate line; scutel-
lum ogival, about as wide as long ; elytra gradually acutely pointed
behind in apical two-fifths and gradually declivous on the disk,
the sides feebly arcuate, more strongly rounded at base to the
thoracic angles, the punctures confused, rather fine but strong,

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., September, 1907.

394 CASEY

sparse, becoming rather coarse but still well separated laterally, with
regular unimpressed series of I'ather coarse punctures suturally,
which become confused with the other punctures laterally ; surface
impressed near the sutural angles, which are very acute and slightly
mucronate ; under surface polished, with greenish metallic lustre,
the abdomen somewhat finely and sparsely but strongly punc-
tured medially. Length 13.0 mm.; width 5.5 mm. Nicaragua
( Ometepe) , — Shimek *bicaviceps n . sp.

Form nearly similar, less stout, glabrous, polished, black with bright
coppery -bronze lustre, greenish beneath, the legs dark piceo-
rufous ; head rather finely but deeply, very densely punctate
throughout, the occipital pits much shallower and triangular in
form, the epistomal lobe broadly parabolic ; prothorax nearly
similar, fully two-fifths wider than long, the apex nearly three-
fourths as wide as the base, with the moderately deflexed angles
very acute and anteriorly prominent, the sides feebly arcuate or
feebly subangulate before the middle, scarcely visibly sinuate
anteriorly, the basal angles right, not at all prominent, the punc-
tures only very moderately coarse and slightly separated laterally,
becoming fine medially, close-set anteriorly but sparse posteriorly,
with a partial impunctate line, the basal lobe strongly rounded,
not at all impressed ; scutellum similar ; elytra similar in form
and about a fourth wider than the prothorax, finely, sparsely and
confusedly punctate, more coarsely and densely but unevenly so
laterally, with the unimpressed series composed of only slightly
larger, widely spaced punctures and not at all conspicuous ; under
surface almost similar. Length 13.0 mm.; width 5.1 mm.
Panama (Natd) *alveolatum n. sp.

14 — Form oval, somewhat inflated posteriorly, ver}' convex, sub-
opaque from density of sculpture, dark red-brown to blackish in
color, the legs not paler, devoid of metallic reflection, the pubes-
cence decumbent, yellowish-cinereous, short but dense ; head
trapezoidal, somewhat coarsely, very closely punctate; prothorax
two-fifths or more wider than long, very convex, the apex fully
three-fourths as wide as the base, with the angles greatly deflexed
though acute and slightly prominent, with the apex deeply and
evenly sinuate between them from an oblique anterior viewpoint,
the sides very feebly converging and but slightly arcuate in about
basal two-thirds, then rapidly rounding to the apex, the basal
angles abruptly and minutely prominent, the surface somewhat
coarsely, very closely punctate, extremely densely but not more
coarsely laterally, without impunctate line ; scutellum well devel-
oped, polished, rounded behind; elytra shorter than usual, but
little more than two and one-half times as long as the prothorax,
and, at the middle, a third wider, rapidly narrowed to the acute
apex, the sides strongly, evenly arcuate to the humeri, which are
not exposed, the callus very small and feeble, the surface smooth,
without distinct impressed lines, rather finely but deeply, very

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN.'E 395

closclv punctured throughout, a little more coarsely so laterally,
without trace of series ; abdomen somewhat shininj^, linely, not
very closely punctate medially. Length 9.0-9.8 mm. ; width
4.2-4.6 mm. Texas. [^ Epitragiis oval is Csy.]... ovale Csy.

Form nearly as in ovale but more elongate, very strongly convex, dark
piceous, moderately shining, the elytra duller, the pubescence
cinereous, short but rather abundant and distinct ; head somewhat
coarsely, densely punctate, with the merest trace of fine orbital
carinas, the epistomal lobe large, rather acutely angulato-ogival ;
prothorax not quite a third wider than long, the apex three-fourths
as wide as the base, the sides subevenly and feebly arcuate, becom-
ing more converging and subsinuate anteriorly, the angles much
deflexed, acute, not blunt and moderately prominent, not everted,
the basal angles acute and very slightly everted ; surface evenly
and strongly convex, not very finely, perforately and not very
closely pvmctate, with a narrow smooth line medially, gradually
not very coarsely but ver}- densely and coalescently so laterally ;
elytra three-fifths longer than wide, barely three times as long as
the prothorax and two-fifths wider, subinflated behind the middle,
thence graduall}' acutely ogival to the tip, the sides less arcuate
basally, the humeri obtusely subangular and very slightly exposed
at base, the callus narrow and very feeble, almost obsolete ; sur-
face with very feebly impressed lines suturally, strongly, not very
finely and moderately closely punctate, more coarsely, rather
densely and asperulately so laterally ; abdomen shining, minutely,
rather closely punctulate medially. Length 9.5 mm. ; width 4.2
mm. Kansas (Wallace Co.) obscurum n. sp.

Form somewhat as in the female of Bothrotes canaliculatus Say, but
with the prothorax more convex, plumbeo-jeneous, almost opaque,
clothed with short cinereous pubescence ; head densely punctate ;
prothorax almost one-half wider than long, narrowed anteriorly,
the sides rounded, the apical angles subacute and not at all pro-
longed, the surface finely and densely punctate ; elytra densely
punctulate and rugose, somewhat obsoletely striate. Length lo.o
mm. Kansas. [= Epitragus phnnbeiis Lee] . . .plumbeum Lee.

15 — Body rather stout, elongate, fusiform, convex, polished, dark
piceous or blackish with very strong jeneous lustre, the tibiae, tarsi
and antennae rufescent ; pubescence rather long, subdecumbent,
nearly white, moderately close ; head coarsely, sparsely punctured,
more closely laterally and anteriorly, the epistoma broadly, angu-
larly lobed, the lateral lobes very small, rounded, the labrum
impressed along the middle and clothed with long silky hairs ;
supra-orbital carinas completely obsolete ; prothorax one-half wider
than long, strongly narrowed, the apex about three-fifths as wide
as the base, with the angles right, but little produced and evidently
rounded, the sides evenly and moderately arcuate throughout, the
basal angles right, not prominent but not rounded, the surface not
coarsely but strongly, sparsely punctate, but little more coarsely

396 CASEY

though rather closely so very near the sides ; scutellum rounded,
fully as long as widie, pubescent ; elytra gradually narrowed to
the narrowly truncate tip in apical two-fifths, the sides feebly
arcuate, inore strongly rounded at the humeri to the thoracic
angles, at the middle about a fourth wider than the prothorax ;
surface without impressed lines, except one along the suture
toward tip, minutely punctate, the punctures arranged in a few
alternating broad stripes, in which they are very sparse and rather
closely aggregated, less evident laterally, where the punctures be-
come slightly larger and closer and with the surface minutely
rugulose, the side margin finely serrate ; abdomen with long white
pubescence not concealing the surface, minutely, not closely punc-
tate medially. Length 12.0 mm. ; width ^.o mm. Arizona.
[= Epitragus vestitus Csy.] vestitum Csy.

16 — Body rather narrowly elongate-fusoid, moderately convex, gla-
brous, polished, black, the elytra somewhat piceous, strongly
ffineous in lustre, with scarcely metallic lustre beneath, the legs
dark piceous ; head rather coarsely and strongly, somewhat
sparsely punctured, the lateral lobes of the front rounded but
almost as anteriorly prominent as the epistomal lobe ; eyes much
more coarsely faceted than in any of the preceding species, the
supra-orbital carinai fine ; prothorax nearly one-half wider than
long, the apex broadly sinuate, two-thirds as wide as the base,
the angles but slightly acute and not very much advanced though
not at all blunt, the sides almost evenly^but rather feebh' arcuate,
very slightly sinuate just before the basal angles, which are some-
what acute and prominent, the punctures fine and sparse, becom-
ing slightly coarse but still widely separated laterally, without
impunctate line except feebly at base; scutellum ogival, as long
as wide ; elyti'a very gradualh' acutely pointed and gi'adually
declivous in apical two-fifths, the sides feebly arcuate, abruptly
rounded at base to the thoracic angles, a third wider than the
prothorax, the punctures minute, very sparse and confused through-
out the width, with nine even, entire and unimpressed series of
moderately coarse, deep, rather well separated punctures, not at
all confused or larger toward the sides ; abdomen smooth, fineh"
and sparsely but sti^ongly punctured medially. Length 11.:^ mm. ;
width 4.38 mm. Panama (Nata) * godmani Champ.

The genus Lohonietoj^on proper includes, besides the Ameri-
can species above described, most of the ISIexican and Central
American sexually similar forms with lobed epistoma, recently
made known by Mr. Champion in the " Biologia." Efitra-
gonia and Efitragofsis are treated as subgenera in tlie table,
though I have but little doubt that they will ultimately be
regarded as true genera. The latter is, like Epi'tragus, a
purely South American group, only penetrating Central Amer-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 397

ica for a short distance beyond the Isthmus of Panama, and the
type described above under the name godmant, agrees with Mr.
Champion's description, except that the lateral lobes of the front
are described as diverging ; they are in no sense everted in the
specimen described above, but have their external sides inter-
nally rounding anteriorly; communis Champ,, is a closely allied
species and I have another still smaller, represented by two spec-
imens from Espirito-Santo, Brazil. The singular cephalic char-
acters of bicaviccfs and alveolatum may possibly relate only to
the females of the cuprcus type, to which they evidently belong.
Efitragoma^ represented in our fauna at present by a single
species, includes also the Mexican JEpitragus chevrolati and
possibly sXsopilosjis^ of Champion ; it seems to be purely Sonoran
in habitat. The left antenna in the unique type of uinlaniim
becomes gradually pale testaceous toward tip, the right antenna
being black throughout, — a singular malformation. In aber-
rans there is a feeble modification of the apical part of the pro-
thorax, reminding us of the male of the next genus, but this
cannot be regarded as a transitional character ; it is related to
metallicuSy which is out of place in the arrangement of the
*'Biologia," but differs in the much more transverse prothorax.^

^ Since this was written I have received from Mr. Champion, good series of
examples of forms related to metallicus and cupreus, from various points in Mex-
ico and Central America. These specimens shed much light on the difficulties
and uncertainties attending generic delimitation in this part of the Epitragini,
for it is quite evident that the females of some of the closely allied forms of the
metallicus group, have pronotal characters similar in form to those of Botkrotes,
although so feeble in development as to indicate that these characters in Lobo-
metopon mav simply be atavistic or reversional in nature. One of the chief
peculiarities of Lohometopon consists in the acutely and gradually pointed form
of the body posteriorly ; this is as well developed in the metallicus group as in the
moretvpical species and, even though some females of that group have two feeble
pronotal ridges and a very slightly thickened lateral margin, it is to be noted
that these ridges never extend to the apical margin or interrupt the continuity of
the latter as they do in Botkrotes. I am therefore of the opinion that the metal-
licus group cannot be held to unite the genera Lobometopoii and Botkrotes. The
specimens of the cupreus group before me show rather conclusively that the ex-
cavation behind each eye, alluded to in the above table, is a sexual character
affecting the female. Attending this character we have finer and denser punc-
tures of the head and of the pronotum, especially toward the apex and sides of
the latter. There are a good many species belonging to both the tnetallicus and
cupreus groups, but the material sent me seems to show that those made known
in the present paper are distinct from those described by Mr. Champion in the
" Biolo^ia."

398 CASEY

Bothrotes n. gen.

This is the largest genus of the Epitragini in North America
and is possibly the most isolated in general facies. The remark-
able sexual discordance in the structure of the prothorax has
but few parallels in the Coleoptera, the pronotum of the female
having two prominent longitudinal ridges, evanescent toward
base, the space between them and between each and the side
margins concave and the lateral margins thickened. In the
male, not only are the ridges obsolete and the side margins very
fine, but the entire sculpture is generally coarser. The ridges
are not absolutely obsolete in the male, being traceable by two
inequalities of the anterior margin, and, sometimes, by a flatten-
ing of the disk. The body is shorter and stouter, as a rule, than
in Lobometofo7i and more obtusely rounded at the posterior ex-
tremity, but the tarsi have the same dense pads of pubescence
and the frontal parts of the head and the sternal structure are
similar. The fine simple upper margin of the epipleur^e attains
the sutural angles but at a considerable distance within the lower
margin, which becomes more outwardly prominent near the
angles, with the intermediate surface deeply grooved, and the
united tips of the elytra are protected and sunken partially below
the upturned edge of the last ventral segment. The onh' modi-
fication on the posterior declivity of the elytra, is a slight con-
cavity between the one or two somewhat accentuated ridges
separating the usual broadly impressed lines, so characteristic
of the tribe in general, together with a few series of small,
widely spaced asperities, which also appear in some of the
Eurymetoponini. The eyes are flattened and minutely faceted ;
the supra-orbital carinas are very fine or subobsolete and the
anterior angles of the prothorax acute and anteriorly prominent.
The species are difllcult to tabulate because of deficiency in
salient structural divergencies, but those in my cabinet may pos-
sibly be recognized by the following descriptions : —

Species larger in size, always strongly bronzed 2

Species smaller, less metallic as a rule and generally darker in
coloration 6

2 — Pronotum ((j') rather strongly impressed along the median line.
Body elongate-ovil, strongly convex, liright coppery-bronze in

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN/E 399

lustre above and beneath, the pale pubescence long, not concealing
the surface but very conspicuous ; head coarsely, rather closely
punctate, more finely and densely on the large angulate epistoma,
with an inipunctate spot at the middle of the occiput; protlK^rax
((^) large, not a third wider than long, tlie apex two-thirds as
wide as the base, with the angles acute and produced but not very
slender and not everted, the sides perfectly straight, excepting for
a space from the middle nearly to the apex where they are feebly
arcuate, the basal angles acute but not everted, the surface percep-
tibly tumid at each side of the middle anteriorly, stronglv, somewhat
coarsely, rather sparsely punctate, more coarsely and closely so
laterally, with an inipunctate median line; elytra oval, obtusely
rounded behind, at the middle nearly one-half wider than the pro-
thorax, the sides arcuate, more strongly rounding at base to the
thoracic angles, rather finely but strongly, sparsely punctate,
scarcel}^ more coarsely but more closely laterally, with very feebly
impressed longitudinal lines throughout ; abdomen strongly, closely
punctured. Length 13.0 mm.; width 6.0 mm. Florida (Key
West) fortis n. sp.

Pronotum ((^) at most only feebly impressed along the median line. 3

3 — Supra-orbital carina obsolete or scarcely traceable 4

Supra-orbital carina rather distinct though fine ; body only moderately

large and unusually narrow 5

4 — Form stout, oblong-oval, convex, rather strongly shining, dark

bronzed in lustre, the pubescence shorter than in fortis^ conspic-
uous but not at all concealing the integument ; head moderately
coarsely and closely punctate, the epistomal lobe rounded ; pro-
thorax ((5^) two-fifths wider than long, with the apex four-fifths
as wide as the base, the angles acute, prominent, prolonged and
everted, the sides feebly arcuate, the basal angles slightly everted
but not very sharp, the surface almost even, rather coarsely, closely
punctured laterally, more finely and sparsely medially ; prothorax
( 9 ) smaller, more transverse, trapezoidal, with the sides nearly
straight and with the greatly thickened margin dilated in the mid-
dle, the apical angles more acute but not everted, the ridges very
strong, the surface more finely and sparsely punctate, with a
fine carina along the middle in the concavity between the ridges ;
elytra nearly three-fifths longer than wide, the sides parallel and
feebly arcuate, rounded at base, almost smooth and with scarcely
visible impressed lines suturally, not coarsely but strongly, rather
closely punctate, somewhat more coarsely, closely and with the
surface more chagrined laterally ; abdomen finely, closely punc-
tate and with short pale pubescence. Length 12. 4-12. 8 mm.;
width5.S-6.i mm. Texas (Columbus andLuling). [= Epitra-
gus actitus Lee] acutus Lee.

Form stout, nearly as in aaitiis but with much coarser and rougher
sculpture, strongly bronzed, rather dull, the pubescence somewhat
longer, more plentiful and more shaggy ; head closely, moderately

400 CASEY

coarsely punctured ; prothorax ((^) large, not quite one-half wider
than long, the apex three-fourths as wide as the base, the angles
much prolonged anteriorly but scarcely at all everted, the sides
evenly and distinctly arcuate, the basal angles acute and everted,
the surface almost even, rather coarsely, closely and subevenly
punctured throughout, without evident impunctate line; prothorax
(Q) trapezoidal, smaller, with nearly straight sides which are very
widely thickened except toward apex, the sculpture and ridges
nearly as in acutus ; elytra conspicuously and coarsely rugose,
rather coarsely, closeh' punctured, densely but less deeply toward
the sides, the broad impressed lines feeble; abdomen shining,
minutely, not very closely punctulate medially. Length 11.S-12.8
mm.; width 5.7-6.0 mm. Texas subrudis n. sp.

Form much narrower than in either of the preceding species, elongate-
oval, strongly convex, rather shining, brilliant bronze in lustre, the
pubescence short, cinereous and not dense ; head closely, rather
coarsely punctured, the epistoma finely but not very densely, broadly
angulate ; prothorax {(^) two-fifths wider than long, the apex three-
fourths as wide as the base, with the angles narrowly prolonged,
prominent and strongly everted, the sides rather strongly arcuate,
becoming feebly sinuate toward the basal angles, which are acute
and slightly prominent, the surface rather finely and sparsely punc-
tate, more coarsely and closely so laterally, nearly even, with a
well marked, obsoletely impressed impunctate line ; elytra oblong-
oval, parallel and feebly arcuate at the sides, strongly rounded at
base to the thoracic angles, the surface somewhat coarsely, irregu-
larly plicato-rugose, finely, strongly, not very closely punctate sutur-
ally, less finel}^, closely and rugosely so laterally, the impressed
lines wide and feeble but evident ; abdomen minutelv rugose and
strongly, rather closely punctate medially. Length 11.3 mm.;
width 5.3 mm. Texas (Del Rio), — H. F. Wickham.

pensus n. sp.

5 — Body elongate-oval, strongly convex, polished and stronglv aeneous
or viridi-aeneous, the pubescence short and rather sparse ; head
rather finely, moderately closely punctured, the epistomal lobe
large, angulate; prothorax {(^) about a third wider than long,
of the same form as in the preceding species, the sides feebly
arcuate, the apical angles very acute and sometimes feebly everted,
the basal acute and prominent, the surface sometimes with a feeble
narrow tumorosit}' at each side of the middle anteriorlv, finely
but strongly, rather closelv punctate, more coarsely, rather densely
so laterally ; prothorax ( 9 ) of the same general form and sculp-
ture as in acutus', elytra oblong-oval, with feebly arcuate sides,
strongly rounded at base to the thoracic angles, at the middle
much wider than the prothorax, the impressed lines wide and
strong, the punctures minute and sparse suturally, still fine but
close-set, with the surface less sliining latcrallv ; abdomen finely,
feebly rugulose and finelv, rather sparselv punctate medially.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^K 4OI

Lenfjth 10. 7-1 1 .8 mm. ; width 4.6-5.3 mm. Kansas (Pratt Co.),
— Warren Knaus knausi n. sp.

6 — Epistomal lobe very sharply triangular, with the sides straight ;

integuments distinctly metallic in lustre 7

Epistomal lobe obtuse and either ogival or rounded; lustre generally
not or feebly metallic 8

7 — Body elongate-oval, convex, the elytra brownish-testaceous, the

lustre throughout very bright leneous, the surface polished ; pubes-
cence sparse but distinct, rather conspicuous on the male pro-
notum ; head sparsely, moderately coarsely punctured, more
closelv laterally, finely but not densely on the epistoma, the orbi-
tal cariniE distinct (9) or obsolescent ((j^) ; prothorax (9)
small, transverse, trapezoidal, with the two ridges very strong,
becoming unusually prominent anteriorly, the general surface
very finely, sparsely punctate; prothorax {(J') much larger, less
transverse, with the sides more rounded, the surface nearly even,
less finely but sparsely punctured medially, somewhat coarsely
and less sparsely laterally ; scutellum tumid, rounded, metallic ;
elytra much wider than the prothorax, especially in the female,
with distinct, rather narrowly impressed lines, minutely, sparsely
punctate, less minutely but still finely and rather sparsely and
with the surface only a little less shining toward the sides ; abdo-
men rather finely but strongly, only moderately sparsely punc-
tate medially. Length 8.3-9.8 mm.; width 3.6-4.2 mm. New
York to Texas (near the sea-beaches) arundinis Lee.

Body not very stout, convex, more oblong-oval, polished, the elytra
duller, especially toward the sides, black, the elytra less deeply,
the legs and antennae deep black, the lustre viridi-ieneous anteri-
orly and beneath, scarcely metallic on the elytra, the legs non-
metallic ; vestiture short and inconspicuous ; head rather finely,
very sparsely punctured medially and but little less sparsely an-
teriorlv, more coarsely but still loosely toward the eyes, where
the carinae are distinct and sharply elevated even in the male ;
prothorax (1^) nearly one-half wider than long, trapezoidal, with
feebly arcuate sides which are not at all sinuate anteriorly, the
apex fully three-fourths as wide as the base, with the angles acute
and not at all blunt but not in the least everted, the basal angles
acute and very feebly everted, the surface even, rather finely but
strongly, sparsely punctured, less sparsely toward tip, not very
coarselv, perforately and still sparsely laterally, except along the
immediate edges where the punctures are a little closer but not
dense ; scutellum rather large, rounded ; elytra oblong, obtuse
behind, with very feebly arcuate sides, strongly rounded at base,
at the middle about a third wider than the prothorax, with feeble
but distinct impressed lines, minutely, sparsely punctured sutur-
ally, still rather finely but more closely and shallowly so laterally ;
abdomen rather finely but strongly, not very sparsely punctured
medially; female unknown. Length 10. o mm. ; width 4.8 mm.
Texas (near El Paso) aeneicollis n. sp.

402 CASEY

Body moderately stout and convex, shining, bright brassy or bronze,
the cinereous pubescence fine, rather short and sparse and moder-
ately conspicuous ; head moderately coarsely, deeply, evenly and
somewhat closely punctate, obtusely elevated at the middle of the
vertex, the epistoma broadly angulate with straight sides, the
orbital carinae sharply elevated ; prothorax (Q) rather small,
three-fifths wider than long, almost evenly trapezoidal, the sides
straight, excepting a very feeble swelling before the middle, the
apical angles very acute, narrowly prolonged and feebly everted,
the basal very acute, sharp and not everted, the thickened margin
even, narrowed only anteriorly ; ridges rather narrow and mod-
erately elevated, straight and parallel, obsolescent near the base,
the apex between them broadly sinuate, the depression moderate,
gradually evanescent toward the base ; punctures fine and rather
sparse, with a narrow distinct and subentire smooth line medially,
still rather fine but closer laterally ; elytra very obtusely rounded
behind, two-fifths wider than the prothorax and two and one-half
times as long, the sides strongly rounded at base ; surface with
broadly and moderately impressed lines suturally and finely but
rather closely punctured, with coarser punctures in the furrows,
larger and dense, shallow and asperulate laterally ; male unknown.
Length 9.7 mm.; width 4.^ mm. Texas (Alpine"), — H. F.
Wickham chalceus n. sp.

8 — Head ( 9 ) very opaque and feebly impressed across the base of

the vertex, where the punctures become very fine ; supra-orbital
carina fine but strong and acutely elevated at least in the female.. 9

Head ( 9 ) ^^^^ notably more impressed or differently sculptured en-
tirely across the base of the vertex, more shining and more
coarsely sculptured 10

9 — Pronotal ridges (Q) arcuate anteriorly, the inclosed depression

more rounded. Body stout, deep black throughout, shining but
without metallic lustre, the pubescence extremely minute and
scarcely discernible ; head finely, rather closely and very evenly
punctured, slightly shining, the transverse depressed band behind
the vertex densely opaque and finely, more sparsely punctate,
each puncture with a short silvery hair, the occiput convex,
the epistoma very broadly and obtusely ogival ; prothorax (Q)
transverse, fully three-fifths wider than long, trapezoidal, with
very feebly arcuate sides becoming slightly sinuate near the apical
angles, which are very acute but not much produced, the thickened
margin unusually fine, thick near the base, where the angles are
right and not at all prominent ; ridges broadly convex, very feeble
and subobsolete behind the middle, interiorly oblique anteriorly,
moderately prominent at apex, the general surface alutaceous,
rather finely but deeply, not very sparsely punctate, more coarsely
and a little less sparsely so laterally, inipunctate along a fine line
adjoining the thickened edge except toward base; scutellum mod-
erate, acutely ogival, as long as wide ; elytra broad, oblong, one-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIN-« 4O3

half longer than wide, the sides feebly arcuate, stronpjly rounding
at base, at the middle two-thirds wider than tlie prothorax, the
impressed lines obsolete except suturally toward tip, where they
are strong as usual, the punctures fine, sparse, becoming slightly
coarse and closer but shallow, with the surface but little less
shining, laterally, having also some very feebly defined and
irregular disconnected lines of larger punctures suturally ; abdo-
men shining, with rather small but strong, somewhat close-set
punctures and with the surface feebly rugulose medially. Length
10.5 mm. ; width 5.3 mm. Arizona (Seligman), — H. F. WMck-
ham tenebrosus n. sp.

Pronotal ridges ( O ) parallel and straight or virtually so. Body stout,
oblong-oval, convex, shining, black, the upper surface with a
feeble and more grayish lustre, the under surface feebly viridi-
aeneous ; pubescence extremely short and very inconspicuous ;
head elongate, only moderately coarsely but deeply, densely and
subevenly punctate, finely and sparsely in the more opaque area
before the transversely tumid occiput, theepistoma strongly ogival,
with the sides but slightly arcuate ; prothorax ( 9 ) not quite one-
half wider than long, trapezoidal, with the sides very feebly,
evenly arcuate from the rectangular and non-prominent basal
angles anteriorlv, becoming obviously sinuate behind the very
acute, prolonged and everted apical angles, the thickened margin
subequal throughout and minutely, densely punctate ; ridges
rather narrowly elevated, becoming broad and feeble posteriorly,
the surface alutaceous, finely, loosely punctate, rather coarsely
and somewhat closely laterally, with a very fine impunctate line
along the margin in apical half, and another, along the median
line and not attaining the apex, flat as in tencbros?(s and not at all
elevated ; elytra as in tenebj-osiis but more elongate, nearly smooth,
at the middle not more than one-half wider than the prothorax,
the impressed lines broad and subobsolete on the disk, the punc-
tures rather coarse, deep and close-set, becoming still coarser,
dense and subscabrous laterally ; abdomen as in tenebrosus. Male
w^ith the head and prothorax more coarsely but closely punctate,
the latter relatively rather small, with the anterior angles produced
and prominent. Length 10. 0-10.8 mm. ; width 4. 8-5. 3 mm.
Arizona (Tu9son) occipitalis n. sp.

10 — Body narrowly oval in form, somewhat as in arundinis and

cejieicoUis 11

Body stout in form 14

1 1 — Integuments black, with a dull bronze lustre 12

Integuments without metallic lustre 13

13 — Form moderately narrow, convex, moderately shining, with very

short inconspicuous pubescence ; head somewhat longer than
wide, rather coarsely, very closely punctate, the epistoma broadly
and obtusely ogival; prothorax ((^) one-half wider than long.

404 CASEY

the apex three-fourths as wide as the base, with very feeble and
broadly sinuato-truncate lobe, the angles acute, produced and
everted, the basal angles right, not at all everted or prominent,
the sides evenly and feebly arcuate to the sinus behind the apical
angles ; surface rather coarsely, very deeply and closely punctate
medially, ver}^ densely so but not more coarsely laterally, more
finely at about lateral fourth and at the sides, not distinctly bi-im-
pressed at base ; elytra barely one-half longer than wide, three
times as long as the prothorax and a fourth wider, rapidlv obtusely
ogival posteriorly, the sides broadly, evenly arcuate to the humeri,
which are not exposed at base, the callus very feeble, the punc-
tures only moderately small, deep and rather close-set suturallv,
larger but shallow, dense and subscrabrous laterally, with very
obsoletely impressed lines including some coarser punctures sutur-
ally; female unknown. Length 10.6 mm.; width 4.9 mm.
Arizona conf ertus n . sp.

Form similar but more depressed, more shining, the elytra with greenish-
bronze lustre, the pubescence very short and inconspicuous ; head
nearly as wide as long, rather coarsely, closely punctate, the epi-
stomal lobe large, much produced, very obtusely ogival ; pro-
thorax ((5^) rather less than one-half wider than long, the apex a
little more than three-fourths as wide as the base, with the lobe
very feeble, truncate, the angles rather thick, somewhat blunt at
tip, much produced and strongly everted, the basal angles slightly
acute but pot everted, the sides straight, becoming very feebly
arcuate before the middle to the post-angular sinus, the surface
very distinctly impressed near each side at base, rather coarsely,
closely punctate, finely and very densely so at lateral fourth and
near the edge, coarsely and less densely intermcdiatelv, without
impunctate median line; elytra fully one-half longer. than wide, a
little more than three times as long as the prothorax and almost a
third wider, very rapidly and obtuselv ogival at tip, the sides
broadly arcuate, more rapidly rounded at base to the thoracic
angles, the callus moderately prominent; surface wholly devoid
of trace of impressed lines, luiusually coarsely, decplv and closely
punctate, scarcely more coarsely but more shallowly and moder-
ately closely so laterally; female unknown. Length 9.^ mm.;
width 4.3 mm. Arizona eversus n. sp.

Form more narrowly elongate-oval, more convex than in rvcrsus and
less shining, the pubescence very short, inconspicuous ; head as
wide as long, only moderately coarsely and not very closely punc-
tate, the epistomal lobe broad and angulato-ogival, the sides less
arcuate than in the preceding species; prothorax ((^) a little
more than one-half wider than long, the apex as in cvcrsus, with
the lobe feeble and sinuato-truncate, the angles very different,
short, not produced, very feebly everted and scarcely prominent
though acute and not blunt, the basal angles and sides as in
cvcrsus ; surface finely, rather sparsely punctate medially, a little

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^: 4O5

more coarsely and less sparsely near lateral fifth but elsewhere
laterally more thiely and closely, the median inipunctate line <lis-
tinct and \yell detined except anteriorly ; elytra fully Uvo-thirds
longer than wide, much less rapidly antl less obtusely ogiyal at
tip than usual, the sides broadly arcuate, gradually a little more
strongly so basally, the callus feeble ; disk three and one-half
times as long as the prothorax and barely a fifth wider, wholly
deyoid of broadly impressed lines, a very fine line near the suture
sometimes visible, finely, rather sparsely punctured suturally and
^yith feebly marked lines of slightly coarser punctures, a little
larger but shallow and well separated laterally; female imknown.
Length 10. o mm. ; width 4.4 mm. New Mexico (Fort \Vingate).

affinis n. sp.

Form nearly as in eversns^ moderately convex, shining, the pubescence
a little longer, rather evident ; head moderate, coarsely, closely
punctate, the epistomal lobe large, moderately produced, very
obtusely ogival ; prothorax ( 9 ) one-half wider than long, the
sides very evenly and feebly arcuate from the acute but not
prominent basal angles to the small and acute, not much produced
and uneverted apical angles, the thickened margin gradually
broader toward base, the ridges moderate, unusually widely sepa-
rated anteriorly, short, evanescent near the middle, the inclosed
depression broad and feeble, the punctures rather small and sparse,
larger and closer laterally, the impunctate line distinct nearly to
the apex ; elytra nearly one-half longer than wide, more than
three times as long as the prothorax and nearly two-fifths wider,
very obtusely subparabolic at tip, the arcuate sides more strongly
rounded at base, the punctures not very fine, deep and moderately
close, becoming a little larger, shallow but well separated laterally,
the surface wholly devoid of impressed lines except the usual im-
pressions on the apical declivity ; male unknown. Length 9.0
mm. ; width 4.4 mm. New Mexico (Sta. Fe Canyon), — F. H.
Snow pertinax n. sp.

13 — Black, the elytra very dark brownish-piceous to blackish, the
pubescence not long but conspicuous, the surface moderately
shining, head nearly as in affinis but with the epistoma more
prominent and much less obtuse; prothorax {^(^^ evidently less
than one-half wider than long, trapezoidal, with broadly and
feebly rounded sides, becoming slightly more converging and
feebly sinuate near the angles, which are very acute and not at all
blunt but not produced, the basal angles very acute and slightly
everted, the surface strongly flattened in nearly median half, the
sides of the flattened part slightly tumid anteriorly and the apical
lobe pronounced, the punctures not decidedly coarse but deep and
moderately separated, becoming very close-set and still coarser
laterally, the median line narrowly impunctate except anteriorly ;
scutellum rather rounded behind, wider than long ; elytra obtusely
ogival at tip, the sides broadly arcuate, more rounded at base, a

406 CASEY

third to two-fifths wider than the prothorax, with broadly im-
pressed but very evident longitudinal lines throughout the width,
the punctures rather coarse, deeply impressed and close-set,
becoming but little larger, dense, shallow and scabrous laterally ;
abdomen closely and strongly punctured and finely, strongly rugu-
lose medially. Length 9.0-10.3 mm. ; width 4. 1-4.6 mm. New
Mexico (Sta. Fe Canyon) picipennis n. sp.

Black throughout, convex, moderately shining, the pubescence very
short but rather distinct ; head moderate, coarsely, moderately
closely punctured, sparsely so medially {(^) or less coarsely, more
closely and evenly so (9)?the epistoma obtusely ogival, more
rounded in the latter sex; prothorax ((5^) one-half wider than
long, trapezoidal as usual, the sides subevenly and feebly arcuate,
feebly sinuate behind the apical angles, which are not much pro-
duced but very acute and slightly everted, the basal angles acute, not
at all everted ; surface sensibly elevated and flattened anteriorly, the
lobe very feeble, slightly sinuate, the punctures strong but sparse
medially, coarse and closer near lateral fifth, smaller and dense
near the edges, the median smooth line distinct ; prothorax ( 9 )
nearly similar in outline and size, the sides similarly arcuate, the
post-angular sinus subobsolete, the angles almost similar, very

: acute but not much prolonged, the basal angles acute, not at all
everted, the thickened margin subequal throughout, the ridges
moderate, short, obsolescent near the middle, the inclosed depres-
sion rather feeble, the punctures fine and sparse, only a little less
fine and sparse laterally ; elytra one-half longer than wide to
rather more, much wider than the prothorax, the sides more
strongly rounded at the humeri, the callus feeble, the surface
without evident impressed lines, finely and verv sparselv punctate
suturally , somewhat coarselv but feebly and not densely so laterally.
Length 9.3-10.5 mm. ; width 4. 2-4. S mm. Arizona (Ash Fork).

secutor n. sp.

Var. A — Body {(^) nearly as in secutor and with similar smooth
elytra, unusually remotely punctured suturally, somewhat less
slender in form, the head less coarsely, more densely and uni-
formly punctured, the prothorax not evidently flattened ante-
riorly, more closely punctured throughout, somewhat impressed
on the median line before the middle and with the basal angles
very evidently everted. Length 9.8 mm.; width 4.6 mm.
New Mexico (Galisteo), — F. H. Snow apertus n. var.

14 — Color piceous, always paler on the elytra i =5

Color deep black, sometimes with a very faint bronze lustre 16

15 — Body rather stout, moderately shining, dark piceous, the anterior

parts black with a very faint metallic lustre, the pubescence very
short and inconspicuous ; head {(^) coarsely, deeply and not very
closely punctured centrally, densely and less coarsely laterally and
anteriorly, or less coarsely, closely and uniformly so (9)i ^'^^

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 4O7

epistoma obtusely, ogivally rounded ; prothorax {(^) three-fifths
wider than long, moderately narrowed apically, the sides rather
strongly rounded at the middle, becoming more converging and
feebly sinuate anteriorly and obsoletely sinuate near the basal
angles, which are acute and slightly everted, the apical angles
acute and very feebly everted but not prolonged anteriorly, the
surface medially flattened near the apex, the lobe rather evident,
the punctures somewhat coarse but sparse medially, also very
coarse and well separated at about lateral fifth, smaller and dense
laterally, where there is a feeble impression of the surface at
about the middle of the length ; prothorax ( 9 ) almost similar in
form and size, the sides feebly arcuate near apical third, thence
straight to the base, more converging and feebly arcuate to the
apex, the angles small, acute, not in the least everted, the basal
angles not everted, the ridges straight, obsolescent at the middle,
the intermediate depression moderate, the punctures fine and
sparse, with the impunctate line more complete than in the male,
rather coarse and close-set laterally ; elytra one-half longer than
wide, less in the female, obtuse at tip, the side more rounded at
the humeri, the surface with broad and feebly impressed lines,
rather finely but strongly, somewhat closely punctate, feebly and
closely, shallowly so laterally. Length 10. 0-10.3 mm.; width
4.6-4.8 mm. New Mexico (Magdalina Mts. and Fort Wingate) .

acomanus n. sp.

Body very stout, oblong-oval, moderately convex and shining, piceous,
the elytra pale brownish, the pubescence short but cinereous,
abundant and rather conspicuous ; head rather coarsely, closely
punctured, or less coarsely and more densely ( 9 ) ? the epistoma
broadly, ogivally rounded; prothorax ((^) one-half wider than
long, of the usual form, the sides feebly arcuate medially, becom-
ing very obsoletely and broadly sinuate apically and basally, the
apical angles acute and prominent, very feebly everted, the basal
somewhat bluntly acute and just visibly everted, the surface very
feebly flattened discally, except toward base, the anterior lobe
vestigial, the punctures not coarse but strong, moderately sparse,
with imperfect smooth line medially, decidedly coarse but not
dense near lateral fifth and fine and dense at each side of the latter
areas as usual ; prothorax ( 9 ) ^ little smaller and more trans-
verse, the sides almost straight, with broadly thickened margin,
the apical angles very finely acute and slightly everted, the basal
very acute but scarcely everted, the ridges very strong, obsolescent
near the base, somew'hat converging posteriorly, the depression
strong, the punctures minute and sparse, still very fine and sparse
laterally ; elytra two-fifths to one-half longer than wide, very
obtuse at tip, the sides strongly rounded at base to the thoracic
angles, the surface with broadly impressed lines, becoming obso-
lete in the male, strongly, rather closely punctate, more closely,
coarsely and muricately but shallowly toward the sides. Length
9.7-10.5 mm.; width 4.5-5.3 mm. Colorado, — Cab. Levette.

neglectus n. sp.

408 CASEY

i6 — Female with long and generally pronounced parallel and moder-
ately separated dorsal pronotal ridges, evanescent only near the
base 17

Female with short, more or less feeble ridges, evanescent near the
middle 1 8

17 — Body small in size, moderately slender and convex, shining, d.ep
black, without metallic lustre except a feeble greenish tinge on the
elytra ; head rather coarsely, confluently punctate toward the eyes,
less closely along the middle, which is unusually convex ; pro-
thorax ( 9 ) small, transverse, rather more than one-half wider
than long, trapezoidal, the sides nearly straight, the apical angles
very acute and not blunt but not prolonged, the basal acute but
not everted, the ridges strong, straight, extending almost to the
base, the surface deeply concave in the middle anteriorly, finely,
rather sparsely punctate, less finely and very closely laterally, the
thickened margin subeven in width ; scutellum parabolic ; elytra
barely one-half longer than wide, obtuse at tip, the sides arcuate,
abruptly and strongly rounded at base, at the middle almost two-
thirds wider than the prothorax, the surface with feeble and
bi'oadly impressed lines throughout, finely but stronglv, rather
closely punctured, more coarsely, shallowlv, densely and sca-
brously toward the sides ; abdomen minutely, unusually sparsely
and very inconspicuously punctulate medially; male unknown.
Length 8.5 mm. ; width 4.0 mm. Kansas insitus n. sp.

Body much larger, rather dull in lustre as a rule, grayish-black, some-
times with a feeble bronze lustre, the pubescence short but rather
abundant and distinct, cinereous ; head densely and moderately
coarsely punctate in both sexes, the epistomal lobe very broadly
ogival ; prothorax {(^) more than one-half wider than long,
moderately narrowed at apex, the sides rather strongly, subevenly
arcuate, sinuate behind the apical angles, which are moderately
acute and prominent, everted, the basal angles acute and more or
less everted, the surface almost evenly convex, the apical lobe
very feeble, the punctures fine but strong, moderately sparse, with
the smooth line imperfect, becoming not very coarse but close near
lateral fifth and finer and very dense near the edges ; prothorax
( 9 ) nearly similar in form and size, the sides very feebly arcuate,
the basal angles acute but not everted, the apical acute but not
evidentl}- everted, the thickened margin broader basally, the ridges
strong, moderately separated, the inclosed impression extending
])ehind the middle, the punctures fine and sparse, only a little less
fine but rather close-set laterally ; elytra oblong, obtuse behind,
much wider than the prothorax and more than three times as long,
the sides stronglv rounding at base, the surface with broadly and
feebly impressed lines as a rule, finely and rather closely punctate,
not very coarsely, closely and asperulately so laterally. Length
10.0-12.0 mm.; width 4.7-5.7 mm. Colorado (Colorado
Springs), Kansas, New Mexico (Magdalena Mts., Sta. F^ Canyon
and Albuquerque) and Texas (Alpine and El Paso).

canaliculatus Say

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OK THE TENTYRIIN^ 4O9

Body less stout and smaller than in canaliculatus^ deep black with a
moderate, scarcely metallic lustrj, the pubescence short, sparse
and rather inconspicuous; head not very coarsely and only moder-
ately closely punctured, the epistomal lobe parabolic and very ob-
tuse; prothorax ((^) large, two-thirds wider than long, the apex
barely three-fourths as wide as the base, the sides absolutely evenly
and strongly arcuate from the apex of the basal to the apex of the
apical angles, the latter abbreviated, acute but only slightly prom-
inent, the basal but slightly less than right ; surface almost evenly
convex, barely perceptibly and broadly flattened medially, the
apical lobe very broad and feeble, the punctures fine but strong,
very sparse, with a partial smooth line medially, slightly coarse
but w^ell separated laterally and scarcely smaller though denser at
the edges; prothorax (9) very much smaller in size and fully as
transverse, trapezoidal, with the sides virtually straight, slightly
sinuate behind the apical angles, which are finely acute and just
visibly everted, the basal very acute but not everted, the thickened
margin rapidly broader basally, the ridges not very strong, convex,
the intei-vening depression only moderately deep, the punctures
rather fine, sparse, with a distinct smooth line, decidedly coarse
and rather close-set laterally ; elytra nearly as in canaliculatus
but with the punctures very fine and sparse suturally, with the
coarser punctures in the impressed lines somewhat obvious, especi-
ally in the female, coarser but shallow, not rough and only moder-
ately close laterally. Length 10.8 mm. ; width 4.8-4.9 mm.
Arizona (Ash Fork), — F. H. Snow funebris n. sp.

18 — Form moderately stout, convex, shining, black, with a pronounced
bronze lustre, the pubescence very short, spai^se and inconspicu-
ous ; head moderately coarsely, not very densely punctate centrally,
more finely and closely elsewhere, the epistoma obtusely ogival ;
prothorax ( 9 ) rather less than one-half wider than long, the apex
fully four-fifths as wide as the base, the sides subevenly and very
feebly arcuate from the moderately acute and uneverted basal
angles to the feeble sinus behind the apical angles, the latter acute,
somewhat prolonged, slightly everted and prominent, the thick-
ened margin broader toward base, the surface abruptly flattened
medially toward base, the ridges moderate, parallel, obsolescent
behind the middle, the anterior depression very feeble, scarcely
more than flattened, the punctures fine and sparse, with a subentire
smooth line medially, moderately coarse and closer laterally, be-
coming dense near the sides; elytra nearly as \n ca7ialictilatus
but almost one-half wider than the prothorax, with very obsoletely
and bi-oadly impressed lines suturally, the punctures fine and
sparse, with coarser punctures in the depressed lines, coarser and
close-set, shallow but submuricate laterally ; male unknown.
Length 10.5 mm. ; width 4.9 mm. Arizona (San Bernardino
Ranch, Cochise Co.), — F. H. Snow perditus n. sp.

Form very stout, polished, deep blue-black in color, w-ithout trace of

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., September, X907.

4IO CASEY

metallic lustre, the pubescence very short, sparse and inconspicu-
ous ; head rather coarsely and sparsely punctured centrally, finely
and sparsely in the transverse subbasal depression somewhat as in
tenebrostis and occipitalis^ the coarse punctures longitudinally con-
fluent toward the fine but pronounced orbital carinaj, the epistoma
very obtusely and ogivally rounded ; prothorax ( 9 ) three-fifths
wider than long, very shining, the apex three-fourths as wide as
the base, the sides feebly and evenly arcuate from the acute and
uneverted basal angles to the apex, becoming nearly straight
anteriorly, the apical angles small, acute, anteriorly prominent
but not much prolonged and not at all everted, the thickened
margin broader basally, densely punctulate as usual ; ridges rather
strong, parallel, feebly arcuate and very short, obsolescent at
about the middle, the depression distinct behind the elevated an-
terior margin, the latter on a level with the crests of the ridges ;
punctures rather coarse, deep, very sparse medially though be-
coming very fine and closer near apex and base, moderately fine
but deep, evenly distributed and not very close-set laterally ; elytra
nearly as in canalictilatiis^ two-fifths wider than the prothorax
and more than three times as long, the humeri strongly rounded,
the punctures notably coarse, very deep and unusually close-set,
with scarcely impressed lines of still coarser punctures suturally,
becoming but little coarser though dense, shallow and asperulate
laterally; male unknown. Length ir.8 mm.; width 5.6 mm.
Arizona (San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise Co.), — F. H. Snow.

amplificans n. sp.

Form very stout, shining, deep black, without metallic lustre, the
pubescence extremely fine, sparse and scarcely visible, the hairs
barely extending beyond the limits of the punctures ; head moder-
ately coarsely, loosely punctate mediallv, more closelv laterally
and apically, the punctures not coalescent toward the carinas,
which are all but completely obsolete in both sexes ; epistomal
lobe angularly ogival ; prothorax ( 9 ) ^''^^'g^^ three-fifths wider
than long, the apex fully three-fourths as wide as the base, the
sides very feebly, subevenly arcuate, becoming just visibly sinuate
toward the apical angles, the latter acute with the tip blunt, moder-
ately prominent and very feebly subeverted, the basal angles acute,
blunt at tip and not distinctly everted, the thickened margin only
very feebly elevated, much thickened at the apical and basal
angles ; ridges broad and very feeble, parallel, obsolete at about
the middle, the impression very feeble behind the subelevated an-
terior margin, the punctures nearly as in amplificans but with the
finer medial punctures at apex and base much sparser ; prothorax
((^) still larger and less transverse, the surface evenly convex and
more coarsely and closely punctate, somewhat sparsely medially,
with an incomplete smooth line, the apical angles sharply acute
but only moderately prominent and scarcely everted, the basal
very sharply acute and evidentlv everted, the sides similarly
evenly and feebly arcuate; elytra rather shorter than usual, with

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 4I I

more angulate humeri, only a fourth wider than the prothorax and
more than three times as long (9) or much less ((^)<, with the
impressetl lines feeble suturally ( 9 ) or obsolete ((^), the punc-
tures rather coarse and moderately close suturally, not coarser and
but little closer laterally though less deep. Length 10.5-11.0
mm.; width 4.9-5.3 mm. Mexico (Guadalajara), — R(j11c.

* obsolescens n. sp.

The singular structure of the upper surface of the head by
which tencbrosus and occipitalis are separated, is essentially a
female character but is never so pronounced or accompanied by
so much impression, opacity or reduction of the punctuation
elsewhere, as far as noted, although traceable in such obese
forms as amflijicans. It may be also noted, in this connection,
that the supra-orbital carina? are generally fine and feeble, some-
times subobsolete, but that they are almost always much more
developed in the female than in the male. The prothorax varies
sometimes rather conspicuously in size within the same sex, as
for example in neglectus, where in one female before me it is
fully two-thirds as wide as the elytra and in another, much
smaller, only a little more than half the width of the elytra ;
it may be observed also that the prothorax may be subsimilar in
size and outline in the two sexes or may be smaller in the female
than in the male, in arimdinis ^^n^ fimebris \^vy remarkably
so, while in acomanns and sccutor it is broader and somewhat
larger in the female than in the male.

In the single apparently mature female of subrudis, a prob-
ably accidental character, analogous to that noticed before in the
case of Lobometopon uintanum occurs, both antennae being very
pale flavo-testaceous, becoming gradually piceous toward base
and contrasting greatly with the uniformly black antennae of the
male. The female of -pensus^ received since the original descrip-
tion of that species was written, is remarkably aberrant; it is
stouter than the male, the prothorax flattened medially at apex,
the flattened part deeply emarginate at apex, with the sides
obliquely, anteriorly projecting and prominent, each prolonged
longitudinally backward in a small feeble ridge, obsolete before
the middle, each ridge bordered internally by a feeble oval im-
pression ; there is nothing else like it known to me and it has no
appearance of being a sport or monstrosity. The single female

412 CASEY

of Junebris also possesses a structure which is unique as far as
known, but which may be a malformation, the epistomal lobe,
instead of being large and projecting, is very small, not more
than a third as wide as the front, the front being equally trilobed
and deeply bisinuate, the central lobe projecting but slightly
beyond the lateral ; there is no indication of this peculiar struc
ture in the male, so that it may be accidental in this individual.
Apcrtus may prove to be a species distinct from secular^ but, as
it is founded upon a single specimen and resembles that species
considerably, I deem it more prudent to regard it as subspecific
for the present. Canalicidattis is represented before me by a
very large series, giving a good opportunity to observe the limi-
tations of intraspecific variability, and it may be stated that this
inconstancy is very pronounced in color, lustre, development of
the thoracic ridges of the female, and depth of the impression
between them, well developed to obsolete impressed lines of the
elytra and in some other characters ; a very large series col-
lected at Alpine, Texas, by Mr. Wickham, is particularly useful
in this study. It is highly probable that these extreme variations
may indicate some well defined subspecies, but the material at
hand is not sufficient to confirm this surmise. This species is
said, by Say, to occur also in Pennsylvania, but he doubtless con-
founded arundinis with his western species, as the true canalic-
tilatus does not occur east of the looth meridian. I cannot find
the species described above under the name obsolescense among
those made known by Mr. Champion in the " Biologia," and
conclude that it is abundantly distinct, its closest all}"- apparently
being rorulcntiis Champ.

Metopoloba n. gen.

In this genus the body is elongate, fusiform and nearly sim-
ilar in the sexes, much as in Lobot>ietopon, differing superficially
in its polished, subglabrous, sparsely and more coarsely sculp-
tured integuments, prominent supra-orbital carina;, not so much
larger in themselves but rendered ver}'^ prominent by reason of
the broad, deep grooves bounding them internally, in tiie much
less prominent and generally obsolete apical angular projections
of the prothorax and in having the tarsi spinose beneath, the

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 413

anterior and intermediate with small and less conspicuous tufts
of coarse dense pubescence, the posterior without trace of liner
hairs and with the first joint notably longer than the fourth in
many cases. The mandibles are both squarely truncate at tip
and hollowed internally at apex, the menlum strongly transverse
and coarsely sculptured and the scutellum well developed ; the
upper margin of the epipleurte attains the sutural angle, not there
more retired than the lower margin as in the preceding genus,
but posterior to it, with the intervening surface similarly deeply
concave ; the upper marginal line is not a smooth carina but is
punctured along its crest, sometimes coarsely, and, very near
the sutural angle, rapidly descends toward the lower margin.
The female is generally a little stouter than the male. The
species are not so numerous as those of the two preceding gen-
era, those before me being separable as follows : —

Abdomen coarsely, closely punctured and shining medially 2

Abdomen finely, densely punctate and more or less opaque medially.. 4

2 — Cephalic grooves extending to the frontal margin. Body stout,

oval, sti"ongly convex, polished, black with a slight piceous tinge
above ; head coarsely, irregularly and not very closely to sparsely
punctured ; prothorax transverse, one-half wider than long, trape-
zoidal, with the sides nearly straight from above, broadly arcuate
viewed sublaterally ; apex four-fifths as wide as the base, unmar-
gined and truncate but becoming feebly sinuate and margined later-
ally, with the angles slightly obtuse but not rounded, the basal
angles acute but not everted, the surface moderately convex, even,
obsoletely and broadly impressed near the base, with rather coarse,
sparse and impressed punctures, closer anteriorly, becoming very
coarse but well separated laterally and again less coarse and very
close on the shallow subvertical flanks near the finely reflexed
side margins ; scutellum much wnder than long, large, broadly
angulate behind ; elytra broadly arcuate at the sides to the obtuse
but only slightly blunt humeri, which are very narrowly exposed
at base, slightly widest behind the middle, the apex gradually,
acutelv ogival, the surface feebly impressed alo"ng the suture pos-
teriorly, with very sparse punctures, generally small but varying
in size suturally, becoming coarse but still sparse laterallv, con-
fused throughout ; abdomen densely, rugosely punctured. Length
II. o mm.; width 5.22 mm. (Q). Nevada (Reno).

bifossiceps n. sp.

Cephalic grooves not extending to the frontal margin 3

3 — Form stout, convex, polished, blackish-piceous thoughout, the

short recumbent hairs of the anterior parts more noticeable than

414 CASEY

usual ; head coarsely, subevenly and rather closely punctured ;
prothorax less transverse than in bifossiceps^ two-fifths wider
than long, subsimilar in form, the sides evenly, feebly arcuate
from above, the apex very feebly sinuate throughout but only
margined laterally, the angles slightly obtuse and bluntly rounded,
the basal angles right and very slightly prominent, the punctures
coarse and somewhat sparse throughout the length medially, gradu-
ally still coarser but equally sparse laterally, becoming close and
smaller in the feeble sublateral basal impressions and near the
side margins; scutellum rather small, about as long as wide,
ogival ; elytra widest rather behind the middle, gradually some-
what acutely ogival behind, the sides broadly arcuate, becoming
more strongly rounded near the very obtuselv subangulate humeri,
which are but little exposed basally, the surface impressed within
the humeral callus and in two or three shallow sutural grooves
posteriorly, rather coarsely, unevenly, sparsely punctured sutur-
ally, but little more coarsely though less sparselv laterally;
abdomen densely, rugosely punctured mediallv. Length 11.3
mm. ; width 5.2 mm. ( 9 )• Utah (Chadbourne's Ranch), — H.
F. Wickham proba n. sp.

Form more slender, elongate-oval, polished, dark rufo-piceous through-
out ; head not closely punctured, very coarsely medially, less
coarsely toward the sides and apex ; prothorax transverse, nearly
one-half wider than long, the apex fully three-fourths as wide as
the base, subtruncate, being only just visibly though evenly sinuate,
the angles right but only slightly blunt, not in the least anteriorly
produced or prominent, the sides very feebly arcuate, becoming
slightly sinuate apically and straight or subsinuate near the basal
angles, which are right and not at all rounded ; surface finely,
very sparsely punctate medially, less finely and more closely
apically, very coarsel}- but sparselv at about lateral fourth, except
less coarsely and more closely at apex and in the basal impression
and also densely near the sides ; scutellum ogival, nearly as long
as wide; elytra (,^) fully three-fourths longer than wide, gradu-
ally acutely ogival behind, the sides feebly arcuate, scarcely more
rounding at base, the humeral callus strong, the punctures strong
but sparse suturally. somewhat coarse but not much closer later-
ally, confused, the surface not impressed except feeblv near the
suture at apex ; abdomen unusually coarsely punctate and not very
rugose, the punctures close but somewhat separated medially.
Length 10.0 mm.; width 4.3 mm. ((j^). Utah (vSt. George), —
H. F. Wickham punctiventris n. sp.

Form rather stout, larger, very convex, elongate-oval, highly polished,
castaneous in color ; head coarsely, rather sparselv punctured
medially, less coarsely and rather closely anteriorly, the epistoma
deflexcd, moderate, rounded ; prothorax somewhat less than one-
half wider than long, moderatelv narrowed from the base, the
sides feebly arcuate, becoming broailly and verv slightly sinuate

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 4I5

near base and apex, the basal angles acute and somewhat everted,
the apical obtuse and not prominent but not roimded, the apex
distinctly and evenly sinuate; surface coarsely but sparsely punc-
tate toward the middle, with a smooth line obliterated anteriorly,
very coarsely, more closely so laterally but more finely toward the
feeble basal impression near each side and also less coarsely,
densely along the sides ; elytra fully three times as long as the pro-
thorax and nearly a third wider, rather rapidly ogival in about apical
third, the sides arcuate, scarcely more strongly so toward the humeri,
which are obtusely subangulate, rounded and slightly exposed
basally, the callus long and distinct ; surface without impressed
lines, the punctures very coarse, rather sparse and confused
throughout, smaller and closer near the sides ; abdomen shining,
coarsely, rather densely punctate medially, more sparsely on the
first segment. Length 11. 0-12.0 mm.; width 4.75-5.1 mm.
Locality not recorded, but probably Utah , — H. F. Wickham.

perpolita n. sp.

4 — Elytra with distinctly though feebly impressed lines of aggregated
coarser punctures. Body elongate-oval, convex, polished, pale
brownish-testaceous in color throughout, with very small, sparse
and decumbent fulvous hairs; head coarsely, sparsely punctate,
more closely toward the eyes and anteriorly, the occiput, concealed
by the prothorax, finely, closely punctured as usual, the epistoma
broadly and obtusely triangular ; prothorax not very transverse,
about a third wider than long, the apex nearly four-fifths as wide
as the base, evenly though very feebly sinuate, the angles slightly
obtuse, not rounded but not at all prominent, the sides very feebly
arcuate, becoming straight or subsinuate near apex and base, the
basal angles right, not prominent, the surface with moderate and
very sparse impressed punctures, becoming coarse and as a rule
closer laterally and but little less coarse and very close near the
sides ; scutellum ogival, about as long as wide ; elytra with rather
strongly, evenly arcuate sides, gradually acutely ogival posteriorly,
strongly impressed along the suture toward tip, coarsely, sparsely
and confusedly punctured, the punctures but little coarser or closer
but more uneven and with some fine punctures on the interstices
laterally, the series throughout rather distinct ; abdomen very finely,
closely punctured and dull medially and with more evident pubes-
cence throughout than on the upper surface. Length 10.3 mm. ;
width 4.2-4.65 mm. {(^ and 9 )• Texas (near El Paso),

subseriatan. sp.

Elytra with broadly and feebly impressed lines, in which coarser punc-
tures are aggregated even more closely and more conspicuously
than in subseriata. Body much stouter and larger in size, black-
ish-castaneous, shining, strongly convex, broadly ovoidal ; head
coarsely and sparsely punctured, less coarsely and more closely
toward the eyes and front but not at all densely, the epistomal lobe
moderate, ogivally rounded ; prothorax somewhat less than one-

4l6 CASEY

half wider than long, moderately narrowed from the base, the sides
feebly arcuate, becoming straight in basal fourth and near the
apex, the basal angles acute and not at all blunt but not everted,
the apical but little more than right, not rounded and not promi-
nent, the apex evenly and distinctly sinuate ; surface unevenly
sculptured as usual, with a smooth subentire median line, the
punctures rather coarse and very sparse centrally, closer near apex
and base, becoming very coarse and close-set laterally, except that
they are dense and less coarse near the base at each side and along
the lateral margin; elvtra distinctly more than three times as long
as the prothorax and almost one-half wider, rapidly acutely ogival,
with the sides less arcuate than usual, in about apical third, the
sides arcuate, the humeri subangulate and slightly exposed basally,
the callus elongate but moderate ; surface widest rather behind the
middle, sparsely and moderately punctate between the impressed
lines of aggregated coarse punctures, the sculpture similar through-
out the width ; abdomen finely, densely punctate. Length 1 1 .o
mm. ; width t^.o mm. Arizona (San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise
Co.), — F. H. Snow snowi n.^sp.

Elytra without impressed lines on the disk and with confused punctua-
tion throughout 5

5 — Apical angles of the prothorax right or obtuse, not prominent... 6
Apical angles acute, anteriorly prominent and somewhat everted... 13

6 — Basal angles of the prothorax right, not at all rounded but neither

everted nor prominent 7

Basal angles strongly everted, acute and obliquely prominent 12

7 — Head coarsely punctured S

Head finely and very sparsely punctured 11

8 — Body more or less clear, though dark piceo-testaceous in color

throughout , , . , 9

Body piceous-black in color, small in size 10

9 — Form rather narrowly elongate-oval, polished, subglabrous ; head

very sparsely punctured even toward the sides ; prothorax about two-
fifths wider than long, the apex fully three-fourths as wide as the
base, evenly though very feebly sinuate, the angles slightlv more
than right, not at all rounded, not at all prominent, the sides feebly
arcuate, straight near the apex and base, the surface unusually
feebly convex, even, the basal impressions near the sides at the
basal margin very short and extending along the basal sinuses, the
punctures fine and very sparse throughout the length medially, be-
coming only moderately coarse but less sparse near lateral fifth
and again small and close-set near the sides ; scutellum evidently
wider than long, ogival behind ; elytra gradually narrowed pos-
teriorly and narrowly rounded at tip, the sides feebly arcuate,
gradually more rounded toward base, the humeri not exposed at
base, with the callus small though pronounced, the impression
within it feel)le, the surface with the usual two or three feebly

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN/E 417

impressed sutural lines toward tip, with moderately coarse, sparse
and impressed punctures, becominej but little lar<^cr, only slij^htly
less sparse and, as usual, more shallow and less impressed or
more sharply defined laterally ; abdomen with only moderately
fine, dense punctures and minutely rugulose and but slightly shin-
ing medially. Length 10. 3-10. 4 mm.; width 4.2-4.3 mm.
Western Arizona. \_^=Epitrag7is pruinosus Horn, — California
(Owen's Valley)] pruinosa Horn

Form stouter, very convex, highly polished, darker in color and more
properlv deep rufo-piceous, the minute yellowish hairs inconspic-
uous ; head moderately sparsely punctured, closely so laterally
and apically ; prothorax more transverse, very nearly one-half
wider than long, the apex three-fourths as wide as the base, evenly
though very feebly sinuate, the angles evidently more than right
and somewhat blunt, the sides nearly as in pruinosa^ the surface
broadly convex, with the sublateral basal impressions very feeble
though having notably less coarse, closer punctuation, the punc-
tures only moderately small, strongly impressed and rather
sparse, becoming very coarse, conspicuous and rather close-set
near lateral sixth and again much smaller and dense very near
the sides, the disk with an oblong irregular impunctate space at the
middle of the length on each side near lateral fourth and another on
the median line near the base ; scutellum wider than long ; elytra
widest rather behind the middle, obese, somewhat rapidly acutely
ogival behind, the sides feebly arcuate to the obtuse humeri, which
are not much exposed, the callus moderate and elongate, the sur-
face somewhat uneven, with the punctures rather coarse, very
sparse, becoming still coarser but less sparse laterally ; under sur-
face polished as usiuil but with the entire abdomen strongly, moder-
ately finely, very densely punctured and opaque. Length 1 1 .0
mm.; width 4.8 mm. (9)' New Mexico (Dcming), — H. F.
Wickham densiventris n. sp.

Form very moderately stout, shining, the elytra alutaceous posteriorly,
dark brownish-testaceous ; head coarsely, sparsely punctured, less
sparsely toward the eyes and front, the punctures impressed;
prothorax two-fifths wider than long, the apex four-fifths as wide
as the base, subtruncate, being only just visibly sinuate, the angles
slightly obtuse but not at all rounded, the sides distinctly, sub-
evenly arcuate, becoming straight only toward base, the surface
not impressed but with smaller, though sparse, punctures toward
base near lateral fifth, the punctures rather fine and very sparse
throughout medially, becoming only moderately coarse but sparse
laterally and less coarse, close though distinctly separated near the
sides ; scutellum moderate, wider than long, broadly ogival or an-
gulate behind ; elytra with feebly arcuate sides, gradually more
arcuate and acutely ogival posteriorly, the humeri but little ex-
posed at base, with the callus elongate and distinct, the punctures
fine and very sparse, becoming only a little less fine and still sparse

4l8 CASEV

laterally, the sutural impressions toward tip feeble ; abdomen finely,
closely punctate and opaque. Length 9.5 mm.; width 4.3 mm.
Arizona (near Tu9son) contaminans n. sp.

10 — Body small, narrowly fusiform, strongly convex, polished,
scarcely duller behind ; head as in contafninans but with the
deflexed tip of the epistoma more obtusely rounded and the sculp-
ture less coarse ; prothorax rather less than two-fifths wider than
long, the apex barely three-fourths as wide as the base, evenly and
feebly though distinctly sinuate, with the angles obtuse and blunt,
the sides rather strongly arcuate at apical third, becoming more
converging and straight thence to the apex, straight posteriorly to
the basal angles ; surface not impressed though with close and
smaller punctures basally near the sides and with a pronounced
fine groove along the basal margin, except medially, the punctures
impressed, only moderately fine but sparse medially, becoming
coarser and closer laterally and dense near the sides, the disk with a
small impjLHictate area before the middle near each outer fourth and
another on the median line near the base, somewhat as in densi-
ventris^ the scutcllum and elytra nearly as in co7ita?ninans^ the
former larger, the latter more irregular in surface, with the punc-
tures coarser and more widely impressed though almost as sparse,
but little coarser or less sparse laterally, the humeri more rounded
and not exposed at base; abdomen finely, densely punctate and
opaque but with the second segment, in the unique type, more ele-
vated than the others, less densely and more coarsely punctate and
more shining, — probably an abnormality. Length 9.0 mm.;
wadth 4.0 mm. Texas (El Paso) amplexa n. sp.

II — Form rather stout, oval, moderately convex, polished throughout,
dark rufo-castaneous in color, the minute hairs inconspicuous ;
head with small, very remote punctures, becoming a little larger
and less sparse in the intra-carinal depressions, rather close on the
epistoma ; prothorax transverse, one-half wider than long, the
apex three-fourths as wide as the base, evenly and feebly but
perceptibly sinuate, with the angles but little more than right and
slightly blunt, the sides feebly, subevenly arcuate to the apical
angles, becoming straight toward base, the punctures fine and very
sparse medially, then, separated by a longitudinal impunctate area,
becoming coarse and less sparse to the upper part of the shallow
lateral declivity, on which the punctures are rather coarse and
close-set; scutellum well developed, tumid, wider than long,
broadly angulate behind ; elytra slightly widest behind the mid-
dle, rather rapidly and acutely ogival, with the surface moderately
declivous, lichind, the sides broadly arcuate, a little more rounded
basally, the humeri very narrowly exposed at base, with the callus
strong, the surface even, coarsely, sparsely punctured, not more
coarsely and but little less sparsely, the punctures more imeven in
size with smaller punctures intermingled, laterally; abdomen only
moderately finely, densely and strongly punctate and feebly shin-
ing. Length 1 1 .0 mm. ; width 4.75 mm. Arizona (Tucson ), —
H. F. Wick ham sublaeviceps n. sp.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 419

13 — Form stout, suboblong-oval, convex, shining, glabrous, dark
brownish-testaceous in color; head coarsely, very regularly and
rather closely punctured, the punctures separated by nearly twice
their own diameters throughout though smaller anteriorly ; pro-
thorax nearly one-half wider than long, the apex fully three-fourths
as wide as the base, evenly and very distinctly sinuate, the angles
right, not blunt and very distinct, in fact subprominent, the sides
feebly arcuate, becoming straight for a short distance anteriorly
and broadly sinuate toward base, the basal angles broadly though
feebly everted, acute and prominent, the punctures rather coarse
and sparse, becoming very coarse but well separated laterally,
except in the feeble basal impressions, where they are less coarse
and closer and also on the flanks, where they are rather crowded ;
scutellum moderate ; elytra parallel, with broadly and evenly
arcuate sides to the base, gradually rather obtusely ogival poste-
riorly, the humeral callus long and strong, the surface broadly,
strongly impressed at the suture near the apex, rather coarsely,
sparsely punctate, almost similarly so laterally, except that the
punctures become more perforate, less impressed and somewhat
shallower; abdomen finely, very densely punctate and rather dull.
Length ii.o mm.; width 4.9 mm. Arizona (Cochise Co., —
San Bernardino Ranch), — F. H. Snow angulata n. sp.

13 — Body elongate, fusiform, moderately stout, convex, the feebly
fulvous hairs longer than usual and rather conspicuous though
sparse, castaneous, the elytra paler and more testaceous ; head
not very coarsely and very unevenly punctured, very sparsely
medially, closely anteriorly and toward the eyes ; prothorax less
transverse, only about a third wider than long, the apex fully
three-fourths as wide as the base, evenly and very distinctly sinu-
ate, with the angles somewhat acute, not blunt and decidedly
prominent though not prolonged, the sides very feebly, evenly
arcuate, scarcely becoming straight near the basal angles though
distinctly sinuate behind the apical, the surface feebly, evenl}^
convex transversely, finely, sparsely punctate, gradually coarsely
and less sparsely so laterally, becoming less coarsely toward and
in the scarcely visible basal impressions and smaller and crowded
near the sides ; scutellum moderate, nearly as long as wide, flat
and ogival ; elytra rather elongate, very gradually and arcuately
narrowed and acute posteriorly, the sides broadly arcuate, but
little more strongly so basally, where the hun'ieral callus is strong
and not much elongated, the surface distinctly impressed along
the suture posteriorly, very finely, remotely punctured throughout,
but little less sparsely toward the sides ; abdomen moderately
finely, densely but deeply punctate and dull, the basal segment,
as usual, less densely, more coarsely so and more shining.
Length 11.5 mm.; width 4.72 mm. California (southern).

calif ornica n. sp.

The species resemble each other to superficial view very much,

420 CASEY

but the sculpture of the abdomen is sufficiently diversified to
afford recognizable specific characters, and this, with modifica-
tions in the form of theprothoracic apex and angles, general form
of the body and sculpture of the upper surface, will probably
lead to their identification with some careful study. I find that
it conduces greatly to accuracy in identification, to have clean
and well prepared specimens, mounted carefull}', so that the
axial plane of the body shall be horizontal. Mctopoloba is, in
all probability, confined to the northern parts of the Sonoran
faunal province, not extending far into Mexico.

Pechalius n. gen.
In its short and broadly oval form, marked pubescence and
complete absence of supra-orbital carinte, this genus would seem
to be somewhat transitional between the genera that precede and
JSpiiragodes and Schcemcus, which follow, but this appearance
is in great part superficial, for in the produced presternum,
deeply received within an abrupt and profound mesosternal ex-
cavation and in the basally broadened form of the prothorax, it
is undoubtedly a normal member of the Lobometofon group.
The eyes are flattened and finely faceted, the mandibles
squarely truncate at tip, with the apical smooth part abruptly
delimited from the punctate basal part by a feebly impressed
transverse line, the right with the usual dorsal tooth clasping the
labrum. The upper line of the epipleurre does not quite attain
the sutural angles, ending at a very short distance therefrom in
a feeble and scarcely noticeable thickening, the surface thence
sloping rapidly to the angles. The tarsi show that the genus is
really isolated and not related, as might be conjectured from
the form of the elytral apices and the conspicuous vestiture, to
the subgenus Epitragonia of Lobotnctopon, for here there is no
trace of fine pubescence forming pads or otherwise distributed
on any of the tarsi, all of which have the lower surface covered
sparsely with short coarse spines. The type and only known
species may be described as follows : —

Body broadly oval, very convex, black, polished, with a somewhat
bright bronze lustre, the vestiture decumlient, rather long, con-
sisting of arcuate whitish, somewhat matted hairs, forming obscure
vittac; on the elytra ; head rather coarsely and closely but unevenly

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 42 1

punctured, the epistoma broadly rounded, the hiteral lobes small,
strongly rounded ; prothorax large, one-half wider than long, the
apex barely two-thirds as wide as the base, transverse, with the
angles gradually projecting anteriorly, prominent and acute but
not blunt or narrowly prolonged, the sides almost straight and
feebly converging from the right and unrounded basal angles for
more than half the length, then broadly, rather strongly rounding
and converging to the apical angles, the surface very obsoletely
impressed near each side of the base, evenly and strongly convex,
very finely and sparsely punctate, the punctures but little larger
and still sparse laterally and more crowded along the sides ; scutel-
lum as long as wide, , ogival, hairy ; elytra rather abruptly and
strongly, arcuately narrowed behind to the obtusely ogival tip, the
sides parallel and broadly, evenly arcuate to the obtuse humeri,
which are not evidently exposed at base and with the callus small
but distinct, the surface smooth, without impressed lines even
apically, very finely punctate, somewhat closely so laterally and
in broad alternately closer and sparser longitudinal lines thence to
the suture ; abdomen more densely pubescent laterally, finely
and strongly, rather closely punctate and shining medially.
Length 9.4 mm.; width 4.4 mm. Texas (Marfa), — H. F.
Wickham subvittatus n. sp.

I have before me but a single specimen of undetermined sex.

Epitragodes Csy.
This is one of the few Epitragid genera peculiar to the Carib-
bean faunal province. It is composed of moderate or small,
oval and convex species, having coarse and conspicuous decum-
bent and irregularly disposed pale pubescence and the elytra
gradually narrowed posteriorly to the notably acute apex. The
genus is distinctly intermediate between the preceding genera,
with a deep mesosternal excavation receiving the presternum,
and those which follow, having no prosternal projection or meso-
sternal impression, for here the prosternum is narrowly and
briefly produced posteriorly behind the coxse and the meso-
sternum is tumid and with a more or less feeble concavity, not
however receiving the prosternum, which never attains the im-
pression, these characters being plainly degradational or vestig-
ial in nature. The mandibles are rapidly narrowed and polished
toward their truncate apices, deeply excavated beneath toward
base or strongl}'^ arcuate along the external line, and have the
tooth of the right mandible, clasping the labrum, unusually
developed, the left mandible tumid above and sometimes sub-

422 CASEY

dentate. The eyes are well developed, more convex than in the
preceding genus or Lobomeiopoti and less finely faceted, though
only moderately prominent and, as in Pechalius^ without vestige
of supra-orbital carinas. The head is relatively smaller than in
any of the preceding genera, with large, angulate or strongly
ogival epistomal lobe, the prothorax narrowed and deeply sinu-
ate at apex, with acute angles and also somewhat narrowed
toward base, the elytral humeri being evidently exposed basally.
The upper line of the epipleurae attains the very acute sutural
angles, becoming more posteriorly prominent than the lower
margin, and the tarsi have dense pads of fine pale pubescence
beneath, the posterior slender, with the fourth joint gradually
thicker from base to apex, the claws strongl}' arcuate and stout.
We have a number of species in our Floridian region as fol-
lows : —

Mesosteruum rather deeply and very distinctly impressed 2

Mesosternum equally tumid but with scarcely a vestige of impression.. 7
3 — Lateral lobes of the front very short, obtuse and inconspicuous... 3
Lateral lobes slightly prominent and very narrowly rounded 6

3 — Pronotum with feeble impressions at base near lateral fifth or

sixth ; femora minutely and sparsely punctate 4

Pronotum without very evident basal impressions ; size small ; femora
less finely but rather sparsely and strongly punctured 5

4 — Body larger in size, elongate, fusoid, very acutely and gradually

pointed behind, dark piceous, the legs and antenna; dark rufous,
polished, the pubescence long, yellowish-white, sparse anteriorly,
disposed in small condensed patches which are arranged linearly
on the elytra; head sparsely punctate, very nearl}' as wide as the
distance between the thoracic angles, which are acute and sharp
but not prolonged ; prothorax barely one-half wider than long,
widest just before the middle, the sides rounded, converging
anteriorly, feebly converging and nearly straight or feebly sinuate
to the obtuse but not blunt basal angles, the apex deeply sinuate,
barely three-fifths as wide as the base, the surface convex, finely,
sparsely punctured medially, less finely, rather closely anteriorly,
sparsely but rather coarsely laterally, the punctures attended by
short carina; near lateral fourth to sixth, then close and slightly
rough to the sides, the basal impressions very small and adjacent
to the hind margin ; scutellum small, as long as wide, ogival
behind; elytra two-thirds longer than wide, the sides broadly,
evenly arcuate to the obtusely rounded humeri, which are evi-
dently exposed basally, with the callus small and feeble, the punc-
tures moderately large, close-set in even series which become

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 423

feebly impressed near the suture, the intervals with punctures of
the same size very unevenly disposed, forming large areas of con-
densation and others which are wholly impunctate; abdomen
sparsely pubescent, smooth, polished, minutely and sparsely
punctured medially. Length 9.8 mm.; width 3.93 mm. (cT)-
Florida. \ = Epitragus totnentosus Lee, — Florida and Georgia] .

tomentosus Lee.

Body nearly similar but much smaller, paler, rufo-piceous, the legs
and antennas pale brownish-rufous, polished, with a feeble icneous
lustre on the elytra ; head small, much narrower than the space
between the thoracic angles ; prothorax as in tomentosus but
shorter, fully three-fourths wider than long, the apex nearly
three-fourths as wide as the base, the punctures subeven in size
and, on the whole, closer and much more conspicuous than in
tomentos7is^ those near lateral fifth not definitely cariniferous, the
basal impressions larger and extending some distance from the
basal margin; scutellum similar; elytra relatively very elongate,
almost similar in form, nearly four times as long as the prothorax,
with the humeri more widely exposed at base, the sculpture simi-
lar but finer, the abdomen nearly similar. Length 7.8 mm. ;
width 3.4 mm.($). Florida (locality unrecorded).

debilicollis n. sp.

5 — Form rather stout, strongly convex, polished, scarcely with metallic
lustre, very dark piceous, the tibite, tarsi and antennas paler,
rufous; pubescence white, disposed nearly as in to7nentosiis ;
head sparsely punctured, very nearly as wide as the space between
the acute thoracic angles ; prothorax unusually elongate, barely a
third wider than long, in form nearly as in tojftetitosziSi the sur-
face with moderately small, very sparse impressed punctures
medially, sensibly closer anteriorly, rather coarse, closer and
strongly cariniferous near lateral fourth, then, separated by more
or less impunctate spaces, less coarse though rather close, elongate
and subcariniferous to the sides ; scutellum slightly wider than
long, rounded behind ; elytra but little more than one-half longer
than wide, widest slightly behind the middle, where they are not
quite one-half wider than the prothorax, slightly more than three
times as long as the latter, somewhat rapidly, acutely ogival be-
hind, the sides broadly arcuate, the humeri obtuse, well exposed
at base, the surface sculptured nearly as in tomentosus but with
the series more or less interrupted and wholly unimpressed toward
the suture, the intervals broadly impressed laterally ; abdomen
minutely, rather sparsely punctured medially, very smooth.
Length 7.5 mm,; width 3.3 mm. (cf). Florida (Marion Co.).

pardalis n. sp.

Form nearly similar but less obese, paler, piceo-rufous, polished, the
elytra with feeble cupreous lustre, the pubescence white, disposed
nearly as in pardalis but with the condensed patches of the elytra
smaller; head small, much narrower than the space between the

424 CASEY

thoracic angles ; prothorax more transverse than in partialis^ two-
fifths wider than long, similar in general form but with the basal
angles somewhat everted and more prominent, the surface similarly
sculptured but with the median impunctate line narrower, more
definite and entire, just visibly bi-impressed toward base ; scutellum
shorter, much wider than long, broadly ogival behind ; elytra
nearly similar but narrower and with the obtusely rounded
humeri distinctly less exposed at base, the sculpture nearly similar
but finer ; abdomen finely though distinctly, rather sparsely punc-
tured medially. Length 7.3 mm. ; width 3.1 mm. ( rf) . Florida
(Marion Co.) cuprascens n.sp.

6 — Form stout, convex, dark piceo-rufous in color, the legs not paler,

shining but without much metallic lustre, the pubescence pale
yellowish, disposed as in the preceding species ; head rather
sparsely but not very coarsely punctured, much narrower than the
space between the thoracic angles ; prothorax large, not quite one-
half wider than long, formed nearly as in tomc7itosus but widest
more posteriorly, somewhat behind the middle, the deeply sinuate
apex two-thirds as wide as the base, the surface unimpressed,
stronglv convex, imusually punctured, the punctures large, im-
pressed and rather close medially, becoming coarse, strongly car-
iniferous and dense laterally ; scutellum wider than long ; elytra
but little more than three times as long as the prothorax and a
third wider, gradually narrowed and very acute posteriorly, the
humeri only moderately exposed at base, the sculpture nearly as
in the preceding species but with the series toward the suture
much more irregular, the first interval almost entirely punctate,
especially so and closely, entirely obliterating the series, toward
base ; abdomen with the punctures not very fine, deep and very
distinct, only moderately sparse medially, with the surface not
smooth as usual but rugulose though shining ; femora coarsely,
deeply and very conspicuously punctured. Length 9.0 mm ;
width 3.9 mm. (9)- Florida (Lake Worth) ... floridanus n. sp.

7 — Body stout, oblong-fusoid, rather abruptly narrowed but acutely

pointed behind, dark rufo-piceous, the legs and antennae scarcely
paler, polished, the elytra with very feeble aeneous lustre;
pubescence white, disposed as usual ; head small, witli the lateral
lobes of the front not prominent, much narrower than the space
between the acute thoracic angles; prothorax larger than usual,
one-half wider than long, formed as usual, widest at the middle,
the surface evenly convex, not impressed, the punctures strongly
impressed and sparse, becoming not much larger but closer
though not dense laterally, sparsest near lateral fifth or sixth, the
median impunctate line not extending to the apex; scutellum
small, as long as wide, evenly ogival; elytra one-half longer than
wide, barely three times as long as the prothorax, and, behind
the middle, about a fourth wider, the sides feebly arcuate, the
humeri very obtusely rounded antl but little exposed at base, the

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 425

sculpture nearl^itas in to)>icntosi(s but with the series broadly and
distinctly impressed toward the suture; abdomen feebly rugulose
but shining, strongly, not very finely but sparsely punctured
medially; femora moderately coarsely, sparsely punctured, the
decumbent hairs borne by the punctures whiter, coarser and more
conspicuous than usual; met-episterna finely punctured through-
out. Length S.4 mm. ; width 3.9 mm. ( 9 )• Florida (Capron).

obesulus n. sp.

Body unusually narrow, strongly convex, dark piceo-rufous, the
anterior parts more blackish as usual, the legs and antenna) not
paler, polished, with the faintest opalescent lustre on the elytra;
pubescence whitish, distrilnited as usual, the dense patches on the
elytra very small, wanting near the suture; head nearly as in
obcsuhis^ distinctly narrower than the interangular space of the
prothorax, the latter scarcely two-fifths wider than long, formed
as in the preceding species, widest at the middle, the punctures
small and sparse, denser near the apex, rather closer but not
much larger and nearly simple laterally, with the usual less
punctate regions near lateral fifth; scutellum small, as long as
wide, ogival at tip; elytra three and one-half times as long as the
prothorax and, near the middle, about a third wider, gradually
acute posteriorly, the sides broadly arcuate, the humeri strongly
rounding to the thoracic base and not much exposed basally ;
sculpture nearly as in obesulus^ the punctures finer and the series
toward the suture evidently impressed ; abdomen smooth, finely,
inconspicuously punctate; met-episterna punctured only in inner
half ; femora rather finely punctured. Length 7.0 mm. ; w^idth 3.1
mm. ((j^ .?). Florida (Cedar Keys) macilentus n. sp.

The sexual characters in this genus are'very puzzling, judg-
ing from certain accidentally exposed portions of the cedeagus.
In the male type of fardalis^ for example, there is visible, pro-
jecting to the left from the crevice between the elytral tip and
last ventral, a long and very slender process, not thicker than
a hair, with its apex very briefly curved and falciform and ex-
tremely aciculate. On examining the insect from the rear, in
the axial line of the body, the hair-like process seems to be the
prolongation of a corneous piece, not unlike the ordinary pointed
intromittent organ frequently protruded in the Epitragini and
Eurymetoponini, except that here, instead of projecting in the
axial line and curving upward, it lies transversel}', with the hair-
like appendage projecting to the left, as stated, when viewed
from above. In the type of cuprascens^ there is a similar hair-
like process projecting likewise to the left, but shorter, with its
apex strongly and abruptly curved and very acutely pointed or

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., September, 1907.

426 CASEY

spiniform, and its inner edge is occupied byta very thin flat fin-
like semi-membranous keel throughout the length. I therefore
regard the t3'pes of both of these species as male, and the differ-
ences in the size of the head, elongation of the prothorax and
nature of the elytral sculpture will at once distinguish them,
although they appear to come from nearly the same locality.
The description and measurements of ciiprascens are taken from
the male alone, but the female, represented also by a single
specimen, does not differ greatly, having the form a trifle
stouter, the prothorax more transverse and the head relatively
still smaller. The female sexual characters do not seem to be
peculiar, as seen in the type of Jlortdontis, the only one in which
the female characters are exposed.

None of the three Central American species of Schcenicus , with
posteriorly projecting prosternum, can apparently be included
in this genus, as I at first supposed, and they will constitute one
or two distinct genera, one of which has been named Hcmasodes
on page 378 of this revision.

Phegoneus n. gen.

In general facies this genus is very similar to Lobometo^on^
being evenly fusiform and moderately convex, but the pro-
sternum is abruptly truncate at the hind margin of the coxte and
the mesosternum, although tumid between the cox^e, is wholly
devoid of impression on its anterior declivity. It appears to
replace Schcemcus in Mexico and Central America. The epi-
stoma is produced in a large subangulate lobe, the lateral lobes
almost undifferentiated, the mandibles as in Lobomctopon^ the
right with a dorsal porrect tooth clasping the retractile labrum,
the left without tooth, and they are gradually less punctate
toward tip. The eyes are flattened and finely faceted, with very
fine and feeble supra-orbital carin^e, the prothorax rounded at
the sides, narrowed in front and frequently also toward base,
with the apex more or less sinuate and the angles not very prom-
inent, although generally not rounded. The scutellum is small
and about as long as wide as a rule ; the upper line of the epi-
pleurae attains the acute sutural angles and the elytra have well
defined series of punctures. The anterior tarsi seem to have

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 427

tufts of very coarse and moderately dense hair beneath, in addi-
tion to the spinules, but the intermediate and posterior are cer-
tainly sparsely spinulose beneath and without finer pubescence
of any kind. There are two species before me, which may be
described as follows : —

Form moderately stout, elongate-oval, convex, glabrous, deep black
throughout the body, legs and antennic, the surface polished and
with a deep greenish-metallic lustre; head small, much less than
half as wide as the prothorax, rather coarsely, deeply and mod-
erately closely punctate, more finely and densely toward apex
and more finely but not densely toward base ; prothorax about
two-fifths wider than long, the apex barely three-fifths as wide as
the base, with the angles obtuse and slightly blunt, the sides
strongly arcuate, converging and less arcuate anteriorly, less con-
verging basally, becoming very feebly sinuate just before the basal
angles, which are right, somewhat prominent and not at all blunt ;
disk widest slightly behind the middle, evenly convex, coarsely,
deeply and equally punctate throughout, densely toward the sides
but a little more loosely medially, without evident impunctate
line; scutellum rounded at apex ; elytra gradually narrowed and
acute behind, the sides evenly arcuate to the humeri, there becom-
ing a little more strongly rounded to the thoracic base, the surface
with unimpressed and even series of rather coarse and somewhat
close-set punctures, becoming still coarser laterally, the intervals
with smaller but deep and conspicuous punctures, confused or in
irregular single series on alternating intervals; abdomen shining,
strongly, somewhat sparsely punctured, coarsely toward the sides ;
basal joint of the hind tarsi much longer than the fourth. Length
9.5 mm.; width 3.8 mm. (9)- Texas. \j==t Epitragodes
jiilichi Csy .] jiilichi Csy .

Form narrower, convex, elongate-oval, black throughout, somewhat
shining, with strong dark bronze lustre above, brighter and more
brassy beneath, glabrous ; head a little more than half as wide
as the prothorax, moderately coarsely, deeply, densely punctured
throughout; prothorax two-fifths wider than long, widest at basal
two-fifths, the apex two-thirds as wide as the base, very feebly
sinuate, with the angles right and not blunt,^ the sides rather
strongly arcuate posteriorly, converging and straight anteriorly,
less converging to the basal angles, which are as in julic/u\ the
surface very evenly and only moderately convex and coarsely,
deeply and equally punctured throughout, densely laterally and
only a little less densely medially, with an occasional minute
puncture intermingled as on the head ; scutellum feebly angulate
at apex; elytra three times as long as the prothorax, and, at the
middle, about a third wider, very gradually and arcuately nar-
rowed posteriorly to the acute apex, the individual apices very
minutely, obliquely truncate, the sides evenly, moderately arcuate,

428 CASEY

more strongly rounded at base to the prothorax, with series of
rather coarse, close-set punctures, feebly impressed except lat-
erally, the interstitial punctures but little smaller than those of
the series, confused and closer toward base, sides and apex,
sparser centrally ; abdomen finely but strongly, sparsely punc-
tured medially, coarsely toward the sides; basal joint of the hind
tarsi equal in length to the fourth. Length S.6 mm. ; width
3.25 mm. Panama (Nata) * subaeneus n. sp.

The Mexican and Central American species described by Mr.
Champion under the names Schoenicus salviin, viridt's, riififeSy
tmpressus^ ckalybeus, difficilis^ basalis and niger, belong to the
present genus and stibcBneus seems to be allied most closely to
salvini, differing in the form of the prothorax, which is said to
be widest at base in that species. The sides of the prothorax
in this and the preceding genus are very finely, though evidently,
margined, in marked contrast to the following two genera.

Schoenicus Lee.
This genus is a constituent of the Floridian province of the
Caribbean faunal region, and is represented at present by a
single rather rare species, of comparatively small size and slen-
der form. It is distinguishable at once from Phcgoneus by the
exposed elytral humeri and large and very prominent, coarsely
faceted eyes, without vestige of supra-orbital carinee. The front
of the head, epistoma, mandibles, mentum and antennae are of
the usual type in the preceding genera, but the prosternum
between the coxaj is narrow and convexly declivous at the hind
margin of the coxee, and the mesosternum is not even tumid,
though its surface before the middle coxas is rapidly and strongly
depressed far below the level of the intercoxal part of the meso-
sternum and metasternum. The anterior and, to a less degree,
the middle tarsi, have conspicuous pads of fine dense pubes-
cence beneath, but the posterior are simply spinose and the
anterior and middle tibiie are feebly prolonged and acute at the
outer apical angle. The scutellum is moderately developed, as
long as wide and strongly ogival ; the upper line of the epipleurce
attains the very acute sutural angles. The type and only known
species may be outlined as follows : —

Form elongate-subovai, convex, dark brownish-testaceous throughout,
shining and without evident metallic lustre, sparsely covered with

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTVRIIN^ 429

short, fine, dccunibcnt, yellowisli and inconspicuous pubescence;
head small, fully half as wide as the prothorax, slightly wider
than long, rather finely and not densely punctate ; prothorax
small, two- fifths wider than long, the apex feebly sinuato-truncate
and fully three-fourths as wide as the base, with the angles very
obtuse and somewhat blunt; disk widest at the middle, where the
sides are prominently rounded, thence strongly converging and
straight apically and but little less converging and straight to the
basal angles, which are more than right and very slightly blunt,
the sides acute but not at all margined or reflexed ; surface convex,
feebly impressed on the basal lobe and midway between this and
each side, rather finely, very sparsely punctate, becoming less
finely but still not very closely laterally, with an impimctate line
medially only toward base ; elytra fully three-fourths longer than
wide, three and one-half times as long as the prothorax, and, at
the middle, nearly one-half wider, gradually and arcuately nar-
rowed behind to the ogival apex, the sides broadly arcuate to the
rounded humeri, which are transvei"sely exposed at base; surface
with one or two impressed lines along the suture, especially
behind, finely, sparsely punctate and but little less finely or sparsely
toward the sides, the punctures confused, with feebly defined and
incomplete series of similar punctures here and there; abdomen
finely, sparsely punctate even toward the sides, with similar very
short, sparse and inconspicuous hairs. Length 7.5 mm.; width
2.9 mm. Florida (Tampa) puberulus Lee.

The original unique type of ■pubcriihis was described from
Georgia, and is said to have the elytra more than four times as
long as the prothorax and with a faint metallic gloss ; consider-
ing these differences, in connection with the inconspicuous pubes-
cence of the Tampa representative, it is possible that there
may be two distinct species involved. The sex of the specimen
described above is not determinable.

Conoecus Horn.
In this genus the sides of the prothorax are completely devoid
of beaded or reflexed edge, as in Schcefiictis, the edge being
obtusely rounded in section and punctate. The body is oval,
the head, mandibles, mentum and antennas as in Schoenicns^ but
the eyes are a little less developed and, though similarly coarsely
faceted and without trace of supra-orbital carinas, are much
flatter and not at all prominent. The prosternum between the
coxge is convexly declivous behind them as in Schanicus^ but the
intercoxal part of the mesosternum is tumid and its steep ante-
rior slope is more or less deeply impressed as in Efitragodes.

430 CASEY

The scLitellum is small and flat ; the upper line of the epipleurae
is obtuse, becoming altogether obliterated for a short distance
beginning a little behind the humeri and it attains the very acute
sutural angles. The body is more obese, with relatively larger
prothorax, more broadl}' and less abruptly lobed at base than
in Schocnictis, and the legs are shorter and stouter, the anterior
tibije more strongly but obtusely prolonged at tiie external apical
angle, the middle tibiae simpl}'^ feebly enlarged at apex. The
tarsi are rather long, the last joint gradually, strongly enlarged
from base to apex, the claws very stout, becoming strongly
arcuate toward tip, straight toward base ; the tufts of brilliant
dense pubescence, clothing all the tarsi beneath, are composed
of rather coarser hairs than in Lohometofon and some other
related genera. This genus is very evidently a normal mem-
ber of the tribe Epitragini and is wholly out of place among the
Gnathosiini, to which it was assigned by its author. We have
two species, which may be readily distinguished as follows : —

Form moderately stout, oval, convex, piceo-testaceous in color, still
paler beneath, moderately shining, without metallic lustre,
covered sparsely with short, decumbent, yellov\'ish hairs, nearly
as in Schcenicus ; head small, less than half as wide as the pro-
thorax, wider than long, coarsely, not very closely punctate, less
coarsely, densely so anteriorly, with long and distinct oblique
sutures, the epistoinal lobe rather short, broadly angulate ; pro-
thorax large, nearly one-half wider than long, parallel, the sides
more strongly converging toward apex, subevenly and strongly
arcuate from the very obtuse but evident basal angles to the less
obtuse but slightly blunt and not at all prominent apical angles,
the apex feebly sinuate, three-fourths as wide as the base, the
surface very evenly but rather feebly convex, not impressed, with
moderate, deep, somewhat well separated punctures, becoming a
little larger, perforate, elongate, close and tending to unite longi-
tudinally laterally, and, again, very small along the lateral edges,
also with an inipunctate line obliterated anteriorly; scutellum
ogival, as long as wide; elytra gradually and arcuately narrowed
behind in almost apical half, the apex very acute, scarcely one-
half longer than wide, two and one-half times as long as the pro-
thorax and, before the middle, very slightly wider, the sides
parallel, strongly, evenly arcuate to the obtuse humeral angles,
which are scarcely at all exposed at base and with wholly ob-
literated callus, the surface with rather coarse, deep, sparse
punctin-es, nearly equal though smaller near the sides than toward
the suture, confused, but, in addition, with even series of slightly
larger punctures along the central parts of each elytron ; abdomen

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRlINyE 43 1

coarsely, sparsely but conspicuously punctured. Len^^th 6.2 inni. ;
width 2.7 mm. Texas ovipennis Horn

Form nearly similar tliou<^h a little stouter and less parallel, darker,
blackish-piceous, the legs pale rufous, shining, the elytra with
feeble metallic lustre; pubescence nearly as in ovipennis but still
shorter and less evident ; head coarsely, rather closely perforato-
punctate, with a small vertexal impunctate spot as in ovipennis^
but with the punctures of the anterior part of the head coarser,
more clearly perforate and more separated ; prothorax twice as
wide as the head, nearly as in ovipe?tnis in form and sculpture;
scutellum very small, rounded; elytra as in ovipennis but broader
and, before the middle, fully a fifth wider than the prothorax, the
humeri more transversely exposed at base and the punctures
coarser, sparser and devoid of serial arrangement, fine along the
elytral suture and scarcely so coarse at the sides as elsewhere;
abdomen not very coarsely, sparsely punctate, very coarsely so on
the first segment, this character being much more evident than in
ovipennis. Length 6.G mm. ; width 2.92 mm. Texas.

estriatus n. sp.

These species are rather closely allied but the differences in
color, sculpture of the anterior parts of the head, and of the
entire elytra and basal part of the abdomen and relatively more
inflated elytra, with more exposed humeral angles as detailed
above, are so evident that there ought to be but little doubt in
identifying them. The complete absence of the humeral callus
distinguishes this genus from any other of the tribe in our
fauna, and the general aspect, shorter elytra and more abbrevi-
ated metasternum, indicate a curtailment of the wings, a very-
exceptional character in the present tribe though probably-
occurring in Tydeohis also.

Tribe Triorophini.
The various genera of this tribe were assigned to a much
more heterogeneous tribe Gnathosiini by Horn, but there are
several characters pertaining to the American genera, such as
general facies and sculpture, antennal structure and form of the
scutellum, that indicate the very decided propriety of separating
them as a distinct tribal group, having much more affinity with
the purely North American Eurymetoponini, by wa}' of the
similarly geographically restricted Trimytini, than it has to the
old world Gnathosiini, composed of such genera as Gnathosia^
Pachychtla, Anatolica, Tentyrta, Microdcra and many others.

432 CASEY

The latter tribe, it is true, includes a notable diversity, especially
of cephalic structure, but the genera have a certain commun-
ity of habitus which renders them very distinct from our much
smaller and more obscure forms. The general differential
characters of this and related tribes are sufficiently set forth in
the preceding table of tribes. The genera of Triorophini
within our faunal limits are the following : —

Epistomal lobe parallel, very prominent, angulate at apex, clasped
toward base by the swollen basal parts of the mandibles, the
latter stout, each with a strong porrect dorsal tooth clasping the
labrum, the right tooth the larger, their apex very unequally bifid,
the lower lobe small, the upper larger and acute, becoming ob-
tuse or truncate, their broad outer surface toward base not im-
pressed; eyes transverse, emarginate anteriorly; prothorax mar-
gined at the sides; elytra inflated, with abbreviated series of
coarse punctures, the epipleurae narrow, equal throughout; legs
long, the tarsi with sparse spinules beneath. [Type T. Icevis
Lee] Triorophus

Epistomal lobe shorter and wider, broadly angulate, clasped by the
upper ridge of the mandibles when closed, the latter more feebly
dentate above 2

2 — Epistomal lobe not deflexed 3

Epistomal lobe strongly deflexed, the line forming the upper mar-
gin of the deflexed portion continuous with the sides of the
front when viewed from above; elytra oblong-oval, nearly as in
Triphalus S

3 — Tarsi spinose or with sparse spiniform hairs beneath, not pubes-

cent ; elytra strongl}' inflated, subglobose 4

Tarsi with long, coarse and dense, pale and conspicuous hairy vesti-
ture beneath; bod})" more cylindrical, the elytra less strongly in-
flated and more oblong-oval 7

4 — Eyes not emarginate anteriorly 5

Eyes more transverse, emarginated anteriorly by the lateral canthus...6

5 — Body glabrous, small in size; mandibles acutely bifid at tip, the

lobes unequal, both acutely rounded ; epipleurai intruded upon
and narrowed anteriorly by the met-episterna ; elytra with more
or less confused punctuation. [Type Stibia ovipetmis Horn] .

Micromes
Body strongly pubescent, small in size: mandibles broader and squarely
truncate at tip; epipleuric narrow luit subequal in width through-
out, the met-episterna narrow ; elytra with strongly marked,
regular and entire series of punctures. [Type T. scriatus n. sp.].

Trichiotes

6 — Body rather small, conspicuously pubescent; elytra with more or

less confused punctuation ; mandibles abruptly narrow beyond

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 433

the dorsal teeth as usual, the apex feebly, very unequally bifid,
with the upper lobe broad and truncate, nearly as in Triorophus
but with the outer side concave toward base; epipleurai sub-
equal in width throu£^hout, the met-episterna rather wide.
[Type O. villosa n. sp,] Oxygonodera

7 — Body larger than in the three preceding genera, subglabrous to

sparsely pubescent, the elytra with even and entire series of con-
spicuous punctures; eyes emarginate anteriorly, not prominent;
mandibles acutely and deeply bifid, the two lobes unequal, both
acutely rounded, the outer surface concave at base only ; elytra
rather less inflexed beneath than usual, the epipleura; broader,
especially toward base, the met-episterna moderately narrow.
[Type T. -perforatiis Lee] Triphalus

8 — Form nearly as in Triphalus^ the elytra with similar regular and

entire series of coarse and conspicuous punctures ; size relatively
large as in Triorophus ; tarsi pubescent and spinose beneath;
eyes rounded, feebly emarginate anteriorly; mandibles without
tooth on the upper surface — fide Horn. [Type S. pu7tcticolUs
Horn] Stibia

In the structure of the front this tribe presents the same diver-
sity as the Trimytini or the palaearctic Gnathosiini, comprising
forms with prominent quadrate epistoma or a shorter and more
triangular form of that part. The last five genera of the above
table are related in this respect to Triorophus, in precisely the
same way that the Mexican Pcscciinius, oi Champion, is related
to the other genera of the Trimytini, the only very important
difference between these two tribes apparently being the strong
inferior inflexion of the elytra in Triorophini and the absence
of this character in the Trimytini ; in the former, also, the pro-
thorax is generally strongly narrowed to the base, while in the
latter it is usually narrowed from the base forward, the chief
exception being Chilonietopon. The principal distinguishing
character between the two tribes in question and the Euryme-
toponini, which is also diversified to a considerable degree in
the form of the front, is the fact that in the former the man-
dibles clasp or rest upon the epistomal lobe when closed, while
in the latter tribe they slip entirely under the lobe, but in both
cases they grasp and retract the labrum, either by a single tooth
or by a tooth on each mandible, the latter being the usual con-
dition in the Triorophini. The present tribe does not seem to
include an}' of the Central American genera recentl}^ described
by Champion, all of which may be readily assigned either to
the Eurymetoponini or Trimytini.

434 CASEY

Triorophus Lee.
In this genus the body is much larger than usual in the pres-
ent tribe, elongate in form, with elongate-oval and strongly
inflated hind body, the elytra in the normal species having rows
of coarse punctures, becoming obsolete behind. The epistomal
lobe is very prominent and is somewhat constricted at base, the
bulbiform basal swelling of the mandibles fitting when closed
into the reentrant space at each side, and the surface behind the
lobe is strongly swollen, forming a rounded prominence. The
eyes are moderate, distinctly convex but not ver\' prominent,
and the lateral lobes of the front before them are strongl}'^
rounded anteriorly and externally, being, as a general rule,
much more prominent than the eyes. There is a single long
straight supra-orbital carina, supplemented generally by other
shorter inner folds. The antennae and legs are unusually long
and moderately slender, the tarsi cylindric, in great part nude
but with a few short stiff spines, more numerous beneath ; basal
joint of the posterior as long as the last or somewhat longer.
The prothorax has an unusually distinct marginal bead at the
sides, for in most of the related genera, this bead is in great
part wanting, the edge being more or less acute in section but
punctured and immarginate. At the apical angles there are
several long vibrissse similar to those noted in the Trimytini.
The scutellum is small and transverse, not projecting posteriorly
between the elytra, the latter strongly margined at base and
with the epipleuraj narrow throughout ; the met-episterna are
also narrow and subparallel. Triorophus is a rather large
genus, the species known to me being definable as follows : —

Surface glabrous or nearly so ; elytra with regular, coarsely punctured
series, obsolete toward tip 2

Surface evidently pubescent or with the prothorax more coarsely and
closely sculptured, the elytra at best faintly striato-punctate and
sometimes with confused punctuation 17

2 — Pronotum with a single system of punctures which are always

well sepa rated 3

Pronotum with coarse punctures, mingled with others whicli are dis-
tinct but much smaller; integuments glabrous 16

3 — Elytra strongly shining, sometimes alutaceous toward tip 4

Elytra entirely opaque; form very stout; each puncture bearing a

very small hair 15

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 435

4 — Elytral series obsolete only slightly behind the middle 5

Elytral series longer, obsolete only toward apex 14

5 — Antennai stouter, the tenth joint not or but slightly longer than

wide 6

Antennai very slender, the tenth joint very much longer than wide... 13

6 — Head not at all narrower than the prothorax. Body black, shin-

ing, the head sparsely punctate, with two supra-orbital folds at
each side ; prothorax punctate ; elytra with rather large punctures,
obsolete near the middle, arranged in nine series, the intervals
and apex impunctate. Length 8.0 mm. California (Colorado
Desert) laevis Lee.

Head evidently narrower than the prothorax in both sexes 7

7 — Species of the California fauna. Body stout, strongly convex,

very highly polished, black or with a feeble piceous tinge; head
very obviously narrower than the prothorax, the frontal tumidity
and the occipital region finely, sparsely punctate, the latter not
rugose and unusually convex, with one or two acute plica; near
the orbital carinae ; antennas stout, moderately long; prothorax
large, between a fourth and third wider than long, the sides
parallel and broadly rounded in about apical half, strongly con-
verging and becoming broadly sinuate toward base, the latter
truncate and very heavily beaded, fully four- fifths as wide as the
apex, the latter very feebly sinuato-truncate, with the angles some-
what advanced and prominent, the punctures more or less fine
and sparse, becoming rather coarse and deep but well separated
laterally ; elytra elongate-oval, the punctures coarse, arranged in
series which are distinctly impressed, becoming obsolete at some
distance behind the middle, the intervals with fine but unusually
distinct, sparse and confused punctures obsolete toward apex ;
abdomen impunctate laterally, rather coarsely so toward the mid-
dle of the basal segment and distinctly, though finely, on the me-
dian parts of the second segment, the sterna and parapleural very
coarsely but not closely punctate. Male with an elongate-oval,
spongy-pubescent spot at the centre of the first ventral segment.
Length 7.25-S.o mm. ; width 2.S-3.45 mm. California (Kern
Co.) politus n. sp.

Species of the Arizona faunal regions 8

8 — Elytra strongly shining throughout 9

Elytra evidently alutaceous toward tip 12

9 — Male with the pubescent fovea at the centre of the first ventral

not impressed, elongate-oval in form 10

Male with the pubescent fovea strongly impressed, more rounded... 11

10 — Form rather stout, deep black, polished, glabrous; head finely,

sparsely punctate posteriorly, sometimes feebly rugulose and with
two or three sharp plicce near the carina3 ; prothorax a fourth to
nearly a third wider than long, only moderately narrowed toward

436 CASEY

base in basal half, the sides becoming straight and oblique, the
apical angles rather prominent and thickened; surface very
convex, finely, sparsely punctured, rather coarsely but still not
very closely toward the sides; elytra rather short, distinctly less
than one-half longer than wide, strongly arcuate at the sides, the
serial punctures very coarse, the remainder of the surface finely
and sparsely, confusedly and evidently punctate, obsoletely and
very minutely toward tip. Length 7.0 mm.; width 2.S mm.
(c? and ?). Arizona (locality unrecorded)... terebratulus n. sp.

Form more elongate, similar otherwise, the head and prothorax of the
male much larger than in the female, the former minutely,
sparsely punctured, with the usual two to three acute rugas near
the carinte ; prothorax nearly similar but rather more transverse
and more strongly narrowed basally, the sides generally becoming
obviously sinuate toward base, the apical angles scarcely thickened
and usually not at all prominent, a third to nearly two-fifths wider
than long, the punctures almost as in terebratuhis but finer
throughout; elytra oval, more elongate, fully one-half longer
than wide, with the immediate apex more prominent!}' produced,
the sides arcuate, the punctures of the series, the latter being
similarl}' evidently impressed, much smaller and less conspicuous,
the punctuation of the general surface excessively minute, almost
wholly obsolete. Length 6.3-7.1 mm. ; width 3.6-2.9 "'^ii'''
(c? and 9). Arizona (Congress Junction), — F. H. Snow.

mundulus n. sp.

II — Body nearly as in imuidulus throughout, the head almost similar
but with the punctures rather more distinct ; prothorax nearly as
in terebratulus and similarly punctate but rather more transverse,
shorter in the female than in the male, the apical angles not
thickened and not at all prominent; elytra slightly less tlian one-
half longer than wide, oval, with the apex rather prominently
produced, the feebly impressed series composed of deeply im-
pressed punctures which 'are nearly as large and conspicuous as
in terebratuhis and much more so than in mundulus, the sparse
punctures of the remainder of the surface very minute and only
just visible, even toward base, wholly obsolete apically. Length
6.0-6.9 mm. ' ■width 3.6-3.8 mm. (cj* and 9). Arizona (River-
side),— H. F. Wickham simplex n. sp.

13 — Form stout, strongly convex, with very minute sparse hairs,
deep black as usual ; head finely, sparsely punctured and feebly,
longitudinally rugulose, with tlie usual two or three acute folds
near the carinic ; prothorax large, about a third wider than long,
the sides rounded, converging only in about basal third, the apical
angles thickened and evidently prominent, the punctures as in
terebratulus ; elytra short and broadly oval, less than one-half
longer than wide, the series but just visibly impressed and com-
posed of widely separated, moderately coarse punctures, smaller
than in any of the tliree preceding species, the punctures of the

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 437

remainder of the surface sparse and extremely minute. Length
7,6 mm.; width 3.2 mm. (?). Arizona gravidulus n. sp.

Form more elongate, similar in coloration, the very minute hairs even
less obvious ; head very much narrower than the prothorax, punc-
tured finely and sparsely, with some feeble rugaj and acute juxta-
carnal folds as in the preceding species; prothorax large, more
transverse, nearly two-fifths wider than long, the sides unusually
convergent in about basal half, becoming straight and obliciue,
with the basal angles formed by the basal bead as usual, the
apical angles thickened and prominent, the punctures only moder-
ately small and less sparse than in the preceding species, becom-
ing coarse and separated by much less than their own widths
laterally; elytra elongate-oval, fully one-half longer than wide,
the base very strongly margined as usual but prolonged anteriorly
beyond the arcuate part of the sides, suggesting a broad basal
peduncle in a manner not noticeable in any of the preceding
species, the punctures of the series only moderately coarse, those
of the remainder of the surface minute but evident. Length 8.5
mm. ; width 3.2 mm. (?). Arizona (Riverside), — H. F. Wick-
ham basalis n. sp.

Form nearly similar to basalis but smaller in size, similarly black and
glabrous; head and general form almost exactly similar in the
sexes, the former punctured and sometimes feebly rugulose as
usual ; prothorax about a third wider than long, the sides arcu-
ately and moderately converging in about basal half, the apical
angles thickened and somewhat prominent, the punctures sparser
than in basalis and separated laterally by their own widths or
more ; elytra nearly as in basalis in form and sculjjture but not
produced anteriorly at base. Male with the densely fulvo-pubes-
cent fovea of the basal segment of the abdomen feebly impressed
and but little elongated. Length 7.2-7.4 mm.; width 2.S-2.9
mm. (cJ* and ?). Arizona (Benson), — G. W. Dunn.

histrio n. sp.

13 — Body rather stout, strongly convex, black and rather strongly
shining throughout, glabrous; head much narrower than the pro-
thorax, minutely, sparsely punctured and smooth, with a single
strong acute plica near the carinte ; prothorax nearly two-fifths
wider than long, rather strongly and arcuately narrowed behind
from near apical third, the apical angles not -at all thickened or
prominent, the punctures only moderately small, impressed,
sparse, becoming moderately coarse, impressed and separated by
nearly twice their own witlths laterally ; elytra one-half longer
than wide, oval, the very feebly impressed series composed of
moderately coarse punctures, the remainder of the surface very
sparsely and minutely punctate, scarcely distinctly so even toward
base. Male with a nigro-pubescent abdominal fovea, much smaller
than in any of the preceding species, not impressed and elongate-
oval. Length 7.7 mm. ; width 3.2 mm. (d^). California (San
D iego ) gracilicornis n . sp .

438 CASEY

Body more slender anteriorly, the hind body relatively more strongly in-
flated, as frequently the case in the female, nifo-piceous in color,
shining throughout and glabrous; head finely, sparsely punc-
tured, with about two juxta-carinal folds ; prothorax formed nearly
as in gracilicornis but arcuatcly narrowed behind only in about
basal half, the apical angles not at all thickened or prominent, the
punctures not very small and moderately sparse, impressed, be-
coming vmusually coarse and separated by scarcely more than
their own widths laterally ; elytra more elongate-oval, more than
one-half longer than wide, the scarcely at all impressed series
composed of moderately coarse, deep punctures which are rather
more close-set than usual, the interstitial punctui'es extremely
minute and subobsolete even basally ; basal segment of the ab-
domen even more coarsely and plentifully punctate medially than
usual. Length 7.5 mm.; width 3.3 mm. (9). Arizona.

longicornis n. sp.

14 — Form elongate, convex, shining, the elytra somewhat alutaceous,
black, the under surface, legs, head and prothorax more or less
rufo-piceous ; minute hairs frequently distinct ; head rather coarsely
and longitudinally, subconfluently punctate, forming rugte, those
near the strong orbital carinae not more pronounced than the
others; antennae rather long and slender, the tenth joint longer
than wide ; prothorax a little wider than the head, more distinctly
in the female, almost one-half wider than long, moderately and
arcuately narrowed behind in rather more than basal half, the
apical angles not thickened or prominent, the punctures rather
coarse, deep, well separated medially but still coarser, elongate
and separated by their own widths but tending to longitudinal
coalescence laterally ; elytra very elongate-oval, much less inflated
than usual, three-fifths longer than wide, the very feebly impressed
series composed of moderately coarse, unusually close-set punc-
tures and distinct to within a short distance of the apex, the inner
series curving outwardly toward base, where there is sometimes a
short post-scutellar series; interstitial punctures small and sparse,
confused, sometimes very distinct; abdomen, contrary to the
general rule, evenly and rather sparsely but strongly punctured
throughout, the pubescent fovea of the first segment (cf) not im-
pressed and moderate in size. Length 6.4-7.3 mm. ; width 2.7-
2.85 mm. (c?' and ?). California (Tulare Co.) .. .rugiceps Lee.

Form very stout, large in size, deep black, shining and glabrous
throughout, the legs rufo-piceous and the elytra feebly alutaceous
posteriorly; head slightly narrower than the prothorax, the an-
terior tumidity large, strong and punctured as usual, the basal
parts convex, very finely, sparsely punctured and smooth, with
about two lolds near the carinic ; antenna^ rather long and slender,
the tenth joint slightly elongate; prothorax large, not quite one-
half wider than long, inflated at the middle, thence rather strongly
narrowed, with the sides becoming sinuate to the base, the an-

AMERICAN COMPONlvNTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 439

terior angles tliickened and decidetUy prominent, the punctures
moderately small and well separated, deep, becoming rather coarse
and separaticd by barely their own widths laterally ; elytra strongly
inflated, oval, two-fifths longer than wide, with scarcely im-
pressed series of very coarse, deep, moderately close-set punctures,
disappearing at about apical fourth, the interstitial punctures
minute, sparse and inconspicuous; abdomen minutely, sparsely
punctured, the basal segment becoming coarsely punctured only
near the coxa;. Length S. 5 mm.; width 3. 75 mm. (?). Texas.

lecontei Csy.

15 — Body very stout, deep black, the legs rufo-piceous, the anterior
parts alutaceous, the entire elytra deeply opaque, head much nar-
rower than the jjrothorax, smooth, minutely, sparsely punctate,
with very fine and feeble rugse near the carinic, the umbo very
large and conspicuous ; antennae moderate, the tenth joint fully
as wide as long; prothorax transverse, fully three-fifths wider than
long, the sides rounded, becoming strongly convergent and sinuate
in only about basal third, the apical angles thickened and very
prominent, the punctures fine and moderately separated, becom-
ing moderately coarse and separated by scarcely more than their
own widths laterally ; elytra very inflated and convex, barely a
fourth longer than wide, the unimpressed series composed of
moderately coarse, deep and rather widely spaced punctures, con-
tinuing to apical fourth or fifth ; abdomen dull, minutely, sparsely
punctate, the first segment coarsely punctured medially along each
side of the median line, except toward apex. Length 7.S mm. ;
width 3.6 mm. (9). Texas nodiceps Lee.

16 — Form stout, convex, deep black, the legs and antennce more or
less rufo-piceous, almost glabrous, each puncture with a minute
hair, feebly alutaceous, the entire elytra with dull lustre; head
smooth, minutely, sparsely punctate, with the umbo large and
prominent, the surface without plicae near the strong orbital
carinas ; prothorax much wider than the head, transverse, three-
fifths wider than long, the sides inflated, strongly and arcuately
converging in basal half, becoming sinuate basally, the anterior
angles thickened, acute and very prominent; surface widest at
the middle, strongly, closely punctate, very coarsely and more
closely so laterally, the punctures mingled everywhere with
smaller distinct punctures, i^endering the sculpture rather dense
throughout; elytra strongly inflated and convex, oval, about two-
fifths longer than wide, with unimpressed series of only moder-
ately coarse, widely separated punctures, becoming gradually
smaller and disappearing between apical third and fourth, the
sparse interstitial punctures extremely minute and scarcely visible ;
abdomen finely, sparsely punctured, with some coarse punctures
on the first segment, where the fusco-pubescent male fovea is un-
usually small, unimpressed and elongate-oval. Length 6.7 mm. ;
width 3.25 mm. {d')- Texas (Laredo), — H. F. Wickham.

brevis n. sp.

440 CASEY

Form nearly similar but with more inflated elytra and shining, the
surface only feebl}' alutaceous posteriorly, glabrous, very deep
black, the legs and antenna feebly rufo-piceous ; head rela-
tively larger, less distinctly narrower than the prothorax, with
less elevated umbo and less minute but sparse punctuation, the
surface not so smooth and with a single short plica near the
carinai ; tenth antennal joint somewhat more elongate, obviously
longer than wide ; prothorax larger, much less transverse, not
quite a third wider than long, less inflated at the sides, the latter
parallel and broadly arcuate, becoming moderately strongly con-
vergent and feebly arcuate in about basal half, sinuate very near
the angles, the apical angles thickened and prominent though less
so than in brevis^ the punctures very uneven, generally rather
well separated medially but becoming closer laterally and com-
posed of coarse and moderately small punctures intermingled;
elytra more elongate-oval though scarcely one-half longer than
wide, with very feebly impressed series of unusually coarse, deep
and less widely spaced punctures, gradually becoming obsolete
only at apical fourth or fifth, the lateral series approaching the
apex still closer as in brevis ; abdomen shining, finely, sparsely
punctured, the basal segment (c?) having a moderately large,
circular and unimpressed fulvo-pubescent fovea, surrounded for
some distance on all sides by minute and close-set punctures, this
feature being much more obvious than in brevis. Length 7-5
mm.; width 3.5 mm. (c?). Texas (El Paso), — G. W. Dunn.

mixtus n. sp.

17 — Color brownish-black, paler beneath, subopaque ; head coarsely
and densely punctured and longitudinally finely sulcate, the umbo
moderately prominent, finely punctured; prothorax slightly
broader than long, the sides moderately rounded, the surface
convex, coarsely and densely but not confluently punctured, the
head and pronotum with sparsely placed short yellow hairs ;
elytra oval, moderately convex, faintly striato-punctate, the inter-
stices having two rows of very faint pimctures, sparsely pubes-
cent, with the short hairs arranged between the rows of larger
punctures; prosternum and side-pieces coarsely and densely punc-
tured, the meso- and metasterna very coarsely so, the abdomen
finely and sparsely. Length 7.5 mm. Localitv not stated.

subpubescens Horn

Color piceous, the form stout; head narrower than the prothorax,
aciculate and coarsely punctured, the imibo moderate; prothorax
transverse, coarsely and confluently punctate and rugose ; el^'tra
rather closely, less finely punctate than usual, but with the punc-
tures scarcely forming series. Length 6.25 mm. California
(Vallecito, — near Julian?) punctatus Lee.

The species from Icev/'s to hisirio, in the table, are rather
closely allied among themselves and are geologically recent

A.MERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 44I

derivatives of a common stem form, though undoubtedly dis-
tinct ; Icevis is defined above from the original diagnosis and is
a larger species, with larger head, than any of the allied Ari-
zonian forms ; it is confined to the Colorado Desert, from which
region I have no material at present. The locality given by
LeConte for rugiccps is San Jose, which is certainly a mistake,
Tejon being probably intended ; it is a widely isolated species,
not at all closely allied to any other, if I have properly identified
it, constituting a type apart from the others in general form and
details of sculpture. I have been forced also to define subpu-
bescens and punctatus from the original descriptions of LeConte
and Horn ; they seem to differ very much from the others in pro-
notal sculpture, and especially in the punctuation of the elytra,
and may have to be separated subgenerically ; at present they
are represented by uniques as far as known to me.

Micromes n. gen.

With this genus begins a series of very small forms, differing
radically from Triorophtis in having the epistomal lobe short,
broadly angulate and less fully clasped by the mandibles, the
latter being nearly similar in structure but without the bulbose
swelling at base and less strongly, though somewhat similarly,
toothed above, the left very feebly as usual. They also differ
in having the side margins of the prothorax narrowly convex in
section but not accentuated by a bead, reflexed or otherwise,
being continuously punctured from the upper to the under sur-
face. In the present genus the eyes are variably prominent,
coarsely faceted but not anteriorly emarginate, and there is no
trace of a supra-orbital carina. The antennas are slender, mod-
erate in length and of the same general structure as in Trio-
rophus, but the met-episterna are wider and intrude somewhat
upon the narrow epipleur^e, reducing the width of the latter
anteriorly still further. The male sexual characters are pre-
cisely as in Trtorop/ms, the basal segment of the abdomen
having a large central, densely pubescent depression or fovea.
The type of Micromes was described by Dr. Horn as a Stibia^
but it is evidently not very closely related to that genus, as shown
by general form of the body, type of elytral sculpture and form

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., October, 1907.

442 CASEV

of the epistoma. The genus is apparently very restricted in
habitat, neither of the species now known occurring far from
San Diego in California ; the two represented in my cabinet may
be defined as follows : —

Form stout, suboval, convex, polished, glabrous, black or piceous-
black, rather paler beneath, the legs and antenna rufo-piceous ;
head rather small, much narrower than the prothorax, strongly,
moderately coarsely and not very densely punctate, the punctures
tending to coalesce longitudinally; eyes rather small, extremely
convex and prominent ; prothorax transverse, not quite twice as
wide as long, parallel, widest at the middle, the sides evenly
arcuate, the apex broadly sinuate, v\'ith the angles scarcely less
than right, not rounded but not prominent, the basal angles ob-
tuse though scarcely rounded, the surface strongly convex, deeply,
closely punctate, the punctures elongate, small and not dense
medially but coarser, dense and somewhat longitudinally coales-
cent laterally ; scutellum small, transverse, extending but little
behind the elevated basal margin of the elytra, the latter oval,
inflated, about a fourth longer than wide, the sides more strongly
rounding toward base, more than three times as long as the pro-
thorax and, at the middle, fully three-fourths wider, not very
coarsely or deeply, sparsely punctate, the punctures arranged
in feebly defined series, w^ith confusedly and almost equally
strongly punctate intervals, the punctures obsolete in about apical
fourth ; abdomen smooth, almost impunctate except the basal
segment, the latter (cf) with a large and somewhat oval central
pubescent fovea. Length 3.2-4.1 mm.; width 1.7-2.2 mm.
California (San Diego). [==Stil)ia ovipe?ints Horn].

ovipennis Horn

Form less stout, convex, shining, glabrous, pale piceo-testaceous in
color; head small, rounded, rather finely, closely strigilato-punc-
tate, the eyes larger than in ovipennis and much less convex,
although prominent; prothorax almost similar in form but rela-
tively somewhat smaller and less transverse, more finely, not very
densely strigilato-punctate, but little more coarsely so laterally
and subevenly throughout; scutellum similar ; elytra more elon-
gate-oval, a third longer than wide, about two-thirds wider than
the prothorax, sparsely and not coarsely, shallowly punctate, the
punctures arranged in unimpressed series, obsolete in about apical
two-fifths, the intervals similarly and uniseriately punctate ; ab-
domen very minutely, sparsely punctate, the basal segment (cj^)
with a large oval pale-pubescent fovea ; basal joint of the anterior
tarsi shorter than in ovipennis and much shorter than the next
two combined, the legs more slender. Length 3.2-3.8 mm.;
width 1. 4-1. 8 mm. California (San Diego). [= Stihia fnari-
tinia Csy .] maritimus Csy .

The differences between these two species in the eyes and

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 443

relative lengths of the anterior tarsal joints are almost sub-
generic. ]\Iaritimiis appears to be much rarer than uvi^ennis^
which is rather abundant. The male is distinctly less obese
than the female and usually much smaller in size.

Trichiotes n. gen.

With mandibles and epistomal lobe formed as in Micromes^
the present genus reproduces Trioropkus in general form and
sculpture, but differs from either in being clothed sparsely with
very long erect and conspicuous setiform pubescence. The
head is nearly as in Triorophus, exxepting the front and man-
dibles, the rather prominent and coarsely faceted eyes being
bounded above by a short and rather feeble carina; they are
transversely oval and are not more than feebly impressed anteri-
orly by the canthus of the front. The antennae and legs are
rather short and stout, the tarsi notably short, the met-episterna
narrow, not intruding upon the epipleuras, which are narrow
though equally wide throughout as in Triorop/ms, and the
elytra, similarly, have regular series of coarse punctures. The
form of the prothorax is almost exactly as in Triorophus, but
the flanks are subevenly convex and without trace of beaded or
reflexed side-margin, being very obtuse in section. The single
species may be described as follows : —

Form rather stout, very strongly convex, shining, clothed throughout
with very long erect yellowish-cinereous hairs, not concealing the
integuments, serial in arrangement on the elytra and arising from
the interstitial punctures, black, the under surface, legs and an-
tennas more or less paler piceo-rufous ; head evidently narrower
than the prothorax, rather wider than long, coarsely, somewhat
closely and, toward the sides, more or less confluently punctato-
rugose ; prothorax nearly one-half wider than long, parallel, with
the sides broadly arcuate anteriorly, becoming strongly and arcu-
ately narrowed in about basal half, the sides smuate before the
acute and minutely prominent basal angles, the apex broadly sin*-
uate, with the angles acute, slightly everted and prominent though
not produced ; surface very strongly, evenly convex, very coarsely
and closely but not confluently punctate; scutellum small, trans-
verse, forming part of the strongly elevated basal margin of the
elytra as usual in this tribe ; elytra strongly inflated and convex,
oval, about a fifth longer than wide, scarcely three times as long
as the prothorax and, at the middle, fully two-thirds wider, hav-
ing each nine regular and broadly impressed entire series of coarse,

444

CASEY

perforate, rather close-set punctures, becoming only slightly
smaller toward tip, the intervals each with a very uneven series
of small setigerous punctures; abdomen shining, rather coarsely
but not strongly, moderately closely punctate, the first and second
segments in the unique type each with a feeble ridge at each side,
curving from the anterior edge posteriorly and inwardly toward
the hind margin of the segments. Length 4.8 mm. ; width 2.5
mm. Texas (Big Springs), — H. F. Wickham...seriatus n. sp.

The general form of this species suggests some of the Otio-
rhynchid genera allied to Mylacus and Sciopithcs. It is impos-
sible to state whether the singular obliquely curved ridges at the
sides of the abdomen are sexual or not ; there is no trace of a
pubescent fovea at the centre of the first segment in the type
specimen.

Oxygonodera n. gen.

This genus is also characterized by its conspicuous vestiture
of long erect setiform hairs, but the facies is less like that of
Trioi'ophiis. The head is nearly as in Trichiotes., the frontal
parts being similar, except that the mandibles are stouter and
more deeply concave externally toward base, but the antennas
are more slender, with a relatively greater development of the
last two joints and the transversely oval, coarsely faceted and
moderately prominent eyes are decidedly emarginated by the
lateral canthus of the front; the supra-orbital carina is small
and inconspicuous though present. The prothorax is, in
general terms, transversely parallelogrammic, having a very
great development of the anterior angles, which are prolonged
as in Edrotes^ and the sides, though acute in section, are not
margined but punctured like the rest of the surface as in the
two preceding genera, the scutellum and raised basal margin
of the elytra being also similar ; the elytral punctuation is even
more confused than in jSIicromes^ wdth the narrow epipleuras as
in Triorophus, the met-episterna wider as in Microtiies, but not
reducing the width of the epipleuras. The legs and tarsi are
rather short and stout.

A species congeneric with the type of this genus was assigned
to Sfibia by its author, but of course provisionally, as there is
but little resemblance between the two genera. Oxygonodera
is a localized type, like the two preceding, and is peculiar to

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN.-f-: 445

the arid regions of the great basin of Utah and perhaps eastern
Nevada ; the three species may be outlined as follows : —

Base of the prothorax slightly wider than tlie apex. Form robust,
piceous-black, moderately shining, sparsely clothed with moder-
ately long yellowish hairs; head coarsely, densely and suhstri-
gosely punctured, the epistomal lobe rounded in front; prothorax
twice as wide as long, the apical angles acute and very prominent
anteriorly, the base slightly arcuate at the middle, feebly sinuate
laterally, the hind angles right, the sides very feebly arcuate ; sur-
face very convex, with an ante-basal transverse impression,
coarsely, deeply and rather densely punctured, becoming some-
what strigosely so laterally ; elytra broadly oval, very convex,
moderately coarsely but not densely punctured, the punctures with
faint tendency to serial arrangement ; prothorax beneath very
coarsely, deeply and rather densely punctured, the mesosternum
less coarsely so, the metasternum with very large deep punctures;
abdomen moderately densely punctured ; outer margin of the an-
terior tibiae slightly spinulose. Length 5.5 mm. Utah. \^=Siibia
hispidula Horn] hispidula Horn

Base of the prothorax slightly narrower than the apex; erect vestiture
very long . 2

3 — Body moderately stout, very convex, somewhat piceous-black, the
legs and antennas more rufous, strongly shining, sparsely clothed
with very long sparse fulvous haii^s ; head moderate, wider than
long, much narrower than the prothorax; coarsely but not very
densely punctate, the punctures elongate and somewhat longitudi-
nally coalescent ; epistoma strongly angulate ; prothorax not quite
twice as wide as long, widest somewhat before the middle, the
sides subparallel and feebly, subevenly arcuate, sinuate at the
acute and prominent basal angles and feebly subsinuate toward
the anteriorly produced and acute apical angles, the apex between
the angles transversely truncate, the base very broadly, feebly
lobed, without beaded edge, the surface very convex, strongly
and transversely impressed before the basal lobe, coarsely, deeply
and closely punctured, the punctures elongate and irregularly
longitudinally subconfluent, coarser and more anastomosing
toward the sides; elytra oblong-oval, moderately inflated, very
convex, a fourth longer than wide, between threfe and four times as
long as the prothorax and two-fifths wider at the middle, coarsely,
deeply, not very closely and confusedly punctured throughout,
rather less coarsely so toward tip; abdomen coarsely, deeply and
closely but not confluently punctured throughout. Male with a
moderate circular pubescent fovea at the centre of the first ventral
segment. Length 4.8-5.2 mm. ; width 2.3-2.6 mm. (cf and
9). Utah (Marysvale), — H. F. Wickham villosa n. sp.

Body very stout and convex, oblong-oval, deep black, with dark
rufous legs and antennae, highly polished, the very long and sparse

446 CASEY

erect hairs fine and yellowish-cinereous in color; head large,
wider than long, narrower than the prothorax, coarsely but not
very closely, unevenly punctate, densely and with anastomosing
rugae laterally, the epistoma triangular, with parabolically
rounded apex ; prothorax more transverse, twice as wide as long,
widest toward apex, the base as in villosa but more distinctly
narrower than the apex, the sides very feebly arcuate; basal
angles right, not prominent, the apical perhaps a little less pro-
duced and thicker than in villosa but very prominent, the remain-
ing characters as in that species, except that the surface between
the subbasal impression and basal margin is subimpunctate ; ely-
tra nearly similar but broader, barely three times as long as tlae
prothorax and about a fourth wider, still more coarsely, confusedly
and equally sparsely punctate ; abdomen more coarsely, densely
and subconfluently punctate, the male sexual characters similar.
Length 5.6 mm.; width 2.8 mm. (cJ*). Utah (Clear Lake),
— H. F. Wickham grandiceps n. sp.

I do not have an example of hi'spidtila before me at present,
the above description being by Dr. Horn, but if the language is
correct it is distinct from either of the others, notably in its bas-
ally broader prothorax, more rounded epistoma and apparently
less elongate vestiture. There are probably a number of species
still to be discovered but the}^ are individually rare.

The flanks of the elytra have a large deep indentation near
basal third in this genus, which remarkable character is ph3'lo-
genetically the same as the short furrow noted so frequently in
the Eurymetoponini.

Triphalus Lee.
The body in this genus is still less inflated posteriorly and
more cylindrical than in Oxygonodera, and we return to the
margined sides of the prothorax characterizing Trioroflms^ but
there are some features which indicate a departure in the direc-
tion of the Trimytini ; the elytra, for example, embrace the sides
of the body less widely than in any of the preceding genera and
the male has no pubescent fovea on the first ventral. In most of
its characters and in general facies, however, it is wholly iso-
lated, the head as in the preceding genus but with the eyes less
prominent and in fact but feebly convex, coarsely faceted, well
developed and anteriorl}' emarginate and bounded above by a
very fine and feeble carina, the antennae long in the type spe-
cies, with the three outer joints larger as in Triorophus. The

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^IC 447

epistomal lobe is triangular and its sides are obtusely pectinate,
somewhat as in the subgenus Pimalms of the Trimytini,
although there the lobe is approximately semicircular. The
prothorax is of peculiar cylindric form, rectilinearly truncate
from side to side anteriorly and very broadly and feebly lobed
at base, none of the angles being in the least prominent although
not rounded. The elytra have the elevated basal margin and
scutellum of the preceding genera, but the epipleurae are narrow
posteriori}', becoming gradually rather wide toward base, the
met-episterna moderately narrow, becoming broader anteriorly,
the legs rather short and stout, strongly punctate, the tibiae with
two external carinas separated by a longitudinal groove, and the
rather short thick tarsi are densely pubescent, the basal joint of
the posterior less elongate than usual and somewhat shorter than
the fourth. The genus is peculiar to the warm southern part of
the peninsula of Lower California, the two species thus far
known being definable as follows : —

Form elongate-subcylindric, the hind body moderately inflated, brown-
ish-testaceous in color throughout, alutaceous in lustre, glabrous,
each puncture with a very small and scarcely visible hair entirely
within its limits; head coarsely, densely and subconfluently punc-
tate, the antenn.-n slender, rather longer than the head and pro-
thorax, the latter a fourth wider than long, with the base just
visibly wider than the apex, the sides nearly straight, the sides
and base beaded, the apical angles right, the basal slightly obtuse ;
surface cylindrically convex, very coarsely and subconfluently
punctate, scarcely more coarsely so laterally; scutellum well
developed, transverse, forming part of the raised elytral base;
elytra nearly one-half longer than wide, oblong-oval, less than three
times as long as the prothorax and, at the middle, about one-half
wider, with nine discal, apically impressed, entire and regular
series of very coarse, perforate and rather widely spaced punc-
tures ; abdomen coarsely and very deeply but somewhat sparsely
punctate. Length 7.0 mm. ; width 3.12 mm. Lower California.

perforatus Lee.

Form rather more slender, smaller in size, the hind body more
abruptly but not more strongly inflated, piceous-black, the legs
and antennae dark rufous ; surface rather shining and with dis-
tinct but sparse vestiture of short, suberect, somewhat coarse
fulvous hairs; head coarsely, very densely punctato-strigose
throughout, the antennae much shorter, not as long as the head
and prothorax, the latter more than a fourth wider than long,
distinctly wider than the head, with the apex and base equal in

448 CASEY

width, widest before the middle, the sides feebly but evidently
arcuate, becoming straight or subsinuate toward base, the basal
and apical angles lioth rather more than right, the remaining fea-
tures almost as in pei'foratus^ the punctures, however, even
coarser, denser and more coalescent medially, becoming slightly
less coarse laterally; scutellum smaller and more projecting and
rounded behind ; elytra one-half longer than wide, very nearly
three times as long as the prothorax and one-half wider, with
regular and entire series, which 'are impressed throughout but
more strongly toward apex, of very coarse, perforate, less widely
spaced punctures; abdomen very coarsely and deeply but not
densely punctate. Length 5.5 mm.; width 2.42 mm. Lower
California (San Jose del Cabo) cribricoUis Horn

The unique type of crihricollis was described (Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., V, 1895, p. 251) from Miraflores, but does not seem
to differ from the San Jose specimens, one of which was kindly
given me by Mr. Chas. Fuchs, except in the apparently more
densely punctate head, and in that the very small sparse punc-
tures of the elytral intervals are scarcely arranged in double
series but evidently more confused.

Stibia Horn.
The onl}'^ marked difference between this genus and Tri-
^hahis resides in the abruptly deflexed epistomal lobe, but if the
mandibles are really without a dorsal tooth, as stated in the
original description, it would depart radically, not only from
Triphahis but from every other genus of the tribe, so that I am
disposed to regard this statement as due to an error of observa-
tion. The general form and sculpture of the body, eyes and
superciliary ridge are nearly as in Triphahis. The only species
which can enter the genus at present, is one of the largest of the
tribe, greatly surpassing Triphahis and equaling the largest
known forms of Trior ophus ; it may be described as follows : —

Form elongate, black, the legs ferruginous-brown, shining; head
coarsely and confluently punctured ; prothorax moderately con-
vex, coarsely and densely punctured, one-half wider than long,
the sides broadly rounded, with the margin acute, the angles dis-
tinct but not prominent, the apex feebly emarginate, the base
feebly lobed ; elytra convex, elongate, oblong-oval, with nine
discal series of strong punctures, one marginal series and a short
scutellar row of a few punctures ; under surface coarscl}- and
densely punctured. Length 8.0-9.5 mm. Lower California.

puncticollis Horn

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THK TKNTYRIIN-^^ 449

The original specimens were taken by Mr. Gahb, and the
only one in the collections reported upon by Dr. Horn (Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci., IV, 1894) from San Jose del Cabo, is said to
be somewhat aberrant, having the prothorax less narrowed
behind and the striae better marked, with coarser punctures.
The prothorax therefore seems to be narrowed toward base in
functicollis^ although this is not directly stated by the describer.

Tribe Edrotini.

This tribe, through the Erodiini, connects the preceding tribes
with the remarkably divergent Adesmiini and Craniotini. The
prominent unemarginate eyes and very acute and anteriorly
prolonged thoracic angles, constituting such marked features,
were presaged in Micronies or Trichiotes and Oxygonodera of
the Triorophini but, because of its peculiar habitus and structure,
there can nevertheless be no question of its profound isolation.
E^i^hysa^ although placed tribally with Edrotes by Lacordaire,
seems to differ so greatly in the structure and degree of separa-
tion of the hind coxae and form and vestiture of the tarsi, as
well as in general facies and geographic distribution, as to
require a tribal group by itself, and indeed that author himself
placed the two genera in different subtribal groups of his *' Epi-
physides " or Epiphysini. The tribe Edrotini is confined to the
Sonoran regions of North America and, so far as known, is
represented only by the two following genera : —

Body rounded, convex, with sparse conspicuous erect hairs, the head
large, the epistomal lobe quadrate, with its sides parallel and sin-
uate and apex broadly angulate nearly as in Trioroplnis^ clasped
by a basally somewhat bulbose, thin dorsal ridge of the mandi-
bles, the latter stout, convex, with the internal dorsal ridge termi-
nating on each in a porrect acute tooth clasping and retracting
the labrum, the apex obtusely and unequally bifid and impressed
for some distance behind the shallow incisure ; mentum trans-
versely hexagonal, the apex trisinuate, the median sinus smallest
and most angular; eyes small, very convex and prominent, mod-
erately coarsely faceted and unemarginate, the surface without a
fine supra-orbital carina but occasionally obtusely ridged at some
distance above the eyes ; antennae long and slender, the four or
five outer joints larger, the eleventh pyriform and as long but
scarcely so wide as the tenth; prothorax with very prominent
and acute apical angles, strongly transverse, not acutely margined

45 O CASEY

or beaded at the sides ; scutellum obsolete ; elytra even, inflated,
very widely embracing the body beneath, the inflexed part sepa-
rated from the dorsum by a line strongly convex in section, the
epipleurae short, terminating anteriorly at the base of the abdo-
men ; prosternum flat, truncate behind, abutting evenly against
the equally flat and elevated mesosternum ; legs long, slender,
the hind tarsi short but slender, sparsely spinose and not at all
grooved beneath, w^ith long flying hairs above as on the femora
and tibiiE externally, the basal joint not quite as long as the
fourth, the claws evenly arcuate and slender; met-episterna wide
anteriorly, narrow posteriorly, with the suture very feeble ; hind
coxaj transverse, separated by less than their own width. [Type
E. ventricosus Lee] Edrotes

Body less stout, oblong-oval, subparallel ; head nearly as in Edrotes^
except that the epistoma is declivous and angularly produced at
the middle, confounded with the front and limited posteriorly by
a broad shallow transverse depression, which becomes deeper
.aterally, the lateral lobes thickened but not prominent, broadly
rounded, the antennae with the eleventh joint small, the eyes
bounded above by distinct carinoe ; prothorax with acute and
prominent apical angles, closely fitted to the elytra as in Edrotes ;
scutellum wanting; elytra oblong, carinulate and granulose, the
epipleurffi only extending anteriorly as far as the apex of the
second ventral segment, the hind coxae widely separated, the pro-
and mesosterna as in Edrotes; met-episterna very broad; legs
short and stout, the tarsi clothed with short spiny hairs, not sul-
cata beneath ; body apterous as in Edrotes^ sparsely clothed with
coarse decumbent hairs, the sides of the elytra with long erect
hairs. [Ty^Q P. granulata Champ.] * Pimeliopsis

Edrotes is represented by numerous species scattered through
our entire Sonoran fauna, but Pimeliofsis Champ., is now
known only by the type species, about 8.0 mm. in length, of
which two specimens were taken by H. H. Smith at Venta de
Zopilote, in Guerrero, Mexico, and, being unknown to me in
nature, will not be further alluded to.

Edrotes Lee.
In this genus the pubescence, usually long and bristling, is
frequently lineate on the elytra, owing to the condensation of
punctures along a few longitudinal lines, which represent the
low carinas of Pimeliopsis, Adcsmia and Craiiiolus. The sur-
face is probably always polished but is frequently dull, because
of a thin gray-black indument which forms upon it. The
species are difficult to classify and describe in a recognizable

AMERICAN CO:\irONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 45 1

manner, although readily divisible into two distinct groups, the
species of the first group more widely differentiated among
themselves and more readily identifiable by description than
the more numerous forms of the second division. An attempt
to differentiate these specific, or perhaps in some cases sub-
specific, forms, is presented in the following table : —

Elytra! punctures more or less fine and sparse, the surface more shin-
ing, the size generally larger, the geographic range more
western 2

Elytral punctures large and close-set, with more feeble atttached
granules, the surface lustre generally duller and the geographic
range more eastern 7

2 — Elytra strongly globose or oval, never very distinctly longer than

wide 3

Elytra oblong-oval, longer than wide 6

3 — Prothorax broad, much more than half as wide as the elytra 4

Prothorax narrow^, scarcely at all wider than a single elytron 5

4 — Form very rotund, convex, smooth and highly polished, deep

black, the erect hairs very long but sparse, grayish-white, more
condensed in four fine lines on each elytron ; head not as wide as
an elytron and very much narrower than the prothorax, very
finely, sparsely and simply punctate, the second antennal joint
much shorter than the fourth ; prothorax between four and five
times as wide as its median length, decidedly broader at base
than at apex, the latter broadly, very deeply sinuate, with the
angles large, strongly produced and very acute, the base trans-
versely truncate, fitting very closely to the elytra, the sides scarcely
visibly arcuate ; surface very remotely and minutely punctulate,
except in lateral fifth or sixth, where the surface becomes abruptly
feebly rugulose in longitudinal wavy folds and with moderately
coarse and well separated punctures, which are each strongly
tumid externally ; elytra rounded, one-half or less wider than the
prothorax and seven or eight times as long as its median line, the
punctures minute and very remote, less sparse in the condensed
lines, each puncture immediately behind a small abrupt tubercle;
abdomen strongly, moderately coarsel}' and rather sparsely punc-
tate throughout, the punctures very strongly muricate. Length
9.5— lo.omm.; width 6.0-6.7 mm. California (Colorado Desert).

ventricosus Lee.

Form equally rotund and similar in color, lustre and vestiture, except
that the erect hairs are less numerous, shorter, more ashy-white
and less conspicuous, the size much smaller; head nearly similar
in form and sculpture but relatively a little smaller, the antennae
with the outer joints relatively much more elongate even in the
male ; prothorax similar in general form but not much over four
times as wide as its median length, subimpunctate except abruptly

452 CASEY

in lateral fifth, where the surface becomes rugose but not longi-
tudinally wavy and with moderately coarse, well separated punc-
tures, each of which is very strongly carinato-tuberculose exter-
nally ; elytra fully one-half wider than the prothorax and about six
times as long as its median line, sculptured nearly as in veiitri-
coszis ; abdomen sparsely but strongly pimctato-muricate, polished.
Length 7.5-8.0 mm. ; width 5.3-5.6 mm. Arizona (Tempe), —
Warren Knaus orbus n. sp.

Form slightly less rotund and more elliptical, similar in color and lustre,
the erect vestiture sparse, shorter, yellowish-cinereous and with-
out trace of serial ari'angement; head subequal in width to an
elytron, smooth and very sparsely but distinctly punctate, the an-
tennae dark rufous, fulvo-pubescent apically, the apical joints
elongate-triangular (c^) ; prothorax not quite four times as wide
as its median length, in form as in the preceding, with very
remote, rather small but distinct, submuricate punctures, becom-
ing somewhat abruptly very coarse, deep, elongate and subanas-
tomosing but not attended by definite tubercles in almost lateral
fourth; elytra oval, very slightly longer than wide, fully six times
as long as the prothorax but only a little more than a third wider,
sparsely, very evenly but confusedly punctate, the punctures only
moderately small, deep and very distinct, each attended by a very
minute granule on its anterior edge ; abdomen rather coarsely and
somewhat closely but only slightly muricately punctate. Length
7.5 mm. ; width 4.8 mm. California (Kern Co.) nitidus Csy.

5 — Body rounded, deep black, polished under the indument, clothed

sparsely with rather coarse, erect and yellovvish-cinereous hair,
rather shorter than in ventricosjis^ not in the least lineate on the
elytra, and intermixed with numerous shorter recurved hairs;
head not half as wide as the elytra, finely but distinctly, sparsely
punctate ; prothorax less than four times as wide as its median
length, formed as in the preceding species, rather finely but
sparsely, submuricately punctured, with a few coarse punctures
scattered along the basal part and closely, coarsely and very roughly
punctured toward the sides; elytra as long as wide (d^) or a little
wider (?), very finely, sparsely punctato-granose as in ventri-
cosus^ except that the punctures are evenly distributed and not
condensed into lines, theinflexed sides more coarsely and strongly
but still not very closely punctured, the disk fully twice as wide
as the prothorax (9), sensibly less (d^) ; abtlomen rather strongly
but sparsely punctato-muricate. Length 6.4-7.0 mm. ; width
4.4-4.7 mm. California (Bishop, Inyo Co.), — A. Fenyes.

angusticollis n. sp.

6 — Body oblong-oval, moderately convex, black, with a feeble piceous

tinge, the legs and antennae dark rufo-piceous ; erect pubescence
long, fine, sparse, very pale yellowish-white, with some shorter
and less erect hairs intermingled, not at all lineate on the elytra;
surface highly polished ; head not quite as wide as an elytron,

AMJ':RICAN COMl'OXKNTS OF THE TENTVU I INVli 453

finely, sparsely punctate, with a rather pronounced obtuse ridge
above each eye; protiiorax scarcely four times as wide as its
median length, of the usual form, very finely, remotely punctate,
abruptly coarsely but not closely so in lateral lifth to sixth, the
punctures elongate, tumid externally; elytra evidently longer
than wide, very broadly and obtusely subtruncate behind, the
punctures moderately small, sparse, evenly distributed, widely
impressed and very distinct, each with the usual extremely minute
granule attached anteriorly, the inflexed sides coarsely but sparsely
impresso-punctate ; abdomen coarsely but rather sparsely punc-
tate, the punctures transverse as usual and more or less muricate.
Length 7.S-S.7 mm. ; width 4.7-5.25 mm. Utah (southwestern).

longipennis n. sp.

7 — Reentering angle between the sides of the prothorax and elytra

deep and well marked 8

Reentering angle very broad and shallow, the sides of the prothorax
almost continuous with those of the elytra 13

8 — Elytra strongly inflated, orbicular, not longer than wide 9

Elytra more or less evidently elongate, more oval and less rotund... 13

9 — Head sparsely punctate, not rugose toward the sides 10

Head coarsely and less sparsely punctate, rugose laterally 11

10 — Body rounded, very convex, black, dull in lustre, the legs and

antennffi slightly picescent; erect hairs long, sparse, ashy-white,
intermingled with shorter and more decumbent hairs, and very
feebly, indefinitely lineate on the elytra in broader lines than in
the ventricosus group; head moderate, much narrower than an
elytron, the punctures moderately coarse, sparse throughout; an-
tennae shorter and stouter than in ventricosus^ the second joint
much longer than the fourth and but slightly shorter than the
third; prothorax about three and one-half times as wide as the
median length, of the usual form, rather coarsely but sparsely
punctured, becoming very coarsely and densely so in less than
lateral fourth, the punctures crowded and elongate; elytra about
five times as long as the median line of the prothorax, less than
one-half wider, with very coarse, deep and subimpressed uniformly
distributed punctures, separated by a little more than their own
widths, the interspaces, bearing the shorter pubescence, not visibly
punctate, the inflexed sides narrower and more convex than in the
ventricosus group, coarsely, rather closely punctured, separated
from the upper surface by a line broadly convex in section and
not acute as in ventricosus \ under surface very coarsely and
closely punctate, the abdomen less coarsely and rather sparsely.
Length 6.2 mm. ; width 4.4 mm. Colorado. [== Phnelia rotunda
Say] rotundus Say

Body nearly similar to rotundus in form and coloration but smaller
and somewhat more shining, the pubescence coarser, ashy-white,
scarcely lineate on the elytra, the long hairs shorter, very sparse.

454 CASEY

the short hairs sparse and subevenly distributed; head much nar-
rower than an elytron, rather coarsely but sparsely and evenly
punctate, the antennse scarcely longer than the head and prothorax,
with the second and fourth joints equal in length and decidedly
shorter than the third ; prothorax formed as in rohindus, coarsely
but very sparsely punctured, becoming very coarsely and densely
so in lateral fifth; elytra almost hemispherical, six times as long
as the prothorax and nearly one-half wider, coarsely and deeply
punctate, with the jDunctures separated by notably more than their
own widths, the flanks gradually inflexed and a little more coarsely
and closely punctate, the interstices not evidently punctate but
not smooth ; under surface nearly as in rotutidus^ the first and
second ventral sutures deeply impressed near the sides, as fre-
quently the case and possibly to some extent a sexual character.
Length 5.4 mm. ; width 3.7 mm. Colorado (Greeley).

globosus Csy.

II — Form rovmded, convex, deep black, rather shining, the vestiture
apparently sparse, shorter and less conspicuous than usual ; head
distinctly narrower than an elytron, more or less coarsely and
sparsely punctate, becoming longitudinally rugose or plicato-
rugose laterally, the second antennal joint slightly longer and
notably thicker than the fourth and much shorter than the third;
prothorax of the usual form, between three and four times as wide
as its median length, rather coarsely but sparsely punctured, very
coarsely and densely so toward the sides ; elytra globose, five or
six times as long as the prothorax and nearly one-half wider, very
coarsely but not densely impresso-punctate, the punctures separated
by twice their own widths or more, the interspaces smooth but
more or less convex, with some smaller scattered punctures;
under surface coarsely punctured, the abdomen more sparsely as
usual. Length 6.6-6.9 """i^* \ width 4.5-4.6 mm. New Mexico
and Colorado inflatus n. sp.

Form rounded, much smaller in size, very convex, moderately shining,
deep black, the erect hairs moderately long, the shorter recurved
hairs sparse and not very short, the pubescence cinereous, with a
very feeble yellowish tinge, not or very indefinitely serial on the
elytra ; head coarsely and only moderately sparsely punctured,
densely so and still more coarsely toward the sides, the antennae
nearly as in injiatiis but with the third joint relatively less elon-
gate; prothorax formed as in injfatns, very coarsely, deeply
punctate, the punctures separated by about twice their own widths
medially, becoming extremely coarse and densely crowded later-
ally ; elytra globose, relatively as in injiatus^ the surface coarsely
rugose because of the very large deep and impressed punctures
and the convex, impunctate and shining though slightly riigulose
interspaces, which are but little wider than the pinictures ; abdo-
men very coarsely, rather closely punctured and rugose. Length
5.3 mm.; width 3.7 mm. New Mexico puncticeps n. sp

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^E 455

12 — Form somewhat elongate-oval, very convex, moderately dull in
lustre, black, the vestiture cinereous, the erect hairs long and
numerous, the shorter equally numerous, without any very evi-
dent serial arrangement on the elytra ; head not very coarsely,
sparsely punctured throughout, the punctures not denser but with
the surface feebly rugose laterally ; second antennal joint but little
longer than the fourth though thicker, abruptly constricted or
pedunculate at base; prothorax of the usual form but only a little
more than three times as wide as its median length, sparsely and
moderately coarsely punctured, the punctures very coarse and
densely crowded laterally ; elytra distinctly elongate-oval, not quite
six times as long as the prothorax — on its median line as usual, —
and very nearly one-half wider, very coarsely and deeply punc-
tured, the punctures more perforate than in the two preceding
species and separated by about twice their own widths, the inter-
spaces sparsely strewn with punctures which are about half as
wide as the others; under surface punctured as usual. Length
7.5 mm.; width 4.72 mm. Arizona intermixtus n. sp.

Form and coloration as in intermixtus^ the lustre generally rather
dull, the vestiture dark cinereous in color, rather shorter and
sparser than in i?itermixtzis and less conspicuous, not serial on
the elytra; head smaller than usual, finely and sparsely punc-
tured throughout, the second antennal joint equal in length to the
fourth but thicker, constricted at base; prothorax as in the
preceding species but less transverse, scarcely more than three
times as wide as its median length, rather coarsely, sparsely but
muricately punctate, gradually becoming extremely coarsely,
densely so laterally; elytra evidently elongate, elliptical, between
five and six times as long as the prothorax and nearly one-half
wider, punctured as in ifitermixttis but less coarsely and with
fewer or no intermingled smaller punctures, the punctures each
with the attached granule somewhat larger than usual in this sec-
tion; abdomen coarsely but rather sparsely punctured. Length
5.9-7.0 mm. ; width 3.6-4.3 mm. New Mexico (Magdalena),
— F. H. Snow oblongulus n. sp.

Form rather less elongate than in the two preceding, strongly convex,
black, polished though generally dull by reason of the incrusting
indument, plentifully clothed with long, bristling, unusually
coarse and conspicuous flavo-cinereous hairs", the shorter not
numerous, the vestiture arranged in rather distinct broad lines on
the elytra ; head larger than in oblonguhis^ subequal in width to
an elytron, rather finely, very sparsely and subevenly punctate,
the superciliary ridge pronounced ; second antennal joint not
quite as long as the fourth but thick, constricted at base, much
shorter than the third ; prothorax of the usual form, fully tour
times as wide as the median length, rather coarsely, somewhat
sparsely punctate, very coarsely and densely so laterally; elytra
only very slightly elongate, oval, nearly six times as long as the

456 CASEY

prothorax but onl}'^ about two-fifths wider, very coarsely punc-
tured, the punctures separated by more than twice their own
widths, the interspaces nearly flat and with a very few small and
widely scattered punctures ; under surface with the usual coarse
sculpture. Length 6.3-7.3 ^^^^- ? width 4.2-4.8 mm. Arizona
(Benson), — G. W. Dunn lineatus n. sp.

13 — Body somewhat elongate-oval, convex, somewhat piceous-black,
the legs rufescent, the surface dull in lustre ; pubescence sparse,
coarse, moderately long, fulvo-cinereous in color and not defi-
nitely lineate on the elytra, rather close and conspicuous on the
head, the latter relatively large, full}- as wide as an elytron,
rather finely, sparsely punctured, the punctures but little coarser
or less sparse laterally but with the surface feebly and longitu-
dinally rugulose ; second antennal joint but little longer or thicker
than the fourth, not abruptly constricted at base ; prothorax of
the usual form, not quite four times as wide as its median length,
rather coarsely, sparsely punctate, very coarsely and densely so
at the sides; elytra just visibly longer than wide, elliptical, the
sides more broadly rounded toward base than usual and making
a very feeble angle with the sides of the prothorax, the surface
imeven because of the very large and deep, unevenly impressed
punctures, which are separated by about twice their own widths,
the interspaces minutely rugulose and with rather small scattered
punctures. Length 6.3 mm.; width 4.2 mm. Colorado, — F.
H. Snow subaequalis n. sp.

Bodv much more narrowly oval in form, convex, black, rather dull
in lustre, the pubescence finer, sparser, somewhat less erect and
shorter than in stihceqiialis^ more ashy-white in color and similarly
devoid of lineal arrangement on the elytra; head relatively large,
fully as wide as an elytron in the apparently female type, the
punctures small and sparse, rather coarser but not very close-set
though somewhat muricate laterally, the second antennal joint
rather longer but only slightly thicker than the fourth and not
abruptly constricted at base; prothorax of the usual trapezoidal
form, with straight sides, but only a little more than three times
as wide as its median length, not very coarsely, remotely punctate
medially, becoming gradually very coarsely and densely so later-
ally ; elytra evidently longer than wide, about five times as long as
the prothorax and barely a third wider, the sides toward base feebly
rounded and making but a slight angle with the sides of the pro-
thorax, the surface much smoother than in S7(bceqiialis^ less
coarsely and more perforately punctate, the punctures not very
close-set, uneven in size; epipleuras extending to the middle of
the metasternum. Length 5.5 mm. ; width 3.75 mm. Texas.

angustulus n. sp.

There is apparently but little doubt of the specific validity of
nearly all the forms above described, and there are probably as

AMERICAN COMrONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 457

many more still undiscovered. The almost completely denuded
type of inflatiis has remaining only the short sparse and coarse
recurved hairs, but slight indication of erect discal hairs remain-
ing, though a more enlarged view seems to show that there may
have been erect hairs, represented by apparently broken stumps.
The second specimen, from Colorado, is even more completely
denuded and differs from the New Mexican type in a number
of features, such as the less transverse and more coarsely punc-
tate prothorax and the more circular and less coarsely punctate
elytra, but some of these differences may be sexual and, as they
both have the peculiar longitudinal rugulosity of the head dis-
tinguishing the species from rotundtis and globosus^ I have con-
cluded to regard them as constituting a form allied to rotundus
but specifically distinct, although I am unable to describe the
vestiture satisfactorily. This does not appear to be particularly
easy to remove, as shown by all the other specimens before me,
and the condition of these two examples of hiflatus is therefore
somewhat mystifying.

Tribe Craniotini.

To state the various phylogenetic lines of affinity of Craniotus
with other groups, from some of which it departs very widely
in habitus, would require extended space, out of keeping with
the superficial character of the present practically pioneer work
in the Tentyriinae, but the living group to which it is most
closely allied is, singularly enough, the old world Adesmiini,
and the resemblance here is very pronounced in general facies.
It however also has some relationship with Edrotcs^ notwith-
standing its very different form of body, and it may be said, in
this connection, that the Mexican Phnelio^sis ^ closely related to
JEdroies, is to some extent intermediate in that' respect, especi-
ally in its less rotund outline, more differentiated prothorax and
faint elevated lines on the elytra. With the Adesmiini it is par-
ticularly allied in the form and position of the coxae, short,
unevenly convex metasternum, form of the met-episterna, gen-
eral outline of the body and long slender legs, although differ-
ing completely in the epipleura?, which in Adcsmia are narrow
though subequal in width throughout and entire. The side

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., October, 1Q07.

458 CASEY

margin of the prothorax is entirely obliterated in Craniotus^

more completely so than in Edrotcs or any of the small types of

Triorophini, and this character it shares with Adesmia ulcerosa

Klug, but in Adesmia nitcrocephala Sol., there is a perfect and

acute side margin as in Trioi'ophuSy this differential feature

probably serving in part as a basis for the subgeneric divisions

proposed by Allard. The Adesmiini suggest, through a widely

diverging line of development, some of the Asidince. The only

known genus of the Craniotini may be defined as follows : —

Body narrow anteriorly, with inflated elytra, pubescent; head dilated
and acutely prominent at the sides before the eves, the latter
transverse, convex, coarsel} faceted and unemarginate as in
Edrotes and even more prominently projecting from the flanks ;
surface with a broad and deep transverse groove behind the epi-
stoma, which is broadly trapezoidal and but little produced, the
apex feebly sinuate; mandibles obtusely bifid at tip, impressed
externally, folding entirely beneath the exposed and apically
sinuato-truncate labrum ; mentum large, transversely hexagonal,
deeply sinuate at apex and emarginate at base ; antennas rather
long and slender, with the third joint much elongated as in
Adesfnia^ the eleventh not free but small and received within
the apex of the tenth, the latter being the only broadened joint;
prothorax transversely suboval, not beaded at apex, base or sides ;
scuteUum well developed, acutely pointed and elongate; elytra
embracing the sides of the body as in Edrotes^ the epipleurai
very narrow and linear but, as in Edrotini, confined to the pos-
terior part of the elytra, gradually disappearing before the middle
of the abdomen ; anterior coxae moderately separated, the inter-
mediate a little more widely and the posterior remotely separated,
briefly, transversely oval, separated from tlie sides of the body by
three-fourths of their own width ; metasternum very short, convex
at the sides, the met-episterna wide, subparallel, with the suture
internally arcuate ; femora and tibite very long, slender and sub-
cylindric, the hind tarsi comparatively short, slender, with long
hairs above and shorter stiff spines beneath, not grooved. [Type
C. p7cbescens Lee] Craniotus

The eyes in Adesmia^ although similarly transverse and con-
vex on the flanks, are feebly sinuate anteriorl}^ and are much
more finely faceted ; the apical parts of the head and mandibles
are almost similar, except that the front is not dilated at the
sides and the mentum not emarginate at base, and the eleventh
antennal joint is free, though very small. The coxa,' and meta-
sternum in Adesmia are almost exactly as in Craniotus, but the
posterior are still more widely separated, almost globular in

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINyl': 459

form and approach the sides of the body very closely, the met-
episterna narrower, coming to a point behind and a more obtuse
point anteriorly, with the suture strongly arcuate as in Craniotus.
The body in Adesmia is glabrous and the integuments much
thicker and more solid tlian in Craniotiis.

Craniotus Lee.

The relationship of this genus with the Edrotini can be traced
in the pubescence of the body, subtumescent elytral lines, cor-
responding with similar lines in Pimeliopsis and reduced to lines
of denser punctuation and pubescence in Edrotes^ form of the
eyes, labrum and mandibles, slender antennae, unmargined sides
and base of the prothorax, position and extent of the epipleurae
and form of the legs and tarsi. It differs very greatly in the
general form of the body, in which it more closely resembles
T7'iorophus, in the form of the prothorax and in the large
scutellum, this being wholly obsolete in both the Edrotini and
Adesmiini. We have only the following type species : —

Body elongate, convex, rather shining, the elytra duller, dark blackish-
brown in color, the under surface, legs and antennte more piceo-
rufous ; pubescence rather short, sparse, yellowish-cinereous, sub-
decumbent, with less numerous erect hairs, which are very
moderate in length and not at all conspicuous ; head nearly as
long as wide and but little nan'ower than the prothorax, evenly,
not coarsely and rather closely punctate, the surface evenly convex,
without trace of superciliary ridge ; antennai one-half longer than
the head, sparsely pubescent and also bristling with erect seta;;
prothorax two-fifths wider than long, parallel, the sides very evenly
rounded from apex to base, the former feebly sinuato-truncate,
with the angles somewhat obtuse but not at all rounded, the base
transversely rectilinear, just visibly wider than the apex, the
angles very obtuse and blunt ; surface very convex, even, rather
finely, sparsely punctate, becoming gradually somewhat coarsely
and less sparsely so toward the sides and continuously down the
flanks to the coxte ; elytra elongate-oval, convex,' one-half longer
than wide, between three and four times as long as the prothorax
and twice as wide, the sides evenly arcuate to the thoracic base,
without trace of humeri or callus, the base very briefly prolonged
at the sides, wholly devoid of elevated margin, with extremely
broadly and feebly tumid lines on which the vestiture is slightly
less sparse, forming a vaguely lineate appearance ; abdomen
smooth, very finely, sparsely punctate. Length ii.o mm.;
width 5.6 mm. California (Colorado Desert) and Arizona
(Yuma) pubescens Lee.

460 CASEY

Horn states that this species is not rare, but I only succeeded
in obtaining a single specimen and am inclined to regard it as a
species seldom taken.

Tribe Zopherini.

With this remarkably isolated tribe there begins a series of
genera, differing altogether from those which precede in the
general habitus of the body and in many structural characters,
such as the small or moderate mentum and the occurrence of
foss£e for the shelter of the antennae. I have, however, followed
LeConte and Horn in associating them with the preceding gen-
era having a large mentum, to form the subfamily Tentyriinae,
because of the closure of the middle acetabula by the sterna
alone, with entire absence of trochantin. It is questionable,
however, if we are not giving too great prominence to the latter
character, and it would perhaps be more natural to include in
the subfamily Tentyriin^e only those genera having a large
mentum, and to delimit another subfamil}'-, beginning here and
including also what LeConte and Horn called the Asidinae,
holding the presence or absence of a trochantin to be of sub-
sidiary importance. This arrangement would at least bring
together generic types having a strong bond of similarity in
general facies of the body, for it is verj?^ evident that the Zopher-
ini, Stenosini and other tribes without trochantin, resemble
JVyctoports and the Asidini much more closely than they do any
of the preceding tribes with large mentum. It is true that cer-
tain genera with large mentum, such as Hyper ops, recall
strongly some of these forms with smaller mentum, such as the
Stenosini, but this resemblance is undoubtedly accidental and
betokens no real relationship, any more than the very striking
superficial likeness of Salax to Opatrum evinces any real
affinity.

As intimated above the Zopherini are without any close rela-
tives, except the Nosodermini and Usechini, with which they
share a good many peculiar characters, such as the deep apical
fossa of the abdomen and absence of epipleurai. Besides the
invisible labial palpi and presence of antennal foss£E, perhaps
their most aberrant characters are the very minutely faceted

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN/E 461

eyes, which are transverse, approximate above and largely con-
cealed in repose and the deep transverse asexual fossa of the
last ventral segment just mentioned. The genera known to me
ma}'^ be readily distinguished as follows : —

Elytra abruptly inflexed at the sides, tlie inflexcd sides more or less
nearly flat and having the aspect of true epipleuric ; prosternum
between the coxai forming a broad flat and medially canaliculate
plate, prominent at the sides behind the coxa; ; mcntum lobed at
each side at apex, the intermediate part of the apex transversely
swollen ; antennal fossie not enlarged or posteriorly angulate at
tip; body but feebly constricted at the waist. [Type Zopherus
chilensis Gray] *Megazopherus

Elytra not abruptly and less widely inflexed at the sides ; prosternum
longitudinally convex between the coxa3, not prominent at the
sides; body strongly constricted at the waist, more convex 2

2 — Antennal fossEe posteriorly angulate at the tip; mentum flat,

broadly, feebly sinuate at apex ; scutellum wholly obsolete ; elytra
each with a large rounded tubercle near the apex and sometimes
with another smaller one nearer the apical angle; body always
pale with black mottling. [Type Z. mexicanus Gray].

Zopherus

Antennal fossae not posteriorly angulate at tip ; mentum more uneven,

frequently bi-impressed, broadly sinuate at apex, with an elevated

transverse ridge along the margin ; scutellum minute, triangular.. 3

3 — Elytra each with a large rounded flattened discal tubercle near

the apical angle as in Zopherus^ very coarsely tuberculose, the
coloration black, generally with pale venose coloration at the
sides and sometimes throughout. [Type Z. limbatus Csy.].

*Zopherinus

Elytra without the rounded subapical tubercles of the two preceding
genera, each having a short oblique ridge at apex and impressed
along the suture thence anteriorly for a short distance, the ridge
differing greatly in form from the tubercle of the preceding
genera ; surface more or less finely tuberculose throughout, the
tubercles frequently obsolete; color of the body invariably deep
black without paler ornamentation. [Type Zopherus tristis
Lee. ] '. Zopherodes

Each of these genera has a distinct habitus of its own, admit-
ting of instant recognition and there can be no doubt of their
reality. Megazo^herus Csy., is Central American, extending
to the northern part of South America and Zopherus, Mexican
and Central American, one species occurring in southern Texas ;
Zophermus Csy., has very much the same range though much
less numerous in species. Zopherodes is purely Sonoran.

462 CASEY

This group, together with the genera placed below in Noso-
dermini, was recently revised by the writer in the Canadian
Entomologist (1907, p. 29 et seq.), where the above genera
were originally defined.

Zopherus Gray.
This genus is widely diffused in Mexico and tropical North
and South America, being represented by many species, some
of which approach each other rather closel}^ in facies, so that
their circumscription is not always easy. The small additional
tubercle, between the regular tubercle and the apical angles,
varies a good deal in prominence and may possibly be gradually
obsolescent in various forms, but, at the same time, it seems to
be correlated with the form of the posterior margin of the
excavation in the last ventral segment, this marginal wall being
anteriorly prominent at the middle in the bituberculate apex and
emarginate in the quadrituberculate. We have but a single
species, which may be readily known as follows : —

Body elongate, convex, rather dull in lustre, the upper surface yel-
lowish-white, with the median part of the pronotum and sutural
parts of the elytra irregularly black, a large black subquadrate
blotch in basal half of the former particularly conspicuous ;
head black, with a transverse pale line at base, very finely and
remotely punctate ; prothorax about as long as wide, twice as
wide as the head, the apex much wider than the base, bisinuate,
the sides slightly and subangularly dilated before the middle,
thence moderately converging, rather strongly arcuate and tuber-
culose to the feeble sinuosity at the base, the surface smooth,
finely, sparsely punctate, usually having a few small black spots
at the centre of the broad lateral white regions; scutellum tri-
angular, confined to the steeply sloping base of the el3'tra and
scarcely entering between them; elytra elongate-oval, as wide as
the prothorax and not quite twice as long, with five rows of large
feeble tubercles, the sutural close-set, forming a continuous black
line, the second and third rows composed of much more widely
separated black tubercles on the white ground, the foiuth row
still more widely spaced, separated from the adjacent series by a
much wider interval, the fifth again with rather close-set tubercles
and at the lateral margin; apical tubercles four in number; under
surface in great part black, the prothorax wholly so, the other
sterna with some white spots laterally and the second and third
segments each with a white blotch at each side of the middle;
presternum coarsely, coalescently punctate medially, not tuber-
culose, the intercoxal surface canaliculate along the middle; pos-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 463

terior wall of the abdominal excavation very deeply and narrowly
emarginatc at the middle. Length 23.0-26.0 mm. ; width 8.5-
lo.o mm. Texas. [= iiodulosus Horn ncc Sol., and variolosus
Hald.] haldemani Horn [Sall6 MS.].

The series of eight specimens in my cabinet hold together
remarkably well and with very little variation ; the species is
related more especially to rcticttlatus and marnioratiis. The
authorship of the name of this species is rather uncertain ; Horn
wished Salle to be credited, but the few comparative remarks
made by him form the basis of a decision by Mr. Champion
(Mem. Ill, Soc. Ent. Belg.), that he himself is the proper
authority for the name. The description given above is the first
that has been published so far as known to me.

The integuments in this genus are so thick and hard as to
almost defy ordinary methods of mounting, and I have fre-
quently had the point of an ordinary pin curl upward in attempt-
ing to force it into the elytron, finally being compelled to bore
a hole with a steel instrument for the insertion of the pin.

Zopherodes Csy.

The geographic range of this genus is from northern Mexico
to Utah and westward to the southeastern mountains of Cali-
fornia, also occurring in Lower California, but it does not
appear to extend to the Pacific Ocean, having its maximum
development in Arizona, New Mexico and adjacent regions.
The species are much smaller in size than in Zophertis^ very
numerous and conform to a nearly uniform type of structure
and facies, so that they form fully as difficult a study as the pre-
ceding genus. The surface sculpture is much finer and closer
than in Zopherus^ and the body is uniformly black throughout in
all except the elegaiis, of Horn, which presumably does not be-
long here and which I have been unable to observe in nature.
In the species of the tristis type, the upper surface is coated,
especially toward the sides, with a pale grayish indument, which
is minutely sculptured and apparently a normal part of the
integument, but this indument is not observable to any consider-
able extent elsewhere. The components of this genus having
been recently reviewed (1. c, p. 38), I will simply add here a

464 CASEY

number of species, for the most part since received, as
follows : —

Elytra subcylindrical, more abruptly narrowed at base and toward
apex as in tristis Lee. ; pronotum strongly convex, generally very
feebly impressed along the median line for a short distance at the
centre of the disk 2

Elytra evenly oval in outline, the pronotum usually less convex and
never impressed along the median line 3

2 — Form more elongate than in tristis^ the size larger though very

variable in this respect, dull in lustre, the elytra with gray indu-
ment between the tubercles laterally ; head rather coarsely but
sparsely punctured; prothorax nearly as long as wide (c?) or
shorter ( 9 ) » very coarsely punctured, sparsely toward the
middle, where the short impressed line is distinct, densely and
more or less confluently punctured toward the sides posteriorly, the
sides subangularly prominent near apical third, converging, arcu-
ate and tuberculose thence to the base, the basal bead coarse and
strong ; elytra three-fourths longer than wide, slightly wider than
the prothorax and three-fourths to four-fifths longer, more evi-
dently wider in the female than in the male, with coarse flattened
tubercles which are only vaguely lineate In arrangement and
mingled with others which are smaller and more convex ; pro-
sternum and abdomen very coarsely but sparsely punctate, the
former not at all tuberculose. Length 10.2-17.5 mm.; width
3.8-6.5 mm. Arizona (Baboquivari Mts.), — F. H. Snow.

variabilis n. sp.

Form more slender, smaller in size, with relatively much larger pro-
thorax, dull in lustre, the pronotum laterally and the elytra,
almost throughout between the tubercles, covered with gray indu-
ment ; head remotely, rather coarsely punctate ; prothorax as long
as wide, obtusely subprominent at the sides behind apical third,
the sides thence converging and arcuate to the apex and more con-
verging to the base, being sinuate near the prominence and before
the basal margin and tuberculose and arcuate intermedially, the
surface scarcely impressed medially, sparsely and moderately
coarsely punctate, only a little more closely laterally ; elytra
small, one-half longer than wide, distinctly narrower than the
prothorax and only one-half longer, with flattened tubercles which
are very imeven in size, rather sparse laterally and seriate toward
the suture; prosternum and abdomen as in the preceding. Length
13.0 mm. ; width 4.7 mm. Arizona (Tu9son).

incrustans n. sp.

3 — Elytra tuberculose 4

Elytra without tubercles, the surface smooth and alutaceous or

duller 7

4 — Elytra not wider than the prothorax 5

Elytra wider than the prothorax 6

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OK THE TENTYRIINyE 465

5 — Form slender (c?) or rather stout ( 9 ), convex, dull in lustre, with
comparatively much more shining elytral tubercles; head not
coarsely, very remotely punctate ; prothorax evidently shorter than
wide, the sides very obtusely and feebly prominent at apical two-
fifths, thence rather feebly converging and straight, then rounded
to the apex, strongly converging, broadly arcuate and tuberculate
between the feeble sinuses to the base, which is much narrowed,
with coarsely elevated margin; surface only moderately coarsely,
scarcely at all muricately, sparsely and very irregularly punctate,
more coarsely and closely only very near the sides anteriorly;
elytra not quite twice as long as wide, two-thirds longer than the
prothorax and not quite as wide, with large, moderately elevated,
close-set and sometimes coalescent tubercles, without evident lin-
ear arrangement, the interspaces very finely, remotely, feebly and
simply punctate ; prosternum coarsely, irregularly foveato-tuber-
culose, the abdomen sparsely punctured, very coarsely basally,
rather finely behind the first two segments. Length 17.0-18.0
mm.; width 5.S-6.3 mm. New Mexico (Cloudcroft), — War-
ren Knaus morosus n. sp.

Form slender, convex, dull in lustre, the elytral tubercles relatively
rather strongly shining, head finely, remotely punctate ; protho-
rax about as long as wide, the sides feebly subangulate at apical
two-fifths, thence feebly converging and straight very nearly to
the apex, where they become strongly rounded, moderately strongly
converging, only very feebly arcuate but densely tuberculose to
the base, the latter coarsely elevated; surface somewhat finely
punctate, the punctures rather sparse but very uneven in distribu-
tion, each at the posterior end of a comparatively large flattened
tubercle, the punctures similar laterally but with the tubercles
smaller and more sharply elevated ; scutellum minute, transversely
rounded; elytra scarcely twice as long as wide, three-fourths
longer than the prothorax and equally wide, with rather large,
\ve\l separated, very strongly elevated rounded tubercles, indis-
tinctly arranged in series, the intervals with fine, sparse, muricate
punctures; prosternum evenly, strongly tuberculose, each tuber-
cle with a very fine attendant puncture ; abdomen sparsely punc-
tured ; coarsely on the first two segments. Length 15.0 mm.;
width 5.2 mm. New Mexico (Fort Wingate).

verrucipennis n. sp.

6 — Body moderately stout, convex, shining; head sparsely and very
coarsely punctate ; prothorax not quite as long as wide, feebly
but angularly dilated at apical two-fifths, the sides thence moder-
ately converging and straight to the strong apical arcuation, more
strongly converging, arcuate and tuberculose between the two
sinuses to the base, the latter with an irregular elevated margin ;
surface coarsely, unevenly and not very sparsely punctate, the
punctures muricate or subtuberculiferous, not differing much
toward the sides though a little finer and less muricate posteriorly ;

466 CASEY

elytra only a little, though evidently, wider than the prothorax
and four-fifths longer, fully three-fourths longer than wide, the
sculpture rough in irregular transverse plicae, feebler, sparser and
mixed with some small and irregular tubercles toward the sides,
the plicie and interspaces equally shining; prosternum rather
closely punctato-tuberculose, the abdomen coarsely, not densely
punctured throughout. Length 17. 8 mm.; width 6.7 mm.
California, — Cab. Levette californicus n. sp.

Body rather less stout and convex, much more inflated posteriorly,
nearly as in ventriosus^ densely dull and without lustre ; head
rather coarsely, very sparsely punctured ; prothorax small, nearly
as long as wide, the sides broadly rounded, with a mere trace of
prominence before the middle, more converging toward base but
only slightly tuberculose, the basal margin thick though onl}'
slightly elevated ; surface rather sparsely and somewhat irreg-
ularly, moderately coarsely punctate, the punctures very feebly
muricate, closer, i-ather coarser and scarcely at all muricate later-
ally ; elytra fully a fifth wider than the prothorax and nearly
twice as long, barely three-fourths longer than wide, the surface
with moderate and somewhat sparse punctures, each attended by
a small and feeble, slightly transverse tubercle, evenly distributed
but not evidently lineate in arrangement ; prosternum irregularly
and closely but not very strongly punctato-tuberculose, the abdo-
men coarsely, moderately closely punctured, gradually less
coarsely posteriorly. Length 16.0 mm.; width 6.5 mm. Cali-
fornia (Giant Forest) parvicoUis n. sp.

7 — Form very elongate and slender, the upper surface more feebly
convex, moderately dull in lustre ; head not very coarsely, sparsely
punctured ; prothorax fully as long as wide, the sides very feebly
subprominent near apical two-fifths, thence but slightly converg-
ing and feebly arcuate, becoming gradually strongly rounded to the
apex, converging posteriorly, straight for a short distance from the
prominence, then moderately arcuate and tuberculose to the short
basal sinus, the basal margin not very thick, abruptly and strongly
elevated; surface finely, simply and sparsely punctate, becoming
more coarsely and closely so only near the sides anteriorly ; scutel-
lum minute, angular ; elytra very elongate, more than twice as long
as wide, as wide as the prothorax to slightly narrower and nearly
twice as long, the surface with very coarse, generally subtrans-
verse and vermiculate impressed lines, strong toward base and near
the apex, moderate elsewhere, also finely, sparsely, sublinearly
punctate; prosternum foveate and tuberculose, the abdomen
moderately coarsely punctate, coarsely so basally. Length 15.5-
18.0 mm.; width 5.0-6.0 mm. Arizona, — Warren Knaus.

elongatus n. sp.

Form very slender, much smaller in size, convex, less flattened above,
less dull, the lustre rather shining and simply alutaceous; head
very sparsely, moderately coarsely punctate; prothorax fully as

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRTIN^ 467

lon<i^ as wide, very sparsely, simply and rather coarsely punc-
tate, becoming very coarsely and more closely so near the
sides anteriorly, the sides and basal margin as in elongattis^ the
sides before the feeble prominence straight for a longer distance
anteriorly; scutellum subobsolete; elytra equal in width to the
prothorax and three-fourths longer, twice as long as wide, the
surface almost perfectly smooth, with even series of widely
spaced double punctures which are moderate in size, the close-set
pairs of punctures arranged longitudinally, the intervals with
single series of very remotely spaced solitary punctures, which are
but little smaller in size; prosternum coarsely, irregularly foveate
and less coarsely tuberculose, the abdomen coarsely punctured
basally, gradually less coarsely posteriorly. Length 13.0 mm. ;
width 4.4 mm. Arizona (near Fort Apache), — Warren Knaus.

geminatus n. sp.

Enough material has now been accumulated in this genus
to demonstrate three clearly marked groups of species ; one,
consisting of tristis and allies, another, of the elongate slender
forms having the elytra tuberculose to smooth and inhabiting
Arizona, New Mexico and adjacent regions north and south,
and the third, of those species inhabiting southern California
and probably also Lower California, characterized uniformly
by a more dilated hind body and smaller prothorax, giving them
an obviousl}^ different habitus. Five of the third group are now
known, including granicollis Horn. The regularly lineate
elytral punctures of geminatus are arranged in an unaccount-
ably peculiar manner in groups of two. On closely examining
these pairs of approximate punctures, it may be observed that
one of them, the anterior in each case, is the setigerous punc-
ture attending the tubercles in those forms possessing elytral
tubercles, while the other is the ordinary simple puncture of the
depressed spaces between the tubercles. As the tubercles are
lost in the smoother forms, there is a tendency of these two
systems of punctures to segregate and approximate themselves
in groups of two, these binary sets forming regular lineate
series. This peculiar segregation is best developed in ge^ninatus
though observable, to some extent, also on the much rougher
and vermiculose, though non-tuberculate, elytra of eloitgattis,
but Dr. Horn has not stated whether or not it occurs in gracilis^
— a shining smooth species, with linearly punctured elytra, dif-
fering from any other known to me in the absence of an elevated
basal thoracic margin.

468 CASEY

The three forms cBqualts^ a specimen of which has recently
been received from Tempe, Arizona, variabilis and incrustans
are close allies of tristis Lee, and whether they should be
regarded as subspecies or not, is a question that I am not fully
able to decide at present, but it would probably harmonize more
nearly with concensus of opinion, at the present day, to so con-
sider them. Mo7'osus is allied to guttulatus, differing in the
much less rounded sides of the prothorax and closer and much
more confused elytral sculpture. Verrticipennis is related
closely to otiosus, and the type was included among the orig-
inal cotypes of that species, but it differs in its more abbrevi-
ated elytra, with sparser, much more elevated and not so
definitely serial tubercles and less rounded sides of the pro-
thorax toward base. Inhabiting the same geographic region,
though doubtless a very different station, it has evidently been
evolved with otiosus from a common ancestor in comparatively
recent times, and, although now sufficiently distinct to be easily
recognized, it may possibly with more propriety be regarded as
a subspecies of otiosus. The elytra toward the sides have some
of the grayish indument, so developed in the tristis group,
which is wanting in otiosus. This indument is minutely granu-
lato-reticulate, like the rest of the surface, and is permanent ; it
differs wholly in nature from the pale coating in Zophcrtis and
forms a remarkable peculiarity of Zophcrodes. Pai'vicollis is
related to ventriosus but differs in sculpture and in its ver}'^
opaque sericeous integuments, and californicus is founded
above upon the specimen which I formerly regarded as the
male of ventriosus (1. c, p. 39) ; it is evidently a distinct species.
Elongatus is allied to lugubris and -pudens but differs in its
more flattened upper surface and very much coarser vermicu-
late sculpture, and finally, o'^;«/;/«/w5 stands alone at the foot of
the series, to be followed by gracilis^ differing from it as above
stated. The individuals in variabilis differ in size among them-
selves to a very unusual degree, scarcel}^ realizable from the
measurements given. Additional specimens of lugubris have
recently been received, collected near Flagstaff, Arizona.

The Zoj)hcrus elcgans, of Horn, is possibly a member of the
genus ZopkerinuSy the Durango specimens figured by Champ-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TICNTYRIIN^ 469

ion, evidently having the large rounded flattened apical tuber-
cles of that genus, and not the small and oblique ridges of
Zopherodes.

Tribe Nosodermini.

The radically different structure of the ligula and labial palpi
would alone necessitate the tribal separation of Nosodcrma and
allied genera from Zophcrus, but, in addition to this, the entire
facies of the body and style of sculpture are strikingly differ-
ent and the mandibles, instead of being truncate at tip as in the
Zopherini, are deeply bifid, although, in view of the variability
of this character in some other tribes, such as the Epitragini, it
might be regarded as subsidiary in value ; it is however more
constant and apparently more significant in this part of the
series. The genera or, in some cases perhaps more properly
subgenera, are numerous, and the nine here indicated are only
a part of them. Most of these minor groups possess very marked
and unequivocal distinctive characters, and it undoubtedly be-
comes necessary to indicate them by name in any scientific
scheme of classification. As far as known to me these generic
groups may be briefly diagnosed as follows : —

Last two antennal joints united 2

Last two antennal joints not united, the joints all free 7

2 — Tarsi grooved beneath .3

Tarsi not grooved beneath; antennte free, not received in sternal
fossae 4

3 — Antennas completely sheltered within deep prosternal fossa.
California region. [Type Nosodenna diabolica Lee.].

Phloeodes

Antennae not received within fossa;, the grooves only traceable in an
indefinite anterior depression. California region. [Type Noso-
denna plicata Lee] .^ Noserus

4 — Antennal joints four to eight transverse and superfoliate, the ninth
as large as the two preceding united, the tenth cylindric, the
eleventh enclosed within its apex, very small and scarcely prom-
inent ; prothorax with the apex bilobed. Mexico. [Type N'oso-
derma dentictdata Sol.] * Sesaspis

Antennal joints four to eight similar to the preceding, moniliform or
obconic, the ninth obconic, the eleventh more apparent, generally
forming with the tenth a subglobular mass ; scutellum subobso-
lete except in Noserimis 5

470 CASEY

5 — Apex of the prothorax broadly arcuate medially, the sides coarsely

crenulate. Cuba. [TypQ N'osodci-ina dupofic/ieli So\.'\.

* Meralius

Apex of the prothorax broadly emarginate, approximately bituber-
culose on the disk at the middle, with the sides coarsely crenulate ;
elytra cristate and tuberculose somewhat as in Nosodernia ; pro-
thorax short, smooth and but slightly uneven on the disk, the
elytra elongate; scutellum circular, tumescent, densely scaly and
conspicuous; hind coxae much more approximate than usual.
Brazil. [Type A'^. anmdatipes n. sp.] * Noserinus

Apex of the prothorax broadly emarginate, the sides granulose or
finely tuberculate, never coarsely crenulate. Mexico 6

6 — Mentum very small, obliquely narrowed at apex, exposing the

entire ligula and the maxillee; last three joints of the maxillary
palpi subequal in length; elytra rounded at tip, with some large
isolated tubercles on and above the apical declivit}', none of which
is marginal. [T^y^e. JEziryckora incequalis Say]....* Nosoderma

Mentum small, trapezoidal anteriorly, concealing the base of the
ligula; last joint of the maxillary palpi large, almost as long as
the two preceding combined; middle coxaj less widely separated;
elytra subconical at tip between the two large subapical marginal
tuberosities. [T3'pe JV. squalidus n. sp.] * Noserodes

Mentum small ; elytra rounded behind, without inequalities, the entire
surface of the body devoid of tubercles or ridges and merely finely
and equally granulated ; prothorax elongate, suboval ; antennie
submoniliform, the eleventh joint enclosed by the tenth, which is
very large and truncate at tip. [Type Nosoderma (xqualis
Champ.] * Verodes

7 — Antennae free, the last three joints wider, forming a loose club,

the sternal grooves wholly obsolete ; tarsi not grooved beneath
except the last joint, which is feebly impressed; mentum small,
transverse as usual, broadly rounded at apex, exposing the max-
illae and ligula, the latter short, broad, tumid and densely chitinous;
last three joints of the maxillary palpi subequal in length ; elytra
ridged, strongly tuberculose at and near the apex. Nearctic
regions. [Type Boletophagus obcordatus Kirby] Phellopsis

These genera, as indicated by the asterisks, are nearly all
foreign to our own territory. Sesaspts (n. gen.) is founded
upon a very remarkable species, which is well described by
Solier, but which was not rediscovered by the workers on the
" Biologia." Afcralius (n. gen.) represents a t3^pe peculiar to
the Caribbean fauna, and Verodes (n. gen.) is founded upon a
peculiar species recently made known by Mr. Champion in the
epoch-making publication referred to. Noser/nns (n. gen.) is

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN.I-: 47 I

a peculiar South American tj'pe, distinguished from any other
by the distinct scutelhim, among other characters.' But little
more can be said of these genera at present, as all except one of
the types above noted are unrepresented in my cabinet, but they
doubtless possess many peculiar structural characters besides
those which I have inferred from published drawings and
descriptions.

Phloeodes Lee.

The mentum in this genus differs greatly from that of N^oso-
derma in being emarginate at the middle of the apex ; it is small,
leaving the maxillce exposed at the sides but covers most of the
ligula and the base of the labial palpi ; its surface is impressed
along the middle, more broadl}^ toward base, and is densely
punctured and squamose throughout. The surface of the body
is ver}^ densely covered throughout with small decumbent stri-
gose scales, through which smooth shining tubercles protrude,
and the surface of the elytra is very roughly and densely pitted,
evenly rounded at apex and without ridges or large tuberosities.
Along the median line of each elytron there are three small
patches of a deep velvety-black color, which upon closer exam-
ination, prove to be composed of very short, extremely dense
and more hair-like vestiture standing erect. The sexual char-
acters of Phlceodes are very obvious and peculiar but do not
appear to have been observed hitherto. The male is character-

' The type of this remarkable genus, which differs from an v of the North
American genera, not only in its well developed scutellum and approximate hind
coxae, but in having true eljtral epipleurae, obsolescent posteriorly, may be
described as follows : —

Form rather slender and somewhat convex, piceo-rufous, the upper surface
moderately shining, in great part glabrous, except the dense pale scales along
the sides of the body, on the elytral crests and tubercles and on the legs,
the tibiae being broadly banded at the middle with bl.-ick scales ; head with
two short longitudinal furrows ; prothorax transverse, constricted near the
base, equally wide at apex and base, the surface subglabrous and but slightly
uneven, the lateral edges arcuate, coarsely crenulate and the apex approxi-
mately bituberculate ; elytra with distinct series of punctures, wider than the
prothorax and between three and four times as long, rather attenuate pos-
teriorly, obtusely rounded at tip, with a median crest on each elytron to
slightly behind the middle and some subapical tubercles. Length 15.8 mm.;

width 5.8 mm. Brazil (Blumenau) *annulatipes n. sp.

This species is evidently related to dormeauum Fairm., from ^linas Geraes.

472 CASEY

ized by a large tumidity, bearing an elongate pubescent patch
surrounded by a convex margin, on the under surface of each
femur near the base, this being wholly wanting in the fe-
male.

The transverse excavation of the fifth ventral is very large,
occupying nearly the entire segment, and has at the bottom an
obliquely elevated, flat, posteriorly trapezoidal surface feebly
emarginate at tip. The blackish-brown scales of the elytra
become whitish, although structurally unaltered, on the apical
declivity of many species. The forms then known to me were
briefly diagnosed recently (Can. Ent., 1907, p. 42) and, although
the status of some of them seemed doubtful, they appear to be
more certainly validated by additional material lately received,
the type of elongaitis being perfectly duplicated by two speci-
mens marked " San Diego," received from Professor Snow, the
two original examples of ovi^cnnis by another agreeing per-
fectly, marked " S. Cal.," on the label, and the original type of
scaber, collected by Dunn, by another marked "Julian." The
two original male types of lattpennis , characterized by a pro-
thorax unusuall}^ narrowed toward base and much narrower
than the elytra, are matched well by another specimen, female,
without definite locality. The following form is to be placed
near angustus: —

Body very narrow and elongate, smaller in size, densely clothed through-
out with a gray-brown scaly indument not paler posteriorly, the
velvety spots of the elytra not black but a more reddish-brown;
head bi-impressed, sparsely tuberculose throughout ; prothorax a
little longer than wide, parallel and rounded at the sides in apical
three-fifths, then strongly, sinuously narrowed to the base, which
is relatively much narrowed and distinctly narrower than the
base of the elytra, the median parts of the surface moderately
elevated, sparsely strewn with coarse tubercles, the concave lateral
parts largely devoid of tubercles except toward the sides anteriorly ;
elytra two-thirds longer than wide and two-thirds longer and but
slightly wider than the prothorax, deeply sinuate at base, the sur-
face flat above, abruptly declivous at the sides and apex, very
roughly and irregularly pitted and with the tubercles small and
unusually remotely scattered throughout. Length 16.0 mm. ;
width 6.0 mm, California (locality unrecorded)... remotus n. sp.

This species is represented before me by a single male, the
elongate pubescent area, at basal third of the femora, unusually

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THP: TENTYRIIN^ 473

clearly delimited by a swollen elliptical ring at the summit of
a moderate but rather abruptly formed prominence. The paler
color of the elytral vestiture does not appear to be accidental
in the type.

Noserus Lee.

The sexual characters in this genus are similar to those of
Phhxodes^ except that the tumescent pubescent fovea surrounded
by a tumid glabrous black ring on the under surface of the
femora near basal third, characterizing the male, is not greatly
elongate, as in that genus, but nearly circular. In this char-
acter therefore, the genus is very closely related to Phlceodes^
but in many others it differs profoundly. The labial palpi are
similarly large and thick, attached at the sides of the ligula,
which is narrow and projecting well beyond the apex of the
mentum, but the latter, though generally similar in size and
form and covering the base of the palpi, has its apex narrowly
and declivously produced and its surface longitudinally and
rather narrowly sulcate anteriorly ; the last joint of the max-
illary palpi is similarly obliquely ovoidal and obtusely pointed,
but is a little larger. The antennae are nearly similar, the first
nine joints being feebly obtrapezoidal and roughly sculptured
and the globular tenth and eleventh, combined, smooth, though
here less completely polished than in Phloeodes, but in the
complete absence of the abruptly excavated ZophcrnsAWiQ^ fur-
row for the reception of the antennas, the propleuras being merely
indefinitely and moderately depressed anteriorly, we have a
really radical difference between the two genera ; this is sup-
plemented by the elytral ridges and apical tuberosities of N'os-
ertis^ which are not even suggested in P/iIceodes. In the pres-
ent genus the transverse excavation of the fifth ventral occupies
only a little more than basal half of the segment ; it is broadly,
evenly sinuate posteriorly, the bottom rising gradually from the
base posteriorly, where it is nearly at the level of the elevated
hind margin and separated therefrom by a narrow and deep
ambient sulcus. The specific or subspecific forms are quite as
difficult to define as in Phlneodcs, but two before me, besides
those previously defined (1. c, p. 43), may be outlined as
follows : —

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., October, 1907.

474 CASEY

Surface depressed and nearly flat as in plicatus, similarly densely
covered with a thick brown indument of close-set scale-like sub-
erect hairs, mingled with hard earthy material, the tubercles with
longer, stout, reclined and curved fulvous subsquamoid bristles ;
head remotely bi-impressed, with small sparse black tubercles and
fulvous bristles ; prothorax not quite as long as wide, rounded at
the sides, the latter converging toward base and becoming briefly
sinuate at the basal margin, the surface with two sinuous ridges
and scattered tubercles nearly as in plicatus; elytra with the
ridges and posterior tuberosities similarly placed but much feebler,
the small black tubercles penetrating the crust, finer and more
remotely scattered. Length 15.5— 16.5 mm. ; width 5.7-5.9 mm.
California (Los Angeles Co.) corrosus n. sp.

Surface much more convex than in any other species, the form
stout, parallel, with thick and dense, multi-fissured dark in-
dument ; head impressed, nearly smooth, with small scattered
tubercles ; prothorax not quite as long as wide, the sides parallel
and arcuate, becoming moderately convergent and feebly arcuate
in basal three-fifths, feebly sinuate at the obtuse basal angles, the
base broadly arcuate; surface with the sinuous ridges narrow,
feeble and wholly interrupted at the middle of their length, the
surface at the sides more coarsely and roughly sculptured than in
plicatus^ the scattered tubercles nearly similar; elytra a little
broader and relatively shorter than in plicatus but almost similarly
ridged and tuberose, the large irregular indentations much deeper,
the tubercles fine and remotely scattered. Length 16.0 mm. ;
width 6.5 mm. California convexulus n. sp.

Corrosus is represented by two similar females and convex-
ulus by a single female, from an unrecorded locality of the
State; it is the broadest and least flattened form known thus
far. I believe that the genus Noserus will prove to be con-
fined to the true Pacific coast fauna, with its very close rela-
tive PhloRodes^ and that the species described from Texas by
Dr. Horn, under the name emarginatus, will prove to be gener-
ically different, possibly belonging to a Mexican type related
more closely to Nosodervia.

Nosoderma Sol.
I have here restricted this genus to those species having the
elytra almost evenly rounded behind, with large isolated tuber-
osities scattered over posterior half, none of which is strictly
marginal and with longitudinal, more or less incomplete or
interrupted ridges thence to the base, the mentum very small,
transverse, obliquely narrowed and narrowly truncate ante-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OK THE TENTYRIIN/E 475

riorly, exposing the entire maxillae and ligula, the latter narrow,
with the palpi inserted in large latero-dorsal foveae in front of
the mentum and wholly exposed, the mentum flat and very
coarsely, not densely punctate. The last joint of the maxillary
palpi is longer and, especially, much broader, than the third,
with its apex compressed and broadly truncate, not obtusely
pointed as in the preceding genera. The antennae are per-
fectly free, there being no trace of propleural sulcus, and the
joints are feebly obtrapezoidal, not very roughly sculptured,
the third much longer than the second or fourth, the ninth
larger than the eighth, more obtriangular and not transverse,
somewhat narrower than the combined last two joints, which
are subglobular, with transverse suture and spongiose apex.
The surface of the body is not always covered with indument,
the integuments frequently being clean and more or less
opaque between the small shining tubercles, the vestiture ful-
vous. The abdominal excavation occupies at least basal two-
thirds of the fifth segment and is nearly as in Noserus. The
male has a large and elongate-oval, smooth and feebly convex,
finely punctate and subglabrous elevation at the base of the
under surface of the middle and posterior femora, a much
smaller feeble shining tubercle near the base of the anterior
femora, and, sometimes, as in senex^ a smooth punctate bevel-
ing at the tibial apex below, the female having no trace of these
structures and the femora a little more slender than in the male.
The species are very numerous, the type being quite indeter-
minate and necessarily to be fixed anew,' but morbillosa and

^The species named Eurychora tncBqualis by Say, may be definitely described

and the type reestablished as follows : —

Form moderately depressed, parallel, nearly as in setiex but larger and with the
elytra more gradually, arcuately narrowed behind to the more acute apex,
which is more strongly, angularly emarginate at the suture, the angles ob-
tusely prominent, black, the vestiture fine, sparse and inconspicuous ; head
sparsely punctured, reflexed at the sides as usual, more broadly sinuate at
apex than in senex, the prothorax subquadrate, similarly sculptured, ex-
cept that the tubercles are smaller and more convex, the sides more an-
gulate just before the middle and the basal angles more acute, decidedly
diverging and prominent ; elytra similarly sculptured, with smaller and less
flattened tubercles, the humeri much more exposed at base beyond the thor-
acic angles, the posterior tuberosities much larger and studded more closely
and conspicuously with the small shining tubercles ; under surface with

476 CASEY

vicina^ of Solier, are certain!}^ not identical with Say's species

and are both valid; in addition exsctd^ta and ^«r/«fl/« Champ.,

and probably as^erata, scabrosa and similar described forms,

will enter the genus. The six following can be described at

the present time as typical species : —

Pronotum not elevated along the median line, its base extending later-
ally beyond the basal angles of the elytra, the latter each with three
tuberosities at the summit of the apical declivity forming an equi-
lateral triangle, with its base transverse. Body parallel, moder-
ately stout and not very depressed, deep black, dull, the vestiture
decumbent, rather dense, consisting of fulvous squamiform hairs ;
head sparsely punctured, not tuberculose, elevated at the sides ;
prothorax subquadrate, as long as w4de, the sides rounding and
converging near the apex, gradually and very feebly converging
basally and nearly straight to the right, blunt and somewhat
prominent basal angles, the base broadly, arcuately lobed ; surface
with two strong sinuous ridges, the intermediate space broadly
concave behind, narrowest at the middle, the shining tubercles
confined mostly to the summits of the ridges but also scattered
broadly toward apex and near the sides ; elytra coarsely pitted,
a little wider than the prothorax and not quite twice as long, the
humeri obliquely truncate, the base sinuate, each elytron with a
narrow, strongly elevated and nearly straight ridge along the
median line from the basal margin to a little before the middle,
and with two smaller, more elongate tuberosities before the tri-
angle of three above mentioned, the shining tubercles small and
subevenly scattered throughout ; under surface sparsely squamo-
pubescent and tuberculose throughout. Male with the elongate
tumescent glabrous area of the two posterior pairs of femora
finely punctate, the tubercle of the anterior pair similar and elon-
gate, though only about three-fourths as long. Length 17.0-18.0
mm.; width 6.0-6.7 mm. Mexico (Guerrero), — Baron.

*chainpioiii n. sp.

Pronotum flattened along the median line and without the oval basal
impression of chanipioni^ the elytra with three much smaller
tuberosities at the upper part of the declivity arranged as in that
species. Body narrower and much more elons^atc, parallel, some-
what convex, black and dull, not very densely clothed with narrow
and decumbent, dark brown scales, which are rather sparse and
more hair-like on the head and pronotum ; head somewhat rugosely

the fine scattered tubercles less flattened. Length 15.2 mm.; width 5.S

mm. (9). Mexico (Jalapa), — Hoge *inaBqualis Say

It is probable that Say's specimens came from the high country back of Vera
Cruz, and, studying his description carefully and considering the acute and
prominent basal angles of the prothorax, mentioned in the description, as well
as the absence of any note on the pubescence, there can be but little doubt that
the form here described is really the one which Say had before him.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS .OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 477

punctured, obliquely reflexed at the sides ; prothorax scarcely as
long as wide, widest and laterally subangulate at basal third, the
sides thence feebly converging and nearly straight almost to the
obliquely rounded apical angles and more convergent and almost
straight to the very obtuse, l)lunt anil not at all prominent basal
angles, the base very broadly, feebly lobed, the lobe broadly and
rectilinearly truncate ; surface with the two siiuious ridges very
feeble, deeply impressed behind the middle at each side, the shin-
ing black tubercles moderately large, close-set throughout, except
narrowly along the median line posteriorly and along the inner and*
outer slopes of the ridges, those areas being devoid of tubercles ;
elytra fully twice as long as wide, more than twice as long as the
prothorax and much wider, parallel, circularly rounded behind,
finely emarginate at the suture, the humeri obliquely subprominent,
the sides behind them feebly sinuate, the surface of each with a
feeble ridge at outer third from the base for two-fifths the length,
another at inner third from just before the middle to the apex,
becoming irregular behind and including the inner of the three
tuberosities, and a very fine short ridge externally near the middle,
the shining tubercles small and rather sparse ; prosternum concave
between the coxa^. Length iS.o mm.; width 6.0 mm. Mexico
(Jalapa) * longipennis n. sp.

Pronotum elevated feebly along the median line, more broadly behind
and separated from the sinuous ridges by broad feeble sinuous
channels, the base not extending laterally beyond the basal angles
of the elytra, the latter each with three tuberosities at the upper
part of the declivity forming a more elongate triangle, with its
longest base parallel to the suture 2

2 — Body parallel, slightly convex, black, the decumbent fulvous
squamiform hairs evenly, though not at all densely, distributed ;
head obliquely elevated at the sides, simply strongly punctured
anteriorly and laterally but densely tuberculose posteriorly ; pro-
thorax widest before the middle, about a sixth wider than long,
parallel, the sides broadly, subevenly arcuate to the slightly obtuse
and not rounded but non-prominent basal angles, the base broadly,
arcuately lobed, the two sinuous ridges moderate, gradually flat-
tening out anteriorly, the surface thickly studded throughout with
large convex and polished tubercles, w^anting in the concavity just
without the sinuous I'idges near the middle ; elytra evidently wider
than the prothorax and twice as long, the humeri feebly oblique,
extending laterally beyond the thoracic angles, the base broadly
sinuate ; surface unevenly and feebly pitted and with scattered
tubercles, smaller and sparser than those of the pronotum, though
equally large in single close lines on the summits of the ridges,
the latter short and indefinable, one at the base of each elytron
inside the median line, another, feeble, on the median line from
near the base to about the middle and another, similarly feeble,
outside the median line from basal fourth to behind the middle,
the humeri also tumid; under surface finely, sparsely pubescent

478 CASEY

and with small tubeixles throughout. Male having the shining
. femoral swelling of the two posterior pairs rather coarsely, closely
punctulate and feebly pubescent, that of the anterior pair very
small and rugose, inconspicuous. Length i6,o mm. ; width 6.25
mm. Mexico (Guerrero), — Baron *brevicollis n. sp.

Body nearly similar but rather narrower and less convex, the decum-
bent squamiform fulvous hairs very sparse but condensed on the
elytral tuberosities, the general aspect of the surface subglabrous
and deep black ; head punctate anteriorly and more coarsel}- and
closely so laterally, very feebly and sparsely tuberculose basally ;
prothorax nearly as long as wide, parallel, the sides broadly
rounded, more arcviate and converging anteriorly, broadly sinuate
before the basal angles, which are right and slightly blunt but
somewhat prominent ; surface studded plentifull}^ with large shin-
ing tubercles over all the elevations and near the sides, the sinuous
ridges moderate ; elytra but slightly wider than the prothorax and
not quite twice as long, the humeri but feebly tumid and oblique,
the basal angles falling exactly in longitudinal line with the thoracic
angles, the base broadly sinuate ; surface very coarsely and irregu-
larly pitted, the ridges corresponding in position with those of
brevicollis but much stronger, the shining tubercles scattered
throughout, variable in size ; under surface nearly as in brevi-
collis. Male with the elongate-elliptical shining femoral spots of
the two posterior pairs rather finely, not densely punctulate and
spai'sely pubescent, that of the anterior pair ver}- much smaller
but elongate-elliptic, punctate and distinct. Length 15.3 mm.;
width 5.75-6.1 mm. Mexico (Guerrero), — Baron.

* subglabra n. sp.

Body nearly as in brevicollis but with a much less abbreviated pro-
thorax, which is in general similar in form but with the basal
angles strongly, abruptly everted, acute and very prominent, and
the shining black tubercles smaller and sparser, though similarly
distributed, the sinuous ridges stronger and more abruptly flexed
outward before the middle ; elytra similar in form but with the
rows of foveae more regular, the pits deeper and more clearly
visible, slightly elongate, the three basal ridges in echelon ; sub-
apical tuberosities and polished black tubercles nearly similar, the
latter, on the whole, smaller though similarly unequal in size and
decidedly less numerous, the humeri more prominently elevated ;
abdomen with much smaller and sparser tubercles. Length 17.5
mm.; width 6.75 mm. Mexico (Guerrero), — IL H. Smith.

* prominens n. sp.

Body smaller and much more depressed, deep black, feebly shining,
very sparsely clothed with small narrow brown scales ; head
coarsely, rather closely and simply punctate, more finely pos-
teriorly, the sides reflexed as usual ; prothorax ncarlv as long as
wide, widest slightly before the middle, the sides evenlv rounding
and broadly converging anteriorly, the apex two-thirds as wide as

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^C 479

the base, very feebly coiivert^iii}^ aiul straij^ht posteriorly to the
rectangular, somewhat blunt and scarcely prominent basal angles,
the base broadly lobed in circular arc, sinuate laterally as usual ;
surface with the sinuous ridges strong, terminating at almost
equal distances from base and apex, the median line also feebly
and broadly tumid, except just before the middle, broadly flat
along the sides from near the apex almost to the base, the shining
tubercles peculiar, large, closely crowded along the ridges and
scattered medially toward apex and broadly toward base and
sides, wanting on the inner and outer slopes of the ridges and in
the median depressed space before the middle, very low and flat
throughout ; elytra not at all wider than the prothorax and only
three-fifths longer, broadly depressed suturally, the basal ridge at
the middle short, the ridge at outer third from near the base to
behind the middle of each strong, the short ridge at the middle
externally very feeble, the three subapical tuberosities small but
very strong and abrupt, the surface very coarsely, closely, con-
fusedl}- and unevenly pitted throughout and with unusually large,
very flat, irregular tubercles, larger and closer on the elevations ;
under surface with smaller flattened tubercles, the prosternum con-
cave throughout along the middle. Length 13.15 mm. ; width 5.28
mm. ((^). Mexico (Las Vigas), — Hoge * senex n. sp.

These species are all allied to inceqiialis Say, and vicma Sol.,

but morbillosa Sol., differs in its broader form and in having

the basal ridge of the elytra anteriorly protuberant upon the

pronotum ; chamfioni is described from two males and one

female ; senex and subglabra each from two males and brevi-

collis from a single male example, frominens from the female.

The male seems to be much more common than the female and

there is very little sexual difference in the general form of the

body, the female being very^ slightly the stouter and perhaps

usually with the vestiture somewhat denser. Longipennis is

described from the female, and when compared with the female

of exsctilpta, with which it is closely allied, is seen to differ in

its much larger size, in the finer, sparser and more hair-like

vestiture of the head and pronotum, shorter medial ridge of the

elytra and differently arranged prominences near the apex ; the

scales on the head of exsciilpta are broad and denser and the

periphery of the elytra posteriorly more coarsely and strongly

crenulate.

Noserodes n. gen.

This genus is allied rather closely to Nosoderma^ but has the
small mentum rather more truncate at apex, the ligula shorter

480 CASEY

and broader, with the palpal fovece only just exposed, the last
palpal joint much larger, the ninth antennal joint differing but
little from the eighth, the combined and oval tenth and eleventh
joints relatively much larger, the abdominal excavation still
larger and with more depressed, even floor, and the elytra!
tuberosities altogether different. The small shining tubercles
of the upper surface are much finer, and the surface is concealed
by a generally denser earthy indument, from which project
numerous longer, stiffer, recurved and squamiform hairs or
narrow scales, usually fulvous in color. The elytra have a
feeble lateral ridge from the humeri, terminating at the anterior
limit of the apical arcuation in a prominent marginal tuberosity,
somewhat as in Phellopsis, and there is also a submedian ridge
on each elytron, terminating, at the summit of the apical decliv-
ity, in another prominent tuberosity. The type species before
me may be described as follows : —

Body rather slender, parallel, depressed, black, clothed evenly and
rather closely with narrow recurved, subdecumbent and fulvous
scales, the surface between them largely concealed by earthy in-
dument ; head with the long oblique sutures distinct, gradually ele-
vated laterally, nearly smooth and dull but with some scattered
black granules ; prothorax not quite as long as wide, the sides
parallel and nearly straight, arcuately converging anteriorly to the
rounded apical angles, abruptly and rather strongly converging
and almost straight in basal third, becoming feebly sinuate before
the basal angles, which are right and slightly prominent, the base
feebly arcuate, closely applied to the base of the elytra ; surface
feebly elevated and broadly convex along the middle, except toward
apex, and with two impressions at each side of the ridge, the four
forming a central square, also more feebly impressed in the mid-
dle toward the sides and toward the basal angles, the black tuber-
cles small, evenl}- distributed and moderately sparse ; elytra a little
wider than the prothorax and three-fourths longer, the humeri
rather prominent but broadly, obliquely rounded, the sides behind
them sinuate for a short distance, then parallel and feebly arcuate
to the strong subapical tuberosity, parabolic apically, feebly sinu-
ate at the suture ; surface with a few rows of very coarse but in-
distinct, moderately impressed and irregularly rounded foveie, each
elytron with a median ridge from the base to apical fourth, where
it ends abruptly in a more pronounced tuberosity and a short
rid(^e from the base to basal fifth or sixth, between the princi-
pal ridge and the feebly elevated suture, the polished black tuber-
cles very fine and remotely scattered ; luider surface with short,
coarse, sparse hairs and numerous small tubercles, which are a

AMERICAN COMl'ONENTS OF THE TENTYRIINvE 481

little coarser oil the prosternum than elsewhere. Leii<^th itj.o
mm, ; width 5.6 mm. Costa Rica (Chiri(iiii) .,.* squalidus n. sp.

The single specimen is a female, so that I am unable to de-
scribe the secondary sexual characters of the male, which,
however, undoubtedly affect the femora as in the preceding
genera. This genus will include also such species as Noso-
derma zunilcnsis and guatemalcnsts^ and perhaps, though less
certainly, vcnusta and lutosa, recently described by Mr. Cham-
pion. Guatc7nalcnsis differs from squalidus in its much broader
form, smaller, deeper and very much more distinct serial fovese
of the elytra, and in the rounded — not conical — subapical tuber-
osity at the side margin of each, also in the flat and not elevated,
suture. Notwithstanding its much narrower and more elongate
form and correspondingly different facies, I believe that Noso-
derma sparsa Champ., will enter this genus as an aberrant
modification.

Phellopsis Lee.

In its ii-jointed antennae, having a broader club composed
of three perfectly free joints, less anteriorly narrowed and more
transversely parallelogrammic mentum, which is simply obliquely
truncate at the apical angles, transversely tumid, dense and
coarsely sculptured ligula and complete absence of the remark-
able transverse excavation in the apical margin of the penulti-
mate ventral segment, characterizing all of the preceding gen-
era, Phellopsis is widely isolated. It also inhabits a totall}' dif-
ferent zoological faunal region, and its nearest relatives will
probably be found in Siberia and Japan. I have been unable
to discover any of the singular male sexual characters affecting
the femora in the preceding generic types, and do not know of
any certain way to distinguish the sexes externally. No new
forms have come to light since my recent revision (1. c, p. 44),
to which the reader is referred.

Tribe Usechini.

In this tribe the body is very small in size, when compared with

the two preceding, though closely allied in general facies and

in its coarsely sculptured, rough and subopaque integuments.

The Usechini differ considerably in structure also, having the

482 CASEY

eyes coarsel}'" faceted, though flattened and widely separated

above, as in Nosodermini, and so constantly covered by the

prothorax that it is very rarely an example can be found, in which

they are even partially observable. The large deep antennal

fossae are at the sides of the prothorax, wholly invisible from

below and also invisible from above anteriorly, though broadly

and dorsally exposed and enlarged posteriorly. The antennas

are short, thick and compact throughout, the last three joints

wider. The tribe is confined to the true Pacific coast fauna

and there is but a single genus, which can be defined as

follows : —

Body oblong-oval, moderately depressed, the mouth-parts small;
mentum very small, completely exposing the maxillae at the sides
and the ligula in front, parallel at the sides in basal half, trape-
zoidal in front; ligula small, narrow; palpi slender and small in
size, the last joint of the maxillary elongate-fusiform, as long as
the two preceding combined, obtusely pointed and hollowed at
tip, the basal joint minute ; mandibles slender apically, deeply
bifid at tip, the lobes very acute, the upper but little the longer ;
antennae short, stout, 11 -jointed, the basal joint smaller than the
second and deeply seated in the antennal fovea, the second as
long as the next two combined ; epistoma short, broadly truncate,
the labrum short and transverse, truncate ; scutellum minute,
forming a long and very slender pointed wedge between the
elytra, the latter moderately inflexed, without true epipleurae but
but with tlij inflexed surface rapidly broadening, flat and marked
externally by a rough subcariniform line toward base ; meta-
sternum about as long as the first ventral, the episterna extremely
narrow and Imear ; ventral sutures all very coarse and deeply
excavated throughout, the fifth segment with a large and moder-
ately deep, transverse impression, interrupted at the middle, the
lateral margin of all the segments narrowly tumescent and sepa-
rated from the rest of the surface by a fine deep sulcus, which
is obsolete only at the extreme apices of the segments ; coxce
rather widely separated, the anterior acetabula surrounded by an
ambient prosternal gutter, the intercoxal process short, horizontal,
free, widely truncate, with its median part between the gutters
excavated and slightly more advanced posteriorly ; legs rather
short and moderately stout, the tibial spurs obsolete or excessively
small, the tarsi short but slender, with stiff inclined hairs beneath,
the basal joint of the posterior as long as the next two combined
and a little shorter than the fourth, the claws rather small and
slender. [Type U. lacerta Mots.] Usechus

The above description is very detailed, as I am unaware of
any even passably full diagnosis of this remarkable genus.

AMERICAN COMrOXIvNTS OF Till-, TKNTYRIINtE 483

The description of the antennn? given b}- LeConte and Horn
in the classification, is unaccountably erroneous.

Usechus Mots.

The species of this genus are few in number and live under

the loose bark of fallen trees, the two before me may be briefly

defined as follows : —

Form stout, oblong-oval, blackish-piceous to paler in color, rough but
with the surface somewhat shining; head small, simply, moder-
ately coarsely and sparsely punctate above and beneath, each punc-
ture with a short stiff yellow hair ; prothorax as long as wide,
widest and laterally subangularly prominent at the middle, the
sides thence strongly converging and nearly straight to the apex
and feebly converging and bisinuate to the basal angles, which
are right and not rounded ; base broadly, arcuately lobed, sinuate
near the angles, much wider than the apex, which is evenly and
feebly sinuato-truncate from side to side ; disk feebly impressed
along the middle from the apex, more broadly posteriorly, the
impression obsolete near basal third, the sides of the impression
feebly prominent, the entire surface coarsely but not densely tuber-
culose and with an elongate-oval pit at the middle of the base, the
side margins strongly reflexed throughout the length ; prosternum
with coarse tubercles like those of the upper surface, each tuber-
cle throughout with a stiff yellow hair; elytra one-half longer
than wide or less, a little wider than the prothorax and three-
fourths or more longer, the sides parallel and feebly arcuate from
the unrounded, reflexed humeri to the subapical tuberosity, the
apex between the tubercles parabolic ; surface with coarse grooves,
which are very coarsely punctate, the alternate intervals carinate,
the short yellow hairs more abundant on the ridges ; abdomen
very coarsely, not densely punctate. Length 3. 1-5.5 ui"^- 5
width 1. 4-2. 1 mm. California (Mendocino to Sta. Cruz).

lacerta Mots.

Form less stout and very much smaller in size, brown-black to piceo-
testaceous, dull in lustre ; head finely and sparsely punctate ; pro-
thorax nearly similar in form but with the impression obsolete
near the middle, with the basal pit deeper and more circular,
the antennal fossae extending further posteriorly and to a slight
distance behind the middle, and the tubercles above and beneath
smaller, feebler, denser and less well defined, the jjubescence
longer and rather finer; elytra similar in general form and coarse
sculpture, the ridge nearest the suture much swollen at base as
in lacerta^ the pubescence longer and more nucleated in spots
along the ridges and denser on the basal enlargement of the inner
ridge; abdomen strikingly different in sculpture, being almost
impunctate toward the sides and much more finely punctured
elsewhere, except on the basal segment; impression of the fifth

484

CASEY

segment much feebler, almost obsolete. Length 3.9-4.3 "^"i- 5
width 1 .18-1.6 mm. California (Humboldt Co.) . . .nucleatus Csy.

Both of these species are represented before me by large
series, but I have not recognized any external secondary sexual
characters. The great extension of the prosternum before the
coxae and its pronounced tuberculose sculpture, similar to that
of the upper surface, while the entire remainder of the under
surface is simply punctate, is a rather noticeable character of
the genus.

Tribe Ar^oschizini.

In this tribe and the Stenosini, with which it is usually con-
founded by reason of the general form of the body and antennae,
the fifth ventral segment loses the very peculiar transverse
excavation characterizing the three preceding tribal groups and
becomes unmodified, its surface corresponding with the general
convexit}'' of the abdomen ; it is rounded behind and a little
shorter than the two preceding combined, but, it should be re-
marked, there is also an entirely different peculiarity of the
abdomen in the present tribe, the third suture being very strongly
sinuate and notably more strongly so than the fourth. The
tribe resembles the Stenosini in the small size and elongate,
moderately convex form of the body, thick perfoliate setose or
squamose antennae and some other characters, but differs in the
complete absence of elytral epipleuras, as in the three preceding
tribes, these being very well developed in the Stenosini, in the
presence of elytral ridges, which are wanting in that tribe, and
in the much larger mentum, concealing the entire Hgula. With
the Adelostomini, however, it is very much more closely allied,
differing in its smaller mentum, exposing the maxillae at the
sides, the maxillie being completely concealed but the ligula
uncovered in that tribe, and in the very small terminal joint of
the antennee, but resembling it in the absence of elytral epi-
pleurae and presence of dorsal ridges. We have but a single
genus as follows: —

Form elongate, moderately convex, the hind body pedunculate, moder-
ately inflated, elongate-oval, without humeral angles, the hind
wings wanting; head elongate-oval, the clypcus very large, as
long as the entire remainder but not separated by a transverse
suture, the lateral oblique impressions deep, the lateral lobes very

AMERICAN CO.MPONKNTS OF THK TICNTYRIIN^: 485

short and icrtexed, the median part broadly rounded anteriorly,
with its apex broadly sinuate and finely, obtusely pectinate, cover-
ing- completely all the mouth-parts ; inentuin rather larjije, flat,
slightly transverse, broadly truncate at apex, narrowed toward
base, exposing the maxilhe but entirely covering the short and
extremely broad ligula, the palpi slender, the last joint of the max-
illary elongate-oval, as long as the two preceding combined ; basal
margin of the buccal cavity reflexed, the side-pieces acute and
prominent ; mandibles bifid at tip ; eyes completely divided,
coarsely faceted, the upper part elongate, sunken deeply between
the prominent lateral margin and a strong supra-orbital ridge, the
inferior part very small, consisting of three to live facets ; antennae
about as long as the head and half the prothorax, stout, compressed,
perfoliate, cylindric, the tenth joint a little larger, the eleventh
very small and partially within the apex of the tenth, clothed
throughout with elongate yellowish scales ; neck narrow, less than
half as wide as the head ; prothorax cordate, small, slightly elon-
gate as a rule ; scutellum triangular, scarcely passing the basal
declivity of the elytra, the latter not margined at base, costate, feebly
inflexed beneath ; prosternum well developed before the coxa? and
slightly tumid along the middle, the intercoxal process constricted
anteriorly, expanding and deflexed behind ; metasternum shorter
than the first ventral, the episterna narrow, with the suture repre-
sented by a more or less impressed series of coarse punctures ;
abdomen convex, the first two sutures nearly straight, the third
strongly, the fourth less strongly, sinuate in even arc ; coxae globu-
lar, moderatelv separated, the posterior slightly wider than long ;
legs rather short, stout, the tarsi short and stout, longer and less
stout in the armatiis group, the basal joint sometimes but little
longer than the second, the claws small, slender and arcuate.
Sonoran regions. [Type A. costtpen?iis Lee] Araeoschizus

A full diagnosis of this genus, also, is given herewith, because
its true affinities seem to have escaped LeConte, Lacordaire and
Horn, who compare it with Stenosis and not with Adelostoma.

Araeoschizus Lee.
This genus is widely diffused throughout the Sonoran fauna
of our southwestern States and north-ern Mexico, from which
latter region a species was described by Mr. Champion, in the
" Biologia," under the name mexicantis ; the various species
occur under stones in very dry regions and are said to be very slug-
gish in their movements and sometimes found with ants. The
material in my cabinet appears to pertain to eleven species,
which may be recognized by the following descriptions : —

Vestiture of the elytral ridges erect and bristling ; femora unarmed
throughout 2

486 CASEY

Vestiture decumbent or strongly inclined and not bristling 7

2 — The vestiture of the ridges having the form of stiff hairs 3

The vestiture of the ridges formed of elongate scales 6

3 — Eyes widely divided, more sunken, the upper part narrower, the

lower composed of only three or four facets, the canthus evenly

joining the supra-antennal prominence, without break 4

Eyes more convex, wider, less sunken, only barely divided by the pos-
terior canthus, which becomes very fine anteriorly and subdiscon-
nected from the supra-antennal prominence, the lower lobe of five
facets and not so sunken 5

4 — Body a little larger and stouter, dark brown, densely and roughly

punctured and with narrow fulvous scales anteriorly ; head oblong-
elongate, rather abruptly constricted at base, the angles evident
though rounded, the sides from the eyes to the angles feebly con-
verging and but slightly arcuate ; prothorax much narrower and
shorter than the head, three-fourths as long as the latter, widest
near apical third, the sides rounded anteriorly, sinuato-converging
posteriorly, the apex and base truncate and denselv fringed with
porrect fulvous squamules as usual, the surface convex, impressed
medially near the base ; elytra barely twice as long as wide, twice
as wide as the prothorax, arcuately narrowed at base and apex, a
little more gradually toward the latter, the sides parallel and feebly
arcuate, the bristles becoming vellow and squamiform behind,
darker and hair-like elsewhere ; intervals between the ridges flat,
coarsely, biseriately punctate, with a series of widely spaced setae
between the rows; abdomen sparsely punctate. Length 3.7
mm.; width 1.07 mm. California (Vallecito, — near Julian).

costipennis Lee.

Body small, more slender, dark rufo-piceous in color, the anterior parts
rather sparsely squamose, more finely and sparsely and less roughly-
punctured than in costipefznis ; head rather large, elongate-oval,
more gradually narrowed though more or less strongly rounded
toward base, the sides scarcely visibly converging from the anten-
nal prominences to the basal arcuation ; prothorax relatively nar-
rower and more elongate than in costipennis^ four-fifths as long
as the head and much narrower, much longer than wide, formed
nearly as in costipennis but relatively less narrowed toward base,
more narrowl}' impressed along the median line almost in basal
third ; elytra evenly oval, very elongate, distinctly more than twice
as long as wide, the bristles abruptly pale and squamiform near
the apex, the double series of coarse punctures separated by a
widely spaced series of inconspicuous setie, the costae nearly as in
cosiipen?iis ; abdomen rather coarsely and sparsely but more dis-
tinctly punctured, the surface smoother. Length 3.2-3.5 mm.;
width 0.77-0.98 mm. Arizona (Tu9son), — II. F. Wickham.

tenuis n. sp.

5 — Form slender, the smallest known species of the genus, dark rufo-
piceous, the punctures and scales of the anterior parts small and

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TUNTYRIIN^ 487

rather sparse ; head large, elongate-oval, smoother and more shin-
ing than usual, the sides strongly converging and almost evenly
arcuate from the eyes to the neck ; prothorax very small, three-
fourths as wide as the head and two-thirds as long, elongate,
widest near apical third, where the sides are subprominently
rounded, thence converging and nearly straight to the base, the
truncate base and apex fringed as usual ; surface convex, feebly
impressed along the median line throughout, very tincly in the
centre, more broadlv toward apex and base ; neck two-fifths as
wide as the head ; elytra less elongate than in tenuis^ though fully
twice as long as wide and more than twice as wide as the pro-
thorax, evenly oval, sculptured nearly as in the two preceding,
the spicules of the ridges and serial interspaces similar but, at
apex, not quite so evidently squamiform and but little paler; ab-
domen smooth and polished, moderately coarsely, sparsely punc-
tate. Length 3.9 mm. ; width 0.72 mm. California (Palm
Springs) exiguus n. sp.

6 — Form rather short, stout and convex, the anterior parts densely,

rather roughly punctate, finely, somewhat sparsely squamulose and
blackish-brown in color, the hind body pale red-brown ; head
large, suboblong, widest at the antennal prominences, the sides
thence evidently converging and nearly straight to the basal angles,
which are evident and not very rounded, the base arcuately subtrun-
cate ; eyes well developed, widely divided, the upper lobe of
about 21, the lower of 5 coarse facets, the surface canaliculate
along the median line in less than basal half; prothorax only
slightly narrower but very much shorter than the head, not longer
than wide, widest near apical third, where the sides are evenly
rounded, thence strongly converging and sinuate to the base ; peri-
phery at ends and sides similarly and densely fimbriate with long
erect scales ; surface with two fine, straight and parallel ridges
from apex to base, separated by nearly a third of the width, each
of which has a dense erect fringe like that at the sides ; elytra
oval, not quite twice as long as wide, not quite twice as wide as
the prothorax, the parallel sides rather arcuate, the surface with
ridges and double series of coarse punctures as in the preceding
species, the close, erect and bristling fringe along each ridge pale
flavate in color, composed of narrow claviform scales, with their
apices bent posteriorly and their posterior edges throughout their
length apparently thin, transparent and membranous ; a few simi-
lar scales are also scattered along the flat intervals between the
rows of coarse punctures ; abdomen unusually coarsely, very
closely punctate and dull. Length 3.6-3.8 mm.; width 1.15
mm. Arizona (Tu9Son) fimbriatUS Csy.

7 — Femora wholly devoid of denticle 8

Femora with a small acute denticle beneath beyond the middle, except

the posterior femora, which are not denticulate 13

8 — Intervals between the rows of coarse punctures of the intercostal

depressions flat and wholly devoid of punctures or squamules...9

488 CASEY

Intervals usually somewhat elevated, punctate and bearing squamules
similar to those of the ridges 12

9 — Pronotum broadly, feebly and subequally sulcate along the middle

from apex to base 10

Pronotum not sulcate, though generally feebly impressed near the
base II

10 — Body moderatel}' slender, the elytra flattened above, dark rufo-

piceous in color ; head large, much elongated, the sides distinctly
converging and feebly arcuate from the antennal prominences to
the broadly rounded basal angles, the base extending but little
laterall}^ beyond the neck, the surface not sulcate basally ; eyes
above elongate and narrow, small beneath as usual ; prothorax
relatively very small, three-fourths as wide and two-thirds as long
as the head, widest anteriorly, where the sides are rounded, thence
strongly converging and broadly sinuate to the base, the sides
fringed with long, close-set, yellow squamules but not the apex,
base or dorsal ridges, the surface sparsely squamulose, densely
punctate like the head, with two longitudinal obtuse ridges, sepa-
I'ated by an impressed sulcus throughout the length ; elvtra elongate,
evenly oval, evidently more than twice as long as wide, the yel-
lowish squamules of the ridges close-set and subdecumbent, the
marginal series only present in apical third ; abdomen shining,
sparsely and not very coarsely punctate. Length 3.6 mm. ; width
0.9 mm. California (Inyo Co.) sulcicoUis Horn

Body shorter and much broader, the elytra duller, dark castaneous in
color throughout ; head large but much less elongate, densely
punctate, the sides more strongly converging and evenly arcuate
from the eyes to the neck, the yellowish squamules distinct, not
dense ; eyes above much shorter than in stilcicollis and with fewer
facets, similar beneath ; prothorax not as small as in s2dcicolUs and
much less elongate, only slightly longer than wide, the lateral fringe
similar, the apical squamules rather evident and with others scat-
tered over the low obtuse entire dorsal ridges, the surface densely
opaque; elytra oval, depressed, not at all more than twice as long
as wide, the sides rounding to the base, straighter and less rapidly
converging toward apex, the latter very narrowly ol^tuse, the yel-
low squamules along the ridges close-set and rather broad, subde-
cumbent, the marginal scries as in sulcicoUis; abdomen rather
more coarsely but sparsely punctured. Length 3.4-3.5 mm.;
width i.o mm. Southern California simulans n sp.

11 — Form moderately slender, the size larger than in the two preceding

species, piceous-black, dull orsubopaque ; head much less elongate,
only slightly longer than wide, the sides parallel and straight near
the middle, abruptly converging and nearly straight toward base to
the neck, densely punctured, with small scattered squamules, the
occiput narrowly and deeply canaliculate; eyes above shorter and
broader than usual, below nearly rounded, very small, of about
four facets ; prothorax large, only slightly shorter and narrower

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 489

than the head, widest anteriorly, where the sides are evenly
roundetl, thence moderately convergin*^ and sinuate posteriorly,
becoming parallel in basal ft>urth, the sides and the truncate apex
and base densely fringed with short pale squamulcs, convex,
coarsel}', densely punctate, with the scattered squamules closer
near the median line toward base, the surface narrowly and moder-
ately impressed along the median line, except anteriorly ; elytra
barely twice as long as wide and not quite twice as wide as the
prothorax, the sides rather gradually rounding toward base and
still more gradually and straighter toward the bluntly rounded
apex, parallel and almost straight, the yellowish squamules of the
ridges small, the marginal series confined to apical third or fourth ;
surface moderately convex, the punctures of the regular double
series coarse as usual, rather close-set ; abdomen smooth, some-
what coarsely and not very sparsely punctate. Length 3.7-4.2
mm.; width 0.85-1.3 mm. Arizona (Tu9son) regularis Horn

Form rather slender, moderately convex, piceous or blackish, rather
dull in lustre ; head moderately large, evidently longer than wide,
the sides from the antennae to behind the eyes moderately con-
verging and nearly straight, then broadly, evenly rounding and
converging to the neck, the surface rather closely punctate and
with the usual scattered yellow squamules, the occiput very feebly
impressed at base; eyes above narrow, of about 19-20 facets, be-
neath of 5 facets ; prothorax distinctly narrower and shorter than
the head, distinctly elongated, widest and narrowly rounded at the
sides anteriorly, thence very moderately, subsinuously narrowed
to the base, fimbriate about the entire contour, the lateral hairs
shorter and thinner than those at the truncate ends ; surface con-
vex, even, not very densely punctate, with subevenly scattered
squamules, feebly impressed medially toward base ; elytra rather
more than twice as long as wide and fully twice as wide as the
prothorax, the flavate squamules along the ridges and the double
series of coarse punctures nearly as in regtdaris^ the punctures
less close-set in the series as a rule ; abdomen similarly punctate,
the propleurae very sparsely. Length 3-8-3.9 mm.; width i.o
mm. Texas (El Paso) '. simplex Csy.

12 — Body moderately slender and convex, somewhat as in regularise
opaque anteriorly, densely punctured and blackish-castaneous, the
elytra more shining and rufescent as usual ; head but little longer
than wide, parallel and somewhat arcuate at the sides to the broadly
rounded basal angles, the base broad, the occiput not impressed;
eyes broadly divided as usual, the upper part long and narrow,
the lower minute ; scattered squamules short but broad ; prothorax
larger than usual, evidently shorter but only slightl}^ narrower than
the head, widest behind apical third, where the sides are sub-
prominently rounded, thence moderately converging and nearly
straight to the base, having a dense short fringe of coarse squam-
ules throughout the contour, the surface convex, flattened narrowly
along the middle and evidently impressed near the base, where
Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., October, 1907.

490

CASEY

the squamules, which are rather close throughout, become denser
at each side of the middle ; eljtra barely twice as wide as the
prothorax and scarcely twice as long as wide, of the usual oval
form, the double series of coarse punctures separated by a
scarcely elevated row of squamiferous punctures, the squamules
similar to those of the more elevated ridges, though scarcely so
close-set ; propleurjE only moderately sparsely punctate, the ab-
domen alutaceous and micro-reticulate, somewhat coarsely,
sparsely punctate. Length 3.9 mm.; width i.i mm. Arizona
(near the southern boundary) decipiens Horn

13 — Form rather stout, moderately convex, rather pale red-brown,
the anterior parts darker ; head moderately large, a little longer
than wide, the sides from the antenna moderateh' converging and
feebly, evenly arcuate to the basal angles, which are distinct
though rounded, the base broadly truncate, the occiput only
minutely impressed at the extreme base ; surface above and
beneath, like that of the prothorax, coarsely and densely punc-
tate and opaque, the fulvous squamules rather dense and conspicu-
ous, particularly close, semi-erect and broadly dense along the
longitudinal ridges of the pronotum ; eyes longitudinal as usual
above, very minute and consisting of three facets beneath ; pro-
thorax but little narrower, though distinctly shorter, than the head,
as wide as long, widest anteriorly, where the sides are evenly
rounded, thence rather strongly converging and nearly straight to
the base, the sides with a dense erect fringe which is wanting at
apex and base, the yellow squamules very dense in two lateral and
two median spots at the base, the surface deeplv and obtusely sul-
cate from base to apex ; elytra three-fourths longer than wide,
fully twice as wide as the prothorax, oval, the sides strongly and
rapidly rounding to the base but much more gradually behind, the
ridges acutely and strongly elevated, the two punctured series of
the intervals separated by a scarcely elevated line of squamiferous
punctures which are almost similar to those of the ridges, the
punctures of the series becoming obsolete toward apex ; abdomen
dull, fincl}^, not very sparsely punctate. Length 3.6-4.0 mm. ;
width 1.1-1.2 mm. California (Inyo Co.) armatus Horn

Form still stouter, dull, the elytra but little paler though less dull, red-
brown in color ; head distinctly longer than wide, the epistoma
more anteriorly extended than in arynatjis^ the sculpture, squamae,
eyes and basal impression of the occiput similar, the sides more
parallel, the angles more broadly rounded and transverse at base
to the neck ; prothorax very slightly narrower but much shorter
than the head, scarcely as long as wide, widest near apical third,
with the sides broadly rounded, becoming but feebly converging
and very gradually almost straight posteriorly, the dull rugose sur-
face, squamaj, lateral fringe and basal tufts as in annatus^ the
median sulcus similarly entire but narrower and very much more
feeble, not marked along the sides by such close-set squamules ;
elytra rather broader, barely three-fourths longer than wide.

AMERICAN COMl'ONKNTS OF THE TENTYRIINyE 49I

similarly somewhat shoiiUlcrcd, the riilgcs less elevateil ami the
series of squamiferoiis punctures, separatiiigj the series of coarse
punctures, rather more prominent, so that all the series of pale
close-set squamic are more nearly equal in elevation ; punctures
of the series distinct to the apex, though becoming notably smaller
posteriorly ; abdomen less dull, rather coarsely, somewhat sparsely
punctate; spicule beyond the middle of the under surface of the
anterior femora a little larger than that of the intermediate femora
as in ar7natus. Length 3.9-4.1 mm.; width 1.18-1.25 '""i-
Wyoming (Green River), — H. F. Wickham...duplicatus n. sp.

Although the coarse punctures of the elytral series generally
become materially less coarse toward apex, due to the contrac-
tion of the elytra, armatus is the only one in which they
become obsolete, or nearly so, for a long distance from the apex,
this being a very remarkable distinguishing character of that
species ; the punctures become unusually small, for a much
shorter distance from the apex however, in decifiens also.
Duplicatus was confounded with armatus by Dr. Horn, though
they are strikingly different in many characters, but especially
in the relative degree of prominence of the elytral ridges and
in the nature of the punctuation posteriorly. In armatus the
squamae of the intermediate lines appear to be less securely
attached than those of the principal ridges, and I have one
specimen in which they have become entirely removed, except
in a portion of one line, while those of the prominent ridges are
undisturbed ; the tuberculiform punctures bearing them can
always be easily observed, however, so that this character can
be verified with a little care in observation.

Tribe Dacoderini.
While widely removed from any other, this tribe betrays an
affinity with the Arasoschizini, and particularly the Adelo-
stomini, in the antennte, which are similarly stout, cylindric and
perfoliate, differing from the first only in having the eleventh
joint still more deeply sunken within the tip of the tenth, though
perfectly visible from an oblique anterior view, thus proving
that the antennae are really ii-jointed and not lo-jointed as
generally stated. In the Adelostomini the eleventh joint has
sunken still deeper within the capacious apex of the tenth joint,
in such manner as to have entirely disappeared, leaving only its

492 CASEY

wide flat sensitive apex to form the floor of the shallow excava-
tion. In Adelostoma^ therefore, the antennas are only appar-
ently lo- jointed but might be so considered, in view of the com-
plete disappearance of the eleventh within the tenth, a process
of withdrawal begun in Arceoschizus and carried still further in
Dacoderus. The emarginate clypeus may also recall the two
genera mentioned, and the large mentum, wholly covering the
maxillee and emarginate at apex, is somewhat similar to that of
Adelosto7na. The excavated abdominal sutures and slight trans-
verse fossa of the last segment, suggest some relationship with
the Usechini, and the well-defined epipleur^, some alliance
with Stenosini, but the ClinidiinnASk.^ body, remarkable ce-
phalic and pronotal fossae and contiguous anterior coxee, are spe-
cial characters that widely isolate the tribe from any other livmg
type at present known. The single genus may be rather fully
described as follows : —

Body slender, depressed, glabrous ; head deeply and abruptly con-
stricted at base, broadly produced and subquadrate before the
eyes, the antennal prominences large and convex, the front
deeply excavated anteriorl}' between the prominences, the anterior
wall of the excavation deeply cleft at the middle, giving com-
munication with a large deep excavation in the rather small, trans-
verse and deflexed clypeus, the two strongly elevated lateral lobes
of which, thus formed, are flattened, ciliate on their inner edges
and finely punctate ; this clypeus is separated from the front by a
transverse suture ; labrum small, transverse, emarginate and ex-
posed; mandibles small, slender toward tip, canaliculate beneath
and bifid ; mentum large, transverse, semi-circularly rounded
posteriorly, exactly fitting the semi-circular bviccal opening and
concealing the maxilla;, subtransverse at apex though with a small
deep median emargination, the Hgula large, broad, densely chiti-
nized and sculptured, obtriangular, the palpi slender, the last
joint of the maxillary elongate-oval, obtusely and obliquely pointed
at tip ; eyes near the base of the head, coarsel}- faceted, elongate,
not divided, situated at the middle of the vertical sides of the
head, on a bracket formed by an extension of the under surface
and but slightly inclined in plane, giving no downward vision
whatever ; neck rather narrow, abruptly constricted ; antennae
stout, with transverse and submoniliforni, perfoliate joints, sparsely
setose, the ninth and tenth joints a little larger, the third as long
as wide; prothorax elongate, suboval, crossed near basal third by
a broad and very deep sulcus, which is closed at each side by an
irregularly bulbiforni part of the general surface, the median line
deeply canaliculate throughout, the canaliculation crossing the

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 493

transverse sulcus ; line of demarkation between the pronotum and
propleura) impressed throughout ; prosternum very long before
the coxa^ and transversely impressed at al)out llie middle ; scutellum
minute but evident, elongate-oval ; elytra not margined at base,
not costate but with a flat sutural elevation, feebly embracing the
sides of the body, the epipleur;e narrow though entire and with a
continuous flat raised line at their lower margin ; abdominal
sutures perfectly rectilinear throughout, deep and sulciform, the
fifth segment very short, transversely impressed somewhat as in
Usechus^ the first segment very long ; coxa; small, the anterior con-
tiguous, the middle narrowly, the posterior rather widely, separated ;
metasternum long though shorter than the first ventral, the epi-
sterna very narrow, linear ; legs rather short, moderately stout,
the tibial spurs short but distinct, the hind tarsi stout, cylindric,
much shorter than the tibia;, sparselv spinido-setose beneath, the
first joint much shorter than the next two combined, the claws
small and slender. [Type D. striaticeps Lee] Dacoderus

I only know this genus from the Sonoran fauna of our extreme

southwest, though it is said to occur also in the West Indies,

but, if the latter form, described under the name doniinicensis

by Horn, is truly endemic, it is probably not strictly congeneric,

although doubtless assignable to the same tribe.

Dacoderus Lee.
The contiguous anterior cox^ of this genus constitute an ex-
ception in the entire family Tenebrionidge, so that its general
isolation can be well appreciated, although there are some char-
acters, as above defined, that conclusively prove its general
position to be in the series of small slender forms allied to
Arceoschiziis^ Adelostoma and Stenosis. The transverse sulcus
of the pronotum, traceable also as a depression of the prosternum,
is remindful of some Histerids ; it is a singular repetition, in the
second segment of the body, of the sulcus and tuberosities of
the first segment or head, the frontal modifications of which are
without a parallel known to me. Our single species is the fol
lowing: —

Body very elongate, parallel, slender and depressed, polished, glabrous,
the anterior parts with very few short sparse hairs, dark castaneous
in color; head longer than wide, dilated and laterally oculate in
basal half, the surface above longitudinally and coarsely plicate, flat,
gradually declivous anteriorly to the frontal excavation, canaliculate
beneath along the median line, the antennae not quite as long as
the head and prothorax, the latter elongate, evidently longer than

494 CASEY

the head but not quite as wide, widest near the apex, where the
sides are strongly rounded to the ver}- briefly tubulate and trun-
cate apex, gradually converging to the broadly arcuate base, which
is much wider than the apex, the sides prominent at the bulbiform
ends of the sulcus, the surface longitudinally plicate except toward
the sides, where it becomes sparsely and simply punctate ; elytra
at least one-half longer than the anterior parts, more than two
and one-half times as long as wide and fully three-fourths wider
than the prothorax, circularly emarginate at base, the sides feebly
arcuate, gradually and feebly converging from before the middle
to the rapidly and obtusely rounded apex, broadly rounding at
base to the humeral angles, which are not rounded and somewhat
exposed, the surface flat above, rather abruptly almost vertical at
the sides, broadly, flatly and feebly elevated at each side of the
suture, these flat surfaces each with an even medial series of fine
. punctures, the general surface with coarse and elongate, moder-
ately close punctures, becoming gradually finer posteriorly ; ab-
domen feebly convex, finely, sparsely punctate medially, coarsely
and closely toward the sides and on the last two segments. Length
3.9-4.3 mm.; width 0.9-0.95 mm. Arizona (Tugson), — H.
F. Wickham striaticeps Lee.

This species occurs under stones in hot dry places, from
southern California to southeastern Arizona, and, according to
Dr. Horn, feigns death very persistently when disturbed ; it is
probably more for this reason that it is seldom taken, than
because of its actual rarity. The elytral punctures are con-
fused, but form also two feebly defined irregular discal series,
evanescent posteriorly on each elytron.

Tribe Typhlusechini.

A singularl}'^ isolated minute species necessitates another
special tribal group under the above name. The large convex
clypeus, broadly sinuate at tip and concealing all the mouth
parts from above, and the convex abdomen, with large and un-
modified fifth segment and strongl}'- sinuate third suture, cer-
tainly indicate an alliance with the Ara^oschizini, but the antenna^
are wholly different, and the reception of the antenna? in long
deep cephalic grooves ending in the anterior part of the pro-
pleurae, is a character wholly without parallel in the subfamily.
The type species approaches the completely blind condition
more closely than any other Tenebrionid that can be called to
mind at present. The genus may be described as follows: —

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF TIIK TENTYRIIN^: 495

Body parallel, evenly and moderately convex, feebly sculptured ; head
quadrate, parallel, not in the least narrowed at base, the surface
evenly convex toward the sides and apex, the anlennal tuberosities
large and very feeble, the oblicjue sutures iinc and long, the cly-
peus convexly declivous anteriorly, with its apex broadly sinuate
and its apical edge thinner, translucent and subcoriaceous ; man-
dibles small, bifid at tip ; mentum moderate, subquadrate, parallel,
wider than long, exposing most of the maxillai at the sides but
concealing the narrow ligula, its apex transversely bisinuate ; palpi
slender, the last joint of the maxillary narrow, elongate-oval,
circularly and minutely truncate at tip, longer than the two pre-
ceding combined; eyes extremely minute, on the upper surface
near the base and at some distance from the obtuse sides of the
head, consisting of a slender oblique slit, closed at the middle by
the intrusion of its sides, the anterior part very small, rounded
and enclosing a very few extremely minute crystalline facets, the
posterior part elongate, lenticular and extremely minute with the
facets not distinct ; antennas rather slender, compact, cylindric, as
long as the head, 11 -jointed, the two basal joints a little thicker,
outer joints of the funicle increasing very slightly in width, the
last three joints broader, forming a loose and subcompressed club,
the last joint very much longer than the preceding but barely as
wide and obtusely rounded at tip, the fossae narrow and very deep,
rectilinear, approaching the sides of the head behind and continu-
ing onto the anterior part of the propleuras, where they become
larger and deep but less sharply defined ; prothorax obtrapezoidal,
thickly beaded at the sides, with a short strong carina at each side
of the middle at base, near outer fourth; scutellum triangular,
confined to the sloping base of the elytra, the latter each with a
thick basal margin externally, arcuately, internally receding from
the base, to inner third, where it continues posteriorly as an exces-
sively minute raised line not quite to the apex ; there are also three
other partial raised threads on each elytron, the side margins at
the epipleurae conspicuously concave and with a series of large
impressed foveas ; median part of the el3-tral base convexly decli-
vous anteriorly, the elytra moderately embracing the body at the
sides, the inflexed part occupied wholly by the wide, flat and entire
epipleurce, which are margined beneath by a narrow flat raised
line ; prosternum long before the coxas, the metasternum long,
very much longer than the first ventral, the episterna moderately
narrow, increasing in width posteriorly, the suture straight and
very feeble ; abdomen convex, the last three segments more tumid
at the sides and intruding somewhat upon the epipleurae, the
sutures fine, straight, the third broadly sinuate, becoming trans-
verse laterally; coxae very small, the anterior rather narrowly, the
posterior very widely, separated; legs short, moderately stout, the
tibiae increasing in width from base to apex, without terminal
spurs, the tarsi short, cylindric, compact, with a few short seti-
form spines beneath, the first three joints of the posterior sub-

496 CASEY

equal in length and together but little longer than the fourth,
which is bent downward toward tip, the claws very small, rapidly
aciculate and feebly arcuate. [Type T. singjtlaris Lin.].

Typhlusechus

The above description is very detailed and will probably
serve for comparison with related genera, in any direction,
however unsuspected at present. Linell places this tribe in the
Asidinae, but it has so much affinity with the tribes here dis-
cussed, that I prefer to treat it with them, and moreover, there
appears to be no trochantin attached to the middle coxae.

Typhlusechus Linell.
It is probable that the minute species of this genus occur in
very secluded stations, under deeply imbedded stones or pos-
sibly with ants ; the original notes of Mr. Linell are not before
me at present. The cotype here described was very kindly
given me by Mr. Chas. Fuchs, of San Francisco, some years
ago ; its chief specific characters are as follows : —

Form moderately slender, parallel, evenly and transversely but moder-
ately convex, rather shining, glabrous, dark testaceous in color;
head quadrate, finely, rather closely punctate, the sides somewhat
abruptly oblique and straight anteriorly to the broadly sinuate
apex ; prothorax large, conspicuously wider and very much longer
than the head, scarcely longer than wide, widest very near the
apex, where the sides are rather prominently rounded, thence at
first slightly sinuate and then nearly straight and feebly, evenly
converging to the base, the apex sinuato-truncate, distinctly wider
than the broadly arcuate base, the surface finely, somewhat closely
punctate, with an entire smooth and impunctate line, the con-
cavity along the thick reflexed lateral beaded edge with a row of
coarser punctures anteriorly ; elytra equal in width to the pro-
thorax and three-fifths longer, about three-fifths longer than wide,
the sides parallel and straight, rounding slightly at base to the
rather prominent humeral angles, obtusely parabolic at tip, the
surface extremely minutely, somewhat sparsely punctate, the
suture very fine and simple ; abdomen rather finely, somewhat
sparsely punctate, becoming extremely minutely and sparsely so
toward tip, the last ventral circularly rounded and almost as long
as the two preceding combined. Length 1.7 mm.; width 0.48
mm. California (Los Angeles Co.) singularis Linell

There are many singular characters pertaining to this very
minute Tenebrionid, besides the eyes, antennae and intrusion of
the sides of the abdomen upon the epipleura: posteriorly, —

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTVRIINyE 497

for example the posteriorly flexed basal margins of the elytra,
becoming the innermost of the fine discal tlireads of the dorsal
surface, and the fact that the abdomen becomes more minutely
and sparsely punctate posteriorly, instead of more densely as is
the general rule. No sexual marks can be perceived in the
specimen before me.

Tribe Batuliini
In Batuliodes^ provisionally assigned to this tribe, the antennae
are as in Tyjyhhisechus, only much more elongate and are per-
fectly free, not being received in grooves, and there seems to
be a premonition of the trochantin becoming so distinct in An-
epsius, the sterna coming together at a very large deep suture,
which is much more open near the coxae than in any of the
preceding tribes. The body is very small in size, oblong-oval
and not linear or with the hind body dilated as in the Daco-
derini or Araeoschizini, but resembling Ancpsitis completely.
The two genera may be described as follows* : —

Body larger, sparsely pvibescent ; prothorax not so basally narrowed ;
eyes not at all divided ; clypeus not emarginate anteriorly ;
antennae short, apically incrassate ; mentum and palpi nearly as in
the preceding ; anterior tibiae strongly dilated, subdentate ex-
ternally. [Type B. setosus Lee] Batulius

Body oblong-oval, evenly and moderately convex, glabrous; head
trapezoidal, transverse, scarcely constricted at base, the clypeus
large, transverse, virtually concealing all the mouth-parts from
above, the apex broadly emarginate, the bottom of the emargi-
nation broadly arcuate, the lateral lobes somewhat advanced,
prominent and narrowly rounded, the lateral sutures short and
feeble, the supra-antennal prominences very feeble ; mandibles
small, slender, bifid at tip; mentum moderate, subquadrate,
obliquely narrowed toward base, exposing the entire maxillee but
covering the short broad ligula, the palpi small, moderately
slender, the last joint of the maxillary narrowly oval, obtusely
pointed, longer than the preceding; eyes basal, moderately large,
on the sloping sides and giving no vision directly beneath, coarsely
faceted, completely divided by the anterior canthus, which extends
to their transverse hind margin, both segments narrow, elongate
and deeply sunken, the inner segment bounded internally by a very
short and feeble ridge, the outer externally by the slightly extended
under surface ; antennae moderately long, slender, subglabrous

'The characters of the tribe Batuliini, given on page 2S2 of this paper, are
taken from Battiliodes rotundicollis, and may not therefore be truly those of the
tribe as represented by its proper type, which is Batulius setosus Lee.

498

CASEY

and shining, the joints narrowing but little toward their bases, one
to seven elongate, the first a little thicker than the following, the
second much elongated, two to seven equal in diameter but di-
minishing in length, eight to eleven forming a broader, elongate,
loose and compressed club, the eleventh longer than wide, ogival,
evidently longer but somewhat narrower than the tenth ; prothorax
obtrapezoidal, with rounded sides ; scutellum large, transversely
triangular but confined entirely to the broad peduncle at the base of
the elytra, the latter not margined at base, with series of punctures,
moderately embracing the sides of the body, the inflexed sides
occupied by rather narrow and entire epipleurie, which have a
broad flat elevated lower edge throughout; prosternum rather
short before the coxae, the intercoxal process subhorizontally
extended behind them for a short distance, angulate and prominent
at apex ; metasternum large, the episterna moderately wide,
parallel, the suture distinct and rectilinear; abdomen evenly and
moderately convex, the first three segments large, diminishing in
length, the fourth very short, the fifth rounded behind and un-
modified, nearly as long as the third, the sutures equally and
feebly curved and rather fine, the second to fourth abruptly bent
posteriorly for a short distance at the extreme sides ; coxae moder-
ate, the anterior moderately separated, the intermediate rather
narrowly, the posterior obliquely sublinear, transverse and some-
what widely separated ; legs short but not very stout, sub-
glabrous, the tibiae rather abruptly dilated at apex, with evident
spurs. \_TyTpe Baizdius rotundicollis Lee] Batuliodes

LeConte described two species under the generic name Ba-
ttdiuSy the first only of which, published under the name setosus,
appears to have been examined in regard to its generic charac-
ters. Making all due allowance for mistakes of observation,
the characters above given for setosus differ profoundly enough
from those of rotundicollis to demand generic separation.
Neither of these species seems to have been given more than the
most cursory examination since the original descriptions were
published in the Annals of the New York L3'ceum (V, p. 148),
and, as I do not have any representative of setosus before me,
I am compelled to transcribe the above superficial and uncon-
firmed generic characters.

Batulius Lee.

I have to regret my inabilit}'^ to give a more extended account

of this interesting genus at the present time, and shall have to

limit my recount of characters to those already published. If

the eyes are correctly described by LeConte — " occuli haud

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN-<E 499

divisi,** — the generic difference between Datulms and Batuli-
odes would be extremely radical on that account alone, but the
form of the anterior margin of the clypeus, as described by that
author, is probably correct, being more easily observed under
low power, and even this would amply suffice for generic dis-
tinction, irrespective of the different form of the prothorax and
the sparse erect pubescence. We have but a single species as
follows : —

Form oblong, convex, pale rufous in color, shining, sparsely pilose ; pro-
thorax more than twice as wide as long, muricately punctate, densely
ut the sides, the latter strongly rounded, the apex emarginatc, the
base truncate, the angles obtuse ; elytra with less approximate
punctures, subseriately disposed. Length 3.5 mm. Southern
California (Vallecito and Gila) setosus Lee.

Both this species and rotundicollis appear to be very rare, or
at least seldom taken ; possibly they may feign death and their
pale coloration would then render them difficult to distinguish.

Batuliodes n. gen.

The generic diagnosis above given is derived from a single

rather delapidated individual, without legs, save the femur and

tibia of one of the intermediate pair, so that I have been unable

to describe the tarsi. These are said by Horn (Rev. Ten., p.

270), to be short and spinose beneath, probably in setosus, but

without much doubt somewhat similar in the following type

species of Batuliodes^ which may be thus briefly outlined : —

Body minute, evenly convex, polished, glabrous, pale brownish-
testaceous in color throughout ; head transverse, moderate, evenly
and feebh- convex, rather coarsely, closely and roughly punctate,
each puncture attended by a feeble external carina ; antennae
slender, almost as long as the head and prothorax, the latter four-
fifths wider than long, very much wider and a little longer than
the head, the sides rather strongly arcuate, more converging and
less arcuate toward base, the latter truncate and much narrower
than the apex, which is broadly, feebly sinirate, the side margins
acute, the surface rather coarsely, sparsely and simply perforato-
punctate and polished, abruptly more densely and confluently so
near the sides ; elytra equal in width to the prothorax and two
and three-fourths times as long, oval, the sides evenly arcuate,
strongly and evenly rounding at base to the transversely truncate
base of the elytra, which is laterally exposed beyond the very
obtuse thoracic angles, the apex obtusely parabolic ; surface
with regular, unimpressed series of small, not very close-set

500 CASEY

punctures, each puncture attended anteriorly by a fine carina
extending almost to the next puncture ; abdomen rather strongly
but sparsely punctured. Length 3.3 mm.; width 0.68 mm.
Southern California rotundicoUis Lee.

The carinas attending the elytral punctures are almost exactly
as in Anepsms, and it is certain that these two genera should
not be widely separated.

We have now concluded all the tribes placed in the subfamily
Tentyriinee by LeConte and Horn, by reason of lacking the
coriaceous hind margin of the subapical ventral segments and
absence of the trochantin of the intermediate coxae, but, as
before remarked under the tribe Zopherini, it is much more
than probable to my mind, that we should divide LeConte and
Horn's first two subfamilies in a different way, limiting the
Tentyriinas solely to those forms with a very large mentum.
Then we have another subfamily, including all the tribes from
Zopherini to, but not including, the Asidini of Horn, disregard-
ing the trochantin but associating together genera that very
evidently resemble each other in general habitus ; then, in suc-
cession, the Asidinae, limited to the tribe Asidini of Horn, and
finally the Coniontinae, an isolated subfamily group, comprising
the tribes Coniontini, Praocini, Branchini and Coelini, the genera
Ccelus and Ccelomoj'pha, composing the last named, not being
properly tribal associates of Coniontis and Eusattus. This is
by no means a finality of conclusion, simply occurring to me as
a suggestion, but on the strength of this habital resemblance, I
will include in the present paper the five following genera, hav-
ing a distinct trochantin interposed between the sterna which
enclose the middle coxae externally : —

Body nearly as in Batuliodes but larger and stouter, convex, glabrous ;
head similarly trapezoidal but with the clypeus very broadly and
feebly sinuate toward the middle and less completely covering
the mouth-parts, the sides not anteriorly prominent ; eyes basal,
more rounded and less coarsely faceted, generally completely di-
vided in a similar manner by the thick anterior canthus, which
similarly attains the transverse basal line of the eye, the lower part
wholly inferior and much smaller than the upper part ; antennae,
mandibles, mentum and palpi similar, except that the antenna; are
shorter, with the third joint longer than the second ; prothorax and
elytra similar, the intercoxal process of the prosternum similarly

AMERICAN COMPONKNTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 5OI

projecting subhorizontally backward, the mctastcriuini imich
shorter, with broader epistcrna, the abdomen subsiniihir, except
that the sutures are not bent backward at the sides; ' legs rather
short, moderately slender, the anterior tibiic very broadly dilated ex-
ternally at apex, with the spiw.s distinct and very unequal in thick-
ness; tarsi short, sparsely spinose beneath. [ Type yl. dc/i'calu-
his Lee. ] Anepsius

Body much more elongate and still larger, slightly convex, glabrous;
head smaller, subquadrate, obliquely narrowed in anterior half,
the clypeus transversely truncate with rounded angles, almost cov-
ering the mouth-parts, the antennal prominences feeble but round-
ing inward posteriorly to the eves, which are large, convex, some-
what prominent, subbasal, transverse, on the sides of the heatl and
only feebly and broadly sinuate anteriorly ; mentum rather small,
subquadrate, parallel, truncate, exposing all the maxillaj and most
of the ligula, the palpi rather long and slender, the last joint of
the maxillarv elongate and obliquely truncate ; mandibles slender,
bifid at tip ; antenna? very long, slender and filiform, with sparse
hairs, the outer joints not at all wider but becoming shorter,
the eleventh with a conoidal sensitive apical process, the third
joint most elongate, the basal much the stoutest, the remaining ten
joints exactly equal in \vidth ; prothorax sharply margined at
the sides, the apex and base subtruncate, the latter very feebly
arcuate toward the middle ; scutellum large, transverse, truncate
and conspicuous ; elytra confusedly punctate, with narrowly
reflexed and acute margin, the epipleura? rather wide, flat, entire,
occupying the entire inflexed side, with the raised flat lower mar-
gin very narrow ; prosternum moderately separating the coxa?, not
much produced and narrowly rounded posteriorly, somewhat free
as in Anepsius ; middle coxae with distinct trochantin ; meta-
sternum large, full}- as long as the first ventral, the episterna moder-
ately wide, the suture rectilinear, gradually approaching the sides
posteriorly ; abdomen nearly as in Anepsuis^ except that the fourth
segment is similar to the third and but little shorter ; legs and
tarsi rather long and slender, the anterior tibial linear, not dilated
apically, the spurs small but distinct, subcqual, the tarsi with very
short sparse spinules beneath. [Type V. tettuicornis n. sp.].

Vacronus

Body elongate, parallel, convex, the integuments harder and denser,
the size much larger, subglabrous ; head not wider than long,
obliquely narrowed from behind the middle to the apex, the latter
truncate, with the sides minutely anteriorly prominent, the cl}peus
not quite concealing the mouth-parts, the mandibles bifid at tip ;
mentum rather small, tranverscly oval, sinuato-truncate at tip,
exposing the maxilhe but covering the ligula, the four palpi some-
what slender and elongate, the last joint elongate, obtriangular,

'This singular abdominal peculiarity of Batuliodcs foretells a somewhat
general character among the true Asidids.

502 CASEY

with the truncate apex filled with whitish spongiose sensitive tissue ;
side-pieces of the oral cavity prolonged and acutely prominent ;
antennae thick, cylindrical, rather long and coarsely sculptured,
the outer joints but little wider, the eleventh with a large and
obtuse spongiose apical convexity, the second joint short, third
and fourth subequal, moderately elongate ; eyes rather small,
coarsely faceted, transversely reniform ; prothorax with acute
reflexed side margins ; scutellum short but distinct, strongly trans-
verse, truncate ; elytra with short costse forming series, the epi-
pleurae entire, moderately narrow, occupying the entire inflexed
sides ; prosternum long before the coxse, the process slightly pro-
longed and obtusely porrect posteriorly, the mesosternum not at all
excavated, narrow between the coxae ; metasternum well developed,
the episterna parallel, moderately wide, the suture rectilinear ; abdo-
men with the segments diminishing slightly in length posteriorly,
nearly as in the preceding genus ; legs moderately long and stout,
the tibiae not much dilated apically, with the spurs stout and un-
equal, the tarsi well developed, stout, with long and dense recum-
bent fulvous hairs beneath, the basal joint of the posterior scarcely
as long as the last, the claws long, stout and strongly arcuate.
[Type A^. cristata Esch.] Nyctoporis

Body still much larger and much stouter, moderately convex, glabrous,
with very thick dense integuments ; generic characters nearly as
in JVyctoporis^ except that the eyes are relatively more finely
faceted, the third antennal joint very much longer and the outer
joints more dilated, the eleventh almost as wide as the tenth,
broadly rounded at base, the spougiose apical part strongly angu-
late, the glabrous basal part arcuately advancing anteriorly at the
sides ; intercoxal process of the prosternum broader, flat, acutely
porrect behind, the mesosternum elevated and flattened between
the coxas, its anterior wall vertical and excavated for the tip of
the prosternal process, recalling Epitragiis ; metasternum ex-
tremely short, the episterna moderately wide, narrowing posteri-
orly, with the suture arcuate ; abdomen nearly as in the preceding
genus, except that the last three segments are relatively smaller ;
elytra much more widely embracing the sides of the body, with
the epipleurai narrow, more or less feebly defined ; legs long and
rather slender, cylindric, the tibial spurs moderate, unequal, the
tarsi cylindric, feebly grooved beneath, the joints crowned at apex,
and especially at the inferior apices, with short stout fulvous spin-
ules ; claws rather small, slender. [Type C. carahoidcs Mann.].

Centrioptera

Body very similar to the last but still stouter and more convex, the
generic characters almost similar, except that the last antennal
joint is relatively very much smaller than the tenth and of a pecu-
liar short, very transverse, obtrapezoidal form, with truncate and
sensitive apex, the mesosternal excavation larger and deeper, the
elytral epipleuroe more strongly defined and the tarsi even more

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^C 503

feebly channeled hencrith, the palj)i similar hul sniallcr, nan<nver
and less widely truncate at apex than in Nyctoporis. [T)pe C.
bicostata Sol . ] Cryptoglossa

These genera bring us to the Asidini, of LeConte and Morn,
a group very varied, containing species generally rather large
in size and of a distinctly different habitus, including man}-
genera, which appear to be less definitely limited than usual.

Anepsius Lee.
There can be no doubt whatever that this genus is to be
associated with the Batuliini, as represented by Batnliodes 7'o-
tmidicollis^ or possibly that BatuUus and Batnliodes should
form part of the Anepsiini, without even the distinction of a
special group or subtribe, the trochantin losing all of any im-
portance that it may have been supposed to possess in other
parts of the series. At the same time, the special form of the
eyes, clypeus and elytral vestiture, as stated b}'^ LeConte in
describing Batulius setosus, may indicate that the tribe Batu-
liini should be composed of that species alone, in which event
a tribe Anepsiini would be necessary for Batnliodes roiundi-
collis and the various species of Anepsins. It is interesting, in
this connection, to trace the development of the peculiar elytral
sculpture first observable in Batnliodes rotundicollis^ where, as
stated, each of the elytral punctures is situated at the posterior
end of a short. linear carinule. This identical structure prevails
in the present genus, the caringe becoming a little stronger,
while in Nyctoforis they become so strong as to constitute the
most conspicuous feature of the sculpture, the series of short
carina forming strongly marked ridges. In Vacronus, a very
aberrant type, the elytral punctures become fine and confused
but, under sufficient power, the carinas attached to the punctures
may still be observed, though small and feeble and of somewhat
different nature. The species oiAncpsins are rather numerous,
those before me being definable as follows : —
Eyes completely divided 2

Eyes not quite divided, the canthus approaching closely to the hind
margin of the eye but not interrupting the facets 10

2 — Body uniform in coloration throughout or virtually so, pale
brownish-piceous to black 3

504 CASEY

Body pale brownish-testaceous in color, the disk of the pronotum and
a broad subsutural longitudinal streak on each elytron nubilously
piceous-black 8

Body bicolored, the anterior parts obscure but pale testaceous, the hind
body piceous-black, the abdomen testaceous toward the sides and
apex 9

3 — Anterior angles of the prothorax blunt 4

Anterior angles right and not at all blunt, sharply defined 7

4 — Apical angles of the prothorax much deflexed and rounded.

Body rather stout and the largest of the genus, convex, polished,
glabrous, black, the anterior parts scarcely visibly picescent, the
legs and antenna piceous ; head trapezoidal, the oblique sides
straight, slightly prominent and arcuate just above the antennae,
the upper section of the eyes rather short, oblong and rather less
coarsely faceted than usual, the surface not very coarsely but
asperately, somewhat closely punctured ; prothorax fully four-
fifths wider than long, parallel, the sides evenly and strongly
arcuate, the basal angles evident but very obtuse; surface convex,
unusually declivous at the sides, finely, rather sparsely punctured,
becoming gradually less finely and asperately so laterally but still
not very closely ; elytra barely one-half longer than wide, gradu-
ally ogival behind, the sides parallel, evenly and moderatel}'-
arcuate to the obtusely but distinctly angulate humeri, which are
moderately exposed at base, the disk slightly wider than the pro-
thorax and between two and three times as long, not very closely,
finely punctured in close-set series, rather regular laterally but
uneven toward the suture, the carinas attending the punctures
laterally extremely small and scarcely noticeable ; abdomen finely,
very sparsely punctate, more coarsely, closely and rugosely so
near the sides. Length 4.15 mm.; width 1.7 mm. Arizona
(Holbrook), — H. F. Wickham valens n. sp.

Apical angles of the prothorax not unusually deflexed or rounded,
distinct and merely blunt at the immediate angle 5

5 — Elytral punctures laterally not attended by a distinct longitudinal

carinule ; body unusually short. Form stout, strongly convex,
polished, colored as in valens^ glabrous ; head trapezoidal but
without the arcuate prominence at the sides above the antenna;,
the eyes moderate, coarsely faceted, the surface not very coarsely
or closely but very asperately punctate ; antenna? a little shorter
and stouter than usual ; prothorax not quite four-fifths wider than
long, three-fourths wider than the head, the base slightly nar-
rower than the apex, the sides moderately and almost evenly
arcuate, becoming feebly sinuate at the obtuse but distinct basal
angles, which are thereby rendered somewhat prominent, the
apical angles bluntly rounded ; surface minutely and very remotely
punctured medially, then somewhat coarsely and less sparsely,
then rather abruptly coarsely, closely and subrugosely near the
sides ; elytra very short, scarcely a third longer than wide, barely

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 505

wider than the prothorax aiul two and one-half times as long,
rather abruptly and broadly ojj^ival behind, the sides parallel and
very feebly arcuate to the distinct and angulatc humeri, which are
only a little exposed at base, the surface very convex and highly
polished, with close-set series of punctures laterally, the punctures
coarser than usual, not very close-set in the series and without
attendant carinules, each with a very minute spiculiform promi-
nence at its anterior edge, not quite so coarse, sparse and almost
wholly confused toward the suture ; abdomen finely, very sparsely
punctured, somewhat coarsely but not densely or rugosely near
the sides. Length 3.3 mm. ; width 1.2 mm. Colorado (Greeley).

montanus Csy.

Elytral punctures laterally each at the posterior end of a distinct longi-
tudinal carinule extending almost to the next anterior puncture ;
body more elongate in form and less convex, less strongly-
shining 6

6 — Form modei-ately stout and convex, somewhat shining, black, the
head anteriorly and the elytra effusedly picescent ; antennce pice-
ous, the legs rufous; head evenly trapezoidal, not coarsely but
closely and very asperately punctate, the upper lobe of the eyes
larger, elongate and subparallel ; prothorax less transverse, scarcely
more than one-half wider than long, two-thirds wider than the
head, widest at the middle, the sides broadly rounded, more con-
verging and straight basally, the base distinctly narrower than the
apex, the angles very obtuse but not at all blunt, the apical pro-
jecting but little anteriorly and bluntly rounded ; punctures fine,
perforate and close-set, with a narrow smooth line medially,
becoming less fine, rugulose, closer and longitudinally confluent
laterally ; elytra one-half longer than wide, a little wider than the
prothorax and two and three-fourths times as long, oval, gradually
but very obtusely ogival posteriorly, the sides distinctly and evenly
arcuate to the obtuse and evidently rounded humeri, the punctures
fine, in close-set even series throughout, the carinules obsolete
toward the suture, the alternate series toward the sides very feebly
elevated ; abdomen shining, rather coarsely but not very closely
punctured. Length 3.7 mm.; width 1.35 mm. California
(southern) catenulosus n. sp.

Form still less stout, moderately convex, piceous-brown throughout,
glabrous, shining; head nearly as in the preceding but smaller and
less densely, though otherwise similarly, pifnctato-asperate, the
eyes much smaller, the upper lobe short and subtriangular in form ;
prothorax shorter, three-fourths wider than long, finely but deeply,
rather less closely punctured medially, with an irregular smooth
line, only a little larger and closer but asperulate laterally, in out-
line nearh- as in cateti7closus, except that the sides are less con-
verging posteriorly and slightly arcuate and not straight ; elytra
nearly similar but narrower and somewhat more elongate, not at
all wider than the prothorax, more acutely ogival at tip and with

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., October, 1907.

5o6 CASEY

the humeri obtuse but angular and distinct, the sculpture similar
though rather finer, the alternate series toward the sides not
prominent ; abdomen more finely and sparsely punctured medially
but as coarsely so laterally ; elytral base exactly equal in width to
the base of the prothorax, rectilinear and transverse beyond the
peduncle, sinuate and convexly sloping medially as usual. Length
3.8 mm.; width 1.2 mm. California (San Diego to Vallecito).

delicatulus Lee.

Form somewhat similar but shorter and rather more convex, shining,
black, the legs rufo-piceous ; head and eyes nearly similar, the
antennae a little shorter and stouter ; prothorax narrower and less
transverse, two-thirds wider than long, nearly similar in form and in
its even deep apical sinuation, the apical angles a little less blunt,
the punctures throughout similarly close-set but rather stronger ;
elytra decidedly shorter and more rapidly and obtusely ogival at
apex, somewhat wider than the prothorax and barely two and one-
half times as long, the sides parallel, evenly and moderately arcu-
ate to the humeri, the latter and base of the elytra as in delicatulus ;
sculpture almost similar though rather less fine and somewhat
sparser, the alternate series distinctly prominent laterally ; abdomen
deep black, pale at tip, finely, sparsely punctate medially. Length
3.6 mm.; width 1.2 mm. California (San Diego).

atratus n. sp.

7 — Form nearly as in delicatulus^ somewhat less shining, dark pice-

ous-brown in color ; head nearly as in delicatulus but a little
larger, more strongly and closely asperato-punctate and with the
upper lobe of the eyes a little larger, more elongate and less tri-
angular ; prothorax less transverse, one-half to three-fifths wider
than long, the anterior angles more anteriorly prominent as well
as not blunt, otherwise nearlv similar in form and sculpture ; elytra
rather more obtusely ogival posteriorly and a little wider than the
prothorax, otherwise similar throughout to those of delicatulus^
except that the sides are somewhat less arcuate ; abdomen very
finely, sparsely punctured medially, moderately coarsely and
closely so laterally, especially toward base. Length 3.2-3.9 mm. ;
width 1. 08-1. 3 mm. Utah (southwestern), — C. J. Weidt.

brunneus n. sp.

8 — Body more slender, moderately convex and shining, glabrous as

usual ; head nearly as in delicatulus throughout, the eyes a little
more elongate; prothorax relatively much broader, barely two-
thirds wider than long, subparallel, the sides subevenly and some-
what strongly arcuate, only a little more converging basally, the
base only just visibly narrower than the apex, with the angles very
obtuse but distinct, the apical angles right and blunt, the apex
evenly and distinctly sinuate between them ; surface rather finely
and closely punctured medially, with the smooth line indistinct,
larger, dense and rugulose laterally ; elytra one-half longer than
wide, distinctly narrower than the prothorax and barely two and

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OK THE TENTYRlINyE 507

one-half times as long, gradually aiul arcuately narrowed to the
narrowly obtuse tip in apical two-fifths, the sides parallel and
evenly, moderately arcuate to the obtuse and subangulate but
bluntly rounded humeri, the basal line thence to the peduncle
somewhat oblique; surface with fine serial sculpture as in dcli-
catiilus^ the alternate series subelevated laterally ; abdomen finely,
sparsely punctured medially. Length 3.0 mm.; width i.i mm.
California (southern) nebulosus n. sp.

9 — Body formed nearly as in nebjilostts and, similarly, only moder-
ately shining; head a little larger and more broadly truncate at
apex than in nebuIo<;7is^ similarly sculptured, the eyes similar, the
upper lobe elongate, the antennje rather stouter ; prothorax rela-
tively rather broad, nearly three-fourths wider than long, the sides
broadly and moderately arcuate, more converging toward base
than in the preceding, the basal angles similar, the apical less
anteriorly prominent and still more blunt, the apex evenly sinuate ;
surface strongly, moderately closely and not so finely punctate
medially, with the narrow median smooth line better defined,
coarser, moderately dense and subrugose laterally; elytra nearly
as in nebjilosiis but equal in width to the prothorax and somewhat
more abruptly, obtusely ogival posteriorly, the sculpture almost
similar; abdomen finely but strongly, sparsely punctured medially.
Length 3.2 mm.; width i.i mm. California (Kern Co.).

bicolor n. sp.

10 — Form nearly as in the preceding but still smaller in size, blackish-
piceous, the legs rufous, moderately convex, rather shining; head
small, of the usual form, the asperate punctures moderately close ;
prothorax one-half wider than long, the sides moderately arcuate,
straighter toward apex and base, more strongly converging toward
the latter, the former almost truncate, the angles but slightly prom-
inent and blunt, the basal angles very obtuse though distinct ; sur-
face with fine and rather sparse punctures medially, v/ith a narrow-
smooth line, but little larger or closer but more asperate laterally ;
elytra equal in width to the prothorax and barely one-half longer
than wide, obtusely ogival behind, the sides parallel and feebly
arcuate to the obtusely angulate but blunt humeri, the sculpture
nearly as in dclicatuhis though rather finer, the alternate series
slightly prominent laterally ; abdomen somewhat finely, sparsely
punctured, coarsely and more closely so laterally. Length 2.75
mm.; width 0.9 mm. California (near San'Diego).

deficiens n. sp.

The scutellum is confined to the depressed part of the elytral
base, forming part of the peduncle as in Batultodes, but here,
instead of being evenly triangular with straight sides, it is
produced toward tip, with the sides of the narrow produced part
parallel and nearly straight and the apex rounded.

508 CASEY

Vacronus n. gen.
While its general characters show conclusively that this genus
belongs in the neighborhood of Anepsius, its ver}^ slender, fili-
form and altogether exceptional antennae and the profound dif-
ferences observable in the palpi and mentum and in its large eyes
and scutellum, preclude any possibilit}^ of close or even tribal
association with it, and I am therefore forced to conclude that
Vacronus represents a distinct tribe, between the Anepsiini
and the Nyctoporini. The type may be described as follows :

Form elongate, parallel, moderately convex, glabrous, moderately
shining, pale and uniform reddish-brown in color throughout ;
head rather small, subquadrate, the sides at the middle subangulate
and as prominent as the eyes, thence obliquely converging to the
broadly truncate apex and, posteriorly, strongly converging for a
short distance to the eyes, Avhich are large, convex and near the
base, the latter very feebly constricted ; surface broadly impressed
at each side anteriorly, rather finely, closely and asperulately punc-
tate ; antennae half as long as the body, very slender and filiform,
exactly equal in diameter from the base of the second joint to the
apex, all the joints elongate, the second the shortest, the third but
little longer than the fourth ; prothorax two-fifths wider than long,
three-fourths wider than the head and distinctly longer, parallel,
widest at or just before the middle, the sides subevenly, rather
strongly arcuate, straighter or feebly subsinuate toward the basal
angles, which are slightly obtuse and distinct, the base broadly,
very feebly arcuate, becoming transverse and straight toward the
angles, a little wider than the apex, which is evenly sinuate, the
angles rather obtuse but only slightly blunt ; surface evenly convex,
subexplanate near the sides, somewhat finely, very closely and con-
fusedly punctate, not more coarsely but more decph' and coales-
cently so in fine irregular rugae laterally ; scutellum transverse,
truncate; elytra truncate at base, almost twice as long as wide,
betw^een three and four times as long as the prothorax and evidently
wider, gradually and acutely ogival behind, the sides parallel,
evenly and feebly arcuate, broadly reflexed, the humeri rounded,
slightly exposed at base, feebly and longitudinally prominent;
surface finely, rather sparsely, confusedly punctured, more strongly
externally, the punctures, especially toward the sides, each with
a short carinule, not proceeding longitudinally but obliquely tangent
to the puncture on its antero-outward side ; abdomen minutely,
very sparsely punctured, more coarsely and less sparsely toward
the sides. I^ength 5.0 mm.; width i.S mm. California (Inde-
pendence),— H. F. Wickham tenuicornis n. sp.

The single specimen in my cabinet is a female. The hind
wings seem to be well developed, the relationship of the genus

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF TIIK TENTYRIINyK 509

to Anefsius being possibly somewhat similar to that of Epi-
tragus to the Gnathosiini, as far as habits are concerned, Anep-
sius being wingless and epigeal.

Nyctoporis Esch.
This genus constitutes a type widely isolated in this part of the
Tenebrionid series, by reason of the long dense hairs clothing
the tarsi beneath, and, although much larger than Anepsius and
presenting a very different appearance, owing to its dense and
very coarsely sculptured integuments and costate elytra, a
closer analysis seems to show that these conspicuous costae are
merely an extreme development of the regular series of short
caringe so prevalent in that genus. For Nyctoporis a distinct
tribe is necessary, the Nj'^ctoporini ; it contains rather numerous
species, confined, as far as known, to the true Pacific coast fauna
of California and those in my cabinet may be separated by the
following characters : —

Pronotum with two rounded discal impressions arranged transversely ;
head medially carinate ; elytral ridges alternating very slightly in

prominence 2

Pronotum without the discal impressions 5

2 — Elj^tral suture margined at each side by a regular series of small

elongate tubercles 3

Elytral suture without the marginal series of tubercles 4

3 — Body rather stout, parallel, convex, brownish-black, slightly shin-
ing ; head very coarsely, confluently f oveate, less coarsely so an-
teriorly, the frontal margin nearly as in Batidiodes^ the lateral
lobes of the clypeus small but angularly prominent anteriorly ;
antennae with the third joint a little shorter than the fourth ; pro-
thorax somewhat wider than long, much wider than the head,
widest before the middle, the sides rounded, more converging
basally than apically, the basal angles prominent, the apex sinuate,
with the angles obtusely rounded ; surface with very coarse deep
and crowded or subconfluent foveic, the lateral edges rather
broadly and strongly reflexed ; scutellum transverse, well devel-
oped, nearly as in Vacromis ; elytra varying from a little more
than one-half to about three-fourths longer than wide, evidently
wider than the prothorax and two and one-half times as long,
rather abruptly, very obtusely rounded behind, with the individual
apical angles slightly prominent and divaricate, the sides parallel
and feebly arcuate to the obtusely angulate and slightly prominent
humeri, which are very narrowly exposed at base beyond the
thoracic angles, the series of short and strongly elevated carinie

lO CASEY

5

feebly alternating in prominence, the intervals with single series
of moderate punctures, each bearing anteriorly a small tubercle
and a small suberect hair, which is similar to those of the head,
pronotum and abdomen, the latter coarsely, closely and evenly
punctate, the interspaces dull in lustre. Length 13. '^-15.3 mm.;
width 4.6-4.9 mm. California (San Francisco) . \-= N. galeata
Lee. ] cristata Esch .

Body smaller and notably more slender than in the preceding, blackish,
the under surface and legs rufo-piceous, the small hairs pale and
distinct ; head nearly as in cristata^ the third antennal joint slightly
shorter than the fourth and longer than the fifth ; prothorax nearly as
in cristata throughout, except that the apex is almost rectilinearly
truncate between the rounded and onW very slightly produced
angles and not broadl}^ and angularly emarginate as in that species,
and the sides are less converging toward base or less inflated before
the middle ; elytra more oval, gradually more narrowing basally,
slightly wider than the prothorax, three-fourths longer than wide,
the crests evidently alternating in prominence only near the base
and toward apex, composed of smaller and shorter carinules than
in cristata^ the tubercles of the interspaces much more minute ;
abdomen coarsely but more sparsely punctured medially, the inter-
spaces much more shining. Length 12.7 mm.; width 4.0 mm.
California (Siskiyou Co.) pullata n. sp.

4 — Form narrower than in cristata and much smaller in size, brownish-

black, the interspaces of the anterior parts and elevations of the
elytra similarly shining, the surface with small sparse hairs ; head
similar but more strongly and obliquely narrowed anteriorly, the
third antennal joint fully as long as the fourth and longer than
the fifth ; prothorax nearly similar in form and in its verv coarse
crowded sculpture, but with a distinct depression, extendiwg
obliquely and outwardly and obliquely backward from each of
the rounded impressions; elytra Qval, with parallel and somewhat
strongly, evenly arcuate sides, fully three-fourths longer than wide
and very much wider than the prothorax, the elongate tubercles
forming the interrupted crests larger and less numerous than in
cristata^ with the alternating series only slightly more prominent,
the punctures of the interspaces not, or only very faintly, tubercu-
liferous ; abdomen less coarsely and more sparsely punctured
medially. Length 11. 4-13. 2 mm.; width 3.S-4.4 mm. Cali-
fornia (El Dorado and Sacramento Cos.) sponsa n. sp.

5 — Alternate ridges of the elytra very much more prominently elevated

throughout; head medially carinate as in c;-/>/a/rt' 6

Alternate ridges not more prominent, all the series of small cariniform
tubercles equal and only moderately elevated, the tubercles much
smaller than in the cristata type ; head without longitudinal
carina 7

6 — Form elongate, convex, black, dull in lustre, the elevations shin-

ing, the sparse hairs short but distinct ; head sculptured as in

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^E 51I

cristata^ subangularly prominent at the sides just before the eyes,
the third and fourtli antLMinal joints ecjual in Icnj^th ; protliorax
but slightly wider than long, formed as in cristata and similar in
its very coarse and crowded foveie, without the two submedian
impressions but with a distinct impression near each side at about
the middle, the apex broadly sinuate, the apical angles somewhat
advanced but rounded; elytra at least three-fourths longer than
wide, gradually ogival at tip, with the individual angles acutely
prominent and somewhat divaricate, the sides parallel and liroadly
arcuate, very distinctly wider than the prothorax, the humeri very
obtuse, broadly but very obliquely exposed at base ; elevated ridges
irregularly crenulate along the summit, the intermediate series
composed of somewhat close-set carinules, the intervals each with
a single series of rather coarse, close-set and finely tuberculiferous
punctures; abdomen coarsely, closely cribrate. Length 13. 0-15.0
mm.; width 4.2-4.9 mm. California ( Monterey )...carinata Lee.
Form much shorter and relatively stouter, black, the small hairs un-
usually short and inconspicuous; head as in carinata^ subangu-
larly prominent before the eyes and arcuately narrowed thence to
the apex, the antennas similar, piccous in color; prothorax dis-
tinctly wider than long, otherwise as in cai'itiata^ the apex similarly
sinuate and the angles slightly advanced but rounded, the lateral
impressions distinct ; elytra barely one-half longer than wide, the
more elevated ridges a little higher and almost evenly though very
closely tuberculose, the carinules of the intermediate series more
widely spaced, the finely tuberculiferous punctures of the intervals
less close-set, the apex very obtusely rounded, with the individual
angles scarcely at all prominent or divaricate, the sides parallel
and arcuate, the humeri only slightly exposed at base ; abdomen
extremely coarsely but not quite so densely cribrate. Length
12. 0-14. 5 mm.; width 4.4-5.2 mm. California (locality unre-
corded),— Cab. Levette segnis n. sp.

7 — Body moderately slender, convex, the elytra rather shining, black,
the small hairs not conspicuous ; head rather longer than wide,
very coarsely and subconfluently foveate basally, less coarsely so
before the middle from a well defined transverse line, the sides
abruptly prominent before the eyes, obliquely and not very arcu-
ately narrowed thence to the apex, with the sides notably reflexed ;
antenna) with the third and fourth joints equal ; prothorax evi-
dently wider than long, widest at apical third, where the sides are
broadly arcuate, rather strongly converging- thence to the base,
becoming feebly sinuate, the basal angles acute and more or less
prominent, the apex transverse, feebly sinuate at the middle and
near each of the angles, which are rounded and not more produced
than the median lobes ; surface very coarsely and confluently
foveate, evenly and moderately convex, feebly impressed near each
side at about the middle, the sides rather broadly, strongly reflexed ;
scutellum large, transverse, very coarsely sculptured ; elytra three-
fourths to four-fifths longer than wide, distinctly wider than the

512 CASEY

prothoiax, with the somewhat prominexit and angulate humeri
widely and onl}^ a little obliquely exposed at base, the sides par-
allel and broadly arcuate, the apex rather gradually ogival, with
the individual angles acute, prominent and everted ; surface with
only slightly elevated, even series of short and close-set carinas, the
alternate series more prominent toward base, the intervals with
single series of somewhat coarse and perforate, moderately close-
set tuberculiferous punctures, the suture narrowly margined with
unevenly rugose carinules ; abdomen only moderately coarsely
and not ver}' closely punctured medially, except at base. Length
14. 0-15.0 mm. ; width 4.8-4.9 mm. California (Oakland) .

aequicoUis Esch.

Body nearly as in <^quicollis but somewhat smaller and less stout,
black, similar in lustre and in the short sparse hairs ; head before
the eyes less abruptly, more feebly prominent and thence less
strongly converging and more arcuate to the apex, almost simi-
larly sculptured ; antenuce with the third joint very distinctly
longer than the fourth; prothorax nearly similar in form and
sculpture though much less dilated anteriorly, the sides less con-
verging toward base and less reflexed, almost as long as wide ;
elytra nearly as in cequicollis in form and sculpture, except that
the humeri are but little exposed at base, and the surface at each
side of the suture is more finely, confusedly tuberculose and
less differentiated from the first series of punctures, the alternate
series of carinules scarcely perceptibly more prominent toward
base ; abdomen, for the present genus, rather finely and notably
sparsely punctate toward the middle and not densely so even on
the first segment. Length 13.7 nmi.; width 4.4-4.^5 mm. Cali-
fornia (Truckee) maura n. sp.

Body smaller than in the two preceding and more slender, brownish-
black or paler, slightly shining; head nearly as in cequicollis^ the
oblique sides anteriorly strongly converging and nearly straight,
the basally very coarse sculpture becoming very gradually and
only slightly less coarse anteriorl}'^, and not abruptly so and ma-
terially finer anteriorly as in that species ; antennae and legs
thinner, the third joint of the former distinctly longer than the
fourth ; prothorax nearly as long as wide, less dilated anteriorlv,
the sides sometimes very feebly converging toward base, otherwise
nearly as in cvqiiicollis ; elytra but little less than twice as long as
wide, distinctly wider than the prothorax, with evenly arcuate
sides but with the humeri 'only slightl}- exposed at base and but
slightly prominent, the apex some ^hat gradually, acutely ogival,
the individual angles more minutely prominent and divaricate ;
surface with the sculpture similar but finer, the alternate series
of carinules scarcely perceptibly more prominent near the base;
abdomen coarsely but only moderately closely punctate medially.
Length i 2.4-13.0 mm. ; width 3.75-4.1 mm. California (locality
unrecorded) , — Cab. Levette tetrica n. sp.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TKNTVRII.NyE 513

The species described above under the name spotisa, is some-
times identified as cristata Esch., but erroneously, as it is con-
fined to the eastern side of the Sacramento Valley and to the
Sierras, while the locality of cristata is the sea-coast region in
the neighborhood of San Francisco; the name galeata Lee,
will therefore have to fall as a synonym of that species. One
specimen of segnts has the cariniform tubercles of the series
between the ridges very remotely separated, giving it a remark-
ably different facies, but it is probably an aberrational form. I
have been unable to discover any clearly marked secondary sex-
ual characters in this genus.

The genera Cryptoglossa Sol., Centrioptera Mann., with its
subgenus Oochila Lee, and Schizillus Horn, the last having
the antenna; as in Ccntrioptera but with the eyes completely
divided, from a tribe apart, known as the Cryptoglossini. It
appears to be much more closely related to the Nyctoporini and
Anepsitis than to the Asidini, in man}^ important characters.
The species are large and well known in collections, so that a
special revision is not necessary at the present time ; no further
allusion will be made to it, therefore, except to describe the fol-
lowing species of the genus Centrioptera : —

Body nearly as in inuricata Lee, but rather smaller and decidedly
more slender, deep black in color and strongly shining, glabrous ;
head rather wide than long, the sides anteriorly less converging
and the apex much more broadly truncate than in muricata,, with
very broadly rounded angles, the surface broadly impressed trans-
versely just behind the middle, the impression not attaining the
sides, somewhat coarsely but sparsely punctured anteriorly, except
in a large median impunctate area, finely, sparsely punctate
basally ; prothorax formed almost exactly as in micricata through-
out and similarly punctured but less transverse, more shining and
with the surface near the sides not somewhat broadly and very
evidently reflexed, as in that species, but continuing the moderate
convexity evenly to the prominent marginal bead; scutellum
larger and more transverse ; elytra in genefal similar to those of
muricata in form and sculpture but much less inflated, strongly
shining ; under surface and legs nearly similar, except that they
are strongly shining and not opaque, the tibiae and tarsi much less
setulose and the tarsal claws notably smaller and less arcuate.
Length 16.5 mm.; width 6.3 mm. Utah (southwestern), — C.
J. Weidt Utensis n. sp.

I have before me but a single specimen of undetermined sex,
though, because of the scarcely flattened median parts of the
abdomen, it is probably a female.

514

CASEY

ADDENDA.

I.

While the preceding revision was under way and in fact
largely completed, I received considerable sets of specimens
from Warren Knaus, H. F. Wickham and F. H. Snow, impel-
ling me to rewrite more than half the tabular statement of Met-
oponium and virtually all of Bothrotes^ but advantage was taken
of this opportunity to eliminate a number of more or less doubt-
ful forms and to suggest more practicable dichotomous charac-
ters, so that I am much better satisfied with the result. I have
to thank my colleagues for thus adding materially to the pres-
ent knowledge of the various groups.

In response to my request, Mr. Champion very kindly sent
me all the Central American and Mexican species which were
at his disposal, and, with great generosity, placed a number of
them permanently in my collection. The importance of this
in permitting a direct comparison between the tropical and
Sonoran species can well be understood ; it adds a great deal to
the usefulness of this revision. It is especially gratifying to
observe that the genera proposed above for our fauna, hold per-
fectly good for the Mexican species, although naturally a few
additional genera are required for some of them. In definitely
rejecting the generic name Enimenastiis, it became necessary
to know the tropical North American species, in order to assign
them properly, as all but one were described under that title in
the *' Biologia." By help of the representative forms sent me,
serving as a key, the following generic dispositions are sug-
gested for the numerous species described by Mr. Champion : —

Euryvietopon brevicolle is assignable to the genus Tclahis.

Einmenastus chiriquensis, belli, alaliis, salvini, inlcrmcdms^
longicornis, variabilis, canaliailatus, brevip€7inis, solitarius,
and rotundicollis, may be placed in the genus Armalia, which
seems to be peculiar to the hot and generally low country
bordering the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea, a re-
gion climatically wholly distinct from the dry elevated So-
noran regions supporting the majority of the genera. Of the
species mentioned, variabilis, chiriquensis and belli are before

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OK THE TF.NTYRIIN^ 515

me in actuality ; they are perfectly congeneric with /cxavKS and
angulan's and are, in fact, so similar to our types in general
form, sculpture and coloration, as to be discriminated only
under more or less careful observation. The position of the
other species is simply inferred from the original descriptions
and are therefore to some extent provisional.

Emnienastus -payaUehis^ icncbrosiis, guatcmalcnsisy stibap-
terusy sertatiis, mexicamis^ vicinus and ambiguuSy are to be re-
ferred to typical Hylocriniis, the last with considerable doubt
however. The first three are represented in the material sent
by Mr. Champion and are exactly congeneric with longtdus Lee.

Enwicnastiis manctis^ curius, glabrattcs, Icntus, rtigicollis,
pulvmattcs, pidpes, and ellipticus are members of the genus
Stertp/iantis, and the first four are before me at present. Len-
tus has the antennae unusually long and slender and glabratiis
has the eyes unusually deeply emarginate and the antennae a
little shorter.

Emmcnasttis stolidus is altogether exceptional in the Eury-
metoponini, in having the eyes completely divided, more through
the greatly extended posterior canthus than any unusual de-
velopment of the anterior, the latter intruding upon the eye
but little more than in normal species of Stcriphanus. This
character, in connection with the rounded basal angles of the
prothorax and sparse vestiture of long stiff hairs on the under
surface of the tarsi, renders it necessary to propose a new genus
for stolidus, which may take the name Steriphanides (n. gen.).
The form of the body is more evenly elliptical than in Steri-
phanus, approaching that seen in Cryptadms and Stictodera^
but the sculpture is exceptionally feeble. The basal joint of
the hind tarsi is evidentl}' longer than the fourth.

Emnienastus ybvetcolh's, Icevicollis and conftistis are repre-
sented among the material and belong io" Ditaphronotus, as
stated before under that genus. The type described on p. 341,
under the name ckamptom, is allied io/oveicollis, but differs in
its more abbreviated form, more rounded sides of the prothorax
and elytra, more coarsely punctured and more impressed elytral
series, subopaque and not strongly shining integuments and
other characters. The convexity of the body is not especially

5 16 CASEY

pronounced in either case, but coiifusiis is much more depressed
and differs greatly in the form of the very deep basal excava-
tions of the pronotum ; is is probably not more than subgener-
ically different however.

* E7nmenastus igualensis is a perfectly typical member of the
genus JEmfnem'des. It is almost as large as -punctatus Lee,
but rather more abbreviated, duller in lustre, with much finer
punctures throughout and with decidedly less prominent eyes,
the resemblance in general habitus, as well as in the essential
characters of the genus, is complete.

Ernincnastus constrictiis^ from the Pacific coast State of Guer-
rero, must form a special genus, apparently allied to Ar?nalia,
but differing in the form of the front, which is bisinuate, with the
very short median lobe subangularly rounded and feebly serru-
late and having the left mandible more distinctly toothed above,
the right very strongly. The eyes are large and convex, prom-
inent, coarsely faceted and only feebly emarginate anteriorly,
the antennas slender and moderate in length. It has somewhat
the facies of a very small Armalia and may take the generic
name Micrarmalia (n. gen.). The form of the front and man-
dibles would seem to betray some relationship, also, with the
Trimytini, through Pesccnnius, and indeed it may prove difficult
to maintain the identity of the two tribes Eurymetoponini and
Trimytini, when all the genera become known.

Some of the other genera proposed by Mr. Champion may
be remarked upon as follows : —

Mesabates Champ.
This genus is represented by latifrons, a singularly short,
stout and oblong-oval species, with a large head, which is trans-
verse and feebly bisinuate anteriorly, with the median lobe short
and transversely truncate, the eyes moderate, coarsely faceted
and more than half divided, with short supra-orbital carina, and
the antennas unusually developed, being long, very heavy and
scarcely at all enlarged distally. The metasternum is extremely
short, about half as long as the first ventral but with the trans-
verse ante-coxal grooves evident. It belongs near Mela7iastHs
in the Eurymetoponini.

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OK THE TENTVRIIN/f-: 517

Of the two species subsequently attached to Mesabatcs^ spissi-
corm's may possibly be congeneric though probably not, but
incpqualis is certainly generically different. In incB(jicalis the
head is moderate in size, remotely and feebly bisinuate at apex,
with the very short and broad median lobe rectilinearly truncate,
the eyes rather small, not prominent but only slightly emargi-
nate anteriorly, with a longer straight and oblique orbital carina,
and the antennae are long, very slender and enlarged distally.
The prothorax is much narrower than the elytra, subtruncate at
base and the elytra oblong, short and punctato-seriate except
apically. The metasternum is very nearly as long as the first
ventral, with the ante-coxal grooves obsolete and represented by
a row of smaller punctures and the met-episterna are rather broad.
It constitutes the type of a genus very near Sterifhanus^ which
may be named Mesabatodes (n. gen.).

PosiDES Champ.
In its general characters this genus is also very close to
Steriphamis, the antennae, eyes, palpi and proportion of the
various parts being similar, but the mandibles are more strongly
toothed above, the left distinctly so and the right still more
strongly, and the apices are not bifid but truncate. The front
of the head is transverse and very feebly angulate, the lateral
lobes projecting anteriorly somewhat further, with their sides
oblique, becoming parallel toward the eyes. The prothorax is
subequal in width to the elytra, as in Steriphanus^ and is strongly
lobed at base, and the metasternum is slightly shorter than the
first ventral, with obsolete ante-coxal grooves and moderately nar-
row side-pieces. The genus differs from Steriphanus^ besides,
in having the tarsi densely clothed beneath with short fulvo-
cinereous pubescence.

Pescennius Champ.
This genus is a member of the Trimytini, differing very much
from the other genera in its short and angular epistomal lobe,
though partially connected in this respect through the subgenus
Pimaltus, of Trimytts, where the lobe becomes rounded and
less prominent than in Trhnytis or Chilometopon, The hairy
vestiture of Pescennius is no more exceptionally significant in

5l8 CASEY

the Trimytini, than that of Irichiotes or Oxygonodera in the
Triorophini.

Of the other genera described by Mr. Champion, I can state
nothing positively at present, but it is possible that Soemias may
be a member of the Trimytini and Mencheres of the Euryme-
toponini.

II.

The South American genera of the Epitragini have not been
investigated systematically thus far, though a number of species
have been described by Berg, Fairmaire and others. As rep-
resented by material in my cabinet they may be known as
follows : —

Mandibles bifid at tip ; elytra with punctured series throughout the

width, acute at tip 3

Mandibles truncate at tip 3

2 — Epistoma broadly sinuate ; head without supra-orbital ridge, the

eyes tiat and rather finely faceted ; prothorax sinuate at apex, with
the angles acute and somewhat anteriorly prominent ; tarsi with
short dense pubescence beneath. Atlantic South America, extend-
ing into Central America. [TyT^es fziscus Lat., aiirulentus Kirsch
and rigeiis Csy.] Epitragus Latr.

Epistoma produced and rounded, with its apex narrowly and feebly
sinuate or sinuato-truncate ; eyes convex and prominent, coarsely
faceted, with fine supra-orbital ridges which are bordered inter-
nally by a depressed area somewhat as in Metopoloba^ the body
similarly polished and svibglabrous ; prothorax truncate anteriorly,
with obtuse and narrowly rounded or blunt and wholly non-prom-
inent apical angles ; tarsi with tufts of long dense pubescence be-
neath. Pacific South America. [Type P. solieri \\. sp.].

Parepitragus n. gen.

3 — Prosternum produced, acute and received within a deep excavation

of the mesosternum ; last antennal joint moderate, never longer
than the tenth ; front bisinuate, the middle lobe slightly advanced
and rounded; eyes flat, coarsely faceted, with very fine supra-
orbital carinas which are not bordered internally by a depressed
area; prothorax emarginate anteriorly, with acute and prominent
angles ; elytra very acute, with even punctured series throughout
the width; tarsi densely pubescent beneath. Atlantic South
America, extending into Central America. [Tvpe Epitragus
godtnani Champ. ] Epitragopsis Csy.

Prosternum finely acute posteriori}* but only slightly produced, not
entering the large and deep mesosternal excavation, which remains
unaltered ; last antemial joint elongate, as long as the two prcccd-

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIlNyE 519

ing combined; front not bisinuatc, with a large and evenly para-
bolic epistonial lobe ; eyes convex, prominent and coarsely faceted,
with short and very Hne supra-orbital carinx which are not bor-
dered by a depressed area ; prothorax short, broadly and deeply
sinuate at tip, with the angles right and more or less blunt ; elytra
with coarse and confused punctuation throughout ; tarsi with pads
of short dense pubescence beneath. Atlantic South America.
[Type E. brevicollis n. sp.] Eunotiodes n. gen.

Presternum deflexed and vertical behind the coxai, not in the least pro-
duced, the mesosternum with a small and feeble indentation re-
maining as a vestigial character; epistoma between the oblique
sutures very broad, trapezoidal, the apex broadly and rectilinearly
truncate; last antennal joint smaller than the tenth, oval; eyes
only feebly convex, rather coarsely faceted, the carinas and vertex
as in Eunotiodes ; prothorax not abbreviated, sinuate at apex,
with acute and more or less prominent angles ; elytra with coarse
and confused punctuation throughout, rapidly narrowed and acute
at tip; tarsi slightly grooved beneath except toward base, with
short, stiff sparse spinules, not at all pubescent beneath. Atlantic
South America. [Type O.farctiisw. sp.] Omopheres n. gen.

Eptirago^sis, which in the body of the present paper is treated
as a subgenus of Lohometofon^ is here regarded as a distinct
genus, a course that would be necessary in any event in order
to compare it with other South American generic types. The
genus Epitragiis has been alluded to in the present paper under
the head of rigens (p. 381), and by Mr. Champion in the '* Bio-
logia."

The genus Pareptlragus is represented by the following
species : —

Moderately stout and convex, polished, dark castaneous, the pubes-
cence very short and sparse, fulvous and inconspicuous, more
noticeable near the eyes ; head moderate, not very coarsely,
sparsely punctate, more closely near the eyes and on the trans-
versely tumid epistoma ; prothorax nearly one-half wider than
long, moderately narrowed at apex, the sides gradually converg-
ing and arcuate anteriorly, becoming parallel and feebly arcuate
toward base, the basal angles right, not blunt but not at all prom-
inent, the apical obtuse and blunt; surface broadly, moderately
convex, impressed at the base near each side, more or less finely,
very sparsely punctured, with an obsolescent impunctate area
medially, more coarsely and closely punctate only very near the
sides and in the basal impressions ; scutellum semi-circular ; elytra
three and one-half times as long as the prothorax and nearly
a third wider, gradually ogival and acute behind, the sides
feebly arcuate, strongly rounded at base to the thoracic angles,

520 CASEY

the humeri exposed basally, the calkis rather strong ; surface
impressed near the suture apically, the convex intervals there
becoming stronger, having throughout even, slightly impressed
series of moderately coarse and widely spaced punctures, which
are but little coarser lateralh' but becoming asperate toward tip ;
the intervals feebly rugulose, slightly convex, minutely, sparsely
and confusedly punctulate ; abdomen finely but strongly, sparsely
punctate and somewhat pubescent. Length 10.7-12.3 mm.;
width^. 3-5.0 mm. Ecuador (Guayaquil), — Rolle.

solieri n. sp.

The four examples sent me vary a good deal in size, the
smaller probably being males but without any distinct sexual
characters.

The genus Etmotiodes has for its type a species which may
be described as follows : —

Body stout, oval, convex, somewhat alutaceous, blackish-castaneous,
virtually glabrous ; head very coarsely, not closely punctured
medially, less coarsely and more closely laterally and anteriorly,
the last antennal joint elongate, pyriform, with the apex com-
pressed and truncate ; prothorax twice as wide as long, the apex
scarcely narrower than the base, the sides very evenly and rather
strongly arcuate throughout, the basal angles obtuse and blunt ;
surface evenly and moderately convex, the pronounced apical bead
ending abruptly inwardly at lateral fourth, the punctures moderately
coarse and sparse, deep and without median smooth line medially,
becoming coarse and closer but not dense laterally ; scutellum
ogival, wider than long; elytra two-thirds longer than wide,
nearly one-half wider than the prothorax and more than four
times as long, rapidly narrowed and acutely ogival in about pos-
terior third, the sides parallel, feebly arcuate to the rectangular
but rounded humeri, which are widely exposed at base, the surface
even, with the punctures perforate, coarse and sparse, still coarser
but only a little closer laterally ; abdomen finely but strongly,
sparsely punctured medially. Length 11.7 mm. ; width 5.3 mm.
Argentina (Mendoza), — Rolle brevicoUis n. sp.

The sex of the single specimen before me is not evident. The
large rounded epistomal lobe is finely pectinate about its contour.
The type of Omofheres may be thus described : —

Form very stout, convex, oval, polished, subglabrous, castaneous in
color ; head moderately coarsely but not very closely punctate,
more closely on the flattened trapezoidal epistoma ; prothorax
relatively small, nearly one-half wider than long, the sides evenly
and moderately converging and evidently arcuate from base to
apex, subparallel in about basal third, the basal angles obtuse
and somewhat blunt, the apical^acute and not at^all blunt ; surface

AMERICAN COMPONENTS OF THE TENTYRIIN^ 521

evenly convex, the apical head cxtcndinjj^ cntirelv across, rather
coarsely, sparsely and irrej^^ularly punctate, without smooth line,
but little more coarsely or less sparsely so laterally, except in a
narrow longitudinal area near lateral sixth and along the lateral
edges, where the punctures are less coarse but dense; scutellum
moderate, fully as long as wide, narrowly rounded ; elytra two-
thirds longer than wide, almost four times as long as the pro-
thorax and nearly two-thirds wider, rapidly and angularly nar-
rowed in about apical fourth, the apex acute, the sides parallel
and feebly arcuate to the broadly rounded and rectangular humeri,
which are widely exposed at base, the elongate callus very strong;
surface not impressed apically, even, without impressed lines,
coarsely and sparsely, confusedly punctate, the punctures becom-
ing very coarse and muricate, though not much more close-set,
laterally ; abdomen sparsely, moderately finely punctate. Length
14. 8 mm.; width 6.3 mm. Argentina (Mendoza), — Rolle.

farctus n. sp.

It is possible that this may be identical with some one of the
forms described by Berg or Fairmaire, but I am unable to con-
firm this at present, as the species are numerous and rather
closely allied ; I have two others among my material, both un-
determined. All of these species, in fact, may possibly have
been previously described but, as the literature is inaccessible
at present and it became necessary to definitely fix the types of
the new genera here defined, they are described as new with
sufficient detail to secure identification.

III.

In the new edition of the European Catalogue of Heyden,
Reitter and Weise, some changes of nomenclature appear, that
were overlooked in drawing up the table of tribes on pages 277-
282 of this paper. It appears that the genus Capnisa, of Lacor-
daire, must be designated Gnathosia Fischer, in future, and
the genus Gnathosia^ of Lacordaire, be known under the name
Dailognatha Esch. It is not possible for me to confirm this
nomenclature at present, but it should be recalled as significant
that Motschulsky, in characterizing his Emmenastus compactus
(ante p. 287), makes use of language that is absurd if w^e accept
Capnisa in the Lacordairean sense, but perfectly intelligible if
we consider Capiisa, of Lacordaire, to be in reality the Giia-
thosia^ of Fischer, the outline in this genus being oval and
Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., October, 1907.

522 CASEY

somewhat like that of Zophosis. I am inclined, therefore, to
believe that the change of names given in the catalogue referred
to is necessary, and the tribal name " Capnisini," on page 279
of this work, should therefore read Gnathosiini and the name
" Gnathosiini," on the same page and wherever else used in
this paper, should give place to Tentyriini.

In this connection it may be called to mind that the definition
of the Tentyriini (Gnathosiini) given on page 279, states that
series of punctures are wanting on the elytra. This character
certainly pertains to the vast majority of the tribe in question,
but in a few genera, such as Mesostena^ there are rows of coarse
and well defined punctures resembling those of Ti'iorofJms.
The peculiar antennal structure and form of the scutellum are,
however, precisely as in all the other genera of the tribe Ten-
tyriini as here defined, the antennae being wholly different from
anything known in the American tribes.

IV.

Just as the final page proofs of this paper reach me, I receive,
through the kindness of Dr. W. F. Rainbow, of the Australian
Museum, Sydney, specimens of the Australian genus Zo^herosis^
and here make some hurried comparative studies. Although
it undoubtedly combines the characters of the Zopherini and
Nosodermini, having the structure of the ligula and antennae
very much as in the former and the mandibles and general
facies as in the latter, I am inclined to regard it as constituting
a special tribe, Zopherosini, having the ligula very short and
broad but with the palpi, not minute and hidden as in Zopherini,
but large and distinct, the mandibles bifid at tip and the an-
tennae nearly as in Zopherus and received in similar propleural
fossae, but with the last three transverse joints, forming the club,
not solidly united as in Zopherini but free and very much as
in Usechini. The depressed tuberculose upper surface of the
body is of the same order as in Nosodermini, but the very small
ligula of the latter tribe is sufficientl}' distinctive. Zofherosis
combines in a remarkable manner the characters of the
Zopherini, Nosodermini and Usechini, confirming the existence
of old land connections between Australia and South America.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Vol. IX, pp. 523-558. March 7, 1908.

ORGANIZATION AND MEMBERSHIP OF THE
WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES, 1907.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Introduction f, 524

Act of Incorporation 525

By-Laws 527

Rules respecting Publication 530

Tenth Annual Report of the Secretary, 1907 531

" " " " " Treasurer, " 534

Officers and Committees 1908 537

List of Members " 539

Index 549

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., March, 1908. (523)

524 WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

INTRODUCTION.

In this brochure has been collected material relating to the
organization and present membership of the Academy. It in-
cludes the Act of Incorporation, the By-Laws, and Rules re-
specting Publication as now in force, with lists of officers and
committees for 1908.

The list of members gives simply the name and address of
each member, and has been corrected to February i, 1908.

ACT OF INCORPORATION 525

ACT OF INCORPORATION

We, the undersigned, persons of full age and citizens of the United
States, and a majority being citizens of the District of Columbia, pur-
suant to and in conformity with sections 545 to 552, inclusive, of the
Revised Statutes of the United States relating to the District of Colum-
bia, as amended by an Act of Congress entitled "An Act to amend
the Revised Statutes of the United States relating to the District of
Columbia and for other purposes," approved April 23, 1884, hereby
associate ourselves together as a society or body corporate and certify
in writing :

1 . That the name of the society is the Washington Academy of
Sciences.

2. That the term for which it is organized is nine hundred and
ninety-nine years.

3. That its particular business and objects are the promotion of
science, with power :

a. To acquire, hold, and convey real estate and other property

and to establish general and special funds.
6. To hold meetings.

c. To publish and distribute documents.

d. To conduct lectures.

e. To conduct, endow, or assist investigation in any department

of science.
_/". To acquire and maintain a library.
£: And, in general, to transact any business pertinent to an

academy of sciences.

4. That the affairs, funds, and property of the corporation shall be
in general charge of a Board of Managers, the number of whose mem-
bers for the first year shall be nineteen, all of whom shall be chosen
from among the members of the Academy.

Witness our hands and seals this iSth day of February, 1S98 :
(Signed) J. R. Eastman J. W. Powell

F. W. Clarke Geo. M. Sternberg

G. K. Gilbert H. N. Stokes
Arnold Hague Charles D. Walcott
L. O. Howard Lester F. Ward

W J McGee Frank Baker

C. Hart Merriam Bernard R. Green

526 WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

District of Columbia, to wit :

I, John D. McChesney, ^ Notary Public in and for the District
aforesaid, do hereby certify that J. R. Eastman, F. W. Clarke, G.
K. Gilbert, Arnold Hague, L. O. Howard, C. Hart Merriam, J. W.
Powell, Geo. M. Sternberg, H. N. Stokes, Chas. D. Walcott, Lester
F. Ward, W J McGee, Frank Baker and Bernard R. Green, parties to
a certain Certificate of Incorporation, bearing date on the iSth day of
February, 1898, and hereto annexed, personally appeared before me
in the District aforesaid, the said J. R. Eastman, F. W. Clarke, G.
K. Gilbert, Arnold Hague, L. O. Howard, C. Hart Merriam, J. W.
Powell, Geo. M. Sternberg, H. N. Stokes, Chas. D. Walcott, Lester
F. Ward, W J McGee, Frank Baker and Bernard R. Green, being
personally known to me as the persons who severally made and signed
the said certificate and acknowledged the same to be their certificate,
act and deed.

Given under my hand and notarial seal, this i8th day of February,
1898.

Jno. D. McChesney,

[seal.] Notary Public.

Endorsed as follows :

9: 20 A. M. Received for record February 21, 1898. Recorded in
liber 8, fol. 207 et seq.^ Acts of Incorporation for Dist. of Col.

H. P. Cheatham,

Recorder.

BY-LAWS 527

BY-LAWS.

(In force February i, 1908.)
Article I. — Mcvihcrs.

Sec. I. The Washington Academy of Sciences shall comprise 5
classes of members, as follows : Residetit members^ fion-resideni
members^ life tncTubers^ honorary members and patrons.

Sec. 2. Resident^ non-resident .^ life^Wf^i honorary members' ^\\Zi\\ be
persons who by reason of original research or scientific attainment are
deemed eligible to these classes. Resident members shall be chosen
from the Affiliated Scientific Societies of Washington. Non-resident
members shall be chosen from localities outside the District of Colum-
bia, and honorary members may be residents of any country. Any
resident or non-resident member in good standing may become eligible
to life membership by the payment of $100. Patrons shall be persons
who have given to the Academy not less than $1,000, or its equivalent
in property. On removing to the District of Columbia and acquir-
ing membership in one of the Affiliated Societies non-resident mem-
bers shall thereby become resident members. Resident members, non-
resident members, life members and patrons who have been members,
and they only, shall be entitled to vote. The annual dues of resident
and non-resident members shall be five dollars ; life members, honorary
members and patrons shall pay no dues. Members whose dues are in
arrears for more than one year shall be dropped from the roll of the
Academy, unless the Board of Managers shall otherwise determine.

Sec. 3. Nominations for membership shall be endorsed by at least
3 Members of the Academy, who shall present in writing a statement
of the qualifications of the nominee, with a list of his more important
publications; and such nominations shall be referred to the board of
Managers for consideration.

Article II. — Officers.

Sec. I. The officers of the Academy shall be chosen from the resi-
dent members, and shall be a President, one Vice-President from each
of the affiliated societies, a Corresponding Secretary, a Recording
Secretary and a Treasurer, whose terms of office shall be one year, and
9 Managers, grouped in 3 classes of 3 each, whose terms of office shall
be 3 years. Collectively they shall constitute the Board of Managers.

Sec. 3. The President and the Treasurer are authorized to assign
securities belonging to the Academy and indorse financial and legal
papers necessary for the uses of the Academy.

Sec. 3. The Board of Managers shall transact all business of the
Academy not otherwise provided for, and shall have power to fill
vacancies in its own membership until the next annual election. Va-
cancies in the office of Vice-President shall be filled on nomination by
the appropriate affiliated societies.

528 WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Article III. — Meetings.

Sec. I. The Annual Meeting shall be held on the third Thursday
of January each year. At this meeting the reports of the Secretaries,
Treasurer, and Auditing Committee shall be presented and officers for
the ensuing year shall be elected.

Sec. 2. Other meetings shall be held at such time and place as the
Board of Managers may determine.

Sec. 3. Twenty resident members of the Academy shall constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business.

Article IV. — Cointnittees.

Sec. I. The Board of Managers may appoint such standing and
special committees as it deems necessary.

Sec. 2. The President shall appoint in advance of the annual meet-
ing an Auditing Committee consisting of 3 persons, none of whom
are officers, to audit the accounts of the Treasurer.

Article V. — Electio7is.

Sec. i. At each annual meeting there shall be elected by ballot a
President, a Corresponding Secretary, a Recording Secretary, a Treas-
urer, and 3 Managers, who shall serve until the close of the meeting
at which their successors are chosen. A majority of the votes cast
shall be necessary to elect. Members whose dues are in arrears for
one year shall not be entitled to vote or be eligible for any office in the
Academy.

Sec. 2. Resident members shall be elected by the members of the
Academy, and three fourths of the votes cast shall be necessary to
elect. An election shall be void if the person elected does not within
3 months thereafter pay his annual dues or satisfactorily explain to
the Board of Managers his failure to do so.

Sec. 3. Non-resident members, life members, honorary members,
and patrons shall be elected by the Board of Managers, and three
fourths of the votes cast shall be necessary to elect. The Board shall
have power to determine and change the status of resident members
to non-resident.

Article VI. — Cooperation.

Sec. i. The Academy may act as a federal head of the Affiliated
Scientific Societies of Washington, with power to conduct joint meet-
ings, publish a joint directory and joint notices of meetings, and take
action in any matter of common interest to the affiliated societies:
Provided^ It shall not have power to incur for or in the name of one
or more of these societies any expense or liability not previously
authorized by said society or societies.

Sec. 2. The term 'affiliated societies' shall be held to cover the
Anthropological, Biological, Chemical, Entomological, National
Geographic, Geological, Medical, and Philosophical Societies and

RULES RESPECTING PUliLICATIONS 529

such others as may be hereafter added by a majority vote of tlie mem-
bers of the Academy, the vote being taken by correspondence.'

Sec. 3. One Vice-President may be nominated by each affihated
society from the members of the Academy, subject to election by a
majority vote at a meeting of the Academy.

Sec. 4. Any affiliated society may nominate candichites for mem-
bership in the Academy.

Article VII. — A?nendtfie}its.
These By-Laws may be amended in the foHowing manner:
Written notice of proposed change signed by at least three resident
members, may be presented at any meeting of the Academy. Such
notice shall be referred to the Board of ^lanagers for consideration and
recommendation. The Board of Managers shall consider the proposed
change and return it to the Academy for action, with such amendment
or recommendation as it deems w^ise. A two-thirds vote of the mem-
bers voting shall be necessary to adoption.

' The following have been added to the list of ' affiliated societies ' under the
authority of this section :

The Botanical Society of Washington.

The Columbia Historical Society.

The Washington Society of the Archeological Institute of America.

The Society of American Foresters.

The Washington Society of Engineers.

53© WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

RULES RESPECTING PUBLICATIONS.

1. The Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sci-
ences shall be issued in dated brochures, paged consecutively for the
volume.

2. A brochure may comprise one or more papers, according to
length, at the option of the Committee on Publication.

3. The date on each brochure shall be that of actual publication,
which shall be one day later than the date of delivery by the printer to
the Committee.

4. Each brochure shall be distributed on the date of its publication.
Copies shall be sent to all members of the Academy, to subscribers
and to a library and exchange list approved by the Board of Managers.

5. At the close of each volume, which shall coincide as nearly as
possible with the calendar year, a brochure comprising the title page,
contents and index of the volume shall be issued.

6. The regular edition shall consist of twelve hundred copies.

7. Contributors to the Proceedings must be members of the
Academy, or of one of the Affiliated Societies; provided, however,
that in exceptional cases the Board, by a three-fourths vote of the
members voting at a stated meeting, may accept for publication papers
contributed by non-members of the Affiliated organizations.

8. Papers offered for publication shall be delivered to the Chair-
man of the Committee on Publication, who shall be Editor of the
Proceedings. The Editor shall submit to the Committee an estimate
of cost, and shall see that papers are promptly examined in such man-
ner as the Board of Managers may direct.

9. Manuscript submitted for publication must be in form, as well as
in substance, ready for the printer. It must be complete as to text
and illustrations, must be perfectly legible (preferably typewritten),
and must be preceded by a brief table of contents.

10. The Academy shall not be responsible for the cost of revising
manuscripts or illustrations. The cost of proof corrections due to
alterations made by the author shall be charged to him.

11. Papers accepted for publication in the Academy's Proceed-
ings must not be previously published elsewhere except by consent of
the Board of Managers of the Academy.

12.

TENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 531

._. Authors' separates shall not differ in any particular from the
regular edition. Any desired number may be ordered in advance
through the Committee on Publication, at the expense of the author,
and at a rate of cost agreed upon by the Committee and the printer.

13. Authors shall receive, free of cost, thirty copies of their papers.

TENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY, 1907.

To THE Washington Academy of Sciences :

During the period from January 17, 1907, to January 16, 1908, the
Academy has held the following meetings :

January 17, 1907 — Annual meeting for the election of officers, etc.

January 31, 1907 — Meeting to hear a paper on "The Dominant

Tectonic Lines of California," by Professor Andrew C. Lawson.

Discussed by Dr. George F. Becker, Dr. Waldemar Lmdgren and

Dr. Ralph Arnold.

February 26, 1907 — Meeting to hear a paper on "Heredity and
Mendel's Law," by Dr. Charles Benedict Davenport. Discussed by
O. F. Cook and W. J. Spillman.

April 2, 1907 — Meeting to hear a paper on " Modern Views of the
Ultimate Structure of Matter," by Dr. Joseph Larmor. Discussed by
Professor F. W. Clarke and Professor A. G. Webster.

May 23 1907 — Meeting to commemorate the two hundredth anni-
versary of' the birth of Linnaeus. An address on the life and work of
the -reat naturalist was made by Professor Edward L. Greene; also
one on the relation of Linnaeus to zoology by Dr. William H. Dall.

November 25, 1907 -Meeting to hear an address by Dr. David
Starr Jordan upon " The Human Harvest."

January 7, 1908 -Meeting to hear an address on " Problems of the
Desert," by Dr. D. T. MacDougal.

The Board of Managers has held nine meetings for the transaction

of business. ,. . 1 u

On January 8, 1907, the Board considered an application made by
the Washington Society of Engineers lor affiliation with the other
scientific societies and the Washington Academy of Sciences. The
Board considered this application favorably and directed that a vote be
taken by correspondence in accordance with Article VI, Sec. 2, of the
By-Laws. This vote was finally canvassed on April 10, 1907, result-
ing as follows :

532 WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Number of members of the Academy 346

Necessary to a choice 174

For the admission of the Washington Society of

Engineers 234

Against the same 3

Declined to vote 2

The Society of Engineers was therefore admitted to the group of
affiliated societies.

One of the pleasant features in scientific circles during the season
was the visit to this city of the International Zoological Congress
which occurred from September 3, to September 6, 1907. It will be
remembered that on December 11, 1906, the Board of Managers of
the Academy appointed a local committee of considerable size, of
which Mr. L. O. Howard was chairman, to arrange for the reception
of the Congress in Washington. By the exertions of this committee
a sufficient sum of money was raised for the entertainment of the
Congress, the Academy contributing thereto $100, of which, however,
$59.61 was returned unused. A suitable program of entertainment
was arranged, including a smoker at the Cosmos Club, a luncheon at
the National Zoological Park, a visit to the Library of Congress, a
visit to Mount Vernon, a reception at the National Museum and visits
to the scientific laboratories of the Government. Delegates were sent
by the Academy to the general meeting of the Congress at Boston.

The Academy has suffered the following losses by death during the
year and not hitherto reported :

Resident Member:
James J. Carroll died September 16, 1907.

Non-resident Members :

George W. Atherton died July 24, 1906.

W. O. Atwater died September 32, 1907.

Nicholas Senn died January 2, 1908.

S. E. Solly died November, 1906.

R. S. Sutton died April 21, 1906.

The statistics of membership at this date are as follows :

Patro7ts :

At date of last report 8

Elected during the year o 8 8

TENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THK SECRETARY 533

Honorary Members :

At date of last report '

Electeclduring the year ^ ' '

X lyc Me m bers :

At date of last report '

Elected during the year ^ ^ ^

Resident Members :

At date of last report 17^

Elected and qualified during this year 5

Elected previously, but qualified during this

year _J. '7^

Deceased ^

Resigned ^

Dropped for non-payment of dues i ^ ^7^

Non-resident Members:

At date of last report 1 75

Elected previously, but qualified during this

year _7 ^^^

Resigned ^ °

Deceased _5 21 ^1

349

Counted twice \

Total membership January i6, 1908... 34^

Respectfully submitted,

Frank Baker,

Secretary.

January 16, 1908.

534

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

TENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TREASURER, 1907.
To THE Washington Academy of Sciences :

The Treasufer has the honor to submit the following annual report
of receipts, disbursements, and funds in his hands for the calendar
year, 1907 :

The receipts during the year were as follows :

Dues of life member $ 100.00

Dues of resident members for 1905 $ 15.00

Dues of resident members for 1906 105.00

Dues of resident members for 1907 720.00

Dues of resident members for 1908 15-00 855.00

Dues of non-resident members for 1904 10.00

Dues of non-resident members for 1905 15-00

Dues of non-resident members for 1906 75-00

Dues of non-resident members for 1907 765.40

Dues of non-resident members for 190S 10.00

Dues of non-resident members for 1909 5-oo

Dues of non-resident members for 1910 5-oo

Dues of non-resident members for 1911 5-oo 890.40

Sales of publications and refunds from authors for re-
prints, etc 123.00

Interest on bank deposit and investments 613.37

One half cost of publishing brochure pp. 275-522, Vol.

IX, of Proceedings, paid by author 382.03

Reimbursements by Botanical and Biological Societies,
shares of expenses celebration of 200th anniversary of

Linnaeus 25 .00

Dividend on one share stock of Colonial Fire Insurance

Co., on account of liquidation 60.00

Total receipts $ 3,048.80

The amounts and objects of the expenditures were as follows :
Paid on account of expenses incurred in previous year, 1906:

Meetings $ 1 9. 75

Secretary's office 75 • 7o

Editor's office 500.00

Publishing Vol. VIII of Proceedings 1133.06 $1,728.51

TENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TREASURER 535

Paid on account of expenses of the past year, 1907 :

Meetings $197.87

Secretary's office 105. 28

Treasurer's office 124.13

Rent of Cosmos Club liall 3-oo

Visit of International Zoological Congress 100.00

Publishing Joint Directory 400.00

Publishing Vol. IX of Proceedings 864.25 1,794.52

Total disbursements $31523-03

Statement of Account.

Balance from last annual statement 1,174.74

Receipts during the year 3,048.80

To be accounted for .. 4,223.54

Disbursements during the year 3?523-03

Cash balance on hand $ 700.51

Of this balance $255.09 belong to the permanent fund, leaving
$445.42 available for general expenses.

The outstanding bills within the knowledge of the Treasurer are:

Editor's office $500.00

Expenses of meetings 20.00

Expenses of Secretary's office 7*i5

Publishing part of Vol. IX of Proceedings 764.07

and the completion and binding of Vol. IX.

Dues remain unpaid as follows :

For 1902 $ 10

For 1903 15

For 1 904 20

For 1 905 20

For 1906 50

For 1907 220

$33~5
The investments are the same as stated in the last annual report,
excepting the one share of stock of the Colom'al Fire Insurance Co.,
par value $100, on which the company has paid $60, in connection
with the liquidation of its affairs.
The investments are as follows :

Cash on hand belonging to permanent fund $ 255.09

809 shares stock of Washington Sanitary Improvement Co. 8,090.00
2 shares stock of Scheutzen Park Land & Building

536 WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Association, par value $100.00, actual value doubtful,

say $4 4 .00 8S . 00

2 first trust notes of Laura R. Green, 5 per cent, intei^est,

for $2,000 and $1,500 3,500.00

I first trust note of Aurelius R. Shands, 4^ per cent.

interest 444.44

$i2i377-53

The two notes of Laura R. Green are deposited with Thos. J.

Fisher & Co., Washington, D. C., for collection of interest, and the

remainder of the investments are in the Academy's safe deposit box at

the Union Trust Company.

Respectfully submitted,

Bernard R. Green,

Treasurer.

OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES 1908 537

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

OFFICERS FOR 1908
President

Charles D. Walcott

Vice- PresidentB

From the Anthropological Society W. II. Holmes

Archaeological Society John W. Foster

Biological Society L. Stejneger

Botanical Society Thos. H. Kearney

Chemical Society F. W. Clarke

Engineers Society Arthur P. Davis

Efitomological Society A. D. Hopkins

Foresters Society Gifford Pinchot

Geographic Society Willis L. Moore

Geological Society Geo. Otis Smith

Historical Society Jas . Dudley Morgan

Medical Society Henry D. Fry

Philosophical Society J. F. Hayford

Corresponding Secretary Treasurer

Frank Baker Bernard R. Green

Recording Secretary

J. S. Diller

Managers

Class of igog Class of igio

L. A. Bauer Geo. M. Kober

C. Hart Merriam Frederick V. Coville

C. F. Marvin Bailey Willis

Class of igii
Barton W. Evermann
L. O. Howard

O. H. TiTTMANN

538

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

STANDING COMMITTEES FOR 1908.

Meetings

Leonhard Stejneger,

Chai}'7nan

J. S. DiLLER

A. K. Fisher

E. B. Rosa
D. K. Shute

Finance

George Otis Smith, Chair?nan
S. S. Adams
Bernard R. Green
C. L. Marl ATT

GlFFORD PiNCHOT

Rules
A. p. Davis, Chairman

F. W. Hodge

G. T. Vaughan

Fufictions
W. H. Holmes, Chairma7i
Cyrus Adler
F. W. Clarke
Whitman Cross
Alice C. Fletcher

Publication
Barton W. Evermann,

Chairtnan
L. J. Briggs
A. D. Hopkins
C. Hart Merriam
David White

Building

Geo. M. Kober, Chairman
J. Howard Gore
J. A. Holmes
Willis L. Moore
H. W. Wiley

Affiliation
Bailey W^illis, Chairman
L. J. Briggs
F. E. Wright

Membership
F. V. CoviLLE, Chair juan
Arnold Hague
L. O. Howard
A. F. A. King
Geo. W. Littlehales

MEMBERS

539

MEMBERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

January 17. 1908

Patrons
Mr. Edward Henry Harriman, Arden, N. Y.
Mrs. Phoebe Apperson Hearst, pleasanton, Cal.
Mrs. Henry Lee Higginson, 191 Commonwealth Ave., Boston, Mass.
Mrs. Gardiner Greene Hubbard, Woodley Lane, Washington, D. C.
Mr. Henry Cleveland Perkins, 1701 Conn. Ave., Washington, D. C.
Mr. Gifford Pincbot, 1615 Rhode Island Ave., Washington, D. C.
Mr. Thomas Francis Walsh, 2020 Massachusetts Ave., Washington, D. C.

Resident Members

Abbe, Cleveland,

Weather Bureau.
Abbot, Chas. G.,

Smithsonian Institution.
Acker, Geo. N.,

913 1 6th vStreet, N. W.
Adams, Henry,

1603 H Street, N. W.

Adams, S. S.,
I Dupont Circle.

Adler, Cyrus,

Smithsonian Institution.
Arnold, Ralph,

Smithsonian Institution.
Ashley, George H.,

Geological Survey.
Ashmead, 'William. H.,

National Museum.
Bailey, Vernon,

Department of Agriculture.
Baker, Frank,

Zoological Park.
Bartsch, Paul,

Smithsonian Institution.
Bauer, L. A.,

Carnegie Institution.

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., February,

Becker, G. F.,

Geological Survey.

Behrend, Edwin B.,

1 214 K Street, N. W.
Bell, Alexander Graham,

1331 Connecticut Ave.
Bermann, I. S. L.,

Pennsylvania Ave. and Washington
Circle.

Bigelow, Frank H.,
Weather Bureau.

Bovee, J. Wesley,

Conn. Ave. and H Street, N. W.

Briggs, Lyman J.,

Department of Agriculture.
Brooks, Alfred H.,

Geologic<il Survey.
Bryan, Joseph H.,

1644 Connecticut Ave.
Burgess, George K.,

Bureau of Standards.
Casey, Thos. L.,

1419 K Street, N. W.

Chesnut, V. K.,

Department of Agriculture.
1 90S.

540

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Clarke, F. W.,

Geological Survey.
Cook, G. Wythe,

3 Thomas Circle, N. W.
Cook, 0. F.,

Department of Agriculture.
Coquillett, D. W.,

National ISIuseum.
Coville, Frederick V.,

Department of Agriculture.
Cross, Whitman,

Geological Survey.
Crozier, William,

Ordnance Office.
Cushman, Allerton S.,

1751 N Street, N. W.
Darton, N. H.,

Geological Survey.
Davis, A. P.,

Reclamation Service.
Day, Arthur L.,

Carnegie Institution.
Day, David T.,

2511 Cliffbourne Street.
Diller, J. S.,

Geological Survey.
Dyar, Harrison G.,

National Museum.
Eichelberger, William S.,

Naval Observatory.
Eimbeck, William,

Hotel Montrose, 14th and H Street
N. W.
Emmons, S. F.,

Geological Survey.
Evermann, Barton W.,

Bureau of Fisheries.
Fisher, A. K.,

Department of Agriculture.
Fletcher, Alice C,

214 ist Street, S. E.
Fletcher, Robert,

Army Medical Museum.
Flint, James M.,

National IMust-um.
Foster, John W.,

1323 1 8th Street, N. W.

French, William B.,

506 East Capitol Street.
Fry, Henry D.,

1601 Connecticut Ave.
Gallaudet, E. M.,

Kendall Green, N. E.
Gannett, Henry,

Geological Survey.
Gannett, Samuel S.,

2556 University Place.
Garriott, E. B.,

Weather Bureau.
Gilbert, G. K.,

Geological Survey.
Gill, Theodore,

Smithsonian Institution.
Gore, J. Howard,

George Washington University.
Green, Bernard E..,

Library of Congress.
Greene, Edward L.,

National Museum.
Hague, Arnold,

Geological Survey.
Hall, Asaph, Jr.,

Naval Observatory.
Harris, R. A.,

Coast Survey.

Harris, W. T.,

1360 Fairmont Street, N. W.

Hay, W. P.,

Western High School.

Hayes, C. W.,

Geological Survey.
Hay ford, John F.,

Coast and Geodetic Survey.
Henry, A. J.,

Weather Bureau.
Henshaw, Henry W.,

Biological Survey.
Hickling, D. P.,

1304 Rhode Island Ave., N. W.
Hodge, F. W.,

Smithsonian Institution.
Holmes, J. A.,

Geological Survey.

MEMBERS

541

Holmes, W. H.,

Bureau of American Ethnology.
Hopkins, A. D.,

]?ureau of Entotnology.
Howard, L. O.,

Department of Agriculture.
Hyde, John,

1S40 Summit Place.
Johannsen, Albert,

Geological Survej\
Johnson, Jos. Taber,

926 17th Street, N. W.
Jung, F. A. R.,

1229 Connecticut Ave.
Kearney, T. H.,

Bureau of Plant Industry.
Keith, Arthur,

Geological Survey.
Kendall, William C,

Bureau of Fisheries.
Kimball, H. H.,

2235 13th Street, N. W.
King, A. F. A.,

1315 Massachusetts Ave., N. W.
Knowlton, F. H.,

National Museum.
Kober, George M.,

1819 Q Street, N. W.
Lamb, D. S.,

Army Medical Museum.
Langworthy, C. F.,

Department of Agriculture.
Lindgren, W.,

The Cecil.
Littlehales, G. W.,

Hydrographic Office, Navy Depart-
ment.
Magruder, G. L.,

Stoneleigh Court.
Marlatt, C. L.,

Department of Agriculture.
Marsh, M. C,

Bureau of Fisheries.
Marvin, C. F.,

Weather Bureau.
Matthes, F. E.,

Geological Survey,

Maxon, Wm. R.,

National Museum.
Merriam, C. Hart.,

1919 i6th Street, N. W.
Metzerott, John H.,

mo !•■ Street, N. W.
Moore, Willis L.,

Weather Bureau.
Moran, John F.,

2426 Pennsylvania Ave., N. W.
Morgan, James Dudley,

919 15th Street, N. W.
Munroe, Chas. E.,

George Washington University.
Nelson, E. W.,

Department of Agriculture.
Newell, F. H.,

Reclamation Service.
NordhofE-Jung, Sofiie A.,

1229 Connecticut Ave.
Oberholser, Harry C,

Department of Agriculture.
Osgood, Wilfred H,,

Department of Agriculture.
Palmer, T. S.,

Department of Agriculture.
Parker, Edward W.,

Geological Survej-.

Pinchot, GifEord,
Forest Service.

Prindle, L. M.,

Geological Surs'cy.

Putnam, G. R.,

Coast Survey.
Ransome, Frederick L.,

1455 Belmont Street.
Rathbun, Mary J.,

National Museum.
Rathbun, Richard,

Smithsonian Institution.

Reyburn, Robert,

714 13th Street, N. W.

Richardson, Chas. W.,

1317 Connecticut Ave.
Richardson, Harriet,

National Museum.

54^

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Richmond, C. W.,

Smithsonian Institution.
Ridgway, Robert,

Smithsonian Institution.
Rosa, E. B.,

Bureau of Standards.
Rose, J. N.,

National Museum.
Ruffin, Sterling,

1335 Connecticut Ave.
SafEord, William E.,

Department of Agriculture.
Schaller, "Waldemar T.,

Geological Surs'ey.
Schrader, J. C,

1327 R Street, N. W.
Sch.warz, E. A.,

National Museum.
Searle, George M.,

Catholic University of America.
Shands, A. R.,

901 i6th Street, N. W.
Shute, D. K.,

1719 De Sales Street.
Smith, George Otis,

Geological Survey.
Smith, Hugh M.,

Bureau of Fisheries.
Spillman, W. J.,

Department of Agriculture.
Spofiford, A. R.,

Library of Congress.
Stanton, T. W.,

National Museum.
Steiger, George,

1338 Fairmont Street, N. W.
Stejneger, L.,

National Museum.
Sternberg, George M.,

2005 Massachusetts Ave., N. W.
Stevenson, Mrs. Matilda C,

Bureau of Ivthnology.
Stratton, Samuel W.,

The Farragut.
Sudworth, George B.,

Forest Service.
Tittmann, O. H.,
Coast Survey.

True, F. W.,

National Museum.
Tweedy, Frank,

Geological Survey.
Ulrich, Edward 0.,

Geological Survey.
Van Rensselaer, John,

The Rochambeau.
Vaughan, George T.,

1718 I Street, N. W.
Vaughan, Thomas Wayland,

Smithsonian Institution.
Waidner, Chas. Wm.,

Bureau of Standards.
Walcott, Chas. D.,

Smithsonian Institution.
Warman, Philip C,

3345 17th Street, N. W.
Wead, Chas. K.,

Patent Office.
Webster, F, M.,

Bureau of Entomology.
Weeks, F. B.,

Geological Survey.
Wells, Walter A.,

The Rochambeau.
White, David,

National Museum.
White, Wm. A.,

Gov't Hospital for the Insane.
Wiley, H. W.,

Department of Agriculture.
Willis, Bailey,

Geological Survey.
Wilmer, W. H.,

1 610 I Street, N. W.
Woods, A. F.,

Department of Agriculture.
Woodward, R. S.,

Carnegie Institution of Washington.
Woodward, Wm. C,

508 I Street, N. W.
Wright, Fred E.,

Geological Survey.
Wyman, Walter,

Marine Hospital Bureau.
Zahm, A. F.,

Catholic University of America.

MEMBERS

543

Non-Resident Members

Adams, Frank D.,

McGill University, Montreal, Canada.
Alexander, W. D.,

P. O. Box 732, Honolulu, H. I.
Allen, J. A.,

American Museum of Natural Hist-
tory. New York City.
Allen, Wm. F.,

Pacific Grove, Calif.
Allen, Wm. F.,

180 Scotland Road, South Orange,
N.J.
Andrews, Ethan A.,

Johns Hopkins University, Balti-
more, Md.
Arthur, J. C,

Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

Bancroft, W. D.,

Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
Bangs, Outram,

20 Pemberton Square, Boston, Mass.
Bascom, Florence,

Bryn Mawr College, Bryn Mawr, Pa.
Baskerville, Charles,

College of the City of New York,
New York City.
Batchelder, Charles Foster,

7 Kirtland Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Beardsley, A. E.

State Normal School, Greeley, Colo.
Benedict, Francis Gano,

Middletown, Conn.

Bessey, C. E.,

University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
Nebraska.
Birge, E. A.,

State University, Madison, Wis.

Birnie, Rogers,

Ordnance Dept. U. S. A., Governor's
Island, New York City.

Bixby, W. H.,

508 Federal Building, Chicago, 111.

Blunt, Stanhope E.,

Springfield Armory, Springfield,
Mass.
Branner, John C,

Stanford University, Calif.

Brewster, William,

I.J5 Briillk- Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Buckley, Ernest R.,
Rollo, Mo.

Campbell, Douglas H.,

.Stanford University, Calif.
Cattell, J. McKeen,

Garrison-on-Hudson, N. Y.
Chamberlin, T. C,

University of Chicago, Chicago, 111.
Chandler, C. F.,

Columbia University, New York City.

Clark, William B.,

Johns Hopkins University, Balti-
more, Md.
Cohen, S. Soils,

1525 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Coleman, Arthur Philemon,

School of. Science, Toronto, Ontario,
Canada.
Conner, P. S.,

215 W. 9th Street, Cincinnati, Ohio.

Coulter, John M.,

University of Chicago, Chicago, 111.
Cox, Ulysses O.,

State Normal School, Terre Haute,
Indiana.

Dana, E. S.,

24 Hillhouse Ave., New Haven, Conn.

Davenport, Chas. B.,

Cold Spring Harbor, New York.
Dike, Samuel W.,

113 Hancock Street, Auburndale,
Mass.
Dudley, C. B.,

Drawer 334, Altoona, Pa.
Dunham, E. K.,

338 East 26th Street, New York City.

Eastmail, J. R.,

Andover, N. H.
Edwards, Charles L.,

Hartford, Conn.
Eigenmann, Carl H.,

650 Atwater Ave., Bloomington, Ind.
Eliot, Charles W.,

Harvard University, Cambridge,
Mass.

544

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Elliot, Daniel G.,

American Museum of Natural His-
tory, New York City.
Emerson, B. K.,

Amherst College, Amherst, Mass.
Evans, Alex. W.,

2 Hillhouse Ave., New Haven, Conn.
Farnham, H. W.,

43 Hillhouse Ave., New Haven, Conn.
Faxon, Walter,

INIuseum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.
Fisher, Irving,

Yale University, New Haven, Conn.
Forbes, S. A.,

University of Illinois, Urbana, 111.
Forscheimer, Frederick,

The Ortig, 4th and Sycamore Streets,
Cincinnati, Ohio.
Frankforter, G. B.,

Minneapolis, Minn.
Freer, Paul C,

Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.
Gage, Simon H.,

Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
Garman, Samuel,

Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.
Garrison, George P.,

2600 White's Avenue, Austin, Texas.
Gilbert, Charles H.,

Stanford University, Calif.
Gilman, Daniel C,

614 Park Ave., Baltimore, Md.
Glenn, L. C,

Vanderbilt University, Nashville,
Tenn.
Goodale, George L.,

Harvard University, Cambridge,
]Mass.
Gorham, F. P.,

Brown University, Providence, R. I.
Graves, Henry S.,

Yale Scliool of Forestry, New Haven
Conn.

Gray, Thomas,

Rose Polytechnic Institute, Terre
Haute, Ind.

Greene, Chas. W.,

University of Missouri, Columbia,
Mo.
Grinnell, Geo. Bird,

346 Broadway, New York City.
Guthe, Karl E.,

State University of Iowa, Iowa City,
Iowa.
Hale, G. E.,

Solar Observatory, Pasadena, Calif.
Halsted, Geo. B.,

Box 68, Greeley, Colo.
Halsted, Wm. S.,

1 201 Eutaw Street, Baltimore, Md.
Hargitt, Charles W.,

809 Walnut Ave., Syracuse, N. Y.
Heath, Harold,

Stanford University, Calif.
Herter, C. A.,

819 Madison Ave., New York City.
Hilgard, E. W.,

Berkeley, Calif.
Hitchcock, C. H.,

Dartmouth College, Hanover, N. H.

Howe, James Lewis,

Washington and Lee University,
Lexington, Va.
Humphreys, W. J.,

Mount Weather, Va.
Iddings, J. P.,

University of Chicago, Chicago, 111.
Irving, John D.,

Lehigh University, South Bethle-
hem, Pa.

Jacobi, Abraham,

no West 34th Street, New York City.
Jenkins, Oliver P.,

Stanford University, Calif.
Jordan, David Starr,

Stanford University, Calif.
Kahlenberg, Louis,

306 Lake Street, Madison, Wis.
Keen, W. W.,

College of Physicians, 219 South 13th
Street, Philadelphia, Pa.

Kelley, Howard A.,

1406 liutaw Place, Baltimore, Md.

MEMBERS

545

Kellogg, Vernon L.,

Stanford University, Calif.
Kemp, James F.,

Columbia University, New York City.
Kingsley, J. S.,

Tufts College, College Hill, Mass.
Klotz, Otto J.,

Department of the Interior, Ottawa,
Canada.

Lefevre, George,

University of Missouri, Columbia-
Mo.

Linton, Edward,

400 East Madison Street, Washing-
ton, Pa.

Long, J. H.,

7748 Sangamon Street, Chicago, Ills.
Longstreet, Morris,

141S Spruce Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
McAdie, A, G.,

U. S. Weather Bureau, San Fran-
cisco, Calif.

McGee, W J,

4137 Lindell Boulevard, St. l,ouis. Mo.
Macfarlane, Alexander,

Chatham, Ontario, Canada.
Mallet, J. W.,

University of Virginia, Charlottes-
ville, Va.
Matthews, Edward B.,

Assistant State Geologist, Baltimore,
Md.
Mead, A. D.,

Brown University, Providence, R. I.
Meek, S. E.,

Field Museum of Natural Historj',
Chicago, 111.
Merriam, John C,

2401 Bowditch Street, Berkeley,
Calif.
Miller, W. Lash,

50 St. Albans Street, Toronto, Canada.

Moore, Clarence B.,

1321 Locust Street, Philadelphia, Pa.

Moore, George T.,

West Chester, Pa.
Morley, E. W.,

West Hartford, Conn.

Morse, H. N.,

Johns Hopkins University, Balti-
more, Md.
Mottier, David M.,

Indiana University, Hloomington,
Ind.
Miinsterberg, Hugo,

7 Ware Street. Cambridge, Mass.
Muir, John,

Martinez, Calif.
Nachtrieb, Henry F.,

I'niversity of Minnesota, Minneap-
olis, Minn.
Northrop, Cyrus,

University of Minnesota, Minneap-
olis, Minn.
Nutting, C. C,

University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa.
Ortmann, A. E.,

Carnegie Museum, Shenley Park,
Pittsburg, Pa.
Osborn, H. F.,

American Museum of Natural His-
tory, New \''ork City.
Pammel, L. H.,

Agricultural College, Ames, Iowa.
Parker, Geo. H.,

i6|Berkeley[Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Paul, H. M.,

50 Rodgers Row, Annapolis, Md.
Peirce, Benj. Osgood,

Harvard University, Cambridge,
Mass.
Pickering, Edward C,

Harvard University Observatory,
Cambridge, Mass.
Pirsson, L. V.,

Yale University, New Haven, Conn.
Pratt, J. F.,

Coast Survey, Manila, P. I.
Prosser, Charles S.,

University of Ohio, Columbus, Ohio.
Putnam, F. W.,

Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Mass.
Raymond, C. W.,

I West 34th Street, New York City.
Reed, H. D.,

Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

546

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Beid, H. F.,

Johns Hopkins University, Balti-
more, ]\Id.
Remsen, Ira,

Johns Hopkins University, Balti-
more, Md.
Bice, Wm. North,

Wesleyan University, Middletown,
Conn.

Richards, Mrs. Helen H.,

Massachusetts Institute of Techno-
ogy, Boston, Mass.
Richards, Theodore W.,

15 Pollen Street, Cambridge, Mass.
Richardson, Clifford,

122 East 34th Street, New York City.
Rising, W. B.,

University of California, Berkeley,
Calif.
Ritter, William E.,

2434. Durant Avenue, Berkeley, Calif.
Robinson, Benj. L.,

Gray Herbarium, Cambridge, Mass.
Rotch, A. Lawrence,

742 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass.

Russell, H. L.,

University of Wisconsin, Madison,
Wis.
Rutherford, E.,

Physical Laboratory, University,
Manchester, England.

Salisbury, Rollin D.,

University of Chicago, Chicago, 111.
Sargent, C. S.,

Brookline, Mass.

Scott, W. B.,

Princeton, N. J.

See, Thomas J. J.,

Mare Island Navy Yard, Vallejo,
Calif.
Setchell, W. A.,

University of California, Berkeley,
Calif.

Shattuck, Frederick C,

135 Marlborough vStreet, Boston, Mass.
Sherman, Frank A.,

Dartmouth College, Hanover, N. H.

Slonaker, J. Rollin,

Stanford University, Calif.
Smith, John B.,

Rutgers College, New Brunswick,
N.J.

Spurr, J. E.,

71 Broadway, New York City.
Stearns, Robert E. C.

1025 East 1 8th Street, Los Angeles,
Calif.
Stengel, Alfred,

181 1 Spruce Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Stevenson, J. J.,

University Heights, New York City.

Stockton, Charles G.,

436 Franklin Street, Buffalo, N. Y.

Stone, Osmond,

Universit}' of Virginia, Charlottes-
ville, Va.

Sumner, F. B.,

Woods Hole, Mass.
Thayer, William S.,

406 Cathedral Street, Baltimore, Md.
Thiessen, A. E.,

Local Office, Weather Bureau,
Raleigh, N. C.

Tourney, J. W.,

459 Prospect Street, New Haven,
Conn.

Townsend, Charles H.,

New York Aquarium, Battery Park,
New York City.

Van Hise, Charles R.,

University of Wisconsin, Madison,
Wis.

Wadsworth, F, L. O.,

Morgantown, W. Va.
Washington, Henry S.,

Locust, N. J.
Webber, Herbert J.,

Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
Weed, Walter H.,

42 Broadway, New York City.
Wheeler, William M.,

American Museum of Natural His-
tory, New York City.

MEMBERS

547

White, Israel C,

Morgantown, West Va.
Whitfield, R. P.,

American Museum of Natural His-
tory, New York City.

Willcox, W. F.,

Wellesley College, Wellesley, Mass.
Williams, H. S.,

Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
Williams, Leonard W.,

Harvard INIedical School, Boston,
Mass.
Williams, Talcott,

916 Pine Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Wilson, H. v.,

University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N. C.

Wilson, J. C,

1509 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Wilson, W. P.,

233 South 4th Street, Philadelphia,
Pa.
Woodworth, William McMichael,

Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.
Worcester, Dean C,

Manila, P. I.
Wright, Arthur W.,

73 York Square, New Haven, Conn.
Wright, Carroll D.,

Clark University, Worcester, Mass.
Ziwet, Alexander,

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Mich.

INDEX.

Note. — New names in black-face type, synonyms in Italics.

abnorme, Chilometopon 373, 375, 376
Eurymetopon 288
]\Ietoponium 291
abnormis, Trimytis 367
Acanthorhiza 175
acomanus, Bothrotes 407
acuminatus, Melanastus 362
acuticauda humeralis, Polemiotus 383
acutus, Bothrotes 399
Epitraffus 399
Melanastus 362

Adelostoma 282

Adelostomini 281

Adesmia 277

Adesmiini 280

senicollis, Bothrotes 401

seneopiceum, Lobometopon 390

ceqiialis, Nosodcrma 470

sequicoUis, Melanastus 360

aequicoUis, Nyctoporis 512

jequipenne, Lobometopon 393

afianis, Bothrotes 405

alaitis, Eminenastus 514

aliena, Telabis 325

Allen, Wm. F. 79

alutaceus, Steriphanus 348

alveolatum, Lohometopon 394, 397

ambiff2i2is, Enimenaslus 515

American Components of the Tentyrunae

arnica, Telabis 318
amplexa, Metopoloba 418
amplificans, Bothrotes 410
amplipenne, Prometopion 366, 372
Anatolica 431
anceps, Metoponium 294
Anepsius 282, 501, 503
atratus 506
hicolor 507
brunneus 506
catenulosus 505
deficiens 507
delicatulus 501, 506
montanus 505
nebulosus 507
valens 504
An^iosperms, Origin and Evolution of 159
angularis, Armalia 331
angulata, Metopoloba 419
angusticollis.Edrotes 452
angustulus, Edrotes 456
angustus, Cnemodus 283, 284
angustus, Hylocrinus 335
annulatipes, Noserinus 470
Phloeodes 471

Anthoceros, not representative of ances-
tral Pteridophyte 161
vegetative capsule of, described 160
Apospory, defined 159

Origin and Evolution of Angiosperms

through 159
relation to Apogamy 160
Arseoschizini 281, 484
Araeoschizus 282, 485
armatus 490
costipennis 485, 486
decipieiis 490
duplicatus 491
exiguus 487
fimbriatus 487
mexicanus 485
regularis 489
sulcicoUis 488
simplex 489
simulans 488
tenuis 486
Archidiuni 164
aridus, Sterophanus 351
arizonicum, Metoponium 294
Armalia 289, 330, 331, 339
angularis 331
texanus 331
armatus, Arseoschizus 490
arundinis, Bothrotes 401
Asida 312
Asidince 500
Asidini 500
aspera, Telabis 322
Atavism 202
ater, Emmenastus 289

Melanastus 355
atratus, Anepsius 506
atratus, Tydoleus 380
Auchmobiini 278, 365
Auchmobius 277, 365
sublaevis 365, 366
aurulentus,^Epitragus 518

Batuliini 282, 497
Batuliodes 497, 498, 499

rotundicoUis 497, 500
Batulius 497, 498

setosus 497, 499
basal is, Scha-niciis 428
basalis, Triorophus 437
Begonia 167, 172, 175
belli, Emmenastus s^^
bicaviceps, Lobometopon 394, 397
bicolor, Anepsius 507
bicolor, Metoponium 311

(549)

550

INDEX

bicostata, Cryptoglossa 503
bifossiceps, Metopoloba 413
blaisdelli, Hylocrinus 336
blanda, Telabis 326
Blapstinus 290, 353, 364
Boletophagus obcordatiis 470
Botbrotes 379, 398

acomanus 407

acutus 399

senicollis 401

affinis 405

amplificans 410

arundinis 401

canaliculatus 408

cbalceus 402

confertus 404

eversus 404

fortis 399

funebris 409

insitus 408

knausi 401

neglectus 407

obsolescens 411

occipitalis 403

pensus 400

perditus 409

pertinax 405

picipennis 406

secutor 406

secutor apertus 406

subrudis 400

tenebrosus 403
brevicolle, Eurymetopon 327, 514
brevicollis, Eunotiodes 519, 520
brevicollis, Nosoderma 478, 479
brevipenne, Chilometopon 374
brevipennis, Emvienastus 514
brevis, Triorophus 439
breviusculus, Hylocrinus 334
brunnescens, Hylocrinus (Locrodes) 338
brunneus, Anepsius 506
Bryophyllum 167, 172, 175
Buxbaumia 163

californica, Metopoloba 419

californicus, Zopherodes 466

canaliculatus, Botbrotes 408

canaliculatus, Emnienastus 514

canaliculatus, Epitragus 379

candidum, Metoponium 292

Capnisa 282, 521

Capnisini 279

caraboides, Centrioptera 502

carbonatum, Metoponium 297

carinata, Nyctoporis, 511

Casey, Thos. I,. 275

castaneum, Chilometopon 373, 376

Castilla 174

catenulosus, Anepsius 505

cavicauda, Cyrtomius, 379, 384, 385

Centrioptera 502, 513

caraboides 502

utensis 513
Cere us 176

cbalceus, Botbrotes 402
chalvbirus, Sclurnicus 428
championi, Ditaphronotus 342

Nosoderma 476
chevrolati, Epitragus 397

chilensis, Zopheriis 461

Chilometopon, 277, 366, 367, 370, 372, 375

abnorme 373, 375, 376

brevipenne 374, 376

castaneum 373, 376

ensifer 374, 375

pallidum 375
chiriquensis, Emntenastxis 514
Cnemodini 278, 283
Cnemodus 282, 283, 284

angustus 283, 284

subhyalinus 285

testaceus 284
coarcticollis, Melanastus 361
cognitum, Metoponium 305
Coleoptera 276

communis, Lobometopon 397
compactus, Emmenastus 287
compar, Telabis 321
concors, Metoponium 305
confertus, Botbrotes 404
congener, Metoponium 302
congruens, Metoponium 293
conicicollis, Emmenastus 289
conicicoUus, Steriphanus 349
Conionotis 365
Conjugates 195
Conjugate and Exjugate Reproduction

193
conjugate hybridism 215

organisms 195, 197

reversion 212
Conoecus 277, 378, 380, 429

estriatus 431

ovipennis 380, 431
constrictus, Evinienastiis 330, 576
contaminans, Metopoloba 418
convexicolle, Metoponium 310
convexulus, Noserus 474
convexus, Steripbanus 346
Cook, O. F. 159, 189
corrosus, Noserus 474
costipennis, Araeoschizus 4S5, 486
Craniotini 280, 457
Craniotus 276, 277, 458, 459

pubescens 458, 459
cpassicornis, Melanastus 360
crassula, Telabis 320, 326
crassum, Metoponium 299
cribratus, Emmenastrichus 341

Emmenastus 289
cribriceps, Metoponium 305
cribricolle, Lobometopon 391
cribricollis, Triphalus 448
cristata, Nyctoporis 502, 510
Cryptadius 288, 327, 352

curvipes 329

inflatus 288, 328

oviformis 328, 329

punctipennis 328
Cryptoglossa 503, 513

bicostata 503
Crj'ptoglossini 513
cunctans, Hylocrinus 336
cuprascens, Epitragodes 424
curticollis, Telabis 321
curtus, Emmenastus 515
curvipes, Cryptadius 329

INDEX

551

Cyathodiuni, relation to Riella 161

relation to Spluerocarpus 161
cylindricutu, Metoponium 306
Cyrtomius 379, 383

cavicauda 379, 384, 385

dentiger 384, 385

inequalis 385

plicatus 384, 385

Dacoderini 281, 491
Dacoderus 341, 493

striaticeps 493, 494
Dailognatha, 521
Davenport, Charles B. 179
debilicollis, Epitragodes 423
debilis, Telabis 320
decipiens, Arceoschizus 490
deficiens, Anepsius 507
delicatulus, Anepsius 501, 506
delicatulus, Hylocriniis 334
de>ilui<lata, Nosodcr7>ia 469
dentiger, Cyrtomius 384, 385
depressicornis, Gnathosia 287
depressulus, Hylocrinus 335
descent, intermediate 214
Primary methods of 198
Synopsis of methods of 199

Desmoncus 174
diabolica, Nosoderma 469

Dichillus 282

difficilis, Sch(vnujis 428

dimorphism, semisexual 205
sexual 205
subsexual 206
supersexual 207

Dioscorea 175

discors, Telabis 313

discrepitans, Steriphanus 343

discretus, Steriphanus 350

Ditaphronotus 289, 341
championi 342

docile, Lobometopon 390

dominance, partial 209

dormeanum, Phloeodes 471

dorsiventris, Metopoloba 417

dubium, Metoponium 301

duplicatus, Arseoschizus 491

duponcheli, Nosoderma 470

edax, Metoponium 309

Edrotes 277, 450

angusticollis 452

angustulus 456

globosus 454

inflatus 454

intermixtus 455

lineatus 456

longipennis 453

nitidus 452

oblongulus 455

orbus 452

puncticeps 454

rotund us 453

subsequalis 456

ventricosus 450, 451
Edrotini 279. 282, 449
egregium, Metoponium 300
Electrolytic Migration, Experimental
Data of I

fllif>liiiis, I'nivifncislus 515
elongatuB, /,()))liir()dis ^(/>
^■Inilr^JinilluIII, Metoponium 304
ICmnienastriclius 289, 340
cribratus 341
erosus 341
Kmnienastus 287, 343
alaliis 514
atnbit^iius 515
ater 289
belli 514
brevipeiinis 514
canalictilalus 514
chiriquensis 514
compactus 287
confusus 342
conicicollis 289
conslriclus 330, 516
cribratus 289
cur his 515
ellipiicvs 515
foveicollis 289, 342. 51
glabralus 515
gualemalensis 515
igualensis 516
inlerniedius 514
Icevicollis 342, 515
lenlus 515
longicortns 514
longulus 289
mancus 515
mexicanus 515
paralleliis 515
picipes ^\^
pinguis 289
pulvinahis 515
punctatus 289
rotundicollis 514
rvgicollis 515
rugosus 287
sah'ini 514
seriatns 515
solilarius 514
stolidus 515
subaplerns 515
ienebrosus 515
texanus 289
variabilis 514
vicinus 515
Emmenides 289, 329, 516
punctatus 330
enorme, Eurymetopon 286
ensifer, Chilometopon 374, 37
Epiphysa 277
Epiphysini 282
Epitragini 278, 282, 378
Epitragodes 380, 420, 421
cuprascens 424
. debilicollis 423
floridanus 424
J III icli i -iSo, 427
macilentus 425
obesulus 425
pardalis 423
tomentosus 423
(Epitragoma) 386, 396, 397
(Epitragopsls) 386, 396, 518
Epitragus 378, 381, 385, 396, 518
aculus 399
aurulentus 518

552

INDEX

canaliculatus 379

chevrolati 397

fuscus 37S, 518

fusiformis 379

godmani 518

grandis 383

pilosus 397

plumbeus 395

pruinosus 379, 417

oval is 395

rigens 381, 518

sallei 381

submetalHcus 379

tomentosus 380, 423

vestitiis 396
equipolar inheritance 208
Erodiini 280
Erodius 2S2

erosus, Emmenastrichus 341
estriatus, Concecus 431
Eucalyptus 172
Eunotiodes 519

brevicollis 519, 520
Eutogenia 282

Eurychora ina;qualis 470, 475
Eurymetopon 286, 287, 288, 289, 326

abnortne 288

brei'icoUe 327, 514

enorme 286

rufipes 286, 288, 326
Eurymetoponini 278, 285, 287
eversus, Bothrotes 404
exiguus, Arteoschizus 487

Melanastus 363
exoletus, Melanastus 356
Experimental data of Electrolytic Migra-
tion 1
Experiments in Descent, Nature of 191
exsculpta, Nosoderma 479
extensum, Metoponium 300
extrapolar inheritance 211

fallax, Melanastus 359

famelica, Telabis 323

farctus, Omopheres 519, 521

fatlgans, Metoponium 304

faustum, Metoponium 292

Ficus 174

fidelis, Telabis 320

filitarsus, Hylocrinus 333

fimbriatus, Ara;oschizus 487

finitimus, Melanastus 359

flohri, Tlascalinus 370

floridanus, I<<pitrag-odes 424

fortis, Bothrotes 399

foveicollis, Emnienasttts 289, 342, 575

fraternus, Hylocrinus (Locrodes) 338

funebris, Bothrotes 409

fusculum, Metoponium 298

fuscus, ]i)pitragus 378, 518

fusiformis, Epitragus 379

Zalcata, Nycloporis 510
geminatus, Zopherodes 467
glahralus, Emniefiaslus 515
globosus, Edrotes 454
Gnathosia 431, 521

depressicornis 287
Gnathosini 279, 282
godmani, Epi tragus 518

godmani, Lohometopon 396, 397
gracilicornis, Triorophus 437
grandiceps, Oxygonodera 446
grandis, Epitragus 383
gravidulus, Triorophus 437
gravidum, Metoponium 308
Greene, Edward L- 241
guatemalensis, Emnienastus 575

Nosoderma 481
gulosum, Metoponium 307

hebes, Metoponium 301
Heredity, 201

and Mendel's L,aw 179
helopioides, Prometopion 371, 372
Hemasodes 378, 381
Heterism 200
hilaris, Steriphanus'345
Himatismus 282
hispidula, Oxygonodera 445
hispidula, Stibia 445
histrica, Telabis 317, 326
histrio, Triorophus 437
Houstonia, semisexual dimorphism in

206
humeralis, Polemiotus 382, 383
hybridism 214

conjugate 215

perjugate 215
Hylithus 282
Hylocrinus 289, 331, 332

angustus 335 '

blaisdelli 336

breviusculus 334

cunctans 336

delicatulus 334

depressulus 335

filitarsus 333 "

(Locrodes) brunnescens 338

(Locrodes) fraternus 338

(Locrodes) laborans 337, 339

(Locrodes) oblongulus 337

(Locrodes) piceus 336

(Locrodes) umbrosus 338

longulus 333, 339

(Paravius) marginatus 339

piceus 326

tenuis 333
Hyperops 282

ignalensis, Emmenastus 516
ignava, Trimytis 369
implicans, Melanastus 358
impresses, Scluvnicus 428
iiurqualis, Eiirychord\^i,'jo, 475

Mcsabates 517
incequalis, Mesabatodes 517

Nosoderma 476
incisa, Telabis 322, 326, 327
incrustans, Zopherodes" 464
in flatus, Cryptadius 288, 328
inflatus, Edrotes 454
inheritance, equipolar 208

extrapolar 211 *

intergraded 203

interpolar 211

mosaic 211

polar 204

scalar 203

INDEX

553

Inodes 174
inops, Telabis 325
insitus, Bothrdtes 408
insulare, Metoponium 308
integer, Metoponium 310
intergraded inheritance 203
intermediate descent 214
inti'>)iii'diiis, Etnnu'iiastus 514
intermixtus, Hdrotes 455
interpolar inheritance 211

Jucundum, Lobometopon 392

julichi, Epitras;odes 380, 427
jiilichi, Phegoneus 427

knausl, Bothrotes 401

laborans, Hylocrinus (Locrodes) 337, 339
lacerta, Usechus 482, 483
IcBvicollis, Etnmenashis 342, 515
Isevis, Triorophus 432, 435
lamarckiana, CEnothera 209
lata, ainothera 209
laticolle, Metoponium 291
latifrons, Mesabates 516
lecontei, Triorophus 439
lentils, Emmenastus 515
L,episosteidoe 80
Lepisosteus osseus 80

platostomus 80

tristoechus 80
Leptodini 280
libertus, Steripbanus 350
limbatus, Zopherinus 461
Linntean Memorial Address 241
lineatus, Edrotes 456
lobifrons, Telabis 318, 326
Lobometopon 379, 385, 386, 396, 397

aberrans 387

aeneopiceum 390

sequipenne 393

alveolatum 394, 397

bicaviceps 394, 397

communis 397

cribricolle 391

docile 390

fusiforme 388

godmani 386, 396

gracile 387

jucundum 392

morrisoni 393

obscurum 396

ovale 395

parvicoUe 392

pimalicum 389

plumbeum 395

propinquum 391

symmetricum 389

uintanum 388

vestitum 396
Locrodes 332, 336, 339
lofigicornis, Emmenaslus 514
longicornis, Triorophus 438
longipennis, Edrotes 453
longipennis, Nosoderma 477, 479
longipennis, Telabis 288, 313, 327
longulus, Emmenastus 289
longulus, Hylocrinus 333, 339
lubricans, Steripbanus 345
lucidulus, Melanastus 358

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., March, ic

ludlflcans, Metoponium 303
ludlus, MelanastUB 361
lustrans, SterlphanuB 344
lustrella, Telabis 323
Lythrus, trimorphism in 206

macilentus, Epitragodes 425
Manimillaria 176
vianctis, Emmenaslus 515
Marchantiaceae, relation to Pteridophyta

161
marginatus, HylocrlnuB (Paravlus) 339
matitima, Stibia 442
maritinius, Microines 442, 443
maiira, Nyctoporis 512
McBain, James W. i
IMegazopherus 461
Melanastus 2S9, 353, 354, 364

acuminatus 362

acutus 362

sequicoilis 360

ater 355

coarcticollis 361

crassicornis 360

exiguus 363

exoletus 356

fall ax 359

finitimus 359

implicans 358

lucidulus 358

ludius 361'

mcestus 355

nitidus 355

nuperus 364

obesus 363

obtusus 356

otiosus 358

parvus 362

sonoricus 364

sterilis 357

thoracicus 356

vegrandis "360
Melanestes 287
Melocanna 173
Mendelism 210

and Other Methods of Descent 189

as a Method of Descent 198

evolutionary implications of 232

relation to normal diversity 230
Meralius 470
Mesabates 516

inceqiialis 517

latifrons 516

spissicornis 517
Mesabatodes inicqualis 517
Mesembryanthemum 176
Metopoloba 379, 412

amplexa'418

angulata 419

bifossiceps 413

californica 419

contaminans 418

dorsiventris 417

perpolita 415

proba 414

pruinosa 417

punctiventris 414

snowi 416

sublseviceps 418

subseriata 415

554

INDEX

Metoponlopsls 290, 329
Metoponium 288, 289

abnorme 291

anceps 294

arizonicum 294

bicolor 311

candidum 292

carbonatum 297

cognitum 305

concors 305

congener 302

congruens 293

convexicoUe 310

crassum 299

cribriceps 305

cylindricum 306

dubium 301

edax 309

egregium 300

emarginatum 304

extensum 300

fatigans 304

faustum 292

fusculum 298

gravidum 308

gulosum 307

liebes 301

insulare 308

integer 310

laticolle 291

ludificans 303

molestum 309

nevadense 307

pallescens 293

papagonum 298

parvuliceps 296

perforatum 294

phcenicis 301

piceuni 303

politum 302

probatum 310

procerum 297

prolixum 298

opacipenne 309

rufescens 302

rufopiceum 296

saginatum 296

sculplile 298

socium 295

subovale 307

subsimile 295

tersum 306

testaceum 303

truncaticeps 299
mexicanus, Arceoschizus 485
mexicanus, Emvienastus 515
mexicanus, Zopherus 461
Microdera 431
Micromes 432

maritimus 442, 443

ovipennis 442, 443
Miller, W. I^asli 2
mlmetlca, Telabis 319, 326
Mitapsis 194
mixtus, Tnorophus 440
moestus, Melanastus 355
molestum, Metoponium 309
mosaic inheritance 211
montanus, Anepsius 505
niorbillosa, Nosoderraa 574

morosus, Zopherodes 465

morrosini, Lobometopon 393

mundulus, Triorophus 436

muricatula, Telabis 314

mutation 202

mutations, Mendelian inheritance of 220

nebulosus, Anepsius 507
neglectus, Bothrotes 407
Neism 201
Nephrodium 165

pseudo-mas cristata apospora 165

pseudo-mas polydactyla 165
nevadense, Metoponium 307
niger, Scha-niciis 11,2%
nigrans, Steripbanus 347
nitescens, Steripbanus 344
nitidus, Edrotes 452

Melanastus 355
nodiceps, Triorophus 439
nodnlosiis, Zopherus 463
normal diversity, relation of Mendelism

to 230
Noserinus 470

annulatipes 470
Noserodes 470, 479

squalidus 481
Nosoderma 470, 474

crqualis 470

brevicollis 478, 479

cbampioni 476

denticulata 469

diabolic a 469

dupojiclieli 470

exsculpta 479

guatemalensis 481

insequalis 476

longipennis 477, 479

niorbillosa 475

plicata 469

prominens 478, 479

senex 479

sparsa 481

squalidus 470

subglabra 478

venusta 481

vicina 476

zunilensis 481
Nosodermini 281, 469
Noserus 469, 473

convexulus 474

corrosus 474
nucleatus, Usechus 484
nuperus, Melanastus 364
Nyctoporini 509
Nyctoporis 502, 509

icquicollis 512

carinata 511

cristata 502, 510

iralcata 510

maura 512

pullata 510

segnis 511

sponsa 510

tetrica 512
nympha, Trimytis 368

obcordatus. lioletophagus 470
Obesulus, I'^iiilragodes 425
obesus, Melanastus 363

INDEX

555

oblongulus, I>)(lrotes 455

Hylocrinus (Locrodes) 337
obovata, Triniytis 370, 375
obscurum, Lobometopon 395
obsolescens, Bothrotes 411
obtusa (Pimalius) 367
obtusa, Telabis 317
obtusa, Trimytis 370
obtusus, Melanastus 356
occipitalis, Bothrotes 403
oculatiis, Schcenicus 380, 381
CEnothera lamarckiana 209

lata 209
Omopheres 519

farctus 519, 521
Oogaster 282
(Oochila) 513
opacella, Telabis 316
opacipenne, Metoponium 309
Opatrum 282
Opuntia 175, 176
orbus, Edrotes 452
Origin and Evolution of Angiospernis

through Apospory 159
Ortheolus 380, 381
osseus, Lepisosteus 80
otiosus, Melanastus 358
ovale, Lobometopon "395
oralis, Epitragiis 395
ovalis, Telabis 324
oviformis, Cryptadius 328, 329
ovipennis, Conoecus 431

ConcEcus 380

Micromes 442, 443

Stibia 432

Stibia 442
Oxalis, trimorphism in 20
Oxygonodera 433, 444

grandiceps 446

hispidula 445

villosa 433, 445

Pachira 172
Pachychila 431
pallescens, Metoponium 293
pallidum, Chilometopon 375
papagonum, Metoponium 298
parallelus, Emmenastus 515
Paravius 332. 338
pardalis, Epitragodes 423
Parent gametes 197

organisms 197
Parepitragus 518

solieri 518, 520
partial dominence 209
parvicolle, Lobometopon 392
parvicollis, Zopherodes 466
parvuliceps, Metoponium 296
parvus, Melanastus 362
pavida, Telabis 324
Pecbalius 379, 420

subvittatus 379, 421
Peireskia 175
Pellsea 172

pensus, Bothrotes 400
Penthicus 287
perditus, Bothrotes 409
perforatum, Metoponium 294
perforatus, Triorophus 433

Triphalus 447

Perjugate gametes, 195, 197
hybridism 215
organisms 197
reversion 212
peropacus, Sterlphanus 349
perovatus, Sterlphanus 351
perpolita. Metopoloba 415
Persea 172

pertinax, Bothrotes 405
Pescennius 367, 433, 517
Phegoneus 380, 426
jiilichi 427
subvseneus 428
Phellopsis 470, 481
Phkeodes 469, 471
annulatipes 471
tlormcanum 471
remotus 472
phcenicis, Metoponium 301
piceum, Metoponium 303
piceus, Hylocrinus 326

Hylocrinus (Locrodes) 336
picipennis, Bothrotes 406
picipes, Ennncnaslus 515
Pieters, A. J. 164
pilosus, Epitragus 397
pimalicum, Lobometopon 389
(Pimalius) 367
obtusa 367
pulverea 367
Pimelia rotunda 453
Pimeliopsis 450
pinguis, Emmenastus 289

vStictodera 353
placidus, Sterlphanus 347, 352
Plantago 164, 175
Platamodes 282
Platamodini 282
platostomus, Lepisosteus 80
plicata, Nosoderma 469
plicatus, Cyrtomius 384, 385
plumbeum, Lobometopon 395
piuvibeus, Epi tragus T,()5
Podostemon 168
polar inheritance 204
polarity, prepotent 213
Polemiotus 379, 381
humeraiis 382, 383
humeralis acuticauda 383
submetallicus 382, 383
Politism 207

politum, Metoponium 302
politus, Triorophus 435
polymorphism, subsexual 206
Polyodon and Lepisosteus, subcutaneous

vessels in the head region of 79
Polyodon spathula 80
Posides 366, ^17
prepotent polarity 213
Primula, semisexual dimorphism in 206
proba, Metopoloba 414
probatum, Metoponium 310
procerum, Metoponium 297
prolixum, Metoponium 298
Prometopion 366, 370, 375, 376
amplipenne 366, 372
helopioidcs 371, 372
prominens, Nosoderma 478, 479

Telabis 314
propinquum, Lobometopon 391

556

INDEX

proprius, Steriphanus 350
proxima, Telabis 315
pruinosus, Epitragus 379, 417
pruinosa, Metopoloba 417

Trimytis 366, 368
puberulus, Schoenicus 380, 429
pubescens, Craniotus 458, 459
pullata, Nyctoporis 510
pulverea, Pimalius 367

Trimytis 370
pulvinatiis, Emmenasiiis 515
pulvinatus, Steriphanus 352
punctatus, Emmenastus 289

Emmenides 330

Telabis 339

Triorophus 440
puncticeps, Edrotes 454
punticoUis, Stibia 433, 448
punctipennis, Cryptadius 328
punctiventris, Metopoloba 414
punctulata, Telabis 312, 316

regularis, Araeoschizus 489
remotus, PhlcEodes 472
reversion, conjugate 212

perjugate 212
Rhomboganoidea 80
Ricciaceae, relation to Pteridophyta 161
Riella, relation to Cyathodium 161

mature sporangium described 16
rigens, Epitragus 381, 518
rotunda, Pimelia 453
rotundicoUis, Batuliodes 497, 500
roiiindicollis, Emmenastus 514
rotundus, Edrotes 453
rubida, Telabis 315
rufescens, Metoponium 302
rufipes, Eurymetopon 286, 288
rufipes, Scfuvnicus 428
rufopiceum, Metoponium 296
rugiceps, Triorophus 438
rti-gicollis, Emmenastus 515
rugosus, Emmenastus 287
rutilans, Steriphanus 346

Salax 282
Salaxini 282
sallei, Epitragus 381
salvini, Emmenastus 514

ScIktuicus 428
Scalar inheritance 203
Schizillus 513
Schcenicus 380, 420, 428

basalts 428

chalyhtrus 428

difficilis 428

imprcssus 428

ni^er 428

oculatus 380, 381

puberulus 380, 429

rufipes 428

salvini 428

vestitus 378, 381

viridis 428
scnlptile, Metoponium 298
Sechiuni 165. 173, 175
secutor, Bothrotes 406
secutor apertes, Bothrotes 406
segnis, Nyctoporis 511
semiscxual dimorphism 205

senex, Nosoderma 479
seriatus, Emmenastus 515
seriatus, Trichiotes 432, 444
serrata, Telabis 325
Sesapsis 469, 470
setosus, Batulius 497, 499
sexual dimorphism 205
simplex, Araeoschizus 489
simplex, Triorophus 436
simulans, Araeoschizus 488
singularis, Typhlusechus 496
snowi, Metopoloba 416
socium, Metoponium 295
sodalis, Telabis 319
solidus, Steriphanides 515
solieri, Parepitragus 518, 520
solitarius, Emmenastus 514
sonoricus, Melanastus 364
sparsa, Nosoderma 481
spathula, Polyodon 80
Sphserocarpus, mature sporangium de-
scribed 161

relation to Cyathodium 161
Spillman. W. J. 187
sponsa, Nyctoporis 510
Spoon-bill cat 80
spissicornis, Mesabates 517
squalidus, Noserodes 470-481
Stenocara 277
Stenosini 281
Stenosis 282
Sterculia 173
sterilis, Melanastus 357
Steriphanides 515

solidus 515
Steriphanus 289, 342

alutaceus 348

aridus 351

conicollis 349

convexus 346

discrepitans 343

discretus 350

hilaris 345

libertus 350

lubricans 345

lustrans 344

nigrans 347

nitescens 344

peropacus 349

perovatus 351

placidus 347, 352

proprius 350

pulvinatus 352

rutilans 346

subopacus 348, 352

unicor 346
Stibia 433, 448

hispidula 445

tnaritima 442

ovipennis 432, 442

puncticollis 433, 448
stictodera 289, 352

pinguis 353
stolidus, Emmenastus 515
Streptocarpus 171
striaticeps, Dacoderus 493, 494
subaeneus, Phegoneus 428
Bubsequalis, Ivdrotes 456
subapterus, Emmenastus 515

INDEX

557

Subcutaneous vessels in the head region

of rolj'odon and L,episosteus 79
sutoglabra, Nosoderma 478
subhyalinus, Cnemodus 285
sublseviceps, Metopoloba 418
subku'vis, Auchmobius 365, 366
subinetallicns, Ivpitragus 379

Polemiotus 382, 383
subopacus, Steriphanus 348, 352
subovale, Metoponium 307
subpubescens, Triorophus 440
subrudis, Bothrotes 400
subseriata, Metopoloba 415
subsexual dimorphism 206

polymorphism 206
subsimile, Metoponium 295
subvittatus, Pechalius 379, 421
sulcicollis, Antoschizus 4S8
supersexual dimorphism 207
symmetricum, Lobometopon 389

Telabis 288, 312, 326, 329

aliena 325

arnica 318

aspera 322

blanda 326

brevicoUe 514

compar 321

crassula 320, 326

curticollis 321

debilis 320

discors 313

famelica 323

fidelis 320

histrica 317, 326

incisa 322, 326, 327

inops 325

lobifrons 318, 326

longipennis 288, 313, 327

lustrella 323

mimetica 319, 326

muricatula 314

obtusa 317

opacella 316

ovalis 324

pavida 324

prominens 314

proxima 315

punctatus 339

punctulata 312, 316

rubida 315

serrata 325

sodalis 319

timida 320

uteana 317

vafra 315

vapida 322
Tenebrionidae 276
tenebrosus, Bothrotes 403
ienebrosus, Emmenaslus 515
Tentyria 431
Tentyriinae, American Components of the

275
tenuicornis, Vacronus 501, 508
tenuis, Araeoschizus 486

Hylocrinus 333
tersum, Metoponium 306
terebratulus, Triorophus 436
testaceus, Cnemodus 284
testaceum, Metoponium 303

tetrica, Nyctoporis 512
texanus, Armalia 331

Ivninu-nastus 2S9
Thinobatis 285
thoracicus, Melanastus 356
Thrinax 174
timida, Telabis 320
Tlascallnus 370

flohri 370
tomentosus, IJpitragodes 423

ICpitragus 38o,"423
tonsa, Trimytis 369
Trichiotes 432, 443

seriatus 432, 444
Trientomini 27S, 376*
Trientomi wickhami 377
Trimytini 27S, 282, 366
Trimytis 277, 366, 367, 375

abnormis 367

ignava 369

nympba 368

obovata 370, 375

obtusa 370

pruinosa, 366, 368, 370

pulverea 370

tonsa 369
Triorophini 279, 431
Triorophus, 339, 432, 434

basalis 437

brevis 439

gracilicornis 437

gravidulus 437

histrio 437

Icevis 432, 435

lecontei 439

longicornis 438

mixtus 440

mundulus 436

nodiceps 439

perforatus 433

politus 435

punctatus 440

rugiceps 438

simplex 436

subpubescens 440

terebratulus 436
Triphalus 446

cribricollis 448

perforatus 447
tristcechus, Lepisosteus 80

tristis, Zoplierns 461
truncaticeps, Metoponium 299
Tydeolus 380, 381

at rat us 380
Typhlusechini 281, 494
Typhlusechus 496

singularis 496

umbrosus, Hylocrinus (Locrodes) 338
unicolor, Steriphanus 346

Usechini 281, 481
Usechus 482, 483

lacerta 482, 483

nucleatus484
uteana, Telabis 317
utensis, Centrioptera 513

Vacronus 501, 508

tenuicornis 501, 508
vafra, Telabis 315

558

INDEX

valens, Anepsius 504

vapida, Telabis 322

variabilis, Eminenasius 514

variabilis, Zopherodes 464

variolosus, Zopherus 463

vegrandis, Melanastus 360

ventricosus, Edrotes 450, 451

venusta, Nosoderma 481

Verbena stricta, color diversity in 206

Verodes 470

verrucipennis, Zopherodes 465

vestitum, Lobometopon 396

vestitus, Epiiragus 396

vestitus, Schoenicus 378, 381

vicina, Nosoderma 476

vicinus, Enimenastiis 51s

villosa, Oxygonodera 433, 445

viridis, Schcenicus 428

Welwitschia (Tumboa) 171
wickhami, Trientomi 377

Zoplierini 280, 460, 500
Zopherinus 461

limbatus 461
Zopherodes 312, 461, 463

californicus 466

elongatus 466

geminatus 467

incrustans 464

morosus, 465

parvicollis 466

variabilis 464

verrucipennis 465
Zopherus 461, 462, 522

chilensis 461

nodulosus 463

tristis 461

va7-toIosus 463

mexicanus 461
Zophosini 279
Zophosis 277, 287
zunilensis, Nosoderma 481

WHOI Llbrarv • Seh»l«

5 WHSE 00870

3 L -I